5520 Access Management System, Release 9.7: 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Using The 5520 Ams

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M USING THE 5520 AMS
5520 Access Management System,

Release 9.7
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M

USING THE 5520 AMS
3JL-00120-FUAA-REZZA
Issue: 02
March 2019
Nokia — Proprietary and confidential

Use pursuant to applicable agreements
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Nokia is a registered trademark of Nokia Corporation. Other products and company

names mentioned herein may be trademarks or tradenames of their respective
owners.
The information presented is subject to change without notice. No responsibility is
assumed for inaccuracies contained herein.
© 2019 Nokia.
Contains proprietary/trade secret information which is the property of Nokia and must
not be made available to, or copied or used by anyone outside Nokia without its
written authorization. Not to be used or disclosed except in accordance with
applicable agreements.
2 3JL-00120-FUAA-REZZA Issue: 02
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table of contents
1 Preface.........................................................................................297
1.1 Introduction..............................................................................................297
1.2 Related documents..................................................................................297
1.3 Audience..................................................................................................297
1.4 Conventions used in this guide................................................................298
1.4.1 Examples of card references in the guide ...............................................298
1.4.2 Procedures with options or substeps.......................................................299
1.4.2.1 Example of options in a procedure ..........................................................299
1.4.2.2 Example of substeps in a procedure .......................................................300
1.4.3 Important information...............................................................................300
1.4.4 Navigation steps ......................................................................................301
1.5 Attribute Types in 5529 SDC ...................................................................301
1.6 Multiple PDF file search...........................................................................303
1.7 Contact information .................................................................................304
Getting started
2 What’s new ..................................................................................307
2.1 What’s new for 5520 AMS, Release 9.7..................................................307
2.2 What’s new for 5520 AMS, Release 9.6.07.............................................309
2.9 What’s new for 5520 AMS, Release 9.3.0...............................................337
3 NE information in the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide and
5520 AMS User Guide.................................................................341
3.1 NE information in the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide and
5520 AMS User Guide.............................................................................341
4 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM plug-ins..............343
4.1 Overview..................................................................................................343
4.2 Software plug-in installation.....................................................................343
4.3 Managing a Virtual NE.............................................................................344
4.4 Configuring NE plug-in specific settings ..................................................344
5 Set up an NE for 5520 AMS management.................................357
5.1 Overview..................................................................................................357
5.1.1 Configuration tasks..................................................................................357
5.2 Configuring network connections and SNMP using CLI..........................358
5.3 Setting up the NE using the 5520 AMS ...................................................368
5.3.1 NE icons ..................................................................................................368
5.4 Performing FIPS test ...............................................................................375
5.5 Resetting the NE .....................................................................................376
Issue: 02 3JL-00120-FUAA-REZZA 3
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
5.6 Unlock a CLI User ...................................................................................378

5.7 NE Balancing...........................................................................................378
5.8 Configuring TechSupport parameters .....................................................379
6 Configure application intelligence platform.............................381
6.1 Overview..................................................................................................381
6.2 Configure application intelligence platform..............................................381
7 Configure clusters ......................................................................385
7.1 Overview..................................................................................................385
7.2 Configuring clusters.................................................................................385
8 Configure clock synchronization ..............................................389
8.1 Overview..................................................................................................389
8.2 Configuring clock synchronization ...........................................................390
8.3 Configuring NTR T4.................................................................................395
8.4 Configuring SNTP....................................................................................396
8.5 Configuring NTP ......................................................................................397
8.6 Configuring ToD System Parameters......................................................399
9 End-to-end network services and subscriber
configuration...............................................................................401
9.1 Overview..................................................................................................401
9.2 VLAN models...........................................................................................403
9.2.1 Residential bridge VLAN .........................................................................403
9.2.2 Cross-connect VLAN ...............................................................................409
9.2.3 Layer 2 terminated VLANs ......................................................................412
9.2.4 PPP cross-connect (PPP-aware bridge) .................................................413
9.2.5 IPoA cross-connect .................................................................................416
9.2.6 IP-aware bridging for layer 3 subscriber connections..............................417
9.3 Configuration overview ............................................................................423
9.3.1 Equipment configuration..........................................................................424
9.4 Services configuration .............................................................................424
9.4.1 Layer 2 services configuration.................................................................424
9.4.2 IP routing for layer 3 subscriber connections ..........................................426
9.5 End-to-end configuration procedure ........................................................427
9.6 Configure trap destination .......................................................................429
10 Configure media gateway ..........................................................431
10.1 Overview..................................................................................................431
10.2 Configuring media gateway .....................................................................431
11 Configure TL1 .............................................................................433
11.1 Overview..................................................................................................433
11.2 Configuring TL1 .......................................................................................434
Ethernet network connections
12 Configure network connections ................................................439
12.1 Overview..................................................................................................439
12.2 Configuring SHub Ethernet network connections....................................440
12.3 Viewing SHub Ethernet ports ..................................................................442
12.4 Configuring IHub Ethernet ports ..............................................................443
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
12.4.1 IHub Ethernet port identifiers...................................................................443

12.5 Managing IHub Ethernet ports.................................................................444
12.5.1 Locking and unlocking Ethernet ports .....................................................444
12.6 Configuring IHub system parameters ......................................................449
12.7 Configuring Ethernet NT ports.................................................................450
12.8 Configuring link aggregation on an Ethernet NT port ..............................452
13 Configure SHub link aggregation..............................................455
13.1 Overview..................................................................................................455
13.2 Configuring SHub link aggregation..........................................................456
13.3 Managing SHub link aggregation ............................................................458
14 Configure IHub link aggregation ...............................................463
14.1 Overview..................................................................................................463
14.2 Configuring link aggregation....................................................................464
14.2.1 Link aggregation subgroups ....................................................................467
14.3 Managing link aggregation ......................................................................468
14.3.1 Locking and unlocking link aggregation groups.......................................469
15 Configure Ethernet OAM ............................................................471
15.1 Overview..................................................................................................471
15.2 Configuring Ethernet link OAM ................................................................472
15.3 Retrieving attributes for Ethernet OAM....................................................474
15.4 Viewing parameters for EFM bridge port.................................................476
16 Configure PCCP..........................................................................477
16.1 Overview..................................................................................................477
16.2 Configuring PCCP ...................................................................................477
16.3 Managing PCCP......................................................................................478
16.3.1 Locking and unlocking PCCP groups ......................................................479
17 Configure mirror ports ...............................................................481
17.1 Overview..................................................................................................481
17.2 Configuring mirror ports...........................................................................481
Security
18 Configure 802.1x authentication ...............................................487
18.1 Overview..................................................................................................487
18.2 Configuring 802.1x authentication ...........................................................488
18.3 Managing 802.1x authentication..............................................................489
19 Configure keychains ..................................................................491
19.1 Overview..................................................................................................491
19.2 Configuring keychains .............................................................................491
19.2.1 Locking and unlocking keychains and keys.............................................493
20 Configure local user database ..................................................495
20.1 Overview..................................................................................................495
20.2 Configuring local user database ..............................................................495
21 Configure syslog server.............................................................499
21.1 Overview..................................................................................................499
21.2 Configuring syslog server ........................................................................499
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
22 Configuring SSH public key of the ISAM NE............................503

22.1 Overview..................................................................................................503
22.2 Configuring SSH public key manually .....................................................503
LT and NT units
23 Configure LT and NT units.........................................................509
23.1 Overview..................................................................................................509
23.2 Configuring LT and NT units....................................................................510
23.3 Managing NT and LT units ......................................................................514
23.3.1 Locking and unlocking LT and NT units ..................................................514
23.3.2 Restart information ..................................................................................520
23.3.3 Viewing LT or NT protection group..........................................................521
23.4 Switching activity on LT or NT units and NT or LT protection group .......522
23.5 Forced switchover on NT protection group..............................................524
24 Configure LT Ethernet ports......................................................527
24.1 Overview..................................................................................................527
24.1.1 Operational state .....................................................................................527
24.1.2 Locking and unlocking ports ....................................................................527
24.2 Configuring Ethernet................................................................................528
24.3 Configuring link aggregation on an Ethernet LT port or Fast
Ethernet LT port.......................................................................................530
24.4 Configuring Fast Ethernet LT port ...........................................................532
24.5 Viewing Ethernet port information ...........................................................534
25 Configure SFP.............................................................................537
25.1 Overview..................................................................................................537
25.1.1 Diagnostics ..............................................................................................537
25.2 Configure SFP .........................................................................................538
25.3 Viewing SFP information .........................................................................540
25.4 Dual hosting.............................................................................................541
25.5 Configure E1/DS1 SFP............................................................................544
Profiles, policies, and filters
26 Configure QoS ............................................................................551
26.1 Overview..................................................................................................551
26.1.1 Modifying QoS profiles ............................................................................552
26.1.2 Deleting QoS profiles...............................................................................553
26.2 Configuring QoS ......................................................................................554
26.3 Configuring QoS policies .........................................................................556
26.4 Managing QoS.........................................................................................562
26.5 QoS resource pool...................................................................................564
26.6 CPU protocol rate limit.............................................................................565
27 Configure IHub filters .................................................................567
27.1 Overview..................................................................................................567
27.2 Configuring IHub filters ............................................................................568
27.3 Managing IHub filters...............................................................................569
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
28 Configure equipment profiles....................................................573

28.1 Overview..................................................................................................573
28.1.1 Environmental alarm profiles ...................................................................573
28.1.2 Capability profiles ....................................................................................573
28.1.3 Power supply unit ....................................................................................574
28.2 Configuring equipment profiles................................................................574
29 Configure voice profiles.............................................................577
29.1 Overview..................................................................................................577
29.1.1 Modifying voice profiles ...........................................................................577
29.1.2 Deleting voice profiles .............................................................................577
29.2 Configuring voice profiles ........................................................................578
xDSL and SHDSL
30 Configure xDSL and SHDSL ......................................................583
30.1 Overview..................................................................................................583
30.1.1 SHDSL spans ..........................................................................................583
30.1.2 IMA ..........................................................................................................583
30.1.3 Vectoring .................................................................................................584
30.1.4 G.Fast......................................................................................................584
30.1.5 Operational state .....................................................................................584
30.1.6 Locking and unlocking xDSL and SHDSL ...............................................584
30.2 Configuring profiles..................................................................................585
30.3 Configuring xDSL and SHDSL ................................................................593
30.4 Viewing xDSL and SHDSL information ...................................................604
31 Configure vectoring....................................................................607
31.1 Overview..................................................................................................608
31.2 Configuring a Vectoring Control Entity profile..........................................609
31.3 Modifying a Vectoring Control Entity Profile ............................................611
31.4 Configuring the mapping between the VP board and SLV LT
boards......................................................................................................612
31.5 Configuring a line with an xDSL vectoring profile ....................................613
31.6 Modifying an xDSL vectoring profile ........................................................614
31.7 Deleting an xDSL vectoring profile ..........................................................615
31.8 Monitoring xDSL vectoring lines ..............................................................616
31.9 Deleting a Vectoring Control Entity Profile ..............................................619
31.9.1 Multi-host system level vectoring.............................................................621
32 Configure G.Fast.........................................................................623
32.1 Overview..................................................................................................623
32.1.1 G.Fast Line Configuration........................................................................624
32.2 Configuring G.Fast Profiles .....................................................................624
33 Configure bonding groups ........................................................635
33.1 Overview..................................................................................................635
33.2 Configuring xDSL bonding group profiles................................................636
33.3 Configuring bonding groups ....................................................................638
33.4 Managing bonding groups .......................................................................641
33.5 Viewing bonding group information .........................................................641
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
34 Clean up ports and groups ........................................................643

34.1 Overview..................................................................................................643
34.2 Cleaning up ports and groups .................................................................643
VLANs
35 Configure VLANs ........................................................................647
35.1 Overview..................................................................................................647
35.1.1 Restrictions..............................................................................................649
35.1.2 Network services VLANs .........................................................................649
35.1.3 Multicast VLAN translation ......................................................................649
35.1.4 IHub VLANs.............................................................................................649
35.2 Performing operations on VLAN templates .............................................650
35.3 Configuring VLANs ..................................................................................650
35.4 Managing VLANs.....................................................................................667
35.5 Viewing VLAN information.......................................................................668
35.6 Managing Ethernet LT VLAN Association Interface ................................671
35.7 Managing VLAN Association ...................................................................673
GPON ONTs
36 Configure GPON transmission profiles for ONT cards ...........679
36.1 Overview..................................................................................................679
36.1.1 Modifying and deleting profiles ................................................................680
36.2 Configuring GPON system parameters ...................................................680
36.3 Configuring GPON profiles ......................................................................681
36.4 Configuring GPON xDSL profiles ............................................................682
37 Configure PON ports ..................................................................687
37.1 Overview..................................................................................................687
37.2 PON port operational state ......................................................................688
37.3 Configuring a PON port ...........................................................................688
37.4 Managing PON ports ...............................................................................691
37.4.1 Locking and unlocking a PON port ..........................................................696
37.5 Viewing High Utilized ONTs ....................................................................696
37.6 Switching activity on PON ports ..............................................................698
37.7 Viewing multicast information ..................................................................699
38 Configure a splitter .....................................................................703
38.1 Overview..................................................................................................703
38.1.1 ODN splitter overview..............................................................................703
38.2 Splitter management overview ................................................................704
38.3 Splitter icon..............................................................................................704
38.4 Configuring a splitter................................................................................704
39 Configure an ONT .......................................................................707
39.1 Overview..................................................................................................707
39.1.1 Supported services for GMDU ONT types ..............................................708
39.1.2 ONT cards ...............................................................................................708
39.1.3 Serial number and subscriber location ID on ONTs ................................709
39.1.4 Primary service state ...............................................................................709
39.1.5 Deleting ONTs .........................................................................................710
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
39.1.6 ARP .........................................................................................................711

39.2 ONT icons................................................................................................711
39.3 Configuring an ONT.................................................................................712
39.3.1 Configuring ONT devices managed by TR-069 protocol and
controlled by HDM Lite ............................................................................717
39.4 ONT configuration files ............................................................................720
39.5 Managing an ONT ...................................................................................724
39.5.1 Locking and unlocking an ONT ...............................................................725
39.6 Viewing ONT information.........................................................................729
39.7 ONT CLI cut-through ...............................................................................732
39.8 Configuring access loop syntax...............................................................734
39.9 Configuring CWMP system parameters ..................................................735
40 Configure service ports and services on ONT cards ..............737
40.1 Overview..................................................................................................737
40.1.1 UNIs on CES, Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, and VEIP ports ........................737
40.1.2 POTS ports..............................................................................................738
40.1.3 Video service ports ..................................................................................738
40.1.4 ARP .........................................................................................................738
40.2 Viewing ONT services on a PON port .....................................................739
40.3 Configuring ONT service ports ................................................................739
40.4 Configuring CES, Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, and VEIP ports...................742
40.5 Configuring POTS ...................................................................................748
40.6 Creating CES service ..............................................................................748
40.7 Creating protocol traces ..........................................................................749
40.8 Managing service ports ...........................................................................750
40.9 Viewing service port information..............................................................751
41 Configure ONT 802.1x authentication.......................................753
41.1 Overview..................................................................................................753
41.2 Configuring 802.1x authentication ...........................................................754
41.3 Managing 802.1x authentication..............................................................754
41.4 Viewing 802.1x authentication.................................................................756
42 Configure ARP for ONT ports and services .............................757
42.1 Overview..................................................................................................757
42.2 Configuring ARP for an ONT port or service ...........................................758
42.3 Managing ARP ........................................................................................759
42.4 Viewing ARP............................................................................................760
43 Configure subscriber connections on ONT cards...................761
43.1 Overview..................................................................................................761
43.2 Configuring configured VLAN associations .............................................761
43.3 Managing subscriber connections ...........................................................766
44 Configure VoIP on ONT cards ...................................................769
44.1 Overview..................................................................................................769
44.1.1 SIP...........................................................................................................770
44.1.2 ARP .........................................................................................................770
44.2 Configuring Virtual UNI............................................................................771
44.3 Configuring VoIP service .........................................................................772
44.3.1 Deleting VoIP services ............................................................................775
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
44.4 Configuring IP host ..................................................................................775

44.5 Managing VoIP ........................................................................................780
44.6 Viewing VoIP ...........................................................................................780
45 Configure a HGU.........................................................................783
45.1 Overview..................................................................................................783
45.2 Defining HGU parameters .......................................................................784
45.2.1 Defining HGU and HGU operational parameters file...............................785
45.2.2 Uploading and configuring the HGU parameters CSV file and the
HGU operational parameters CSV file.....................................................787
45.3 Configuring HGU parameters ..................................................................788
45.3.1 Creating HGU parameters.......................................................................789
45.3.2 Modifying HGU parameters .....................................................................790
45.3.3 Deleting HGU parameters .......................................................................791
45.3.4 Retrieving HGU parameters of an ONT...................................................791
45.3.5 Configuring HGU environmental alarm....................................................792
45.4 Troubleshooting syntax errors in HGU-parameters.csv file.....................794
NGPON ONTs
46 Configure an ONT for NGPON ...................................................797
46.1 Overview..................................................................................................797
46.1.1 ONT cards ...............................................................................................797
46.2 Configuring an ONT.................................................................................797
46.3 Managing an ONT ...................................................................................811
47 Configure NGPON2.....................................................................817
47.1 Overview..................................................................................................817
47.1.1 XGS-PON overview.................................................................................818
47.2 Configuring NGPON2 ..............................................................................818
47.3 Managing NGPON2.................................................................................820
47.4 Configuring NGPON2 profiles .................................................................827
47.5 Configuring NGPON2 VLAN Association Upstream Queue....................828
47.6 Configuring NGPON2 802.1x authentication...........................................829
47.7 NGPON2 Troubleshooting Counters .......................................................830
48 Configure Type-B protection for NGPON2 ...............................833
48.1 Overview..................................................................................................833
48.2 Configuring Type-B Protection ................................................................833
EPON ONTs
49 Configure EPON ports................................................................837
49.1 Overview..................................................................................................837
49.2 EPON port operational state....................................................................837
49.3 Configuring a EPON port.........................................................................838
49.4 Managing EPON ports.............................................................................838
49.4.1 Locking and unlocking a EPON port........................................................838
49.4.2 Manage and monitor EPON alarms.........................................................838
50 Configure an EPON ONT............................................................841
50.1 Overview..................................................................................................841
50.1.1 Deleting ONTs .........................................................................................841
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
50.2 Configuring an EPON ONT .....................................................................842

50.3 Configuring the LLID for an EPON ONT..................................................845
50.4 Configuring the Ethernet UNI ..................................................................847
50.5 Configuring EPON Ethernet ports for VLAN trunk, translation or
aggregation forwarding............................................................................852
50.6 Managing an EPON ONT ........................................................................856
50.6.1 Locking and unlocking an ONT ...............................................................856
50.6.2 EPON rogue ONT....................................................................................860
51 Configure EPON transmission profiles ....................................863
51.1 Overview..................................................................................................863
51.1.1 Modifying and deleting profiles ................................................................863
51.2 Configuring EPON system parameters ...................................................864
51.3 Configuring EPON profiles ......................................................................866
52 Configure services on EPON ONTs ..........................................869
52.1 Overview..................................................................................................869
52.2 Viewing ONT services on an EPON PON port ........................................869
52.3 Configuring a VoIP service for EPON......................................................870
52.4 Configuring DPoE service using CTC, TK, or DPoE links to OAM..........874
Subscriber connections
53 Configure layer 2 subscriber connections...............................879
53.1 Overview..................................................................................................879
53.1.1 PPPoE .....................................................................................................880
53.2 Configuring layer 2 subscriber connections.............................................880
53.3 Managing layer 2 subscriber connections ...............................................887
53.4 Configuring L2CP sessions .....................................................................889
53.5 Viewing L2CP information .......................................................................891
54 Configure PPP cross-connections............................................893
54.1 Overview..................................................................................................893
54.2 Configuring residential PPP cross-connections.......................................894
54.3 Managing residential PPP cross-connections .........................................902
54.3.1 Locking and unlocking PPP cross-connect engine sessions...................903
SIP
55 Configure VoIP using SIP ..........................................................907
55.1 Overview..................................................................................................907
55.2 Configuring VoIP using SIP .....................................................................908
55.3 Viewing SIP information ..........................................................................927
55.4 SIP redundancy .......................................................................................931
CPE
56 Configure CPE proxy..................................................................935
56.1 Overview..................................................................................................935
56.2 Configuring CPE......................................................................................935
56.3 Configuring CPE software .......................................................................938
56.4 Managing CPE ........................................................................................941
56.5 Viewing CPE proxy information ...............................................................943
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Layer 2 services
57 Configure VPLS ..........................................................................947
57.1 Overview..................................................................................................947
57.2 Configuring VPLS ....................................................................................948
57.3 Configuring MSTi.....................................................................................952
57.4 Managing a VPLS....................................................................................954
57.4.1 Locking and unlocking VPLS services.....................................................954
57.5 Managing a VPLS SAP ...........................................................................957
57.5.1 Locking and unlocking VPLS SAPs.........................................................957
57.6 Managing a spanning tree .......................................................................959
57.6.1 Locking and unlocking spanning trees ....................................................959
57.7 Viewing statistics .....................................................................................960
57.8 Configuring customers.............................................................................961
57.9 Viewing service system parameters ........................................................962
58 Configure layer 2 services .........................................................963
58.1 Overview..................................................................................................963
58.1.1 VPLS configuration overview...................................................................964
58.1.2 E-PIPE configuration overview ................................................................965
58.2 Configuring VPLS, m-VPLS, v-VPLS, and E-PIPE..................................965
58.3 Configuring MSTi.....................................................................................972
58.4 Configuring SDP......................................................................................974
58.4.1 Locking and unlocking SDPs...................................................................974
58.5 Managing VPLS, m-VPLS, v-VPLS, and E-PIPE ....................................978
58.5.1 Locking and unlocking SDPs...................................................................978
58.6 Managing a layer 2 SAP..........................................................................980
58.6.1 Locking and unlocking layer 2 SAPs .......................................................981
58.7 Managing a spanning tree .......................................................................984
58.7.1 Locking and unlocking spanning trees ....................................................984
58.8 Managing a service endpoint...................................................................985
58.9 Managing SDP binding............................................................................985
58.9.1 Locking and unlocking SDP bindings ......................................................985
58.10 Viewing layer 2 services information .......................................................987
58.11 Configuring L2 services ...........................................................................989
58.12 Configuring ethernet rings .......................................................................991
58.13 Configuring pseudowire templates ..........................................................995
58.14 Creating tag protocol identifier.................................................................996
59 Configure a VPLS management router .....................................997
59.1 Overview..................................................................................................997
59.2 Configuring a VPLS management router.................................................997
59.3 Managing a VPLS management router ...................................................999
59.3.1 Locking and unlocking VPLS management router IP interfaces .............999
59.4 Viewing information for a VPLS management router ............................1000
Routing on an NE with IHub-based NT cards
60 Configure routing policies .......................................................1005
60.1 Overview................................................................................................1005
60.2 Configuring routing policies ...................................................................1005
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
60.3 Configuring admin policy statements.....................................................1007

60.4 Configuring admin policies ....................................................................1010
60.5 Viewing operational routing policies ......................................................1013
61 Configure base routers ............................................................1015
61.1 Overview................................................................................................1015
61.2 Configuring base routers .......................................................................1015
61.3 Configuring base router route aggregation............................................1024
61.4 Configuring base router IP interfaces ....................................................1024
61.5 Configuring base router static IP routes ................................................1027
61.6 Configuring TWAMP light reflector ........................................................1028
61.7 Managing base routers..........................................................................1029
61.8 Managing base router IP interfaces.......................................................1032
61.8.1 Locking and unlocking network base router IP interfaces .....................1033
61.8.2 Searching for current IP routes and ARP entries for a base router .......1033
61.9 Viewing base router information ............................................................1036
61.10 Viewing base router statistics ................................................................1042
62 Configure BGP for a base router.............................................1045
62.1 Overview................................................................................................1045
62.2 Configuring BGP for a base router ........................................................1045
62.3 Managing the BGP instance for a base router ......................................1047
62.3.1 Locking and unlocking BGP instances for base routers ........................1048
62.4 Managing BGP groups for a base router...............................................1048
62.4.1 Locking and unlocking BGP groups for base routers ............................1049
62.5 Managing BGP neighbors for a base router ..........................................1049
62.5.1 Locking and unlocking BGP neighbors for base routers .......................1050
62.6 Managing BGP paths for a base router .................................................1051
62.7 Viewing the BGP information base for a base router ............................1052
62.8 Viewing BGP path information for a base router ...................................1053
63 Configure IS-IS for a base router ............................................1055
63.1 Overview................................................................................................1055
63.2 Configuring IS-IS for a base router........................................................1055
63.3 Managing the IS-IS instance for a base router ......................................1058
63.3.1 Locking and unlocking IS-IS instances for base routers........................1059
63.4 Viewing IS-IS information for a base router...........................................1062
64 Configure OSPF for a base router...........................................1063
64.1 Overview................................................................................................1063
64.2 Configuring OSPF for a base router ......................................................1064
64.3 Managing the OSPF instance for a base router ....................................1067
64.3.1 Locking and unlocking OSPF instances for base routers......................1068
64.4 Viewing OSPF information for a base router .........................................1071
64.5 Viewing OSPF information for a base router IP interface......................1074
65 Configure RIP............................................................................1077
65.1 Overview................................................................................................1077
65.2 Configuring RIP .....................................................................................1077
66 Configure LDP for a base router .............................................1081
66.1 Overview................................................................................................1081
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
66.2 Configuring LDP for a base router.........................................................1082

66.2.1 Locking and unlocking LDP for base routers.........................................1084
66.3 Managing LDP for a base router ...........................................................1084
66.4 Viewing information for LDP for a base router.......................................1084
66.4.1 Searching for LDP bindings and LDP hello adjacencies .......................1086
67 Configure MPLS for a base router ..........................................1087
67.1 Overview................................................................................................1087
67.2 Configuring MPLS for a base router ......................................................1088
67.2.1 Locking and unlocking MPLS for base routers ......................................1093
67.3 Viewing information for MPLS for a base router....................................1093
68 Configure LLDP ........................................................................1095
68.1 Overview................................................................................................1095
68.2 Viewing LLDP ........................................................................................1095
69 Configure RSVP for a base router...........................................1099
69.1 Overview................................................................................................1099
69.2 Configuring RSVP for a base router ......................................................1099
69.2.1 Locking and unlocking RSVP for base routers ......................................1100
69.3 Viewing information for RSVP for a base router....................................1100
70 Configure IGMP for a base router ...........................................1103
70.1 Overview................................................................................................1103
70.2 Configuring IGMP for a base router.......................................................1104
70.2.1 Locking and unlocking IGMP for base routers.......................................1109
70.3 Viewing information for IGMP for a base router ....................................1109
71 Configure PIM for a base router ..............................................1113
71.1 Overview................................................................................................1113
71.2 Configuring PIM for a base router .........................................................1114
71.2.1 Locking and unlocking PIM for base routers .........................................1115
71.3 Managing PIM for a base router ............................................................1115
71.4 Viewing information for PIM for a base router .......................................1116
72 Layer 3 services........................................................................1119
72.1 Overview................................................................................................1119
72.2 Viewing layer 3 services ........................................................................1120
72.3 Viewing IP system parameters ..............................................................1120
73 Configure IES ............................................................................1121
73.1 Overview................................................................................................1121
73.2 Configuring IES .....................................................................................1122
73.3 Managing IES ........................................................................................1124
73.3.1 Locking and unlocking IES ....................................................................1126
74 Configure VPRN service ..........................................................1127
74.1 Overview................................................................................................1127
74.1.1 Locking and unlocking VPRN services..................................................1127
74.2 Configuring VPRN service.....................................................................1128
75 Configure VPRN routers ..........................................................1131
75.1 Overview................................................................................................1131
75.2 Configuring VPRN routers .....................................................................1131
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
75.3 Configuring VPRN router IP interfaces..................................................1133

75.4 Configuring VPRN static IP routes ........................................................1136
75.5 Configuring VPRN protocol source IP addresses..................................1136
75.6 Creating VPRN route aggregation.........................................................1137
75.7 Configuring TWAMP light reflector for VPRN ........................................1138
75.8 Managing VPRN routers........................................................................1139
75.8.1 Locking and unlocking network VPRN router IP interfaces ...................1139
75.9 Viewing VPRN router information..........................................................1145
75.10 Viewing VPRN router statistics..............................................................1150
76 Configure BGP for VPRN .........................................................1153
76.1 Overview................................................................................................1153
76.2 Configuring BGP for VPRN ...................................................................1153
76.3 Managing the BGP instance for VPRN..................................................1155
76.3.1 Locking and unlocking BGP instances for VPRN ..................................1156
76.4 Managing BGP groups for VPRN ..........................................................1156
76.4.1 Locking and unlocking BGP groups for VPRN ......................................1156
76.5 Managing BGP neighbors for VPRN .....................................................1157
76.5.1 Locking and unlocking BGP neighbors for VPRN .................................1157
76.6 Managing BGP paths for VPRN ............................................................1160
76.7 Viewing BGP path information for VPRN ..............................................1160
77 Configure RIP for VPRN ...........................................................1163
77.1 Overview................................................................................................1163
77.2 Configuring RIP for VPRN .....................................................................1163
77.3 Managing RIP for VPRN........................................................................1165
77.3.1 Locking and unlocking RIP instances and groups for VPRN.................1166
77.4 Viewing RIP information for VPRN ........................................................1167
78 Configure OSPF for VPRN .......................................................1171
78.1 Overview................................................................................................1171
78.2 Configure OSPF for VPRN ....................................................................1171
78.3 Managing OSPF for VPRN....................................................................1175
78.3.1 Locking and unlocking OSPF instances for VPRN................................1175
78.4 Viewing OSPF information for VPRN ....................................................1179
78.5 Viewing OSPF for VPRN router IP interface .........................................1181
79 Configure IGMP for VPRN ........................................................1183
79.1 Overview................................................................................................1183
79.2 Configuring IGMP for VPRN..................................................................1183
79.2.1 Locking and unlocking IGMP for VPRN.................................................1185
79.3 Viewing IGMP information for VPRN.....................................................1185
80 Configure PIM for VPRN...........................................................1189
80.1 Overview................................................................................................1189
80.2 Configuring PIM for VPRN.....................................................................1189
80.2.1 Locking and unlocking PIM for VPRN ...................................................1191
80.3 Managing PIM for VPRN .......................................................................1191
80.4 Viewing PIM information for VPRN........................................................1192
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Routing on an NE with SHub-based NT cards

81 Configure OSPF ........................................................................1197
81.1 Overview................................................................................................1197
81.2 Configuring OSPF .................................................................................1198
82 Configure RIP............................................................................1203
82.1 Overview................................................................................................1203
82.2 Configuring RIP .....................................................................................1203
83 Configure ARP ..........................................................................1207
83.1 Overview................................................................................................1207
83.2 Configuring ARP....................................................................................1208
83.3 Managing ARP ......................................................................................1209
84 Configure VRF...........................................................................1211
84.1 Overview................................................................................................1211
84.2 Configuring VRF ....................................................................................1211
84.3 Managing VRF.......................................................................................1215
84.4 Viewing VRF information .......................................................................1216
85 Configure DHCP........................................................................1217
85.1 Overview................................................................................................1217
85.2 Configuring DHCP .................................................................................1217
85.3 Managing DHCP....................................................................................1220
86 Configure layer 3 IP ..................................................................1221
86.1 Overview................................................................................................1221
86.2 Configuring IP interfaces .......................................................................1221
86.2.1 Locking and unlocking IP interfaces ......................................................1223
MSTP
87 Configure MSTP........................................................................1227
87.1 Overview................................................................................................1227
87.2 Configuring MSTP .................................................................................1228
87.3 Viewing MSTP .......................................................................................1231
IGMP
88 Configure IGMP multicast ........................................................1235
88.1 Overview................................................................................................1235
88.2 Configuring IGMP multicast...................................................................1236
88.3 Managing IGMP multicast .....................................................................1244
88.4 Viewing IGMP multicast information......................................................1245
88.5 Configuring IGMP multicast on an ONT ................................................1248
88.6 Managing IGMP multicast on an ONT...................................................1251
88.7 Viewing statistics for IGMP control channels on an ONT ......................1253
Links
89 Managing links..........................................................................1257
89.1 Overview................................................................................................1257
89.1.1 Modifying links .......................................................................................1259
89.1.2 Link status icon......................................................................................1259
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
89.1.3 OLD IDs.................................................................................................1260

89.2 Creating 7360 ISAM FX and G6 links....................................................1262
89.3 Creating hub-subtending links from an endpoint ...................................1265
89.4 Creating ISAM-MDU links......................................................................1266
89.5 Creating NE-NE links.............................................................................1269
89.6 Creating Media Gateway interface on 7367 ISAM SX 12VP.................1270
89.7 Viewing network information..................................................................1272
89.8 Show downlinks.....................................................................................1274
Software and database management
90 Upgrade NE and ONT software and migrate NE database ...1279
90.1 ISAM NE and ONT software upgrade and NE database migration
overview ................................................................................................1280
90.1.1 NE software upgrade.............................................................................1280
90.1.2 ONT software upgrade ..........................................................................1281
90.1.2.1 5520 AMS or NE-controlled software activation ....................................1281
90.1.2.2 Automatic or manual 5520 AMS-controlled ONT software activation....1282
90.1.3 NE database migration ..........................................................................1285
90.2 Software management user accounts ...................................................1286
90.3 End-to-end NE and ONT software upgrade or NE database
migration process ..................................................................................1287
90.4 Creating an NE software release...........................................................1296
90.4.1 Creating an NE software release on the 5520 AMS server...................1298
90.4.2 Creating an NE software release on an external server........................1302
90.5 Renaming an NE software package ......................................................1305
90.6 Creating an NE release mapping ..........................................................1306
90.7 Downloading NE software loads............................................................1308
90.7.1 Configuring threshold levels for PBMT migration ..................................1310
90.7.2 Downloading software to the NE ...........................................................1313
90.7.3 Redownloading software to the NE .......................................................1316
90.8 Aborting software download on NEs .....................................................1317
90.9 Activating software on NEs....................................................................1318
90.10 Committing software on NEs .................................................................1320
90.11 Verifying the software on NEs ...............................................................1321
90.12 Viewing software upgrade or migration status information....................1323
90.13 Clearing software rollback alarms .........................................................1325
90.14 Creating an ONT software release ........................................................1326
90.14.1 ONT release mapping ...........................................................................1327
90.14.2 Change permissions of the file with USED ONT software loads after
copying to another 5520 AMS server ....................................................1331
90.15 Downloading ONT software to an NE....................................................1338
90.16 Pre-provisioning an ONT .......................................................................1341
90.17 Downloading and activating ONT software on an ONT.........................1343
90.18 Aligning the ONT software version control table ...................................1345
90.19 Viewing ONT software upgrade information..........................................1351
90.20 Viewing and deleting ONT software ......................................................1356
90.21 Migrating the ISAM NE software and database.....................................1359
90.22 Viewing migration information ...............................................................1363
90.23 Viewing In Service Software Upgrade ...................................................1365
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
90.24 Configuring software system parameters ..............................................1366

90.25 Clearing database rollback alarms ........................................................1366
91 EPON ONT software management ..........................................1369
91.1 Overview................................................................................................1369
91.2 Upgrading EPON ONT software............................................................1370
Performance management
92 PM collection.............................................................................1383
92.1 Overview................................................................................................1383
92.2 Configuring GEM PM collection.............................................................1384
92.3 Configuring ONT and OLT PM collection ..............................................1386
92.4 Configuring ONT port PM collection ......................................................1402
92.5 Configuring VoIP PM collection .............................................................1406
92.6 Configuring EPON PM collection...........................................................1408
92.7 Configuring MoCA port PM collection....................................................1409
92.8 Configuring IHub system PM collection.................................................1410
93 Counters ....................................................................................1413
93.1 Overview................................................................................................1413
93.2 Start, stop, and clear counters...............................................................1414
93.3 View counters ........................................................................................1422
93.4 GPON counters .....................................................................................1426
93.5 EPON counters......................................................................................1428
93.6 NGPON2 counters.................................................................................1429
94 Mirror services ..........................................................................1433
94.1 Overview................................................................................................1433
94.2 Configuring mirror services....................................................................1433
94.3 Managing mirror services ......................................................................1436
94.3.1 Locking and unlocking mirror services and sources..............................1436
95 View optical measurements.....................................................1437
95.1 Overview................................................................................................1437
95.2 Viewing optical measurements on a PON port......................................1437
95.3 Viewing optical measurements on an ONT ...........................................1438
96 Configure CFM ..........................................................................1441
96.1 Overview................................................................................................1441
96.2 Configuring CFM ...................................................................................1441
97 OTDR measurements and network topology .........................1453
97.1 OTDR overview .....................................................................................1453
97.2 Performing OTDR operations ................................................................1454
Tests and diagnostics
98 End-to-end resource path ........................................................1459
98.1 Overview................................................................................................1459
98.2 Viewing an end-to-end resource path....................................................1459
98.3 Troubleshooting an end-to-end resource path ......................................1461
99 Troubleshooting .......................................................................1463
99.1 Overview................................................................................................1463
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
99.2 Viewing error logs..................................................................................1464

99.3 Configuring TCAs for NT and LT units ..................................................1465
99.4 Managing the alarm default severity......................................................1466
99.5 Viewing the compact flash usage ..........................................................1466
99.6 Monitoring CPU and memory usage .....................................................1467
99.7 Creating MAC filter counters .................................................................1469
99.8 Viewing thermal sensor data .................................................................1469
99.9 Configuring MTA....................................................................................1471
100 Test overview ............................................................................1473
100.1 Overview................................................................................................1473
100.2 Line test operations ...............................................................................1474
101 DSL related tests ......................................................................1479
101.1 Overview................................................................................................1479
101.1.1 Performing tests on unconfigured ports.................................................1479
101.2 Configuring DSL related tests................................................................1479
101.2.1 Performing an F4/F5 loopback test .......................................................1479
101.2.2 Performing narrowband line test............................................................1480
101.2.3 Performing metallic ended line test .......................................................1482
101.2.4 Group test..............................................................................................1483
101.2.5 Hazardous voltage test..........................................................................1483
101.2.6 Performing search tone test ..................................................................1484
101.2.7 Performing longitudinal current test.......................................................1486
101.2.8 Performing collective test ......................................................................1487
101.2.9 Performing single ended line test ..........................................................1488
101.2.10 Performing a POTS line test..................................................................1490
101.2.11 Performing a loop diagnostics test on an ONT VDSL2 port ..................1491
101.3 Configuring integrated tests...................................................................1491
101.3.1 Performing a loop diagnostics test on an xDSL port .............................1496
102 Ethernet LT related tests..........................................................1499
102.1 Overview................................................................................................1499
102.2 Configuring Ethernet LT related tests....................................................1499
103 GPON tests................................................................................1501
103.1 Overview................................................................................................1501
103.2 Configuring GPON related tests ............................................................1501
104 ONT tests...................................................................................1503
104.1 Overview................................................................................................1503
104.2 Configuring ONT related tests ...............................................................1503
104.2.1 POTS metallic line test ..........................................................................1503
104.2.2 SIP dial tone test ...................................................................................1504
105 EPON tests ................................................................................1507
105.1 Overview................................................................................................1507
105.2 Configuring EPON related tests ............................................................1507
106 SFP tests ...................................................................................1509
106.1 Overview................................................................................................1509
106.2 Configuring SFP related tests................................................................1509
106.2.1 SFP diagnostics, inventory and troubleshooting ...................................1509
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
107 Voice related tests ....................................................................1515

107.1 Overview................................................................................................1515
107.2 Configuring voice related tests ..............................................................1515
107.2.1 Performing inward test...........................................................................1515
107.2.2 Performing ISDN electric line test..........................................................1516
107.2.3 Performing a test access session..........................................................1517
107.2.4 ISDN loop back test...............................................................................1517
107.2.5 Performing forced ringing test ...............................................................1520
107.2.6 Performing voice diagnosis call test ......................................................1522
108 CFM tests...................................................................................1525
108.1 Overview................................................................................................1525
108.2 Configuring CFM related tests...............................................................1525
5520 AMS NBI test and diagnostic
109 Overview....................................................................................1535
109.1 NBI test and diagnostic..........................................................................1535
109.2 ERROR CODE ......................................................................................1536
109.2.1 Clarification for the Error Codes ............................................................1538
109.3 Test Detail Status ..................................................................................1541
109.4 Test Session Status...............................................................................1543
110 R5.2 NBI Test and Diagnostic..................................................1545
110.1 Applique SFP Inventory.........................................................................1546
110.1.1 SHOW_SFP_DIAG_AND_INVENTORY_TEST....................................1547
110.1.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1547
110.1.1.2 Test description .....................................................................................1547
110.1.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1547
110.1.1.4 Additional information ............................................................................1547
110.1.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1547
110.1.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1547
110.1.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1547
110.2 Applique Slot .........................................................................................1548
110.2.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1548
110.2.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1548
110.2.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1549
110.2.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1549
110.2.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1549
110.3 Bonding Group ......................................................................................1549
110.3.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1549
110.3.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1549
110.3.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1550
110.3.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1550
110.3.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1550
110.3.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1550
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.3.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1551
110.3.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1551
110.3.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1551
110.3.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1551
110.3.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1551
110.3.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1551
110.4 Bridge Port Maintenance End Point ......................................................1552
110.4.1 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST ........................................................................1552
110.4.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1552
110.4.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1552
110.4.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1553
110.4.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1553
110.4.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1553
110.4.2 LINK_TRACE_TEST .............................................................................1554
110.4.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1554
110.4.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1554
110.4.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1555
110.4.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1555
110.4.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1555
110.4.3 SYNTHETIC_LOSS_MEASUREMENT_TEST .....................................1556
110.4.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1556
110.4.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1556
110.4.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1556
110.4.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1556
110.4.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1557
110.5 CES Port................................................................................................1558
110.5.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1558
110.5.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1558
110.5.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1558
110.5.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1559
110.5.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1559
110.5.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1559
110.5.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1559
110.5.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1559
110.5.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1560
110.5.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1560
110.5.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1560
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.5.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1560
110.6 Channel Group ......................................................................................1560
110.6.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1561
110.6.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1561
110.6.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1561
110.6.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1561
110.6.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1561
110.6.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1561
110.6.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1562
110.6.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1562
110.6.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1562
110.6.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1562
110.6.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1562
110.6.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1563
110.7 Channel Pair..........................................................................................1563
110.7.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1563
110.7.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1563
110.7.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1563
110.7.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1564
110.7.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1564
110.7.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1564
110.7.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1564
110.7.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1564
110.7.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1565
110.7.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1565
110.7.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1565
110.7.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1565
110.8 E1/DS1 Port...........................................................................................1565
110.8.1 ENABLE_SGMII_LOCAL_LOOPBACK.................................................1566
110.8.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1566
110.8.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1566
110.8.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1566
110.8.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1566
110.8.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1566
110.8.2 DISABLE_SGMII_LOCAL_LOOPBACK................................................1567
110.8.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1567
110.8.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1567
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.8.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1567

110.8.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1567
110.8.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1568
110.8.3 ENABLE_SGMII_REMOTE_LOOPBACK .............................................1568
110.8.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1568
110.8.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1568
110.8.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1568
110.8.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1569
110.8.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1569
110.8.4 DISABLE_SGMII_REMOTE_LOOPBACK ............................................1569
110.8.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1569
110.8.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1569
110.8.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1570
110.8.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1570
110.8.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1570
110.9 EFM OAM Configuration .......................................................................1570
110.9.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................1570
110.9.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1570
110.9.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1571
110.9.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1571
110.9.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1571
110.9.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1571
110.9.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................1572
110.9.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1572
110.9.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1572
110.9.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1572
110.9.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1572
110.9.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1573
110.10 EPON Port.............................................................................................1573
110.10.1 ENABLE_IDLE_PM ...............................................................................1573
110.10.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1573
110.10.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1573
110.10.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1574
110.10.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1574
110.10.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1574
110.10.2 DISABLE_IDLE_PM ..............................................................................1574
110.10.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1574
110.10.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1575
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

110.10.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1575
110.10.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1575
110.10.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1575
110.10.3 INITIATE_ONOFF_ROGUE_TEST.......................................................1576
110.10.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1576
110.10.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1576
110.10.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1576
110.10.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1576
110.10.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1576
110.10.4 INITIATE_PATTERN_ROGUE_TEST...................................................1577
110.10.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1577
110.10.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1577
110.10.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1577
110.10.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1577
110.10.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1578
110.10.5 DISABLE_ROGUE_TEST .....................................................................1578
110.10.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................1578
110.10.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1578
110.10.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1578
110.10.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................1579
110.10.5.7 Output....................................................................................................1579
110.11 Ethernet LT Port ....................................................................................1579
110.11.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1579
110.11.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1579
110.11.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1580
110.11.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1580
110.11.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1580
110.11.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1580
110.11.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1581
110.11.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1581
110.11.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1581
110.11.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1581
110.11.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1581
110.11.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1581
110.11.3 INITIATE_LOOPBACK ..........................................................................1582
110.11.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1582
110.11.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1582
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

110.11.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1582
110.11.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1582
110.11.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1583
110.11.4 RELEASE_LOOPBACK ........................................................................1583
110.11.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1583
110.11.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1583
110.11.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1584
110.11.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1584
110.11.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1584
110.12 Ethernet OAM Configuration .................................................................1584
110.12.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................1585
110.12.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1585
110.12.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1585
110.12.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1585
110.12.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1585
110.12.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1586
110.12.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................1586
110.12.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1586
110.12.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1586
110.12.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1586
110.12.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1587
110.12.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1587
110.13 Ethernet Port .........................................................................................1587
110.13.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1587
110.13.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1587
110.13.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1588
110.13.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1588
110.13.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1588
110.13.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1588
110.13.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1588
110.13.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1588
110.13.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1589
110.13.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1589
110.13.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1589
110.13.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1589
110.14 HPNA Port .............................................................................................1589
110.14.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1590
110.14.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1590
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

110.14.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1590
110.14.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1590
110.14.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1590
110.14.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1590
110.14.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1591
110.14.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1591
110.14.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1591
110.14.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1591
110.14.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1591
110.14.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1592
110.15 IMA Group .............................................................................................1592
110.15.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1592
110.15.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1592
110.15.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1592
110.15.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1593
110.15.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1593
110.15.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1593
110.15.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1593
110.15.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1593
110.15.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1594
110.15.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1594
110.15.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1594
110.15.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1594
110.16 IP Host...................................................................................................1594
110.16.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................1595
110.16.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1595
110.16.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1595
110.16.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1595
110.16.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1595
110.16.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1596
110.17 MoCA Port .............................................................................................1596
110.17.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1597
110.17.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1597
110.17.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1597
110.17.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1597
110.17.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1597
110.17.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1598
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.17.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1598
110.17.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1598
110.17.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1598
110.17.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1598
110.17.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1599
110.17.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1599
110.18 NGPON2 Ethernet Port .........................................................................1599
110.18.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1599
110.18.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1599
110.18.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1600
110.18.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1600
110.18.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1600
110.18.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1600
110.18.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1600
110.18.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1600
110.18.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1601
110.18.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1601
110.18.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1601
110.18.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1601
110.19 NGPON2 ONT.......................................................................................1601
110.19.1 RESET...................................................................................................1602
110.19.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1602
110.19.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1602
110.19.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1602
110.19.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1602
110.19.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1603
110.19.2 RESOURCE_SELF_TEST ....................................................................1603
110.19.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1603
110.19.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1603
110.19.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1603
110.19.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1604
110.19.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1604
110.19.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1604
110.19.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1604
110.19.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1604
110.19.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1605
110.19.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1605
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.19.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1605
110.19.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1605
110.19.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1605
110.19.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1606
110.19.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1606
110.19.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1606
110.19.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1606
110.20 NGPON2 ONT Card ..............................................................................1606
110.20.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1607
110.20.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1607
110.20.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1607
110.20.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1607
110.20.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1607
110.20.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1607
110.20.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1608
110.20.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1608
110.20.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1608
110.20.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1608
110.20.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1608
110.20.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1609
110.21 ONT .......................................................................................................1609
110.21.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1609
110.21.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1609
110.21.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1610
110.21.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1610
110.21.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1610
110.21.2 RESET...................................................................................................1610
110.21.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1610
110.21.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1611
110.21.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1611
110.21.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1611
110.21.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1611
110.21.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1612
110.21.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1612
110.21.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1612
110.21.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1612
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.21.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1612
110.21.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1612
110.21.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1613
110.21.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1613
110.21.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1613
110.21.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1613
110.21.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1613
110.21.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1614
110.22 ONT Card ..............................................................................................1614
110.22.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1614
110.22.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1614
110.22.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1615
110.22.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1615
110.22.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1615
110.22.2 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1615
110.22.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1615
110.22.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1616
110.22.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1616
110.22.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1616
110.22.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1616
110.22.3 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1617
110.22.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1617
110.22.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1617
110.22.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1617
110.22.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1617
110.22.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1617
110.23 PON Port ...............................................................................................1618
110.23.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1618
110.23.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1618
110.23.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1619
110.23.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1619
110.23.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1619
110.23.2 DISABLE_BKGD_ROGUE_TEST.........................................................1619
110.23.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1619
110.23.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1620
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.23.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1620

110.23.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1620
110.23.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1620
110.23.3 INITIATE_BKGD_ROGUE_TEST .........................................................1620
110.23.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1620
110.23.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1621
110.23.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1621
110.23.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1621
110.23.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1621
110.23.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1622
110.23.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1622
110.23.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1622
110.23.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1622
110.23.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1623
110.23.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................1623
110.23.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1623
110.23.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1623
110.23.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................1624
110.23.5.7 Output....................................................................................................1624
110.23.6 INITIATE_ALIEN_TEST ........................................................................1624
110.23.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................1624
110.23.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1624
110.23.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1625
110.23.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................1625
110.23.6.7 Output....................................................................................................1625
110.23.7 DISABLE_ALIEN_TEST........................................................................1625
110.23.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................1625
110.23.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1625
110.23.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1626
110.23.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................1626
110.23.7.7 Output....................................................................................................1626
110.23.8 INITIATE_BKGD_ALIEN_TEST ............................................................1626
110.23.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................1626
110.23.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1627
110.23.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1627
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.23.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................1627
110.23.8.7 Output....................................................................................................1627
110.23.9 DISABLE_BKGD_ALIEN_TEST............................................................1628
110.23.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................1628
110.23.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1628
110.23.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1628
110.23.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................1628
110.23.9.7 Output....................................................................................................1628
110.24 POTS Port .............................................................................................1629
110.24.1 METALLIC_LINE_TEST........................................................................1629
110.24.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1629
110.24.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1629
110.24.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1630
110.24.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1630
110.24.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1630
110.24.2 SIP_DIAL_TONE_TEST........................................................................1633
110.24.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1633
110.24.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1633
110.24.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1633
110.24.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1634
110.24.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1634
110.24.3 H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST.....................................................................1634
110.24.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1634
110.24.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1635
110.24.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1635
110.24.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1635
110.24.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1636
110.24.4 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1637
110.24.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1637
110.24.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1637
110.24.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1637
110.24.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1637
110.24.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1637
110.24.5 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1638
110.24.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................1638
110.24.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1638
110.24.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1638
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.24.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................1638
110.24.5.7 Output....................................................................................................1639
110.25 SFP Inventory........................................................................................1639
110.25.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1639
110.25.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1639
110.25.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1640
110.25.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1640
110.25.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1640
110.26 SHDSL Span .........................................................................................1640
110.26.1 METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST .........................................................1641
110.26.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1641
110.26.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1641
110.26.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1642
110.26.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1642
110.26.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1642
110.26.2 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................1648
110.26.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1648
110.26.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1648
110.26.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1649
110.26.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1649
110.26.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1650
110.26.3 CANCEL_SEARCH_TONE_TEST........................................................1651
110.26.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1651
110.26.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1651
110.26.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1652
110.26.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1652
110.26.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1652
110.26.4 CANCEL_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST.........................................1652
110.26.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1652
110.26.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1653
110.26.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1653
110.26.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1653
110.26.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1653
110.26.5 COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST.................................1654
110.26.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................1654
110.26.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1654
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.26.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1654

110.26.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................1655
110.26.5.7 Output....................................................................................................1655
110.26.6 CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST ................1663
110.26.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................1663
110.26.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1663
110.26.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1663
110.26.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................1663
110.26.6.7 Output....................................................................................................1664
110.26.7 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1664
110.26.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................1664
110.26.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1664
110.26.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1664
110.26.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................1665
110.26.7.7 Output....................................................................................................1665
110.26.8 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1665
110.26.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................1665
110.26.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1665
110.26.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1666
110.26.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................1666
110.26.8.7 Output....................................................................................................1666
110.26.9 LINK_LOCK...........................................................................................1666
110.26.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................1666
110.26.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1666
110.26.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1667
110.26.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................1667
110.26.9.7 Output....................................................................................................1667
110.26.10 LINK_UNLOCK......................................................................................1667
110.26.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................1667
110.26.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1668
110.26.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1668
110.26.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................1668
110.26.10.7 Output....................................................................................................1668
110.26.11 STATUS_SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................1669
110.26.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................1669
110.26.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1669
110.26.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1669
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.26.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................1669
110.26.11.7 Output....................................................................................................1670
110.26.12 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................1670
110.26.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................1670
110.26.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1670
110.26.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1670
110.26.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................1671
110.26.12.7 Output....................................................................................................1671
110.27 SIP Voice Port .......................................................................................1671
110.27.1 NARROWBAND_LINE_TEST ...............................................................1672
110.27.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1672
110.27.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1672
110.27.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1672
110.27.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1672
110.27.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1675
110.27.2 INWARD_TEST.....................................................................................1681
110.27.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1681
110.27.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1681
110.27.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1682
110.27.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1682
110.27.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1684
110.27.3 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................1687
110.27.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1687
110.27.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1688
110.27.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1688
110.27.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1688
110.27.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1689
110.27.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1690
110.27.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1691
110.27.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1691
110.27.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1691
110.27.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1691
110.27.5 TEST_ACCESS_SESSION...................................................................1691
110.27.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................1691
110.27.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1692
110.27.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1692
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.27.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................1692
110.27.5.7 Output....................................................................................................1693
110.27.6 CANCEL_TEST_ACCESS_SESSION ..................................................1693
110.27.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................1693
110.27.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1694
110.27.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1694
110.27.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................1694
110.27.6.7 Output....................................................................................................1694
110.27.7 COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST..................................................................1695
110.27.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................1695
110.27.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1695
110.27.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1695
110.27.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................1695
110.27.7.7 Output....................................................................................................1698
110.27.8 CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST .................................................1705
110.27.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................1705
110.27.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1706
110.27.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1706
110.27.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................1706
110.27.8.7 Output....................................................................................................1706
110.27.9 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1706
110.27.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................1706
110.27.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1707
110.27.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1707
110.27.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................1707
110.27.9.7 Output....................................................................................................1707
110.27.10 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1708
110.27.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................1708
110.27.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1708
110.27.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1708
110.27.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................1708
110.27.10.7 Output....................................................................................................1708
110.27.11 LONGITUDINAL_CURRENT_TEST .....................................................1709
110.27.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................1709
110.27.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1709
110.27.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1709
110.27.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................1709
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.27.11.7 Output....................................................................................................1710
110.27.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................1711
110.27.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1712
110.27.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1712
110.27.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................1712
110.27.12.7 Output....................................................................................................1712
110.27.13 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................1712
110.27.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................1712
110.27.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1713
110.27.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1713
110.27.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................1713
110.27.13.7 Output....................................................................................................1713
110.28 Slot ........................................................................................................1713
110.28.1 INWARD_TEST.....................................................................................1714
110.28.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1714
110.28.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1714
110.28.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1715
110.28.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1715
110.28.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1716
110.28.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1720
110.28.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1720
110.28.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1721
110.28.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1721
110.28.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1722
110.28.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1728
110.28.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1729
110.28.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1729
110.28.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1730
110.28.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1730
110.28.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1737
110.28.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1738
110.28.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1738
110.28.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1738
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.28.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1738
110.28.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................1738
110.28.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1739
110.28.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1739
110.28.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................1740
110.28.5.7 Output....................................................................................................1740
110.28.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................1745
110.28.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1746
110.28.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1746
110.28.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................1746
110.28.6.7 Output....................................................................................................1746
110.28.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................1747
110.28.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1747
110.28.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1748
110.28.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................1748
110.28.7.7 Output....................................................................................................1749
110.28.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................1756
110.28.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1756
110.28.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1757
110.28.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................1757
110.28.8.7 Output....................................................................................................1757
110.28.9 RESET...................................................................................................1757
110.28.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................1757
110.28.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1757
110.28.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1758
110.28.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................1758
110.28.9.7 Output....................................................................................................1758
110.28.10 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1758
110.28.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................1758
110.28.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1759
110.28.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1759
110.28.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................1759
110.28.10.7 Output....................................................................................................1759
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.28.11 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1760
110.28.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................1760
110.28.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1760
110.28.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1760
110.28.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................1760
110.28.11.7 Output....................................................................................................1760
110.28.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................1761
110.28.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1761
110.28.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1761
110.28.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................1762
110.28.12.7 Output....................................................................................................1762
110.28.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................1764
110.28.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1764
110.28.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1764
110.28.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................1764
110.28.13.7 Output....................................................................................................1764
110.28.14 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................1765
110.28.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................1765
110.28.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1765
110.28.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1766
110.28.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................1766
110.28.14.7 Output....................................................................................................1766
110.28.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................1768
110.28.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1768
110.28.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1768
110.28.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................1768
110.28.15.7 Output....................................................................................................1769
110.28.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................1769
110.28.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1769
110.28.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1769
110.28.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................1770
110.28.16.7 Output....................................................................................................1770
110.28.17 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................1770
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.28.17.1 Action.....................................................................................................1770
110.28.17.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1770
110.28.17.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1771
110.28.17.6 Input.......................................................................................................1771
110.28.17.7 Output....................................................................................................1771
110.28.18 CANCEL_NBLT_LINE_TEST................................................................1771
110.28.18.1 Action.....................................................................................................1771
110.28.18.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1772
110.28.18.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1772
110.28.18.6 Input.......................................................................................................1772
110.28.18.7 Output....................................................................................................1772
110.29 Slot Maintenance End Point ..................................................................1772
110.29.1 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST ........................................................................1773
110.29.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1773
110.29.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1773
110.29.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1773
110.29.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1773
110.29.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1774
110.29.2 LINK_TRACE_TEST .............................................................................1775
110.29.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1775
110.29.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1775
110.29.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1775
110.29.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1775
110.29.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1776
110.29.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1776
110.29.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1777
110.29.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1777
110.29.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1777
110.29.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1777
110.30 Sub Channel Group...............................................................................1778
110.30.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1779
110.30.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1779
110.30.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1779
110.30.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1779
110.30.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1779
110.30.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1779
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.30.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1780
110.30.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1780
110.30.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1780
110.30.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1780
110.30.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1780
110.30.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1781
110.31 VCL........................................................................................................1781
110.31.1 LOOPBACK_TEST................................................................................1781
110.31.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1781
110.31.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1781
110.31.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1782
110.31.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1782
110.31.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1782
110.32 VDSL2 Port............................................................................................1782
110.32.1 LOOP_DIAGNOSTICS_TEST...............................................................1783
110.32.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1783
110.32.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1783
110.32.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1783
110.32.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1783
110.32.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1783
110.32.2 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1786
110.32.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1786
110.32.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1786
110.32.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1786
110.32.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1786
110.32.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1786
110.32.3 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1787
110.32.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1787
110.32.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1787
110.32.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1787
110.32.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1787
110.32.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1788
110.33 VEIP Port...............................................................................................1788
110.33.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1788
110.33.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1788
110.33.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1788
110.33.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1789
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.33.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1789
110.33.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1789
110.33.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1789
110.33.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1789
110.33.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1790
110.33.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1790
110.33.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1790
110.33.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1790
110.34 Video Port..............................................................................................1790
110.34.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1791
110.34.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1791
110.34.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1791
110.34.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1791
110.34.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1791
110.34.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1791
110.34.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1792
110.34.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1792
110.34.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1792
110.34.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1792
110.34.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1792
110.34.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1793
110.35 VLAN IP Interface..................................................................................1793
110.35.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................1793
110.35.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1793
110.35.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1793
110.35.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1794
110.35.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1794
110.35.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1794
110.36 Voice User Port .....................................................................................1795
110.36.1 HAZARDOUS_POTENTIAL_VOLTAGE_TEST....................................1795
110.36.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1795
110.36.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1796
110.36.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1796
110.36.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1796
110.36.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1797
110.36.2 FOREIGN_EMF_TEST .........................................................................1798
110.36.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1798
110.36.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1799
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

110.36.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1799
110.36.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1799
110.36.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1800
110.36.3 RESISTIVE_FAULTS_TEST.................................................................1801
110.36.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1801
110.36.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1802
110.36.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1802
110.36.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1802
110.36.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1802
110.36.4 RECEIVER_OFFHOOK_TEST .............................................................1804
110.36.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1804
110.36.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1804
110.36.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1804
110.36.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1805
110.36.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1805
110.36.5 RINGERS_TEST ...................................................................................1806
110.36.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................1806
110.36.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1807
110.36.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1807
110.36.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................1807
110.36.5.7 Output....................................................................................................1807
110.36.6 DRAW_AND_BREAK_DIALTONE_DELAY_TEST...............................1809
110.36.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................1809
110.36.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1809
110.36.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1809
110.36.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................1809
110.36.6.7 Output....................................................................................................1810
110.36.7 NARROWBAND_LINE_VOICE_TEST..................................................1811
110.36.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................1811
110.36.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1812
110.36.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1812
110.36.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................1812
110.36.7.7 Output....................................................................................................1812
110.36.8 SEARCH_TONE_VOICE_TEST ...........................................................1815
110.36.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................1815
110.36.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1816
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.36.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1816

110.36.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................1816
110.36.8.7 Output....................................................................................................1817
110.36.9 CANCEL_SEARCH_TONE_VOICE_TEST...........................................1818
110.36.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................1818
110.36.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1818
110.36.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1818
110.36.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................1818
110.36.9.7 Output....................................................................................................1818
110.36.10 INWARD_VOICE_TEST........................................................................1819
110.36.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................1819
110.36.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1819
110.36.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1819
110.36.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................1820
110.36.10.7 Output....................................................................................................1820
110.37 VoIP Service..........................................................................................1823
110.37.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................1823
110.37.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1823
110.37.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1824
110.37.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1824
110.37.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1824
110.37.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1825
110.38 XDSL Port..............................................................................................1825
110.38.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1826
110.38.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1826
110.38.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1826
110.38.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1826
110.38.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1827
110.38.2 SELT_TEST ..........................................................................................1829
110.38.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1829
110.38.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1830
110.38.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1830
110.38.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1830
110.38.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1831
110.38.3 CANCEL_SELT_TEST..........................................................................1833
110.38.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1833
110.38.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1833
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

110.38.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1833
110.38.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1834
110.38.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1834
110.38.4 POTS_LINE_TEST................................................................................1834
110.38.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1834
110.38.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1834
110.38.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1835
110.38.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1835
110.38.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1835
110.38.5 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................1836
110.38.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................1836
110.38.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1836
110.38.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1836
110.38.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................1837
110.38.5.7 Output....................................................................................................1837
110.38.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................1838
110.38.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1839
110.38.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1839
110.38.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................1839
110.38.6.7 Output....................................................................................................1839
110.38.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................1840
110.38.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1840
110.38.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1840
110.38.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................1841
110.38.7.7 Output....................................................................................................1841
110.38.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................1846
110.38.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1847
110.38.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1847
110.38.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................1847
110.38.8.7 Output....................................................................................................1847
110.38.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................1848
110.38.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1848
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.38.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1848

110.38.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................1849
110.38.9.7 Output....................................................................................................1849
110.38.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................1856
110.38.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1857
110.38.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1857
110.38.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................1857
110.38.10.7 Output....................................................................................................1857
110.38.11 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1858
110.38.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................1858
110.38.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1858
110.38.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1858
110.38.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................1858
110.38.11.7 Output....................................................................................................1858
110.38.12 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1859
110.38.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................1859
110.38.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1859
110.38.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1859
110.38.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................1859
110.38.12.7 Output....................................................................................................1860
110.38.13 ENABLE_CARRIER_DATA_COLLECTION..........................................1860
110.38.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................1860
110.38.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1860
110.38.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1860
110.38.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................1861
110.38.13.7 Output....................................................................................................1861
110.38.14 ENABLE_CARRIER_DATA_COLLECTION_ON_INIT .........................1861
110.38.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................1861
110.38.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1861
110.38.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1862
110.38.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................1862
110.38.14.7 Output....................................................................................................1862
110.38.15 DISABLE_CARRIER_DATA_COLLECTION.........................................1862
110.38.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................1862
110.38.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1862
110.38.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1863
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.38.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................1863
110.38.15.7 Output....................................................................................................1863
110.38.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................1863
110.38.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1864
110.38.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1864
110.38.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................1864
110.38.16.7 Output....................................................................................................1864
110.38.17 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................1864
110.38.17.1 Action.....................................................................................................1864
110.38.17.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1865
110.38.17.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1865
110.38.17.6 Input.......................................................................................................1865
110.38.17.7 Output....................................................................................................1865
111.1.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1869
111.1.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1869
111.1.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1869
111.1.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1869
111.1.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1869
111.2 Applique Slot .........................................................................................1870
111.2.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1870
111.2.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1870
111.2.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1871
111.2.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1871
111.2.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1871
111.3 Bonding Group ......................................................................................1871
111.3.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1871
111.3.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1871
111.3.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1872
111.3.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1872
111.3.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1872
111.3.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1872
111.3.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1873
111.3.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1873
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.3.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1873
111.3.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1873
111.3.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1873
111.3.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1873
111.4.1 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST ........................................................................1874
111.4.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1874
111.4.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1874
111.4.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1875
111.4.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1875
111.4.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1875
111.4.2 LINK_TRACE_TEST .............................................................................1876
111.4.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1876
111.4.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1876
111.4.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1877
111.4.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1877
111.4.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1877
111.4.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1878
111.4.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1878
111.4.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1878
111.4.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1878
111.4.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1879
111.5 CES Port................................................................................................1880
111.5.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1880
111.5.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1880
111.5.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1880
111.5.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1881
111.5.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1881
111.5.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1881
111.5.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1881
111.5.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1881
111.5.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1882
111.5.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1882
111.5.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1882
111.5.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1882
111.6 Channel Group ......................................................................................1882
111.6.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1883
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.6.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1883
111.6.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1883
111.6.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1883
111.6.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1883
111.6.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1883
111.6.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1884
111.6.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1884
111.6.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1884
111.6.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1884
111.6.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1884
111.6.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1885
111.7 Channel Pair..........................................................................................1885
111.7.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1885
111.7.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1885
111.7.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1885
111.7.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1886
111.7.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1886
111.7.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1886
111.7.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1886
111.7.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1886
111.7.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1887
111.7.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1887
111.7.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1887
111.7.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1887
111.8 E1/DS1 Port...........................................................................................1887
111.8.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1888
111.8.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1888
111.8.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1888
111.8.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1888
111.8.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1888
111.8.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1889
111.8.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1889
111.8.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1889
111.8.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1889
111.8.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1890
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

111.8.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1890
111.8.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1890
111.8.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1890
111.8.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1891
111.8.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1891
111.8.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1891
111.8.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1891
111.8.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1892
111.8.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1892
111.8.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1892
111.9 EFM Bridge Port ....................................................................................1892
111.9.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1892
111.9.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1893
111.9.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1893
111.9.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1893
111.9.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1893
111.9.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1894
111.9.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1894
111.9.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1894
111.9.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1894
111.9.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1895
111.9.3 STATUS_LOOPBACK_TONE_TEST ...................................................1895
111.9.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1895
111.9.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1895
111.9.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1895
111.9.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1896
111.9.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1896
111.10.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................1896
111.10.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1896
111.10.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1897
111.10.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1897
111.10.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1897
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.10.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1897
111.10.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................1898
111.10.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1898
111.10.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1898
111.10.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1898
111.10.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1898
111.10.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1898
111.11 EPON Port.............................................................................................1899
111.11.1 ENABLE_IDLE_PM ...............................................................................1899
111.11.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1899
111.11.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1899
111.11.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1900
111.11.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1900
111.11.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1900
111.11.2 DISABLE_IDLE_PM ..............................................................................1900
111.11.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1900
111.11.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1901
111.11.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1901
111.11.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1901
111.11.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1901
111.11.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1902
111.11.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1902
111.11.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1902
111.11.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1902
111.11.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1902
111.11.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1903
111.11.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1903
111.11.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1903
111.11.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1903
111.11.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1904
111.11.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................1904
111.11.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1904
111.11.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1904
111.11.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................1905
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.11.5.7 Output....................................................................................................1905
111.12 Ethernet LT Port ....................................................................................1905
111.12.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1905
111.12.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1905
111.12.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1906
111.12.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1906
111.12.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1906
111.12.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1906
111.12.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1907
111.12.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1907
111.12.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1907
111.12.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1907
111.12.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1907
111.12.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1907
111.12.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1908
111.12.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1908
111.12.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1908
111.12.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1908
111.12.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1909
111.12.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1909
111.12.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1909
111.12.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1910
111.12.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1910
111.12.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1910
111.12.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................1910
111.12.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1911
111.12.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1911
111.12.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................1911
111.12.5.7 Output....................................................................................................1911
111.13.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................1912
111.13.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1912
111.13.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1912
111.13.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1912
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.13.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1912
111.13.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1913
111.13.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................1913
111.13.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1913
111.13.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1913
111.13.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1913
111.13.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1914
111.13.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1914
111.14 Ethernet Port .........................................................................................1914
111.14.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1914
111.14.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1914
111.14.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1915
111.14.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1915
111.14.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1915
111.14.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1915
111.14.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1915
111.14.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1915
111.14.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1916
111.14.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1916
111.14.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1916
111.14.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1916
111.15 HPNA Port .............................................................................................1916
111.15.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1917
111.15.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1917
111.15.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1917
111.15.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1917
111.15.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1917
111.15.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1917
111.15.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1918
111.15.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1918
111.15.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1918
111.15.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1918
111.15.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1918
111.15.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1919
111.16 IMA Group .............................................................................................1919
111.16.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1919
111.16.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1919
111.16.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1919
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

111.16.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1920
111.16.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1920
111.16.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1920
111.16.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1920
111.16.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1920
111.16.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1921
111.16.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1921
111.16.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1921
111.16.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1921
111.17 IP Host...................................................................................................1921
111.17.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................1922
111.17.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1922
111.17.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1922
111.17.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1922
111.17.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1922
111.17.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1923
111.18 MoCA Port .............................................................................................1923
111.18.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1924
111.18.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1924
111.18.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1924
111.18.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1924
111.18.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1924
111.18.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1925
111.18.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1925
111.18.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1925
111.18.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1925
111.18.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1925
111.18.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1926
111.18.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1926
111.19.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1926
111.19.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1926
111.19.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1927
111.19.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1927
111.19.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1927
111.19.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1927
111.19.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1927
111.19.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1927
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

111.19.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1928
111.19.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1928
111.19.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1928
111.19.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1928
111.20 NGPON2 ONT.......................................................................................1928
111.20.1 RESET...................................................................................................1929
111.20.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1929
111.20.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1929
111.20.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1929
111.20.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1929
111.20.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1930
111.20.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1930
111.20.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1930
111.20.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1930
111.20.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1931
111.20.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1931
111.20.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1931
111.20.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1931
111.20.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1931
111.20.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1932
111.20.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1932
111.20.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1932
111.20.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1932
111.20.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1932
111.20.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1933
111.20.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1933
111.20.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1933
111.20.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1933
111.21 NGPON2 ONT Card ..............................................................................1933
111.21.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1934
111.21.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1934
111.21.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1934
111.21.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1934
111.21.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1934
111.21.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1934
111.21.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1935
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.21.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1935
111.21.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1935
111.21.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1935
111.21.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1935
111.21.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1936
111.22 ONT .......................................................................................................1936
111.22.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1936
111.22.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1936
111.22.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1937
111.22.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1937
111.22.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1937
111.22.2 RESET...................................................................................................1937
111.22.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1937
111.22.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1938
111.22.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1938
111.22.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1938
111.22.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1938
111.22.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1939
111.22.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1939
111.22.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1939
111.22.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1939
111.22.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1939
111.22.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1939
111.22.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1940
111.22.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1940
111.22.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1940
111.22.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1940
111.22.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1940
111.22.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1941
111.23 ONT Card ..............................................................................................1941
111.23.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1941
111.23.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1941
111.23.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1942
111.23.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1942
111.23.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1942
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.23.2 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1942
111.23.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1942
111.23.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1943
111.23.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1943
111.23.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1943
111.23.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1943
111.23.3 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1944
111.23.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1944
111.23.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1944
111.23.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1944
111.23.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1944
111.23.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1944
111.24 PON Port ...............................................................................................1945
111.24.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1945
111.24.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1945
111.24.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1946
111.24.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1946
111.24.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1946
111.24.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1946
111.24.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1947
111.24.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1947
111.24.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1947
111.24.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1947
111.24.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1947
111.24.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1948
111.24.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1948
111.24.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1948
111.24.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1948
111.24.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1949
111.24.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1949
111.24.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1949
111.24.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1949
111.24.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1950
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.24.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................1950
111.24.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1950
111.24.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1950
111.24.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................1951
111.24.5.7 Output....................................................................................................1951
111.24.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................1951
111.24.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1951
111.24.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1952
111.24.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................1952
111.24.6.7 Output....................................................................................................1952
111.24.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................1952
111.24.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1952
111.24.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1953
111.24.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................1953
111.24.7.7 Output....................................................................................................1953
111.24.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................1953
111.24.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1954
111.24.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1954
111.24.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................1954
111.24.8.7 Output....................................................................................................1954
111.24.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................1955
111.24.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1955
111.24.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1955
111.24.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................1955
111.24.9.7 Output....................................................................................................1955
111.25 POTS Port .............................................................................................1956
111.25.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1956
111.25.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1956
111.25.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1957
111.25.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1957
111.25.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1957
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.25.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1960
111.25.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1960
111.25.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1960
111.25.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1961
111.25.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1961
111.25.3 H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST.....................................................................1961
111.25.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1961
111.25.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1962
111.25.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1962
111.25.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1962
111.25.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1963
111.25.4 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1964
111.25.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1964
111.25.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1964
111.25.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1964
111.25.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1964
111.25.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1964
111.25.5 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1965
111.25.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................1965
111.25.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1965
111.25.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1965
111.25.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................1965
111.25.5.7 Output....................................................................................................1966
111.26 SFP Inventory........................................................................................1966
111.26.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1966
111.26.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1966
111.26.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1967
111.26.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1967
111.26.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1967
111.27 SHDSL Span .........................................................................................1967
111.27.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1968
111.27.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1968
111.27.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1969
111.27.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1969
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.27.1.7 Output....................................................................................................1969
111.27.2 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................1975
111.27.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................1975
111.27.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1975
111.27.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1976
111.27.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................1976
111.27.2.7 Output....................................................................................................1977
111.27.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................1978
111.27.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1978
111.27.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1979
111.27.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................1979
111.27.3.7 Output....................................................................................................1979
111.27.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................1979
111.27.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1980
111.27.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1980
111.27.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................1980
111.27.4.7 Output....................................................................................................1980
111.27.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................1981
111.27.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1981
111.27.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1981
111.27.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................1982
111.27.5.7 Output....................................................................................................1982
111.27.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................1990
111.27.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1990
111.27.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1990
111.27.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................1990
111.27.6.7 Output....................................................................................................1991
111.27.7 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................1991
111.27.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................1991
111.27.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1991
111.27.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1991
111.27.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................1992
111.27.7.7 Output....................................................................................................1992
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.27.8 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................1992
111.27.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................1992
111.27.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1992
111.27.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1993
111.27.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................1993
111.27.8.7 Output....................................................................................................1993
111.27.9 LINK_LOCK...........................................................................................1993
111.27.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................1993
111.27.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1993
111.27.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1994
111.27.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................1994
111.27.9.7 Output....................................................................................................1994
111.27.10 LINK_UNLOCK......................................................................................1994
111.27.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................1994
111.27.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1995
111.27.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1995
111.27.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................1995
111.27.10.7 Output....................................................................................................1995
111.27.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................1996
111.27.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1996
111.27.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1996
111.27.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................1996
111.27.11.7 Output....................................................................................................1997
111.27.12 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................1997
111.27.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................1997
111.27.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1997
111.27.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1997
111.27.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................1998
111.27.12.7 Output....................................................................................................1998
111.28 SIP Voice Port .......................................................................................1998
111.28.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................1999
111.28.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................1999
111.28.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1999
111.28.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................1999
111.28.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2002
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.28.2 INWARD_TEST.....................................................................................2008
111.28.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2008
111.28.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2008
111.28.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2009
111.28.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2009
111.28.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2011
111.28.3 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................2014
111.28.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2014
111.28.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2015
111.28.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2015
111.28.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2015
111.28.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2016
111.28.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2017
111.28.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2018
111.28.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2018
111.28.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2018
111.28.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2018
111.28.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2018
111.28.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2019
111.28.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2019
111.28.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2019
111.28.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2020
111.28.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2020
111.28.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2021
111.28.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2021
111.28.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2021
111.28.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2021
111.28.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2022
111.28.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2022
111.28.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2022
111.28.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2022
111.28.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2025
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.28.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2032
111.28.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2033
111.28.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2033
111.28.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2033
111.28.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2033
111.28.9 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2033
111.28.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2033
111.28.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2034
111.28.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2034
111.28.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2034
111.28.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2034
111.28.10 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2035
111.28.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2035
111.28.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2035
111.28.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2035
111.28.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2035
111.28.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2035
111.28.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................2036
111.28.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2036
111.28.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2036
111.28.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................2036
111.28.11.7 Output....................................................................................................2037
111.28.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................2038
111.28.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2039
111.28.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2039
111.28.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................2039
111.28.12.7 Output....................................................................................................2039
111.28.13 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................2039
111.28.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................2039
111.28.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2040
111.28.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2040
111.28.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................2040
111.28.13.7 Output....................................................................................................2040
111.29 Slot ........................................................................................................2040
111.29.1 INWARD_TEST.....................................................................................2041
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.29.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2041
111.29.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2041
111.29.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2042
111.29.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2042
111.29.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2043
111.29.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2047
111.29.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2047
111.29.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2048
111.29.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2048
111.29.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2049
111.29.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2055
111.29.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2056
111.29.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2056
111.29.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2057
111.29.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2057
111.29.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2064
111.29.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2065
111.29.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2065
111.29.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2065
111.29.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2065
111.29.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2065
111.29.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2066
111.29.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2066
111.29.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2067
111.29.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2067
111.29.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2072
111.29.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2073
111.29.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2073
111.29.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2073
111.29.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2073
111.29.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2074
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

111.29.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2074
111.29.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2075
111.29.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2075
111.29.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2076
111.29.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2083
111.29.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2083
111.29.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2084
111.29.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2084
111.29.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2084
111.29.9 RESET...................................................................................................2084
111.29.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2084
111.29.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2084
111.29.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2085
111.29.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2085
111.29.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2085
111.29.10 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2085
111.29.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2085
111.29.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2086
111.29.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2086
111.29.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2086
111.29.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2086
111.29.11 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2087
111.29.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................2087
111.29.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2087
111.29.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2087
111.29.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................2087
111.29.11.7 Output....................................................................................................2087
111.29.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................2088
111.29.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2088
111.29.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2088
111.29.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................2089
111.29.12.7 Output....................................................................................................2089
111.29.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................2091
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.29.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2091
111.29.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2091
111.29.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................2091
111.29.13.7 Output....................................................................................................2091
111.29.14 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................2092
111.29.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................2092
111.29.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2092
111.29.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2093
111.29.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................2093
111.29.14.7 Output....................................................................................................2093
111.29.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................2095
111.29.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2095
111.29.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2095
111.29.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................2095
111.29.15.7 Output....................................................................................................2096
111.29.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................2096
111.29.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2096
111.29.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2096
111.29.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................2097
111.29.16.7 Output....................................................................................................2097
111.29.17 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................2097
111.29.17.1 Action.....................................................................................................2097
111.29.17.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2097
111.29.17.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2098
111.29.17.6 Input.......................................................................................................2098
111.29.17.7 Output....................................................................................................2098
111.29.18.1 Action.....................................................................................................2098
111.29.18.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2099
111.29.18.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2099
111.29.18.6 Input.......................................................................................................2099
111.29.18.7 Output....................................................................................................2099
111.30.1 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST ........................................................................2100
111.30.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2100
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.30.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2100
111.30.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2100
111.30.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2100
111.30.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2101
111.30.2 LINK_TRACE_TEST .............................................................................2102
111.30.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2102
111.30.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2102
111.30.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2102
111.30.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2102
111.30.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2103
111.30.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2103
111.30.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2104
111.30.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2104
111.30.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2104
111.30.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2104
111.31.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2106
111.31.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2106
111.31.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2106
111.31.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2106
111.31.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2106
111.31.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2106
111.31.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2107
111.31.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2107
111.31.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2107
111.31.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2107
111.31.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2107
111.31.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2108
111.32 VCL........................................................................................................2108
111.32.1 LOOPBACK_TEST................................................................................2108
111.32.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2108
111.32.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2108
111.32.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2109
111.32.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2109
111.32.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2109
111.33 VDSL2 Port............................................................................................2109
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.33.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2110
111.33.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2110
111.33.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2110
111.33.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2110
111.33.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2110
111.33.2 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2113
111.33.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2113
111.33.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2113
111.33.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2113
111.33.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2113
111.33.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2113
111.33.3 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2114
111.33.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2114
111.33.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2114
111.33.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2114
111.33.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2114
111.33.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2115
111.34 VEIP Port...............................................................................................2115
111.34.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2115
111.34.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2115
111.34.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2115
111.34.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2116
111.34.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2116
111.34.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2116
111.34.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2116
111.34.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2116
111.34.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2117
111.34.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2117
111.34.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2117
111.34.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2117
111.35 Video Port..............................................................................................2117
111.35.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2118
111.35.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2118
111.35.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2118
111.35.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2118
111.35.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2118
111.35.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2118
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.35.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2119
111.35.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2119
111.35.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2119
111.35.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2119
111.35.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2119
111.35.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2120
111.36.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................2120
111.36.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2120
111.36.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2120
111.36.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2121
111.36.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2121
111.36.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2121
111.37 Voice User Port .....................................................................................2122
111.37.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2122
111.37.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2123
111.37.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2123
111.37.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2123
111.37.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2124
111.37.2 FOREIGN_EMF_TEST .........................................................................2125
111.37.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2125
111.37.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2126
111.37.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2126
111.37.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2126
111.37.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2127
111.37.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2128
111.37.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2129
111.37.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2129
111.37.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2129
111.37.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2129
111.37.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2131
111.37.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2131
111.37.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2131
111.37.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2132
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.37.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2132
111.37.5 RINGERS_TEST ...................................................................................2133
111.37.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2133
111.37.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2134
111.37.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2134
111.37.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2134
111.37.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2134
111.37.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2136
111.37.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2136
111.37.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2136
111.37.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2136
111.37.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2137
111.37.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2138
111.37.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2139
111.37.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2139
111.37.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2139
111.37.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2139
111.37.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2142
111.37.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2143
111.37.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2143
111.37.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2143
111.37.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2144
111.37.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2145
111.37.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2145
111.37.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2145
111.37.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2145
111.37.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2145
111.37.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2146
111.37.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2146
111.37.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2146
111.37.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2147
111.37.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2147
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.38 VoIP Service..........................................................................................2150

111.38.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................2150
111.38.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2150
111.38.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2151
111.38.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2151
111.38.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2151
111.38.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2152
111.39 XDSL Port..............................................................................................2152
111.39.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2153
111.39.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2153
111.39.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2153
111.39.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2153
111.39.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2154
111.39.2 SELT_TEST ..........................................................................................2156
111.39.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2156
111.39.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2157
111.39.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2157
111.39.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2157
111.39.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2158
111.39.3 CANCEL_SELT_TEST..........................................................................2160
111.39.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2160
111.39.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2160
111.39.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2160
111.39.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2161
111.39.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2161
111.39.4 POTS_LINE_TEST................................................................................2161
111.39.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2161
111.39.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2161
111.39.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2162
111.39.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2162
111.39.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2162
111.39.5 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................2163
111.39.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2163
111.39.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2163
111.39.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2163
111.39.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2164
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.39.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2164
111.39.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2165
111.39.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2166
111.39.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2166
111.39.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2166
111.39.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2166
111.39.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2167
111.39.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2167
111.39.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2167
111.39.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2168
111.39.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2168
111.39.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2173
111.39.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2174
111.39.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2174
111.39.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2174
111.39.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2174
111.39.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2175
111.39.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2175
111.39.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2175
111.39.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2176
111.39.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2176
111.39.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2183
111.39.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2184
111.39.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2184
111.39.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2184
111.39.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2184
111.39.11 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2185
111.39.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................2185
111.39.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2185
111.39.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2185
111.39.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................2185
111.39.11.7 Output....................................................................................................2185
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
111.39.12 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2186
111.39.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................2186
111.39.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2186
111.39.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2186
111.39.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................2186
111.39.12.7 Output....................................................................................................2187
111.39.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................2187
111.39.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2187
111.39.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2187
111.39.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................2188
111.39.13.7 Output....................................................................................................2188
111.39.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................2188
111.39.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2188
111.39.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2189
111.39.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................2189
111.39.14.7 Output....................................................................................................2189
111.39.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................2189
111.39.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2189
111.39.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2190
111.39.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................2190
111.39.15.7 Output....................................................................................................2190
111.39.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................2190
111.39.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2191
111.39.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2191
111.39.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................2191
111.39.16.7 Output....................................................................................................2191
111.39.17 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................2191
111.39.17.1 Action.....................................................................................................2191
111.39.17.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2192
111.39.17.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2192
111.39.17.6 Input.......................................................................................................2192
111.39.17.7 Output....................................................................................................2192
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

112.1.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2195
112.1.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2195
112.1.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2195
112.1.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2196
112.1.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2196
112.2 Applique Slot .........................................................................................2196
112.2.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2196
112.2.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2196
112.2.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2197
112.2.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2197
112.2.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2197
112.3 Bonding Group ......................................................................................2197
112.3.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2198
112.3.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2198
112.3.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2198
112.3.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2198
112.3.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2198
112.3.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2198
112.3.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2199
112.3.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2199
112.3.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2199
112.3.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2199
112.3.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2199
112.3.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2200
112.4.1 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST ........................................................................2200
112.4.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2200
112.4.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2200
112.4.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2201
112.4.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2201
112.4.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2201
112.4.2 LINK_TRACE_TEST .............................................................................2202
112.4.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2202
112.4.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2202
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

112.4.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2203
112.4.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2203
112.4.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2203
112.4.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2204
112.4.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2204
112.4.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2204
112.4.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2204
112.4.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2205
112.5 CES Port................................................................................................2206
112.5.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2206
112.5.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2206
112.5.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2206
112.5.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2207
112.5.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2207
112.5.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2207
112.5.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2207
112.5.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2207
112.5.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2208
112.5.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2208
112.5.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2208
112.5.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2208
112.6 Channel Group ......................................................................................2208
112.6.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2209
112.6.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2209
112.6.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2209
112.6.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2209
112.6.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2209
112.6.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2209
112.6.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2210
112.6.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2210
112.6.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2210
112.6.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2210
112.6.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2210
112.6.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2211
112.7 Channel Pair..........................................................................................2211
112.7.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2211
112.7.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2211
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

112.7.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2211
112.7.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2212
112.7.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2212
112.7.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2212
112.7.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2212
112.7.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2212
112.7.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2213
112.7.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2213
112.7.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2213
112.7.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2213
112.7.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2213
112.7.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2214
112.7.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2214
112.7.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2214
112.7.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2214
112.7.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2215
112.7.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2215
112.7.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2215
112.7.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2215
112.7.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2215
112.7.5 INITIATE_BKGD_STUCK_LASER_TEST ............................................2216
112.7.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2216
112.7.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2216
112.7.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2216
112.7.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2216
112.7.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2217
112.7.6 DISABLE_BKGD_STUCK_LASER_TEST ............................................2217
112.7.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2217
112.7.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2217
112.7.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2217
112.7.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2218
112.7.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2218
112.8 E1 Port...................................................................................................2218
112.8.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2218
112.8.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2218
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

112.8.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2219
112.8.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2219
112.8.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2219
112.8.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2219
112.8.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2219
112.8.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2219
112.8.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2220
112.8.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2220
112.8.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2220
112.8.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2220
112.9 E1/DS1 Port...........................................................................................2220
112.9.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2221
112.9.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2221
112.9.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2221
112.9.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2221
112.9.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2222
112.9.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2222
112.9.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2222
112.9.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2222
112.9.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2223
112.9.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2223
112.9.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2223
112.9.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2223
112.9.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2224
112.9.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2224
112.9.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2224
112.9.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2224
112.9.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2224
112.9.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2225
112.9.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2225
112.9.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2225
112.10 EFM Bridge Port ....................................................................................2225
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.10.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2226
112.10.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2226
112.10.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2226
112.10.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2226
112.10.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2227
112.10.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2227
112.10.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2227
112.10.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2227
112.10.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2228
112.10.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2228
112.10.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2228
112.10.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2228
112.10.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2229
112.10.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2229
112.10.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2229
112.11.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................2229
112.11.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2229
112.11.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2230
112.11.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2230
112.11.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2230
112.11.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2230
112.11.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................2231
112.11.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2231
112.11.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2231
112.11.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2231
112.11.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2231
112.11.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2232
112.12 EPON Port.............................................................................................2232
112.12.1 ENABLE_IDLE_PM ...............................................................................2232
112.12.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2232
112.12.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2232
112.12.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2233
112.12.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2233
112.12.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2233
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.12.2 DISABLE_IDLE_PM ..............................................................................2233

112.12.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2233
112.12.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2234
112.12.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2234
112.12.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2234
112.12.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2234
112.12.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2235
112.12.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2235
112.12.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2235
112.12.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2235
112.12.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2235
112.12.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2236
112.12.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2236
112.12.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2236
112.12.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2236
112.12.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2237
112.12.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2237
112.12.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2237
112.12.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2237
112.12.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2238
112.12.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2238
112.13 Ethernet LT Port ....................................................................................2238
112.13.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2238
112.13.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2238
112.13.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2239
112.13.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2239
112.13.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2239
112.13.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2239
112.13.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2240
112.13.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2240
112.13.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2240
112.13.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2240
112.13.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2240
112.13.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2240
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

112.13.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2241
112.13.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2241
112.13.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2241
112.13.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2241
112.13.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2242
112.13.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2242
112.13.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2242
112.13.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2243
112.13.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2243
112.13.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2243
112.13.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2243
112.13.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2244
112.13.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2244
112.13.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2244
112.13.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2244
112.14.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................2245
112.14.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2245
112.14.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2245
112.14.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2245
112.14.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2245
112.14.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2246
112.14.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................2246
112.14.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2246
112.14.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2246
112.14.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2246
112.14.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2247
112.14.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2247
112.15 Ethernet Port .........................................................................................2247
112.15.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2247
112.15.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2247
112.15.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2248
112.15.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2248
112.15.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2248
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.15.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2248
112.15.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2248
112.15.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2248
112.15.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2249
112.15.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2249
112.15.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2249
112.15.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2249
112.16 FE LT Port .............................................................................................2249
112.16.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2250
112.16.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2250
112.16.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2250
112.16.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2250
112.16.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2250
112.16.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2251
112.16.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2251
112.16.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2251
112.16.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2251
112.16.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2251
112.16.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2252
112.16.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2252
112.16.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2252
112.16.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2252
112.16.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2253
112.16.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2253
112.16.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2253
112.16.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2253
112.16.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2254
112.16.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2254
112.16.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2254
112.16.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2254
112.16.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2254
112.16.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2255
112.16.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2255
112.16.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2255
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.16.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2255
112.17 FE OAM Configuration ..........................................................................2255
112.17.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................2256
112.17.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2256
112.17.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2256
112.17.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2256
112.17.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2256
112.17.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2257
112.17.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................2257
112.17.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2257
112.17.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2257
112.17.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2257
112.17.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2258
112.17.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2258
112.18 HPNA Port .............................................................................................2258
112.18.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2258
112.18.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2258
112.18.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2258
112.18.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2259
112.18.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2259
112.18.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2259
112.18.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2259
112.18.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2259
112.18.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2260
112.18.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2260
112.18.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2260
112.18.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2260
112.19 IMA Group .............................................................................................2260
112.19.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2261
112.19.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2261
112.19.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2261
112.19.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2261
112.19.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2261
112.19.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2261
112.19.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2262
112.19.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2262
112.19.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2262
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.19.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2262

112.19.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2262
112.19.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2263
112.20 IP Host...................................................................................................2263
112.20.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................2263
112.20.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2263
112.20.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2263
112.20.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2264
112.20.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2264
112.20.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2264
112.21 MoCA Port .............................................................................................2265
112.21.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2265
112.21.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2265
112.21.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2265
112.21.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2266
112.21.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2266
112.21.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2266
112.21.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2266
112.21.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2266
112.21.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2267
112.21.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2267
112.21.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2267
112.21.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2267
112.22.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2268
112.22.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2268
112.22.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2268
112.22.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2268
112.22.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2268
112.22.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2268
112.22.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2269
112.22.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2269
112.22.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2269
112.22.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2269
112.22.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2269
112.22.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2270
112.23 NGPON2 IP Host...................................................................................2270
112.23.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................2270
112.23.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2270
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

112.23.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2270
112.23.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2271
112.23.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2271
112.23.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2271
112.24 NGPON2 ONT.......................................................................................2272
112.24.1 RESET...................................................................................................2272
112.24.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2272
112.24.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2272
112.24.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2273
112.24.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2273
112.24.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2273
112.24.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2273
112.24.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2274
112.24.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2274
112.24.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2274
112.24.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2274
112.24.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2275
112.24.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2275
112.24.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2275
112.24.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2275
112.24.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2275
112.24.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2275
112.24.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2276
112.24.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2276
112.24.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2276
112.24.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2276
112.24.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2276
112.24.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2277
112.25 NGPON2 ONT Card ..............................................................................2277
112.25.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2277
112.25.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2277
112.25.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2277
112.25.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2278
112.25.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2278
112.25.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2278
112.25.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2278
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.25.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2278
112.25.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2279
112.25.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2279
112.25.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2279
112.25.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2279
112.26 NGPON2 POTS Port .............................................................................2279
112.26.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2280
112.26.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2280
112.26.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2280
112.26.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2280
112.26.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2281
112.26.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2284
112.26.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2284
112.26.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2284
112.26.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2284
112.26.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2285
112.26.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2285
112.26.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2285
112.26.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2285
112.26.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2286
112.26.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2286
112.26.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2286
112.26.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2286
112.26.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2286
112.26.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2287
112.26.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2287
112.26.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2287
112.26.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2287
112.27 NGPON2 VEIP Port...............................................................................2287
112.27.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2288
112.27.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2288
112.27.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2288
112.27.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2288
112.27.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2288
112.27.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2288
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.27.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2289
112.27.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2289
112.27.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2289
112.27.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2289
112.27.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2289
112.27.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2290
112.28 ONT .......................................................................................................2290
112.28.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2290
112.28.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2290
112.28.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2291
112.28.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2291
112.28.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2291
112.28.2 RESET...................................................................................................2291
112.28.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2291
112.28.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2292
112.28.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2292
112.28.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2292
112.28.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2292
112.28.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2293
112.28.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2293
112.28.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2293
112.28.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2293
112.28.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2293
112.28.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2293
112.28.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2294
112.28.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2294
112.28.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2294
112.28.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2294
112.28.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2294
112.28.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2295
112.29 ONT Card ..............................................................................................2295
112.29.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2295
112.29.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2295
112.29.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2296
112.29.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2296
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.29.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2296
112.29.2 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2296
112.29.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2296
112.29.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2297
112.29.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2297
112.29.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2297
112.29.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2297
112.29.3 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2298
112.29.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2298
112.29.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2298
112.29.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2298
112.29.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2298
112.29.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2298
112.30 PON Port ...............................................................................................2299
112.30.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2299
112.30.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2299
112.30.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2300
112.30.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2300
112.30.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2300
112.30.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2300
112.30.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2301
112.30.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2301
112.30.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2301
112.30.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2301
112.30.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2301
112.30.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2302
112.30.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2302
112.30.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2302
112.30.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2302
112.30.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2303
112.30.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2303
112.30.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2303
112.30.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2303
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.30.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2304
112.30.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2304
112.30.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2304
112.30.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2304
112.30.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2305
112.30.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2305
112.30.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2305
112.30.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2305
112.30.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2306
112.30.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2306
112.30.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2306
112.30.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2306
112.30.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2306
112.30.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2307
112.30.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2307
112.30.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2307
112.30.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2307
112.30.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2308
112.30.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2308
112.30.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2308
112.30.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2308
112.30.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2309
112.30.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2309
112.30.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2309
112.30.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2309
112.30.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2309
112.31 POTS Port .............................................................................................2310
112.31.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2310
112.31.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2310
112.31.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2311
112.31.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2311
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.31.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2311
112.31.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2314
112.31.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2314
112.31.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2314
112.31.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2315
112.31.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2315
112.31.3 H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST.....................................................................2315
112.31.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2315
112.31.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2316
112.31.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2316
112.31.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2316
112.31.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2317
112.31.4 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2318
112.31.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2318
112.31.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2318
112.31.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2318
112.31.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2318
112.31.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2318
112.31.5 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2319
112.31.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2319
112.31.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2319
112.31.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2319
112.31.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2319
112.31.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2320
112.32 SFP Inventory........................................................................................2320
112.32.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2320
112.32.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2320
112.32.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2321
112.32.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2321
112.32.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2321
112.33 SHDSL Span .........................................................................................2321
112.33.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2322
112.33.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2322
112.33.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2323
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.33.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2323
112.33.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2323
112.33.2 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................2329
112.33.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2329
112.33.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2329
112.33.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2330
112.33.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2330
112.33.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2331
112.33.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2332
112.33.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2332
112.33.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2333
112.33.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2333
112.33.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2333
112.33.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2333
112.33.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2334
112.33.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2334
112.33.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2334
112.33.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2334
112.33.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2335
112.33.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2335
112.33.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2335
112.33.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2336
112.33.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2336
112.33.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2344
112.33.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2344
112.33.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2344
112.33.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2344
112.33.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2345
112.33.7 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2345
112.33.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2345
112.33.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2345
112.33.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2345
112.33.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2346
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.33.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2346
112.33.8 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2346
112.33.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2346
112.33.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2346
112.33.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2347
112.33.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2347
112.33.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2347
112.33.9 LINK_LOCK...........................................................................................2347
112.33.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2347
112.33.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2347
112.33.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2348
112.33.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2348
112.33.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2348
112.33.10 LINK_UNLOCK......................................................................................2348
112.33.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2348
112.33.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2349
112.33.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2349
112.33.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2349
112.33.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2349
112.33.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................2350
112.33.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2350
112.33.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2350
112.33.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................2350
112.33.11.7 Output....................................................................................................2351
112.33.12 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................2351
112.33.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................2351
112.33.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2351
112.33.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2351
112.33.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................2352
112.33.12.7 Output....................................................................................................2352
112.34 SIP ISDN PRA Port ...............................................................................2352
112.34.1 SIP_ISDN_TEST_ACCESS_SESSION ................................................2352
112.34.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2352
112.34.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2353
112.34.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2353
112.34.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2353
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.34.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2354
112.34.2 SIP_ISDN_CANCEL_TEST_ACCESS_SESSION................................2354
112.34.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2354
112.34.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2355
112.34.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2355
112.34.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2355
112.34.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2355
112.34.3 REMOTE_LOOPBACK_START_TEST ................................................2356
112.34.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2356
112.34.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2356
112.34.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2356
112.34.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2356
112.34.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2357
112.34.4 PAYLOAD_LOOPBACK_START_TEST...............................................2358
112.34.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2358
112.34.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2359
112.34.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2359
112.34.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2359
112.34.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2360
112.34.5 REMOTE_LOOPBACK_CANCEL_TEST..............................................2361
112.34.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2361
112.34.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2362
112.34.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2362
112.34.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2362
112.34.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2362
112.34.6 PAYLOAD_LOOPBACK_CANCEL_TEST ............................................2363
112.34.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2363
112.34.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2363
112.34.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2363
112.34.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2363
112.34.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2363
112.34.7 LOCAL_LOOPBACK_TEST..................................................................2364
112.34.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2364
112.34.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2364
112.34.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2364
112.34.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2365
112.34.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2365
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.34.8 CABLE_LOOPBACK_TEST..................................................................2366
112.34.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2366
112.34.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2367
112.34.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2367
112.34.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2367
112.34.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2367
112.34.9 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................2369
112.34.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2369
112.34.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2369
112.34.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2369
112.34.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2369
112.34.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2369
112.35 SIP Shared Line ....................................................................................2370
112.35.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2370
112.35.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2370
112.35.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2370
112.35.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2370
112.35.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2371
112.35.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2371
112.35.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2371
112.35.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2371
112.35.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2371
112.35.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2372
112.35.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2372
112.35.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2372
112.36 SIP Voice Port .......................................................................................2372
112.36.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2373
112.36.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2373
112.36.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2373
112.36.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2374
112.36.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2376
112.36.2 INWARD_TEST.....................................................................................2382
112.36.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2382
112.36.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2382
112.36.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2383
112.36.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2383
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.36.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2385
112.36.3 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................2388
112.36.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2388
112.36.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2389
112.36.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2389
112.36.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2389
112.36.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2390
112.36.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2391
112.36.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2392
112.36.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2392
112.36.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2392
112.36.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2392
112.36.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2392
112.36.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2393
112.36.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2393
112.36.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2393
112.36.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2394
112.36.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2394
112.36.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2395
112.36.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2395
112.36.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2395
112.36.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2395
112.36.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2396
112.36.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2396
112.36.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2396
112.36.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2396
112.36.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2399
112.36.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2406
112.36.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2407
112.36.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2407
112.36.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2407
112.36.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2407
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.36.9 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2407
112.36.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2407
112.36.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2408
112.36.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2408
112.36.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2408
112.36.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2408
112.36.10 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2409
112.36.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2409
112.36.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2409
112.36.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2409
112.36.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2409
112.36.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2409
112.36.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................2410
112.36.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2410
112.36.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2410
112.36.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................2410
112.36.11.7 Output....................................................................................................2411
112.36.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................2412
112.36.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2413
112.36.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2413
112.36.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................2413
112.36.12.7 Output....................................................................................................2413
112.36.13 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................2413
112.36.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................2413
112.36.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2414
112.36.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2414
112.36.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................2414
112.36.13.7 Output....................................................................................................2414
112.36.14 FORCE_RING_SUBSCRIBER_TEST ..................................................2415
112.36.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................2415
112.36.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2415
112.36.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2415
112.36.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................2415
112.36.14.7 Output....................................................................................................2416
112.36.15 CANCEL_FORCE_RING_SUBSCRIBER_TEST..................................2418
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.36.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................2418
112.36.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2418
112.36.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2418
112.36.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................2418
112.36.15.7 Output....................................................................................................2418
112.36.16 SHOW_SIP_PORT_STATE ..................................................................2419
112.36.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................2419
112.36.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2419
112.36.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2419
112.36.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................2419
112.36.16.7 Output....................................................................................................2420
112.37 Slot ........................................................................................................2420
112.37.1 INWARD_TEST.....................................................................................2421
112.37.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2421
112.37.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2421
112.37.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2422
112.37.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2422
112.37.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2423
112.37.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2427
112.37.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2427
112.37.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2428
112.37.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2428
112.37.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2429
112.37.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2435
112.37.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2436
112.37.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2436
112.37.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2437
112.37.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2437
112.37.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2444
112.37.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2445
112.37.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2445
112.37.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2445
112.37.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2445
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.37.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2445
112.37.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2446
112.37.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2446
112.37.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2447
112.37.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2447
112.37.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2453
112.37.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2453
112.37.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2453
112.37.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2453
112.37.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2453
112.37.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2454
112.37.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2454
112.37.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2455
112.37.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2455
112.37.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2456
112.37.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2464
112.37.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2464
112.37.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2464
112.37.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2464
112.37.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2464
112.37.9 RESET...................................................................................................2465
112.37.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2465
112.37.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2465
112.37.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2465
112.37.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2465
112.37.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2466
112.37.10 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2466
112.37.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2466
112.37.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2466
112.37.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2467
112.37.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2467
112.37.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2467
112.37.11 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2467
112.37.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................2467
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

112.37.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2468
112.37.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2468
112.37.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................2468
112.37.11.7 Output....................................................................................................2468
112.37.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................2468
112.37.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2469
112.37.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2469
112.37.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................2469
112.37.12.7 Output....................................................................................................2470
112.37.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................2471
112.37.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2472
112.37.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2472
112.37.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................2472
112.37.13.7 Output....................................................................................................2472
112.37.14 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................2473
112.37.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................2473
112.37.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2473
112.37.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2473
112.37.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................2474
112.37.14.7 Output....................................................................................................2474
112.37.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................2476
112.37.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2476
112.37.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2476
112.37.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................2476
112.37.15.7 Output....................................................................................................2477
112.37.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................2477
112.37.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2477
112.37.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2477
112.37.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................2478
112.37.16.7 Output....................................................................................................2478
112.37.17 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................2478
112.37.17.1 Action.....................................................................................................2478
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.37.17.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2478
112.37.17.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2479
112.37.17.6 Input.......................................................................................................2479
112.37.17.7 Output....................................................................................................2479
112.37.18 MELT_RESET .......................................................................................2479
112.37.18.1 Action.....................................................................................................2479
112.37.18.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2480
112.37.18.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2480
112.37.18.6 Input.......................................................................................................2480
112.37.18.7 Output....................................................................................................2480
112.37.19 MELT_SELF_TEST...............................................................................2481
112.37.19.1 Action.....................................................................................................2481
112.37.19.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2481
112.37.19.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2481
112.37.19.6 Input.......................................................................................................2481
112.37.19.7 Output....................................................................................................2481
112.37.20.1 Action.....................................................................................................2482
112.37.20.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2482
112.37.20.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2483
112.37.20.6 Input.......................................................................................................2483
112.37.20.7 Output....................................................................................................2483
112.37.21.1 Action.....................................................................................................2484
112.37.21.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2484
112.37.21.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2484
112.37.21.6 Input.......................................................................................................2484
112.37.21.7 Output....................................................................................................2485
112.38.1 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST ........................................................................2485
112.38.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2485
112.38.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2485
112.38.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2486
112.38.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2486
112.38.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2486
112.38.2 LINK_TRACE_TEST .............................................................................2487
112.38.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2487
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.38.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2487
112.38.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2488
112.38.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2488
112.38.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2488
112.38.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2489
112.38.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2489
112.38.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2489
112.38.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2489
112.38.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2490
112.39.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2491
112.39.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2491
112.39.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2491
112.39.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2492
112.39.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2492
112.39.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2492
112.39.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2492
112.39.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2492
112.39.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2493
112.39.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2493
112.39.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2493
112.39.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2493
112.40 VCL........................................................................................................2493
112.40.1 LOOPBACK_TEST................................................................................2494
112.40.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2494
112.40.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2494
112.40.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2494
112.40.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2494
112.40.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2494
112.41 VDSL2 Port............................................................................................2495
112.41.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2495
112.41.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2496
112.41.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2496
112.41.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2496
112.41.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2496
112.41.2 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2498
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.41.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2498
112.41.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2499
112.41.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2499
112.41.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2499
112.41.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2499
112.41.3 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2499
112.41.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2499
112.41.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2500
112.41.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2500
112.41.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2500
112.41.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2500
112.42 VEIP Port...............................................................................................2500
112.42.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2501
112.42.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2501
112.42.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2501
112.42.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2501
112.42.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2501
112.42.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2502
112.42.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2502
112.42.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2502
112.42.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2502
112.42.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2502
112.42.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2503
112.42.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2503
112.43 Video Port..............................................................................................2503
112.43.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2503
112.43.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2503
112.43.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2504
112.43.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2504
112.43.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2504
112.43.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2504
112.43.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2504
112.43.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2504
112.43.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2505
112.43.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2505
112.43.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2505
112.43.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2505

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

112.44.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................2506
112.44.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2506
112.44.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2506
112.44.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2506
112.44.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2506
112.44.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2507
112.45 Voice User Port .....................................................................................2508
112.45.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2508
112.45.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2508
112.45.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2509
112.45.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2509
112.45.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2509
112.45.2 FOREIGN_EMF_TEST .........................................................................2511
112.45.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2511
112.45.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2511
112.45.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2512
112.45.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2512
112.45.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2512
112.45.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2514
112.45.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2514
112.45.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2515
112.45.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2515
112.45.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2515
112.45.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2517
112.45.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2517
112.45.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2517
112.45.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2517
112.45.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2517
112.45.5 RINGERS_TEST ...................................................................................2519
112.45.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2519
112.45.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2520
112.45.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2520
112.45.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2520

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.45.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2520
112.45.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2521
112.45.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2522
112.45.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2522
112.45.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2522
112.45.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2522
112.45.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2524
112.45.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2524
112.45.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2525
112.45.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2525
112.45.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2525
112.45.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2528
112.45.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2528
112.45.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2529
112.45.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2529
112.45.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2529
112.45.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2530
112.45.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2531
112.45.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2531
112.45.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2531
112.45.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2531
112.45.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2531
112.45.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2532
112.45.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2532
112.45.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2532
112.45.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2532
112.46 VoIP Service..........................................................................................2536
112.46.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................2536
112.46.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2536
112.46.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2536
112.46.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2536
112.46.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2537

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.46.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2537
112.47 XDSL Port..............................................................................................2538
112.47.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2539
112.47.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2539
112.47.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2539
112.47.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2539
112.47.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2539
112.47.2 SELT_TEST ..........................................................................................2543
112.47.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2543
112.47.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2543
112.47.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2543
112.47.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2544
112.47.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2544
112.47.3 CANCEL_SELT_TEST..........................................................................2546
112.47.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2546
112.47.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2546
112.47.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2547
112.47.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2547
112.47.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2547
112.47.4 POTS_LINE_TEST................................................................................2547
112.47.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2547
112.47.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2547
112.47.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2548
112.47.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2548
112.47.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2548
112.47.5 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................2549
112.47.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2549
112.47.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2549
112.47.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2550
112.47.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2550
112.47.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2550
112.47.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2552
112.47.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2552
112.47.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2552
112.47.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2552

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.47.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2552
112.47.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2553
112.47.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2553
112.47.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2554
112.47.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2554
112.47.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2554
112.47.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2560
112.47.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2560
112.47.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2560
112.47.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2561
112.47.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2561
112.47.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2561
112.47.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2561
112.47.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2562
112.47.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2562
112.47.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2562
112.47.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2570
112.47.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2570
112.47.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2570
112.47.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2570
112.47.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2570
112.47.11 CONFIGURE_LLU_RELAY...................................................................2571
112.47.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................2571
112.47.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2571
112.47.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2572
112.47.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................2572
112.47.11.7 Output....................................................................................................2574
112.47.12 SHOW_LLU_RELAY .............................................................................2574
112.47.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................2574
112.47.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2575
112.47.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2575
112.47.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................2575
112.47.12.7 Output....................................................................................................2575

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.47.13 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2576
112.47.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................2576
112.47.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2576
112.47.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2577
112.47.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................2577
112.47.13.7 Output....................................................................................................2577
112.47.14 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2577
112.47.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................2577
112.47.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2577
112.47.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2578
112.47.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................2578
112.47.14.7 Output....................................................................................................2578
112.47.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................2578
112.47.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2579
112.47.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2579
112.47.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................2579
112.47.15.7 Output....................................................................................................2579
112.47.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................2579
112.47.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2580
112.47.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2580
112.47.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................2580
112.47.16.7 Output....................................................................................................2580
112.47.17.1 Action.....................................................................................................2581
112.47.17.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2581
112.47.17.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2581
112.47.17.6 Input.......................................................................................................2581
112.47.17.7 Output....................................................................................................2581
112.47.18.1 Action.....................................................................................................2582
112.47.18.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2582
112.47.18.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2582
112.47.18.6 Input.......................................................................................................2582
112.47.18.7 Output....................................................................................................2583
112.47.19 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................2583

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
112.47.19.1 Action.....................................................................................................2583
112.47.19.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2583
112.47.19.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2583
112.47.19.6 Input.......................................................................................................2584
112.47.19.7 Output....................................................................................................2584
113.1.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2587
113.1.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2587
113.1.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2588
113.1.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2588
113.1.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2588
113.2 Applique Slot .........................................................................................2588
113.2.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2588
113.2.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2589
113.2.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2589
113.2.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2589
113.2.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2589
113.3 Bonding Group ......................................................................................2589
113.3.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2590
113.3.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2590
113.3.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2590
113.3.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2590
113.3.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2590
113.3.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2591
113.3.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2591
113.3.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2591
113.3.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2591
113.3.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2591
113.3.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2592
113.3.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2592
113.4.1 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST ........................................................................2592
113.4.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2592
113.4.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2593

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.4.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2593

113.4.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2593
113.4.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2594
113.4.2 MC_LOOPBACK_TEST ........................................................................2594
113.4.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2594
113.4.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2594
113.4.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2595
113.4.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2595
113.4.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2595
113.4.3 LINK_TRACE_TEST .............................................................................2596
113.4.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2596
113.4.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2596
113.4.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2596
113.4.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2596
113.4.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2597
113.4.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2597
113.4.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2598
113.4.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2598
113.4.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2598
113.4.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2598
113.5 CES Port................................................................................................2599
113.5.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2600
113.5.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2600
113.5.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2600
113.5.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2600
113.5.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2600
113.5.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2600
113.5.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2601
113.5.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2601
113.5.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2601
113.5.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2601
113.5.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2601
113.5.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2602
113.6 Channel Group ......................................................................................2602
113.6.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2602
113.6.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2602
113.6.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2602

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

113.6.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2603
113.6.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2603
113.6.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2603
113.6.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2603
113.6.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2603
113.6.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2604
113.6.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2604
113.6.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2604
113.6.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2604
113.7 Channel Pair..........................................................................................2604
113.7.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2605
113.7.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2605
113.7.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2605
113.7.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2605
113.7.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2605
113.7.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2606
113.7.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2606
113.7.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2606
113.7.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2606
113.7.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2606
113.7.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2607
113.7.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2607
113.7.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2607
113.7.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2607
113.7.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2608
113.7.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2608
113.7.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2608
113.7.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2608
113.7.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2608
113.7.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2609
113.7.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2609
113.7.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2609
113.7.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2609
113.7.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2610

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

113.7.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2610
113.7.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2610
113.7.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2610
113.7.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2611
113.7.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2611
113.7.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2611
113.7.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2611
113.7.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2611
113.7.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2612
113.7.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2612
113.7.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2612
113.7.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2612
113.7.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2613
113.7.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2613
113.7.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2613
113.7.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2613
113.7.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2614
113.7.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2614
113.7.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2614
113.7.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2614
113.7.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2615
113.7.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2615
113.7.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2615
113.7.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2615
113.7.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2615
113.7.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2616
113.7.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2616
113.7.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2616
113.8 CPE UNI ................................................................................................2616
113.8.1 CLEAR_STATISTICS_CPE ..................................................................2616
113.8.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2616
113.8.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2617

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

113.8.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2617
113.8.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2617
113.8.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2617
113.8.2 SHOW_CPE_OPERATIONAL_DATA...................................................2618
113.8.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2618
113.8.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2618
113.8.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2618
113.8.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2618
113.8.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2618
113.8.3 SHOW_CPE_TRAFFIC_STATISTICS ..................................................2619
113.8.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2619
113.8.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2619
113.8.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2620
113.8.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2620
113.8.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2620
113.9 E1 Port...................................................................................................2621
113.9.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2622
113.9.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2622
113.9.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2622
113.9.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2622
113.9.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2622
113.9.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2622
113.9.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2623
113.9.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2623
113.9.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2623
113.9.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2623
113.9.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2623
113.9.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2624
113.10 E1/DS1 Port...........................................................................................2624
113.10.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2624
113.10.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2624
113.10.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2625
113.10.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2625
113.10.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2625
113.10.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2625

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.10.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2626
113.10.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2626
113.10.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2626
113.10.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2626
113.10.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2626
113.10.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2627
113.10.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2627
113.10.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2627
113.10.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2627
113.10.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2628
113.10.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2628
113.10.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2628
113.10.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2628
113.10.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2628
113.11 EFM Bridge Port ....................................................................................2629
113.11.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2629
113.11.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2629
113.11.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2630
113.11.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2630
113.11.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2630
113.11.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2630
113.11.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2631
113.11.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2631
113.11.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2631
113.11.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2631
113.11.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2631
113.11.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2632
113.11.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2632
113.11.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2632
113.11.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2632
113.12.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................2633
113.12.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2633

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

113.12.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2633
113.12.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2633
113.12.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2633
113.12.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2634
113.12.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................2634
113.12.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2634
113.12.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2634
113.12.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2635
113.12.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2635
113.12.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2635
113.13 EPON Port.............................................................................................2635
113.13.1 ENABLE_IDLE_PM ...............................................................................2636
113.13.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2636
113.13.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2636
113.13.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2636
113.13.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2636
113.13.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2637
113.13.2 DISABLE_IDLE_PM ..............................................................................2637
113.13.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2637
113.13.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2637
113.13.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2637
113.13.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2638
113.13.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2638
113.13.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2638
113.13.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2638
113.13.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2639
113.13.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2639
113.13.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2639
113.13.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2639
113.13.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2639
113.13.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2640
113.13.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2640
113.13.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2640
113.13.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2640

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

113.13.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2641
113.13.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2641
113.13.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2641
113.13.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2641
113.14 Ethernet LT Port ....................................................................................2641
113.14.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2642
113.14.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2642
113.14.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2642
113.14.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2642
113.14.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2642
113.14.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2643
113.14.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2643
113.14.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2643
113.14.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2643
113.14.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2643
113.14.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2644
113.14.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2644
113.14.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2644
113.14.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2644
113.14.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2645
113.14.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2645
113.14.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2645
113.14.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2645
113.14.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2646
113.14.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2646
113.14.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2646
113.14.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2646
113.14.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2646
113.14.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2647
113.14.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2647
113.14.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2647
113.14.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2647
113.15.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................2648

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.15.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2648
113.15.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2648
113.15.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2648
113.15.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2648
113.15.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2649
113.15.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................2649
113.15.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2649
113.15.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2649
113.15.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2650
113.15.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2650
113.15.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2650
113.16 Ethernet Port .........................................................................................2650
113.16.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2651
113.16.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2651
113.16.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2651
113.16.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2651
113.16.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2651
113.16.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2651
113.16.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2652
113.16.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2652
113.16.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2652
113.16.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2652
113.16.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2652
113.16.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2653
113.17 FE LT Port .............................................................................................2653
113.17.1 DISABLE_SFP_POWER.......................................................................2653
113.17.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2653
113.17.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2654
113.17.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2654
113.17.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2654
113.17.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2654
113.17.2 ENABLE_SFP_POWER........................................................................2654
113.17.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2654
113.17.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2655
113.17.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2655
113.17.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2655
113.17.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2655

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.17.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2656
113.17.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2656
113.17.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2656
113.17.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2656
113.17.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2656
113.17.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2656
113.17.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2657
113.17.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2657
113.17.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2657
113.17.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2657
113.17.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2657
113.17.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2658
113.17.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2658
113.17.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2658
113.17.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2658
113.17.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2659
113.17.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2659
113.17.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2659
113.17.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2659
113.17.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2660
113.17.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2660
113.17.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2660
113.17.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2660
113.17.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2661
113.17.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2661
113.17.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2661
113.17.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2661
113.18.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................2662
113.18.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2662
113.18.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2662
113.18.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2662
113.18.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2662
113.18.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2663

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.18.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................2663

113.18.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2663
113.18.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2663
113.18.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2663
113.18.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2664
113.18.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2664
113.19 HPNA Port .............................................................................................2664
113.19.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2664
113.19.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2664
113.19.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2664
113.19.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2665
113.19.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2665
113.19.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2665
113.19.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2665
113.19.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2665
113.19.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2666
113.19.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2666
113.19.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2666
113.19.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2666
113.20 IMA Group .............................................................................................2666
113.20.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2667
113.20.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2667
113.20.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2667
113.20.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2667
113.20.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2667
113.20.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2667
113.20.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2668
113.20.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2668
113.20.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2668
113.20.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2668
113.20.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2668
113.20.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2669
113.21 IP Host...................................................................................................2669
113.21.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................2669
113.21.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2669
113.21.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2669
113.21.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2670

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.21.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2670
113.21.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2670
113.22 MoCA Port .............................................................................................2671
113.22.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2671
113.22.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2671
113.22.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2671
113.22.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2672
113.22.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2672
113.22.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2672
113.22.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2672
113.22.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2672
113.22.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2673
113.22.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2673
113.22.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2673
113.22.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2673
113.23.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2674
113.23.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2674
113.23.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2674
113.23.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2674
113.23.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2674
113.23.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2674
113.23.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2675
113.23.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2675
113.23.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2675
113.23.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2675
113.23.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2675
113.23.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2676
113.24 NGPON2 IP Host...................................................................................2676
113.24.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................2676
113.24.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2676
113.24.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2676
113.24.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2677
113.24.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2677
113.24.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2677
113.25 NGPON2 ONT.......................................................................................2678
113.25.1 RESET...................................................................................................2678
113.25.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2678

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.25.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2678
113.25.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2679
113.25.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2679
113.25.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2679
113.25.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2679
113.25.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2680
113.25.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2680
113.25.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2680
113.25.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2680
113.25.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2681
113.25.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2681
113.25.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2681
113.25.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2681
113.25.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2681
113.25.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2681
113.25.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2682
113.25.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2682
113.25.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2682
113.25.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2682
113.25.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2682
113.25.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2683
113.26 NGPON2 ONT Card ..............................................................................2683
113.26.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2683
113.26.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2683
113.26.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2683
113.26.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2684
113.26.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2684
113.26.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2684
113.26.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2684
113.26.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2684
113.26.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2685
113.26.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2685
113.26.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2685
113.26.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2685
113.27 NGPON2 POTS Port .............................................................................2685
113.27.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2686

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

113.27.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2686
113.27.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2686
113.27.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2686
113.27.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2687
113.27.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2690
113.27.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2690
113.27.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2690
113.27.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2690
113.27.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2691
113.27.3 H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST.....................................................................2691
113.27.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2691
113.27.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2691
113.27.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2692
113.27.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2692
113.27.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2692
113.27.4 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2693
113.27.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2693
113.27.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2694
113.27.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2694
113.27.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2694
113.27.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2694
113.27.5 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2695
113.27.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2695
113.27.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2695
113.27.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2695
113.27.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2695
113.27.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2695
113.28 NGPON2 TR069 Server ........................................................................2696
113.28.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2696
113.28.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2696
113.28.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2696
113.28.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2697
113.28.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2697
113.28.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2697
113.28.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2697
113.28.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2697

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

113.28.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2697
113.28.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2698
113.28.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2698
113.28.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2698
113.29 NGPON2 VEIP Port...............................................................................2698
113.29.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2698
113.29.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2698
113.29.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2699
113.29.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2699
113.29.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2699
113.29.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2699
113.29.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2700
113.29.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2700
113.29.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2700
113.29.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2700
113.29.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2700
113.29.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2700
113.30 NGPON2 VoIP Service..........................................................................2701
113.30.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................2701
113.30.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2701
113.30.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2701
113.30.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2702
113.30.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2702
113.30.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2702
113.31 ONT .......................................................................................................2703
113.31.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2703
113.31.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2703
113.31.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2704
113.31.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2704
113.31.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2704
113.31.2 RESET...................................................................................................2704
113.31.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2704
113.31.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2705
113.31.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2705
113.31.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2705
113.31.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2705

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.31.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2706
113.31.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2706
113.31.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2706
113.31.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2706
113.31.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2706
113.31.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2706
113.31.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2707
113.31.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2707
113.31.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2707
113.31.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2707
113.31.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2707
113.31.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2708
113.32 ONT Card ..............................................................................................2708
113.32.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2708
113.32.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2708
113.32.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2709
113.32.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2709
113.32.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2709
113.32.2 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2709
113.32.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2709
113.32.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2710
113.32.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2710
113.32.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2710
113.32.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2710
113.32.3 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2711
113.32.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2711
113.32.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2711
113.32.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2711
113.32.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2711
113.32.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2711
113.33 PON Port ...............................................................................................2712
113.33.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2712
113.33.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2712
113.33.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2713
113.33.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2713
113.33.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2713

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.33.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2713
113.33.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2713
113.33.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2713
113.33.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2714
113.33.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2714
113.33.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2714
113.33.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2714
113.33.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2715
113.33.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2715
113.33.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2715
113.33.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2715
113.33.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2715
113.33.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2716
113.33.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2716
113.33.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2716
113.33.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2716
113.33.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2717
113.33.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2717
113.33.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2717
113.33.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2717
113.33.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2718
113.33.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2718
113.33.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2718
113.33.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2718
113.33.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2719
113.33.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2719
113.33.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2719
113.33.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2719
113.33.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2720
113.33.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2720
113.33.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2720
113.33.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2720

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

113.33.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2720
113.33.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2721
113.33.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2721
113.33.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2721
113.33.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2721
113.33.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2722
113.33.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2722
113.33.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2722
113.33.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2722
113.33.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2722
113.33.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2723
113.33.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2723
113.33.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2723
113.33.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2723
113.33.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2724
113.33.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................2724
113.33.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2724
113.33.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2725
113.33.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................2725
113.33.11.7 Output....................................................................................................2725
113.34 POTS Port .............................................................................................2725
113.34.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2725
113.34.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2726
113.34.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2726
113.34.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2726
113.34.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2727
113.34.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2729
113.34.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2729
113.34.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2730
113.34.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2730
113.34.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2730

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.34.3 H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST.....................................................................2731
113.34.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2731
113.34.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2731
113.34.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2731
113.34.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2731
113.34.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2732
113.34.4 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2733
113.34.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2733
113.34.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2733
113.34.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2734
113.34.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2734
113.34.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2734
113.34.5 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2734
113.34.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2734
113.34.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2734
113.34.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2735
113.34.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2735
113.34.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2735
113.35 SFP Inventory........................................................................................2735
113.35.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2736
113.35.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2736
113.35.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2736
113.35.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2736
113.35.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2736
113.36 SHDSL Span .........................................................................................2737
113.36.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2737
113.36.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2738
113.36.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2738
113.36.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2738
113.36.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2739
113.36.2 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................2745
113.36.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2745
113.36.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2745
113.36.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2745
113.36.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2746

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.36.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2746
113.36.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2747
113.36.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2748
113.36.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2748
113.36.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2748
113.36.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2748
113.36.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2749
113.36.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2749
113.36.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2749
113.36.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2749
113.36.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2750
113.36.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2750
113.36.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2751
113.36.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2751
113.36.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2751
113.36.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2752
113.36.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2759
113.36.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2759
113.36.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2760
113.36.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2760
113.36.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2760
113.36.7 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2760
113.36.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2760
113.36.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2761
113.36.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2761
113.36.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2761
113.36.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2761
113.36.8 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2761
113.36.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2761
113.36.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2762
113.36.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2762
113.36.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2762
113.36.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2762

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.36.9 LINK_LOCK...........................................................................................2763
113.36.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2763
113.36.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2763
113.36.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2763
113.36.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2763
113.36.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2764
113.36.10 LINK_UNLOCK......................................................................................2764
113.36.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2764
113.36.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2764
113.36.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2764
113.36.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2765
113.36.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2765
113.36.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................2765
113.36.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2765
113.36.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2766
113.36.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................2766
113.36.11.7 Output....................................................................................................2766
113.36.12 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................2766
113.36.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................2766
113.36.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2767
113.36.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2767
113.36.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................2767
113.36.12.7 Output....................................................................................................2767
113.37 SIP ISDN PRA Port ...............................................................................2767
113.37.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2768
113.37.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2768
113.37.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2768
113.37.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2769
113.37.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2769
113.37.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2770
113.37.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2770
113.37.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2770
113.37.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2771
113.37.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2771

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

113.37.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2771
113.37.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2771
113.37.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2772
113.37.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2772
113.37.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2773
113.37.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2774
113.37.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2774
113.37.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2774
113.37.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2774
113.37.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2775
113.37.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2776
113.37.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2777
113.37.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2777
113.37.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2777
113.37.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2777
113.37.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2778
113.37.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2778
113.37.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2778
113.37.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2778
113.37.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2778
113.37.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2779
113.37.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2779
113.37.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2779
113.37.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2780
113.37.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2780
113.37.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2781
113.37.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2782
113.37.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2782
113.37.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2782
113.37.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2782
113.37.9 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................2784

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.37.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2784
113.37.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2784
113.37.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2784
113.37.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2784
113.37.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2784
113.38 SIP Shared Line ....................................................................................2785
113.38.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2785
113.38.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2785
113.38.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2785
113.38.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2785
113.38.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2786
113.38.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2786
113.38.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2786
113.38.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2786
113.38.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2786
113.38.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2787
113.38.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2787
113.38.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2787
113.39 SIP Voice Port .......................................................................................2787
113.39.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2788
113.39.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2788
113.39.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2788
113.39.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2789
113.39.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2791
113.39.2 INWARD_TEST.....................................................................................2797
113.39.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2797
113.39.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2797
113.39.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2798
113.39.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2798
113.39.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2800
113.39.3 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................2803
113.39.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2803
113.39.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2804
113.39.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2804
113.39.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2804
113.39.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2805

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.39.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2806
113.39.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2807
113.39.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2807
113.39.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2807
113.39.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2807
113.39.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2807
113.39.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2808
113.39.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2808
113.39.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2808
113.39.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2809
113.39.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2809
113.39.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2810
113.39.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2810
113.39.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2810
113.39.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2810
113.39.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2811
113.39.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2811
113.39.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2811
113.39.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2811
113.39.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2814
113.39.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2821
113.39.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2822
113.39.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2822
113.39.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2822
113.39.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2822
113.39.9 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2822
113.39.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2822
113.39.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2823
113.39.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2823
113.39.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2823
113.39.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2823
113.39.10 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2824

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.39.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2824
113.39.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2824
113.39.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2824
113.39.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2824
113.39.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2824
113.39.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................2825
113.39.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2825
113.39.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2825
113.39.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................2825
113.39.11.7 Output....................................................................................................2826
113.39.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................2827
113.39.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2828
113.39.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2828
113.39.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................2828
113.39.12.7 Output....................................................................................................2828
113.39.13 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................2828
113.39.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................2828
113.39.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2829
113.39.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2829
113.39.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................2829
113.39.13.7 Output....................................................................................................2829
113.39.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................2830
113.39.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2830
113.39.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2830
113.39.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................2830
113.39.14.7 Output....................................................................................................2831
113.39.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................2833
113.39.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2833
113.39.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2833
113.39.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................2833
113.39.15.7 Output....................................................................................................2833
113.39.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................2834

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

113.39.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2834
113.39.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2834
113.39.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................2834
113.39.16.7 Output....................................................................................................2835
113.39.17 VOICE_DIAGNOSIS_CALL_TEST .......................................................2835
113.39.17.1 Action.....................................................................................................2835
113.39.17.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2836
113.39.17.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2836
113.39.17.6 Input.......................................................................................................2836
113.39.17.7 Output....................................................................................................2837
113.40 Slot ........................................................................................................2840
113.40.1 INWARD_TEST.....................................................................................2840
113.40.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2840
113.40.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2841
113.40.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2841
113.40.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2841
113.40.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2842
113.40.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2846
113.40.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2846
113.40.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2847
113.40.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2847
113.40.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2848
113.40.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2855
113.40.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2855
113.40.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2856
113.40.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2856
113.40.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2857
113.40.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2864
113.40.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2864
113.40.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2865
113.40.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2865
113.40.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2865
113.40.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2865

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

113.40.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2866
113.40.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2866
113.40.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2866
113.40.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2867
113.40.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2872
113.40.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2873
113.40.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2873
113.40.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2873
113.40.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2873
113.40.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2874
113.40.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2874
113.40.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2875
113.40.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2875
113.40.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2876
113.40.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2883
113.40.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2883
113.40.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2884
113.40.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2884
113.40.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2884
113.40.9 RESET...................................................................................................2884
113.40.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2884
113.40.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2884
113.40.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2885
113.40.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2885
113.40.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2885
113.40.10 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2885
113.40.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2885
113.40.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2886
113.40.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2886
113.40.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2886
113.40.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2886
113.40.11 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2887
113.40.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................2887

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.40.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2887
113.40.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2887
113.40.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................2887
113.40.11.7 Output....................................................................................................2887
113.40.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................2888
113.40.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2888
113.40.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2888
113.40.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................2889
113.40.12.7 Output....................................................................................................2889
113.40.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................2891
113.40.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2891
113.40.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2891
113.40.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................2891
113.40.13.7 Output....................................................................................................2891
113.40.14 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................2892
113.40.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................2892
113.40.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2892
113.40.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2893
113.40.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................2893
113.40.14.7 Output....................................................................................................2893
113.40.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................2895
113.40.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2895
113.40.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2895
113.40.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................2895
113.40.15.7 Output....................................................................................................2896
113.40.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................2896
113.40.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2896
113.40.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2896
113.40.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................2897
113.40.16.7 Output....................................................................................................2897
113.40.17 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................2897
113.40.17.1 Action.....................................................................................................2897
113.40.17.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2897

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

113.40.17.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2898
113.40.17.6 Input.......................................................................................................2898
113.40.17.7 Output....................................................................................................2898
113.40.18 MELT_RESET .......................................................................................2898
113.40.18.1 Action.....................................................................................................2898
113.40.18.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2899
113.40.18.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2899
113.40.18.6 Input.......................................................................................................2899
113.40.18.7 Output....................................................................................................2899
113.40.19 MELT_SELF_TEST...............................................................................2900
113.40.19.1 Action.....................................................................................................2900
113.40.19.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2900
113.40.19.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2900
113.40.19.6 Input.......................................................................................................2900
113.40.19.7 Output....................................................................................................2900
113.40.20.1 Action.....................................................................................................2901
113.40.20.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2901
113.40.20.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2902
113.40.20.6 Input.......................................................................................................2902
113.40.20.7 Output....................................................................................................2902
113.40.21.1 Action.....................................................................................................2903
113.40.21.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2903
113.40.21.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2903
113.40.21.6 Input.......................................................................................................2903
113.40.21.7 Output....................................................................................................2904
113.41.1 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST ........................................................................2904
113.41.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2904
113.41.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2904
113.41.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2905
113.41.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2905
113.41.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2905
113.41.2 LINK_TRACE_TEST .............................................................................2906
113.41.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2906
113.41.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2906

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

113.41.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2907
113.41.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2907
113.41.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2907
113.41.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2908
113.41.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2908
113.41.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2908
113.41.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2908
113.41.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2909
113.42.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2910
113.42.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2910
113.42.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2910
113.42.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2911
113.42.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2911
113.42.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2911
113.42.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2911
113.42.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2911
113.42.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2912
113.42.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2912
113.42.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2912
113.42.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2912
113.43 TR069 Server ........................................................................................2912
113.43.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2913
113.43.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2913
113.43.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2913
113.43.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2913
113.43.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2913
113.43.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2913
113.43.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2914
113.43.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2914
113.43.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2914
113.43.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2914
113.43.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2914
113.43.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2915
113.44 VCL........................................................................................................2915
113.44.1 LOOPBACK_TEST................................................................................2915
113.44.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2915

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

113.44.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2915
113.44.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2916
113.44.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2916
113.44.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2916
113.45 VDSL2 Port............................................................................................2916
113.45.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2917
113.45.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2917
113.45.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2917
113.45.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2917
113.45.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2917
113.45.2 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2920
113.45.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2920
113.45.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2920
113.45.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2920
113.45.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2920
113.45.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2920
113.45.3 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2921
113.45.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2921
113.45.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2921
113.45.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2921
113.45.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2921
113.45.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2922
113.46 VEIP Port...............................................................................................2922
113.46.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2922
113.46.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2922
113.46.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2922
113.46.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2923
113.46.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2923
113.46.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2923
113.46.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2923
113.46.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2923
113.46.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2924
113.46.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2924
113.46.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2924
113.46.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2924
113.47 Video Port..............................................................................................2924

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.47.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2925
113.47.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2925
113.47.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2925
113.47.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2925
113.47.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2925
113.47.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2925
113.47.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2926
113.47.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2926
113.47.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2926
113.47.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2926
113.47.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2926
113.47.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2927
113.48.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................2927
113.48.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2927
113.48.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2927
113.48.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2928
113.48.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2928
113.48.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2928
113.49 Voice Extension Port .............................................................................2929
113.49.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................2929
113.49.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2929
113.49.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2929
113.49.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2930
113.49.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2930
113.49.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2930
113.49.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................2930
113.49.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2930
113.49.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2930
113.49.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2931
113.49.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2931
113.49.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2931
113.50 Voice User Port .....................................................................................2931
113.50.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2932
113.50.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2932
113.50.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2932

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.50.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2933
113.50.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2933
113.50.2 FOREIGN_EMF_TEST .........................................................................2935
113.50.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2935
113.50.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2935
113.50.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2935
113.50.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2935
113.50.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2936
113.50.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2938
113.50.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2938
113.50.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2938
113.50.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2938
113.50.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2939
113.50.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2940
113.50.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2941
113.50.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2941
113.50.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2941
113.50.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2941
113.50.5 RINGERS_TEST ...................................................................................2943
113.50.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2943
113.50.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2944
113.50.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2944
113.50.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2944
113.50.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2944
113.50.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2945
113.50.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2946
113.50.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2946
113.50.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2946
113.50.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2946
113.50.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2948
113.50.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2948
113.50.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2949
113.50.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2949

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.50.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2949
113.50.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2952
113.50.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2952
113.50.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2953
113.50.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2953
113.50.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2953
113.50.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2954
113.50.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2955
113.50.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2955
113.50.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2955
113.50.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2955
113.50.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2955
113.50.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2956
113.50.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2956
113.50.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2956
113.50.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2956
113.50.11 FORCE_RING_VOICE_PORT_SUBSCRIBER_TEST .........................2960
113.50.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................2960
113.50.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2960
113.50.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2960
113.50.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................2960
113.50.11.7 Output....................................................................................................2961
113.50.12 CANCEL_FORCE_RING_VOICE_PORT_SUBSCRIBER_TEST.........2962
113.50.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................2962
113.50.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2963
113.50.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2963
113.50.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................2963
113.50.12.7 Output....................................................................................................2963
113.51 VoIP Service..........................................................................................2963
113.51.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................2964
113.51.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2964
113.51.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2964
113.51.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2964
113.51.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2964

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.51.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2965
113.52 XDSL Port..............................................................................................2965
113.52.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................2966
113.52.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2966
113.52.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2967
113.52.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................2967
113.52.1.7 Output....................................................................................................2967
113.52.2 SELT_TEST ..........................................................................................2970
113.52.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................2970
113.52.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2971
113.52.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2971
113.52.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................2971
113.52.2.7 Output....................................................................................................2972
113.52.3 CANCEL_SELT_TEST..........................................................................2974
113.52.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................2974
113.52.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2974
113.52.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2974
113.52.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................2975
113.52.3.7 Output....................................................................................................2975
113.52.4 POTS_LINE_TEST................................................................................2975
113.52.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................2975
113.52.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2975
113.52.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2976
113.52.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................2976
113.52.4.7 Output....................................................................................................2976
113.52.5 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................2977
113.52.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................2977
113.52.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2977
113.52.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2977
113.52.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................2978
113.52.5.7 Output....................................................................................................2978
113.52.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................2979
113.52.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2980
113.52.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2980
113.52.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................2980

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.52.6.7 Output....................................................................................................2980
113.52.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................2981
113.52.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2981
113.52.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2981
113.52.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................2982
113.52.7.7 Output....................................................................................................2982
113.52.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................2988
113.52.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2988
113.52.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2988
113.52.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................2988
113.52.8.7 Output....................................................................................................2988
113.52.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................2989
113.52.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2989
113.52.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2990
113.52.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................2990
113.52.9.7 Output....................................................................................................2990
113.52.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................2998
113.52.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2998
113.52.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2998
113.52.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................2998
113.52.10.7 Output....................................................................................................2998
113.52.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................2999
113.52.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................2999
113.52.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3000
113.52.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................3000
113.52.11.7 Output....................................................................................................3002
113.52.12 SHOW_LLU_RELAY .............................................................................3002
113.52.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................3002
113.52.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3003
113.52.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3003
113.52.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................3003
113.52.12.7 Output....................................................................................................3003

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.52.13 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3004
113.52.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................3004
113.52.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3004
113.52.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3005
113.52.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................3005
113.52.13.7 Output....................................................................................................3005
113.52.14 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3005
113.52.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................3005
113.52.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3005
113.52.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3006
113.52.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................3006
113.52.14.7 Output....................................................................................................3006
113.52.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................3006
113.52.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3007
113.52.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3007
113.52.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................3007
113.52.15.7 Output....................................................................................................3007
113.52.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................3007
113.52.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3008
113.52.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3008
113.52.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................3008
113.52.16.7 Output....................................................................................................3008
113.52.17.1 Action.....................................................................................................3009
113.52.17.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3009
113.52.17.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3009
113.52.17.6 Input.......................................................................................................3009
113.52.17.7 Output....................................................................................................3009
113.52.18.1 Action.....................................................................................................3010
113.52.18.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3010
113.52.18.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3010
113.52.18.6 Input.......................................................................................................3010
113.52.18.7 Output....................................................................................................3011
113.52.19 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................3011

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
113.52.19.1 Action.....................................................................................................3011
113.52.19.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3011
113.52.19.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3011
113.52.19.6 Input.......................................................................................................3012
113.52.19.7 Output....................................................................................................3012
113.52.20 REBOOT_CPE ......................................................................................3012
113.52.20.1 Action.....................................................................................................3012
113.52.20.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3012
113.52.20.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3013
113.52.20.6 Input.......................................................................................................3013
113.52.20.7 Output....................................................................................................3013
114.1.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3017
114.1.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3017
114.1.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3018
114.1.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3018
114.1.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3018
114.2 Applique Slot .........................................................................................3018
114.2.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3018
114.2.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3019
114.2.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3019
114.2.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3019
114.2.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3019
114.3 Bonding Group ......................................................................................3019
114.3.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3020
114.3.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3020
114.3.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3020
114.3.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3020
114.3.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3020
114.3.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3021
114.3.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3021
114.3.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3021
114.3.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3021
114.3.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3021

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.3.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3022
114.3.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3022
114.4.1 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST ........................................................................3022
114.4.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3022
114.4.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3023
114.4.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3023
114.4.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3023
114.4.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3024
114.4.2 MC_LOOPBACK_TEST ........................................................................3024
114.4.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3024
114.4.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3024
114.4.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3025
114.4.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3025
114.4.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3025
114.4.3 LINK_TRACE_TEST .............................................................................3026
114.4.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3026
114.4.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3026
114.4.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3026
114.4.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3026
114.4.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3027
114.4.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3027
114.4.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3028
114.4.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3028
114.4.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3028
114.4.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3028
114.5 CES Port................................................................................................3029
114.5.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3030
114.5.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3030
114.5.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3030
114.5.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3030
114.5.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3030
114.5.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3030
114.5.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3031
114.5.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3031
114.5.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3031

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.5.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3031

114.5.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3031
114.5.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3032
114.6 Channel Group ......................................................................................3032
114.6.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3032
114.6.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3032
114.6.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3032
114.6.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3033
114.6.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3033
114.6.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3033
114.6.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3033
114.6.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3033
114.6.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3034
114.6.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3034
114.6.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3034
114.6.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3034
114.7 Channel Pair..........................................................................................3034
114.7.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3035
114.7.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3035
114.7.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3035
114.7.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3035
114.7.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3035
114.7.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3036
114.7.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3036
114.7.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3036
114.7.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3036
114.7.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3036
114.7.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3037
114.7.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3037
114.7.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3037
114.7.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3037
114.7.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3038
114.7.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3038
114.7.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3038
114.7.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3038
114.7.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3038

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

114.7.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3039
114.7.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3039
114.7.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3039
114.7.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3039
114.7.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3040
114.7.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3040
114.7.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3040
114.7.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3040
114.7.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3041
114.7.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3041
114.7.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3041
114.7.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3041
114.7.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3041
114.7.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3042
114.7.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3042
114.7.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3042
114.7.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3042
114.7.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3043
114.7.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3043
114.7.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3043
114.7.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3043
114.7.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3044
114.7.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3044
114.7.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3044
114.7.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3044
114.7.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3045
114.7.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3045
114.7.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3045
114.7.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................3045
114.7.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3045

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.7.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3046

114.7.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................3046
114.7.10.7 Output....................................................................................................3046
114.8 CPE UNI ................................................................................................3046
114.8.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3046
114.8.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3047
114.8.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3047
114.8.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3047
114.8.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3047
114.8.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3048
114.8.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3048
114.8.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3048
114.8.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3048
114.8.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3048
114.8.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3049
114.8.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3049
114.8.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3050
114.8.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3050
114.8.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3050
114.9 Cross Shelf Protection Group PON .......................................................3051
114.9.1 CROSSSHELF_FORCED_SWITCHOVER...........................................3052
114.9.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3052
114.9.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3052
114.9.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3052
114.9.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3052
114.9.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3052
114.9.2 ENABLE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION_GROUP .............................3053
114.9.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3053
114.9.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3053
114.9.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3053
114.9.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3053
114.9.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3054
114.9.3 DISABLE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION_GROUP ............................3054
114.9.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3054
114.9.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3054

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

114.9.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3054
114.9.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3055
114.9.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3055
114.10 E1 Port...................................................................................................3055
114.10.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3055
114.10.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3055
114.10.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3056
114.10.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3056
114.10.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3056
114.10.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3056
114.10.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3056
114.10.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3056
114.10.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3057
114.10.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3057
114.10.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3057
114.10.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3057
114.11 E1/DS1 Port...........................................................................................3057
114.11.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3058
114.11.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3058
114.11.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3058
114.11.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3058
114.11.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3059
114.11.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3059
114.11.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3059
114.11.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3059
114.11.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3060
114.11.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3060
114.11.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3060
114.11.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3060
114.11.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3061
114.11.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3061
114.11.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3061
114.11.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3061

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.11.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3061
114.11.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3062
114.11.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3062
114.11.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3062
114.12 EFM Bridge Port ....................................................................................3062
114.12.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3063
114.12.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3063
114.12.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3063
114.12.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3063
114.12.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3064
114.12.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3064
114.12.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3064
114.12.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3064
114.12.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3065
114.12.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3065
114.12.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3065
114.12.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3065
114.12.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3066
114.12.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3066
114.12.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3066
114.13.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................3066
114.13.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3066
114.13.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3067
114.13.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3067
114.13.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3067
114.13.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3067
114.13.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................3068
114.13.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3068
114.13.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3068
114.13.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3068
114.13.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3068
114.13.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3069
114.14 EPON Port.............................................................................................3069
114.14.1 ENABLE_IDLE_PM ...............................................................................3069

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.14.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3069
114.14.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3069
114.14.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3070
114.14.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3070
114.14.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3070
114.14.2 DISABLE_IDLE_PM ..............................................................................3070
114.14.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3070
114.14.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3071
114.14.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3071
114.14.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3071
114.14.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3071
114.14.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3072
114.14.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3072
114.14.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3072
114.14.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3072
114.14.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3072
114.14.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3073
114.14.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3073
114.14.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3073
114.14.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3073
114.14.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3074
114.14.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3074
114.14.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3074
114.14.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3074
114.14.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3075
114.14.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3075
114.15 Ethernet LT Port ....................................................................................3075
114.15.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3075
114.15.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3075
114.15.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3076
114.15.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3076
114.15.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3076
114.15.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3076
114.15.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3077

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.15.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3077
114.15.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3077
114.15.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3077
114.15.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3077
114.15.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3077
114.15.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3078
114.15.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3078
114.15.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3078
114.15.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3078
114.15.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3079
114.15.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3079
114.15.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3079
114.15.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3080
114.15.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3080
114.15.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3080
114.15.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3080
114.15.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3081
114.15.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3081
114.15.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3081
114.15.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3081
114.16.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................3082
114.16.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3082
114.16.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3082
114.16.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3082
114.16.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3082
114.16.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3083
114.16.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................3083
114.16.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3083
114.16.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3083
114.16.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3083
114.16.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3084
114.16.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3084
114.17 Ethernet Port .........................................................................................3084

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.17.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3084
114.17.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3084
114.17.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3085
114.17.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3085
114.17.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3085
114.17.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3085
114.17.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3085
114.17.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3085
114.17.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3086
114.17.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3086
114.17.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3086
114.17.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3086
114.18 FE LT Port .............................................................................................3086
114.18.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3087
114.18.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3087
114.18.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3087
114.18.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3087
114.18.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3088
114.18.2 ENABLE_SFP_POWER........................................................................3088
114.18.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3088
114.18.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3088
114.18.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3088
114.18.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3089
114.18.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3089
114.18.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3089
114.18.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3089
114.18.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3089
114.18.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3090
114.18.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3090
114.18.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3090
114.18.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3090
114.18.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3090
114.18.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3090
114.18.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3091
114.18.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3091
114.18.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3091

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

114.18.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3091
114.18.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3092
114.18.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3092
114.18.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3092
114.18.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3092
114.18.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3093
114.18.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3093
114.18.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3093
114.18.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3093
114.18.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3093
114.18.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3094
114.18.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3094
114.18.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3094
114.18.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3094
114.18.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3095
114.19.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................3095
114.19.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3095
114.19.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3095
114.19.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3096
114.19.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3096
114.19.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3096
114.19.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................3096
114.19.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3096
114.19.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3097
114.19.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3097
114.19.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3097
114.19.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3097
114.20 HPNA Port .............................................................................................3097
114.20.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3098
114.20.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3098
114.20.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3098
114.20.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3098
114.20.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3098

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.20.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3098
114.20.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3099
114.20.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3099
114.20.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3099
114.20.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3099
114.20.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3099
114.20.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3100
114.21 IMA Group .............................................................................................3100
114.21.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3100
114.21.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3100
114.21.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3100
114.21.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3101
114.21.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3101
114.21.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3101
114.21.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3101
114.21.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3101
114.21.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3102
114.21.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3102
114.21.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3102
114.21.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3102
114.22 IP Host...................................................................................................3102
114.22.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................3103
114.22.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3103
114.22.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3103
114.22.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3103
114.22.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3103
114.22.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3104
114.23 MoCA Port .............................................................................................3104
114.23.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3105
114.23.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3105
114.23.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3105
114.23.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3105
114.23.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3105
114.23.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3106
114.23.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3106
114.23.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3106
114.23.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3106

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.23.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3106

114.23.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3107
114.23.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3107
114.24 NE System.............................................................................................3107
114.24.1 CONFIGURE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION .....................................3107
114.24.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3107
114.24.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3107
114.24.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3108
114.24.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3108
114.24.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3108
114.24.2 UNCONFIGURE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION................................3109
114.24.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3109
114.24.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3109
114.24.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3109
114.24.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3109
114.24.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3109
114.24.3 SHOW_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION ...............................................3110
114.24.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3110
114.24.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3110
114.24.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3110
114.24.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3110
114.24.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3111
114.25.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3111
114.25.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3111
114.25.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3112
114.25.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3112
114.25.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3112
114.25.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3112
114.25.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3113
114.25.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3113
114.25.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3113
114.25.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3113
114.25.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3113
114.25.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3113
114.26 NGPON2 IP Host...................................................................................3114
114.26.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................3114
114.26.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3114

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.26.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3114
114.26.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3115
114.26.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3115
114.26.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3115
114.27 NGPON2 ONT.......................................................................................3116
114.27.1 RESET...................................................................................................3116
114.27.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3116
114.27.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3116
114.27.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3117
114.27.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3117
114.27.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3117
114.27.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3117
114.27.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3118
114.27.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3118
114.27.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3118
114.27.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3118
114.27.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3119
114.27.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3119
114.27.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3119
114.27.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3119
114.27.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3119
114.27.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3119
114.27.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3120
114.27.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3120
114.27.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3120
114.27.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3120
114.27.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3120
114.27.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3121
114.28 NGPON2 ONT Card ..............................................................................3121
114.28.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3121
114.28.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3121
114.28.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3121
114.28.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3122
114.28.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3122
114.28.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3122
114.28.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3122
114.28.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3122

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

114.28.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3123
114.28.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3123
114.28.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3123
114.28.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3123
114.29 NGPON2 POTS Port .............................................................................3123
114.29.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3124
114.29.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3124
114.29.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3124
114.29.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3124
114.29.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3125
114.29.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3128
114.29.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3128
114.29.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3128
114.29.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3128
114.29.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3129
114.29.3 H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST.....................................................................3129
114.29.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3129
114.29.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3129
114.29.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3130
114.29.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3130
114.29.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3130
114.29.4 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3131
114.29.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3131
114.29.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3132
114.29.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3132
114.29.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3132
114.29.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3132
114.29.5 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3133
114.29.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3133
114.29.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3133
114.29.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3133
114.29.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3133
114.29.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3133
114.30 NGPON2 TR069 Server ........................................................................3134
114.30.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3134

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.30.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3134
114.30.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3134
114.30.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3135
114.30.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3135
114.30.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3135
114.30.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3135
114.30.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3135
114.30.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3135
114.30.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3136
114.30.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3136
114.30.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3136
114.31 NGPON2 VEIP Port...............................................................................3136
114.31.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3136
114.31.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3136
114.31.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3137
114.31.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3137
114.31.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3137
114.31.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3137
114.31.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3138
114.31.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3138
114.31.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3138
114.31.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3138
114.31.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3138
114.31.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3138
114.32.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................3139
114.32.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3139
114.32.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3139
114.32.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3140
114.32.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3140
114.32.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3140
114.33 ONT .......................................................................................................3141
114.33.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3141
114.33.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3141
114.33.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3142
114.33.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3142

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.33.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3142
114.33.2 RESET...................................................................................................3142
114.33.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3142
114.33.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3143
114.33.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3143
114.33.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3143
114.33.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3143
114.33.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3144
114.33.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3144
114.33.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3144
114.33.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3144
114.33.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3144
114.33.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3144
114.33.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3145
114.33.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3145
114.33.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3145
114.33.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3145
114.33.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3145
114.33.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3146
114.34 ONT Card ..............................................................................................3146
114.34.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3146
114.34.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3146
114.34.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3147
114.34.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3147
114.34.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3147
114.34.2 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3147
114.34.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3147
114.34.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3148
114.34.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3148
114.34.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3148
114.34.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3148
114.34.3 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3149
114.34.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3149
114.34.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3149
114.34.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3149
114.34.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3149

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.34.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3149
114.35 PON Port ...............................................................................................3150
114.35.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3150
114.35.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3150
114.35.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3151
114.35.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3151
114.35.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3151
114.35.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3151
114.35.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3151
114.35.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3151
114.35.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3152
114.35.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3152
114.35.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3152
114.35.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3152
114.35.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3153
114.35.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3153
114.35.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3153
114.35.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3153
114.35.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3153
114.35.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3154
114.35.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3154
114.35.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3154
114.35.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3154
114.35.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3155
114.35.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3155
114.35.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3155
114.35.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3155
114.35.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3156
114.35.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3156
114.35.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3156
114.35.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3156
114.35.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3157
114.35.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3157

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.35.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3157
114.35.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3157
114.35.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3158
114.35.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3158
114.35.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3158
114.35.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3158
114.35.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3158
114.35.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3159
114.35.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3159
114.35.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3159
114.35.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3159
114.35.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3160
114.35.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3160
114.35.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3160
114.35.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3160
114.35.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3160
114.35.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................3161
114.35.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3161
114.35.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3161
114.35.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................3161
114.35.10.7 Output....................................................................................................3162
114.35.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................3162
114.35.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3162
114.35.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3163
114.35.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................3163
114.35.11.7 Output....................................................................................................3163
114.36 POTS Port .............................................................................................3163
114.36.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3163
114.36.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3164
114.36.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3164
114.36.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3164

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.36.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3165
114.36.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3167
114.36.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3167
114.36.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3168
114.36.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3168
114.36.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3168
114.36.3 H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST.....................................................................3169
114.36.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3169
114.36.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3169
114.36.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3169
114.36.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3169
114.36.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3170
114.36.4 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3171
114.36.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3171
114.36.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3171
114.36.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3172
114.36.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3172
114.36.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3172
114.36.5 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3172
114.36.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3172
114.36.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3172
114.36.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3173
114.36.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3173
114.36.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3173
114.37 SFP Inventory........................................................................................3173
114.37.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3174
114.37.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3174
114.37.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3174
114.37.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3174
114.37.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3174
114.38 SHDSL Span .........................................................................................3175
114.38.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3175
114.38.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3176
114.38.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3176

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.38.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3176
114.38.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3177
114.38.2 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................3183
114.38.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3183
114.38.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3183
114.38.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3183
114.38.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3184
114.38.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3184
114.38.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3185
114.38.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3186
114.38.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3186
114.38.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3186
114.38.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3186
114.38.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3187
114.38.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3187
114.38.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3187
114.38.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3187
114.38.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3188
114.38.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3188
114.38.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3189
114.38.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3189
114.38.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3189
114.38.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3190
114.38.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3197
114.38.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3197
114.38.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3198
114.38.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3198
114.38.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3198
114.38.7 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3198
114.38.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3198
114.38.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3199
114.38.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3199
114.38.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3199

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.38.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3199
114.38.8 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3199
114.38.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3199
114.38.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3200
114.38.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3200
114.38.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3200
114.38.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3200
114.38.9 LINK_LOCK...........................................................................................3201
114.38.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3201
114.38.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3201
114.38.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3201
114.38.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3201
114.38.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3202
114.38.10 LINK_UNLOCK......................................................................................3202
114.38.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................3202
114.38.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3202
114.38.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3202
114.38.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................3203
114.38.10.7 Output....................................................................................................3203
114.38.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................3203
114.38.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3203
114.38.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3204
114.38.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................3204
114.38.11.7 Output....................................................................................................3204
114.38.12 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................3204
114.38.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................3204
114.38.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3205
114.38.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3205
114.38.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................3205
114.38.12.7 Output....................................................................................................3205
114.39 SIP ISDN PRA Port ...............................................................................3205
114.39.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3206
114.39.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3206
114.39.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3206
114.39.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3207

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.39.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3207
114.39.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3208
114.39.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3208
114.39.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3208
114.39.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3209
114.39.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3209
114.39.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3209
114.39.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3209
114.39.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3210
114.39.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3210
114.39.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3211
114.39.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3212
114.39.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3212
114.39.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3212
114.39.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3212
114.39.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3213
114.39.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3214
114.39.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3215
114.39.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3215
114.39.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3215
114.39.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3215
114.39.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3216
114.39.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3216
114.39.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3216
114.39.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3216
114.39.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3216
114.39.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3217
114.39.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3217
114.39.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3217
114.39.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3218
114.39.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3218

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.39.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3219
114.39.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3220
114.39.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3220
114.39.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3220
114.39.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3220
114.39.9 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................3222
114.39.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3222
114.39.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3222
114.39.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3222
114.39.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3222
114.39.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3222
114.40 SIP Shared Line ....................................................................................3223
114.40.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3223
114.40.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3223
114.40.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3223
114.40.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3223
114.40.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3224
114.40.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3224
114.40.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3224
114.40.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3224
114.40.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3224
114.40.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3225
114.40.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3225
114.40.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3225
114.41 SIP Voice Port .......................................................................................3225
114.41.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3226
114.41.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3226
114.41.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3226
114.41.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3227
114.41.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3229
114.41.2 INWARD_TEST.....................................................................................3235
114.41.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3235
114.41.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3235
114.41.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3236
114.41.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3236

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.41.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3238
114.41.3 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................3241
114.41.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3241
114.41.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3242
114.41.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3242
114.41.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3242
114.41.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3243
114.41.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3244
114.41.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3245
114.41.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3245
114.41.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3245
114.41.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3245
114.41.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3245
114.41.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3246
114.41.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3246
114.41.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3246
114.41.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3247
114.41.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3247
114.41.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3248
114.41.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3248
114.41.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3248
114.41.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3248
114.41.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3249
114.41.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3249
114.41.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3249
114.41.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3249
114.41.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3252
114.41.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3259
114.41.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3260
114.41.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3260
114.41.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3260
114.41.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3260

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.41.9 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3260
114.41.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3260
114.41.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3261
114.41.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3261
114.41.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3261
114.41.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3261
114.41.10 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3262
114.41.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................3262
114.41.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3262
114.41.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3262
114.41.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................3262
114.41.10.7 Output....................................................................................................3262
114.41.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................3263
114.41.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3263
114.41.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3263
114.41.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................3263
114.41.11.7 Output....................................................................................................3264
114.41.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................3265
114.41.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3266
114.41.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3266
114.41.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................3266
114.41.12.7 Output....................................................................................................3266
114.41.13 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................3266
114.41.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................3266
114.41.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3267
114.41.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3267
114.41.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................3267
114.41.13.7 Output....................................................................................................3267
114.41.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................3268
114.41.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3268
114.41.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3268
114.41.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................3268
114.41.14.7 Output....................................................................................................3269

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.41.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................3271
114.41.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3271
114.41.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3271
114.41.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................3271
114.41.15.7 Output....................................................................................................3271
114.41.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................3272
114.41.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3272
114.41.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3272
114.41.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................3272
114.41.16.7 Output....................................................................................................3273
114.41.17.1 Action.....................................................................................................3273
114.41.17.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3274
114.41.17.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3274
114.41.17.6 Input.......................................................................................................3274
114.41.17.7 Output....................................................................................................3275
114.42 Slot ........................................................................................................3278
114.42.1 INWARD_TEST.....................................................................................3278
114.42.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3278
114.42.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3279
114.42.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3279
114.42.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3279
114.42.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3280
114.42.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3284
114.42.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3284
114.42.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3285
114.42.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3285
114.42.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3286
114.42.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3293
114.42.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3293
114.42.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3294
114.42.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3294
114.42.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3295

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.42.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3302
114.42.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3302
114.42.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3303
114.42.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3303
114.42.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3303
114.42.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3303
114.42.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3304
114.42.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3304
114.42.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3304
114.42.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3305
114.42.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3310
114.42.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3311
114.42.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3311
114.42.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3311
114.42.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3311
114.42.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3312
114.42.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3312
114.42.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3313
114.42.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3313
114.42.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3314
114.42.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3321
114.42.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3321
114.42.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3322
114.42.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3322
114.42.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3322
114.42.9 RESET...................................................................................................3322
114.42.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3322
114.42.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3322
114.42.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3323
114.42.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3323
114.42.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3323
114.42.10 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3323
114.42.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................3323

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

114.42.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3324
114.42.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3324
114.42.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................3324
114.42.10.7 Output....................................................................................................3324
114.42.11 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3325
114.42.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................3325
114.42.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3325
114.42.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3325
114.42.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................3325
114.42.11.7 Output....................................................................................................3325
114.42.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................3326
114.42.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3326
114.42.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3326
114.42.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................3327
114.42.12.7 Output....................................................................................................3327
114.42.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................3329
114.42.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3329
114.42.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3329
114.42.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................3329
114.42.13.7 Output....................................................................................................3329
114.42.14 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................3330
114.42.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................3330
114.42.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3330
114.42.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3331
114.42.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................3331
114.42.14.7 Output....................................................................................................3331
114.42.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................3333
114.42.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3333
114.42.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3333
114.42.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................3333
114.42.15.7 Output....................................................................................................3334
114.42.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................3334

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.42.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3334
114.42.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3334
114.42.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................3335
114.42.16.7 Output....................................................................................................3335
114.42.17 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................3335
114.42.17.1 Action.....................................................................................................3335
114.42.17.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3335
114.42.17.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3336
114.42.17.6 Input.......................................................................................................3336
114.42.17.7 Output....................................................................................................3336
114.42.18 MELT_RESET .......................................................................................3336
114.42.18.1 Action.....................................................................................................3336
114.42.18.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3337
114.42.18.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3337
114.42.18.6 Input.......................................................................................................3337
114.42.18.7 Output....................................................................................................3337
114.42.19 MELT_SELF_TEST...............................................................................3338
114.42.19.1 Action.....................................................................................................3338
114.42.19.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3338
114.42.19.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3338
114.42.19.6 Input.......................................................................................................3338
114.42.19.7 Output....................................................................................................3338
114.42.20.1 Action.....................................................................................................3339
114.42.20.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3339
114.42.20.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3340
114.42.20.6 Input.......................................................................................................3340
114.42.20.7 Output....................................................................................................3340
114.42.21.1 Action.....................................................................................................3341
114.42.21.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3341
114.42.21.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3341
114.42.21.6 Input.......................................................................................................3341
114.42.21.7 Output....................................................................................................3342
114.43.1 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST ........................................................................3342
114.43.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3342

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.43.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3342
114.43.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3343
114.43.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3343
114.43.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3343
114.43.2 LINK_TRACE_TEST .............................................................................3344
114.43.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3344
114.43.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3344
114.43.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3345
114.43.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3345
114.43.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3345
114.43.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3346
114.43.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3346
114.43.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3346
114.43.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3346
114.43.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3347
114.44.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3348
114.44.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3348
114.44.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3348
114.44.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3349
114.44.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3349
114.44.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3349
114.44.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3349
114.44.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3349
114.44.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3350
114.44.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3350
114.44.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3350
114.44.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3350
114.45 TR069 Server ........................................................................................3350
114.45.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3351
114.45.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3351
114.45.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3351
114.45.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3351
114.45.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3351
114.45.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3351
114.45.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3352
114.45.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3352

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

114.45.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3352
114.45.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3352
114.45.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3352
114.45.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3353
114.46 VCL........................................................................................................3353
114.46.1 LOOPBACK_TEST................................................................................3353
114.46.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3353
114.46.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3353
114.46.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3354
114.46.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3354
114.46.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3354
114.47 VDSL2 Port............................................................................................3354
114.47.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3355
114.47.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3355
114.47.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3355
114.47.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3355
114.47.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3355
114.47.2 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3358
114.47.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3358
114.47.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3358
114.47.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3358
114.47.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3358
114.47.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3358
114.47.3 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3359
114.47.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3359
114.47.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3359
114.47.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3359
114.47.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3359
114.47.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3360
114.48 VEIP Port...............................................................................................3360
114.48.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3360
114.48.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3360
114.48.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3360
114.48.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3361
114.48.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3361
114.48.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3361

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.48.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3361
114.48.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3361
114.48.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3362
114.48.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3362
114.48.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3362
114.48.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3362
114.49 Video Port..............................................................................................3362
114.49.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3363
114.49.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3363
114.49.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3363
114.49.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3363
114.49.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3363
114.49.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3363
114.49.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3364
114.49.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3364
114.49.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3364
114.49.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3364
114.49.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3364
114.49.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3365
114.50.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................3365
114.50.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3365
114.50.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3365
114.50.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3366
114.50.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3366
114.50.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3366
114.51.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3367
114.51.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3367
114.51.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3367
114.51.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3368
114.51.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3368
114.51.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3368
114.51.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3368
114.51.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3368
114.51.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3368
114.51.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3369

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.51.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3369
114.51.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3369
114.52 Voice User Port .....................................................................................3369
114.52.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3370
114.52.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3370
114.52.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3370
114.52.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3371
114.52.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3371
114.52.2 FOREIGN_EMF_TEST .........................................................................3373
114.52.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3373
114.52.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3373
114.52.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3373
114.52.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3373
114.52.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3374
114.52.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3376
114.52.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3376
114.52.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3376
114.52.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3376
114.52.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3377
114.52.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3378
114.52.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3379
114.52.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3379
114.52.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3379
114.52.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3379
114.52.5 RINGERS_TEST ...................................................................................3381
114.52.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3381
114.52.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3382
114.52.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3382
114.52.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3382
114.52.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3382
114.52.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3383
114.52.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3384
114.52.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3384

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.52.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3384
114.52.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3384
114.52.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3386
114.52.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3386
114.52.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3387
114.52.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3387
114.52.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3387
114.52.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3390
114.52.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3390
114.52.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3391
114.52.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3391
114.52.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3391
114.52.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3392
114.52.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3393
114.52.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3393
114.52.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3393
114.52.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3393
114.52.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................3393
114.52.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3394
114.52.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3394
114.52.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................3394
114.52.10.7 Output....................................................................................................3394
114.52.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................3398
114.52.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3398
114.52.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3398
114.52.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................3398
114.52.11.7 Output....................................................................................................3399
114.52.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................3400
114.52.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3401
114.52.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3401
114.52.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................3401

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.52.12.7 Output....................................................................................................3401
114.53 VoIP Service..........................................................................................3401
114.53.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................3402
114.53.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3402
114.53.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3402
114.53.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3402
114.53.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3402
114.53.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3403
114.54 XDSL Port..............................................................................................3403
114.54.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3404
114.54.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3404
114.54.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3405
114.54.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3405
114.54.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3405
114.54.2 SELT_TEST ..........................................................................................3408
114.54.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3408
114.54.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3409
114.54.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3409
114.54.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3409
114.54.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3410
114.54.3 CANCEL_SELT_TEST..........................................................................3412
114.54.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3412
114.54.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3413
114.54.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3413
114.54.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3413
114.54.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3413
114.54.4 POTS_LINE_TEST................................................................................3414
114.54.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3414
114.54.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3414
114.54.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3414
114.54.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3414
114.54.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3415
114.54.5 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................3415
114.54.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3415
114.54.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3416
114.54.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3416

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.54.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3416
114.54.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3417
114.54.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3418
114.54.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3418
114.54.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3418
114.54.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3419
114.54.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3419
114.54.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3419
114.54.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3419
114.54.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3420
114.54.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3420
114.54.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3420
114.54.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3426
114.54.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3426
114.54.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3426
114.54.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3427
114.54.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3427
114.54.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3427
114.54.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3427
114.54.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3428
114.54.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3428
114.54.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3428
114.54.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................3436
114.54.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3436
114.54.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3436
114.54.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................3436
114.54.10.7 Output....................................................................................................3436
114.54.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................3437
114.54.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3437
114.54.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3438
114.54.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................3438

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
114.54.11.7 Output....................................................................................................3440
114.54.12 SHOW_LLU_RELAY .............................................................................3440
114.54.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................3440
114.54.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3441
114.54.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3441
114.54.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................3441
114.54.12.7 Output....................................................................................................3441
114.54.13 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3442
114.54.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................3442
114.54.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3442
114.54.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3443
114.54.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................3443
114.54.13.7 Output....................................................................................................3443
114.54.14 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3443
114.54.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................3443
114.54.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3443
114.54.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3444
114.54.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................3444
114.54.14.7 Output....................................................................................................3444
114.54.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................3444
114.54.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3445
114.54.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3445
114.54.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................3445
114.54.15.7 Output....................................................................................................3445
114.54.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................3445
114.54.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3446
114.54.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3446
114.54.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................3446
114.54.16.7 Output....................................................................................................3446
114.54.17.1 Action.....................................................................................................3447
114.54.17.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3447
114.54.17.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3447
114.54.17.6 Input.......................................................................................................3447
114.54.17.7 Output....................................................................................................3447

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

114.54.18.1 Action.....................................................................................................3448
114.54.18.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3448
114.54.18.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3448
114.54.18.6 Input.......................................................................................................3448
114.54.18.7 Output....................................................................................................3449
114.54.19 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................3449
114.54.19.1 Action.....................................................................................................3449
114.54.19.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3449
114.54.19.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3449
114.54.19.6 Input.......................................................................................................3450
114.54.19.7 Output....................................................................................................3450
114.54.20 REBOOT_CPE ......................................................................................3450
114.54.20.1 Action.....................................................................................................3450
114.54.20.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3450
114.54.20.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3451
114.54.20.6 Input.......................................................................................................3451
114.54.20.7 Output....................................................................................................3451
115.1.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3455
115.1.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3455
115.1.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3456
115.1.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3456
115.1.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3456
115.2 Applique Slot .........................................................................................3456
115.2.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3456
115.2.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3457
115.2.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3457
115.2.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3457
115.2.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3457
115.3 Bonding Group ......................................................................................3457
115.3.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3458
115.3.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3458
115.3.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3458

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.3.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3458

115.3.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3458
115.3.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3459
115.3.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3459
115.3.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3459
115.3.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3459
115.3.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3459
115.3.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3460
115.3.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3460
115.4.1 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST ........................................................................3460
115.4.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3460
115.4.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3461
115.4.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3461
115.4.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3461
115.4.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3462
115.4.2 MC_LOOPBACK_TEST ........................................................................3462
115.4.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3462
115.4.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3462
115.4.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3463
115.4.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3463
115.4.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3463
115.4.3 LINK_TRACE_TEST .............................................................................3464
115.4.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3464
115.4.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3464
115.4.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3464
115.4.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3464
115.4.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3465
115.4.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3465
115.4.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3466
115.4.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3466
115.4.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3466
115.4.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3466
115.5 CES Port................................................................................................3467
115.5.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3468
115.5.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3468
115.5.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3468

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

115.5.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3468
115.5.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3468
115.5.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3468
115.5.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3469
115.5.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3469
115.5.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3469
115.5.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3469
115.5.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3469
115.5.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3470
115.6 Channel Group ......................................................................................3470
115.6.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3470
115.6.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3470
115.6.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3470
115.6.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3471
115.6.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3471
115.6.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3471
115.6.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3471
115.6.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3471
115.6.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3472
115.6.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3472
115.6.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3472
115.6.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3472
115.7 Channel Pair..........................................................................................3472
115.7.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3473
115.7.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3473
115.7.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3473
115.7.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3473
115.7.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3473
115.7.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3474
115.7.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3474
115.7.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3474
115.7.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3474
115.7.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3474
115.7.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3475
115.7.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3475
115.7.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3475

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.7.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3475
115.7.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3476
115.7.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3476
115.7.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3476
115.7.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3476
115.7.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3476
115.7.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3477
115.7.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3477
115.7.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3477
115.7.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3477
115.7.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3478
115.7.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3478
115.7.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3478
115.7.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3478
115.7.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3479
115.7.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3479
115.7.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3479
115.7.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3479
115.7.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3479
115.7.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3480
115.7.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3480
115.7.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3480
115.7.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3480
115.7.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3481
115.7.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3481
115.7.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3481
115.7.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3481
115.7.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3482
115.7.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3482
115.7.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3482
115.7.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3482

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

115.7.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3483
115.7.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3483
115.7.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3483
115.7.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................3483
115.7.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3483
115.7.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3484
115.7.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................3484
115.7.10.7 Output....................................................................................................3484
115.8 CPE UNI ................................................................................................3484
115.8.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3484
115.8.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3485
115.8.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3485
115.8.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3485
115.8.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3485
115.8.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3486
115.8.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3486
115.8.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3486
115.8.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3486
115.8.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3486
115.8.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3487
115.8.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3487
115.8.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3488
115.8.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3488
115.8.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3488
115.9 Cross Shelf Protection Group PON .......................................................3489
115.9.1 CROSSSHELF_FORCED_SWITCHOVER...........................................3490
115.9.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3490
115.9.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3490
115.9.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3490
115.9.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3490
115.9.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3490
115.9.2 ENABLE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION_GROUP .............................3491
115.9.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3491

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.9.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3491
115.9.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3491
115.9.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3491
115.9.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3492
115.9.3 DISABLE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION_GROUP ............................3492
115.9.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3492
115.9.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3492
115.9.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3492
115.9.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3493
115.9.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3493
115.10 E1 Port...................................................................................................3493
115.10.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3493
115.10.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3493
115.10.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3494
115.10.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3494
115.10.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3494
115.10.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3494
115.10.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3494
115.10.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3494
115.10.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3495
115.10.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3495
115.10.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3495
115.10.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3495
115.11 E1/DS1 Port...........................................................................................3495
115.11.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3496
115.11.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3496
115.11.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3496
115.11.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3496
115.11.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3497
115.11.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3497
115.11.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3497
115.11.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3497
115.11.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3498
115.11.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3498
115.11.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3498

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

115.11.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3498
115.11.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3499
115.11.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3499
115.11.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3499
115.11.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3499
115.11.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3499
115.11.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3500
115.11.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3500
115.11.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3500
115.12 EFM Bridge Port ....................................................................................3500
115.12.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3501
115.12.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3501
115.12.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3501
115.12.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3501
115.12.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3502
115.12.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3502
115.12.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3502
115.12.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3502
115.12.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3503
115.12.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3503
115.12.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3503
115.12.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3503
115.12.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3504
115.12.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3504
115.12.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3504
115.13.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................3504
115.13.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3504
115.13.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3505
115.13.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3505
115.13.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3505
115.13.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3505
115.13.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................3506

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.13.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3506
115.13.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3506
115.13.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3506
115.13.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3506
115.13.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3507
115.14 EPON Port.............................................................................................3507
115.14.1 ENABLE_IDLE_PM ...............................................................................3507
115.14.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3507
115.14.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3507
115.14.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3508
115.14.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3508
115.14.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3508
115.14.2 DISABLE_IDLE_PM ..............................................................................3508
115.14.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3508
115.14.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3509
115.14.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3509
115.14.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3509
115.14.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3509
115.14.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3510
115.14.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3510
115.14.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3510
115.14.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3510
115.14.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3510
115.14.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3511
115.14.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3511
115.14.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3511
115.14.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3511
115.14.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3512
115.14.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3512
115.14.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3512
115.14.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3512
115.14.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3513
115.14.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3513
115.15 Ethernet LT Port ....................................................................................3513

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.15.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3513
115.15.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3513
115.15.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3514
115.15.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3514
115.15.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3514
115.15.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3514
115.15.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3515
115.15.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3515
115.15.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3515
115.15.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3515
115.15.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3515
115.15.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3515
115.15.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3516
115.15.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3516
115.15.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3516
115.15.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3516
115.15.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3517
115.15.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3517
115.15.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3517
115.15.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3518
115.15.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3518
115.15.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3518
115.15.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3518
115.15.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3519
115.15.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3519
115.15.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3519
115.15.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3519
115.16.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................3520
115.16.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3520
115.16.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3520
115.16.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3520
115.16.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3520
115.16.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3521

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.16.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................3521

115.16.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3521
115.16.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3521
115.16.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3521
115.16.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3522
115.16.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3522
115.17 Ethernet Port .........................................................................................3522
115.17.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3522
115.17.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3522
115.17.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3523
115.17.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3523
115.17.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3523
115.17.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3523
115.17.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3523
115.17.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3523
115.17.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3524
115.17.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3524
115.17.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3524
115.17.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3524
115.18 FE LT Port .............................................................................................3524
115.18.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3525
115.18.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3525
115.18.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3525
115.18.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3525
115.18.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3526
115.18.2 ENABLE_SFP_POWER........................................................................3526
115.18.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3526
115.18.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3526
115.18.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3526
115.18.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3527
115.18.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3527
115.18.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3527
115.18.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3527
115.18.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3527
115.18.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3528
115.18.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3528

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.18.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3528
115.18.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3528
115.18.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3528
115.18.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3528
115.18.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3529
115.18.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3529
115.18.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3529
115.18.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3529
115.18.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3530
115.18.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3530
115.18.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3530
115.18.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3530
115.18.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3531
115.18.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3531
115.18.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3531
115.18.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3531
115.18.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3531
115.18.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3532
115.18.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3532
115.18.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3532
115.18.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3532
115.18.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3533
115.19.1 START_EFMOAM .................................................................................3533
115.19.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3533
115.19.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3533
115.19.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3534
115.19.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3534
115.19.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3534
115.19.2 STOP_EFMOAM ...................................................................................3534
115.19.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3534
115.19.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3535
115.19.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3535
115.19.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3535

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.19.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3535
115.20 HPNA Port .............................................................................................3535
115.20.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3536
115.20.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3536
115.20.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3536
115.20.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3536
115.20.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3536
115.20.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3536
115.20.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3537
115.20.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3537
115.20.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3537
115.20.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3537
115.20.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3537
115.20.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3538
115.21 IMA Group .............................................................................................3538
115.21.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3538
115.21.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3538
115.21.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3538
115.21.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3539
115.21.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3539
115.21.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3539
115.21.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3539
115.21.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3539
115.21.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3540
115.21.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3540
115.21.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3540
115.21.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3540
115.22 IP Host...................................................................................................3540
115.22.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................3541
115.22.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3541
115.22.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3541
115.22.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3541
115.22.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3541
115.22.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3542
115.23 MoCA Port .............................................................................................3542
115.23.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3543
115.23.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3543
115.23.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3543

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

115.23.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3543
115.23.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3543
115.23.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3544
115.23.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3544
115.23.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3544
115.23.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3544
115.23.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3544
115.23.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3545
115.23.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3545
115.24 NE System.............................................................................................3545
115.24.1 CONFIGURE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION .....................................3545
115.24.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3545
115.24.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3545
115.24.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3546
115.24.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3546
115.24.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3546
115.24.2 UNCONFIGURE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION................................3547
115.24.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3547
115.24.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3547
115.24.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3547
115.24.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3547
115.24.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3547
115.24.3 SHOW_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION ...............................................3548
115.24.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3548
115.24.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3548
115.24.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3548
115.24.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3548
115.24.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3549
115.25.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3549
115.25.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3549
115.25.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3550
115.25.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3550
115.25.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3550
115.25.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3550
115.25.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3551
115.25.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3551

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.25.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3551
115.25.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3551
115.25.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3551
115.25.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3551
115.26 NGPON2 IP Host...................................................................................3552
115.26.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................3552
115.26.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3552
115.26.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3552
115.26.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3553
115.26.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3553
115.26.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3553
115.27 NGPON2 ONT.......................................................................................3554
115.27.1 RESET...................................................................................................3554
115.27.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3554
115.27.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3554
115.27.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3555
115.27.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3555
115.27.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3555
115.27.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3555
115.27.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3556
115.27.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3556
115.27.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3556
115.27.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3556
115.27.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3557
115.27.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3557
115.27.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3557
115.27.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3557
115.27.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3557
115.27.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3557
115.27.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3558
115.27.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3558
115.27.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3558
115.27.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3558
115.27.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3558
115.27.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3559
115.28 NGPON2 ONT Card ..............................................................................3559
115.28.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3559

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.28.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3559
115.28.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3559
115.28.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3560
115.28.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3560
115.28.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3560
115.28.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3560
115.28.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3560
115.28.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3561
115.28.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3561
115.28.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3561
115.28.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3561
115.29 NGPON2 POTS Port .............................................................................3561
115.29.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3562
115.29.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3562
115.29.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3562
115.29.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3562
115.29.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3563
115.29.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3566
115.29.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3566
115.29.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3566
115.29.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3566
115.29.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3567
115.29.3 H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST.....................................................................3567
115.29.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3567
115.29.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3567
115.29.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3568
115.29.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3568
115.29.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3568
115.29.4 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3569
115.29.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3569
115.29.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3570
115.29.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3570
115.29.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3570
115.29.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3570
115.29.5 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3571

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.29.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3571
115.29.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3571
115.29.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3571
115.29.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3571
115.29.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3571
115.30 NGPON2 TR069 Server ........................................................................3572
115.30.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3572
115.30.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3572
115.30.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3572
115.30.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3573
115.30.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3573
115.30.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3573
115.30.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3573
115.30.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3573
115.30.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3573
115.30.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3574
115.30.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3574
115.30.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3574
115.31 NGPON2 VEIP Port...............................................................................3574
115.31.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3574
115.31.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3574
115.31.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3575
115.31.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3575
115.31.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3575
115.31.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3575
115.31.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3576
115.31.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3576
115.31.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3576
115.31.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3576
115.31.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3576
115.31.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3576
115.32.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................3577
115.32.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3577
115.32.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3577
115.32.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3578
115.32.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3578

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.32.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3578
115.33 ONT .......................................................................................................3579
115.33.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3579
115.33.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3579
115.33.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3580
115.33.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3580
115.33.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3580
115.33.2 RESET...................................................................................................3580
115.33.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3580
115.33.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3581
115.33.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3581
115.33.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3581
115.33.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3581
115.33.3 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3582
115.33.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3582
115.33.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3582
115.33.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3582
115.33.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3582
115.33.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3582
115.33.4 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3583
115.33.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3583
115.33.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3583
115.33.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3583
115.33.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3583
115.33.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3584
115.34 ONT Card ..............................................................................................3584
115.34.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3584
115.34.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3584
115.34.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3585
115.34.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3585
115.34.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3585
115.34.2 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3585
115.34.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3585
115.34.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3586
115.34.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3586

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.34.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3586
115.34.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3586
115.34.3 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3587
115.34.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3587
115.34.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3587
115.34.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3587
115.34.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3587
115.34.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3587
115.35 PON Port ...............................................................................................3588
115.35.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3588
115.35.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3588
115.35.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3589
115.35.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3589
115.35.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3589
115.35.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3589
115.35.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3589
115.35.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3589
115.35.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3590
115.35.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3590
115.35.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3590
115.35.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3590
115.35.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3591
115.35.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3591
115.35.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3591
115.35.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3591
115.35.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3591
115.35.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3592
115.35.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3592
115.35.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3592
115.35.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3592
115.35.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3593
115.35.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3593
115.35.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3593
115.35.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3593

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.35.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3594
115.35.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3594
115.35.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3594
115.35.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3594
115.35.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3595
115.35.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3595
115.35.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3595
115.35.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3595
115.35.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3596
115.35.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3596
115.35.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3596
115.35.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3596
115.35.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3596
115.35.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3597
115.35.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3597
115.35.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3597
115.35.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3597
115.35.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3598
115.35.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3598
115.35.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3598
115.35.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3598
115.35.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3598
115.35.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................3599
115.35.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3599
115.35.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3599
115.35.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................3599
115.35.10.7 Output....................................................................................................3600
115.35.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................3600
115.35.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3600
115.35.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3601
115.35.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................3601

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.35.11.7 Output....................................................................................................3601
115.36 POTS Port .............................................................................................3601
115.36.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3601
115.36.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3602
115.36.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3602
115.36.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3602
115.36.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3603
115.36.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3605
115.36.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3605
115.36.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3606
115.36.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3606
115.36.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3606
115.36.3 H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST.....................................................................3607
115.36.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3607
115.36.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3607
115.36.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3607
115.36.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3607
115.36.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3608
115.36.4 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3609
115.36.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3609
115.36.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3609
115.36.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3610
115.36.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3610
115.36.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3610
115.36.5 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3610
115.36.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3610
115.36.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3610
115.36.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3611
115.36.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3611
115.36.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3611
115.37 SFP Inventory........................................................................................3611
115.37.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3612
115.37.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3612
115.37.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3612

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.37.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3612
115.37.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3612
115.38 SHDSL Span .........................................................................................3613
115.38.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3613
115.38.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3614
115.38.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3614
115.38.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3614
115.38.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3615
115.38.2 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................3621
115.38.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3621
115.38.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3621
115.38.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3621
115.38.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3622
115.38.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3622
115.38.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3623
115.38.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3624
115.38.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3624
115.38.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3624
115.38.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3624
115.38.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3625
115.38.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3625
115.38.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3625
115.38.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3625
115.38.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3626
115.38.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3626
115.38.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3627
115.38.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3627
115.38.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3627
115.38.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3628
115.38.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3635
115.38.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3635
115.38.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3636

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.38.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3636
115.38.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3636
115.38.7 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3636
115.38.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3636
115.38.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3637
115.38.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3637
115.38.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3637
115.38.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3637
115.38.8 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3637
115.38.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3637
115.38.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3638
115.38.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3638
115.38.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3638
115.38.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3638
115.38.9 LINK_LOCK...........................................................................................3639
115.38.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3639
115.38.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3639
115.38.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3639
115.38.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3639
115.38.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3640
115.38.10 LINK_UNLOCK......................................................................................3640
115.38.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................3640
115.38.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3640
115.38.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3640
115.38.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................3641
115.38.10.7 Output....................................................................................................3641
115.38.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................3641
115.38.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3641
115.38.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3642
115.38.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................3642
115.38.11.7 Output....................................................................................................3642
115.38.12 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................3642
115.38.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................3642
115.38.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3643
115.38.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3643
115.38.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................3643

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.38.12.7 Output....................................................................................................3643
115.39 SIP ISDN PRA Port ...............................................................................3643
115.39.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3644
115.39.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3644
115.39.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3644
115.39.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3645
115.39.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3645
115.39.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3646
115.39.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3646
115.39.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3646
115.39.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3647
115.39.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3647
115.39.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3647
115.39.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3647
115.39.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3648
115.39.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3648
115.39.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3649
115.39.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3650
115.39.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3650
115.39.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3650
115.39.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3650
115.39.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3651
115.39.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3652
115.39.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3653
115.39.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3653
115.39.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3653
115.39.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3653
115.39.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3654
115.39.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3654
115.39.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3654
115.39.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3654

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.39.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3654
115.39.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3655
115.39.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3655
115.39.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3655
115.39.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3656
115.39.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3656
115.39.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3657
115.39.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3658
115.39.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3658
115.39.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3658
115.39.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3658
115.39.9 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................3660
115.39.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3660
115.39.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3660
115.39.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3660
115.39.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3660
115.39.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3660
115.40 SIP Shared Line ....................................................................................3661
115.40.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3661
115.40.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3661
115.40.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3661
115.40.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3661
115.40.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3662
115.40.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3662
115.40.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3662
115.40.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3662
115.40.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3662
115.40.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3663
115.40.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3663
115.40.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3663
115.41 SIP Voice Port .......................................................................................3663
115.41.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3664
115.41.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3664
115.41.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3664

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.41.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3665
115.41.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3667
115.41.2 INWARD_TEST.....................................................................................3673
115.41.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3673
115.41.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3673
115.41.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3674
115.41.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3674
115.41.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3676
115.41.3 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................3679
115.41.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3679
115.41.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3680
115.41.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3680
115.41.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3680
115.41.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3681
115.41.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3682
115.41.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3683
115.41.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3683
115.41.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3683
115.41.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3683
115.41.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3683
115.41.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3684
115.41.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3684
115.41.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3684
115.41.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3685
115.41.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3685
115.41.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3686
115.41.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3686
115.41.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3686
115.41.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3686
115.41.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3687
115.41.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3687
115.41.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3687
115.41.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3687

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.41.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3690
115.41.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3697
115.41.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3698
115.41.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3698
115.41.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3698
115.41.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3698
115.41.9 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3698
115.41.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3698
115.41.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3699
115.41.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3699
115.41.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3699
115.41.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3699
115.41.10 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3700
115.41.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................3700
115.41.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3700
115.41.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3700
115.41.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................3700
115.41.10.7 Output....................................................................................................3700
115.41.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................3701
115.41.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3701
115.41.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3701
115.41.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................3701
115.41.11.7 Output....................................................................................................3702
115.41.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................3703
115.41.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3704
115.41.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3704
115.41.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................3704
115.41.12.7 Output....................................................................................................3704
115.41.13 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................3704
115.41.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................3704
115.41.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3705
115.41.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3705
115.41.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................3705
115.41.13.7 Output....................................................................................................3705

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

115.41.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................3706
115.41.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3706
115.41.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3706
115.41.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................3706
115.41.14.7 Output....................................................................................................3707
115.41.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................3709
115.41.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3709
115.41.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3709
115.41.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................3709
115.41.15.7 Output....................................................................................................3709
115.41.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................3710
115.41.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3710
115.41.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3710
115.41.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................3710
115.41.16.7 Output....................................................................................................3711
115.41.17.1 Action.....................................................................................................3711
115.41.17.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3712
115.41.17.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3712
115.41.17.6 Input.......................................................................................................3712
115.41.17.7 Output....................................................................................................3713
115.42 Slot ........................................................................................................3716
115.42.1 INWARD_TEST.....................................................................................3716
115.42.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3716
115.42.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3717
115.42.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3717
115.42.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3717
115.42.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3718
115.42.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3722
115.42.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3722
115.42.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3723
115.42.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3723
115.42.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3724

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.42.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3731
115.42.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3731
115.42.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3732
115.42.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3732
115.42.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3733
115.42.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3740
115.42.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3740
115.42.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3741
115.42.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3741
115.42.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3741
115.42.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3741
115.42.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3742
115.42.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3742
115.42.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3742
115.42.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3743
115.42.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3748
115.42.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3749
115.42.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3749
115.42.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3749
115.42.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3749
115.42.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3750
115.42.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3750
115.42.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3751
115.42.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3751
115.42.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3752
115.42.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3759
115.42.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3759
115.42.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3760
115.42.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3760
115.42.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3760
115.42.9 RESET...................................................................................................3760

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.42.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3760
115.42.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3760
115.42.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3761
115.42.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3761
115.42.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3761
115.42.10 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3761
115.42.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................3761
115.42.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3762
115.42.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3762
115.42.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................3762
115.42.10.7 Output....................................................................................................3762
115.42.11 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3763
115.42.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................3763
115.42.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3763
115.42.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3763
115.42.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................3763
115.42.11.7 Output....................................................................................................3763
115.42.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................3764
115.42.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3764
115.42.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3764
115.42.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................3765
115.42.12.7 Output....................................................................................................3765
115.42.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................3767
115.42.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3767
115.42.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3767
115.42.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................3767
115.42.13.7 Output....................................................................................................3767
115.42.14 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................3768
115.42.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................3768
115.42.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3768
115.42.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3769
115.42.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................3769
115.42.14.7 Output....................................................................................................3769
115.42.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................3771

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

115.42.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3771
115.42.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3771
115.42.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................3771
115.42.15.7 Output....................................................................................................3772
115.42.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................3772
115.42.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3772
115.42.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3772
115.42.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................3773
115.42.16.7 Output....................................................................................................3773
115.42.17 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................3773
115.42.17.1 Action.....................................................................................................3773
115.42.17.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3773
115.42.17.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3774
115.42.17.6 Input.......................................................................................................3774
115.42.17.7 Output....................................................................................................3774
115.42.18 MELT_RESET .......................................................................................3774
115.42.18.1 Action.....................................................................................................3774
115.42.18.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3775
115.42.18.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3775
115.42.18.6 Input.......................................................................................................3775
115.42.18.7 Output....................................................................................................3775
115.42.19 MELT_SELF_TEST...............................................................................3776
115.42.19.1 Action.....................................................................................................3776
115.42.19.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3776
115.42.19.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3776
115.42.19.6 Input.......................................................................................................3776
115.42.19.7 Output....................................................................................................3776
115.42.20.1 Action.....................................................................................................3777
115.42.20.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3777
115.42.20.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3778
115.42.20.6 Input.......................................................................................................3778
115.42.20.7 Output....................................................................................................3778
115.42.21.1 Action.....................................................................................................3779

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.42.21.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3779
115.42.21.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3779
115.42.21.6 Input.......................................................................................................3779
115.42.21.7 Output....................................................................................................3780
115.43.1 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST ........................................................................3780
115.43.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3780
115.43.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3780
115.43.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3781
115.43.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3781
115.43.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3781
115.43.2 LINK_TRACE_TEST .............................................................................3782
115.43.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3782
115.43.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3782
115.43.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3783
115.43.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3783
115.43.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3783
115.43.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3784
115.43.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3784
115.43.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3784
115.43.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3784
115.43.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3785
115.44.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3786
115.44.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3786
115.44.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3786
115.44.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3787
115.44.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3787
115.44.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3787
115.44.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3787
115.44.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3787
115.44.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3788
115.44.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3788
115.44.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3788
115.44.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3788
115.45 TR069 Server ........................................................................................3788
115.45.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3789

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.45.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3789
115.45.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3789
115.45.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3789
115.45.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3789
115.45.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3789
115.45.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3790
115.45.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3790
115.45.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3790
115.45.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3790
115.45.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3790
115.45.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3791
115.46 VCL........................................................................................................3791
115.46.1 LOOPBACK_TEST................................................................................3791
115.46.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3791
115.46.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3791
115.46.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3792
115.46.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3792
115.46.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3792
115.47 VDSL2 Port............................................................................................3792
115.47.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3793
115.47.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3793
115.47.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3793
115.47.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3793
115.47.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3793
115.47.2 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3796
115.47.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3796
115.47.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3796
115.47.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3796
115.47.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3796
115.47.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3796
115.47.3 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3797
115.47.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3797
115.47.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3797
115.47.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3797
115.47.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3797
115.47.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3798

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.48 VEIP Port...............................................................................................3798

115.48.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3798
115.48.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3798
115.48.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3798
115.48.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3799
115.48.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3799
115.48.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3799
115.48.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3799
115.48.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3799
115.48.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3800
115.48.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3800
115.48.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3800
115.48.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3800
115.49 Video Port..............................................................................................3800
115.49.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3801
115.49.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3801
115.49.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3801
115.49.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3801
115.49.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3801
115.49.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3801
115.49.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3802
115.49.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3802
115.49.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3802
115.49.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3802
115.49.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3802
115.49.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3803
115.50.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................3803
115.50.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3803
115.50.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3803
115.50.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3804
115.50.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3804
115.50.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3804
115.51.1 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3805
115.51.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3805
115.51.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3805

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.51.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3806

115.51.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3806
115.51.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3806
115.51.2 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3806
115.51.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3806
115.51.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3806
115.51.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3807
115.51.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3807
115.51.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3807
115.52 Voice User Port .....................................................................................3807
115.52.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3808
115.52.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3808
115.52.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3808
115.52.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3809
115.52.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3809
115.52.2 FOREIGN_EMF_TEST .........................................................................3811
115.52.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3811
115.52.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3811
115.52.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3811
115.52.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3811
115.52.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3812
115.52.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3814
115.52.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3814
115.52.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3814
115.52.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3814
115.52.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3815
115.52.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3816
115.52.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3817
115.52.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3817
115.52.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3817
115.52.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3817
115.52.5 RINGERS_TEST ...................................................................................3819
115.52.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3819
115.52.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3820

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.52.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3820

115.52.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3820
115.52.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3820
115.52.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3821
115.52.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3822
115.52.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3822
115.52.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3822
115.52.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3822
115.52.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3824
115.52.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3824
115.52.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3825
115.52.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3825
115.52.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3825
115.52.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3828
115.52.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3828
115.52.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3829
115.52.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3829
115.52.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3829
115.52.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3830
115.52.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3831
115.52.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3831
115.52.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3831
115.52.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3831
115.52.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................3831
115.52.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3832
115.52.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3832
115.52.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................3832
115.52.10.7 Output....................................................................................................3832
115.52.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................3836
115.52.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3836
115.52.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3836

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.52.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................3836
115.52.11.7 Output....................................................................................................3837
115.52.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................3838
115.52.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3839
115.52.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3839
115.52.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................3839
115.52.12.7 Output....................................................................................................3839
115.53 VoIP Service..........................................................................................3839
115.53.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST .........................................................................3840
115.53.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3840
115.53.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3840
115.53.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3840
115.53.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3840
115.53.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3841
115.54 XDSL Port..............................................................................................3841
115.54.1.1 Action.....................................................................................................3842
115.54.1.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3842
115.54.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3843
115.54.1.6 Input.......................................................................................................3843
115.54.1.7 Output....................................................................................................3843
115.54.2 SELT_TEST ..........................................................................................3846
115.54.2.1 Action.....................................................................................................3846
115.54.2.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3847
115.54.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3847
115.54.2.6 Input.......................................................................................................3847
115.54.2.7 Output....................................................................................................3848
115.54.3 CANCEL_SELT_TEST..........................................................................3850
115.54.3.1 Action.....................................................................................................3850
115.54.3.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3851
115.54.3.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3851
115.54.3.6 Input.......................................................................................................3851
115.54.3.7 Output....................................................................................................3851
115.54.4 POTS_LINE_TEST................................................................................3852
115.54.4.1 Action.....................................................................................................3852
115.54.4.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3852

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.54.4.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3852

115.54.4.6 Input.......................................................................................................3852
115.54.4.7 Output....................................................................................................3853
115.54.5 SEARCH_TONE_TEST ........................................................................3853
115.54.5.1 Action.....................................................................................................3853
115.54.5.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3854
115.54.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3854
115.54.5.6 Input.......................................................................................................3854
115.54.5.7 Output....................................................................................................3855
115.54.6.1 Action.....................................................................................................3856
115.54.6.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3856
115.54.6.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3856
115.54.6.6 Input.......................................................................................................3857
115.54.6.7 Output....................................................................................................3857
115.54.7.1 Action.....................................................................................................3857
115.54.7.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3857
115.54.7.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3858
115.54.7.6 Input.......................................................................................................3858
115.54.7.7 Output....................................................................................................3858
115.54.8.1 Action.....................................................................................................3864
115.54.8.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3864
115.54.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3864
115.54.8.6 Input.......................................................................................................3865
115.54.8.7 Output....................................................................................................3865
115.54.9.1 Action.....................................................................................................3865
115.54.9.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3865
115.54.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3866
115.54.9.6 Input.......................................................................................................3866
115.54.9.7 Output....................................................................................................3866
115.54.10.1 Action.....................................................................................................3874
115.54.10.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3874
115.54.10.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3874

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.54.10.6 Input.......................................................................................................3874
115.54.10.7 Output....................................................................................................3874
115.54.11.1 Action.....................................................................................................3875
115.54.11.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3875
115.54.11.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3876
115.54.11.6 Input.......................................................................................................3876
115.54.11.7 Output....................................................................................................3878
115.54.12 SHOW_LLU_RELAY .............................................................................3878
115.54.12.1 Action.....................................................................................................3878
115.54.12.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3879
115.54.12.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3879
115.54.12.6 Input.......................................................................................................3879
115.54.12.7 Output....................................................................................................3879
115.54.13 PORT_LOCK.........................................................................................3880
115.54.13.1 Action.....................................................................................................3880
115.54.13.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3880
115.54.13.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3881
115.54.13.6 Input.......................................................................................................3881
115.54.13.7 Output....................................................................................................3881
115.54.14 PORT_UNLOCK....................................................................................3881
115.54.14.1 Action.....................................................................................................3881
115.54.14.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3881
115.54.14.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3882
115.54.14.6 Input.......................................................................................................3882
115.54.14.7 Output....................................................................................................3882
115.54.15.1 Action.....................................................................................................3882
115.54.15.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3883
115.54.15.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3883
115.54.15.6 Input.......................................................................................................3883
115.54.15.7 Output....................................................................................................3883
115.54.16.1 Action.....................................................................................................3883
115.54.16.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3884
115.54.16.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3884
115.54.16.6 Input.......................................................................................................3884

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
115.54.16.7 Output....................................................................................................3884
115.54.17.1 Action.....................................................................................................3885
115.54.17.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3885
115.54.17.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3885
115.54.17.6 Input.......................................................................................................3885
115.54.17.7 Output....................................................................................................3885
115.54.18.1 Action.....................................................................................................3886
115.54.18.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3886
115.54.18.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3886
115.54.18.6 Input.......................................................................................................3886
115.54.18.7 Output....................................................................................................3887
115.54.19 SHOW_BUSY_PORT............................................................................3887
115.54.19.1 Action.....................................................................................................3887
115.54.19.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3887
115.54.19.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3887
115.54.19.6 Input.......................................................................................................3888
115.54.19.7 Output....................................................................................................3888
115.54.20 REBOOT_CPE ......................................................................................3888
115.54.20.1 Action.....................................................................................................3888
115.54.20.3 Pre-Condition.........................................................................................3888
115.54.20.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................3889
115.54.20.6 Input.......................................................................................................3889
115.54.20.7 Output....................................................................................................3889
Index ....................................................................................................3891

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
List of figures
configuration...............................................................................401
Figure 1 End-to-end services connection through an SHub NE ............................402
Figure 2 End-to-end services connection through an IHub NE .............................402
Figure 3 End-to-end services connection through a Remote NE ..........................402
Figure 4 Network services configuration using residential bridge VLANs for
SHub NEs................................................................................................404
IHub NEs .................................................................................................404
Remote NEs ............................................................................................404
Figure 7 Network services configuration with a VLAN added for IPoE for
SHub NEs................................................................................................405
IHub NEs .................................................................................................406
Remote NEs ............................................................................................406
Figure 10 Network services configuration with optional VLANs for IPoE and
PPPoE for SHub NEs ..............................................................................407
PPPoE for IHub NEs ...............................................................................408
PPPoE for Remote NEs ..........................................................................409
Figure 13 Network services configuration using cross-connect VLANs for
SHub NEs................................................................................................410
IHub NEs .................................................................................................410
Remote NEs ............................................................................................410
Figure 16 Network services configuration with stacked cross-connect VLANs
for SHub NEs...........................................................................................411
for IHub NEs ............................................................................................412
for Remote NEs .......................................................................................412
Figure 19 Network services configuration for PPP cross-connect over a
residential bridge VLAN for SHub NEs....................................................413
residential bridge VLAN for IHub NEs .....................................................414
residential bridge VLAN for Remote NEs ................................................414
Figure 22 Network services configuration for PPP cross-connect over a cross-
connect VLAN for SHub NEs...................................................................415
connect VLAN for IHub NEs ....................................................................415

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

connect VLAN for Remote NEs ...............................................................416
Figure 25 Network services configuration for IPoA cross-connect VLAN for
SHub NEs................................................................................................416
IHub NEs .................................................................................................417
Remote NEs ............................................................................................417
Figure 28 Layer 3 subscriber connection using IP-aware bridging for SHub
NEs..........................................................................................................418
Figure 29 Layer 3 subscriber connection using IP-aware bridging for IHub
NEs..........................................................................................................419
Figure 30 Layer 3 subscriber connection using IP-aware bridging for Remote
NEs..........................................................................................................420
Figure 31 Layer 3 subscriber connection using routing for SHub NEs ....................421
Figure 32 Layer 3 subscriber connection using routing for IHub NEs .....................422
Figure 33 Layer 3 subscriber connection using routing for Remote NEs ................423
45 Configure a HGU.........................................................................783
Figure 34 Configuration of the HGU parameters and the retrieval of HGU
operational parameters............................................................................784
89 Managing links..........................................................................1257
Figure 35 IP Address Scheme for GLT4/8/16 LTs (FGLT) and 64 ONTs per
PON ......................................................................................................1261
Figure 36 IP Address Scheme for GLT4/8 LTs (FWLT) and 64 ONTs per
XGS-PON port.......................................................................................1261
Figure 37 End-to-end NE and ONT software upgrade or NE database
migration process ..................................................................................1288
Figure 38 End-to-end NE and ONT software upgrade or NE database
migration process (continued) ...............................................................1289

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
List of tables
1 Preface.........................................................................................297
Table 1 Documentation conventions ....................................................................298
Table 2 Example of card reference in the guide...................................................298
Table 3 List of Attribute Types used in 5529 SDC................................................301
2 What’s new ..................................................................................307
Table 4 What’s new for 5520 AMS, Release 9.7..................................................307
Table 5 What’s new for 5520 AMS, Release 9.6.07.............................................309
Table 12 What’s new for 5520 AMS, Release 9.3.0...............................................337
5520 AMS User Guide.................................................................341
Table 14 Information in the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide and 5520 AMS
User Guide ..............................................................................................341
4 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM plug-ins..............343
Table 15 Configure NE plug-in settings..................................................................344
Table 16 NE plug-in settings ..................................................................................345
Table 17 Set up the NE for 5520 AMS management .............................................357
Table 18 SHub management interface parameters................................................360
Table 19 NE plug-in icons ......................................................................................368
Table 20 Configure Application Intelligence platform .............................................381
Table 21 Configure clusters....................................................................................385
Table 22 Guidelines for cluster system parameters ...............................................386
Table 23 Configure clock synchronization..............................................................389
configuration...............................................................................401
Table 24 VLAN types..............................................................................................403
Table 25 Verify new subscriber connections ..........................................................424
Table 26 Equipment configuration..........................................................................424
Table 27 Network services connection for Layer 2 subscribers using
residential bridge or cross-connect VLANs .............................................425

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 28 Network services configuration for layer 2 subscribers for PPP

cross-connect over residential bridge VLANs..........................................425
Table 29 Network services configuration for layer 2 subscribers for PPP cross
connect over cross-connect VLANs ........................................................426
Table 30 Network services configuration for layer 2 subscribers for IPoA
cross-connect ..........................................................................................426
Table 31 Configuration tasks for subscribers connecting over a layer 3 IP
network for IP-aware bridging..................................................................427
Table 32 Configure media gateway........................................................................431
11 Configure TL1 .............................................................................433
Table 33 Tasks for configuring TL1 ........................................................................433
Table 34 Guidelines for TL1 security system parameters ......................................434
Table 35 Guidelines for TL1 user parameters ........................................................435
Table 36 Configure network connections ...............................................................439
Table 37 Configure SHub link aggregation.............................................................455
Table 38 Configure IHub link aggregation ..............................................................463
Table 39 Configure Ethernet link OAM and retrieve attributes for Ethernet
OAM ........................................................................................................471
16 Configure PCCP..........................................................................477
Table 40 Configure PCCP ......................................................................................477
Table 41 Configure mirror ports..............................................................................481
Table 42 Configure 802.1x authentication..............................................................487
Table 43 Configure keychains ................................................................................491
Table 44 Guidelines for key parameters.................................................................492
Table 45 Configure local database.........................................................................495
Table 46 Configure LT and NT units ......................................................................509
Table 47 Guidelines for protection group parameters ............................................513
Table 48 Configure Ethernet ports .........................................................................527
Table 49 Configure link aggregation and view Ethernet ports................................528
25 Configure SFP.............................................................................537
Table 50 Configure SFP .........................................................................................537

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
26 Configure QoS ............................................................................551

Table 51 QoS profile types .....................................................................................551
Table 52 Modify QoS profiles .................................................................................553
Table 53 Configure and manage QoS....................................................................554
Table 54 QoS profile guidelines .............................................................................556
Table 55 QoS policies ............................................................................................557
Table 56 Configure IHUB filters..............................................................................567
Table 57 Configure equipment profiles...................................................................574
Table 58 Configure voice profile.............................................................................578
Table 59 Configure xDSL .......................................................................................584
Table 60 Configure SHDSL ....................................................................................585
Table 61 xDSL profiles ...........................................................................................585
Table 62 View xDSL and SHDSL port....................................................................604
Table 63 Configure vectoring .................................................................................608
Table 64 Vectoring carrier data collection input parameters ..................................618
32 Configure G.Fast.........................................................................623
Table 65 G.Fast configuration combination............................................................623
Table 66 Configure bonding groups .......................................................................635
Table 67 Clean up ports and groups ......................................................................643
35 Configure VLANs ........................................................................647
Table 68 VLAN modes ...........................................................................................647
Table 69 SHub VLAN modes .................................................................................648
Table 70 Configure VLANs.....................................................................................650
Table 71 Guidelines for VLAN IDs..........................................................................652
Table 72 Guidelines for VLAN parameters.............................................................653
Table 73 Guidelines for SHub VLAN IDs................................................................655
Table 74 Guidelines for SHub VLAN parameters...................................................656
Table 75 Manage and view VLANs ........................................................................668
Table 76 Guidelines to configure VLAN associations.............................................674
Table 77 Transmission profiles...............................................................................679
Table 78 Guidelines for GPON system parameters ...............................................680
Table 79 Configure GPON profiles.........................................................................682
Table 80 Configure PON port .................................................................................687

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 81 Configure splitter .....................................................................................704
Table 82 Splitter icon..............................................................................................704
39 Configure an ONT .......................................................................707
Table 83 ONT family types .....................................................................................707
Table 84 ONT card and service ports types ...........................................................708
Table 85 Primary service states .............................................................................710
Table 86 ONT icons................................................................................................711
Table 87 Configure an ONT ...................................................................................712
Table 88 Guidelines for ONT parameters...............................................................714
Table 89 Guidelines for additional ONT parameters ..............................................717
Table 90 Guidelines for ONT device parameters managed by TR-069
protocol and controlled by HDM Lite .......................................................718
Table 91 Downloading ONT config files to OLT .....................................................723
Table 92 Manage an ONT ......................................................................................724
Table 93 Steps to perform for the scenario ............................................................728
Table 94 View an ONT information ........................................................................729
Table 95 NE System parameter guidelines ............................................................735
Table 96 Configure service ports and services on ONT cards ...............................738
Table 97 ONT service ports....................................................................................740
Table 98 Guidelines to configure port parameters and IOT parameters ................741
Table 99 Ports for UNIs ..........................................................................................742
Table 100 Configure ONT 802.1xauthentication ......................................................754
Table 101 Configure ARP.........................................................................................757
Table 102 Ports and services for ARP .....................................................................758
Table 103 Configure subscriber connections ...........................................................761
Table 104 Ports for configured VLAN associations ..................................................762
Table 105 Configure virtual UNI and VOIP service ..................................................770
Table 106 Guidelines for VoIP service parameters ..................................................773
45 Configure a HGU.........................................................................783
Table 107 HGU-parameters.csv file and HGU operational-parameters.csv file
configuration tasks...................................................................................784
Table 108 Fields in HGU parameters CSV file and HGU operational
parameters CSV file ................................................................................785
Table 109 HGU ONT Management settings.............................................................788
Table 110 Configuration tasks..................................................................................789
Table 111 HGU Parameters .....................................................................................790
Table 112 Configure an ONT ...................................................................................797
Table 113 Manage an ONT ......................................................................................811

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
47 Configure NGPON2.....................................................................817
Table 114 Configure NGPON2.................................................................................817
Table 115 Configure EPON port...............................................................................837
Table 116 Configure an EPON ONT ........................................................................842
Table 117 Guidelines for EPON ONT parameters ...................................................844
Table 118 Manage an EPON ONT...........................................................................856
Table 119 Transmission profiles...............................................................................863
Table 120 Guidelines for EPON system parameters................................................864
Table 121 Configure EPON profiles .........................................................................867
Table 122 Guidelines for EPON ONT parameters ...................................................871
Table 123 Configure layer 2 subscriber connections ...............................................879
Table 124 Guidelines for VCL parameters ...............................................................881
Table 125 Guidelines for IPoA CC port parameters .................................................887
Table 126 Configure PPP cross-connections...........................................................893
Table 127 Configure VoIP using SIP........................................................................908
Table 128 Guidelines for SIP server parameters .....................................................914
Table 129 Guidelines for SIP user agent parameters ..............................................917
Table 130 View VoIP using SIP................................................................................927
Table 131 Configure CPE proxy...............................................................................935
57 Configure VPLS ..........................................................................947
Table 132 Types of VPLS.........................................................................................948
Table 133 Configure v-VPLS....................................................................................948
Table 134 Configure m-VPLS...................................................................................949
Table 135 Configure MSTi........................................................................................952
Table 136 Manage VPLS .........................................................................................954
Table 137 View VPLS...............................................................................................960
Table 138 Layer 2 service types...............................................................................964
Table 139 Configure VPLS.......................................................................................964
Table 140 Configure v-VPLS....................................................................................965
Table 141 Configure m-VPLS...................................................................................965
Table 142 Configure E-PIPE ....................................................................................965
Table 143 Configure MSTi........................................................................................973
Table 144 Configure SDP.........................................................................................975
Table 145 Manage layer 2 services..........................................................................978
Table 146 View layer 2 services...............................................................................987

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 147 Configure a VPLS management router ...................................................997
Table 148 Configure routing policies ......................................................................1005
Table 149 Configure admin policy statements .......................................................1008
Table 150 Configure admin policies .......................................................................1010
Table 151 Base router protocols ............................................................................1016
Table 152 Configure base routers ..........................................................................1016
Table 153 Manage base routers.............................................................................1029
Table 154 View base routers..................................................................................1036
Table 155 IP routes for a base router.....................................................................1037
Table 156 Base router statistics .............................................................................1042
Table 157 Configure BGP for a base router ...........................................................1046
Table 158 Manage BGP for a base router..............................................................1048
Table 159 View BGP and BGP path information for a base router ........................1052
Table 160 Configure IS-IS for a base router...........................................................1055
Table 161 Manage and view IS-IS for a base router ..............................................1059
Table 162 OSPF network area types .....................................................................1063
Table 163 Configure OSPF for a base router.........................................................1064
Table 164 Manage OSPF for a base router ...........................................................1067
Table 165 View OSPF for a base router.................................................................1071
65 Configure RIP............................................................................1077
Table 166 Configure RIP ........................................................................................1077
Table 167 Guidelines for RIP interface parameters ...............................................1079
Table 168 Configure LDP for a base router............................................................1081
Table 169 Configure MPLS for a base router.........................................................1087
68 Configure LLDP ........................................................................1095
Table 170 View LLDP.............................................................................................1095
Table 171 Configure RSVP for a base router.........................................................1099
Table 172 Configure IGMP for a base router .........................................................1103
Table 173 Configure PIM for a base router ............................................................1113
72 Layer 3 services........................................................................1119
Table 174 Layer 3 services ....................................................................................1119

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
73 Configure IES ............................................................................1121

Table 175 Configure IES ........................................................................................1121
Table 176 Configure VPRN service........................................................................1128
Table 177 Configure VPRN router and VPRN router IP interfaces ........................1131
Table 178 VPRN router protocols...........................................................................1132
Table 179 Manage VPRN routers ..........................................................................1139
Table 180 View VPRN routers and router statistics ...............................................1145
Table 181 IP routes for VPRN router......................................................................1146
Table 182 VPRN router statistics ...........................................................................1150
Table 183 Configure BGP for VPRN ......................................................................1153
Table 184 Manage BGP for VPRN.........................................................................1155
Table 185 View BGP for VPRN ..............................................................................1161
Table 186 Configure RIP for VPRN........................................................................1163
Table 187 Manage RIP for VPRN ..........................................................................1165
Table 188 View RIP for VPRN................................................................................1167
Table 189 Configure OSPF for VPRN ....................................................................1171
Table 190 Manage OSPF for VPRN.......................................................................1175
Table 191 View OSPF for VPRN and VPRN router IP interface ............................1179
Table 192 Configure IGMP for VPRN.....................................................................1183
Table 193 Configure PIM for VPRN .......................................................................1189
81 Configure OSPF ........................................................................1197
Table 194 OSPF network area types .....................................................................1197
Table 195 Configure OSPF ....................................................................................1198
82 Configure RIP............................................................................1203
Table 196 Configure RIP ........................................................................................1203
Table 197 Guidelines for RIP interface parameters ...............................................1205
83 Configure ARP ..........................................................................1207
Table 198 Configure and manage ARP..................................................................1207
84 Configure VRF...........................................................................1211
Table 199 Configure VRF.......................................................................................1211
Table 200 Guidelines for SHub VRF parameters ...................................................1213
85 Configure DHCP........................................................................1217
Table 201 Configure DHCP....................................................................................1217
Table 202 Configure IP interfaces ..........................................................................1221

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
87 Configure MSTP........................................................................1227
Table 203 Configure MSTP statistics .....................................................................1227
Table 204 Configure IGMP multicast......................................................................1235
Table 205 Ports for IGMP multicast........................................................................1248
Table 206 Configure IGMP multicast on an ONT ...................................................1249
89 Managing links..........................................................................1257
Table 207 Topology state icons..............................................................................1258
Table 208 Link operations ......................................................................................1258
Table 209 Link status icons ....................................................................................1259
Table 210 IP Prefix to OLT ID Mapping for OLTs with Max limit of 32 ONTs
per PON: unchecked (i.e. false) ............................................................1262
Table 211 Create link parameters ..........................................................................1263
Table 212 Guidelines for configuring link parameters ............................................1264
Table 213 Media Gateway parameters ..................................................................1272
Table 214 Upgrading NE software .........................................................................1280
Table 215 Upgrading ONT software (5520 AMS-controlled ONT software
activation) ..............................................................................................1283
Table 216 Upgrading ONT software (NE-controlled ONT software activation) ......1284
Table 217 Migrating ISAM NE software and database...........................................1286
Table 218 Software management user account functions .....................................1287
Table 219 End-to-end process for NE software upgrade, ONT software
upgrade, and NE database migration....................................................1291
Table 220 Creating an NE software release...........................................................1297
Table 221 Create NE Release parameter descriptions ..........................................1300
Table 222 Create External SW Release parameters .............................................1304
Table 223 File server parameters...........................................................................1305
Table 224 NE release mapping parameters...........................................................1307
Table 225 Downloading software to the NE from the Network or Software
Perspective............................................................................................1313
Table 226 Redownloading software to the NE from the Network or Software
Perspective............................................................................................1317
Table 227 Aborting software download on the NE from the Network or
Software Perspective.............................................................................1318
Table 228 Activating software on the NE from the Network or Software
Perspective............................................................................................1319
Table 229 Committing software on the NE from the Network or Software
Perspective............................................................................................1321
Table 230 Verifying software on the NE from the network or software
perspective ............................................................................................1322
Table 231 Aborting NE software verification from the Network or Software
Perspective............................................................................................1322
Table 232 NE Software upgrade or migration status in the Action Details view.....1325
Table 233 Creating an ONT software release ........................................................1327
Table 234 ONT release parameters for main or maintenance release ..................1329
Table 235 ONT release parameters for a third-party ONT .....................................1332
Table 236 ONT release parameters for emergency fixes.......................................1334

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 237 ONT software release parameters ........................................................1336

Table 238 ONT release mapping parameters ........................................................1337
Table 239 Downloading ONT software to the NE from the Network or
Table 240 Create ONT parameters ........................................................................1342
Table 241 Use ONT Software Version Control Table parameter ...........................1346
Table 242 Guidelines for creating ONT Software Version Control .........................1347
Table 243 ONT Download Status...........................................................................1352
Table 244 Detailed ONT Download Status.............................................................1353
Table 245 ONT Download Status...........................................................................1355
Table 246 Possible states reported in the Download Status fields.........................1356
Table 247 Viewing or deleting the ONT software from the Network or the
Table 248 Steps to delete ONT configuration file...................................................1358
Table 249 Migrating NE software and database from the Network or Software
Perspective............................................................................................1361
Table 250 EPON ONT software upgrade procedures ............................................1370
Table 251 ONT upgrade modes .............................................................................1373
Table 252 ONT SW file selection options...............................................................1373
92 PM collection.............................................................................1383
Table 253 Configure PM collection.........................................................................1383
93 Counters ....................................................................................1413
Table 254 Counters ................................................................................................1414
Table 255 Options for troubleshooting counters.....................................................1418
Table 256 Results for start troubleshooting counters .............................................1420
94 Mirror services ..........................................................................1433
Table 257 Configure a mirror service .....................................................................1433
Table 258 View optical measurements...................................................................1437
96 Configure CFM ..........................................................................1441
Table 259 Configure CFM ......................................................................................1441
Table 260 Guidelines for maintenance association parameters.............................1444
Table 261 Guidelines for bridge port maintenance endpoint parameters...............1447
Table 262 Configure OTDR....................................................................................1453
Table 263 Fault icons .............................................................................................1456
Table 264 End-to-end resource path objects .........................................................1459
Table 265 Troubleshooting.....................................................................................1463
100 Test overview ............................................................................1473
Table 266 NE tests .................................................................................................1474
Table 267 Line test operations ...............................................................................1475

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 268 Metallic ended line test objects..............................................................1482
109 Overview....................................................................................1535
Table 269 LT Session Input ErrCode - status and description ...............................1536
Table 270 ERROR CODE - status and description ................................................1537
Table 271 Additional clarification for the error codes .............................................1538
Table 272 Test Detail Status - status and description ............................................1541
Table 273 Test state and description .....................................................................1543
Table 274 TestResult values and description.........................................................1543
Table 275 Status values and description................................................................1544
Table 276 STATUS values and description............................................................1544
Table 277 SHOW_SFP_DIAG_AND_INVENTORY_TEST Output ........................1548
Table 279 PORT_LOCK Output .............................................................................1550
Table 280 PORT_UNLOCK Output........................................................................1552
Table 281 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST Input ...............................................................1553
Table 282 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST Output.............................................................1554
Table 283 LINK_TRACE_TEST Input ....................................................................1555
Table 284 LINK_TRACE_TEST Output .................................................................1555
Table 285 SYNTHETIC_LOSS_MEASUREMENT_TEST Input ............................1557
Table 286 SYNTHETIC_LOSS_MEASUREMENT_TEST Output..........................1557
Table 293 ENABLE_SGMII_LOCAL_LOOPBACK Output.....................................1567
Table 294 DISABLE_SGMII_LOCAL_LOOPBACK Output....................................1568
Table 295 ENABLE_SGMII_REMOTE_LOOPBACK Output .................................1569
Table 296 DISABLE_SGMII_REMOTE_LOOPBACK Output ................................1570
Table 297 START_EFMOAM Input ........................................................................1571
Table 298 START_EFMOAM Output .....................................................................1572
Table 299 STOP_EFMOAM Output .......................................................................1573
Table 300 ENABLE_IDLE_PM Input ......................................................................1574
Table 301 ENABLE_IDLE_PM Output ...................................................................1574
Table 302 DISABLE_IDLE_PM Output ..................................................................1575
Table 303 INITIATE_ONOFF_ROGUE_TEST Output ...........................................1577
Table 304 INITIATE_PATTERN_ROGUE_TEST Output.......................................1578
Table 305 DISABLE_ROGUE_TEST Output .........................................................1579
Table 308 INITIATE_LOOPBACK Input .................................................................1583
Table 309 INITIATE_LOOPBACK Output ..............................................................1583
Table 310 RELEASE_LOOPBACK Output ............................................................1584

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 320 IP_HOST_PING_TEST Input ................................................................1595
Table 321 IP_HOST_PING_TEST Output .............................................................1596
Table 326 RESET Output.......................................................................................1603
Table 327 RESOURCE_SELF_TEST Output ........................................................1604
Table 340 DISABLE_BKGD_ROGUE_TEST Output .............................................1620
Table 341 INITIATE_BKGD_ROGUE_TEST Input ................................................1621
Table 342 INITIATE_BKGD_ROGUE_TEST Output .............................................1622
Table 345 INITIATE_ALIEN_TEST Output ............................................................1625
Table 346 DISABLE_ALIEN_TEST Output ............................................................1626
Table 347 INITIATE_BKGD_ALIEN_TEST Input ...................................................1627
Table 348 INITIATE_BKGD_ALIEN_TEST Output ................................................1627
Table 349 DISABLE_BKGD_ALIEN_TEST Output................................................1629
Table 350 METALLIC_LINE_TEST Input...............................................................1630
Table 351 METALLIC_LINE_TEST Output ............................................................1631
Table 352 SIP_DIAL_TONE_TEST Input...............................................................1634
Table 353 SIP_DIAL_TONE_TEST Output............................................................1634
Table 354 H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST Input............................................................1635
Table 355 H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST Output .........................................................1636
Table 359 METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Input ................................................1642
Table 360 METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Output .............................................1642
Table 361 SEARCH_TONE_TEST Input ...............................................................1649

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 362 SEARCH_TONE_TEST Output.............................................................1650

Table 363 CANCEL_SEARCH_TONE_TEST Input...............................................1652
Table 364 CANCEL_SEARCH_TONE_TEST Output ............................................1652
Table 365 CANCEL_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Input................................1653
Table 366 CANCEL_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Output.............................1653
Table 367 COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Input........................1655
Table 368 COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Output .....................1655
Table 369 CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Input .......1663
Table 370 CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Output ....1664
Table 373 LINK_LOCK Input..................................................................................1667
Table 374 LINK_LOCK Output ...............................................................................1667
Table 375 LINK_UNLOCK Input.............................................................................1668
Table 376 LINK_UNLOCK Output..........................................................................1668
Table 377 STATUS_SEARCH_TONE_TEST Input ...............................................1669
Table 378 STATUS_SEARCH_TONE_TEST Output ............................................1670
Table 379 SHOW_BUSY_PORT Output................................................................1671
Table 380 NARROWBAND_LINE_TEST Input ......................................................1673
Table 381 NARROWBAND_LINE_TEST Output ...................................................1675
Table 382 INWARD_TEST Input............................................................................1682
Table 383 INWARD_TEST Output .........................................................................1684
Table 387 TEST_ACCESS_SESSION Input..........................................................1692
Table 388 TEST_ACCESS_SESSION Output.......................................................1693
Table 389 CANCEL_TEST_ACCESS_SESSION Output ......................................1694
Table 390 COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST Input.........................................................1696
Table 391 COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST Output ......................................................1698
Table 392 CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST Output .....................................1706
Table 395 LONGITUDINAL_CURRENT_TEST Input ............................................1710
Table 396 LONGITUDINAL_CURRENT_TEST Output .........................................1710

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 412 RESET Input..........................................................................................1758
Table 426 CANCEL_NBLT_LINE_TEST Output....................................................1772
Table 435 LOOPBACK_TEST Output....................................................................1782
Table 436 LOOP_DIAGNOSTICS_TEST Output...................................................1784
Table 445 HAZARDOUS_POTENTIAL_VOLTAGE_TEST Input...........................1796
Table 446 HAZARDOUS_POTENTIAL_VOLTAGE_TEST Output ........................1797
Table 447 FOREIGN_EMF_TEST Input ................................................................1799
Table 448 FOREIGN_EMF_TEST Output..............................................................1800
Table 449 RESISTIVE_FAULTS_TEST Input........................................................1802
Table 450 RESISTIVE_FAULTS_TEST Output .....................................................1803
Table 451 RECEIVER_OFFHOOK_TEST Output .................................................1805
Table 452 RINGERS_TEST Input ..........................................................................1807
Table 453 RINGERS_TEST Output .......................................................................1808
Table 454 DRAW_AND_BREAK_DIALTONE_DELAY_TEST Input......................1809
Table 455 DRAW_AND_BREAK_DIALTONE_DELAY_TEST Output ...................1810
Table 456 NARROWBAND_LINE_VOICE_TEST Output ......................................1812
Table 457 SEARCH_TONE_VOICE_TEST Input ..................................................1816
Table 458 SEARCH_TONE_VOICE_TEST Output ...............................................1817
Table 459 CANCEL_SEARCH_TONE_VOICE_TEST Output...............................1819

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 460 INWARD_VOICE_TEST Input...............................................................1820

Table 461 INWARD_VOICE_TEST Output............................................................1820
Table 465 SELT_TEST Input .................................................................................1830
Table 466 SELT_TEST Output...............................................................................1831
Table 467 CANCEL_SELT_TEST Output ..............................................................1834
Table 468 POTS_LINE_TEST Input.......................................................................1835
Table 469 POTS_LINE_TEST Output....................................................................1835
Table 481 ENABLE_CARRIER_DATA_COLLECTION Output..............................1861
Table 482 ENABLE_CARRIER_DATA_COLLECTION_ON_INIT Output..............1862
Table 483 DISABLE_CARRIER_DATA_COLLECTION Output.............................1863

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 509 STATUS_LOOPBACK_TONE_TEST Output........................................1896

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 718 INITIATE_BKGD_STUCK_LASER_TEST Output.................................2217
Table 719 DISABLE_BKGD_STUCK_LASER_TEST Output ................................2218

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 835 SIP_ISDN_TEST_ACCESS_SESSION Input .......................................2353
Table 836 SIP_ISDN_TEST_ACCESS_SESSION Output ....................................2354
Table 837 SIP_ISDN_CANCEL_TEST_ACCESS_SESSION Output....................2355
Table 838 REMOTE_LOOPBACK_START_TEST Input .......................................2357
Table 839 REMOTE_LOOPBACK_START_TEST Output.....................................2357
Table 840 PAYLOAD_LOOPBACK_START_TEST Input......................................2360
Table 841 PAYLOAD_LOOPBACK_START_TEST Output ...................................2360
Table 842 REMOTE_LOOPBACK_CANCEL_TEST Output..................................2362
Table 843 PAYLOAD_LOOPBACK_CANCEL_TEST Output ................................2364
Table 844 LOCAL_LOOPBACK_TEST Input.........................................................2365
Table 845 LOCAL_LOOPBACK_TEST Output ......................................................2365
Table 846 CABLE_LOOPBACK_TEST Input.........................................................2367
Table 847 CABLE_LOOPBACK_TEST Output ......................................................2368

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 870 FORCE_RING_SUBSCRIBER_TEST Input .........................................2416
Table 871 FORCE_RING_SUBSCRIBER_TEST Output.......................................2416
Table 872 CANCEL_FORCE_RING_SUBSCRIBER_TEST Output ......................2419
Table 873 SHOW_SIP_PORT_STATE Output ......................................................2420

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 901 MELT_RESET Output ...........................................................................2480
Table 902 MELT_SELF_TEST Output ...................................................................2482
Table 903 SHOW_SIP_PORT_STATE Input .........................................................2483

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 958 CONFIGURE_LLU_RELAY Input..........................................................2573
Table 959 CONFIGURE_LLU_RELAY Output.......................................................2574
Table 960 SHOW_LLU_RELAY Output .................................................................2575
Table 974 MC_LOOPBACK_TEST Input ...............................................................2595
Table 975 MC_LOOPBACK_TEST Output ............................................................2595
Table 995 CLEAR_STATISTICS_CPE Output.......................................................2617

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 996 SHOW_CPE_OPERATIONAL_DATA Output .......................................2619

Table 997 SHOW_CPE_TRAFFIC_STATISTICS Output ......................................2620
Table 1028 DISABLE_SFP_POWER Output ...........................................................2654
Table 1029 ENABLE_SFP_POWER Output ............................................................2655

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 1162 VOICE_DIAGNOSIS_CALL_TEST Input ..............................................2836
Table 1163 VOICE_DIAGNOSIS_CALL_TEST Output ...........................................2837

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 1235 FORCE_RING_VOICE_PORT_SUBSCRIBER_TEST Input ................2961
Table 1236 FORCE_RING_VOICE_PORT_SUBSCRIBER_TEST Output .............2961
Table 1237 CANCEL_FORCE_RING_VOICE_PORT_SUBSCRIBER_TEST
Output....................................................................................................2963

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 1265 REBOOT_CPE Output ..........................................................................3013

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 1296 CROSSSHELF_FORCED_SWITCHOVER Output...............................3053
Table 1297 ENABLE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION_GROUP Output .................3054
Table 1298 DISABLE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION_GROUP Output ................3055

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 1348 CONFIGURE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION Input ............................3108
Table 1349 CONFIGURE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION Output .........................3108
Table 1350 UNCONFIGURE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION Output ....................3110
Table 1351 SHOW_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION Output....................................3111

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Output....................................................................................................3401

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 1601 CROSSSHELF_FORCED_SWITCHOVER Output...............................3491
Table 1602 ENABLE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION_GROUP Output .................3492
Table 1603 DISABLE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION_GROUP Output ................3493

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Table 1653 CONFIGURE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION Input ............................3546
Table 1654 CONFIGURE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION Output .........................3546
Table 1655 UNCONFIGURE_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION Output ....................3548
Table 1656 SHOW_CROSSSHELF_PROTECTION Output....................................3549

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Output....................................................................................................3839

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
List of procedures
1 Preface.........................................................................................297
Procedure 1 Example of NE navigation convention.....................................................301
Procedure 2 To search multiple PDF files for a term ...................................................303
4 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM plug-ins..............343
Procedure 3 To configure NE plug-in settings .............................................................345
Procedure 4 To configure the IACM and SHub network connections..........................358
Procedure 5 To configure the IACM and IHub network connections ...........................361
Procedure 6 To configure SNMPv2 .............................................................................364
Procedure 7 To configure SNMPv3 .............................................................................365
Procedure 8 To confirm network connectivity ..............................................................370
Procedure 9 To create the NE in the 5520 AMS GUI ..................................................370
Procedure 10 To configure subracks and expansion modules ......................................371
Procedure 11 To unplan a subrack ................................................................................372
Procedure 12 To plan a board .......................................................................................373
Procedure 13 To replan a board ....................................................................................374
Procedure 14 To view host and extension status ..........................................................374
Procedure 15 To configure DB encryption key ..............................................................375
Procedure 16 To perform a FIPS test ............................................................................376
Procedure 17 To reset the NE .......................................................................................376
Procedure 18 To remove technical support files on an NE............................................377
Procedure 19 To Unlock a CLI user...............................................................................378
Procedure 20 To configure TechSupport system parameters .......................................379
Procedure 21 To generate debug file in the NE.............................................................379
Procedure 22 To remove all debug file in the NE ..........................................................380
Procedure 23 To view TechSupport session details ......................................................380
Procedure 24 To create an AI platform ..........................................................................382
Procedure 25 To create an AI application......................................................................382
Procedure 26 To create an AI platform application........................................................383
Procedure 27 To lock an AI platform..............................................................................383
Procedure 28 To unlock an AI platform..........................................................................384
Procedure 29 To configure cluster system parameters .................................................386
Procedure 30 To configure cluster ports ........................................................................387
Procedure 31 To configure clock priorities.....................................................................390
Procedure 32 To configure SSM....................................................................................390
Procedure 33 To configure synchronized Ethernet........................................................391
Procedure 34 To configure IEEE1588 ...........................................................................391
Procedure 35 To configure PTP master clock profile.....................................................392
Procedure 36 To configure PTP master clock on an Ethernet port................................392
Procedure 37 To view current PTP master clock details ...............................................393

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 38 To view PTP link ports details .................................................................393

Procedure 39 To view visible PTP master clock details.................................................394
Procedure 40 To view slot NTR PTP master and client details .....................................394
Procedure 41 To view ONT NTR PTP master and client details ...................................394
Procedure 42 To configure NTR T4 ...............................................................................395
Procedure 43 To create an NTR SSM Out port .............................................................395
Procedure 44 To configure an SNTP server ..................................................................396
Procedure 45 To configure an NTP server ....................................................................397
Procedure 46 To view NTP peers ..................................................................................398
Procedure 47 To view NTP instance information...........................................................398
Procedure 48 To unlock NTP instance ..........................................................................398
Procedure 49 To view NTP client information................................................................399
Procedure 50 To configure ToD System Parameters ....................................................399
Procedure 51 To configure ToD System Redundancy...................................................400
configuration...............................................................................401
Procedure 52 To create an end-to-end configuration ....................................................428
Procedure 53 To configure trap destination ...................................................................429
Procedure 54 To create media gateway ........................................................................432
Procedure 55 To view VoIP gateway information ..........................................................432
Procedure 56 To view voice system information............................................................432
11 Configure TL1 .............................................................................433
Procedure 57 To configure TL1 security system parameters ........................................434
Procedure 58 To configure TL1 users............................................................................435
Procedure 59 To configure TL1 commands...................................................................436
Procedure 60 To configure TL1 ports ............................................................................436
Procedure 61 To configure an Ethernet network port ....................................................440
Procedure 62 To add or remove SHub VLANS for an Ethernet port .............................440
Procedure 63 To configure an Ethernet uplink group ....................................................441
Procedure 64 To view SHub VLANS for an Ethernet port .............................................442
Procedure 65 To configure an Ethernet port..................................................................443
Procedure 66 To view Ethernet port traffic counters, Ethernet counters and
statistics...................................................................................................444
Procedure 67 To clear Ethernet port statistics ...............................................................445
Procedure 68 To clear all Ethernet port statistics ..........................................................445
Procedure 69 To clear Ethernet port counters ...............................................................446
Procedure 70 To list/delete SAPs that use an Ethernet port..........................................446
Procedure 71 To list/delete Ethernet paths....................................................................447
Procedure 72 To list/delete IP Interfaces .......................................................................447
Procedure 73 To configure NTR SSM Out SyncE .........................................................448
Procedure 74 To modify a port group ............................................................................449
Procedure 75 To configure IHub system parameters ....................................................449
Procedure 76 To enable or disable sliding window........................................................450
Procedure 77 To configure Ethernet NT ports using the Object Details view ................451
Procedure 78 To configure an NT bridge port on an Ethernet port................................451

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 79 To configure link aggregation on an Ethernet NT port.............................452

Procedure 80 To add links to link aggregation group.....................................................453
Procedure 81 To remove links from link aggregation group ..........................................453
Procedure 82 To configure link aggregation system parameters on the SHub..............456
Procedure 83 To configure SHub link aggregation ........................................................457
Procedure 84 To add links to an aggregation group ......................................................457
Procedure 85 To remove links from an aggregation group............................................458
Procedure 86 To view link aggregators on the SHub.....................................................459
Procedure 87 To manage link aggregation ....................................................................459
Procedure 88 To aggregate unused ports .....................................................................460
Procedure 89 To deaggregate ports ..............................................................................461
Procedure 90 To configure link aggregation system parameters...................................464
Procedure 91 To create a link aggregation group..........................................................464
Procedure 92 To create LAG link map profile ................................................................465
Procedure 93 To create LAG link map association........................................................465
Procedure 94 To add a port to a link aggregation group................................................466
Procedure 95 To list/delete SAPs for link aggregation group ........................................466
Procedure 96 To list/delete Ethernet paths for link aggregation group ..........................467
Procedure 97 To configure a link aggregation subgroup ...............................................468
Procedure 98 To add a port to a link aggregation subgroup..........................................468
Procedure 99 To remove a port from a link aggregation group .....................................469
Procedure 100 To view link aggregation group traffic counters .......................................469
Procedure 101 To clear link aggregation group statistics ................................................470
Procedure 102 To view aggregated ports ........................................................................470
Procedure 103 To configure Ethernet link OAM ..............................................................472
Procedure 104 To create an EFM Bridge Port.................................................................472
Procedure 105 To initiate 802.3ah loopback on an EFM bridge port...............................473
Procedure 106 To release 802.3ah loopback on an EFM bridge port .............................474
Procedure 107 To retrieve MAC attributes for Ethernet OAM peer entities .....................474
Procedure 108 To retrieve PME attributes for Ethernet OAM peer entities .....................475
Procedure 109 To view 802.3ah loopback parameters on EFM bridge port....................476
16 Configure PCCP..........................................................................477
Procedure 110 To enable or disable PCCP .....................................................................478
Procedure 111 To create a PCCP group .........................................................................478
Procedure 112 To turn manual switchover on or off ........................................................479
Procedure 113 To configure a mirror port ........................................................................482
Procedure 114 To enable a mirror port ............................................................................482
Procedure 115 To disable a mirror port ...........................................................................483
Procedure 116 To view mirror port configuration .............................................................483
Procedure 117 To configure ISAM voice packet mirroring...............................................484
Procedure 118 To enable 802.1x authentication on the NE ............................................488

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 119 To configure 802.1x authentication for subscribers.................................488

Procedure 120 To initialize 802.1x authentication for subscribers...................................489
Procedure 121 To view 802.1x statistics or diagnostics counters....................................489
Procedure 122 To clear the 802.1x statistics ...................................................................490
Procedure 123 To create a keychain ...............................................................................492
Procedure 124 To create a key........................................................................................492
Procedure 125 To create a local user database ..............................................................495
Procedure 126 To create a DHCP host ...........................................................................496
Procedure 127 To create a DHCP options.......................................................................496
21 Configure syslog server.............................................................499
Procedure 128 To create a syslog sever .........................................................................499
Procedure 129 To create a syslog message....................................................................500
Procedure 130 To create log identification.......................................................................500
Procedure 131 To create remote syslog collector............................................................501
22 Configuring SSH public key of the ISAM NE............................503
Procedure 132 To configure SSH server .........................................................................504
Procedure 133 To generate SSH server public key.........................................................504
Procedure 134 To configure SSH system parameters.....................................................505
Procedure 135 To generate authentication key ...............................................................505
Procedure 136 To configure the slot mode of the subrack ..............................................510
Procedure 137 To accept all installed LT and NT units ...................................................511
Procedure 138 To plan LT and NT units and appliques...................................................511
Procedure 139 To apply profiles to an LT unit .................................................................512
Procedure 140 To configure LT or NT equipment protection switching ...........................513
Procedure 141 To create voice user port.........................................................................514
Procedure 142 To lock NT or LT protection group...........................................................515
Procedure 143 To unlock NT or LT protection group.......................................................516
Procedure 144 To reset LT and NT units.........................................................................517
Procedure 145 To power up or power down a unit ..........................................................518
Procedure 146 To unplan LT and NT units and appliques...............................................518
Procedure 147 To manually clear LT unit alarms ............................................................519
Procedure 148 To clear number of LT restarts ................................................................520
Procedure 149 To view restart information ......................................................................521
Procedure 150 To view LT or NT protection group information .......................................521
Procedure 151 To switch activity on LT or NT units.........................................................522
Procedure 152 To perform switchover and Allow switchover on LT or NT protection
group .......................................................................................................523
Procedure 153 To perform forced switchover on NT protection group ............................524
Procedure 154 To configure an Ethernet port..................................................................528
Procedure 155 To configure an Ethernet bridge port on an Ethernet port .......................529
Procedure 156 To configure an Ethernet NTR SSM Out Port on an Ethernet port or
Fast Ethernet LT port...............................................................................529

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 157 To configure QoS DSL on an Ethernet port.............................................530

Procedure 158 To view the Ethernet LT port or Fast Ethernet LT port OAM event
log............................................................................................................530
Procedure 159 To configure link aggregation on an Ethernet LT port or Fast
Ethernet (FE) LT port...............................................................................531
Procedure 160 To add links to link aggregation group.....................................................531
Procedure 161 To remove links from link aggregation group ..........................................532
Procedure 162 To configure an FE LT port......................................................................533
Procedure 163 To configure an FE MSTP port................................................................533
Procedure 164 To retrieve MAC attributes for Fast Ethernet LT port ..............................533
Procedure 165 To configure bridge port on Fast Ethernet LT port ..................................534
Procedure 166 To view Ethernet port information on an LT unit......................................534
Procedure 167 To view the status of aggregated links on an Ethernet LT port ...............535
25 Configure SFP.............................................................................537
Procedure 168 To configure uplink and downlink SFPs ..................................................538
Procedure 169 To configure SFP RSSI profile ................................................................539
Procedure 170 To configure the RSSI state ....................................................................539
Procedure 171 To configure the SFP power status .........................................................540
Procedure 172 To view SFP configuration.......................................................................541
Procedure 173 To view SFP connectivity status on LT and NT units ..............................541
Procedure 174 To configure a dual-hosted REM.............................................................542
Procedure 175 To view a dual-hosted REM ....................................................................543
Procedure 176 To configure the E1/DS1 port on an SFP ................................................544
Procedure 177 To configure tributaries on the E1/DS1 port ............................................545
Procedure 178 To perform software reset on the E1/DS1 port........................................546
Procedure 179 To perform LIU reset on the E1/DS1 port................................................546
26 Configure QoS ............................................................................551
Procedure 180 To configure QoS system parameters.....................................................554
Procedure 181 To create a QoS profile ...........................................................................555
Procedure 182 To configure QoS mapping parameters ..................................................556
Procedure 183 To create a QoS policy ............................................................................557
Procedure 184 To create a QoS ingress access DSCP ..................................................558
Procedure 185 To create a QoS ingress access TOS precedence .................................559
Procedure 186 To create a QoS ingress access or ingress network 802.1p ...................559
Procedure 187 To create a QoS ingress network LSP EXP ............................................560
Procedure 188 To create a QoS ingress LSR network LSP EXP ....................................561
Procedure 189 To create a QoS egress network forwarding class..................................561
Procedure 190 To view the QoS system parameters for the SHub .................................562
Procedure 191 To copy a QOS policy..............................................................................562
Procedure 192 To edit multiple QoS profiles ...................................................................563
Procedure 193 To view QoS parameters on a CES, Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, or
VEIP port .................................................................................................564
Procedure 194 To view QoS resource pool details..........................................................564
Procedure 195 To configure CPU protocol rate limit parameters ....................................565
Procedure 196 To configure filter system parameters .....................................................568
Procedure 197 To create an IHub filter ............................................................................568
Procedure 198 To create a filter rule................................................................................569

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 199 To copy a filter and rule ...........................................................................570

Procedure 200 To clear filter counters .............................................................................570
Procedure 201 To clear filter rule counters ......................................................................570
Procedure 202 To renumber a CPU filter or CPU IPv6 filter............................................571
Procedure 203 To renumber a filter rule ..........................................................................571
Procedure 204 To view filter action..................................................................................572
Procedure 205 To create an environmental alarm profile ................................................574
Procedure 206 To view capability profiles........................................................................575
Procedure 207 To create a voice profile ..........................................................................578
Procedure 208 To create an xDSL line spectrum profile .................................................585
Procedure 209 To create an xDSL line service profile.....................................................587
Procedure 210 To create an xDSL DPBO profile.............................................................588
Procedure 211 To create an xDSL RTX profile................................................................589
Procedure 212 To create an xDSL VCE profile ...............................................................590
Procedure 213 To create an xDSL VECT profile .............................................................590
Procedure 214 To create an xDSL SOS profile ...............................................................590
Procedure 215 To create an xDSL Legacy UPBO profile ................................................591
Procedure 216 To create override xDSL profile data.......................................................592
Procedure 217 To configure xDSL system parameters ...................................................593
Procedure 218 To configure an xDSL port ......................................................................593
Procedure 219 To enable or disable auto-switch reconfiguration on xDSL port ..............594
Procedure 220 To configure auto-switch for xDSL port ...................................................595
Procedure 221 To configure LLU relay on xDSL port .....................................................595
Procedure 222 To show LLU relay state for xDSL port....................................................596
Procedure 223 To configure an SHDSL span..................................................................597
Procedure 224 To configure an SHDSL unit....................................................................597
Procedure 225 To create an L2CP partition.....................................................................597
Procedure 226 To configure SHDSL power backoff ........................................................598
Procedure 227 To configure an xDSL port or SHDSL span queue..................................598
Procedure 228 To configure distributed IP interface........................................................598
Procedure 229 To configure MPLS Insegment Labels ....................................................599
Procedure 230 To configure MPLS static LSPs...............................................................600
Procedure 231 To associate IMA links with an IMA group...............................................600
Procedure 232 To bring down and bring up a SHDSL line ..............................................601
Procedure 233 To perform actions on an E1 port ............................................................601
Procedure 234 To enable carrier data collection for an xDSL port ..................................602
Procedure 235 To configure the fallback mode for vectoring...........................................603
Procedure 236 To view xDSL and SHDSL port information on an LT unit ......................604
Procedure 237 To view carrier data for an xDSL port......................................................604
Procedure 238 To configure a VCE profile and associate it to a board ...........................609
Procedure 239 To modify a VCE profile...........................................................................611
Procedure 240 To configure the mapping between the VP board and SLV LT
boards......................................................................................................612

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 241 To configure a line with an xDSL vectoring profile ..................................613

Procedure 242 To modify an xDSL vectoring profile........................................................615
Procedure 243 To delete an xDSL vectoring profile ........................................................615
Procedure 244 To monitor xDSL vectoring lines..............................................................617
Procedure 245 To delete a VCE profile ...........................................................................619
Procedure 246 To view the system level group vectoring mapping between the VP
board and SLV LT boards .......................................................................622
32 Configure G.Fast.........................................................................623
Procedure 247 To create a G.Fast Noise Margin Profile .................................................625
Procedure 248 To create a G.Fast FRA Profile ...............................................................625
Procedure 249 To create a G.Fast TDD Profile ...............................................................626
Procedure 250 To create a G.Fast Line Spectrum Profile ...............................................627
Procedure 251 To create a G.Fast Downstream Data Rate Profile .................................627
Procedure 252 To create a G.Fast Re-Initialization Profile..............................................628
Procedure 253 To create a G.Fast Upstream Data Rate Profile......................................629
Procedure 254 To create a G.Fast RFI Profile.................................................................629
Procedure 255 To create a G.Fast VCE Profile ...............................................................630
Procedure 256 To create a G.Fast RTX Profile ...............................................................631
Procedure 257 To create a G.Fast UPBO Profile ............................................................631
Procedure 258 To create a G.Fast VECT Profile.............................................................632
Procedure 259 To create a G.Fast VoP Profile................................................................633
Procedure 260 To create a G.hs Profile...........................................................................633
Procedure 261 To create an xDSL bonding group profile................................................636
Procedure 262 To create an xDSL bonding group RTX profile........................................637
Procedure 263 To create L2CP partition..........................................................................638
Procedure 264 To configure bonding system parameters ...............................................639
Procedure 265 To configure chipset-level bonding..........................................................639
Procedure 266 To configure board-level bonding ............................................................640
Procedure 267 To unconfigure bonding...........................................................................641
Procedure 268 To view bonding configuration, operational, and failure information .......642
Procedure 269 To view bonding link status .....................................................................642
Procedure 270 To clean up ports, spans, and groups .....................................................644
35 Configure VLANs ........................................................................647
Procedure 271 To configure the Ethernet system parameters ........................................651
Procedure 272 To configure an Ethernet priority profile ..................................................651
Procedure 273 To create a VLAN ....................................................................................652
Procedure 274 To create an SHub VLAN ........................................................................654
Procedure 275 To configure a static MAC address .........................................................656
Procedure 276 To configure an NT VLAN port static MAC address ................................657
Procedure 277 To create an L2 eligible MAC address ....................................................658
Procedure 278 To create a VLAN port association to IPoX .............................................658
Procedure 279 To create a VLAN port association to a bridge port.................................659
Procedure 280 To create a VLAN port association on an NT bridge port........................660
Procedure 281 To create a VLAN IP filter........................................................................661
Procedure 282 To create a VLAN gateway......................................................................662

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 283 To create pbit traffic counters ..................................................................662

Procedure 284 To create eight pbit traffic counters .........................................................663
Procedure 285 To create multicast VLAN translation ......................................................664
Procedure 286 To create an IPv4 user ............................................................................665
Procedure 287 To create an Ethernet IPv6 user..............................................................666
Procedure 288 To create an IPv6 user ............................................................................666
Procedure 289 To create a GPON IPv6 user...................................................................667
Procedure 290 To remove VLAN associations ................................................................668
Procedure 291 To view VLAN information .......................................................................668
Procedure 292 To view VLAN configured bridge ports ....................................................669
Procedure 293 To view VLAN association interfaces ......................................................669
Procedure 294 To view VLAN port associations..............................................................670
Procedure 295 To view current MAC addresses .............................................................670
Procedure 296 To search L2 Collision Cyclic Buffer........................................................670
Procedure 297 To configure Ethernet LT VLAN Association Interface ............................672
Procedure 298 To view Ethernet LT Troubleshooting Counters ......................................672
Procedure 299 To start, stop, clear, and show troubleshooting counters on
Ethernet LT VLAN Association Interface .................................................672
Procedure 300 To view QoS VLAN Port Color Troubleshooting Counters ......................673
Procedure 301 To configure VLAN Associations .............................................................674
Procedure 302 To search VLAN Associations .................................................................675
Procedure 303 To configure GPON system parameters .................................................680
Procedure 304 To create a GPON profile ........................................................................682
Procedure 305 To create a GPON xDSL line profile........................................................683
Procedure 306 To create a GPON xDSL DPBO profile ...................................................683
Procedure 307 To create a GPON xDSL RTX profile ......................................................684
Procedure 308 To configure a PON port..........................................................................688
Procedure 309 To configure PON protection switching (in R4.3 or earlier) .....................689
Procedure 310 To configure PON protection switching (in R4.4 or later) ........................689
Procedure 311 To configure PON TCA............................................................................690
Procedure 312 To enable, disable or inherit PON or ONT utilization...............................691
Procedure 313 To lock or unlock a PON port and all the objects under the PON
port ..........................................................................................................692
Procedure 314 To lock and unlock a PON port................................................................692
Procedure 315 To perform an alien test...........................................................................693
Procedure 316 To clear the BER counters ......................................................................694
Procedure 317 To clear ranging alarm on PON port........................................................694
Procedure 318 To reset PON or ONT utilization counters ...............................................695
Procedure 319 To show PON PM counters .....................................................................695
Procedure 320 To view downstream high utilized ONTs .................................................696
Procedure 321 To view upstream high utilized ONTs......................................................697
Procedure 322 To show PM counters in Rank down high utilized ONTs.........................697
Procedure 323 To show PM counters in Rank up high utilized ONTs .............................697
Procedure 324 To switch activity on PON ports (in R4.3 or earlier).................................698
Procedure 325 To switch activity on PON ports (in R4.4 or later)....................................699
Procedure 326 To view PON multicast ............................................................................699

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 327 To search PON multicast source.............................................................700

Procedure 328 To view PON multicast sources...............................................................700
Procedure 329 To create a splitter...................................................................................705
39 Configure an ONT .......................................................................707
Procedure 330 To create an ONT....................................................................................713
Procedure 331 To create an ONT card............................................................................719
Procedure 332 To configure ANI on an ONT ...................................................................720
Procedure 333 To create an ONT configuration group ....................................................721
Procedure 334 To create an ONT configuration file.........................................................721
Procedure 335 To download ONT config file to OLT .......................................................723
Procedure 336 To configure a ONT config file on an ONT ..............................................724
Procedure 337 To lock or unlock an ONT and all the objects under the ONT .................725
Procedure 338 To reset an ONT......................................................................................725
Procedure 339 To start an ONT self-test .........................................................................726
Procedure 340 To save ONT diagnostic data ..................................................................727
Procedure 341 To generate the SIP configuration file after a change in the ONT
hardware configuration file ......................................................................727
Procedure 342 To view ONTs..........................................................................................729
Procedure 343 To view ONT Config File Alarms .............................................................730
Procedure 344 To view ONT ports...................................................................................730
Procedure 345 To view the primary service state for an ONT or ONT card ....................731
Procedure 346 To view the cards installed in an ONT.....................................................731
Procedure 347 To view ONT Troubleshooting counters ..................................................731
Procedure 348 To view ONT multicast source.................................................................732
Procedure 349 To show ONT PM counters .....................................................................732
Procedure 350 To use ONT CLI cut-through ...................................................................733
Procedure 351 To configure the access loop syntax .......................................................734
Procedure 352 To configure CWMP system parameters.................................................735
Procedure 353 To restart DHCP server ...........................................................................736
Procedure 354 To view NAT dynamic port translation parameters..................................736
Procedure 355 To view ONT services on a PON port .....................................................739
Procedure 356 To configure an ONT service port ...........................................................740
Procedure 357 To create a UNI on a CES, Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, or VEIP port ........743
Procedure 358 To configure downstream and upstream queues on a CES,
Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, or VEIP port ....................................................743
Procedure 359 To configure upstream queues for an UNI ..............................................744
Procedure 360 To configure upstream queues for a VLAN association ..........................744
Procedure 361 To create a TR069 server........................................................................745
Procedure 362 To create an SNMP service.....................................................................746
Procedure 363 To create an GPON LLDP-MED port ......................................................746
Procedure 364 To create an GPON LLDP-MED media policy.........................................747
Procedure 365 To define the format of an ONT POTS telephone number ......................748
Procedure 366 To create a CES service..........................................................................749
Procedure 367 To create a GPON UNI protocol trace.....................................................749
Procedure 368 To clean up an ONT service port.............................................................750
Procedure 369 To view the POTS port call history ..........................................................751

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 370 To view the VDSL2 port carrier data .......................................................751

Procedure 371 To configure 802.1x authentication .........................................................754
Procedure 372 To initialize 802.1x authentication ...........................................................755
Procedure 373 To clear the 802.1x statistics ...................................................................755
Procedure 374 To view 802.1x statistics, diagnostics, or 802.1 session information ......756
Procedure 375 To create an ARP entry for an ONT port or service ................................758
Procedure 376 To clear ARP counters for an ONT port or VoIP service .........................759
Procedure 377 To delete an ARP entry for an ONT port or VoIP service........................759
Procedure 378 To view ARP entries for an ONT port or VoIP service.............................760
Procedure 379 To create a configured VLAN association ...............................................762
Procedure 380 To create a VLAN IP interface.................................................................763
Procedure 381 To create a static MAC address on a GPON VLAN port .........................764
Procedure 382 To create an IP user on a GPON VLAN port...........................................764
Procedure 383 To create a bridge port protocol group on a configured VLAN
association...............................................................................................765
Procedure 384 To clear All MAC Addresses on a configured bridge port........................765
Procedure 385 To reset the default VLAN on a configured bridge port ...........................767
Procedure 386 To create a Virtual UNI ............................................................................771
Procedure 387 To configure upstream queues for a Virtual UNI .....................................771
Procedure 388 To create a VoIP service .........................................................................772
Procedure 389 To force OMCI download on VoIP service ..............................................775
Procedure 390 To create an IP host ................................................................................776
Procedure 391 To create a VoIP configuration on an IP host..........................................776
Procedure 392 To create an MGC configuration on an IP host .......................................777
Procedure 393 To create a SIP configuration on a VoIP configuration............................778
Procedure 394 To perform an IP host ping test ...............................................................778
Procedure 395 To retrieve a new profile for a VoIP configuration ...................................780
Procedure 396 To view VoIP line status on a POTS port ................................................781
45 Configure a HGU.........................................................................783
Procedure 397 To upload and configure the HGU parameters CSV file and the
HGU operational parameters CSV file.....................................................787
Procedure 398 To create HGU long or short parameter ..................................................789
Procedure 399 To modify HGU long or short parameter .................................................790
Procedure 400 To delete HGU long or short parameter ..................................................791
Procedure 401 To retrieve HGU parameters of an ONT using the 5520 AMS GUI.........791
Procedure 402 To retrieve HGU operational parameters from ONT using the 5520
AMS GUI .................................................................................................791
Procedure 403 To create an HGU environmental alarm..................................................793
Procedure 404 To create NGPON2 ONT.........................................................................798
Procedure 405 To create an NGPON2 ONT card............................................................799
Procedure 406 To create an NGPON2 Ethernet port ......................................................799

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 407 To create an NGPON2 VEIP port............................................................800

Procedure 408 To create NGPON2 SNMP Service.........................................................801
Procedure 409 To create NGPON2 TR069 Server..........................................................801
Procedure 410 To configure upstream and downstream queues for a NGPON2
UNI ..........................................................................................................802
Procedure 411 To create NGPON2 UNI ..........................................................................803
Procedure 412 To configure NGPON2 Virtual UNI ..........................................................803
Virtual UNI ...............................................................................................804
Procedure 414 To create VLAN association ....................................................................805
Procedure 415 To create NGPON2 VLAN IP Interface ...................................................805
Procedure 416 To create NGPON2 IP Host ....................................................................806
Procedure 417 To create NGPON2 VoIP configuration...................................................806
Procedure 418 To create NGPON2 SIP configuration.....................................................807
Procedure 419 To configure an NGPON2 POTS port .....................................................808
Procedure 420 To create NGPON2 PTP master clock ....................................................808
Procedure 421 To create NTR SSM out port on NGPON2 ONT .....................................809
Procedure 422 To create an NGPON2 LLDP-MED port..................................................809
Procedure 423 To create an NGPON2 LLDP-MED media policy ....................................810
Procedure 424 To lock or unlock an NGPON2 ONT or NGPON2 ONT card or
NGPON2 POTS port or NGPON2 Virtual UNI or NGPON2 VEIP Port ...811
Procedure 425 To reset an NGPON2 ONT......................................................................812
Procedure 426 To reset default VLAN on NGPON2 UNI or NGPON2 virtual UNI...........813
Procedure 427 To start an ONT self-test .........................................................................813
Procedure 428 To save NGPON2 ONT diagnostic data..................................................814
Procedure 429 To enable or disable optical measurements monitoring ..........................814
Procedure 430 To switch channel pair.............................................................................815
Procedure 431 To show actual cards...............................................................................815
Procedure 432 To view NGPON2 bridge port maintenance endpoint .............................815
Procedure 433 To move an NGPON2 ONT.....................................................................816
47 Configure NGPON2.....................................................................817
Procedure 434 To configure channel pair ........................................................................818
Procedure 435 To create channel group..........................................................................819
Procedure 436 To create sub channel group...................................................................819
Procedure 437 To create bridge port protocol group .......................................................820
Procedure 438 To lock or unlock a channel group...........................................................820
Procedure 439 To lock or unlock a sub channel group....................................................821
Procedure 440 To lock or unlock a channel pair..............................................................822
Procedure 441 To lock and unlock a channel pair ...........................................................822
Procedure 442 To view channel pair and ONT optical measurement..............................823
Procedure 443 To show channel pair and ONTs .............................................................823
Procedure 444 To lock or unlock an NGPON2 Ethernet port ..........................................824
Procedure 445 To lock or unlock an NGPON2 PTP Master Clock ..................................824
Procedure 446 To lock or unlock an NGPON2 VLAN association...................................825
Procedure 447 To clear the BER counters ......................................................................825
Procedure 448 To clear ranging alarm on channel pair ...................................................825
Procedure 449 To display Current and Last 24 Hour Channel Pair Utilization ................826
Procedure 450 To configure Channel Pair TCA (OLT-side Utilization)............................826
Procedure 451 To view downstream high utilized ONTs .................................................827

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 452 To view upstream high utilized ONTs......................................................827

Procedure 453 To create NGPON2 Lambda profile ........................................................827
Procedure 454 To configure NGPON2 VLAN Association Upstream Queue ..................828
Procedure 455 To configure NGPON2 802.1x authentication .........................................829
Procedure 456 To initialize 802.1x authentication on an NGPON2 .................................830
Procedure 457 To clear the 802.1x statistics on an NGPON2.........................................830
Procedure 458 To view NGPON2 Troubleshooting counters ..........................................830
48 Configure Type-B protection for NGPON2 ...............................833
Procedure 459 To create protection group channel pair..................................................833
Procedure 460 To switch protection group channel pair..................................................834
Procedure 461 To configure a EPON port .......................................................................838
Procedure 462 To manage and monitor EPON alarms ...................................................839
Procedure 463 To create an EPON ONT.........................................................................843
Procedure 464 To create an EPON ONT RMS................................................................845
Procedure 465 To configure LLID for an EPON ONT ......................................................845
Procedure 466 To create a link on an EPON ONT ..........................................................846
Procedure 467 To restart auto-negotiation ......................................................................847
Procedure 468 To create an EPON logical link UNI ........................................................847
Procedure 469 To create an EPON IGMP Control Channel on the Bridge port ..............848
Procedure 470 To create an NTR SSM Out Port on EPON ONT ....................................848
Procedure 471 To create a VLAN association .................................................................849
Procedure 472 To create an EPON IGMP Control Channel on VLAN port .....................850
Procedure 473 To create an EPON VLAN Port Unicast Static MAC Address .................850
Procedure 474 To create an EPON IPv4 user .................................................................851
Procedure 475 To create an EPON IPv6 user .................................................................851
Procedure 476 To create a bridge port protocol group ....................................................852
Procedure 477 To create an EPON Ethernet port ...........................................................852
Procedure 478 To configure multicast VLANs for an EPON ONT Ethernet UNI .............853
Procedure 479 To create an EPON Multicast VLAN........................................................853
Procedure 480 To create a VLAN Translation .................................................................854
Procedure 481 To create an EPON Multicast VLAN Translation.....................................855
Procedure 482 To create an EPON Ethernet port flow ....................................................855
Procedure 483 To reset an EPON ONT...........................................................................856
Procedure 484 To save OAM on an EPON ONT.............................................................857
Procedure 485 To clear OAM on an EPON ONT.............................................................857
Procedure 486 To restore factory on an EPON ONT.......................................................858
Procedure 487 To enable or disable loopback on a logical link .......................................858
Procedure 488 To reset the default VLAN .......................................................................859
Procedure 489 To start, stop or clear on-demand counters.............................................859
Procedure 490 To start, stop or clear detailed counters ..................................................860
Procedure 491 To clear UNI statistic counter ..................................................................860
Procedure 492 To manage an EPON rogue ONT ...........................................................861
Procedure 493 To configure EPON system parameters..................................................864
Procedure 494 To configure EPON ONT alarm flag ........................................................864

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 495 To search for an EPON ONT based on MAC address ............................865
Procedure 496 To search for an EPON ONT based on LOID .........................................866
Procedure 497 To create a EPON profile ........................................................................867
Procedure 498 To view ONT services on an EPON PON port ........................................869
Procedure 499 To configure VoIP service on an EPON ONT..........................................870
Procedure 500 To create an EPON VoIP common parameters ......................................871
Procedure 501 To create an EPON SIP user agent ........................................................872
Procedure 502 To create an EPON Media Gateway .......................................................873
Procedure 503 To create an EPON POTS port ...............................................................873
Procedure 504 To configure a DPoE service...................................................................874
Procedure 505 To create a VCL ......................................................................................880
Procedure 506 To create a subscriber bridge port on a VCL...........................................882
Procedure 507 To create a static MAC address on a VLAN association interface ..........883
Procedure 508 To create a VLAN Association.................................................................884
Procedure 509 To create IPoX layer 2 termination ..........................................................884
Procedure 510 To create a PPPoE or IPoE protocol-based VLAN group on the layer
2 bridge port ............................................................................................885
Procedure 511 To create an IPoA cross-connection .......................................................886
Procedure 512 To configure protocol syntax ...................................................................887
Procedure 513 To create a protocol trace........................................................................888
Procedure 514 To configure an L2CP session ................................................................889
Procedure 515 To view L2CP system parameters...........................................................891
Procedure 516 To view L2CP session information ..........................................................891
Procedure 517 To configure PPP cross-connect system parameters .............................894
Procedure 518 To create a PPP cross-connect engine ...................................................895
Procedure 519 To create a PPP cross-connect port for the subscriber connection ........895
Procedure 520 To create an EFM PPP cross-connect port for the subscriber
connection ...............................................................................................896
Procedure 521 To create a VLAN PPP cross-connect port .............................................897
Procedure 522 To create an Ethernet PPP cross-connect port .......................................898
Procedure 523 To create a PPP profile ...........................................................................898
Procedure 524 To create a GPON PPPoE client.............................................................899
Procedure 525 To perform PPP Session Emulation ........................................................900
Procedure 526 To abort or release PPP Session Emulation ...........................................902
Procedure 527 To find PPP cross-connect engine sessions ...........................................903
Procedure 528 To create a PPP cross-connect engine monitor ......................................903
Procedure 529 To create a PPP cross-connect port monitor...........................................904
Procedure 530 To remove all associated ports from a PPP cross-connect engine .........904
Procedure 531 To create SIP ISDN PRA port .................................................................908
Procedure 532 To create a Voice Pseudo Wire...............................................................909
Procedure 533 To configure SIP server system parameters ...........................................910
Procedure 534 To create Direct Dial In Extensions .........................................................911
Procedure 535 To create a local standalone SIP server..................................................911

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 536 To create a local standalone server instance ..........................................912

Procedure 537 To create a LSA SIP emergency service.................................................913
Procedure 538 To create a SIP server.............................................................................913
Procedure 539 To create a SIP dial plan .........................................................................915
Procedure 540 To create a SIP user agent......................................................................916
Procedure 541 To create a SIP voice port .......................................................................917
Procedure 542 To create a voice extension port .............................................................918
Procedure 543 To lock or unlock a voice extension port .................................................919
Procedure 544 To create a SIP DNS server ....................................................................920
Procedure 545 To configure SIP voice service provider ..................................................921
Procedure 546 To configure SIP transport.......................................................................921
Procedure 547 To configure performance management (PM) file upload .......................922
Procedure 548 To configure performance management (PM) CDR file upload ..............923
Procedure 549 To configure DHCP authentication ..........................................................924
Procedure 550 To create SIP shared line ........................................................................924
Procedure 551 To lock or unlock SIP shared line ............................................................925
Procedure 552 To create SIP rule....................................................................................925
Procedure 553 To lock or unlock SIP rule........................................................................926
Procedure 554 To create ISDN PRI PBX profile..............................................................927
Procedure 555 To view SIP line ID syntax profile ............................................................928
Procedure 556 To view DHCP Authentication for a SIP user agent ................................928
Procedure 557 To view SIP IP address for a SIP user agent ..........................................929
Procedure 558 To view SIP service profiles ....................................................................929
Procedure 559 To view DHCP SIP servers .....................................................................929
Procedure 560 To show busy ports on a SIP ISDN PRA port .........................................930
Procedure 561 To view LSA emergency service parameters ..........................................930
Procedure 562 To view SIP redundancy information.......................................................931
Procedure 563 To issue SIP redundancy fail over or fail back commands......................931
Procedure 564 To create CPE management ...................................................................936
Procedure 565 To configure CPE proxy system parameters...........................................936
Procedure 566 To create a CPE proxy ............................................................................936
Procedure 567 To create a CPE UNI...............................................................................937
Procedure 568 To create a CPE SW ...............................................................................938
Procedure 569 To view CPE SW .....................................................................................938
Procedure 570 To configure CPE SW version control .....................................................939
Procedure 571 To delete a CPE SW version control .......................................................939
Procedure 572 To reboot a CPE......................................................................................939
Procedure 573 To reset an operator ID ...........................................................................940
Procedure 574 To retrieve an operator ID from CPE.......................................................940
Procedure 575 To show CPE operational data................................................................941
Procedure 576 To show CPE traffic statistics ..................................................................942
Procedure 577 To clear statistics.....................................................................................942
Procedure 578 To view CPE proxy statistics ...................................................................943
57 Configure VPLS ..........................................................................947
Procedure 579 To create a VPLS ....................................................................................949
Procedure 580 To configure a VPLS forwarding database on a v-VPLS.........................949
Procedure 581 To create a MAC address on a v-VPLS ..................................................950

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 582 To create a single VPLS SAP..................................................................950

Procedure 583 To create multiple VPLS SAPs................................................................951
Procedure 584 To create a static multicast source on a v-VPLS SAP.............................952
Procedure 585 To configure the spanning tree protocol mode ........................................952
Procedure 586 To create an MSTi ...................................................................................953
Procedure 587 To create a VLAN range for an MSTi ......................................................953
Procedure 588 To enable or disable IGMP snooping on a v-VPLS .................................955
Procedure 589 To clear IGMP snooping statistics on a v-VPLS......................................955
Procedure 590 To clear the IGMP snooping querier on a v-VPLS ..................................956
Procedure 591 To clear the forwarding database on a v-VPLS.......................................956
Procedure 592 To clear the MAC address on a v-VPLS..................................................956
Procedure 593 To navigate from an m-VLPS SAP to the corresponding Ethernet
port ..........................................................................................................957
Procedure 594 To clear the forwarding database on a v-VPLS SAP...............................957
Procedure 595 To clear IGMP snooping statistics on a v-VPLS SAP..............................958
Procedure 596 To lock or unlock STP on an m-VPLS SAP.............................................958
Procedure 597 To clear STP detected protocols on an m-VPLS SAP.............................958
Procedure 598 To clear STP statistics on an m-VPLS SAP ............................................959
Procedure 599 To clear detected protocols on a spanning tree ......................................959
Procedure 600 To clear STP statistics on a spanning tree ..............................................960
Procedure 601 To view IGMP statistics on a v-VPLS SAP..............................................961
Procedure 602 To view v-VPLS forwarding database statistics.......................................961
Procedure 603 To configure customers ...........................................................................961
Procedure 604 To view service system parameters ........................................................962
Procedure 605 To create a layer 2 service ......................................................................966
Procedure 606 To enable or disable Event Logging on a v-VPLS L2 Service.................966
Procedure 607 To configure a VPLS forwarding database..............................................967
Procedure 608 To create a MAC address on a VPLS forwarding database....................967
Procedure 609 To create a single layer 2 SAP ................................................................968
Procedure 610 To create multiple layer 2 SAPs ..............................................................969
Procedure 611 To create a static multicast source on a layer 2 SAP ..............................970
Procedure 612 To create a service endpoint for a VPLS.................................................970
Procedure 613 To create an SDP binding .......................................................................971
Procedure 614 To create an SDP static multicast source................................................971
Procedure 615 To create IGMP snooping static multicast sources .................................972
Procedure 616 To configure the spanning tree protocol mode ........................................973
Procedure 617 To create an MSTi ...................................................................................973
Procedure 618 To create a VLAN range for an MSTi ......................................................974
Procedure 619 To create an SDP ....................................................................................975
Procedure 620 To create SDP IHub ................................................................................975
Procedure 621 To create an APIPE SDP ........................................................................976
Procedure 622 To create an APIPE service ....................................................................976
Procedure 623 To associate VCL to an APIPE service ...................................................977
Procedure 624 To enable or disable IGMP snooping ......................................................979
Procedure 625 To clear IGMP snooping statistics ...........................................................979
Procedure 626 To clear the IGMP snooping querier........................................................980
Procedure 627 To clear the forwarding database on a VPLS..........................................980
Procedure 628 To navigate from a layer 2 SAP to the corresponding Ethernet port .......981

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 629 To clear the forwarding database on a layer 2 SAP ................................981

Procedure 630 To clear IGMP snooping statistics on a layer 2 SAP ...............................982
Procedure 631 To clear STP detected protocols on an m-VPLS layer 2 SAP.................982
Procedure 632 To clear STP statistics on an m-VPLS layer 2 SAP ................................982
Procedure 633 To manually clear L2 SAP alarms ...........................................................983
Procedure 634 To enable or disable PM collection on layer 2 SAP.................................983
Procedure 635 To clear detected protocols on a spanning tree ......................................984
Procedure 636 To clear STP statistics on a spanning tree ..............................................984
Procedure 637 To switch over a service endpoint for a VPLS.........................................985
Procedure 638 To clear ingress on an SDP binding ........................................................986
Procedure 639 To clear the forwarding database on an SDP binding .............................986
Procedure 640 To clear IGMP snooping statistics on an SDP binding ............................986
Procedure 641 To view IGMP statistics on a layer 2 SAP ...............................................987
Procedure 642 To view statistics on an SDP binding ......................................................988
Procedure 643 To view multicast router information on a VPLS......................................988
Procedure 644 To view forwarding information base information on a VPLS..................988
Procedure 645 To view BGP information on VPLS..........................................................989
Procedure 646 To create BGP on VPLS..........................................................................989
Procedure 647 To create BGP auto discovery on VPLS .................................................990
Procedure 648 To create pseudowire template bind .......................................................990
Procedure 649 To create BGP VPLS...............................................................................991
Procedure 650 To create split-horizon group...................................................................991
Procedure 651 To create ethernet rings ..........................................................................992
Procedure 652 To lock or unlock an ethernet ring ...........................................................992
Procedure 653 To create ethernet paths .........................................................................993
Procedure 654 To switch ethernet path ...........................................................................993
Procedure 655 To create a Data VLAN list ......................................................................994
Procedure 656 To view CFM ethernet path stack details ................................................995
Procedure 657 To create pseudowire templates .............................................................995
Procedure 658 To create tag protocol identifier ...............................................................996
Procedure 659 To create an IP interface on a VPLS management router.......................998
Procedure 660 To create an IP address on an IP interface of a VPLS management
router .......................................................................................................998
Procedure 661 To clear ARP entries ...............................................................................999
Procedure 662 To clear DHCP statistics..........................................................................999
Procedure 663 To view VPLS management router information.....................................1000
Procedure 664 To view ARP entries for a VPLS management router ...........................1000
Procedure 665 To view IP routes for a VPLS management router ................................1001
Procedure 666 To view DHCP information for a VPLS management router IP
interface.................................................................................................1001
Procedure 667 To configure the routing policy system parameters...............................1006
Procedure 668 To initialize routing policies....................................................................1006
Procedure 669 To commit routing policies.....................................................................1006
Procedure 670 To abort routing policies ........................................................................1007
Procedure 671 To create an admin policy statement.....................................................1008
Procedure 672 To create an admin policy statement entry............................................1008

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 673 To create an admin policy statement to.................................................1009

Procedure 674 To create an admin policy statement from ............................................1010
Procedure 675 To create an admin community policy ...................................................1011
Procedure 676 To create an admin damping policy.......................................................1011
Procedure 677 To create an admin prefix policy............................................................1012
Procedure 678 To create an admin AS path policy........................................................1012
Procedure 679 To view operational routing policies ......................................................1013
Procedure 680 To configure base router protocols........................................................1017
Procedure 681 To create Management IPv6 Address for a base router........................1017
Procedure 682 To create Management IPv4 Address for a base router........................1018
Procedure 683 To create Source IP Address for a base router .....................................1018
Procedure 684 To create a DHCP Server in IHUB system............................................1019
Procedure 685 To create a DHCP Server IP Address Pool...........................................1020
Procedure 686 To create a DHCP Server Pool Option..................................................1020
Procedure 687 To create a DHCP Server Subnet .........................................................1021
Procedure 688 To create a DHCP Server Subnet Range..............................................1021
Procedure 689 To create a DHCP Server Subnet Option..............................................1022
Procedure 690 To create a router advertisement for a base router IP interface............1023
Procedure 691 To create a router advertisement prefix for a base router IP
interface.................................................................................................1023
Procedure 692 To create a route aggregation for a base router....................................1024
Procedure 693 To create a network base router IP interface ........................................1025
Procedure 694 To configure a base router IP interface .................................................1025
Procedure 695 To create an IP address for a base router IP interface..........................1026
Procedure 696 To delete a base router IP interface ......................................................1027
Procedure 697 To create a base router static IP route ..................................................1027
Procedure 698 To create an OAM PM TWAMP light reflector.......................................1028
Procedure 699 To create an OAM PM TWAMP light reflector prefix .............................1028
Procedure 700 To clear ARP entries for a base router ..................................................1029
Procedure 701 To clear DHCP and DHCPv6 statistics for a base router ......................1030
Procedure 702 To clear router advertisement statistics for a base router .....................1031
Procedure 703 To clear neighbors for a base router .....................................................1031
Procedure 704 To clear ICMP6 for a base router ..........................................................1032
Procedure 705 To bind a base router IP interface .........................................................1033
Procedure 706 To unbind a base router IP interface .....................................................1034
Procedure 707 To enable or disable loopbacks for a base router network IP
interface.................................................................................................1034
Procedure 708 To manually clear IP interface alarms for a base router........................1035
Procedure 709 To view IP routes for a base router .......................................................1036
Procedure 710 To view static IP routes for a base router ..............................................1037
Procedure 711 To view current IP routes for a base router ...........................................1037
Procedure 712 To view DHCPv6 managed routes for a base router IP interface..........1038
Procedure 713 To view ARP entries for a base router...................................................1039
Procedure 714 To view IPv6 neighbors for a base router..............................................1039
Procedure 715 To view BFD sessions for a base router................................................1040
Procedure 716 To clear BFD sessions on a base router ...............................................1040
Procedure 717 To clear BFD sessions statistics on a base router ................................1041
Procedure 718 To view lease IP addresses details .......................................................1041

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 719 To view free IP addresses details..........................................................1041

Procedure 720 To view statistics for a base router ........................................................1042
Procedure 721 To view base router statistics ................................................................1042
Procedure 722 To view DHCP statistics for a base router IP interface..........................1043
Procedure 723 To view DHCPv6 drop reason statistics for a base router.....................1043
Procedure 724 To view router advertisement statistics for a base router ......................1044
Procedure 725 To configure the BGP instance for a base router ..................................1046
Procedure 726 To create a BGP group for a base router ..............................................1046
Procedure 727 To create a BGP neighbor for a base router .........................................1047
Procedure 728 To clear BGP instance protocols for a base router................................1048
Procedure 729 To clear BGP group damping for a base router.....................................1049
Procedure 730 To clear BGP group flap statistics for a base router..............................1049
Procedure 731 To clear a BGP neighbor for a base router............................................1050
Procedure 732 To clear BGP neighbor statistics for a base router................................1050
Procedure 733 To clear BGP neighbor RIB for a base router........................................1051
Procedure 734 To clear BGP path damping for a base router.......................................1052
Procedure 735 To clear BGP path flap statistics for a base router ................................1052
Procedure 736 To view BGP neighbors in the information base for a base router ........1053
Procedure 737 To view BGP paths in the information base for a base router ...............1053
Procedure 738 To view all BGP paths for a base router................................................1054
Procedure 739 To view a BGP path for a base router ...................................................1054
Procedure 740 To configure the IS-IS instance for a base router..................................1056
Procedure 741 To configure an IS-IS level for a base router.........................................1056
Procedure 742 To create an IS-IS static area for a base router ....................................1057
Procedure 743 To create an IS-IS summary address for a base router ........................1057
Procedure 744 To create an IS-IS IP interface for a base router...................................1058
Procedure 745 To configure an IS-IS interface level for a base router IP interface.......1058
Procedure 746 To clear IS-IS adjacency for a base router ............................................1059
Procedure 747 To clear the IS-IS database for a base router .......................................1060
Procedure 748 To clear IS-IS export for a base router ..................................................1060
Procedure 749 To clear the IS-IS SFP log for a base router .........................................1060
Procedure 750 To clear IS-IS statistics for a base router ..............................................1061
Procedure 751 To manually clear IS-IS instance alarms ...............................................1061
Procedure 752 To view an IS-IS level database for a base router.................................1062
Procedure 753 To create an OSPF instance for a base router......................................1064
Procedure 754 To enable or disable Unicast import and Multicast import for OSPF
instance .................................................................................................1065
Procedure 755 To create an OSPF area for a base router ............................................1065
Procedure 756 To create an OSPF area range for a base router..................................1066
Procedure 757 To create an OSPF IP interface for a base router .................................1066
Procedure 758 To create an OSPF MD5 key for a base router IP interface..................1067
Procedure 759 To clear the OSPF instance database for a base router .......................1068
Procedure 760 To clear the OSPF instance database (purge) for a base router...........1068
Procedure 761 To clear the OSPF instance export for a base router ............................1069
Procedure 762 To clear the OSPF instance neighbor for a base router ........................1069

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 763 To clear the OSPF instance neighbor IP address for a base router......1070
Procedure 764 To clear the OSPF instance statistics for a base router ........................1070
Procedure 765 To trigger the OSPF instance for a base router.....................................1070
Procedure 766 To manually clear OSPF instance alarms for a base router..................1071
Procedure 767 To view OSPF instance statistics for a base router...............................1072
Procedure 768 To view OSPF areas for a base router ..................................................1072
Procedure 769 To view OSPF area counters for a base router .....................................1072
Procedure 770 To view the OSPF area database for a base router ..............................1073
Procedure 771 To view the OSPF area database counters for a base router ...............1073
Procedure 772 To view the OSPF opaque database for a base router .........................1073
Procedure 773 To view OSPF neighbors for a base router IP interface ........................1074
Procedure 774 To view the OSPF interface database for a base router IP interface ....1074
Procedure 775 To view the OSPF IP interface counters and statistics for a base
router IP interface ..................................................................................1075
65 Configure RIP............................................................................1077
Procedure 776 To create an RIP instance .....................................................................1078
Procedure 777 To configure an RIP interface................................................................1078
Procedure 778 To configure an RIP route map .............................................................1079
Procedure 779 To configure the LDP instance for a base router...................................1082
Procedure 780 To create an LDP interface for a base router ........................................1082
Procedure 781 To create an LDP peer for a base router...............................................1083
Procedure 782 To create an LDP IP interface for a base router....................................1083
Procedure 783 To manually clear LDP instance alarms ................................................1084
Procedure 784 To view LDP sessions ...........................................................................1085
Procedure 785 To view LDP bindings............................................................................1085
Procedure 786 To view statistics for an LDP instance for a base router .......................1085
Procedure 787 To view statistics for an LDP interface for a base router .......................1086
Procedure 788 To configure the MPLS instance for a base router ................................1088
Procedure 789 To create an MPLS admin group for a base router ...............................1088
Procedure 790 To create an MPLS out segment label for a base router.......................1089
Procedure 791 To create an MPLS in segment label for a base router .........................1089
Procedure 792 To create an MPLS path for a base router ............................................1090
Procedure 793 To create an MPLS path hop for a base router .....................................1091
Procedure 794 To create an MPLS LSP for a base router ............................................1091
Procedure 795 To create an MPLS LSP path for a base router ....................................1092
Procedure 796 To view statistics for MPLS for a base router ........................................1093
Procedure 797 To view statistics for MPLS LSP for a base router ................................1093
Procedure 798 To view label ranges for MPLS for a base router ..................................1094
Procedure 799 To view LSP labels for MPLS for a base router.....................................1094
68 Configure LLDP ........................................................................1095
Procedure 800 To view LLDP system parameters.........................................................1095
Procedure 801 To view LLDP destination MAC addresses ...........................................1096
Procedure 802 To view LLDP local management addresses ........................................1096
Procedure 803 To view LLDP port .................................................................................1096
Procedure 804 To view LLDP port counters ..................................................................1097

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 805 To view LLDP port management addresses .........................................1097

Procedure 806 To configure RSVP instance for a base router ......................................1099
Procedure 807 To configure RSVP interface for a base router......................................1100
Procedure 808 To view for RSVP sessions for a base router........................................1101
Procedure 809 To view RSVP neighbors for a base router ...........................................1101
Procedure 810 To configure the IGMP instance for a base router.................................1104
Procedure 811 To create a IGMP proxy instance for a base router...............................1104
Procedure 812 To configure the IGMP proxy instance for a base router.......................1105
Procedure 813 To create an SSM translate...................................................................1106
Procedure 814 To create an IGMP interface for a base router ......................................1106
Procedure 815 To create a IGMP proxy interface for a base router ..............................1107
Procedure 816 To configure the IGMP proxy interface for a base router ......................1107
Procedure 817 To enable Multicast Router Autodetection for an IGMP proxy
interface.................................................................................................1108
Procedure 818 To view statistics for IGMP for a base router.........................................1109
Procedure 819 To view an IGMP multicast source ........................................................1109
Procedure 820 To view an IGMP interface multicast group for a base router ...............1110
Procedure 821 To view an IGMP interface multicast source for a base router..............1110
Procedure 822 To view IGMP proxy multicast sources for a base router ......................1110
Procedure 823 To configure the PIM instance for a base router ...................................1114
Procedure 824 To create a PIM SSM group for a base router.......................................1114
Procedure 825 To create a PIM interface for a base router...........................................1115
Procedure 826 To manually clear PIM instance alarms for a base router .....................1116
Procedure 827 To view alarms for a PIM for a base router ...........................................1116
Procedure 828 To view a PIM multicast source for a base router .................................1117
Procedure 829 To view a PIM neighbor.........................................................................1117
72 Layer 3 services........................................................................1119
Procedure 830 To view layer 3 services ........................................................................1120
Procedure 831 To view IP system parameters ..............................................................1120
73 Configure IES ............................................................................1121
Procedure 832 To create an IES....................................................................................1122
Procedure 833 To create an IES interface.....................................................................1122
Procedure 834 To create an IES SAP ...........................................................................1123
Procedure 835 To create an GRE tunnel.......................................................................1124
Procedure 836 To clear a DHCPv6 lease state for an IES ............................................1125
Procedure 837 To clear all DHCPv6 lease states for an IES.........................................1125
Procedure 838 To create VPRN service ........................................................................1128
Procedure 839 To create VPRN service interface .........................................................1129
Procedure 840 To create VPRN layer 3 SAP ................................................................1130
Procedure 841 To configure the VPRN routers .............................................................1132
Procedure 842 To create a network VPRN router IP interface ......................................1133

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 843 To configure VPRN router IP interfaces ................................................1134

Procedure 844 To create an IP address for VPRN router IP interface ..........................1134
Procedure 845 To configure a router advertisement interface for VPRN router IP
interface.................................................................................................1135
Procedure 846 To create a router advertisement prefix for VPRN router IP
interface.................................................................................................1135
Procedure 847 To create VPRN static IP route .............................................................1136
Procedure 848 To create a protocol source address for VPRN router ..........................1137
Procedure 849 To create a route aggregation for VPRN router.....................................1137
Procedure 850 To create an OAM PM TWAMP light reflector for VPRN.......................1138
Procedure 851 To create an OAM PM TWAMP light reflector prefix for VPRN.............1138
Procedure 852 To clear ARP entries for VPRN router...................................................1140
Procedure 853 To clear a DHCPv6 lease state for VPRN router...................................1140
Procedure 854 To clear all DHCPv6 lease states for VPRN router ...............................1141
Procedure 855 To clear DHCP and DHCPv6 statistics for VPRN router .......................1141
Procedure 856 To clear router advertisement statistics for VPRN router ......................1142
Procedure 857 To clear neighbors for VPRN router ......................................................1143
Procedure 858 To clear ICMP6 for VPRN router ...........................................................1143
Procedure 859 To manually clear IP interface alarms for VPRN router.........................1144
Procedure 860 To view ARP entries for VPRN router ...................................................1145
Procedure 861 To view IP routes for VPRN router ........................................................1146
Procedure 862 To view static IP routes for VPRN router...............................................1146
Procedure 863 To view IPv6 neighbors for VPRN router...............................................1147
Procedure 864 To view a router advertisement for VPRN router IP interface ...............1147
Procedure 865 To view DHCPv6 managed routes for VPRN router IP interface ..........1148
Procedure 866 To view DHCPv6 lease states for VPRN router ....................................1148
Procedure 867 To view BFD sessions for a VPRN router .............................................1149
Procedure 868 To clear BFD sessions for a VPRN router.............................................1149
Procedure 869 To clear BFD session statistics for a VPRN router................................1150
Procedure 870 To view VPRN router statistics ..............................................................1150
Procedure 871 To view DHCPv6 drop reason statistics for VPRN router......................1151
Procedure 872 To view router advertisement statistics for VPRN router.......................1151
Procedure 873 To configure the BGP instance for VPRN .............................................1154
Procedure 874 To create a BGP group for VPRN .........................................................1154
Procedure 875 To create a BGP neighbor for VPRN.....................................................1155
Procedure 876 To clear BGP instance protocols for VPRN...........................................1156
Procedure 877 To clear BGP group damping for VPRN................................................1157
Procedure 878 To clear BGP group flap statistics for VPRN .........................................1157
Procedure 879 To clear a BGP neighbor for VPRN.......................................................1158
Procedure 880 To clear BGP neighbor statistics for VPRN ...........................................1159
Procedure 881 To clear BGP neighbor RIB for VPRN...................................................1159
Procedure 882 To clear BGP path damping for VPRN ..................................................1160
Procedure 883 To clear BGP path flap statistics for VPRN ...........................................1160
Procedure 884 To view all BGP paths for VPRN ...........................................................1161
Procedure 885 To view a BGP path for VPRN ..............................................................1161
Procedure 886 To configure the RIP instance for VPRN ...............................................1164

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 887 To create an RIP group for VPRN .........................................................1164

Procedure 888 To create VPRN router IP interface for RIP...........................................1165
Procedure 889 To clear the RIP database for VPRN.....................................................1166
Procedure 890 To clear RIP statistics for VPRN............................................................1166
Procedure 891 To clear statistics for an RIP IP interface for VPRN ..............................1167
Procedure 892 To view RIP groups for VPRN ...............................................................1167
Procedure 893 To view RIP advertised routes for VPRN ..............................................1168
Procedure 894 To view RIP routes for VPRN ................................................................1168
Procedure 895 To view RIP peers for VPRN .................................................................1168
Procedure 896 To view the RIP IP interface statistics for VPRN ...................................1169
Procedure 897 To create an OSPF instance for VPRN .................................................1172
Procedure 898 To enable or disable Unicast import and Multicast import for VPRN.....1172
Procedure 899 To create an OSPF area for VPRN .......................................................1173
Procedure 900 To create an OSPF area range for VPRN .............................................1173
Procedure 901 To create VPRN router IP interface for OSPF.......................................1174
Procedure 902 To create an OSPF MD5 key for VPRN router IP interface...................1174
Procedure 903 To clear the OSPF instance database for VPRN ..................................1175
Procedure 904 To clear the OSPF instance database (purge) for VPRN......................1176
Procedure 905 To clear the OSPF instance statistics for VPRN ...................................1176
Procedure 906 To clear the OSPF instance export for VPRN .......................................1177
Procedure 907 To clear the OSPF instance neighbor for VPRN ...................................1177
Procedure 908 To clear the OSPF instance neighbor IP address for VPRN .................1177
Procedure 909 To trigger the OSPF instance for VPRN................................................1178
Procedure 910 To manually clear OSPF instance alarms for VPRN .............................1178
Procedure 911 To view OSPF instance statistics for VPRN ..........................................1179
Procedure 912 To view OSPF areas for VPRN .............................................................1180
Procedure 913 To view OSPF area counters for VPRN ................................................1180
Procedure 914 To view the OSPF area database for VPRN .........................................1180
Procedure 915 To view OSPF area database counters for VPRN ................................1180
Procedure 916 To view the OSPF opaque database for VPRN ....................................1181
Procedure 917 To view OSPF neighbors for VPRN router IP interface.........................1181
Procedure 918 To view the OSPF interface database for VPRN router IP interface .....1181
Procedure 919 To view the OSPF interface counters and statistics for VPRN router
IP interface ............................................................................................1182
Procedure 920 To configure the IGMP instance for VPRN............................................1184
Procedure 921 To create an SSM translate...................................................................1184
Procedure 922 To create an IGMP interface .................................................................1185
Procedure 923 To view statistics for IGMP for VPRN....................................................1186
Procedure 924 To view an IGMP multicast source for VPRN........................................1186
Procedure 925 To view an IGMP interface multicast group for VPRN...........................1186
Procedure 926 To view an IGMP interface multicast source for VPRN .........................1187
Procedure 927 To configure the PIM instance for VPRN...............................................1190
Procedure 928 To create a PIM SSM group ..................................................................1190
Procedure 929 To create a PIM interface ......................................................................1191
Procedure 930 To manually clear PIM alarms for VPRN...............................................1192

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 931 To view alarms for a PIM for VPRN.......................................................1192

Procedure 932 To view a PIM multicast source for VPRN.............................................1192
81 Configure OSPF ........................................................................1197
Procedure 933 To create an OSPF instance .................................................................1198
Procedure 934 To create an OSPF area .......................................................................1199
Procedure 935 To create an OSPF interface.................................................................1200
Procedure 936 To create an OSPF RRD route redistribution ........................................1201
Procedure 937 To create an RRD route map ................................................................1201
82 Configure RIP............................................................................1203
Procedure 938 To create an RIP instance .....................................................................1204
Procedure 939 To configure an RIP interface................................................................1204
Procedure 940 To configure an RIP route map .............................................................1205
83 Configure ARP ..........................................................................1207
Procedure 941 To configure the ARP policy for the IP interface on the NE...................1208
Procedure 942 To configure an ARP entry for a layer 3 IP interface on the SHub ........1208
Procedure 943 To enable or disable gratuitous ARP broadcast for a VLAN .................1209
Procedure 944 To view ARP system parameters ..........................................................1209
Procedure 945 To view ARP statistics ...........................................................................1209
84 Configure VRF...........................................................................1211
Procedure 946 To configure SHub VRF system parameters.........................................1212
Procedure 947 To create a VRF ....................................................................................1212
Procedure 948 To create an SHub VRF ........................................................................1213
Procedure 949 To create a VRF IP address ..................................................................1213
Procedure 950 To create a VRF IP route.......................................................................1214
Procedure 951 To manually clear OSPF neighbor state change alarms .......................1215
Procedure 952 To reset VRF ARP counters ..................................................................1215
Procedure 953 To view VRF system statistics...............................................................1216
Procedure 954 To view VRF routing tables ...................................................................1216
85 Configure DHCP........................................................................1217
Procedure 955 To configure DHCP relay agent system parameters on an SHub .........1218
Procedure 956 To create a DHCP server ......................................................................1218
Procedure 957 To configure a DHCP relay agent per service .......................................1218
Procedure 958 To configure a DHCP relay agent on an IP interface ............................1219
Procedure 959 To reset DHCP relay agent counters.....................................................1220
Procedure 960 To create an IP interface .......................................................................1221
Procedure 961 To create an IP address on an IP interface ...........................................1222
Procedure 962 To create an RIP route map entry on an IP interface ............................1223
87 Configure MSTP........................................................................1227
Procedure 963 To configure MSTP system parameters ................................................1228
Procedure 964 To create an MSTP spanning tree.........................................................1228
Procedure 965 To create an MST VLAN association ....................................................1229
Procedure 966 To configure MSTP system parameters for an SHub............................1230
Procedure 967 To create an MSTP spanning tree for an SHub ....................................1230
Procedure 968 To view MSTP statistics ........................................................................1231
Procedure 969 To view SHUB state and MSTP statistics..............................................1231

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Procedure 970 To configure IGMP multicast system parameters..................................1236
Procedure 971 To configure SHub IGMP multicast system parameters........................1237
Procedure 972 To create a router port on an SHub VLAN ............................................1237
Procedure 973 To create a multicast source group .......................................................1238
Procedure 974 To create multicast sources in bulk .......................................................1238
Procedure 975 To add a multicast package to a multicast source group ......................1239
Procedure 976 To create a multicast service context profile .........................................1240
Procedure 977 To create a video channel bundle .........................................................1240
Procedure 978 To create a static multicast source ........................................................1241
Procedure 979 To create a multicast CAC source.........................................................1242
Procedure 980 To create an IGMP control channel on a LT Ethernet port....................1243
Procedure 981 To clear statistics...................................................................................1244
Procedure 982 To clear CAC statistics ..........................................................................1244
Procedure 983 To clear video channel bundle statistics................................................1245
Procedure 984 To reset current preview numbers.........................................................1245
Procedure 985 To view IGMP module parameters ........................................................1245
Procedure 986 To view multicast source subscribers....................................................1246
Procedure 987 To view a multicast source association .................................................1246
Procedure 988 To view a multicast package .................................................................1247
Procedure 989 To view a multicast video channel bundle .............................................1247
Procedure 990 To view multicast source counters ........................................................1247
Procedure 991 To view IGMP snooping statistics..........................................................1248
Procedure 992 To create an IGMP control channel on an ONT VLAN port...................1249
Procedure 993 To create an IGMP control channel on an ONT bridge port ..................1250
Procedure 994 To create a GPON multicast static branch ............................................1250
Procedure 995 To monitor multicast sources.................................................................1251
Procedure 996 To clear statistics on an IGMP control channel on an ONT VLAN
port or bridge port ..................................................................................1252
Procedure 997 To view IGMP control channel statistics on an ONT .............................1253
89 Managing links..........................................................................1257
Procedure 998 To create a 7360 ISAM FX and G6 link from an endpoint in the
5520 AMS GUI ......................................................................................1262
Procedure 999 To create a hub-subtending link from an endpoint in the 5520 AMS
GUI ........................................................................................................1265
Procedure 1000To create an ISAM-MDU link from an Ethernet network port ................1266
Procedure 1001To create an ISAM-MDU link from an ONT ...........................................1267
Procedure 1002To create an ISAM-MDU link from an NGPON2 ONT...........................1268
Procedure 1003To create an NE-NE link from an Ethernet network port .......................1269
Procedure 1004To create a Media Gateway interface....................................................1271
Procedure 1005To view a network topology ...................................................................1273
Procedure 1006To view hub-subtending link status .......................................................1274
Procedure 1007To show downlinks ................................................................................1275
Procedure 1008To create an NE software package and release ...................................1299
Procedure 1009To create an NE software release from a repackaged archive .............1301
Procedure 1010To create an external file server ............................................................1302
Procedure 1011To create an external software release .................................................1303

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1012To create FTP file server .......................................................................1304

Procedure 1013To rename a NE software package .......................................................1305
Procedure 1014To create an NE release mapping.........................................................1306
Procedure 1015To configure NE upgrade script options ................................................1308
Procedure 1016To configure CDE Profile.......................................................................1309
Procedure 1017To configure threshold levels for PBMT migration.................................1310
Procedure 1018To create a minimized software package ..............................................1311
Procedure 1019To download software to an NE ............................................................1313
Procedure 1020To download software to an NE through OSWP ...................................1315
Procedure 1021To redownload software to the NE ........................................................1316
Procedure 1022To abort software download on the NE .................................................1318
Procedure 1023To activate NE software ........................................................................1319
Procedure 1024To commit NE software .........................................................................1321
Procedure 1025To verify NE software ............................................................................1321
Procedure 1026To abort NE software verification ..........................................................1322
Procedure 1027To start or stop NE software verification through OSWP ......................1323
Procedure 1028To view NE software packages and loads on the 5520 AMS................1323
Procedure 1029To view a software package on an NE ..................................................1324
Procedure 1030To view an NE release mapping file ......................................................1324
Procedure 1031To view NE software upgrade or migration status.................................1325
Procedure 1032To clear a software rollback alarm.........................................................1326
Procedure 1033To create an ONT software release for a main or maintenance
release...................................................................................................1328
Procedure 1034To create a file with the same ONT types .............................................1330
Procedure 1035To create an ONT software release for a third-party ONT ....................1331
Procedure 1036To create an ONT software release for an emergency fix.....................1332
Procedure 1037To create an ONT software release from a repackaged archive...........1335
Procedure 1038To configure an ONT software release..................................................1336
Procedure 1039To include an ONT software load in the software download .................1338
Procedure 1040To add configuration file references to an ONT software load ..............1339
Procedure 1041To download ONT software to an NE....................................................1340
Procedure 1042To pre-provision an ONT .......................................................................1341
Procedure 1043To download and activate the ONT software ........................................1344
Procedure 1044To activate passive software on an ONT...............................................1345
Procedure 1045To create ONT software version control................................................1346
Procedure 1046To check the ONT software version control table..................................1347
Procedure 1047To align the ONT software version control table ...................................1349
Procedure 1048To view ONT software packages and loads on the 5520 AMS .............1351
Procedure 1049To view the ONT software downloads in progress or with errors ..........1352
Procedure 1050To view ONT Software from OLT ..........................................................1354
Procedure 1051To view the ONT software information for a selected ONT ...................1354
Procedure 1052To view the ONT software available on the NT unit ..............................1354
Procedure 1053To view the ONT download status for the ONTs on a PON port ...........1355
Procedure 1054To view the ONT download status for an ONT......................................1356
Procedure 1055To view or delete ONT software ............................................................1357
Procedure 1056To delete individual ONT software files .................................................1357
Procedure 1057To delete ONT configuration file............................................................1358
Procedure 1058To migrate the NE database (when source and target releases are
managed by 5520 AMS)........................................................................1360

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1059To migrate the NE database (when only the target release is
managed by 5520 AMS)........................................................................1361
Procedure 1060To migrate NEs with voice-based cards ................................................1362
Procedure 1061To view migration status........................................................................1363
Procedure 1062To view the migration log.......................................................................1364
Procedure 1063To view PBMT migration tool information..............................................1364
Procedure 1064To view system health check information..............................................1365
Procedure 1065To view the upgrade plan ......................................................................1365
Procedure 1066To view the upgrade status ...................................................................1366
Procedure 1067To configure software system parameters ............................................1366
Procedure 1068To clear a database rollback alarm .......................................................1367
Procedure 1069Upgrade EPON ONT software in ‘Auto’ mode.......................................1370
Procedure 1070Upgrade EPON ONT software in ‘Planned’ mode.................................1371
Procedure 1071Upgrade EPON ONT software in ‘Manual’ mode ..................................1371
Procedure 1072To create EPON ONT SW Version Control ...........................................1372
Procedure 1073To plan ONT software ...........................................................................1372
Procedure 1074To check the EPON ONT software version control table ......................1375
Procedure 1075To align the EPON ONT software version control table ........................1376
Procedure 1076To download EPON ONT software........................................................1378
Procedure 1077To activate EPON ONT software...........................................................1379
Procedure 1078To commit EPON ONT software ...........................................................1379
92 PM collection.............................................................................1383
Procedure 1079To enable or disable GEM PM collection ..............................................1385
Procedure 1080To enable or disable GEM port PM collection and multicast GEM
port PM collection for channel pair ........................................................1385
Procedure 1081To enable or disable ONT PM collection ...............................................1386
Procedure 1082To enable or disable ONT PM collection for NGPON2..........................1387
Procedure 1083To enable or disable ONT QoS PM collection.......................................1388
Procedure 1084To enable or disable NGPON2 ONT QoS PM collection for
NGPON2 ...............................................................................................1388
Procedure 1085To enable or disable QoS PM collection for NGPON2 Virtual UNI........1389
Procedure 1086To enable or disable ONT Ethernet Traffic PM collection .....................1389
Procedure 1087To enable or disable ONT XGPON transmission convergence PM
collection................................................................................................1389
Procedure 1088To enable or disable ONT XGPON transmission convergence PM
collection for NGPON2 ..........................................................................1390
Procedure 1089To enable or disable ONT CPU PM collection ......................................1391
Procedure 1090To enable or disable ONT CPU PM collection for NGPON2 .................1391
Procedure 1091To enable or disable ONT Memory PM collection .................................1392
Procedure 1092To enable or disable ONT Memory PM collection for NGPON2............1392
Procedure 1093To enable or disable OLT PM collection................................................1393
Procedure 1094To enable or disable OLT PM collection for NGPON2 ..........................1393
Procedure 1095To enable OLT on-demand PM collection .............................................1394
Procedure 1096To disable OLT on-demand PM collection ............................................1395
Procedure 1097To enable or disable OLT on demand PM collection.............................1395
Procedure 1098To enable or disable OLT physical layer PM collection.........................1396
Procedure 1099To enable or disable Channel Pair Utilization PM collection .................1396

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1100To enable or disable ONT Utilization PM collection ..............................1397

Procedure 1101To enable or disable BULK ONT Utilization PM collection ....................1398
Procedure 1102To Reset Channel Pair/ONT Utilization PM collection...........................1398
Procedure 1103To enable or disable OLT physical layer PM collection for NGPON2 ...1399
Procedure 1104To enable or disable OLT upstream FEC PM collection .......................1399
Procedure 1105To enable or disable OLT upstream FEC PM collection for
NGPON2 ...............................................................................................1400
Procedure 1106To enable or disable OLT XGPON transmission convergence PM
collection................................................................................................1401
Procedure 1107To enable or disable OLT XGPON transmission convergence PM
collection for NGPON2 ..........................................................................1401
Procedure 1108To configure GPON Ethernet port PM collection...................................1402
Procedure 1109To configure NGPON2 Ethernet port PM collection ..............................1403
Procedure 1110To configure CES port PM collection.....................................................1403
Procedure 1111To configure POTS port PM collection ..................................................1404
Procedure 1112To configure VDSL2 port PM collection.................................................1405
Procedure 1113To configure VEIP port PM collection....................................................1406
Procedure 1114To configure IP host or MCG configuration or NGPON2 IP Host PM
collection................................................................................................1407
Procedure 1115To configure SIP configuration or NGPON2 SIP configuration PM
collection................................................................................................1407
Procedure 1116To configure EPON port PM collection..................................................1408
Procedure 1117To configure EPON Ethernet port PM collection ...................................1409
Procedure 1118To enable or disable Ethernet traffic......................................................1409
Procedure 1119To enable or disable physical layer .......................................................1410
Procedure 1120To enable or disable queue priority statistics ........................................1410
93 Counters ....................................................................................1413
Procedure 1121To start, stop, and clear ARP counters..................................................1414
Procedure 1122To start, stop, and clear ARP relay counters.........................................1415
Procedure 1123To start, stop, and clear DHCP relay counters ......................................1416
Procedure 1124To start, stop, and clear troubleshooting counters on a PON port ........1416
Procedure 1125To start, stop, clear, and show P-Bit troubleshooting counters on a
PON port................................................................................................1417
Procedure 1126To start, stop, clear, and show troubleshooting counters ......................1418
Procedure 1127To clear VRF IP counters ......................................................................1420
Procedure 1128To clear LT GE Uplink counters ............................................................1421
Procedure 1129To clear IGMP snooping statistics counter ............................................1422
Procedure 1130To view ARP counters ...........................................................................1422
Procedure 1131To view ARP relay counters on a VLAN association interface ..............1423
Procedure 1132To view DHCP relay port counters on a VLAN association interface ....1423
Procedure 1133To view DHCP relay counters on an IP Interface ..................................1424
Procedure 1134To view troubleshooting counters..........................................................1424
Procedure 1135To view VRF counters ...........................................................................1425
Procedure 1136To view LT GE Uplink counters .............................................................1425
Procedure 1137To start, stop, and clear on-demand counters.......................................1426
Procedure 1138To start, stop, clear, and show P-Bit troubleshooting counters on
an GPON VLAN association interface...................................................1426
Procedure 1139To view counters on a GPON VLAN association interface....................1427
Procedure 1140To view counters on an EPON Ethernet Port ........................................1428

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1141To reset counters on an EPON Ethernet Port .......................................1428

Procedure 1142To start, stop, clear, and show troubleshooting counters on a
channel pair ...........................................................................................1429
Procedure 1143To start, stop, clear, and show P-Bit troubleshooting counters on
an NGPON2 object................................................................................1429
Procedure 1144To start, stop, clear, and show troubleshooting counters on an
NGPON2 UNI ........................................................................................1430
94 Mirror services ..........................................................................1433
Procedure 1145To create a mirror service......................................................................1434
Procedure 1146To create a mirror source port ...............................................................1434
Procedure 1147To create a mirror source SAP ..............................................................1435
Procedure 1148To create a mirror source CPU..............................................................1435
Procedure 1149To view a mirror destination SAP ..........................................................1436
Procedure 1150To view optical measurements on a PON port ......................................1438
Procedure 1151To view optical measurements on an ONT ...........................................1438
Procedure 1152To view ONT ANI optical measurements ..............................................1439
96 Configure CFM ..........................................................................1441
Procedure 1153To create a maintenance domain ..........................................................1442
Procedure 1154To create a maintenance association....................................................1443
Procedure 1155To create a CFM bridge identifier ..........................................................1444
Procedure 1156To create a CFM maintenance point list................................................1445
Procedure 1157To create a CFM maintenance endpoint ...............................................1445
Procedure 1158To create a slot maintenance endpoint .................................................1446
Procedure 1159To create a bridge port maintenance endpoint......................................1446
Procedure 1160To create active remote MEP ...............................................................1447
Procedure 1161To create a remote maintenance endpoint............................................1448
Procedure 1162To view maintenance endpoint database ..............................................1448
Procedure 1163To configure CFM system parameters ..................................................1449
Procedure 1164To create a CFM SAP maintenance intermediate point ........................1449
Procedure 1165To create a CFM SDP maintenance intermediate point ........................1450
Procedure 1166To create a performance monitoring session ........................................1450
Procedure 1167To create a performance monitoring session on IHUB..........................1451
Procedure 1168To view the OTDR results and status....................................................1454
Procedure 1169To start an OTDR ..................................................................................1454
Procedure 1170To manage the OTDR measurements ..................................................1455
Procedure 1171To display detected faults in a PON network toplology .........................1455
Procedure 1172To view an end-to-end resource path....................................................1459
Procedure 1173To troubleshoot an end-to-end resource path .......................................1461
Procedure 1174To view error logs ..................................................................................1464
Procedure 1175To configure TCA for NT and LT units...................................................1465
Procedure 1176To configure TCA for Ethernet LT ports ................................................1465
Procedure 1177To manage the alarm default severity ...................................................1466

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1178To view compact flash usage ................................................................1466

Procedure 1179To start or stop CPU load monitoring ....................................................1467
Procedure 1180To monitor CPU and memory usage .....................................................1468
Procedure 1181To create MAC filter counters................................................................1469
Procedure 1182To view thermal sensor data .................................................................1470
Procedure 1183To manually clear thermal sensor alarms..............................................1470
Procedure 1184To configure MTA ..................................................................................1471
Procedure 1185To perform an F4/F5 loopback test .......................................................1480
Procedure 1186To perform a narrowband line test.........................................................1481
Procedure 1187To perform a metallic ended line test ....................................................1483
Procedure 1188To perform a search tone test ...............................................................1485
Procedure 1189To view remaining time for search tone test..........................................1485
Procedure 1190To cancel a search tone test .................................................................1486
Procedure 1191To configure a longitudinal current test .................................................1486
Procedure 1192To start single ended line test................................................................1488
Procedure 1193To cancel a single ended line test .........................................................1490
Procedure 1194To perform a POTS line test..................................................................1490
Procedure 1195To perform a loop diagnostics test ........................................................1491
Procedure 1196To create a sealing current test .............................................................1492
Procedure 1197To create an integrated narrowband test...............................................1493
Procedure 1198To stop sealing current and integrated narrowband tests .....................1494
Procedure 1199To create a sealing current profile .........................................................1495
Procedure 1200To apply a sealing current profile ..........................................................1496
Procedure 1201To perform a loop diagnostics test on an xDSL port .............................1497
Procedure 1202To start or stop BER test and loopback test on an E1 port ...................1497
102 Ethernet LT related tests..........................................................1499
Procedure 1203To initiate loopback on an Ethernet port................................................1499
Procedure 1204To release loopback on an Ethernet port ..............................................1499
103 GPON tests................................................................................1501
Procedure 1205To perform a rogue test .........................................................................1501
104 ONT tests...................................................................................1503
Procedure 1206To troubleshoot using a POTS MLT ......................................................1503
Procedure 1207To perform a SIP dial tone test..............................................................1504
105 EPON tests ................................................................................1507
Procedure 1208To perform a rogue test .........................................................................1507
Procedure 1209To enable or disable idle power monitoring...........................................1507
106 SFP tests ...................................................................................1509
Procedure 1210To view SFP diagnostics and inventory on a slot ..................................1509
Procedure 1211To view SFP link status .........................................................................1510
Procedure 1212To disable SGMII remote loopback on the E1/DS1 port........................1512
Procedure 1213To enable SGMII remote loopback on the E1/DS1 port ........................1512
Procedure 1214To disable SGMII local loopback on the E1/DS1 port ...........................1513
Procedure 1215To enable SGMII local loopback on the E1/DS1 port ............................1513
Procedure 1216To view SFP inventory on NT or NTIO slot ...........................................1514

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
107 Voice related tests ....................................................................1515

Procedure 1217To perform an inward test......................................................................1515
Procedure 1218To perform an ISDN electric line test.....................................................1516
Procedure 1219To perform a test access session..........................................................1517
Procedure 1220To view busy ports.................................................................................1518
Procedure 1221To perform an ISDN loop back test .......................................................1518
Procedure 1222To perform E1 Loopback test ................................................................1519
Procedure 1223To perform a forced ringing test ............................................................1520
Procedure 1224To perform a force ring subscriber test..................................................1520
Procedure 1225To cancel a forced ringing test ..............................................................1521
Procedure 1226To cancel a force ring subscriber test....................................................1521
Procedure 1227To perform a voice diagnosis call test ...................................................1522
108 CFM tests...................................................................................1525
Procedure 1228To perform CFM Loopback test.............................................................1525
Procedure 1229To perform link trace test.......................................................................1526
Procedure 1230To perform CFM Link Trace test............................................................1527
Procedure 1231To perform unicast loopback test ..........................................................1527
Procedure 1232To perform multicast loopback test........................................................1528
Procedure 1233To perform synthetic measurement test ................................................1529
Procedure 1234To perform two-way synthetic loss measurement test ..........................1529
Procedure 1235To perform single-ended loss measurement test ..................................1530
Procedure 1236To perform two-way delay measurement test .......................................1531

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Preface
USING THE 5520 AMS
1 Preface
This preface provides information about the documentation set for the NEs managed
by the 5520 AMS.
1.1 Introduction
This guide contains NE operations and maintenance procedures that are performed
using the 5520 AMS, for all releases of the NE. Although this guide contains
5520 AMS procedures, some command line tasks are included for your
convenience.
1.2 Related documents

This guide is to be used with the core 5520 AMS documentation set, which includes
the following documents:
• 5520 AMS Solution Planning Guide
• 5520 AMS Server Configuration Technical Guidelines
• 5520 AMS Installation and Migration Guide
• 5520 AMS Administrator Guide
• 5520 AMS User Guide
• 5520 AMS Northbound Interface Guide
• 5520 AMS Release Notice
• 5520 AMS Glossary
• 5520 AMS and 5529 Enhanced Applications Alarm Search Tool
• 5520 AMS and 5529 Enhanced Applications Privacy Considerations
Procedures that are common to all products using the 5520 AMS, such as 5520 AMS
administration practices, are in the preceding guides.
The 5520 AMS Release Notice for each release lists the contents of the
documentation suite for the release.
1.3 Audience
This guide is intended for planners, administrators, operators, and maintenance
personnel installing, upgrading, or maintaining the NE.

Preface 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
1.4 Conventions used in this guide

The following table lists the conventions that are used in this guide.
Table 1 Documentation conventions
Convention Description Example
Key name Press a keyboard key Delete
Italics Identifies a variable hostname

↵ Press the Return key ↵
→ Expand the menu item or element listed Security→Users
- An dash in a table cell indicates that there is no information -

or that the category is not applicable.
1.4.1 Examples of card references in the guide

Table 2 Example of card reference in the guide
Type of card Example

IHub-based NT cards NANT-D, NANT-E, FNIO-A, FANT-F,
FANT-G (1), FANT-H, CFNT-A
SHub-based NT cards ECNT-A, NANT-A
NTIO based cards NCNC-H, RPNI-C, RPNI-E, RPNI-F,

RPOW-A, RACT-A, RANI-D, RANI-E,
RANI-F, RANI-G, NCNC-F
Micro NEs based NT cards NRNT, RANT-A, RANT-B, RANT-C,

DRNT-C, SRNT-P
NETCONF based NT cards SRNT-D, SRNT-H
GPON-based LT cards NGLT, CGLT, CWLT
Ethernet-based LT cards NELT, FELT
ADSL-based LT cards NALT
VDSL-based LT cards NVLT

SHDSL-based LT cards NSLT
XDSL-based LT cards RFLS, SDLT, SFLT, RFLT, RDLT-F,

RDLT-G, NDLT-F, NDLT-J
Control cards NCRD

REM cards NFXR
Subrack NFXS
(1 of 2)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Preface
USING THE 5520 AMS
Type of card Example

System Level Vectoring (SLV) - Vector NDPS, NDPS-D(2)
Processing (VP) board
System Level Vectoring - LT card NDLT
Voice-based LT cards POLT, NPOT, NIAT
NGPON2-based LT cards CWLT, FWLT
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1) IPv6 is supported only on FANT-G.
(2) The NDPS-D card type supports dual slot with and without NTIO for shelf mode support. Two boards should be
planned in the dual slot.
1.4.2 Procedures with options or substeps

When there are options in a procedure, they are identified by letters. When there are
substeps in a procedure, they are identified by roman numerals.
1.4.2.1 Example of options in a procedure
At step 1, you can choose to perform one of the options provided in the unordered
list. At step 2, you must do what the step indicates.
1 This step offers two options. You must choose one of the following:
• This is one option.

• This is another option.
2 You must perform this step.

Preface 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
1.4.2.2 Example of substeps in a procedure
At step 1, you must perform a series of substeps within a step. At step 2, you must
do what the step indicates.
1 This step has a series of substeps that you must perform to complete the step. You must perform
the following substeps:
i This is the first substep.
ii This is the second substep.
iii This is the third substep.
2 You must perform this step.
1.4.3 Important information

The following conventions are used to indicate important information:
Warning — Warning indicates that the described task or

situation may, or will, cause equipment damage or serious
performance problems.
Caution — Caution indicates that the described task or

situation may, or will, cause service interruption.
Note — Note provides information that is, or may be, of special

interest.
Applies to — The Applies to note indicates that the described

task or situation applies only in the situation specified.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Preface
USING THE 5520 AMS
1.4.4 Navigation steps

The 5520 AMS GUI allows you to navigate to objects using the following methods:
• The navigation trees in the Network and Administration perspectives
• The Graphical View
• The Search and Find utilities
Navigating to objects using a navigation tree involves expanding, collapsing, and
choosing objects. Navigating to objects using the Graphical View involves
double-clicking objects. Navigating using Search and Find involves entering
information about the object in a window.
The following convention is used to cover all methods, leaving it up to you to navigate
to objects using the method of your choice. For information about navigating in the
GUI, see the 5520 AMS User Guide.
Procedure 1 Example of NE navigation convention
1 Navigate to the NE and choose ....
2 Right-click ...
1.5 Attribute Types in 5529 SDC

This section provides the information on the attribute types under which all the NE
object parameters are supported by the 5529 SDC.
The following table lists the attribute types used to categorize the NE object
parameters such as historical and current PM interval counters, operational and
inventory counters that are supported by the 5529 SDC for the 7302 /7330 /7356
/7360 /7362/7363/7367 ISAM.
Table 3 List of Attribute Types used in 5529 SDC
Attribute Types Description
Enum Specifies short for enumeration, uses restricted set of values

Examples: False, True
Long This represents an integer value.
Examples: [1...8], [1...4294967295]
List of Long The integer value is represented as a list.

Example: {0...4294967295, 0...4294967295, 0...4294967295}
(1 of 2)

Preface 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Attribute Types Description

String Specifies an attribute with a value of series of characters (text only).
Examples: InvAdditionalInfo
Mac Address This represents the Mac Address, colon-separated hexadecimal

notation.
Examples: 00:0C:6E:D2:11:E6
Time Specifies a valid time.

Link Specifies the linked attribute.
Example: XDSL Spectrum Profile id and XDSL Service Profile Id
Ip address Specifies an Ip Address.

Example: 172.31.255.255
BigInteger This represents an integer value which can be bigger than the values
represented by a Long type. A Biginteger value can be bigger than
2^32. Example: [0 ... 18446744073709551615]
List of BigInteger or BigInteger The integer value for bigInteger is represented as a list of three
intervals when the output format for 5 min PON utilization counters is
selected as 'Return three 5 min values' in the SDC Settings.
Example: {0...2147483647, 0...2147483647, 0...2147483647}
The bigInteger is represented as a single value by adding the three
intervals when the output format for 5 min PON utilization counters is
selected as 'Sum three 5 min values' in the SDC Settings.
Example: {0...2147483647}
List of fields, List of struct of fields, Fields can be any data type. Example: General Configuration Fail,
Struct of fields, Struct of list of struct of LIU2IWF Configuration Fail, IWF2LIU Configuration Fail, DSCP
fields, byte[] Contract List, Last Failed Test, Noise PSD (Down), Address/Name
List of Enum The values for list of enum is represented as a comma separated list
within [x,y,z]
Example: [Sync Source Configuration Fail, Degrade Alarm
Configuration Fail, Software Reset Configuration Fail, Clock Control
Signal Configuration Fail, Clock Source Configuration Fail]
5529 SDC Units

Gb/s from b/s Specifies the 5529 SDC unit defined as Gigabits/second in 5520
AMS GUI and bits/second in 5529 SDC.
Gb/s from Mb/s Specifies the 5529 SDC unit defined as Gigabits/second in 5520
AMS GUI and Megabits/second in 5529 SDC.
MB from B Specifies the 5529 SDC unit defined as Megabyte in 5520 AMS GUI
and Byte in 5529 SDC.
(2 of 2)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Preface
USING THE 5520 AMS
1.6 Multiple PDF file search

You can use Adobe Reader, Release 6.0 or later, to search multiple PDF files for a
term. Adobe Reader displays the results in a display panel. The results are grouped
by PDF file. You can expand the entry for each file.
Note — The PDF files that you search must be in the same
folder.
Procedure 2 To search multiple PDF files for a term
1 Open the Adobe Reader.
2 Choose Edit→Search from the Adobe Reader main menu.
Result: The search panel opens.
3 Enter the term to search for.
4 Select the All PDF Documents option.
5 Choose the folder in which to search using the drop-down menu.
6 Select the following search criteria, if required:
• Whole words only

• Case-Sensitive
• Include Bookmarks
• Include Comments
7 Click Search.
Adobe Reader displays the search results. You can expand the entries for each file by
clicking the + symbol.
Note — After you click a hyperlink, you can right-click and choose
Previous View from the contextual menu to return to the location of the
hyperlink that you clicked on.

Preface 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
1.7 Contact information

If you have questions or comments about this documentation, please contact:
documentation.feedback@nokia.com

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Getting started
USING THE 5520 AMS
Getting started
2 What’s new

5520 AMS User Guide
4 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM plug-ins
5 Set up an NE for 5520 AMS management
6 Configure application intelligence platform
7 Configure clusters
8 Configure clock synchronization
9 End-to-end network services and subscriber configuration
10 Configure media gateway
11 Configure TL1

Getting started 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS
2 What’s new
2.1 What’s new for 5520 AMS, Release 9.7
2.2 What’s new for 5520 AMS, Release 9.6.07

Table 4 describes the new features and enhancements in the 7302 ISAM | 7330
ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB | 7360 ISAM FX | 7362 ISAM DF / SF | 7363 ISAM
MX | 7367 ISAM DX / SX Operations and Maintenance Using the 5520 AMS guide,
Release 9.7.
Table 4 What’s new for 5520 AMS, Release 9.7
Applies to Feature/enhancement Description See
New features
All releases ONT software version control table - Added information about the new Procedures 1041,
new entries entries in the align software version 1046, 1047, 1074,
control table operation results and the 1075, and 1076
filtering of the Aligned and Misaligned
entries.
All releases Mapping the optical module to different Added SFP Part Number Mapping File Table 16
module type attribute in the NE plug-in settings.
All releases Support learned MAC to show the E2E Added information regarding Table 264
service path invocation of the End-to-End Resource
Path View from a Learned MAC@
object type.
(1 of 3)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

All releases Scheduling actions in 5520 AMS client Added scheduler information for reset Procedures 17 and
actions in 5520 AMS client. 144
Added new procedures to lock and Procedures 314

unlock PON port and to lock and and 441
unlock channel pair.
All releases Shortcut to troubleshooting counters Added information about Show Port for Procedure 1126
troubleshooting counters.
Added new procedure for viewing Procedures 347

troubleshooting counters on GPON and 458
ONT and modified existing procedure
for viewing troubleshooting counters
on NGPON2 ONT.
All releases Verify and Abort verify NE software Updated the note to include Verify and Section 90.4
Abort verify software download on NE.
Added procedures to verify NE Procedures 1025

software and to abort NE software and 1026
verification.
All releases Authentication type Added information related to password Table 223
based authentication, and removed
information related to public key based
authentication.
Added a note on password based Section 22.1
authentication.
6.1 or later Card references Added the card level examples for Table 2
XDSL-based LT cards, NTIO based
cards and System level vectoring -
Vector processing board.
PPPoE Added a note on PPPoE counters. Section 53.1.1

Mirroring traffic Added information on mirroring the Procedure 165
traffic on FE bridge port.
Port group Added a procedure to modify a port Procedure 74

group.
Authentication key Added a procedure to generate Procedure 135

authentication key
ISDN PRI PBX profile Added a procedure to create ISDN PRI Procedure 554
PBX profile.
SIP IP address Added a procedure to view SIP IP Procedure 557

address for a SIP user agent.
Management IPv4 address Added a procedure to create Procedure 682

management IPv4 address for a base
router.
Syslog Added procedures to create log Procedures 130

identification and remote syslog and 131
collector.
DB encryption Added a procedure to configure DB Procedure 15

encryption key.
(2 of 3)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

NBI Test and diagnostic Added the ISAM 6.1 NBI test and Chapter 115
diagnostic information.
Documentation changes
All releases Disable BFMU File Cleanup parameter Added information about Disable Table 16
BFMU File Cleanup parameter
All releases BGP on VPLS Added a procedure to create BGP on Procedure 646
VPLS
All releases Configure a HGU Added a chapter to configure a HGU Chapter 45
R5.2 ISAM R5.2 NE support plug-in The 7302 / 7330 / 7356 / 7360 / 7362 / The entire guide
7363 / 7367 ISAM R5.2 NE is applies
referenced in this document but the
ISAM R5.2 NE support plug-in is not
generally available with 5520 AMS,
Release 9.7 or later. Contact your
Nokia technical representative for
more information.
R5.3 or later Search option for VLAN associations Added information regarding Table 16
maximum number of VLAN
associations displayed in the Network
Tree in the NE plug-in settings.
(3 of 3)

Release 9.6.07.
Table 5 What’s new for 5520 AMS, Release 9.6.07
New features
(1 of 6)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

6.0.01 or later Card references Added the card level examples for Table 2
IHub-based NT cards, NTIO based
cards and Micro NEs based NT cards.
Unlock CLI User Added a section to unlock a CLI user. Section 5.6
QoS profile types Added Upstream Control Packets, Tables 51 and 52

Downstream Control Packets and
DSCP to TC Mapping Profile types.
Unlock ONT Automatically for parameter Added a new parameter to configure Procedure 303
GPON system parameters.
L2 Eligible MAC Address Added a procedure to create an L2 Procedure 277

eligible MAC address.
Planned (Up) parameter Added a new parameter to create an Procedure 330

ONT.
Clear All MAC Addresses Added a procedure to clear all MAC Procedure 384
addresses on a configured bridge port.
NE upgrade script Added a note on CLI credentials that Procedure 1015

are added as optional arguments.
NE software verification through OSWP Added a procedure to start or stop NE Procedure 1027
software verification through OSWP.
Mirror Source SAP Added a procedure to create a mirror Procedure 1147

source SAP.
NBI test and diagnostic Added the ISAM 6.0.01 NBI test and Chapter 114
6.0 or later 7367 ISAM SX-48U ANSI Added 7367 ISAM SX-48U ANSI NE Table 19
type and icon in the NE plug-in icons.
Profile parameter Added a note on Profile parameter in Procedure 50

ToD system parameters.
Auto-switch on xDSL port Added procedures to enable or disable Procedures 219
auto-switch reconfiguration and to and 220
configure auto-switch for xDSL port.
PONLOS meaning Added PONLOS meaning parameter Procedure 303

to the GPON system parameters.
Data path integrity threshold Added Data Path Integrity Threshold Procedure 303
parameter to the GPON system
parameters.
(2 of 6)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

Direct Dial In Extensions Added a procedure to create direct dial Procedures 534
in extensions. and 531
Added a note on Remote clear tone
parameter not supported from 6.0.
Configuring CPE software Added procedures to reset an operator Procedures 573

ID and to retrieve an operator ID from and 574
CPE.
ONT CPU and Memory Added procedures to enable or disable Procedures 1089,
ONT CPU PM collection for GPON and 1090, 1091 and
NGPON2. 1092
Added procedures to enable or disable
ONT memory PM collection for GPON
and NGPON2.
NBI test and diagnostic Added the ISAM 6.0 NBI test and Chapter 114
All releases SSH public key of the NE Added SSH setting parameters in the Table 16
NE plug-in settings.
Added a chapter to configure SSH Chapter 22

public key of the ISAM NE.
5.8.01 or later Card references Added the card level examples for Table 2
IHub-based NT cards and NTIO based
cards.
IHub system parameters Added procedures to configure IHub Section 12.6
system parameters and to enable or
disable sliding window.
Syslog message Added a procedure to create syslog Procedure 129

message.
Forced switchover on NT protection Added a section to perform forced Section 23.5

group switchover on NT protection group.
Viewing filter action Added a procedure to view filter action Procedure 204
for IP filters and IPv6 filters.
(3 of 6)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

NTR SSM out port on NGPON2 ONT Updated the procedure to create NTR Procedure 421
SSM out port on NGPON2 ONT.
Secret Key parameter Added information about Secret Key Procedures 531
parameter. and 541
Voice Pseudo Wire Added a procedure to create Voice Procedure 532

Pseudo Wire.
SIP Rule Type Added “All CAS R2” to the list of Rule Procedure 552
Type parameters.
Managing CPE Added a procedure to create CPE UNI Procedure 567

and a section to manage CPE. and Section 56.4
TWAMP light reflector Added a section to configure TWAMP Sections 61.6 and
light reflector for base router and 75.7
VPRN.
Unicast and Multicast import Added procedures to enable or disable Procedures 754
Unicast and Multicast import for OSPF and 898
instance on base router and VPRN.
SARB timeout parameter Added a note on System Busy State Procedure 1015
(SARB) timeout (seconds) parameter
under NE upgrade script options.
Auto-Boot files Added a note on Auto-Boot files under Procedure 1067

software system parameters.
Compact flash usage Added a section to view compact flash Section 99.5
usage.
NBI test and diagnostic Added the ISAM 5.8.01 NBI test and Chapter 113
All releases Privacy Considerations Included the 5520 AMS and 5529 Section 1.2
Enhanced Applications Privacy
Considerations document to the
related documentation section.
All releases IPv6 Support Added table note on IPv6 support for Table 2
iHub-based NT cards.
Added IPv6 support in procedures for Procedures 1010

creating external file server and and 1020
downloading software to an NE
through OSWP.
All releases ONT family types Included support of the GDPU and Tables 83 and 238
HGU ONT family types.
(4 of 6)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

NTIO based cards and Micro NEs
based NT cards.
Removed EPON-based LT cards.
FIPS test Added a section to perform FIPS test Section 5.4
Visible PTP master clocks Added a procedure to view visible PTP Procedure 39
master clocks.
NTR PTP master and client details Added procedures to view NTR PTP Procedures 40 and
master and client details for Slot and 41
ONT.
SNTP server Added a section to configure SNTP Section 8.4

server.
Trap destination Added a section to configure trap Section 9.6

destination.
Syslog server Added a chapter to configure syslog Chapter 21

server.
SFP power status Added a procedure to configure the Procedure 171

SFP power status.
PBMT migration Added a note on deleting the default Section 26.1

QoS profile before performing PBMT
migration.
CPU protocol rate limit Added a section to configure CPU Section 26.6
protocol rate limit.
VLAN Group ID Updated the procedure to include Procedure 301
VLAN Group ID parameter.
PBit regeneration parameter Added information on PBit Procedure 301

regeneration parameter on VLAN
associations.
Configuring NGPON2 Added procedures to create NGPON2 Procedures 408,

SNMP service, TR069 server and 409 and 415
VLAN IP interface.
SNMP provisioning Added information on IPv6 support for Section 55.1

SNMP provisioning.
SIP ISDN PRA port Added the CAS R2 termination Procedure 531
parameters for SIP ISDN PRA port.
SIP voice port Added information on pulse dialing Procedure 541

parameter on SIP voice port.
SIP rule Updated the procedure to include new Procedure 552

parameter options for SIP rule.
Event logging Added a procedure to enable or Procedure 606

disable event logging on a v-VPLS L2
service.
(5 of 6)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

IPv6 support for base router Added procedures to create Procedures 681
Management IPv6 address and and 683
Source IPv6 address for a base router.
Multicast router autodetection Added a procedure to enable multicast Procedure 817

router autodetection for an IGMP proxy
interface.
IPv6 support for FTP file server Update the procedure to include the Procedure 1012
support for IPv6.
Software system parameters Added a procedure to configure Procedure 1067

PM collection Added the information on Traffic Procedures 1108,

(64bit) type. 1109 and 1113
Maintenance association Updated the procedure to create a Procedure 1154

maintenance association to include FE
bridge port interface.
Voice diagnosis call test Added a procedure to perform voice Procedure 1227
diagnosis call test.
Multicast loopback test Added a procedure to perform Procedure 1232

multicast loopback test.
diagnostic.
All releases NBI test and diagnostic Added the ISAM 5.6, 5.7, and 5.8 NBI -
test and diagnostic information.
The ISAM 3.7, 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, and 5.5 -

are forward compatible plugs from
Release 9.6.05.
All releases VLAN Association Added information on deletion of VLAN Procedures 301,
Association. 379, 414, 471, and
508
All releases NTR SSM Out SyncE for NTIO Added NTIO slot option for NTR SSM Procedure 73
Out SyncE.
All releases NE rebalancing Added information about NE Section 5.7

rebalancing in a cluster.
All releases 7360 ISAM SF8 ANSI Added an icon for 7360 ISAM SF8 Table 19
ANSI.
Added the card level examples for Table 2

IHub-based NT cards and
GPON-based LT cards.
5.8 or later SNTP Parameters Added information on the SNTP Procedure 44

Server Address and Server Port
parameter values.
(6 of 6)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

Release 9.6.05.
New features
NTIO based cards and Micro NEs
based NT cards.
Removed EPON-based LT cards.
FIPS test Added a section to perform FIPS test. Section 5.4
Visible PTP master clocks Added a procedure to view visible PTP Procedure 39
master clock details.
SNTP server Added a section to configure SNTP Section 8.4

server.
Trap destination Added a section to configure trap Section 9.6

destination.
Syslog server Added a chapter to configure syslog Chapter 21

server.
(1 of 5)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

SFP power status Added a procedure to configure the Procedure 171
SFP power status.
PBMT migration Added a note on deleting the default Section 26.1

QoS profile before performing PBMT
migration.
CPU protocol rate limit Added a section to configure CPU Section 26.6
protocol rate limit.
Vectoring class Added a note on configuring the Section 31.1
vectoring class parameter.
VLAN Group ID Updated the procedure to include Procedure 301

VLAN group ID parameter.
PBit regeneration parameter Added information on PBit Procedure 301

regeneration parameter on VLAN
associations.
Configuring NGPON2 Added procedures to create NGPON2 Procedures 408,

SNMP service, TR069 server and 409 and 415
VLAN IP interface.
SNMP provisioning Added information on IPv6 support for Section 55.1

SNMP provisioning.
SIP ISDN PRA port Added the CAS R2 termination Procedure 531
parameters for SIP ISDN PRA port.
SIP voice port Added information on pulse dialing Procedure 541

parameter on SIP voice port.
SIP rule Updated the procedure to include new Procedure 552
parameter options for SIP rule.
Event logging Added a procedure to enable or Procedure 606

disable event logging on a v-VPLS L2
service.
IPv6 support for base router Added procedures to create Procedures 681
Management IPv6 address and and 683
Source IPv6 address for a base router.
Multicast router autodetection Added a procedure to enable multicast Procedure 817

router autodetection for an IGMP proxy
interface.
IPv6 support for FTP file server Updated the procedure to include the Procedure 1012
support for IPv6.
Software system parameters Added a procedure to configure Procedure 1067

PM collection Added the information on Traffic Procedures 1108,
(64bit) type. 1109 and 1113
Maintenance association Updated the procedure to create a Procedure 1154

maintenance association to include FE
bridge port interface.
Voice diagnosis call test Added a procedure to perform voice Procedure 1227
diagnosis call test.
(2 of 5)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

Multicast loopback test Added a procedure to perform Procedure 1232
multicast loopback test.
NGPON2-based LT cards, and
NGPON2 VLAN association Added a procedure to lock or unlock Procedure 446

NGPON2 VLAN association.
Type-B protection Added a chapter to configure Type-B Chapter 48

protection for NGPON2.
PM CDR file Added a procedure to configure PM Procedure 548

CDR file upload.
P-Bit troubleshooting counters Added procedures on P-Bit Procedures 1138
troubleshooting counters for GPON and 1143
VLAN association interface and
NGPON2 VLAN association interface
DHCP server in IHUB system Added procedures for configuring Procedures 684,
DHCP server in IHUB system. 685, 686, 687,
688, and 689
ToD system redundancy Added a procedure to configure ToD Procedure 51

system redundancy.
Local user database Added a chapter to configure local user Chapter 20

database.
IHUB system PM collection Added a section to configure IHUB Section 92.8
system PM collection.
Force ring subscriber test Added procedures to perform force Procedures 1224
ring subscriber test and cancel a force and 1226
ring subscriber test.
NGPON2 VEIP port • Added a procedure to create an Procedures 407,

NGPON2 VEIP port. 410, 411, 414,
• Updated procedure for upstream 424, 426, 1113,
and downstream queues for and 1143
NGPON2 VEIP port.
• Create NGPON2 UNI from
NGPON2 VEIP port
• Create VLAN association from
NGPON2 VEIP port.
• Lock or unlock NGPON2 VEIP
port.
• Reset default VLAN on NGPON2
VEIP port.
• PM collection for NGPON2 VEIP
port.
• P-Bit troubleshooting counters on
NGPON2 VEIP port.
All releases Start and stop supervision of NEs at Added a new security function, NE - Procedure 9
group level Supervision at group level.
(3 of 5)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

All releases ISAM NE upgrade Updated the procedures for upgrading Section 90.9 and
ISAM NE from SNMP to NETCONF. Procedures 1008,
Added the NETCONF based NT cards 1019, and 1023
in card reference table. Table 2
All releases Renew SSH information Added a note to renew the SSH Section 90.21
information of an NE before migrating
the ISAM NE to ISAM R5.7.
All releases Configuring links Updated the procedures on the new Procedures 998,
options to select an endpoint and to 999, 1000, 1001,
limit the objects displayed in the 1002, 1003, and
Network Topology window. 1005
5.7.01 or later Card reference Added an card example for Table 2

XDSL-based LT cards and NTIO
based cards.
CPE software Added procedures to configure and Section 56.3

view CPE software information.
Power over Ethernet Added information on Power over Procedure 406

Ethernet on NGPON2 Ethernet port.
LLDP-MED port Added procedures to create Procedures 363,

LLDP-MED port and LLDP-MED 364, 422, and 423
media policy for NGPON2 and GPON.
Alien test Updated the procedure to perform an Procedure 315

alien test for Channel pair
Cross DSLAM level vectoring Added a note on cross DSLAM level Section 31.1
vectoring support on 7363 ISAM MX
NEs.
SIP voice port Added information on the parameters. Procedure 541
Voice extension port Added procedures to create a voice Procedures 542

extension port and lock or unlock voice and 543
extension port.
In Service Software Upgrade Added a section on viewing in service Section 90.23

software upgrade.
E1 loopback test Updated the procedure to perform E1 Procedure 1222

loopback test.
All releases NE balancing Included the NE balancing support Section 5.7

information in a cluster setup.
All releases IP address scheme Added a figure for IP address scheme Figure 36
for GLT4/8 LTs (FWLT) and 64 ONTs
per XGS-PON port
All releases Virtual NE Added a section on managing a virtual Section 4.3
NE.
All releases Show downlinks The label of the “Go To” navigation Procedure 1007
button is changed to “Go To Remote
Port”
(4 of 5)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

All releases Active data server Updated Master data server as Active Procedures 1008,
data server. 1009, 1033, 1036
and 1037
All releases xDSL line spectrum profile Added a note on xDSL line spectrum Procedure 208
profile for Shape Type and Frequency
Scale attributes.
(5 of 5)

Release 9.6.03.
New features
R5.6 or later Bonding system Added a procedure to configure the Procedure 264
bonding system parameters.
LT restarts Added a procedure to clear number of Procedure 148

LT restarts.
NGPON2 ONT Added a procedure to move an Procedure 433

NGPON2 ONT.
Troubleshooting counters Added a procedure to view QoS VLAN Procedure 300
port color troubleshooting counters.
VoIP using SIP Added a procedure to create SIP Procedures 550

shared line and to lock or unlock SIP and 551
shared line.
PTP link port Added a procedure to view PTP link Procedure 38

port details.
Link aggregation Added a procedure to create LAG link Procedures 92 and

map profile and to create LAG link map 93
association.
FE LT port Added a section to configure Fast Section 24.4

Ethernet (FE) LT ports.
SFP Updated the procedures for Chapter 25

configuring SFP.
All releases Graphical or tabular output format Updated the procedures for the carrier Procedures 244,
data to add the graphical or tabular 370, 1180, 1192,
output format in the Object Details 1195, and 1201
view.
All releases Total number of IPs Added a note on number of group IP Procedures 970
address for all the multicast sources. and 973
(1 of 3)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

All releases Configuration file Added a procedure to add Procedures 1040,
configuration file references to an ONT 334, and 335
software load.
All releases ODN splitter Added a section on ODN splitter Section 38.1.1
overview.
All releases Media Gateway Interface Added a note about creating a Media Section 89.6
Gateway using “ams_mediagw_mgr”
script and “createManagedObject”
operation.
All releases Start and Stop supervision Added more information on start and Procedure 9
stop supervision
All releases pbit traffic counters Added a procedure to create eight pbit Procedure 284
traffic counters.
All releases Aging time parameter Added a note on the new parameter- Procedure 274
Aging Time parameter
All releases Show downlinks Added a new section on Show Section 89.8
downlinks
5.6.01 or later Card reference Added RANT-A to NT based cards Table 2

(MX).
GRE tunnel Added a procedure to create an GRE Procedure 829

tunnel.
VoIP using SIP Added procedures to create: Procedures 536,

• LSA SIP emergency service 551, and 552
• SIP rule
• Lock or unlock SIP rule
VPRN service interface Added a note on Remote ID Check Procedure 832

parameter.
E1 port Added a procedure to start or stop Procedure 1192

BER test and loopback test on an E1
port.
Rogue test Updated the procedure to perform a Procedure 1194

rogue test
Voice related test Added a procedure to perform ISDN Procedure 1211

PRA loopback tests
LLU Relay Added procedures to configure LLU Procedures 221,

relay and show LLU relay state for and 222
xDSL port.
All releases NE-NE links Added a section on creating NE-NE Section 89.5
links.
Virtual NE Added an icon for virtual NE. Table 19
All releases Creating an xDSL line spectrum profile Added details of the ADSL and VDSL2 Procedure 208
parameters
(2 of 3)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

All releases NBI test and diagnostic Added the ISAM 5.2, 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, and -
5.6 NBI test and diagnostic information
The ISAM 3.7 is a forward compatible -

plug from R9.6.
The ISAM 5.0, and 5.1 are forward -

compatible plugs from Release 9.5.
All releases Clean up ports and groups Added a note on clean up action on Section 34.1
ports and groups.
All releases NGPON2 ONT software activation Added a note on the 5520 Section 90.1.2.1
AMS-controlled NGPON2 ONT
software activation.
R9.6.03 Disable of options for a single object Added a note on the disable of the Sections 90.17
options Download/Activate to ONT and 90.18
(GPON), Activate Passive SW on Procedures 1074
ONT, Check Version Control Table and 1075
(GPON), Align Version Control Table
(GPON), Check Version Control Table
(EPON), and Align Version Control
Table (EPON) for a single object.
(3 of 3)

MX |7367 ISAM SX Operations and Maintenance Using the 5520 AMS guide,
Release 9.6.

New features
All releases Ethernet ports Added information about LT ports that Sections 12.4 and
can be viewed under LT ports domain 12.5
and updated the navigation paths.
All releases Carrier Data Collection Added information about Disabled Procedure 234
option for Carrier Data Collection.
Added input and output parameter -
details for AMS NBI test and
diagnostic.
All releases G6-GPON links Updated the sections to add the new IP Figure 35,
address schema details. Tables 210, 211,
212
All releases Multiple NE SW package Added a note on multiple NE SW Sections 90.4,

package and supported NT board 90.5, 90.7, and
types. 90.7.1
(1 of 5)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

All releases Ethernet ports Added procedure to list/delete SAPs Procedure 70
on an Ethernet port
Added procedure to list/delete Procedure 71

Ethernet paths
Added procedure to list/delete IP Procedure 72

interfaces
All releases Link aggregation Added procedure to list/delete SAPs Procedure 95

for link aggregation group
Added procedure to list/delete Procedure 96

Ethernet paths for link aggregation
group
All releases Unplan LT and NT units Added a note on unplanning LT and Procedure 146
NT units, about the new NE plug-in
setting parameter in the OD view
selection which prevents unplanning.
Added the new NE plug-in setting Table 16
parameter to the table.
R5.5 or later NE plug-in icon Added a NE plug-in icon for 7362 ISAM Table 19
DF.
IGMP snooping static multicast sources Added a procedure to create IGMP Procedure 615
snooping static multicast sources.
Clear ranging alarm Added a procedure to clear ranging Procedures 448

alarm on channel pair and PON port. and 317
Local standalone SIP server Added a procedure to create a local Procedure 535
standalone SIP server.
Local standalone server instance Added a procedure to create a local Procedure 536
standalone server instance.
SIP server parameters Updated the guidelines for SIP server Table 128
parameters to include LSA server.
SIP service profiles Added a procedure to view SIP service Procedure 558
profiles.
DHCP SIP servers Added a procedure to view DHCP SIP Procedure 559
servers.
IGMP proxy instance Added a procedure to create and Procedures 810

configure the IGMP proxy instance for and 811
a base router.
IGMP proxy interface Added a procedure to create and Procedures 811

configure the IGMP proxy interface for and 812
a base router.
R5.5.01 or later Card reference Added NIAT-A board to Voice-based Table 2

LT cards.
Remote MEP Added a procedure to create active Procedure 1160

remote MEP.
(2 of 5)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

Layer 2 services Added a procedure to lock or unlock an Procedures 652,
ethernet ring. 654, 655
Added a procedure to switch ethernet
path.
Added a procedure to create a data
VLAN list.
XGS-PON Added an overview section for Section 47.1.1

XGS-PON.
Reset ONT Added a note on the options available Procedure 338

to reboot an ONT
Configure an ONT for NGPON2 Added a note on the following: Procedures 404,
• Configuration files on an NGPON2 411, 425
• pbit data flow
• Options to reboot an NGPON2
ONT
ONT service port Added a note for pbit data flow for Procedure 356
Ethernet, MoCA, HPNA, VDSL2, and
VEIP ports
SFP connectivity status Added a note on SFP tab Object Procedure 173
Details view.
VoIP using SIP Added a procedure to create SIP ISDN Procedure 531
PRA port.
E1 port Added a procedure to perform actions Procedure 233

on an E1 port.
Activate NE software Added factory default option. Procedure 1023

SFP link status Added a note on SFP link status. Procedure 1211
All releases Link aggregation group Updated the procedure to add a port Procedures 94 and
and to remove a port from a link 99
aggregation group.
Added a procedure to view aggregated Procedure 102

ports.
All releases End-to-end process for NE software Updated the table for End-to-end Table 219
upgrade, ONT software upgrade, and process for NE software upgrade, ONT Figure 38
NE database software upgrade, and NE database
migration migration.
All releases NBI test and diagnostic - DT specific Updated the ERRORSTATUS -
additional information example in the DT specific additional
information chapters.
All releases Linked parameters Added a note about linked parameters Procedure 624
for IGMP snooping.
(3 of 5)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

All releases Align version control table Added information about the Align Procedures 1041,
options section. 1046, 1047, 1074,
1075, and 1076
Added information about “download Procedure 1047

and activate immediately” option on an
existing ONT load.
R9.6 or later Object identifiers for NBI test and Added new object identifiers for -
diagnostic operation • Bonding group
• IMA Group
• Ethernet OAM
• EFM OAM Configuration
All releases To download software to an NE Updated the table to download Table 225
software to the NE from the Network or
Software perspective.
All releases Creating an ONT software release Added a note for the automatic Section 90.14
download of the ONT software.
All releases ONT software release parameters Removed a statement for SW File to Table 237
be Used for Data-Only ONTs
parameter
All releases Migrate NEs with voice-based cards Added a procedure to migrate NEs Procedures 1015
with voice-based cards. and 1016
Updated the CDE profile information.
All releases Narrowband line test Updated extendedResultOutput for Chapter 111
NARROWBAND_LINE_TEST
All releases Download and activate during next ONT Added more information for ‘Download Procedures 1043,
In-Service transition and activate during next ONT 1046, and 1047
In-Service transition’ option for ONT
software download.
All releases Renaming an NE software package Added a note on non-standard prefix Section 90.5
while renaming the NE software
package.
All releases SIP subscriber profile Added more information on the Table 106
behavior of default SIP subscriber
profile.
All releases AMS NBI test and diagnostic Added more information to the AMS -
NBI test and diagnostic chapters and
modified the content format.
All releases Uplink counters Added a note to the procedure on view Procedure 1136
LT GE uplink counters.
All releases ONT software package Added a note on the supported ONT Section 90.14
software package.
All releases Edit multiple QoS profiles Added a procedure to edit multiple Procedure 192
QoS profiles.
(4 of 5)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

All releases Help Legend The Legend is removed from the 5520 -
AMS GUI Help. The ISAM icons
continue to be described in the
7302/7330/7356/7360/7363/7367
ISAM Operations and Maintenance
Using the 5520 AMS guide.
All releases Status attributes Added description for status attributes. Section 109.4
Removed the Appendix chapters and Sections 109.2

moved the sections “ERROR CODE” and 109.3
and “Test Detail Status” to Test and
Diagnostic “Overview” chapter.
All releases NBI Test and Diagnostic The format for NBI Test and Diagnostic -
is changed from Release 9.6.
The forward compatible plug from -

Release 9.5 remains in the old format.
R9.6 or later CMTS The CMTS chapter is delivered as a -

new document.
R9.6 or later NBI test and diagnostic Removed Appendix chapters for -
releases 4.4 and 5.2 - Additional
information. The content is now
available as part of NBI test and
diagnostic chapters.
All releases xDSL line spectrum profile Added a note on xDSL line spectrum Procedure 208
profile and template migration.
All releases VLAN Secure Forwarding Control Added a note on “VLAN Secure Section 35.2
parameter configuration Forwarding Control” parameter
configuration in the Template and NE.
All releases Media gateway Added a note for the supported Procedure 54
parameters in media gateway.
Removed Prefix and Format string Procedure 1004
parameters from media gateway
parameters.
(5 of 5)

ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB | 7360 ISAM FX | 7363 ISAM MX |7367 ISAM SX
Operations and Maintenance Using the 5520 AMS guide, Release 9.5.
New features
(1 of 5)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

All releases Media Gateway creation Added information about creating Section 89.6
Media Gateway interface on 7367
ISAM SX 12VP for G6-GPON link
management.
R9.5 or later Stop support for Solaris Removed references to Solaris from Chapter 90
the guide.
R9.5 or later DOCSIS Event Manager Added information on the DOCSIS -

Event Manager.
R5.2 PON Utilization Added procedures for PON Utilization. Section 37.5
Procedures 311,
312, 318, 319, 328
Table 78
R9.5 or later View VLANs Added a parameter in NE plug-in Table 16

settings.
Updated the procedure to view VLANs Procedure 291

information.
All releases NE plug-in settings Added the default values for the Table 16
parameters in NE plug-in settings.
All releases ONT software package creation Updated the procedures for ONT Procedures 1033,
package creation. 1036
Added information about creating a file Procedure 1034

with the same ONT types. Sub-section
90.14.2
Added information about viewing ONT Procedure 1050

software from OLT.
R9.5 or later NBI test and diagnostic Added chapters for releases 4.4 and -
5.2.
Added chapter for releases 4.4 and 5.2 -

- Additional information.
All releases Map and Link management license Removed the reference to Map and Chapter 38
Link management license from the
guide.
All releases NE plug-in settings Added a setting for auto-expansion of Table 16
R1.S1 in NE plug-in settings.
R5.2 or later ISAM-MDU link from an NGPON2 ONT Added a procedure for creating an Procedure 1002
ISAM-MDU link from an NGPON2
ONT.
(2 of 5)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

R5.4 or later Power supply unit Added a section on power supply unit. 28.1.3
Tag protocol identifier Added a section on tag protocol Section 58.14

identifier.
Bandwidth parameters Added a note on bandwidth Procedures 454

parameters on NGPON2 Ethernet port and 387
and Virtual UNI.
QoS parameters Added a procedure to view QoS Procedure 193

parameters on a CES, Ethernet,
MoCA, VDSL2, or VEIP port.
L2 collision cyclic buffer Added a procedure to search L2 Procedure 296

collision cyclic buffer.
Transparency of DHCP server at user Added a note related to transparency Procedure 273
side of DHCP server at user side
parameter.
xDSL legacy UPBO profile Added a procedure to create an xDSL Procedure 215
legacy UPBO profile.
CPU IPv6 and IPv6 Prefixes Added information on CPU IPv6 and Chapter 27
IPv6 Prefixes filters.
Technical support files on an NE Added a procedure to remove Procedure 18

technical support files on an NE.
R5.3.02 or later GPON xDSL RTX profile Added procedure to create a GPON Procedure 307
xDSL RTX profile.
NGPON2 802.1x Added a section on configuring Section 47.6
authentication NGPON2 802.1x authentication.
R5.4.01 or later G.hs profile Added a procedure to create a G.hs Procedure 260
profile for G.Fast supported boards.
CWMP system parameters Added a section to configure CWMP Section 39.9

system parameters.
Configure an ONT for NGPON2 Added procedures to configure the Chapter 46
following:
• NGPON2 Ethernet Port
• Upstream/Downstream queues for
NGPON2 UNI
• NGPON2 virtual UNI
• Upstream/Downstream queues for
NGPON2 virtual UNI
• NGPON2 IP host
• NGPON2 VoIP configuration
• NGPON2 SIP configuration
• NGPON2 POTS port
• Switch channel pair
IP host ping test Added information that NGPON2 Procedure 394

supports IP host ping test.
Configure VLAN association Added a note on supported options on Procedure 301

NNI port type.
(3 of 5)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

EPON ONT software management Added a note on subscriber Procedure 1076
emergency call for EPON ONT
software.
Current PTP master clock Added a procedure to view the current Procedure 37
PTP master clock details.
NE upgrade script Added a note on subscriber Procedure 1015

emergency call for GPON ONT
software.
SIP dial tone test Updated the procedure to perform SIP Procedure 1207
dial tone test for NGPON2 POTS port.
PM collection for NGPON2 virtual UNI Added a procedure to enable or Procedure 1084
disable QoS PM collection for
NGPON2 virtual UNI.
PM collection Updated the procedures to support PM Procedures 1111,

collection on NGPON2 POTS port and 1114, and 1115
NGPON2 IP host.
TechSupport parameters Added a section to configure Section 5.8

TechSupport parameters.
Plan and Replan a board Added a procedure to plan and replan Procedures 12 and
a board. 13
Forced ringing test Added a procedure to perform an Section 107.2.5

forced ringing test and cancel a forced
ringing test.
R5.3 or later CMTS Added procedures to configure IPDR -

parameters and ACL filter groups.
All releases Organize test procedures Test procedures in the guide were Chapters 101,
categorized into related test groups. 102, 103, 104,
105, 106, 107, and
108
All releases Perform tests on unconfigured ports Added information about performing Sub-section
tests on unconfigured ports. 101.1.1
All releases Download software through OSWP Added a procedure to download Procedure 1020
software to an NE through OSWP.
All releases Create NE sofware and package Updated the procedure to create NE Procedure 1008
software and create ONT sofware as and 1033,
per the GUI valid names.
All releases Viewing and deleting ONT SW from the Modified the procedure to add the Procedure 1055
NEs steps for viewing and deleting ONT
SW from the NEs from the Network
and Software perspective.
All releases End-to-end resource path Modified the section to add details of Section 98.1
ISAM and G6.
All releases Downloading ONT software to the NE Modified the procedure to add the Procedure 1019
from the Network or Software steps for downloading ONT Software
perspective to the NE from the Network and
(4 of 5)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

All releases Creating hub-subtending links from an Removed the speed compatibility -
endpoint check while creating hub-subtending
link.
All releases CDE Profile Added new procedure for configuring Procedure 1016
CDE profile.
All releases Performance management file Added information about connecting to Procedure 547
FTP server to configure PM file upload.
All releases Configure NTP Updated the section for configuring Section 8.5
NTP.
All releases ONT software release parameters Added more information on ‘SW File to Table 237
be Used for Data-Only ONTs’
parameter.
All releases Synthetic measurement test Updated the procedure to perform Procedure 1233
synthetic measurement test.
R9.5 or later Alarm and alarm source names The alarm and alarm source names 7302/7330/7356/7
chapter are available in a new guide. 360/7362/7363/73
67 ISAM Alarms
(5 of 5)

ISAM FTTN | 7356 ISAM FTTB | 7360 ISAM FX | 7363 ISAM MX | 7367 ISAM SX
Operations and Maintenance Using the 5520 AMS guide, Release 9.4.
New features
All releases G6-GPON link creation Added information about G6-GPON link Section 89.2,
creation. Table 210,
Figure 35,
and Sub-section 89.1.3
All releases Support configuration of Updated the section to describe the Section 39.3.1
service tags and dynamic service tags and dynamic variables to be
variables on ONT devices configured for ONT devices managed by
managed by HDM HDM.
All releases Subscriber search attribute Renamed Unmapped Attributes to Not Procedure 365
categories Collected for SMA.
All releases Tabular output format Updated the procedures to add the Procedures 370, 244,
graphical rendering output replacing the 1192, 1195, 1180, and
tabular output in the Object Details view. 1201
All releases Managing ONT Added a procedure to lock or unlock an Procedure 337
ONT.
(1 of 5)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

All releases Managing PON ports Added a procedure to lock or unlock a Procedure 313
PON port.
All releases Software plug-in installation Modified the software file naming Section 4.2
convention for the .bin files.
All releases GSIP plug-in installation Removed the GSIP file naming convention -
for the .bin files.
R5.1 or later CMTS Added a new chapter on configuring -

CMTS on the DOCSIS support.
R5.2 or later Configuring and ONT Updated the table to add new guidelines Table 88
for ONT parameters.
Creating an ONT SW release Added new ONT release mapping Sub-section 90.14.1
commands.
Software version control table Added a procedure to create ONT SW Procedure 1045
version control.
Config file alarms Added a procedure to view ONT Config Procedure 343
File Alarms.
(2 of 5)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

ONT configuration files Added a procedure to create an ONT Procedure 333
configuration group.
Added a procedure to create an ONT Procedure 334

configuration file.
Added a procedure on downloading the Procedure 335

ONT config file to OLT.
Added a procedure on configuring the Procedure 336

ONT config file on an ONT.
SIP voice service provider Added information about SIP voice service Chapter 55
provider.
ONT software provisioning Added a note to allow the ONT to forward Section 90.16
traffic during software download.
Managing PON port Added a procedure to perform an alien Procedure 313

test.
Single ended line test Added a parameter to be configured while Procedure 1192
performing single ended line test.
Configure NGPON2 Added a chapter to configure NGPON2. Chapter 47
Configure an ONT for NGPON Added a chapter to Configure an ONT for Chapter 46
NGPON.
NGPON2 counters Added a section related to NGPON2 Section 93.6

counters.
PM collection Added procedures related to enable or Chapter 92

disable PM collection for NGPON2.
TL1 configuration Added the chapter Configure TL1 to Chapter 11

configure the TL1 parameters.
SyncE support Added informaton about the support for Chapter 8

SyncE.
Access Loop Encapsulation Added information about Access Loop Table 72

Encapsulation for VLAN.
R5.2.01 or later ONT TC mode Added option to enable ONT TC mode Procedure 330 and 404
while creating an ONT.
QoS profile Added the QoS Policer Per TC Profile Table 51 and 52
7367 SX The 7367 SX shelf is introduced with -

following boards: NT: SRNT-F, VOICE LT:
SPOT-C, VDSL LT: SDCLT-F
NG-PON2 Evolution Added a procedure to create NG-PON2 Section 47.5

Vlanport level upstream queues.
Increase line test parameters Updated the procedure for narrowband Procedure 1186 and
for NBLT line test and tables for SIP POTS an DSL. Table 267
7367-SX porting S-VLAN Updated procedure for VLAN tunnel. Procedure 471
tunnel
Alarms and NBI Added NBI test and diagnostic for 5.2. Chapter 110
(3 of 5)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

R5.3 or later G.Fast Added information about G.Fast. Chapter 32
Sub-section “G.Fast”
Procedure 218
FELT-B Added information about FELT-B. Sections 35.6 and 35.7

Tables 51 and 52
VLAN template behavior Added the note regarding VLAN Procedure 301
deployment.
7363 MX downlink support Added a note regarding UNI and NNI Procedure 77
ports.
Media gateway parameters Added a row for DHCPv4 Option 60. Table 213
GPON range Added a row for ranging mode. Table 78

XDSL SOS profile Added a procedure for creating an xDSL Procedure 214
SOS profile.
Channel pair TCA Added the procedure for configuring Procedures 449, 450,
channel pair TCA. 451, 452
Channel pair utilization Added the procedures for channel pair Procedures 1099,
utilization. 1100, 1101, 1102
QoS Upstream Bandwidth Updated table for the QoS Upstream Tables 51 and 52
profile Bandwidth profile.
NGPON troubleshooting Added a new section for NGPON2 Section 47.7

counters troubleshooting counters
P-bit tagging Updated table for the QoS Bandwidth Tables 51

Actual Values profile.
Alarms and NBI Added the alarms and alarms source -

names chapters.
All releases Configure NTR T4 Updated the procedure to configure NTR Procedure 42
T4.
VLAN parameters Added a note for VLAN parameters Table 72

guidelines.
FTP file server Added a procedure to create a FTP file Procedure 1012
server.
(4 of 5)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

R5.3.01 or later 802.3ah loopback Added procedures and section related to Procedure 105 and 106
802.3ah loopback on an EFM bridge port. Section 15.4
Updated the procedures related to Procedure 1203 and

802.3ah loopback on an Ethernet port. 1204
Configure VLANs Added a note on guidelines for VLAN IDs. Table 71

Added a procedure to start, stop, clear, Procedure 299
and show troubleshooting counters on
Ethernet Uplink Association Interface.
Added guidelines to configure VLAN Procedure 301

associations.
NGPON2 bridge port Added a procedure to view NGPON2 Procedure 432

maintenance bridge port maintenance endpoint.
Bridge port maintenance Updated the guidelines for bridge port Procedure 1155
endpoint parameters maintenance endpoint parameters.
Maintenance association Added the guidelines for maintenance Table 260

association parameters.
Counters Updated the procedures to show the Section 93.2 and 93.6
troubleshooting counters.
All releases NBI test and diagnostic Added the new chapters on NBI test and -
diagnostics.
All releases Tests Updated the descriptions. Procedures 1203,

1215, 1214, 1213,
1212, 1205, 394, 1209,
1228, 1230, 1235,
1234, 1236, and 1217
Section 101.2 and
107.2
All releases Line test operations Added information about the line test Section 100.2
operations.
All releases The ISAM CRN Restrictions Updated the respective restrictions. Sections 37.6 and 90.1
have been moved to the NE Table 16
plug-in guide
All releases Line test operations Added a note about output values Section 100.1
returned by NEs.
(5 of 5)

Operations and Maintenance Using the 5520 AMS guide, Release 9.3.10.

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
New features
All releases Support configuration of threshold levels Added a procedure to configure Section
for PBMT migration threshold levels for PBMT migration in “Configuring
the 5520 AMS GUI. threshold levels for
PBMT migration”
All releases Auto-management of the Planned Updated information to configure Tables 16, 88, and
Variant attribute when ONT software settings to auto-manage the Planned 238, Procedures
activation is controlled by the NE Variant attribute when ONT software 1046 and 1047
activation is controlled by the NE.
All releases Support configuration of SLID up to 20 Updated information to configure SLID Table 88
characters in the hexadecimal format up to 20 characters in the hexadecimal
format.
All releases Support to delay ONT software Updated the procedures to include the Procedures 1043,
activation until the next ONT in-service option to delay ONT software 1046 and 1047
transition activation until the next ONT in-service
transition.
All releases Support configuration of ONT devices Updated the procedure to describe the Section
managed by HDM parameters to be configured for ONT “Configuring ONT
devices managed by HDM. devices managed
by TR-069
protocol and
controlled by HDM
Lite”
All releases NE software activation load Added the NE software activation load Section 90.9
information.
All releases Support for E2E resource path Added a chapter for E2E resource path Chapter 98
troubleshooting.
R5.0 or later Configure CFM Added a procedure to perform Procedure 1233

on-demand synthetic measurement
test.
R5.0 or later ONT card type Added the MoCA card type and port Table 84
type details
R5.0 or later Service Ports and services on ONT Added the MoCA port/card type details Chapter 40
cards in the chapter
Added the navigation path of the GUI Tables 356 and
for the MoCA port and card type. 358
R5.0 or later PM collection Added a procedure to enable and Procedure 1118

disable Ethernet traffic for MoCA port.
Added a procedure to enable and Procedure 1119

disable physical layer for MoCA port.
R5.0 or later Configuring VoIP service Added the SIPPING tab and Sipping Table 106
parameter details in the table.
R5.0 or later Configuring IP host Added a procedure to perform an IP Procedure 394

host ping test.
R5.0 or later Migration Updated the procedure to add new Procedures 1041,
ONT download options. 1043 and 1044
(1 of 3)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

R5.0.0a or later Counters Added a procedure to clear IGMP Procedure 1129
snooping statistics counter.
R5.0.0a or later 7363 ISAM MX Support for a new node ‘7363 ISAM -
MX’ from this release onwards.
R5.0.01 or later Renamed Unicast Loopback Message Changed test names for Unicast Procedures 1231
and On Demand Synthetic Loopback Message and On Demand and 1233
Measurement Test Synthetic Measurement Test.
R5.0.01 or later PM session Added procedure to create a PM Procedures 1166

session. and 1167
R5.0.01 or later Measurement tests Added procedures for single-ended Procedures 1235,
loss measurement test, two-way 1234, and 1236
synthetic loss measurement test, and
two-way delay measurement test.
R5.0.01 or later Configure Raps-Tag Updated the procedure to configure Procedure 653
Raps-Tag.
R5.0.01 or later VLAN parameter Updated the table to enable C-VLAN Table 72
4095 Pass Through option.
R5.0.01 or later NT VLAN port static MAC address Added a procedure to NT VLAN port Procedure 276
static MAC address.
R5.0.01 or later Restart a single SHDSL line in a PTM Added a procedure to bring down and Procedure 232
bonding group bring up a SHDSL line
R5.0.01 or later P-Bit troubleshooting Added a procedure to start, stop, and Procedure 1125
counters clear P-Bit troubleshooting counters on
a port.
R5.0.01 or later ToD support for MBH on FANT-F and Added a procedure to configure the Procedure 35
GPON PTP master clock profile.
Added a procedure to configure the Procedure 36

PTP master clock on an Ethernet port.
R5.0.01 or later UNI GEM PM collection Updated the procedure to configure Procedure 1113
the UNI GEM PM collection.
R5.0.01 or later MAC Address Added a procedure to configure an NT Procedure 78

Learning Mode bridge port on an Ethernet port and
information about the MAC Address
Learning Mode.
R5.0.01 or later Alarms Alarm and alarm source names for -

R5.0.01
R4.4.07 L2CP partition Added a procedure to create L2CP Procedure 263

partition
R4.4.07 VLAN parameters Added the DHCPv6 parameter and its Table 72
guidelines under VLAN parameters
R4.4.07 Configuring LT and NT units Added a procedure to configure the Procedure 136
slot mode of the subrack
R4.4.07 Alarms Alarm and alarm source names for -

R4.4.07
R5.1 or later Configuring SDP Added a procedure to create SDP IHub Procedure 620
(2 of 3)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

R5.1 or later Configuring L2 services Added a procedure to create BGP auto Procedure 647
discovery on VPLS
R5.1 or later Added a procedure on pseudowire Procedure 648

template bind
R5.1 or later Added a procedure create BGP VPLS Procedure 649

R5.1 or later Added a procedure to create Procedure 650
split-horizon group
R5.1 or later Configuring pseudowire templates Added a procedure to create Procedure 657
pseudowire templates
R5.1 or later Configuring link aggregation on an Added procedures to add and remove Procedure 80 and
Ethernet NT port links from link aggregation group 81
R5.1 or later Viewing ONT information Added a procedure to view ONT Procedure 348
multicast source
R5.1 or later Viewing multicast information Added a procedure to view PON Procedure 326
multicast
R5.1 or later Added a procedure to search PON Procedure 327

multicast source
R5.1 or later Added a procedure to view PON Procedure 328

multicast sources
R5.1 or later QoS resource pool Added a procedure to view QoS Procedure 194
resource pool details
R5.1 or later Configuring BGP for a base router Added a note on Routing Information Procedure 726
Type parameter to the procedure
R5.1 or later Monitoring CPU and memory usage Added an applies to note to the Procedure 1179
procedure to start or stop CPU load
monitoring
R5.1.01 or later Configuring LT and NT units Added a procedure to create voice Procedure 141
user port.
R5.1.01 or later Configuring Media Gateway Added a new chapter on configuring Chapter 10
media gateway.
All releases NE plug-in settings Added the details that the parameter Table 16
value ‘From NE’ is the default value for
Use ONT Software Version Control
Table.
All releases Function line id Added a reference to the NE Section “IHub

Operations and Maintenance Using Ethernet port
TL1 guide. identifiers”
R9.3.10 or later Download external NE software release Updated the procedures for download Procedure 1018
option external NE software release option
(3 of 3)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

New features
All releases Simplified ONT display in the GUI Added a procedure to view ONT Procedure 498
services on an EPON PON port.
Added a procedure to view ONT Procedure 355

services on a PON port.
All releases ONT Software version Control Changed the default value of Use ONT Table 16, Section
Software Version Control Table to 90.1, Table 216,
From NE. and Table 241


New features
All releases Migration status Updated the name of the section, Section 90.12,
procedure and a table to include migration Procedure 1031,
status. and Table 232
All releases Download and activate the ONT Updated the procedure to describe the Procedure 1043
software option to multi-select up to 10 NEs and
download ONT software on all configured
ONTs of the selected NEs.
All releases Resetting the NE Added a procedure to reset the NE. Procedure 17
R4.3 or later OTDR view Added a chapter to view OTDR Chapter 97

operations.
Added a note to include OTDR network Procedure 1005

topology.
(1 of 4)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

R4.5 or later EPON software management Added procedures to create and configure Procedures 1033,
an EPON ONT software release. 1035, 1036, and
1038
Added procedures to describe the EPON Procedures 1069,

ONT software upgrade sequence in 1070, and 1071
planned, auto or manual mode.
Updated a note to indicate that the Procedure 1072

procedure is applicable only if the EPON
ONT SW version control table is created
manually for the specific NE.
Added procedures to check and align the Procedures 1074
EPON ONT software version control table and 1075
on the NE.
R4.2.30 or later GPON ONT auto-upgrade Added a note on the required setting for Section
auto-upgrade when an existing ONT is “Automatic or
replaced with a different serial number. manual 5520
AMS-controlled
ONT software
activation”
All releases Renaming menu options Updated the document to rename the Procedure 14, 62,
following options per the GUI: 87, 150, 1049,
• ‘Export to CSV’ to ‘Save as CSV’ 1056, 1210, 1211,
1218, 1221, 1195,
• ‘Copy to Clipboard’ to ‘Copy All’
1201, 1194, 1185,
1165, and 1228
All releases Migration Added a note on migration failure due to Section 90.21
mismatch between the NE software
release in the 5520 AMS and the external
software release.
All releases Single Ended Line Test (SELT) Added a section for SELT support. Section
support “Performing single
ended line test”
Added a procedure to start a single ended Procedure 1192

line test.
Added a procedure to cancel a single Procedure 1193

ended line test.
R4.6 or later Obsolete loopback commands Updated the chapter by removing Chapter 27
procedures to enable/disable SERDES
and SGMII loopback commands.
R4.6 or later Configure QoS Updated for a new Ingress policy. Table 55
Added a procedure to create a QoS Procedure 188

ingress LSR network LSP EXP.
R4.6 or later Support from R4.6 xDSL bonding group RTX profile is Procedure 209
supported from R4.6.
R4.6 or later Configure ONT Updated for new ONT parameters. Table 88
R4.6 or later Configure ONT subscribers Updated the procedure for enable and Procedure 379
disable options.
(2 of 4)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M What’s new
USING THE 5520 AMS

R4.6 or later Configure EPON ONT Updated for new EPON ONT parameter. Table 117
Added a procedure to create an EPON Procedure 464

IPv6 user.
R4.6 or later Configure EPON transmission Added a procedure to search for an EPON Procedure 495
profiles ONT based on MAC address.
Added a procedure to search for an EPON Procedure 496
ONT based on LOID.
R4.6 or later Configure GPON transmission Updated for new GPON parameters. Table 78
profiles
R4.6 or later Configure MPLS Added a procedure to create an MPLS Procedure 789
admin group for a base router.
Added a procedure to create an MPLS Procedure 792

path for a base router.

path hop for a base router.
Updated the procedure to create an MPLS Procedure 794

LSP for a base router for MPLS LSP from
MPLS static LSP.

LSP path for a base router.
Updated the procedure to view statistics Procedure 796
for MPLS LSP for a base router for MPLS
LSP from MPLS static LSP.
R4.6 or later Configure RSVP Added a new chapter on RSVP Chapter 69

configuration.
R4.6 or later Configure IGMP multicast Added a procedure to create a GPON Procedure 995
multicast static branch.
R4.6 or later Configure L2 services Updated the procedures for enable and Procedure 605
disable options. and 609
R4.6 or later Alarms Alarm and alarm source names for R4.6. -
R4.5.02 later Configure LLDP Added a new chapter on LLDP Chapter 68

configuration.
R4.6.01 or later NDLS-F and Voice-based LTs Support of Voice-based LTs for 7360 -
R4.6.01 or later Configure network connections Added a procedure to clear all Ethernet Procedure 68
port statistics.
R4.6.01 or later Configure ONT VoIP Added a procedure to force OMCI Procedure 389
download on VoIP service.
R4.6.01 or later Configure CFM Added a procedure to configure CFM Procedure 1233
system parameters.
(3 of 4)

What’s new 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

R4.6.01 or later PON PM collection Added a procedure to enable or disable Procedure 1087
ONT XGPON transmission convergence
PM collection.
Added a procedure enable or disable OLT Procedure 1098

physical layer PM collection.
Added a procedure to enable or disable Procedure 1104

OLT upstream FEC PM collection.
Added a procedure to enable or disable Procedure 1106
OLT XGPON transmission convergence
PM collection.
R4.6.01 or later 7367 ISAM SX Support for a new node ‘7367 ISAM SX’ -
from this release onwards.
All releases Upgrade NE software and migrate Added a note on param.cfg file. Procedure 1015
NE database
R4.6 or later Configure vectoring Added a recommendation for multi-host “Multi-host system
vectoring. level vectoring”
(4 of 4)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M NE information in the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide
USING THE 5520 AMS and 5520 AMS User Guide
3 NE information in the 5520 AMS

Administrator Guide and
5520 AMS User Guide
3.1 NE information in the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide and 5520 AMS
User Guide
3.1 NE information in the 5520 AMS Administrator

Guide and 5520 AMS User Guide
Information and procedures that apply to many, but not necessarily all, NEs are
documented in the “NE tasks” volumes in the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide and
5520 AMS User Guide.
Table 14 lists the chapters in the volume and indicates whether the information and
procedures in the chapters apply to the NE. The table also provides references to
information in this document that is specific to the NE.
Table 14 Information in the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide and 5520 AMS User Guide
Chapter Applicability to the NE
5520 AMS Administrator Guide

NE tasks overview The entire chapter applies.
Managing NE communication The entire chapter applies.

and information
Managing SNTP and time The entire chapter applies.

zones
Managing subscriber search The entire chapter applies.

attributes
Managing External TL1 The entire chapter applies.

Gateways
NE tasks performed from the The entire chapter applies.

5520 AMS server
Backing up and restoring NE The entire chapter applies.

software
Managing data The entire chapter applies.
Managing links between NEs The procedure to configure link management settings does not apply.
5520 AMS User Guide
NE tasks overview The entire chapter applies.
(1 of 2)

NE information in the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
and 5520 AMS User Guide USING THE 5520 AMS
Chapter Applicability to the NE

Creating an NE The entire chapter applies.
Deleting an NE The entire chapter applies.
Using CLI and TL1 The entire chapter applies.
Managing custom counters The entire chapter applies.
Managing custom fields The entire chapter applies.
Managing SNMP The NE supports SNMPv2 and SNMPv3 only. The SNMPv1 information does not apply.
Managing SNTP The entire chapter applies.
Managing SSH The entire chapter applies.
RADIUS authentication Radius IP pool procedures do not apply.
Syslogs The syslog rotation rate procedure does not apply.
PM counters The entire chapter applies.
Templates The entire chapter applies.
NE alarms The entire chapter applies.

See Procedure 1177 for information about managing the alarm default severity.
See the 5520 AMS and 5529 Enhanced Applications Alarm Search Tool for information
about alarms, alarm types, and alarm source names.
Troubleshooting The entire chapter applies.
Object tests apply when the object appears in the Network Tree for the NE.
See the volumes Performance management and 5520 AMS NBI test and diagnostic in this
guide for information about troubleshooting, OAM counters, and tests.
Managing links between NEs The entire chapter applies.
Configure SIP on an ONT The entire chapter applies.
(2 of 2)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM
USING THE 5520 AMS plug-ins
4 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/
7367 ISAM plug-ins
4.1 Overview
4.2 Software plug-in installation
4.3 Managing a Virtual NE
4.4 Configuring NE plug-in specific settings
4.1 Overview
This chapter provides information about the 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367
ISAM plug-ins.
See the 5520 AMS Installation and Migration Guide for information about installing
and activating NE plug-ins for the 5520 AMS.
Note — If a new version of a plug-in was issued and you have

the previous version installed, you must update the plug-in file.
See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for information about
updating an NE plug-in file.
4.2 Software plug-in installation

The 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM plug-ins software file is named as
follows:
plugin-combo-isam-release-x.x_y.y.yy-nnnnnn.bin
where:
• release is the NE release number
• x.x is the plug version number
• nnnnnn is the build number
• y.y.yy is the AMS release number
For example:
plugin-combo-isam-5.6-3.0_9.7-359631.bin
See the Release Notice for the NE support plug-in for information about the full
filename of the software plug-in.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
plug-ins USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 15 lists the task to configure NE plug-in settings.

Table 15 Configure NE plug-in settings
Task See
Configure NE plug-in settings Procedure 3
4.3 Managing a Virtual NE

A virtual NE helps to position NEs of other vendors on a map or to indicate the
external router network port of an ISAM NE. You can create a virtual NE in the 5520
AMS topology view and you can add, modify, or delete the virtual NE in the topology
map. Using virtual NE, you can link a real NE from the 5520 AMS through NE-NE
link. An NE in the 5520 AMS must be active before creating a virtual NE. A virtual NE
must have three agents which are used as end points for creating links. You can view
the NE-NE links in Table view, Graphical view and Map view. For more information
about creating a virtual NE, which is similar to creating a real NE, see the 5520 AMS
User Guide.
You must install an UNMANAGED NE plug-in to manage a virtual NE.
The UNMANAGED plug-in software file is named as follows:
plugin-combo-unmanaged-release-x.x_y.y.yy-nnnnnn.bin
where:
• release is the NE release number
• x.x is the plug version number
• nnnnnn is the build number
• y.y.yy is the AMS release number
For example:
plugin-combo-unmanaged-1.0-1.0_9.7-362297.bin
You must create the NE-NE link on the Agent of an UNMANGED NE and not on the
NE itself. The agents EP1, EP2, and EP3 are the end points of an UNMANGED NE.
You can create three links for each UNMANAGED NE using the agents as end
points. You cannot define two end points on the same UNMANAGED NE. For
creating NE-NE links, see Section 89.5.
4.4 Configuring NE plug-in specific settings

You can configure the settings specific to 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367
ISAM plug-ins. Not all parameters apply to all releases of an NE.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM
Procedure 3 To configure NE plug-in settings

Perform the following procedure to configure NE plug-in settings.
1 In the Administration Tree, choose EMS Administration→Configuration→NE Plug Specific

Settings.
2 Choose the NE plug-in type and release you need to configure settings for.
Result: The NE plug-in settings are displayed in the Object Details view.
3 Configure the settings as described in Table 16. The release columns in the table indicate if
a parameter is applicable to a release or not.
Table 16 NE plug-in settings
Setting Description R3.7 R5.2 R5.3 R5.4 R5.5 R5.6 R5.7 R5.8 R6.0 R6.1
NE Collection Settings
Maximum TFTP The default value of Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Block Size(1) TFTP block size is
1428bytes and the
range can be between
512bytes to
65464bytes.
The TFTP block size
has been increased
from 512bytes to 65K.
This configuration can
be used by the BFMU
TFTP transfer for
uploading and
downloading.
NE Collection Strategy
Inventory Choose an inventory Y Y Y Y Y Y

Collection Strategy collection strategy for
collecting basic
inventory data. The
strategies are:
• Preferred: uses the
most efficient
collection strategy
compatible with the
NE type
• Fallback: uses the
collection strategy
defined as a
fallback option for
the NE type
SW Management NE Properties
(1 of 12)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
NE The duration (in Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Download/Activatio seconds) after which
n Status Check the 5520 AMS polls to
Polling Period check the status of the
NE during a download
or activation operation.
The default value is 10
seconds.
Maximum NE The maximum duration Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Download Duration (in seconds) that the
5520 AMS waits for a
download operation on
the NE to complete.
The default depends on
the selected NE plug-in
type.
If you will be
downloading software
through SFTP, set this
to a higher value.
The default value is
1200 seconds.
Maximum Wait for The maximum duration Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

NE Reset Start (in seconds) that the
Duration 5520 AMS waits for the
NE to start the reset as
part of an activation
operation.
seconds.
Maximum NE The maximum duration Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Reset Duration (in seconds) that the
5520 AMS waits for the
NE to reset as part of an
activation operation.
type.
1200 seconds.
Maximum NE Abort The maximum duration Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Duration (in seconds) that the
NE to abort as part of an
activation operation.
type.
seconds.
(2 of 12)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM
Maximum NE The maximum duration Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Commit Duration (in seconds) that the
NE to commit as part of
an activation operation.
type.
seconds.
Maximum Wait For The maximum duration Y Y

NE Verification (in seconds) that the
Start Duration 5520 AMS waits for the
NE Software
verification to start. The
default value is 10
seconds.
NE Verification The duration (in Y Y

Status Check seconds) after which
Polling Period the 5520 AMS polls to
check the status of the
NE Software
verification. The default
value is 10 seconds.
Maximum NE The maximum duration Y Y

Verification (in seconds) that the
Duration 5520 AMS waits for an
NE software verification
operation to complete.
1200 seconds.
SW Management ONT Properties
ONT The duration (in Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Download/Activatio seconds) after which
n Status Check the 5520 AMS polls to
Polling Period check the ONT status
during an ONT
download or activation
operation.
seconds.
Maximum ONT The maximum duration Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Download Duration (in seconds) that the
5520 AMS waits for an
ONT software
download to the ONT to
complete.
1200 seconds.
(3 of 12)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
Maximum ONT The maximum duration Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Reset Duration (in seconds) that the
ONT to reset as part of
an activation operation.
1200 seconds.
ONT HW Version Specifies the duration Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Status Check (in seconds) after which
Polling Period the 5520 AMS polls the
NE to get the status of
the ONT HW version.
type.
seconds.
Maximum ONT HW Specifies the maximum Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Version Status duration (in seconds)
Check Duration that the 5520 AMS
checks the ONT HW
version status.
seconds.
Use ONT Software Specifies whether to Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Version Control use the ONT software
Table version control table
from the 5520 AMS or
NE to manage the ONT
software downloads.
Setting this parameter
to From NE deselects
and disables the Reset
the Planned Software to
‘UNPLANNED’ when
modifying the Serial
Number parameter.
The parameter value
‘From NE’ is the default
value in the 5520 AMS
GUI.
Set this parameter to
From AMS to use the
ONT software version
control table from the
5520 AMS.
(4 of 12)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM
Reset the Planned The parameter is Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Software to enabled by default. Set
‘UNPLANNED’ the ONT planned
when modifying the software to
Serial Number UNPLANNED when the
ONT serial number is
being updated.
After migration is
complete, all ONT
planned software is set
to ‘AUTO’. This
prevents the 5520 AMS
from reconfiguring the
ONT software when the
ONT is replaced by a
different hardware. This
helps the 5520 AMS
replan the appropriate
ONT software.
This parameter is
deselected and
disabled when the
default setting of Use
ONT Software Version
Control Table
parameter is From NE.
Reset the Planned The parameter is Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Software to enabled by default. Set
‘UNPLANNED’ the ONT planned
when HW version is software to
unknown after UNPLANNED when the
Download/Activate HW version is unknown
SW to ONT when the
(GPON) Download/Activate SW
to ONT (GPON)
command is executed.
This helps the
5520 AMS replan the
appropriate ONT
software.
This parameter is
deselected and
disabled when the
default setting of Use
ONT Software Version
Control Table
parameter is From NE.
(5 of 12)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
Auto manage the The parameter is Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
ONT Planned enabled by default, if
Variant (always use the Use ONT Software
one of DO, SIP, Version Control Table is
H248, ...) set to ‘From NE’.
Depending on the
configuration of this
parameter, the Planned
Variant attribute can be
modified in the ONT
during ONT creation.
The 5520 AMS checks
and aligns the planned
variant value in the
ONT HW/SW version
control table in the NE
with the planned variant
value configured in the
ONT SW Load of the
5520 AMS.
NE Backup and Restore Properties
Maximum Specifies the maximum Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Backup/Restore duration (in seconds)
Duration that the 5520 AMS
waits for the backup or
restore operation to
complete. The default
depends on the
selected NE plug-in
type.
seconds.
Failure Timeout Specifies the maximum Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

duration (in seconds)
that the 5520 AMS
waits for the NE to start
a reset.
seconds.
Maximum NE Specifies the maximum Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Reset Duration duration (in seconds)
that the 5520 AMS
waits for the completion
of an NE reset.
1200 seconds.
(6 of 12)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM
Status Check Specifies the duration Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Polling Period (in seconds) after which
the 5520 AMS polls the
NE to get the status of
the NE while an NE
reset is in progress. The
default depends on the
selected NE plug-in
type.
seconds.
Miscellaneous Parameters
Forbid Board If this check box is Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Unplanning If Not selected, the operator
Locked cannot unplan a board if
the board is unlocked.
Forbid Board If this check box is Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Unplanning If selected, then the
There Are Still operator cannot unplan
Active Ports/ ONTs a board if there are
active ports or ONTs.
Max. Number of Specifies the maximum Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
VLANs Displayed number of VLANs
in the Network Tree displayed in the
network tree.
1000.
The Search option is
displayed in the
network tree only if the
number of VLANs
exceeds the configured
value.
Max. Number of Specifies the maximum Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

VLAN Associations number of VLAN
Displayed in the Associations displayed
Network Tree in the network tree.
and the maximum value
is 400.
The Search option is
displayed in the
network tree only if the
number of VLAN
Associations exceeds
the configured value.
Note: The Search
option is applicable only
for FELT-B boards.
(7 of 12)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
Forbid Board • If this check box is Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Unplanning and selected, the
ONT Deletion If Not operator cannot
Locked unplan a board if
the board is
unlocked.
• If this check box is
selected, the
operator cannot
delete an ONT if the
ONT is unlocked,
and the GUI Setting
in the
Administration Tree
- On Invalid
Deletion - is set to
Forbid the Deletion.
If the GUI Setting -
On Invalid Deletion
- is set to Display a
Warning, then a
warning is
displayed, but the
user can confirm
the deletion of the
ONT.
VLAN Deletion When this check box is Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

During Cleanup selected, the following
Warning: Cleanup cleanup actions will
occurs in the also delete the
following underlying
commands: configurations,
including the Cross
-Port Clean-up Connect VLAN and
-Delete Bridge Port SHUB VLAN, when
-Delete VLAN applicable:
Association • Port cleanup
• Bridge port deletion
• VLAN association
deletion
This parameter is
enabled by default.
Displayed Number The parameter Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

of Racks determines the number
of racks that will be
shown in the Network
Tree and Graphical
View. The possible
values are 1 to 7 and
the default value is 7.
(8 of 12)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM
Auto Expand If this check box is Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
R1.S1 in Network selected, the first
Tree subrack of the first rack
is expanded when the
NE is viewed in the
Network Tree.
This parameter is
disabled by default.
Disable BFMU File If this check box is Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Cleanup selected, the BFMU file
cleanup is disabled.
This parameter is
This parameter needs
to be disabled if the
“Enable Robust BFMU
Collection from NE”
parameter in the SDC
Settings is enabled.
SFP Part Number Allows you to upload a Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Mapping File .csv or .txt file with the
HW part number of the
SFP and provide a
user-friendly name that
will be displayed in the
Object details view of
the SFP Inventory
object. The .csv or .txt
file must be placed at
$AMS_EXTERNAL_S
HAREDDATA_HOME/
ne.
When making changes
to a part number or the
user-friendly name, you
must provide a new file
name and save the
changes. You cannot
use the same filename
for the .csv or .txt file.
ONT Display
Display Dying If this check box is Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Gasp Indicator selected, the ONT icon
displays a power off
indicator in the Network
Topology and Graphical
View, when the ONT is
powered off and the
Dying Gasp alarm is
raised. This parameter
is supported for ISAM
and GPON NE plug-ins.
This parameter is
(9 of 12)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
Display Cambridge The parameter controls Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
ONT Parameters the display of
Cambridge parameters
of the ONTs in the GUI.
When this parameter is
selected, the
Cambridge ONT
parameters are
displayed in the GUI, for
instance:
• RF Video >
Programmable
Filter (on ONT)
• Port Parameters >
Gain Control >
Received Signal
(on ONT POTS
Port)
• Port Parameters >
Gain Control >
Transmitted Signal
(on ONT POTS
Port)
This parameter is
enabled by default.
Display CTC ONT The parameter controls Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

Parameters the display of CTC
parameters of the
ONTs in the GUI. When
this parameter is
selected, the CTC ONT
parameters are
displayed in the GUI, for
instance:
• ONT Type (on
ONT)
• Spec Version (on
ONT)
• TX Power Supply
Control (on ONT)
This parameter is
enabled by default.
SSH Settings
(10 of 12)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM
Strict Host Key When the parameter is Y Y Y Y
Checking selected, the 5520 AMS
checks whether the
SSH server public key
is available in the NE.
If the key is already
available in the NE,
then the 5520 AMS
fetches the key
information and stores it
in the database.
If the key is not
available in the NE,
then the 5520 AMS
generates a new key in
the NE, fetches the key
information and stores it
in the database.
The SSH public key of
the NE is retrieved
through a secure
channel (SNMPv3), and
the known_hosts file is
populated with the
retrieved public key.
When establishing an
SSH session, the
stored public key is
compared against the
public key presented by
the NE. If the key
values do not match,
access to SSH server is
denied. Establishing an
SSH session is done in
secure CLI, secure TL1,
and SSH scripts
invoked by AMS and
LRM.
To generate SSH public
key automatically, See
section Configuring
SSH public key of the
NE in the 5520 AMS
Administrator Guide.
This parameter is
enabled by default.
When the parameter is
selected, it enables the
SSH Public Key
Algorithm parameter.
(11 of 12)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/ 7367 ISAM 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
SSH Public Key The algorithm used for Y Y Y Y
Algorithm the SSH public key
generation of the NE.
The supported
algorithms are DSA,
RSA, DSA 1024 and
RSA 1024.
Parameter is enabled
when the Strict Host
Key Checking
parameter is selected.
(12 of 12)
Note
(1) There are TFTP servers that rollover to 0 and other TFTP servers rollover to 1. From ISAM R4.3 onwards the user is able to configure the
rollover behavior from 0 or 1 in the NE. The TFTP server in the AMS has a fixed behavior which is a rollover to 0. To ensure working of the
TFTP server in AMS, the user has to check and assure that the value in the NE is set to 0 (which is also the default value).
4 Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Set up an NE for 5520 AMS management
USING THE 5520 AMS
5 Set up an NE for 5520 AMS

management
5.1 Overview
5.2 Configuring network connections and SNMP using CLI
5.3 Setting up the NE using the 5520 AMS
5.4 Performing FIPS test
5.5 Resetting the NE
5.6 Unlock a CLI User
5.7 NE Balancing
5.8 Configuring TechSupport parameters
5.1 Overview
This chapter describes the configurations for NE setup, network connections and
SNMP using CLI.
When you create an NE, you need to perform a series of initial setup procedures to
allow the 5520 AMS to manage the new NE.
When you set up the NE, you can configure it to use SNMPv2 or SNMPv3 access.
SNMPv1 is not supported.
See the 5520 AMS User Guide for information about managing SNMP.
5.1.1 Configuration tasks

Table 17 lists the tasks for setting up the NE for 5520 AMS management.
Table 17 Set up the NE for 5520 AMS management
Task See
Configure IACM and SHub network connections Procedure 4
Configure IACM and IHub netwrk connections Procedure 5
(1 of 2)

Set up an NE for 5520 AMS management 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Configure SNMP Procedure 6 to support SNMPv2
Procedure 7 to support SNMPv3
Confirm network connectivity Procedure 8

Create the NE in the 5520 AMS GUI Procedure 9
Configure subracks and expansion modules Procedure 10
Unplan a subrack Procedure 11
View host and extension status Procedure 14
(2 of 2)
5.2 Configuring network connections and SNMP

using CLI
This section describes procedures to configure network connections and SNMP
using CLI. Perform these procedures from the craft port of the NE.
Caution — You can lose communication with the NE when you

change the IP address. To ensure that the connection is
maintained, perform these procedures from the craft port of the
NE.
Before you proceed, the NE must be connected to an Ethernet network that is

accessible from the 5520 AMS.
See the Operations and Maintenance Using CLI guide for the NE for more
information about the CLI commands in this section.
Procedure 4 To configure the IACM and SHub network connections
Applies to — This procedure applies to NEs with SHub-based NT

cards.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to configure the IACM and SHub network connections to support
single IP address mode.
1 At your workstation, open a Telnet window to establish a CLI session.
2 Configure the host IP address of the NE:
configure system management host-ip-address manual:

IP_address/PrefixLengthHost ↵
where:
• IP_address is the IP address of the NE.

• PrefixLengthHost is the IP address prefix length, in the range 8 to 30, and 32.
Example:
configure system management host-ip-address manual:138.120.204.151/24 ↵
3 Configure the default route of the system:
configure system management default-route IP_address ↵
where IP_address is the IP address of the default route
Example:
configure system management default-route 138.120.204.2 ↵
4 Configure the SHub management interface:
configure interface shub port network_port port-type port_type

admin-status ShubAdminStatus mode PortCtrlMode ↵
configure vlan shub id mgmt_vlan egress-port network:network_port ↵
configure vlan shub id mgmt_vlan untag-port network:network_port ↵
configure bridge shub port network_port pvid mgmt_vlan ↵
Table 18 describes the parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 18 SHub management interface parameters
Parameter Description Options or range
network_port Identifier of the Format is one of the following:

network port interface • nt : sfp : Eqpt::PortIndex
• nt : xfp : Eqpt::PortIndex
• Shub::NetworkPort
where:
• nt is the active nt slot.
• sfp is the sfp port.
• xfp is the xfp port.
• Eqpt::PortIndex is the faceplate port number.
• Shub::NetworkPort is the network port on Shub.
port_type Type of port interface user

subtending
network
unused (default)
outband-mngt
ShubAdminStatus Administrative state up

of the port down (default)
auto-up
PortCtrlMode Negotiation mode of automatic (default)
the port interface 10mbps:full
10mbps:half
100mbps:full
100mbps:half
1gbps:full
1gbps:half
10gbps:full
Note — The value of the VLAN SHub ID is a variable, but you must use
the value mgmt_vlan because you are configuring the management
VLAN.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Example:
configure interface shub port 1 port-type network admin-status auto-up

mode 100mbps:full ↵
configure vlan shub id mgmt_vlan egress-port network:1 ↵
configure vlan shub id mgmt_vlan untag-port network:1 ↵
configure bridge shub port 1 pvid mgmt_vlan ↵
5 Save the SHub configuration in the database:
admin software-mgnt shub database save ↵
Procedure 5 To configure the IACM and IHub network connections
Applies to — This procedure applies to NEs with IHub-based NT

cards.
Perform the following procedure to configure the IACM and IHub network connections.
1 Open a Telnet window to establish a CLI session.
2 Configure the NT port:
configure port slot-address:port-type:port-number ↵
no shutdown ↵
exit all ↵
where:
slot-address is the slot address and is nt-a or nt-b
port-type is the port type and is sfp or xfp
port-number is the port number and is 1 to 3 for sfp and 1 for xfp

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Configure a default VPLS service:
configure service vpls vpls-id customer 1 v-vpls vlan vlan-id create ↵
sap slot-address:port-type:port-number:0 create ↵
no shutdown ↵
exit ↵
no shutdown ↵
exit all ↵
where:
vpls-id is the VPLS identifier
vlan-id is the VLAN identifier
slot-address is the slot address configured in step 2 and is nt-a or nt-b
port-type is the port type configured in step 2 and is sfp or xfp
port-number is the port number configured in step 2 and is 1 to 3 for sfp and 1 for xfp
4 Configure a default IES service:
configure service ies ies-id customer 1 create ↵
interface ipmgmt create ↵
sap nt:vp:1:vlan-id create ↵
no shutdown ↵
exit ↵
where
ies-id is the IES identifier
vlan-id is the VLAN identifier configured in step 3
5 Perform one of the following steps:
• If the NE is configured for L2 protocols on a base router, configure the IP address of the
NE:
address IP_address/PrefixLengthHost ↵
no shutdown ↵
exit ↵
no shutdown ↵
exit all ↵
where:
IP_address is the host IP address of the NE.
PrefixLengthHost is the IP address prefix length, in the range 8 to 30.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Example:
address 172.21.176.174/27 ↵
• If the NE is configured for L3 protocols on a base router, configure the IP address of the
IES:
address IP_address/PrefixLengthHost ↵
no shutdown ↵
exit ↵
exit all ↵
where:
IP_address is the IES IP address.
PrefixLengthHost is the IP address prefix length, in the range 8 to 30.
Example:
address 172.21.176.174/27 ↵
• If the NE is configured for L2 protocols on a base router, configure the default route of the
system:
configure router static-route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop IP_address enable ↵
where IP_address is the IP address of the next hop.
Example:
configure router static-route 0.0.0.0/0 next-hop 138.120.204.2 enable

↵
• If the NE is configured for L3 protocols on a base router, configure the system IP address
(ISAM/IPD management IP address):
configure outer interface “system” ↵
address IP_address/32 ↵
no shutdown ↵
exit ↵
where IP_address is the management IP address of the NE.
7 Save the configuration:
admin save ↵

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 6 To configure SNMPv2
Note — The name of the SNMP community for the IACM and the SHub
can be a unique character string. However, in most lab environments, it
has become common practice to use public for the IACM community
name and AMS or NETMAN for the SHub community name. Record the
names that you enter here because you must use the same names when
configuring the parameters on the 5520 AMS.
Before you proceed, the NE must be connected to an Ethernet network that is accessible from the
5520 AMS.
Perform the following procedure to configure SNMPv2.
2 Configure the SNMPv2 community string for the IACM:
configure system security snmp community name host-address IP_address

privilege read-write context nt ↵
where:
• name is the name of the community, up to 32 characters.

• IP_address is the IP address and mask of the 5520 AMS application server from which
access is allowed.
Example:
configure system security snmp community public host-address

138.120.54.225/24 privilege read-write context nt ↵

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 To configure the SNMPv2 community string, perform one of the following steps:
• For NEs with IHub-based NT cards:

privilege read-write context ihub ↵
• For NEs with SHub-based NT cards:

privilege read-write context shub ↵
• For micro NEs:

privilege read-write context ↵
where:
• name is the name of the community, up to 32 characters.

• IP_address is the IP address and mask of the 5520 AMS application server from which
access is allowed.
Example for IHub-based NT cards:
configure system security snmp community ihub host-address

172.21.176.174/27 privilege read-write context ihub ↵
Example for SHub-based NT cards:
configure system security snmp community shub host-address

138.120.54.225/24 privilege read-write context shub ↵
admin save ↵
Procedure 7 To configure SNMPv3

The first SNMPv3 on the NE must be created using CLI, which establishes a connection to
manage the NE using SNMPv3. When the NE is managed using SNMPv3, you can create
additional users and groups using the 5520 AMS GUI. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more
information on creating additional users and groups.
Note — The name of the SNMP community for the IACM and the SHub
can be any unique character string. However, in most lab environments,
it is common practice to use public for the IACM community name and
AMS or NETMAN for the SHub community name. Record the names that
you enter here because you must use these same names when
configuring these parameters on the 5520 AMS.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Before you proceed, the NE must be connected to an Ethernet network that is accessible from the
5520 AMS.
Note — You can also configure SNMPv3 on the NE through a Telnet

session.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to configure SNMPv3 on the NE using CLI.
2 Perform one of the following procedures:
• To configure SNMPv3 with No Authentication and No Privacy:
configure system security snmp group groupname security-level none

context all ↵
configure system security snmp user username no authentication no

privacy ↵
configure system security snmp map-user-group username group-name

groupname ↵
exit all ↵
where:
• groupname is the name of the SNMPv3 group. The length can be up to 32 characters or
less.
• username is the name of the SNMPv3 user. The length can be up to 32 characters or
less.
• To configure SNMPv3 with Authentication and No Privacy:
configure system security snmp group groupname security-level
authentication context all ↵
configure system security snmp user username authentication

md5:plain:password privacy none ↵

groupname ↵
exit all ↵
where:
• groupname is the name of the SNMPv3 group.

• username is the name of the SNMPv3 user.
• To configure SNMPv3 with Authentication and Privacy:
configure system security snmp group groupname security-level

privacy-and-auth context all ↵
configure system security snmp user username authentication

sha1:plain:password privacy des:plain:password ↵

groupname ↵
exit all ↵

USING THE 5520 AMS
where:
• groupname is the name of the SNMPv3 group. The length can be up to 32 characters or
less.
• username is the name of the SNMPv3 user. The length can be up to 32 characters or
less.
• password is the password for the SNMPv3 user.
admin save ↵
5.3 Setting up the NE using the 5520 AMS

This section describes procedures to set up the NE using the 5520 AMS GUI.
5.3.1 NE icons
Table 19 shows the NE plug-in icons that appear in the Graphical View.
Table 19 NE plug-in icons
Icon NE type
7302 ISAM
7330 ISAM FTTN
7356 ISAM FTTB
7360 ISAM FX (IHUB)
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Icon NE type
7302 ISAM (IHub)
7330 ISAM FTTN (IHub)
7367 ISAM SX
7363 ISAM MX
7362 ISAM DF
7360 ISAM SF8 ANSI
7367 ISAM SX-48U ANSI
Virtual NE
(2 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 8 To confirm network connectivity

Perform the following procedure to confirm network connectivity.
1 On the 5520 AMS workstation, open a cmd.exe window and type:
ping ipaddress ↵
where ipaddress is the IP address of the NE
• If the ping is successful, you are finished setting up the NE for 5520 AMS management.
• If the ping is not successful, configure the IP address using a craft interface connected to
the NE, and repeat step 1.
Note — If the ping still fails, verify the transmission facilities and resolve
any problems. You need to be able to ping the NE before continuing.
Procedure 9 To create the NE in the 5520 AMS GUI

This procedure provides the high-level NE creation in the 5520 AMS GUI. The detailed procedures
for most steps are documented in the 5520 AMS User Guide.
When you create an NE, the 5520 AMS creates the IACM and SHub or IHub agents in the Agents
group under the NE in the Network Tree.
Before you proceed:
• The network facilities between the 5520 AMS and the NE must be provisioned and in
service.
• IP connectivity must be established on the NE.
• Licenses must be added for the NE plug-in. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for
more information.
Perform the following procedure to create the NE in the 5520 AMS GUI.
1 Log in to the 5520 AMS GUI. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information.
2 If required, add a group in which you need to create the NE. See the 5520 AMS User Guide
for more information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Create the representation of the NE in the 5520 AMS GUI. See the 5520 AMS User Guide
4 Start supervision of the NE by right-clicking the NE in the Graphical View or Network Tree,
and choosing Supervision→Start from the contextual menu.
In the Start Supervision window, you can select multiple NEs for supervision through NE
Selection wizard by clicking Add, Remove, or Replace All buttons, and then Click Finish. The
NE Selection wizard allows you to select NEs from a filtered list, a file or the clipboard. You
can also select NE Groups or Custom Groups.
To start supervision of an NE group or a custom group, your role must have the security
function, NE-Supervision at group level.
Result: The state in the Supervision field is changed from Declared to Supervised for the
selected NEs.
Note — When the Start Supervision at NE Creation parameter is

enabled in the supervision settings, the 5520 AMS automatically starts to
supervise the NE when you create the NE. See the 5520 AMS
Administrator Guide for information about configuring the supervision
settings.
Procedure 10 To configure subracks and expansion modules
Applies to — This procedure does not apply to micro NEs.
You configure the subrack by planning the subrack. Similarly, you delete the subrack by
unplanning the subrack. You can also use this procedure to configure expansion modules.
Racks and subracks appear under an NE in the Network Tree. Racks are not managed in the NE.
Therefore, you cannot configure a rack in the same way that you can configure other components,
such as subracks and units.
An expansion module is a combination of a shelf and a unit. Expansion modules are configured in
the same way as subracks, and the constraints that apply to subrack configurations also apply to
expansion modules. There are certain racks that are reserved for the expansion module.
You can plan multiple subracks on the NE using the 5520 AMS.
See the Product Information guide for the NE for more information about racks and subracks.

USING THE 5520 AMS
You must plan a subrack before planning LT units, NT units, appliques, externally managed units,
and ACUs, ATUs, or TAUs. You can plan a subrack based on the following constraints:
• The planned type is rejected if the maximum number of allowable subracks has already
been planned.
• The planned type must match the detected type (or the installed type) of the subrack. If
the planned type does not match the detected type, the 5520 AMS raises a subrack
mismatch indication and alarm.
Perform the following procedure to configure subracks and expansion modules.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack.
Result: The Object Details view opens.
a From the Object Details view:
i Choose the subrack type from the Planned Type drop-down menu.
ii If required, in the Description parameter, provide a brief description for the

subrack.
iii Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
b From the Network Tree:
i Right-click the Subrack and choose Actions→Plan.
Result: Plan window opens.
ii Choose the subrack type from the Planned Type drop-down menu and click Finish.
iii Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
The subrack type appears beside Subrack in the Network Tree. When you configure the
description parameter, the description appears beside the subrack type in the Network
Tree. You can use the description parameter to indicate, for example, the location of the
expansion module.
Procedure 11 To unplan a subrack
Applies to — This procedure does not apply to micro NEs.

USING THE 5520 AMS
You cannot unplan a subrack when there are units present in the subrack or when the subrack is
installed in the rack.
Perform the following procedure to unplan a subrack.
a From the Object Details view:
i Choose the empty entry from the Planned Type drop-down menu.
ii Choose Locked from the Administrative State drop-down menu.
iii Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the configuration.
b From the Network Tree:
i Right-click Subrack and choose Actions→Unplan.
ii Click Finish.
Procedure 12 To plan a board

Perform the following procedure to plan a board.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT
2 Right-click the Slot LT and choose Actions → Plan
3 Choose the entry from the Planned Type drop-down menu.
4 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 13 To replan a board
Applies to — This procedure is applicable on all board types that can

be replanned with compatible boards.
Perform the following procedure to replan a board.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (planned_board_type)
2 Choose the compatible board type from the Planned Type drop-down menu.
Only the supported compatible boards are displayed in the drop-down menu.
3 Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the configuration.
Procedure 14 To view host and extension status
Applies to — This procedure is applicable on all NE card types except

micro NEs.
Perform the following procedure to view host and extension status.
2 Right-click Subrack and choose Actions→Show Host/Extension Status.
Result: A result page opens.
3 Perform any of the following steps:
• To export the information to a .csv file, click Save to CSV.

• To copy the information to the clipboard, click Copy to Clipboard.
• To close the window, click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 15 To configure DB encryption key
Applies to — This procedure applies to ISAM R6.1 or later
The database in a LAN switch is encrypted before storing the switch configurations in a file system.
The database is decrypted during a system reset and the configurations are restored.
The LAN switch will have a default key of 16 characters in length which is used to encrypt the
configured key and the result will be stored in the switch database. If the encryption key is not
configured, the default key is encrypted by itself and stored in the switch database file. During the
decryption, the encrypted key is first decrypted using the default key which will result in the
configured key. The configured key is then used to decrypt the switch database.
Perform the following procedure to configure database encryption key.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot NTA→SHUB System
2 Right-click SHUB System and choose Actions → Configure DB Encryption Key
Result: The Configure DB Encryption Key window opens.
3 Configure the following parameters:
• Encryption Type
• Encryption Key
4 Click Finish.
5.4 Performing FIPS test

This section describes procedure to perform a FIPS test.
FIPS stands for Federal Information Processing Standards. You can enable or
disable the FIPS in the Object Details view of the NE System. When the FIPS mode
is enabled, the system performs a self-test. If the test is passed, then continue in
FIPS mode, else reboot the system.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 16 To perform a FIPS test
Applies to — This procedure applies to:
• R5.8 or later.
• NEs with an FANT-G card.
Perform the following procedure to perform a FIPS test.
Before you proceed, the FIPS option must be set to Enabled in the Objects Details view.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NE System.
2 Right-click NE System and choose Actions→FIPS Test→Start.
Result: A confirmation window opens.
3 Click Finish to start the FIPS test.
5.5 Resetting the NE

This section describes the procedure to reset the NE.
Procedure 17 To reset the NE
Caution — This procedure is service-affecting, as the NEs will be

restarted.
Perform the following procedure to reset the NE.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NE system.
2 Right-click NE System and choose Actions→Reset NE.
Result: The Reset NE window opens.
3 Select a mode from the Mode drop-down list.

USING THE 5520 AMS
4 Click Browse to select the schedule to reset the NE. By default, the “Schedule Now” schedule
is displayed.
Result: The Select Schedule window opens and the list of already created schedules is
displayed.
i Select the schedule from the list or click Create to create a new schedule.
Result: When you click Create, the Add Schedule window opens.
ii Configure the parameters and click Finish.
Result: The schedule is created and is displayed in the list of the created schedules in
the Select Schedule window.
iii Click OK.
Result: The schedule is selected.
5 Click Go To to view the Schedule view, if required. For more information on the Schedule
view, see the 5520 Administrator Guide.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The NE is reset.
Procedure 18 To remove technical support files on an NE
Caution — This procedure is service-affecting, as the NEs will be

restarted.
The technical support file is used for error reporting system. This file can contain platform related
trace and debug commands, set of test and diagnostic commands that can be invoked during the
error or rest conditions.
Perform the following procedure to remove technical support files on an NE.
2 Right-click NE System and choose Actions → Remove Technical Support Files
Result: The Remove Technical Support Files window opens.
3 In the confirmation window, click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The technical support files is removed on the selected NE object.
5.6 Unlock a CLI User
Applies to — This section applies to ISAM R6.0.01 or later.
This section describes the procedure to unlock a CLI user after lockout of an IP
address that happened due to multiple failed login attempts.
Procedure 19 To Unlock a CLI user

Perform the following procedure to unlock a CLI user.
2 Right-click NE System and choose Actions → Unlock CLI User.
Result: The Unlock CLI User window opens.
3 Enter the CLI source IP address to be unlocked.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The CLI user IP address is unlocked.
5.7 NE Balancing
In a cluster setup, NE distribution across multiple application servers to balance the
load happens automatically based on the number of NEs, NE type and release.Every
five minutes, the 5520 AMS checks if the NEs are balanced correctly across the
cluster. If not, it will rebalance them. In a cluster setup with three or more application
servers, when the Master application server loses communication with the cluster,
the NEs will be rebalanced among the other application server(s) within the cluster,
and not on the isolated application server. To view the NE name, NE type, Release,
and IP address of an application server that is registered with an NE for
communication, execute the ams_show_ne_balancing script

USING THE 5520 AMS
For more information on NE balance and the script details, see the 5520 AMS
5.8 Configuring TechSupport parameters
You can generate tech support file through ISAM NE management interface based
on the LT slot. The generated file contains test and diagnostic information to
troubleshoot datapath or service related issues. The generated file is stored on the
node file system and you can transfer the file through FTP to an external system for
further processing.
This section describes the procedures to configure techsupport system parameters.
Procedure 20 To configure TechSupport system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure TechSupport system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → OAM → TechSupport → TechSupport

System Parameters.
2 Select either Enabled or Disabled from the Technical Support parameter.
Procedure 21 To generate debug file in the NE

Perform the following procedure to generate a debug file in the NE.
Before you proceed, the Technical Support parameter in Tech Support System Parameters must
be enabled.

System Parameters
2 Right-Click TechSupport System Parameters and choose Actions → Generate Debug File

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Generate Debug File window opens.
3 Enter the input parameters details.
4 Click Finish.
Procedure 22 To remove all debug file in the NE

Perform the following procedure to remove all debug file in the NE.

System Parameters
2 Right-Click TechSupport System Parameters and choose Actions → Remove All Debug
Files in NE
3 Click Finish.
Result: All the debug files is removed in the NE.
Procedure 23 To view TechSupport session details

Perform the following procedure to view the TechSupport session details.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → OAM → TechSupport → Sessions
2 Click the Session listed in the Network Tree.
Result: The Object Details view displays read-only parameters.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure application intelligence platform
USING THE 5520 AMS
6 Configure application intelligence

platform
Applies to — This chapter applies to:
• R4.4 or later.
• NEs with IHub-based NT cards.
6.1 Overview
6.2 Configure application intelligence platform
6.1 Overview
The Applications Intelligence (AI) Platform is a subsystem similar to the IACM and
the IHUB subsystems. A set of AI platforms are independent platforms on which
several applications can be installed. The AI Platforms are supported on both NTA
and NTB boards.
Table 20 lists the tasks to configure AI platform.
Table 20 Configure Application Intelligence platform
Task See
Create an AI platform Procedure 24
Create an AI application Procedure 25
Create an AI platform application Procedure 26
Lock an AI platform Procedure 27
Unlock an AI platform Procedure 28
6.2 Configure application intelligence platform

Perform the procedures in this section to configure the application intelligence
platform.

Configure application intelligence platform 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 24 To create an AI platform
Note — Only one AI Platform can be created for the NE.
Perform the following procedure to create an AI platform.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot NTA/NTB.
2 Right-click Slot NTA/NTB and choose Create→AI Platform.
Result: The Create AI Platform window opens.
3 Enter the Platform Number and click Next.
Result: The second Create AI Platform window opens.
4 Configure the parameters and click Finish.
Result: The AI Platform appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 25 To create an AI application

Perform the following procedure to create an AI application.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→AI Applications.
2 Right-click AI Applications and choose Create→AI Application.
Result: The Create AI Application window opens.
3 Enter the Application Name and click Next.
Result: The second Create AI Application window opens.
4 Configure the URI and click Finish.
Result: The AI Application appears in the Network Tree.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure application intelligence platform
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 26 To create an AI platform application

Before you proceed, ensure that the AI Application is created. See Procedure 25.
Perform the following procedure to create an AI platform application.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot NTA/NTB →AI Platform.
2 Right-click AI Platform and choose Create→AI Platform Application.
Result: The Create AI Platform Application window opens.
3 Enter the Application Name and click Next.
Result: The second Create AI Application window opens.
Note — The Application Name is the name of the AI Application created

in Procedure 25.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The AI Platform Application appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 27 To lock an AI platform

Perform the following procedure to lock an AI platform.
2 Right-click AI Platform and choose Actions→Lock.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The AI Platform is locked.

Configure application intelligence platform 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 28 To unlock an AI platform

Perform the following procedure to unlock an AI platform.
2 Right-click AI Platform and choose Actions→Unlock.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The AI Platform is unlocked.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure clusters
USING THE 5520 AMS
7 Configure clusters
Applies to — This chapter applies to NEs with an SHub-based

NT cards.
7.1 Overview
7.2 Configuring clusters
7.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of clusters. A cluster is a group of NEs that
make up a management domain. You can configure an NE to have one of the
following roles within the cluster:
• Command
• Backup
• Member
• Candidate
Neighbor discovery allows an NE in a cluster to discover direct neighbors in the

network (for example, whether the NE is one hop away). Topology discovery is the
collection of all the neighbors of all the NEs in the cluster.
Table 21 lists the tasks to configure clusters.
Table 21 Configure clusters
Task See
Configure cluster system parameters Procedure 29
Configure cluster ports Procedure 30
7.2 Configuring clusters

This section describes procedures to configure clusters.

Configure clusters 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 29 To configure cluster system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure cluster system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Transmission→ Cluster→ Cluster System

Parameters.
2 Configure the parameters. Table 22 describes guidelines for the cluster system parameters.
Table 22 Guidelines for cluster system parameters
Parameter Guidelines
General
Role in Cluster Specifies the type of role the NE has within the cluster:
• Command—the command NE is the hub NE, which is
responsible for collecting the topology information in the
cluster.
• Member—the member NE joins the cluster.
• Backup—the backup NE becomes the command NE if the
command NE fails.
• Candidate—the candidate NE is not part of any cluster.
Neighbor Discovery
System Mode Enables or disables neighbor discovery.
Hold Time Specifies the number of seconds to hold the neighbor discovery
packet before discarding the packet.
Automatic Collection every Specifies the interval to send the neighbor discovery packet to the
neighbor devices.
Topology Discovery
System Mode Enables or disables topology discovery.
Automatic Collection every Specifies the interval to send topology request packets.
Number of hops Specifies the number of hops the topology request packet travels.
Delay between Hops Specifies the duration between receiving the topology request
packet and forwarding the packet to its first port.
Delay between Ports Specifies the duration for the topology request packet to forward
the packet to its adjacent ports.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure clusters
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 30 To configure cluster ports

Perform the following procedure to configure cluster ports, including neighbor discovery and
topology collection.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Transmission→ Cluster→ Ports→ Cluster

Port.
2 Choose Enabled or Disabled for Neighbor Discovery.
3 Choose Enabled or Disabled for Topology Collection.

Configure clusters 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure clock synchronization
USING THE 5520 AMS
8 Configure clock synchronization
Applies to — This chapter applies to NEs with IHub-based NT

cards and micro NEs.
8.1 Overview
8.2 Configuring clock synchronization
8.3 Configuring NTR T4
8.4 Configuring SNTP
8.5 Configuring NTP
8.6 Configuring ToD System Parameters
8.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of clock synchronization. The NE supports
network timing reference to all synchronous interfaces and uses the internal clock as
a timing source when no external clocks are configured.
You can configure two external network timing reference clock sources as references
for the internal network timing reference clock.
See the System Description for the NE for more information about network timing
references.
Table 23 lists the tasks to configure clock synchronization.
Table 23 Configure clock synchronization
Task See
Configure clock priorities Procedure 31
Configure SSM Procedure 32
Configure synchronized Ethernet Procedure 33
Confirm IEEE1588 Procedure 34
Configure PTP master clock profile Procedure 35

Configure PTP master clock on an Ethernet port. Procedure 36
(1 of 2)

Configure clock synchronization 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Configure NTR TR4 Procedure 42
Create an NTR SSM Out port Procedure 43
Configure an SNTP server Procedure 44

Configure an NTP server Procedure 45
View NTP peers Procedure 46
View NTP instance information Procedure 47
View NTP client information Procedure 49
(2 of 2)
8.2 Configuring clock synchronization

This section describes procedures to configure clock synchronization for network
timing reference.
Procedure 31 To configure clock priorities

Perform the following procedure to configure clock properties.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose one of the following steps:
• Infrastructure→ Clock Synchronization→ Clock Priorities→ Clock Primary

• Infrastructure→ Clock Synchronization→ Clock Priorities→ Clock Secondary
2 Choose a Clock value from the drop-down menu and click the Apply icon ( ) to save the
changes.
Procedure 32 To configure SSM

Perform the following procedure to configure SSM.
• Infrastructure→ Clock Synchronization→ SSM Configuration→ SSM BITS-A

• Infrastructure→ Clock Synchronization→ SSM Configuration→ SSM BITS-B
• Infrastructure→ Clock Synchronization→ SSM Configuration→ SSM SyncE Clock 1
• Infrastructure→ Clock Synchronization→ SSM Configuration→ SSM SyncE Clock 2

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Configure the parameters and click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
Procedure 33 To configure synchronized Ethernet
Applies to — This procedure applies to NEs with NTIO based cards.
Note — The configuration parameters related to synchronized ethernet

varies depending on the type of the micro NE.
Perform the following procedure to configure synchronized Ethernet.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Clock Synchronization→ SyncE Clocks→

SyncE Clock.
Result: The Object Details view opens and shows the synchronized Ethernet configuration
parameters in a table.
Procedure 34 To configure IEEE1588
Applies to — This procedure applies to NEs with some variants of

IHub-based NT cards.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to configure IEEE1588.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Clock Synchronization→ IEEE1588

Clocks→ IEEE1588 Clock.
Result: The Object Details view opens and shows the IEEE1588 configuration parameters in
a table.
Procedure 35 To configure PTP master clock profile

Perform the following procedure to configure the PTP master clock profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Clock Synchronization→ ToD→ PTP Master
Clock Profile.
2 Right-click the PTP Master Clock Profile and choose Create→ PTP Master Clock Profile.
Result: The PTP Master Clock Profile window opens.
3 Configure the paramters and click Finish.
Procedure 36 To configure PTP master clock on an Ethernet port
Applies to — This procedure applies to NEs with an GPON-based LT

cards.
Perform the following procedure to configure the PTP master clock on an Ethernet port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT → PON Port → ONT
(Provisioned) → ONT → ONT Card (Ethernet) → Ethernet Port.
2 Right-click the Ethernet Port and choose Create → PTP Master Clock.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The PTP Master Clock Profile window opens.
Procedure 37 To view current PTP master clock details
Applies to — This procedure applies to ISAM R5.4.01 or later.
Perform the following procedure to view the current PTP master clock details.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Clock Synchronization → ToD → Current

PTP Master Clock
2 Click the Current PTP Master Clock listed in the Network Tree.
Procedure 38 To view PTP link ports details
Applies to — This procedure applies to ISAM R5.6 or later.
Perform the following procedure to view the PTP link port details.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack→ Slot LT→ PTP Link Ports
2 Click the PTP Link Ports listed in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 39 To view visible PTP master clock details
Perform the following procedure to view the visible PTP master clock details.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Clock Synchronization → ToD → Visible

PTP Master Clocks.
2 Click the Visible PTP Master Clock listed in the Network Tree.
Procedure 40 To view slot NTR PTP master and client details
• ISAM R5.8 or later

• Ethernet-based LT cards (FELT-B)
Perform the following procedure to view slot NTR PTP master and client details.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT card) → NTR
PTP.
2 Select either SLOT NTR PTP Master or SLOT NTR PTP Client listed in the Network Tree.
Procedure 41 To view ONT NTR PTP master and client details

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to view ONT NTR PTP master and client details.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (GPON-based LT card) → PON
Port → ONT (Provisioned) → ONT → NTR PTP.
2 Select either ONT NTR PTP Master or ONT NTR PTP Client listed in the Network Tree.
8.3 Configuring NTR T4

This section describes procedures to configure NTR T4 timing and NTR SSM Out
ports.
Procedure 42 To configure NTR T4

Perform the following procedure to configure NTR T4.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Clock Synchronization → NTR T4

Configuration.
Result: The Object Details view opens and shows the NTR T4 configuration parameters.
Procedure 43 To create an NTR SSM Out port

Perform the following procedure to create an NTR SSM Out port.
1 Navigate to a bridge port on the NE. For information about creating bridge ports, see the
5520 AMS User Guide.
2 Right-click the bridge port and choose Create→ NTR SSM Out Port.
Result: The Create NTR SSM Out Port window opens, with a unique identifier for the port.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create NTR SSM Out Port window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
4 Configure the parameters in the Create NTR SSM Out Port window.
5 Click Finish.
Result: An NTR SSM Out Port appears in the Network Tree under the bridge port.
8.4 Configuring SNTP

This section describes the procedure to configure SNTP server.
Procedure 44 To configure an SNTP server

The SNTP server supports IPv4 address. From ISAM R5.8 onwards, SNTP server supports IPv6
address.
Perform the following procedure to configure an SNTP server.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→xNTP→SNTP Servers.
2 Right-click SNTP Servers and choose Create→SNTP Server.
Result: The Create SNTP Server window opens.
3 Select IPv4 or IPv6 from the IP Address drop-down menu and enter the server address of
the SNTP server and click Next.
The SNTP Server Address and Server Port parameters of the NE that are present in the
SNTP Parameters tab of the NE are read-only parameters.
When an SNTP server is automatically configured by AMS, or when the operator configures
an SNTP server with Priority 1, then the server’s SNTP Server Address and Server Port
parameter values are reflected in the SNTP Parameters tab of the NE, for the corresponding
parameters. This is applicable for ISAM R5.8 or later.
When the operator configures an SNTP server with Priority other than 1, then in the SNTP
Parameters tab of the NE, the SNTP Server Address is populated with the default value of
0.0.0.0 and the Server Port is populated with the default value of 123. This is applicable for
ISAM R5.8 or later.
Result: The second Create SNTP Server window opens.
4 Enter the Port and Priority and click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The SNTP server appears in the Network Tree.
8.5 Configuring NTP

This section describes procedures to configure NTP servers, view NTP instances,
peers and to unlock NTP instance.
Procedure 45 To configure an NTP server

Perform the following procedure to configure an NTP server.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ OAM→ NTP → NTP Servers
2 Right-click NTP Servers and choose Create→ NTP Server.
Result: The Create NTP Server window opens.
3 Enter the server address of the NTP server and click Next.
Result: The second Create NTP Server window opens.
4 Configure the parameters, and click Finish.
Result: The NTP server appears in the Network Tree.
Note — Reference Time and Current Local Time will always display the
default value (that is, Thu Feb 07 13:28:16 ICT 2036). In order to display
the actual value, you must unlock the NTP instance. See Procedure “To
unlock NTP instance”

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 46 To view NTP peers

Perform the following procedure to view NTP peers.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ OAM→ NTP.
2 Double-click NTP Peers. Any NTP peers are listed in the Network Tree, and displayed in the
Table View.
Procedure 47 To view NTP instance information

Perform the following procedure to view NTP instance information.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Layer3→ Base Router→ Router Base.
2 Double-click NTP Instance in the Network Tree.
Result: The NTP instances are listed in the Network Tree, and displayed in the Table View.
Procedure 48 To unlock NTP instance
Note — To unlock the NTP Instance, NTP server must be created and
the SNTP on IACM must be disabled.
Perform the following procedure to unlock the NTP instance.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Layer3→ Base Router→ Router Base→
NTP Instance.
2 Right click NTP Instance and choose Create→ NTP Instance.
Result: The Create NTP Instance window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create NTP Instance window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
4 From the Administrative State drop-down menu, choose Unlocked.
5 Click Finish.
Note — After unlocking the NTP instance, check if the Reference Time
and Current Local Time are updated with the actual values in the NTP
Server Parameters. See Procedure “To configure an NTP server”.
Procedure 49 To view NTP client information

Perform the following procedure to view NTP client information.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Layer3→ Base Router→ Router Base.
2 Double-click NTP Client Info in the Network Tree.
Result: NTP clients are listed in the Network Tree, and displayed in the Table View.
8.6 Configuring ToD System Parameters

You can change time formats using ToD System Parameters. This section describes
procedures to configure ToD System Parameters.
Procedure 50 To configure ToD System Parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure ToD system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Clock Synchronization→ ToD.
2 Select Tod System Parameters in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: ToD System Parameters are listed in the Object Details window.
Note — From ISAM R6.0 onwards, you can select the system PTP
profile which is used for updating the related PTP configurations to the
specified default value through the Profile parameter. By default, the
profile is set to Custom.
Procedure 51 To configure ToD System Redundancy
ToD is used to configure many types of time-based policies or when a large number of subscribers
require the similar type of ToD changes. You can configure a ToD source with secondary priority
as backup ToD source. The ToD status and the clock class value is displayed for the configured
ToD source.
Perform the following procedure to configure ToD system redundancy.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Clock Synchronization→ ToD.
2 Select ToD Sync Redundancy in the Network Tree.
Result: ToD Sync Redundancy are listed in the Object Details window.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M End-to-end network services and subscriber
USING THE 5520 AMS configuration
9 End-to-end network services and

subscriber configuration
Applies to — This chapter applies to NEs with SHub-based NT

cards.
9.1 Overview
9.2 VLAN models
9.3 Configuration overview
9.4 Services configuration
9.5 End-to-end configuration procedure
9.6 Configure trap destination
9.1 Overview
This chapter describes end-to-end configuration scenarios and an example
procedure to configure network services and subscriber connections using the
5520 AMS. Steps to configure the layer 2 and layer 3 forwarding models are
provided.
You can divide the configuration tasks in to three groups. For an initial installation,
each group of configuration tasks is typically performed in the following order:
• Set up the NE equipment.
• Set up the network services in preparation for subscriber connections:
• VLAN for layer 2 forwarding
• VRF for layer 3 forwarding
• Connect a subscriber to the network services.
Figures 1, 2 and 3 show a basic end-to-end services connection from the network
service provider to the subscriber through the NE.

End-to-end network services and subscriber 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
configuration USING THE 5520 AMS
Figure 1 End-to-end services connection through an SHub NE
NE
NT unit LT unit
SHub
To EMAN (NSP service) To CPE (subscriber)
Port
Figure 2 End-to-end services connection through an IHub NE
NE
NT unit
LT unit
IHub
Port
Figure 3 End-to-end services connection through a Remote NE
NE
NT unit LT unit

Port
You can configure network services on the NE for layer 2 subscriber connections
using the following methods:
• Residential bridge VLANs
• Cross-connect VLANs (for stacked or unstacked VLANs)
• PPP-aware bridging (PPP cross-connect)
• IPoA cross-connect
You can configure layer 3 subscriber connections on the NE using the following
methods:
• IP-aware bridging
• IP routing

9.2 VLAN models

This section describes the various types of VLAN models.
The NE supports the VLAN types described in Table 24.
Table 24 VLAN types
VLAN type Description
Residential bridge Multiple subscriber bridge ports can be associated with a single VLAN.
Cross-connect Only one network service-side bridge port and one subscriber-side bridge port
can be associated with each VLAN.
Layer 2 terminated Used for layer 3 forwarding.
The NE supports S-VLANs and C-VLANs. When each subscriber is assigned a

separate C-VLAN with its own unique VLAN ID, multiple subscribers can be bundled
into an S-VLAN. This is called VLAN stacking.
9.2.1 Residential bridge VLAN

A residential bridge VLAN carrying a network service from the ISP can be assigned
to multiple ports on the LT unit. Multiple subscribers can connect to the residential
bridge VLAN. You have the option to configure the residential bridge VLAN as the
default VLAN for support of untagged frames.
Additionally, you can create residential bridge VLANs for the exclusive use of IPoE
and PPPoE frames. When no specific VLAN is defined for an IPoE or PPPoE
protocol group, then the protocol frames must be forwarded using the default VLAN.
Figures 4, 5 and 6 show an example of an end-to-end network services connection
on the ISAM and SHub NE, IHub NE or Remote NE for a residential bridge VLAN
configuration. A subscriber connection to the ISAM is shown.

Figure 4 Network services configuration using residential bridge VLANs for SHub NEs
Subscriber connection
ISAM E D C
VLAN X To CPE
Default VLAN
B
A Ethernet port 1
SHub
VLAN X Ethernet port 2
Ethernet port x
= Bridge port
= ATM termination (VCL)
Figure 5 Network services configuration using residential bridge VLANs for IHub NEs
ISAM E D C
VLAN X To CPE
Default VLAN
B
A L2SAP
IHub
V-VPLS L2SAP
L2SAP
= Bridge port
Figure 6 Network services configuration using residential bridge VLANs for Remote NEs
A
ISAM E D C
VLAN X To CPE
Default VLAN
= Bridge port

In the example, a pair of residential bridge VLANs is created with the same C-VLAN
ID on both the ISAM and SHub. Having the same VLAN ID associates the VLANs
and creates a communication path through the NE.
Point A identifies the bridge port that is configured on the network SHub Ethernet
port, which connects to the EMAN. Point B identifies the bridge ports that are
configured on ISAM or subtending SHub Ethernet ports, which typically connect to
the subscriber-side network. Services are available on every Ethernet bridge port
you configure and associate with the services VLAN.
Points C, D, and E represent the ATM termination VCL, bridge port, and default
VLAN, respectively. You must create points C, D, and E for each new subscriber
connection on the ISAM.
Figures 7, 8 and 9 show the addition of an optional IPoE VLAN to the example. The
subscriber connection must already be created in the ISAM before you configure the
optional connection for IPoE traffic.
Figure 7 Network services configuration with a VLAN added for IPoE for SHub NEs
ISAM E D C
VLAN X To CPE
Default VLAN
B
A Ethernet port 1
SHub
VLAN X Ethernet port 2
Ethernet port x
SHub
VLAN Y
ISAM
IPoE
VLAN Y
Protocol group 2
(optional)
= Bridge port

Figure 8 Network services configuration with a VLAN added for IPoE for IHub NEs
ISAM E D C
VLAN X To CPE
Default VLAN
B
A L2SAP
IHub
V-VPLS L2SAP
L2SAP
IHub
V-VPLS
ISAM
IPoE
VLAN Y
Protocol group 2
(optional)
= Bridge port
Figure 9 Network services configuration with a VLAN added for IPoE for Remote NEs
A E D C
ISAM
VLAN X To CPE
Default VLAN
ISAM IPoE
VLAN Y
Protocol group 2
(optional)
= Bridge port
Figures 10, 11 and 12 show VLANs for both IPoE and PPPoE. SHub VLANs X, Y,
and Z connect to the same Ethernet network bridge port point A (not shown) and the
subscriber-side Ethernet ports point B.

Figure 10 Network services configuration with optional VLANs for IPoE and PPPoE for SHub
NEs
ISAM E D C
VLAN X To CPE
Default VLAN
SHub
VLAN X To ethernet ports
ISAM
IPoE
VLAN Y
Protocol group 2
(optional)
SHub
VLAN Y To ethernet ports
ISAM
PPPoE
VLAN Z
Protocol group 3
(optional)
SHub
VLAN Z To ethernet ports
= Bridge port

Figure 11 Network services configuration with optional VLANs for IPoE and PPPoE for IHub
NEs
ISAM E D C
VLAN X To CPE
Default VLAN
IHub
V-VPLS To L2SAP
ISAM
IPoE
VLAN Y
Protocol group 2
(optional)
IHub
V-VPLS To L2SAP
ISAM
PPPoE
VLAN Z
Protocol group 3
(optional)
IHub
V-VPLS To L2SAP
= Bridge port

Figure 12 Network services configuration with optional VLANs for IPoE

and PPPoE for Remote NEs
ISAM E D C
VLAN X To CPE
Default VLAN
ISAM
IPoE
VLAN Y
Protocol group 2
(optional)
ISAM
PPPoE
VLAN Z
Protocol group 3
(optional )
= Bridge port
9.2.2 Cross-connect VLAN

A cross-connect VLAN that carries a network service from the ISP can be assigned
to a single port on the LT unit for a subscriber connection. Each subscriber is
assigned a separate cross-connect VLAN.
You have the option to configure the cross-connect VLAN as the default VLAN for
support of untagged frames. Additionally, stacked cross-connect VLANs are
supported.
Figures 13, 14 and 15 show examples of an end-to-end network services connection
on the ISAM and SHub NE, IHub NE and Remote NE for a cross-connect VLAN
configuration. A subscriber connection to the ISAM is shown.

Figure 13 Network services configuration using cross-connect VLANs for SHub NEs
ISAM E D C
VLAN X To CPE
Default VLAN
A SHub B
VLAN X Ethernet port x
= Bridge port
Figure 14 Network services configuration using cross-connect VLANs for IHub NEs
ISAM E D C
VLAN X To CPE
Default VLAN
A IHub B
V-VPLS L2SAP
= Bridge port
Figure 15 Network services configuration using cross-connect VLANs for Remote NEs
A ISAM E D C
VLAN X To CPE
Default VLAN
= Bridge port

A pair of residential bridge VLANs are created with the same C-VLAN ID on both the
ISAM and SHub. Having the same VLAN ID associates the VLANs and creates a
communication path through the NE.
Point A identifies the bridge port that is configured on the network SHub Ethernet
port, which connects to the EMAN. Point B identifies the bridge port that is configured
on an ISAM or subtending SHub Ethernet port, which typically connects to the
subscriber-side network. Services are available on Ethernet bridge ports that you
configure and associate with the services VLAN.
Points C, D, and E represent the ATM termination VCL, bridge port, and default
VLAN, respectively. You must create points C, D, and E for the new subscriber
connection on the ISAM.
Figures 16 , 17 and 18 show examples of a stacked cross-connect VLAN. VLANs X
and Y are created on the ISAM. The S-VLAN IDs on the ISAM and SHub or IHub
must match to associate the VLANs.
See the System Description for the NE for information about stacked VLANs.
Figure 16 Network services configuration with stacked cross-connect VLANs for SHub NEs
E D C
VLAN Y/X To CPE
Default VLAN
ISAM
VLAN Y
A SHub B
VLAN Y Ethernet port x
= Bridge port
Y = S-VLAN ID
X = C-VLAN ID

Figure 17 Network services configuration with stacked cross-connect VLANs for IHub NEs
E D C
VLAN Y/X To CPE
Default VLAN
ISAM
VLAN Y
A IHub B
V-VPLS L2SAP
= Bridge port
Y = S-VLAN ID
X = C-VLAN ID
Figure 18 Network services configuration with stacked cross-connect VLANs for Remote NEs
A E D C
VLAN Y/X To CPE
Default VLAN
ISAM
VLAN Y
= Bridge port
Y = S-VLAN ID
X = C-VLAN ID
9.2.3 Layer 2 terminated VLANs

See the Operations and Maintenance Using CLI guide for the NE for information
about layer 2 terminated VLANs.

9.2.4 PPP cross-connect (PPP-aware bridge)

You can configure a PPP cross-connect (also called PPP-aware bridge) over a
residential bridge VLAN or a cross-connect VLAN. A PPP cross-connect engine on
the ISAM is required for PPP-aware bridging. You have the option to configure a
default VLAN for support of untagged frames.
Figures 19 , 20 and 21 show example of an end-to-end network services connection
on the ISAM and SHub NE, IHub NE or Remote NE for a PPP-aware bridge over a
residential bridge VLAN. A subscriber connection to the ISAM is shown.
residential bridge VLAN for SHub NEs
E D C
PPP
To CPE
Engine Default VLAN
(optional)
ISAM
VLAN Y
B
A Ethernet port 1
SHub
VLAN Y Ethernet port 2
Ethernet port x
= Bridge port
= PPP client port


residential bridge VLAN for IHub NEs
E D C
PPP
To CPE
Engine Default VLAN
(optional)
ISAM
VLAN Y
B
A L2SAP
IHub
V-VPLS L2SAP
L2SAP
= Bridge port
= PPP client port

residential bridge VLAN for Remote NEs
E D C
PPP
To CPE
Engine Default VLAN
(optional)
A ISAM
VLAN Y
= Bridge por t
= PPP client port
Figures 22 , 23 and 24 show examples of an end-to-end network services connection

on the ISAM and SHub NE, IHub NE or Remote NE for a PPP-aware bridge over a
cross-connect VLAN. Repeat the whole end-to-end configuration for each subscriber
connection. See Section 9.5 for more information about end-to-end configuration
procedure.


cross-connect VLAN for SHub NEs
E D C
PPP
To CPE
Engine Default VLAN
(optional)
ISAM
VLAN Y
A SHub B
= Bridge port
= PPP client port

cross-connect VLAN for IHub NEs
E D C
PPP
To CPE
Engine Default VLAN
(optional)
ISAM
VLAN Y
A IHub B
V-VPLS L2SAP
= Bridge port
= PPP client port


cross-connect VLAN for Remote NEs
E D C
PPP
To CPE
Engine Default VLAN
(optional)
A ISAM
VLAN Y
= Bridge port
= PPP client port
9.2.5 IPoA cross-connect

You can configure an IPoA cross-connect over a cross-connect VLAN.
Figure 25, 26 and 27 show examples of an end-to-end network services connection
on the ISAM and SHub NE, IHub NE or Remote NE for an IPoA cross-connect VLAN.
A subscriber connection to the ISAM is shown.
SHub NEs
ISAM F E C
VLAN Y To CPE
D
A SHub B
= Bridge port
= IPoA Cross connect port


IHub NEs
ISAM F E C
VLAN Y To CPE
D
A IHub B
V-VPLS L2SAP
= Bridge port

Remote NEs
A ISAM F E C
VLAN Y To CPE
D
= Bridge port
9.2.6 IP-aware bridging for layer 3 subscriber

connections
Figure 28, 29 and 30 show examples of an IP-aware bridging configuration that you
can use for layer 3 subscriber connections.

Figure 28 Layer 3 subscriber connection using IP-aware bridging for SHub NEs
ISAM
Option 82 VRFx IP12
broadcast VLAN
Subnets IPoE, IPoA, CPE
IP1x PPP termination
ISAM
VLAN X L2 Terminated
SHub
IPx L2 Terminated VLAN X
IP edge SHub
router
IPy DHCP
server
DHCP
VRFx relay
(optional)
= Layer 2 interface (VLAN bridge port, ATM termination)

= Unnumbered IP interface
= Numbered IP interface/IP address

Figure 29 Layer 3 subscriber connection using IP-aware bridging for IHub NEs
ISAM
Option 82 VRFx IP12
broadcast VLAN
ISAM
SHub
IPx L2 Terminated VLAN X
IP edge SHub
router
IPy DHCP
server
DHCP
VRFx relay
(optional)


Figure 30 Layer 3 subscriber connection using IP-aware bridging for Remote NEs
ISAM
Option 82 VRFx IP12
broadcast VLAN
ISAM
IPx VLAN X L2 Terminated
IP edge
router
Figures 31, 32 and 33 show examples of layer 3 subscriber connections using

routing.

Figure 31 Layer 3 subscriber connection using routing for SHub NEs
ISAM
Option 82 VRFx IP12
broadcast VLAN User
Subnets Gateway IPoE, IPoA,
ITF CPE
IP11 | IP12 PPP termination
ISAM
SHub
L2 Terminated VLAN X
IP11 | IP12
User
Gateway DHCP
server
SHub ITF
IPx L2 Terminated VLAN Y IPy
DHCP
VRFx relay
IP edge
router


Figure 32 Layer 3 subscriber connection using routing for IHub NEs
ISAM
Option 82 VRFx IP12
broadcast VLAN User
ITF CPE
ISAM
IHub
L2 Terminated V-VPLS
IP11 | IP12
User
Gateway DHCP
server
IHub ITF
IPx L2 Terminated V-VPLS IPy
DHCP
VRFx relay
IP edge
router


Figure 33 Layer 3 subscriber connection using routing for Remote NEs

ISAM
Option 82 VRFx IP12
broadcast VLAN User
ITF CPE
ISAM
IPx VLAN X L2 Terminated
IP edge
router
IP11 | IP12
User
Gateway DHCP
server
ITF
IPy
DHCP
VRFx relay

9.3 Configuration overview

This section provides reference to the information on equipment configuration and
verifying subscriber services connection.
Before you can configure services, you must configure the equipment as described
in subsection Equipment configuration. You are only required to set up the
equipment once for a new NE installation.
After the NE equipment is set up, you can configure the network services VLANs on
the NE and bridge ports on the SHub. Configure the network services before you
configure subscriber connections.
After you complete the configuration, verify the subscriber services connection. See
Table 25 for more information about verifying new subscriber services.

Table 25 Verify new subscriber connections
Procedure See
View the list of subscriber bridge ports assigned to the VLAN to see which Procedure 52
subscribers are associated with that VLAN.
Navigate from the bridge port to the bridge port to confirm they are linked. Procedure 52
Note — The step-by-step configuration example documented

in Section 9.5 is for residential bridge and cross-connect
services configurations.
9.3.1 Equipment configuration

You must set up the equipment for all new NE installations before configuring
services. See Table 26 for more information about configuring equipment.
Table 26 Equipment configuration
Procedure See
Plan the equipment Chapter 5

Configure ports on the LT unit Chapter 23
9.4 Services configuration

This section describes the process to configure layer 2 services. It also explains how
to connect a subscriber over a layer 3 IP network.
Services configuration procedures in the following tables are listed in the order in
which they should be performed. You only need to perform the infrastructure
configuration once for the NE. However, you need to perform the VLAN configuration
portion of the infrastructure for any new service from the network service provider.
See Chapter 54 for instructions to configure PPP cross-connect and the PPP
cross-connect engine.
9.4.1 Layer 2 services configuration

You can connect layer 2 subscribers to the NE from the Ethernet network. You can
connect layer 3 subscribers from the IP network. The procedure to connect
subscribers varies according to the type of subscriber connection used.

Table 27 lists the procedures to configure network services on the NE using

residential bridge or cross-connect VLANs. See Section 9.5 for step-by-step
instructions and options.
Table 27 Network services connection for Layer 2 subscribers using residential bridge or
cross-connect VLANs
Procedure See in the Figures See
Create and configure a VLAN on the ISAM for each network ISAM VLAN Procedure 273
service.
Create and configure a matching set of VLANs on the SHub using SHub VLAN Procedure 274
the same VLAN IDs, and assign the VLAN to the SHub Ethernet Point A (network bridge port)
ports (network, LT, and subtending bridge ports).
Point B (LT and subtending bridge
ports)
Associated links with VLAN X, point
A, and point B
Create and configure a VCL for each service connection that the Point C Procedure 505
subscriber requires.
Note: One ATM VCL is needed for each service connection to the
user unless multiple services are carried over a single ATM VCL.
Create and configure an ATM VCL subscriber layer 2 bridge port Point D Procedure 506
and associate the ATM VCL subscriber layer 2 bridge port with a Point E
network services VLAN using the VLAN ID.
If required, configure protocol-based VLAN groups to assign VLAN Y Procedure 510
VLANs for exclusive use with either PPPoE or IPoE relay VLAN Z
traffic (1).
Associated link with point A and D
Note
(1) The VLAN must be associated before you can create a protocol-based VLAN group on the bridge port.
Table 28 lists the procedures to configure network services on the NE for PPP cross-
connect over a residential bridge VLAN.
Table 28 Network services configuration for layer 2 subscribers for PPP cross-connect over
residential bridge VLANs
Procedure See
Create and configure a residential bridge VLAN on the ISAM. Procedure 273
Create and configure a matching set of VLANs on the SHub using the same VLAN IDs and assign the Procedure 274
VLAN to all necessary Ethernet ports (LT, network, and subtending Ethernet ports).
Configure the PPP cross-connect engine. The VLAN ID configured for the PPP cross-connect engine Procedure 518
must match the SHub VLAN ID.
Create and configure a PPP client port on the VCL. Repeat this step for each subscriber. Procedure 519
Note: The encapsulation type configured for the ATM VCL must allow PPP cross-connect.
Encapsulation types supporting PPP cross-connect include LLC/NL, Pid, and VC multiplex PPPoA.

Table 29 lists the procedures to configure network services on the NE for PPP cross-
connect over a cross-connect VLAN.
Table 29 Network services configuration for layer 2 subscribers for PPP cross connect over
cross-connect VLANs
Procedure (1) See
Create and configure a cross-connect VLAN on the ISAM. Procedure 273
Create and configure a matching cross-connect VLAN on the SHub using the same VLAN ID and assign Procedure 274
the VLAN to all necessary Ethernet ports (LT, network, and subtending Ethernet ports).
Configure the PPP cross-connect engine. The VLAN ID configured for the PPP cross-connect engine Procedure 518
must match the SHub VLAN ID.
Create and configure a PPP client port on the VCL. Procedure 519
Note: The encapsulation type configured for the ATM VCL must allow PPP cross-connect.
Encapsulation types supporting PPP cross-connect include LLC/NL, Pid, and VC multiplex PPPoA.
Note
(1) Repeat the procedure for each subscriber.
Table 30 lists the procedures to configure network services on the NE for IPoA cross-
connect.
Table 30 Network services configuration for layer 2 subscribers for IPoA cross-connect
Procedure See
Create and configure a cross-connect VLAN on the ISAM. Procedure 273
Create and configure a matching cross-connect VLAN on the SHub using the same VLAN ID and assign Procedure 274
the VLAN to a network Ethernet port and the ISAM Ethernet port to which the subscriber is connected.
Configure the IPoA port on the VCL. Procedure 511

Note: The encapsulation type configured for the ATM VCL must allow IPoA cross-connect. Encapsulation
types supporting PPP cross-connect include LLC/NL, Pid, and VC multiplex PPPoA.
Create the ATM VCL bridge port and associate the ATM VCL bridge port with the cross-connect VLAN. Procedure 506
9.4.2 IP routing for layer 3 subscriber connections

Table 31 lists the steps to connect a subscriber over a layer 3 IP network using
IP-aware bridging.

Table 31 Configuration tasks for subscribers connecting over a layer 3 IP network for
IP-aware bridging
Task Procedure See
Create a VRF (IP-aware Create and configure a VRF on the NE at the system level. Procedure 947
bridge or IP routing) (1) and a Procedure 960
layer 3 IP interface to
associate with the layer 2
terminated network services
VLAN
Create a layer 3 IP interface, associate the IP interface with the layer 2 Procedure 278
terminated VLAN, and create a default route on the IP interface. Procedure 960
If required, configure the SHub for DHCP: (4) Procedure 948(2)(3)

• Create a VRF for the network service connection supporting DHCP Procedure 960
• Create an IP interface and associate it with the layer 2 terminated
VLAN
• Configure DHCP servers
• Configure a DHCP relay agent
Activate the IPoE (5) or Create and configure an ATM VCL for each service connection that the Procedure 505
IPoA (6) service on the subscriber requires.
subscriber side Note: One ATM VCL is needed for each service connection to the user,
unless multiple services are carried over a single ATM VCL.
Create and configure an ATM VLC subscriber layer 2 bridge port. Procedure 506
Create and configure the IP interface (IPoE, IPoA, or PPPoE). Procedure 509
Notes
(1) See the System Description for the NE for information about layer 3 forwarding modes.
(2) For IP-aware bridge, perform only Procedure 948 if DHCP is used.
(3) For IP routing, Procedure 948 is mandatory.
(4) Create a VRF on the SHub only when you also configure a DHCP relay agent on the SHub.
(5) For IPoE service connections, perform all the procedures listed.
(6) For IPoA service connections, perform Procedure 505 and Procedure 509 only.
9.5 End-to-end configuration procedure

This section describes the end-to-end configuration procedure to add network
services and subscribers to an NE.
Before you proceed, the NE must be supervised by the 5520 AMS, and the LT unit
port on which the service is to be activated must be configured.

Procedure 52 To create an end-to-end configuration

Perform the following procedure to create an end-to-end configuration.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Layer 2→ VLAN.
2 Create a VLAN for each network service, and give each VLAN a unique VLAN ID. See
Procedure 273 to create a VLAN.
3 Create and configure a VLAN for the SHub to match each network services VLAN that you
created in step 2. See Procedure 274 to create an SHub VLAN.
4 Create and configure a VCL for each service connection that the layer 2 subscriber requires.
See Procedure 505 to create a VCL.
5 Create a subscriber layer 2 bridge port for each VCL created in step 4 and associate the
subscriber layer 2 bridge port with the network services VLAN. See Procedure 506 to create
a subscriber bridge port on a VCL.
6 If required, create a PPPoE or IPoE protocol-based VLAN group on the layer 2 bridge port
that was created in step 5. See Procedure 510 to create a PPPoE or IPoE protocol-based
VLAN group on the layer 2 bridge port.
7 Create a VRF. See Procedure 947 to create a VRF.
Note — Use a layer 2-terminated VLAN configured with only a C-VLAN

ID for layer 3 forwarding.
8 Create a layer 3 IP interface to run on top of the layer 2-terminated VLAN that was created
on the NE in step 2. See Procedure 960 to create an IP interface.
Choose the VRF that was created in step 7.
9 If required, create a VRF for the SHub. See Procedure 948 to create an SHub VRF.

10 Create the IP interface on the subscriber layer 2 bridge port that was created in step 5. See
Procedure 509 to create IPoX layer 2 termination.
11 Perform one of the following steps to verify the subscriber bridge port connections:
• View the list of layer 2 subscriber bridge ports assigned to the VLAN to see which
subscribers are associated with that VLAN. Choose Infrastructure→ Layer 2→ VLAN→
Bridge Ports→ Port List.
• Choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot→ XDSL Port→ VCL→ VCL Bridge Port→ VLAN
Association.
9.6 Configure trap destination

This section describes the procedure to configure the trap destination.
Procedure 53 To configure trap destination

The trap destination supports IPv4 address. From ISAM R5.8 onwards, trap destination supports
IPv6 address.
Perform the following procedure to configure the trap destination.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→Trap Destination.
2 Right-click the Trap Destination and choose either one of the following options:
• Create→Trap Destination
• Create→Trap Destination IPv6
Result: The Create Trap Destination or Create Trap Destination IPv6 window opens.
3 Enter the IP Address and Port and click Next.
The second Create Trap Destination window opens.
Result: The Trap destination appears in the Network Tree.


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure media gateway
USING THE 5520 AMS
10 Configure media gateway
Applies to — This chapter applies to micro NEs.
10.1 Overview
10.2 Configuring media gateway
10.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of media gateway using H248.
Table 32 lists the tasks to configure media gateway.
Table 32 Configure media gateway
Task See
Create media gateway Procedure 54
View VOIP gateway information Procedure 55
View voice system information Procedure 56
10.2 Configuring media gateway

This section describes procedures to configure media gateway.
Note — To create a media gateway or for any voice related

menus, the Voice Software should be selected as H248 under
Infrastructure → Software →Software System Parameters.

Configure media gateway 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 54 To create media gateway

Perform the following procedure to create media gateway.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ H248.
2 Right-click H248 and choose Create→ Media Gateway.
Result: The Create Media Gateway window opens.
3 Enter the Media Gateway ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create Media Gateway window opens.
Note — From ISAM R5.1 onwards, the Prefix and Format String
parameters are not supported in media gateway. You can edit the
Complete Termination Format String parameter in Object details view of
Media Gateway.
Procedure 55 To view VoIP gateway information

Perform the following procedure to view the VoIP gateway information.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ H248→VOIP Gateway.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the VOIP Gateway information.
Procedure 56 To view voice system information

Perform the following procedure to view voice system information.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ H248→Voice System.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the Voice System information.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure TL1
USING THE 5520 AMS
11 Configure TL1
Applies to — This chapter applies to Release ISAM R5.2 or

later.
11.1 Overview
11.2 Configuring TL1
11.1 Overview
This chapter describes the configuration of TL1.
Table 33 lists the tasks to configure TL1.
Table 33 Tasks for configuring TL1
Tasks See
Configure TL1 security system parameters Procedure 57
Configure TL1 users Procedure 58
Configure Tl1 commands Procedure 59
Configure TL1 ports Procedure 60
Use the following procedures to manage TL1 user security by a SNMP manager
(5520 AMS GUI). Access to TL1 user configuration files by the SNMP manager at
the 7302/7330/7356/7360 ISAM is disabled by default and will need to be enabled
on the OLT using the TL1 command SET-SECU-SYS, (enable the SNMPSECURITY
parameter). When enabled, the SNMP manager can perform the equivalent of the
TL1 commands.
When the operator configures a new TL1 user (username/password) or modifies an
existing user, the OLT will be updated in order to maintain alignment between the
7302/7330/7356/7360 ISAM and the 5520 AMS GUI.
Note — You can create TL1 template in the Template Tree

view to deploy the NE. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more
information on Templates.

Configure TL1 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
11.2 Configuring TL1

This section describes procedures to configure TL1.
Before you proceed:
• Enable the TL1 credentials synchronization strategy in the 5520 AMS GUI, see
the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide.
• An SNMPv3 user with authentication and privacy must be created, see Chapter 5.
• An SNMPv3 profile must be created that is linked to your new SNMPv3 user, see
the 5520 AMS User Guide.
• The NE must be managed with the SNMPv3 profile.
• SNMP security must be enabled at the 7302/7330/7356/7360 ISAM using the TL1
command SET-SECU-SYS.
Procedure 57 To configure TL1 security system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure TL1 security system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→TL1 Security System Parameters.
2 Configure the parameters, Table 34 provides guidelines for configuring the parameters.
Table 34 Guidelines for TL1 security system parameters
Logins Grace Period Range is 0 to 10 logins.
Password Warning Period Specifies the number of days prior to a password expiration that a user
receives a warning.
Range is 0 to 60 days.
Minimum Password Specifies what the minimum acceptable password length will be for a
Length user.
Range is 6 to 32.
Password History Length Range is 0 to 36.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure TL1
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 58 To configure TL1 users

Perform the following procedure to create a new TL1 user and assign privilege levels to the user.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→TL1 Users.
2 Right-click the TL1 Users and choose Create→TL1 User.
Result: The Create TL1 User window opens.
3 Enter a User Name for the TL1 User. Click Next to proceed.
4 Configure the parameters, Table 35 provides guidelines for the configuring the parameters.
Table 35 Guidelines for TL1 user parameters
Password Specifies the password for this user. This is a character string of
min_setting to 32 characters that must have:
• password length min_setting as set in Procedure 57
• one numeric character - decimal numbers 0 to 9
• one alpha character - case sensitive, upper or lower case
• one special character -valid special characters are:
• _ (underscore)
• + (plus sign)
• % (percent sign)
• # (pound sign)
• - (dash sign)
• ~ (tilde)
• @ (at sign)
• < (less than bracket)
• > (greater than bracket)
5 Click Finish to create a TL1 user and close the window.

Configure TL1 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 59 To configure TL1 commands

Perform the following procedure to change the privilege level of a TL1 command.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→TL1 Commands→command, where

command is a TL1 Command.
2 Configure the parameters.
Procedure 60 To configure TL1 ports

Perform the following procedure to manage a craft interface port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→TL1 Ports→port, where port is a TL1

Port.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Ethernet network connections
USING THE 5520 AMS
Ethernet network connections

12 Configure network connections
13 Configure SHub link aggregation
14 Configure IHub link aggregation
15 Configure Ethernet OAM
16 Configure PCCP
17 Configure mirror ports

Ethernet network connections 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure network connections
USING THE 5520 AMS
12 Configure network connections

12.1 Overview
12.2 Configuring SHub Ethernet network connections
12.3 Viewing SHub Ethernet ports
12.4 Configuring IHub Ethernet ports
12.5 Managing IHub Ethernet ports
12.6 Configuring IHub system parameters
12.7 Configuring Ethernet NT ports
12.8 Configuring link aggregation on an Ethernet NT port
12.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of network connections. It also describes
procedures to configure and manage IHub Ethernet ports, to configure SHub
Ethernet network connections, and to view SHub Ethernet ports.
Table 36 lists the tasks to configure network connections.
Table 36 Configure network connections
Task See
Configure an Ethernet network port Procedure 61
Add or remove SHub VLANS for an Ethernet port Procedure 62
Configure an Ethernet uplink group Procedure 63
View SHub VLANS for an Ethernet port Procedure 64
Configure an IHub Ethernet port Procedure 65

View IHUB Ethernet port traffic counters,Ethernet counters Procedure 66
and statistics
Clear Ethernet port statistics Procedure 67
Clear IHub Ethernet port statistics Procedure 68

View SAPs that use an Ethernet port Procedure 70

Configure network connections 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
12.2 Configuring SHub Ethernet network

connections
Applies to — This section applies to NEs with SHub-based NT

cards.
This section describes procedures to configure Ethernet network connections on the

SHub and to add or remove SHub VLANS for an Ethernet port.
You can aggregate multiple network or subtending Ethernet interfaces and manage
uplink groups for network ports.
Procedure 61 To configure an Ethernet network port

The 10 Gigabit Ethernet and Gigabit Ethernet ports on the NE can connect to NSPs across the
EMAN, as well as connect to other NEs for subtending or to a subscriber network.
Perform the following procedure to configure an Ethernet network port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ Ethernet Port.
2 From the Port Type drop-down list, select Network to configure the port as a network port and
configure the required parameters in the Configuration tab.
4 If required, click on the Interface, QoS, Ethernet Counters, and Traffic Counters tab to view
other information about the Ethernet port.
Procedure 62 To add or remove SHub VLANS for an Ethernet port

Perform the following procedure to add or remove SHub VLANS for an Ethernet port.
2 Right-click Ethernet Port and choose Actions→ VLAN→Add or Actions→VLAN Remove.
Result: The VLAN Add or VLAN Remove window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Enter the VLAN IDs of the VLANs to be added or removed and click Finish.
Result: A result page window opens and displays the VLANs associated with the Ethernet
Port.
4 Perform one of the following:
• To save the information to a .csv file, click Save as CSV.

• To copy the information to the clipboard, click Copy All.
• To refresh the window, click Refresh.
Note — You can also use multiple edit to add, remove, or replace SHub
VLANs for multiple Ethernet ports. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for
information about using multiple edit.
Procedure 63 To configure an Ethernet uplink group

Uplinks are the Ethernet links between the Ethernet uplink ports on the NT unit installed in the NE
and ports on the upstream switch. Uplink groups, which you can configure on the SHub, are a
logical collection of uplinks.
Only network and subtending ports can be added to an uplink group.
Perform the following procedure to configure an Ethernet uplink group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ Uplink Group.
2 Right-click Uplink Group and choose Create→ Uplink Group.
Result: The Create Uplink Group window opens.
3 Enter a unique number for the uplink group in the Group parameter.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Uplink Group window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The new uplink group appears in the Network Tree.
6 If required, add Ethernet ports to the uplink group.
i Choose the Uplink Group created in step 5.
ii Click Ports Add.
Result: The Select Ports window opens.
iii Choose the ports and click OK.
iv Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
12.3 Viewing SHub Ethernet ports
Applies to — This action applies to NEs with SHub-based NT

cards.
This section describes the procedure to view SHub Ethernet ports.
Procedure 64 To view SHub VLANS for an Ethernet port

Perform the following procedure to view SHub VLANS for an Ethernet port.
2 Right-click Ethernet Port and choose Actions→VLAN→Show.
Result: A result page window opens and displays the VLANs associated with the Ethernet
Port.
3 Click Finish to close the window.

USING THE 5520 AMS
12.4 Configuring IHub Ethernet ports
Applies to — This section applies to NEs with IHub-based NT

cards.
This section describes how to configure IHub Ethernet ports.

You can view the following in the Network tree:
• LT ports under the LT Ports domain under the active NT.
• NT-A ports under the NT-A, once the NT is planned and physically present.
• NT-B ports under the NT-B, once the NT is planned and physically present.
• Other ports under the active NT.
12.4.1 IHub Ethernet port identifiers

The 5520 AMS uses type-based slot numbering to identify Ethernet ports. When the
NE is configured for type-based slot numbering, the Ethernet port identifiers are
identical on the NE CLI and on the 5520 AMS GUI. See the NE Operations and
Maintenance Using TL1 guide for more information.
When the NE is configured for position-based or legacy-based slot numbering, the
5520 AMS Ethernet port identifiers have a different LT slot numbering strategy than
the NE CLI Ethernet port identifiers. For example, in an NFXS-A subrack, LTs can
be installed in slots 1 to 8 and 12 to 19. When the NE uses position-based slot
numbering, the Ethernet port identifiers are lt:1/1/1 to lt:1/1/8 and lt:1/1/12 to lt:1/1/19.
However, the 5520 AMS Ethernet port identifiers are lt:1/1/1 to lt:1/1/16.
The configure system security profile CLI command is used to set the slot numbering
on the NE. See the CLI Command guide for the NE.
Procedure 65 To configure an Ethernet port

Perform the following procedure to configure an Ethernet port.
• Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ Ethernet Port
• Navigate to a 7360 ISAM FX NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ LT Ports →
Ethernet Port

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Configure the parameters on the General and Ethernet tabs.
When the port will be included in a link aggregation group, configure the:
• Configured Duplex Mode parameter as Full Duplex.

• Auto-Negotiation Mode parameter as Disabled.
12.5 Managing IHub Ethernet ports

cards.
This section describes the procedures to manage Ethernet ports.
12.5.1 Locking and unlocking Ethernet ports

You can lock and unlock Ethernet ports. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for the
procedure to lock and unlock objects.
Procedure 66 To view Ethernet port traffic counters, Ethernet counters and

statistics
Perform the following procedure to view Ethernet port traffic and Ethernet counters statistics.
Ethernet Port

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Perform any of the following steps, as required:
• Click the Ethernet Counters tab to view Ethernet port error and frame counts.
• Click the Traffic Counters tab to view transmitted, received and total packet information.
• Click the Statistics tab to view packets statistics and performance statistics.
Procedure 67 To clear Ethernet port statistics

Perform the following procedure to clear Ethernet port statistics.
Ethernet Port
2 Right-click Ethernet Port and choose Actions→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 68 To clear all Ethernet port statistics
• R4.6.01 or later.
Perform the following procedure to clear all Ethernet port statistics.
Ethernet Port

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Right-click Ethernet Port and choose Actions→Clear All Statistics.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 69 To clear Ethernet port counters
Applies to — This procedure applies to R4.5.02 or later.
Perform the following procedure to clear the Ethernet port counters.
2 Right-click Ethernet Port and choose Actions→Clear Counters.
Result: The Clear counters result page opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 70 To list/delete SAPs that use an Ethernet port

Perform the following procedure to list/delete SAPs that use an Ethernet port.
To perform this procedure, SAPs must be associated with an Ethernet port
1 Perform one of the following options:
Ethernet Port
2 Right-click Ethernet Port and choose Actions → List/Delete SAPs.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Result window opens.
The window lists the SAPs that use the port.
3 Select the SAPs and click any of the following options:
• Click Delete.
• Click Show Details.
Shows the details of the SAP.
• Save as CSV
• Copy All
4 Click Close to close the window if no action is performed.
Procedure 71 To list/delete Ethernet paths

Perform the following procedure to list/delete Ethernet paths.
To perform this procedure, Ethernet paths must be associated with Ethernet ports.
2 Right-click Ethernet Port and choose Actions → List/Delete Ethernet paths.
The window lists the associated Ethernet paths that use the port.
3 Select the Ethernet paths and click any of the following options:
• Click Delete.
Shows the details of the Ethernet path.
• Save as CSV
• Copy All
Procedure 72 To list/delete IP Interfaces

Perform the following procedure to list/delete IP interfaces.

USING THE 5520 AMS
To perform this procedure the network IP interfaces should be associated with an Ethernet port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ Ethernet Port
2 Right-click Ethernet Port and choose Actions → List/Delete IP Interfaces.
The window lists the IP Interfaces that use the port.
3 Select the IP interface and click any of the following options:
• Click Delete.
• Save as CSV
• Copy All
Procedure 73 To configure NTR SSM Out SyncE

Perform the following procedure to configure NTR SSM out SyncE .
1 Navigate to the 7360 ISAM FX NE and choose one of the following options:
• Rack → Subrack→ Slot NT → NTR SSM Out Ports → NTR SSM Out SyncE
• Rack → Subrack→ Applique Slot NT → NTR SSM Out Ports → NTR SSM Out SyncE
2 For SSM SyncE parameter, select the following options:
• Enabled
• Disabled

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 74 To modify a port group

Perform the following procedure to modify a port group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot NT→Port Groups → Port Group
2 Configure the Mode parameter.
12.6 Configuring IHub system parameters
This section describes procedures to configure IHub system parameters, and to

enable or disable sliding window statistics in IHub system.
Procedure 75 To configure IHub system parameters

cards.
Perform the following procedure to configure IHub system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot NT → IHUB System.
2 Configure the parameters and click Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 76 To enable or disable sliding window

cards, except NANT-D.
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable sliding window. The sliding window is used
for error detection.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot NT → IHUB System.
2 Right-click IHUB System and choose one of the following options:
• Actions → Statistics → Sliding Window → Enable

• Actions → Statistics → Sliding Window → Disable
3 Click Finish.
12.7 Configuring Ethernet NT ports
Applies to — This section applies to micro NEs.
This section describes procedures to configure Ethernet NT ports.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 77 To configure Ethernet NT ports using the Object Details view

Perform the following procedure to configure Ethernet NT ports.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot NT→Ethernet NT Ports.
2 Configure the required parameters listed in the the Object Details view and click the Apply
icon ( ) to save the changes.
Note —
• For UNI port type, only cross-connect S-VLAN is supported.

Residential-bridge S-VLAN is NOT supported.
• For NNI port type, VLAN translation is not supported but changing
from S-VLAN to V-LAN is supported.
Procedure 78 To configure an NT bridge port on an Ethernet port
Before you proceed:
The NE must contain a planned NT unit. See Chapter 23 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to configure an NT bridge port on an Ethernet port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ Ethernet NT Port.
2 Right-click Ethernet NT Port and choose Create→ NT Bridge Port.
Result: The Create NT Bridge Port window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create NT Bridge Port window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The NT bridge port appears in the Network Tree.
Note — If you have multiple uplinks where the node has a ring or
hub-subtending architecture, then you must enable the MAC Address
Learning Mode. The MAC learning is required to manage the flow of
information.
12.8 Configuring link aggregation on an Ethernet

NT port
Applies to — This section applies to micro NEs.
This section describes the procedure to configure link aggregation on an Ethernet NT

port.
Procedure 79 To configure link aggregation on an Ethernet NT port

Perform the following procedure to configure link aggregation on an Ethernet NT port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack →Slot NT → Ethernet NT Port.
2 Click the Link Aggregation tab to select the Administrative state from the States panel.
3 Click the Link Aggregation Group tab and configure the LACP Mode from the Aggregation
panel.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 80 To add links to link aggregation group

Perform the following procedure to add links to link aggregation group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack →Slot NT → Ethernet NT Port → Link
Aggregation NT Port.
2 Right-click Link Aggregation NT Port and choose Actions → Link Aggregation → Add To
Group.
Result: The Link Aggregation Add to Group window opens.
3 Add the Link Aggregation Group port to which the link is to be added.
4 Click Finish.
Procedure 81 To remove links from link aggregation group

Perform the following procedure to remove links from link aggregation group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack →Slot NT → Ethernet NT Port → Link
Aggregation NT Port.
2 Right-click Link Aggregation NT Port and choose Actions → Link Aggregation → Remove
From Group.
Result: The Link Aggregation Remove From Group window opens.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure SHub link aggregation
USING THE 5520 AMS
13 Configure SHub link aggregation
Applies to — This chapter applies to NEs with an SHub-based

NT cards.
13.1 Overview
13.2 Configuring SHub link aggregation
13.3 Managing SHub link aggregation
13.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of SHub link aggregation. You can aggregate
multiple network or subtending links onto a single Ethernet interface on the SHub
using aggregators. An aggregator is a single IEEE 802.3 MAC service interface with
a single MAC address, which represents a group of links. Aggregated links use only
a single bridge port on the SHub.
A link aggregation group is created in the customer side or user side to group
Ethernet ports. Link aggregation groups cannot contain a mixture of different
Ethernet port types. All links that are aggregated into a group need be set to the same
speed and to full-duplex operation.
A link aggregator is listed under SHub Ethernet network ports. Each aggregator
represents an aggregation group. To add links to an aggregation group, you must
add Ethernet ports to the link aggregator. Ethernet ports involved in link aggregation
have the LACP mode enabled and the actor state set to aggregation. Ethernet ports
involved in the same group display the same value for the actor administrative key,
which matches the value of the identifier for the associated Aggregator.
You must manually start the link aggregation module and enable the link aggregation
protocol before you can configure link aggregation.
Table 37 lists the tasks to configure SHub link aggregation.
Table 37 Configure SHub link aggregation
Task See
Configure link aggregation system parameters on the SHub Procedure 82
Configure SHub link aggregation Procedure 83
Add links to an aggregation group Procedure 84
(1 of 2)

Configure SHub link aggregation 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Remove links from an aggregation group Procedure 85
View link aggregators on the SHub Procedure 86
Manage link aggregation Procedure 87

Aggregate unused ports Procedure 88
Deaggregate ports Procedure 89
(2 of 2)
13.2 Configuring SHub link aggregation

This section describes procedures to configure SHub link aggregation.
Procedure 82 To configure link aggregation system parameters on the SHub

Perform the following procedure to configure link aggregation system parameters on the SHub.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ Link Aggregation System
Parameters.
Note — On an NE that is functioning normally, you cannot change the

LA module and LA protocol modes from Start to Shutdown or from
Enabled to Disabled because these parameters are supporting other
options. If the LA module has been shut down or the LA protocol has been
disabled, the 5520 AMS enables the drop-down menus and you can
change the modes.
3 Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 83 To configure SHub link aggregation

Perform the following procedure to configure LACP and aggregation parameters for an Ethernet
port and add the port to an aggregation group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ Ethernet Port (Network)→ Link
Aggregator.
2 Click Port.
3 Choose LACP Enable or Manual Config from the LACP Mode drop-down menu.
4 Enter the number of the aggregator to associate with the Ethernet port in the Administrative
key parameter in the Actor panel.
5 Choose Aggregation in the States panel and select one of the following options:
• Aggregatable to make an aggregation.

• Individual to remove an aggregation.
6 Configure the other parameters and click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
Procedure 84 To add links to an aggregation group

All ports to be added to a link aggregation group need the same configuration. You use the copy
configuration function to copy the parameter configurations from one port to another. The copy
configuration option does not copy the specific link aggregation parameters. These parameters
must be configured manually for each port that is to be added to a link aggregation group.
The copy configuration option is only available for unused Ethernet ports. If you need to configure
an Ethernet port to join a link aggregation group (that is, the two ports have the same parameter
configuration), you need to manually reconfigure the port to ensure the port has the same
configuration as the ports already available in the aggregation group. If required, you can
unconfigure all the parameters of the port that you want to add to the aggregation group, then use
the copy configuration option.
Note — Before you add a port to a link aggregation group, the value
entered in the Administrative Key parameters in the Aggregation tab,
under the Actor and Configured panels, must be the same.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to add links to an aggregation group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ Ethernet Port (Unused).
Result: The Object Details view opens for the port.
2 Right-click Ethernet Port and choose Actions→ Copy Configuration.
Result: The Copy Configuration window opens and displays the selected Ethernet port in the
Selection parameter.
3 Click Browse beside the Copy Configuration to Port parameter to choose a port.
4 Click Finish to copy the configuration to the Ethernet port.
5 Configure the link aggregation parameters. See Procedure 83 for more information about
configuring SHub link aggregation.
13.3 Managing SHub link aggregation

This section describes how to:
• Remove links from an aggregation group
• View link aggregators on the SHub
Procedure 85 To remove links from an aggregation group

Remove an Ethernet port from an aggregator by resetting the Ethernet port to the unused state.
Perform the following procedure to remove links from an aggregation group.
2 Choose Unused from the Port Type drop-down menu.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 86 To view link aggregators on the SHub

Perform the following procedure to view link aggregators on the SHub.
Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ Ethernet Port→ Link Aggregator.
Result: The Object Details view opens. The Ports parameter shows the Ethernet ports in the link
aggregator.
Procedure 87 To manage link aggregation

Perform the following procedure to manage link aggregation.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose one of the following options:
• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT

Right-click the slot and choose Actions→Manage Link Aggregation.
Result: All the SHub link aggregations for the NE are displayed in the Result page.
• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ Ethernet Port (Network)
Right-click the port and choose Actions→Manage Link Aggregation.
Result: All the link aggregations for the port are displayed in the Result page.
2 Perform any of the following actions in the Result page:

• To refresh the Result page, click Refresh.
• To navigate to a particular link aggregation in the Network Tree view, select the entry in
the Link Aggregations panel and click Go To.
• To view the details of the link aggregation, select the entry in the Link Aggregations panel
and click Show Details. The Object Details window displays the link aggregation details.
• To aggregate unused ports, select an entry and click the Aggregate Ports. See Procedure
88 for more information.
• To deagrregate the ports, select an entry and click the Deaggregate Ports. See
Procedure 89 for more information.
3 Click Finish to close the Result page.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 88 To aggregate unused ports

Perform the following procedure to aggregate unused ports.

• Rack→Subrack→ Slot NT→ Ethernet Port (Network)
2 Select the entry in the Link Aggregations panel and click Aggregate Ports.
Note — The Aggregate Ports is enabled only if the selected entry has
one of the following roles:
• Primary Port
• -
Result: The Aggregate Ports window opens.
3 Perform the following in the Input Parameters panel:
a Click Add to open the Select Unused Ports to Aggregate window listing the unused
ports.
Select the required port and click OK.
Note — By default, the Aggregate Ports window inherits the LACP

parameters of the selected port from the Manage Link Aggregation
Results page. To modify the LACP parameters of the selected port
(primary or -) and the unused port, perform the following steps.
b From the LACP Mode drop-down menu, choose LACP Enabled or Manual Config.
c Enter the number of the aggregator to associate with the NT slot or the Ethernet port in
the Administrative key parameter.
d From the LACP Activity drop-down menu, choose Passive or Active.
e From the LACP Timeout drop-down menu, choose Long or Short.

USING THE 5520 AMS
4 Click Finish to close the Aggregate Ports window.
Note —
• The aggregated ports are displayed in the Link Aggregations panel of

the Result page.
Procedure 89 To deaggregate ports
Warning — Deaggregation will reset the ports to the unused state.
Perform the following procedure to deaggregate ports.

• Rack→Subrack→ Slot NT→ Ethernet Port (Network)
2 Select the entry in the Link Aggregations panel and click Deaggregate Ports.
Note — You can select multiple entries in the Link Aggregations panel
to deaggregate the ports.
Result: The Deaggregate Ports window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish to confirm deaggregation of the port.
Note —
• The deaggregated port is not displayed in the Link Aggregations panel

of the Result page.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure IHub link aggregation
USING THE 5520 AMS
14 Configure IHub link aggregation
Applies to — This chapter applies to NEs with a IHub-based

NT cards.
14.1 Overview
14.2 Configuring link aggregation
14.3 Managing link aggregation
14.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of IHUB link aggregation. You can aggregate
multiple network or subtending links onto a single Ethernet interface using
aggregators.
A link aggregation group is created in the customer side or user side to group
Ethernet ports. Link aggregation groups cannot contain a mixture of different
Ethernet port types. All links that are aggregated into a group must:
• Be configured to the same speed
• Have the Configured Duplex mode parameter set to Full Duplex operation
• Have the Auto-Negotiation mode parameter set to Disabled
Table 38 lists the tasks to configure IHub link aggregation.
Table 38 Configure IHub link aggregation
Task See
Configure link aggregation system parameters Procedure 90
Create a link aggregation group Procedure 91
Add a port to a link aggregation group Procedure 94
Configure link aggregation subgroups (1) Procedure 97
Add a port to a link aggregation subgroup (1) Procedure 98
Remove a port from a link aggregation group Procedure 99
View link aggregation group traffic counters Procedure 100
Clear link aggregation group statistics Procedure 101

Configure IHub link aggregation 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Note
(1) This task is optional.
14.2 Configuring link aggregation

This section describes procedures to configure link aggregation.
Procedure 90 To configure link aggregation system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure link aggregation system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ LAG→ Link Aggregation
System Parameters.
Procedure 91 To create a link aggregation group

Perform the following procedure to configure link aggregation group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ LAG.
2 Right-click LAG and choose Create→ Link Aggregation Group.
Result: The Create Link Aggregation Group window opens.
3 Enter a group number and click Next.
Result: The second Create Link Aggregation Group window opens.
Result: The new Link Aggregation Group appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 92 To create LAG link map profile
Applies to — This procedure applies to ISAM R5.6 or later and

supported on ISAM 7360 ISAM FX NEs.
Perform the following procedure to create LAG link map profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ LAG → Link Aggregation Group
2 Right-click Link Aggregation Group and choose Create → LAG Link Map Profile
Result: The first Create LAG Link Map Profile window opens.
3 Enter the Profile Number and click Next.
Result: The second Create LAG Link Map Profile window opens.
Result: The LAG Link Map Profile is created in the Network Tree.
Procedure 93 To create LAG link map association
Perform the following procedure to create LAG link map association.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ LAG → Link Aggregation Group
→ LAG Link Map Profile
2 Right-click LAG Link Map Profile and choose Create → LAG Link Map Association
Result: The first Create LAG Link Map Association window opens.
3 Choose the Ethernet Port and click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create LAG Link Map Association window opens.
4 Select the Port Type and click Finish.
Procedure 94 To add a port to a link aggregation group

Perform the following procedure to add port to a link aggregation group.
• Choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ Ethernet Port.

• Choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ LAG→ Link Aggregation Group.
2 Right-click Ethernet Port or Link Aggregation Group and perform one of the following steps:
• From Ethernet Port, Choose Actions→ Link Aggregation→ Add Port.

• From Link Aggregation Group, Choose Actions → Add Ports to LAG
Result: The Link Aggregation > Add Port or Add Ports to LAG window opens.
3 Choose a Link Aggregation Group or add Ethernet Ports.
4 Click Finish.
Procedure 95 To list/delete SAPs for link aggregation group

Before you proceed, a link aggregation group must be created. See Procedure 91.
Perform the following procedure to list/delete SAPs for link aggregation group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ LAG → Link Aggregation
Groups.
2 Right- click Link Aggregation Group and choose Action→ List/Delete SAPs.
The window lists the SAPs that use the link aggregation group.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Select the SAPs and click any of the following options:
• Click Delete.
• Save as CSV
• Copy All
Procedure 96 To list/delete Ethernet paths for link aggregation group

Before you proceed, a link aggregation group must be created. See Procedure 91.
Perform the following procedure to list/delete Ethernet paths for link aggregation groups.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ LAG → Link Aggregation
Groups.
2 Right- click Link Aggregation Group and choose Action→ List/Delete Ethernet Paths.
The window lists the Ethernet paths that use the link aggregation group.
3 Select the Ethernet paths and click any of the following options:
• Click Delete.
Shows the details of the Ethernet path.
• Save as CSV
• Copy All
14.2.1 Link aggregation subgroups

You can add ports to link aggregation subgroups to create redundant active and
standby groups. Each link aggregation group has two link aggregation subgroups.
Use the following procedures to configure link aggregation subgroups.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 97 To configure a link aggregation subgroup

Perform the following procedure to configure a link aggregation subgroup.
1 Navigate to a link aggregation group, and double-click Subgroup in the Network Tree.
Result: Two link aggregation subgroups appear in the Network Tree.
2 Click a link aggregation subgroup.
3 Configure the parameters. The Preference parameter must be set to a value other than 0 in
order to add ports to the subgroup.
Procedure 98 To add a port to a link aggregation subgroup

Perform the following procedure to add a port to a link aggregation subgroup.
1 Navigate to the port you need to add to the link aggregation subgroup.
2 Click the Link Aggregation tab in the Object Details view.
3 Click Browse beside the Subgroup parameter.
Result: The Select Subgroup window opens.
4 Select a subgroup and click OK.
14.3 Managing link aggregation

This section describes procedures to manage link aggregation.
See Procedure 70 to view SAPs that use an Ethernet port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
14.3.1 Locking and unlocking link aggregation groups

You can lock and unlock link aggregation groups. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for
the procedure to lock and unlock objects.
Procedure 99 To remove a port from a link aggregation group

Perform the following procedure to remove a port from a link aggregation group.
• Choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ Ethernet Port.

• Choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ LAG→ Link Aggregation Group→ Aggregated Port
2 Right-click Ethernet Port or Aggregated Port and perform one of the following steps:
• From Ethernet Port, Choose Actions→ Link Aggregation→ Remove Port.

• From Aggregated Port, Choose Actions → Remove Port from LAG
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 100 To view link aggregation group traffic counters

Perform the following procedure to view link aggregation group traffic counters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ LAG→ Link Aggregation Group.
2 Click Traffic Counter.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 101 To clear link aggregation group statistics

Perform the following procedure to clear link aggregation group statistics.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ LAG→ Link Aggregation Group.
2 Right-click Link Aggregation Group and choose Actions→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 102 To view aggregated ports

You can view the list of aggregated ports within a link aggregation group and each aggregated port
has same configuration.
Perform the following procedure to view aggregated ports.
Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ LAG→ Link Aggregation Group.
Result: The list of Aggregated Ports is displayed in the Network Tree.
Note — You can view the Ethernet port details associated with a link
aggregation group for each aggregated port.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure Ethernet OAM
USING THE 5520 AMS
15 Configure Ethernet OAM

15.1 Overview
15.2 Configuring Ethernet link OAM
15.3 Retrieving attributes for Ethernet OAM
15.4 Viewing parameters for EFM bridge port
15.1 Overview
This chapter describes the configuration of Ethernet link OAM and procedures to
retrieve attributes for Ethernet OAM.
The NE supports Ethernet OAM capabilities on VDSL/EFM, SHDSL/EFM, and
physical Ethernet ports. You can configure Ethernet OAM on the Ethernet and EFM
ports and also retrieve variable MAC and PME attributes.
Ethernet OAM configuration allows you to enable the Ethernet OAM administrative
capabilities, configure the Ethernet OAM mode as active or passive, and set the alive
and response timeout parameters.
The Ethernet OAM administrative state must be enabled to start Ethernet OAM
connectivity on the port. The NE always acts in the active mode, while the peer
modem is in passive mode. These modes can be reversed if required. Active mode
provides additional capabilities to initiate monitoring activities with the remote
Ethernet OAM peer entity, while passive mode generally means that the remote
Ethernet OAM peer entity waits for the NE to initiate Ethernet OAM actions on it.
Note — Variable MAC attributes can be retrieved for the

Ethernet and EFM OAM configuration. However, variable PME
attributes can be retrieved only for OAM configuration on the
EFM port.
Table 39 lists the tasks to configure Ethernet link OAM and retrieve attributes for
Ethernet OAM.
Table 39 Configure Ethernet link OAM and retrieve attributes for Ethernet
OAM
Task See
Configure Ethernet link OAM Procedure 103
Create an EFM Bridge Port Procedure 104
Initiate 802.3ah loopback on an EFM bridge port Procedure 105
(1 of 2)

Configure Ethernet OAM 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Release 802.3ah loopback on an EFM bridge port Procedure 106
Retrieve MAC attributes for Ethernet OAM peer entities Procedure 107
Retrieve PME attributes for Ethernet OAM peer Procedure 108

entities
(2 of 2)
15.2 Configuring Ethernet link OAM

This section describes procedures to configure Ethernet link OAM.
Procedure 103 To configure Ethernet link OAM

Before you proceed:
• You must enable Ethernet OAM on the modem before you can configure Ethernet OAM.
• For Ethernet OAM to be operational, the remote CPE needs Ethernet OAM to be enabled
in passive mode.
• To configure Ethernet OAM on an xDSL port or SHDL span, the EFM Bridge Port object
must be created. For more information see Procedure 508.
Perform the following procedure to configure Ethernet link OAM.
• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot→ XDSL Port→ 802.3ah OAM→ EFM OAM Configuration
• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot→ SHDSL Span→ 802.3ah OAM→ EFM OAM Configuration
• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot→ Ethernet LT Port→ 802.3ah OAM→ Ethernet OAM
Configuration
• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT card) → FE LT Port→ 802.3ah OAM→ FE
OAM Configuration
Procedure 104 To create an EFM Bridge Port

Before you proceed, the xDSL port or SHDSL span must be configured and the port transfer mode
must be PTM (for xDSL) or EFM (for SHDSL). For more information see Chapter 23.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create an EFM Bridge port.
• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot →XDSL Port

• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot→ SHDSL Span
2 Right-click XDSL Port or SHDSL Span and choose Create→ EFM Bridge Port.
Result: The Create EFM Bridge Port window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create EFM Bridge Port window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new EFM Bridge Port object appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 105 To initiate 802.3ah loopback on an EFM bridge port
The loopback protocol is used for fault verification and isolation.
Perform the following procedure to initiate 802.3ah loopback on an EFM bridge port.
Before you proceed, the operational state of the XDSL port must be up and peer entity should be
registered on the XDSL port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT → XDSL Port → EFM Bridge Port
2 Right-click EFM Bridge Port and choose Actions → 802.3ah Loopback → Initiate
Result: The 802.3ah Loopback Initiate window opens.
3 Configure the Loopback parameters.
4 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The 802.3ah loopback on the EFM bridge port is initiated.
Procedure 106 To release 802.3ah loopback on an EFM bridge port
The release 802.3ah loopback protocol is used to remove the loopback configurations on an EFM
bridge port.
Perform the following procedure to release 802.3ah loopback on an EFM bridge port.
2 Right-click EFM Bridge Port and choose Actions → 802.3ah Loopback → Release
3 Click Finish.
Result: The 802.3ah loopback on the EFM bridge port is released.
15.3 Retrieving attributes for Ethernet OAM

This section describes procedures to retrieve MAC and PME attributes for Ethernet
OAM peer entities.
Procedure 107 To retrieve MAC attributes for Ethernet OAM peer entities
You can retrieve MAC attributes for the EFM Bridge Port OAM and Ethernet LT Port OAM peer
entities.
When you retrieve the attributes, you must refresh the Object Details view to display the latest
attribute values. The attributes are displayed for only one minute.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Before you proceed:
• OAM must be enabled on the LT Port. See Procedure 103 for more information about
configuring Ethernet link OAM.
• The remote CPE needs Ethernet OAM to be enabled in passive mode.
Perform the following procedure to retrieve MAC attributes for Ethernet OAM peer entities.
• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot→ XDSL Port→ OAM→ MAC Attributes

• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot→ Ethernet LT Port→ OAM→ MAC Attributes
2 Right-click MAC Attributes and choose Create→ Bridge Port Request OAM MAC Address.
Result: The Create Bridge Port Request OAM MAC Address window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Bridge Port Request OAM MAC Address window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new bridge port request OAM MAC address appears in the Network Tree.
5 Expand Bridge Port Request OAM MAC Address and choose MAC Response.
6 Click the Refresh icon ( ) in the Object Details view.
Procedure 108 To retrieve PME attributes for Ethernet OAM peer entities
You can retrieve PME attributes for the EFM Bridge Port OAM peer entity. When you retrieve the
attributes, you must refresh the Object Details view to see the attributes. The attribute values are
displayed for only one minute.
Before you proceed:
• OAM must be enabled on the LT port. See Procedure 103 for more information about
configuring Ethernet link OAM.
• The remote CPE needs Ethernet OAM to be enabled in passive mode.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to retrieve PME attributes for Ethernet OAM peer entities.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot→ XDSL Port→ OAM→ PME
Attributes.
2 Right-click PME Attributes and choose Create→ PME Request.
Result: The Create PME Request window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create PME request window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new PME request appears in the Network Tree.
5 Expand PME request and choose PME Response.
6 Click the Refresh icon( ) in the Object Details view.
15.4 Viewing parameters for EFM bridge port

This section describes procedure to view 802.3ah Loopback parameters on EFM
bridge port.
Procedure 109 To view 802.3ah loopback parameters on EFM bridge port

Perform the following procedure to view 802.3ah loopback parameters on EFM bridge port.
2 In the Object Details view, click 802.3ah Loopback tab.
Result: the configuration parameters related to 802.3ah Loopback is displayed.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure PCCP
USING THE 5520 AMS
16 Configure PCCP

cards.
16.1 Overview
16.2 Configuring PCCP
16.3 Managing PCCP
16.1 Overview
This chapter describes how to configure and manage PCCP.
A PCCP group provides link redundancy protection when the NE is connected to
aggregation equipment. This mechanism detects end-to-end connectivity failure.
Table 40 lists the tasks to configure PCCP.
Table 40 Configure PCCP
Task See
Enable PCCP Procedure 110
Create a PCCP group Procedure 111
Turn manual switchover on or off Procedure 112
16.2 Configuring PCCP

This section describes procedures to configure PCCP.
You must be logged in as an administrator to perform the procedures in this section.
See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide.

Configure PCCP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 110 To enable or disable PCCP

Perform the following procedure to enable or disable PCCP.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ PCCP→ PCCP System.
2 In the Object Details view, perform one of the following steps:
• To enable the PCCP module, choose Enabled for the PCCP Module Status drop-down
list.
• To disable the PCCP module, choose Disabled for the PCCP Module Status drop-down
list.
3 Click the Apply icon( ) to save the changes.
Procedure 111 To create a PCCP group

Before you proceed, the PCCP module status must be enabled. See Procedure 110 for more
information about enabling or disabling PCCP.
Perform the following procedure to create a PCCP group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ PCCP.
2 Right-click PCCP and choose Create→ PCCP Group.
Result: The Create PCCP Group window opens.
3 Enter a group number and click Next.
Result: The second Create PCCP group window opens.
Result: The new PCCP group appears in the Network Tree.
16.3 Managing PCCP

This section describes how to manage PCCP.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure PCCP
USING THE 5520 AMS
16.3.1 Locking and unlocking PCCP groups

You can lock and unlock PCCP groups. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for the
Procedure 112 To turn manual switchover on or off

Turn manual switchover on to force the PCCP group to choose a new master link.
Perform the following procedure to turn manual switchover on or off.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot NT→PCCP→PCCP Group.
• Turn manual switchover on or off using the Object Details view.

• Choose On or Off from the Manual Switch Over drop-down menu.
• Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
• Turn manual switchover on or off using the Actions menu.

• Right-click PCCP group in the Network Tree and choose Actions→ On or Actions→ Off.
Result: The On or Off window opens.
• Click Finish.

Configure PCCP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure mirror ports
USING THE 5520 AMS
17 Configure mirror ports

cards.
17.1 Overview
17.2 Configuring mirror ports
17.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of mirror ports.
SHub port mirroring is typically used during lab testing. It offers the ability to mirror
all traffic from one or more SHub ports onto a single SHub port (the “mirror to” port),
which is connected to a traffic analyzing device.
You use CLI to configure, enable, or disable a mirror port. You can view the mirror
port configuration in the 5520 AMS.
Table 41 lists the tasks to configure, enable, or disable mirror ports.
Table 41 Configure mirror ports
Task See
Configure a mirror port Procedure 113
Enable a mirror port Procedure 114
Disable a mirror port Procedure 115
View mirror port configuration Procedure 116
Configure ISAM voice packet mirroring Procedure 117
17.2 Configuring mirror ports

This section describes procedures to configure, enable, disable and view mirror
ports.

Configure mirror ports 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 113 To configure a mirror port

You can configure a port to operate as a mirror port.
Perform the following procedure to configure a mirror port.
1 Open a CL1 cut-through. See the 5520 AMS User Guide.
2 In the CLI, configure the Ethernet port mirroring as follows:
configure interface shub mirror port network:0 internal ingress ↵
configure interface shub mirror port network:0 external ingress ↵
configure interface shub mirror enable to-port none ↵
3 Check that the new parameters are set and visible in the 5520 AMS GUI. See Procedure 116
to view the mirror port configuration.
Procedure 114 To enable a mirror port

Before you proceed, at least one mirror port must be configured. See Procedure 113 to configure
a mirror port.
Perform the following procedure to enable a mirror port.
1 Open a CLI cut-through. See the 5520 AMS User Guide.
• To enable mirroring, type:
mirror enable ↵
• To enable ingress mirroring for a port, type:
iss mirror ingress mirror enable ↵
• To enable egress mirroring for a port, type:
iss mirror egress enable ↵
3 Check that the new parameters are set and visible in the 5520 AMS GUI. See Procedure 116
to view the mirror port configuration.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure mirror ports
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 115 To disable a mirror port

Perform the following procedure to disable a mirror port.
1 Open a CLI cut-through. See the 5520 AMS User Guide.
• To disable mirroring, type:
mirror disable ↵
• To disable the ingress mirroring for a port, type:
iss mirror ingress mirror disable ↵
• To disable the egress mirroring for a port, type:
iss mirror egress disable ↵
Procedure 116 To view mirror port configuration

Before you proceed:
• A mirror port must be configured. See Procedure 113 to configure a mirror port.
• You must be logged in as an administrator. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide.
Perform the following procedure to view a mirror port configuration.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ SHUB System.
2 Click the Configuration tab to view the mirror parameters.

Configure mirror ports 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 117 To configure ISAM voice packet mirroring

Before you proceed:
• Configure a SHub VLAN with the name 'VoiceTrafficMirror'. See procedure 274 to
configure a SHub VLAN.
• Configure an unused Ethernet port as a Network port. See Procedure 61 to configure an
Ethernet network port.
• Add the configured SHub VLAN to the Ethernet port (Network). See Procedure 62 to add
the SHub VLAN to the Ethernet port. The VLAN ID must be
VoiceTrafficMirrorSHUBVLAN.
Perform the following procedure to configure voice packet mirroring.
1 Select the SHub VLAN as PVID of the bridge port by performing the following steps:
i Navigate to the Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT→ Ethernet port (Network) → Bridge Port.
ii Click Browse next to the PVID field and select the SHub VLAN configured as
VoiceTraffic MirrrorSHUBVLAN, to be associated with the loopback port.
iii Click OK.
iv Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
2 Navigate to Rack→Subrack→Slot NT→ISAMv Mirror Traffic.
3 Click Browse next to the Loopback Port field and select the Ethernet network port to which
the SHub VLAN configured for voice traffic mirroring is associated to configure it as the
loopback port.
Note — Only one SHub VLAN can be associated with the Ethernet
network port as a loopback port.
4 To enable voice packet mirroring, choose Enabled from the ISAMv Mirroring Status
drop-down list.
Note — You cannot enable both the legacy mirroring and ISAMv
mirroring simultaneously. If legacy mirroring is enabled, you will be
prompted with an error, if you enable voice packet mirroring.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Security
USING THE 5520 AMS
Security
18 Configure 802.1x authentication
19 Configure keychains
20 Configure local user database
21 Configure syslog server
22 Configuring SSH public key of the ISAM NE

Security 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure 802.1x authentication
USING THE 5520 AMS
18 Configure 802.1x authentication

18.1 Overview
18.2 Configuring 802.1x authentication
18.3 Managing 802.1x authentication
18.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of 802.1xauthentication.
802.1x authentication is a client-server based access control and authentication
protocol that restricts unauthorized devices from connecting to a network.
The 802.1x authentication protocol is used for communication between the
subscriber and the NE, and supports DHCP dynamic allocation of IP addresses for
subscriber connections. To authenticate user ports, 802.1x packets are terminated
and actual authentication is performed either locally or on a remote RADIUS server
conforming to 802.1x. RADIUS is used to communicate with the server, which
performs the actual authentication.
At the NE level, you can enable or disable 802.1x authentication. You can configure
802.1x on the layer 2 bridge port for each subscriber connection and view statistics
counters and diagnostics.
Note 1 — Configure IPoE and DHCP Option 82 if you are using
802.1x Authentication. For RADIUS authentication, PPPoE is
used. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information.
Note 2 — See Chapter 41 for information about configuring
802.1x authentication on ONT ports on NEs with GPON-based
LT cards.
Table 42 lists the tasks to configure 802.1x authentication.

Table 42 Configure 802.1x authentication
Task See
Configure VLANs and layer 2 bridge ports Chapter 35

Enable 802.1x authentication on the NE Procedure 118
Configure 802.1x authentication for subscribers Procedure 119
Initialize 802.1x authentication for subscribers Procedure 120
View 802.1x statistics or diagnostics counters Procedure 121
(1 of 2)

Configure 802.1x authentication 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Clear the 802.1x statistics Procedure 122
(2 of 2)

This section describes procedures to configure 802.1x authentication.
Procedure 118 To enable 802.1x authentication on the NE

802.1x authentication is disabled by default.
Perform the following procedure to enable 802.1x authentication on the NE.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Authentication→ 802.1x→ 802.1x System

Parameters.
2 Choose Enabled from the Port Access Control drop-down menu and click the Apply icon ( )
to save changes.
Procedure 119 To configure 802.1x authentication for subscribers

Perform the following procedure to configure 802.1x authentication for subscribers.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot→ XDSL Port→ VCL→ VCL Bridge
Port→ 802.1x Authenticator.
2 To enable 802.1x authentication for subscribers connected to a layer 2 bridge port, choose
Enabled from the State drop-down menu in the General panel of the Configuration tab.
3 If required, configure the other 802.1x authenticator parameters.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure 802.1x authentication
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 120 To initialize 802.1x authentication for subscribers

Perform the following procedure to initialize 802.1x authentication for subscribers.
2 Right-click 802.1x Authenticator and choose Actions→ Initialize.
Result: The Initialize window opens.
3 Click Finish.

This section describes how to:
• View 802.1x statistics counters or diagnostic counters for a layer 2 bridge port.
• Clear 802.1x statistic counters.
Procedure 121 To view 802.1x statistics or diagnostics counters

Perform the following procedure to view 802.1x statistics or diagnostics counters.
2 Click the Statistics Counters tab or the Diagnostic Counters tab.
Note — All the displayed statistics and diagnostic parameters are

read-only.

Configure 802.1x authentication 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 122 To clear the 802.1x statistics

Perform the following procedure to clear the 802.1x statistics.
2 Right-click 802.1x Authentication and choose Actions→ Clear Statistics.
Result: The Clear Statistics window opens.
Note — The Actions→ Clear Statistics menu option is only available to

operators with Administrator privileges.
3 Click Finish.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure keychains
USING THE 5520 AMS
19 Configure keychains

cards.
19.1 Overview
19.2 Configuring keychains
19.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of keychains. A keychain is a set of up to 64
keys. The keys can be assigned to both sides of a BGP or LDP peer. The individual
keys in a keychain have a start- and end-time that indicate when the key is to be
used.
For R4.1, see the FD 100 GBPS NT IHUB System Basics, Management and OAM
Guide for more information about keychains.
For R4.2 or later, see the Operations and Maintenance guide for the NE for more
information about keychains.
Table 43 lists the tasks to configure keychains,
Table 43 Configure keychains
Task See
Create a keychain Procedure 123

Create a key Procedure 124
19.2 Configuring keychains

This section describes procedures to configure keychains.

Configure keychains 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 123 To create a keychain

Perform the following procedure to create a keychain.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Authentication→ KeyChains.
2 Right-click KeyChains and choose Create→ KeyChain.
Result: The Create KeyChain window opens.
3 Enter a keychain name and click Next.
Result: The second Create KeyChain window opens.
Result: The new keychain appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 124 To create a key

Perform the following procedure to create a key.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Authentication→ KeyChains→ KeyChain→

Keys.
2 Right-click Keys and choose Create→ Key.
Result: The Create Key window opens.
3 Enter a keychain name and click Next.
Result: The second Create Key window opens.
4 Configure the parameters. Table 44 describes guidelines for the key parameters.
Table 44 Guidelines for key parameters
Date Enter the date in the format yyyy/mm/dd
Time Enter the time in the format hh:mm:ss
5 Click Finish.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure keychains
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The new key appears in the Network Tree.
19.2.1 Locking and unlocking keychains and keys

You can lock and unlock keychains and keys. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for the

Configure keychains 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure local user database
USING THE 5520 AMS
20 Configure local user database

cards and ISAM R5.7 or later.
20.1 Overview
20.2 Configuring local user database
20.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of local user database. You need to configure
local user database to statically define hosts. You can enable and support DHCP
server in IHub system. The DHCP server expects the DHCP packets to come from
DHCP relay to receive the packet to IHub. The DHCP server and DHCP relay is not
needed to be in same interface.
Table 45 lists the tasks to configure local database.
Table 45 Configure local database
Task See
Create a local user database Procedure 125
Create a DHCP host Procedure 126
Create a DHCP options Procedure 127
20.2 Configuring local user database

This section describes procedures to configure local database.
Procedure 125 To create a local user database

Perform the following procedure to create a local user database.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Authentication→ Local User Database.
2 Right-click Local User Database and choose Create→ Local User DB.

Configure local user database 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Create Local User DB window opens.
3 Enter a name and click Next.
Result: The second Create Local User DB window opens.
Result: The Local User DB appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 126 To create a DHCP host

Perform the following procedure to create a DHCP host.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Authentication→ Local User Database →

Local User DB
2 Right-click Local User DB and choose Create→ DHCP Host.
Result: The Create DHCP Host window opens.
3 Enter the Host Name and click Next.
Result: The second Create DHCP Host window opens.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The DHCP host appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 127 To create a DHCP options

Perform the following procedure to create a DHCP options.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Authentication→ Local User Database →

Local User DB → DHCP Host
2 Right-click DHCP Host and choose Create→ DHCP Options.
Result: The Create DHCP Options window opens.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure local user database
USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Enter the Option Number and click Next.
Result: The second Create DHCP Options window opens.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The DHCP options appears in the Network Tree.

Configure local user database 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure syslog server
USING THE 5520 AMS
21 Configure syslog server

21.1 Overview
21.2 Configuring syslog server
21.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of a syslog server. Syslog provides a logging
facility to capture and log or broadcast system secure access and configuration
changes. You can also use the 5520 AMS to view syslog system parameters such
as maximum message size, free, used, reserved and total storage capacity.
21.2 Configuring syslog server

This section describes the procedure to create syslog server and syslog message.
Procedure 128 To create a syslog sever

The syslog server supports IPv4 address. From ISAM R5.8 onwards, syslog server supports IPv6
address.
Perform the following procedure to create a syslog server.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Syslog.
2 Right-click Syslog and choose Create→ Syslog Server.
Result: The Create Syslog Server window opens.
3 Enter a server number.
Note — If you enter a number and want to change it to the next available
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Syslog server window opens.

Configure syslog server 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
5 Enter the name and type of the syslog server and configure the other parameters.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The syslog server appears in the Network Tree.
In the Object Details view of Syslog Server, you can enter a value for Persistence Interval
parameter only when the Persistence parameter is Enabled.
Procedure 129 To create a syslog message

Perform the following procedure to create a syslog message.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Syslog → Syslog Server.
2 Right-click Syslog Server and choose Create → Syslog Message.
Result: The Create Syslog Message window opens.
3 Choose a Message Type from the drop-down menu and click Next.
Result: The second Create Syslog Message window opens.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Syslog server window opens.
5 Choose Facility from the list and click OK.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The syslog message appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 130 To create log identification

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure syslog server
USING THE 5520 AMS
You can log DHCP events to a syslog server through log identification.
Perform the following procedure to create log identification.
2 Right-click Syslog and choose Create→ Log Identification.
Result: The Create Log Identification window opens.
3 Enter a value in the ID field.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Log Identification window opens.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The log identification appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 131 To create remote syslog collector
You can enable syslog server to collect other syslog messages. The local logs in a system can be
collected remotely.
Perform the following procedure to create remote syslog collector.
2 Right-click Syslog and choose Create→ Remote Syslog Collector.
Result: The Create Remote Syslog Collector window opens.
3 Enter a value in the ID field.
4 Click Next.

Configure syslog server 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create Remote Syslog Collector window opens.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The remote syslog collector appears in the Network Tree.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configuring SSH public key of the ISAM NE
USING THE 5520 AMS
22 Configuring SSH public key of the

ISAM NE

• The NEs that are managed with the SNMPv3 profile
22.1 Overview
22.2 Configuring SSH public key manually
22.1 Overview
This chapter describes the manual configuration of SSH public key of the ISAM NE.
You do not need to generate the SSH public key manually when the 5520 AMS is
configured to generate the key automatically. To generate the SSH public key
automatically, refer to the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide.
Note 1 — The password based authentication is supported only
for 5520 AMS Software application.
Note 2 — Migration from ISAM R5.6 to R5.7 generates a new
SSH public key, when the SSH Settings feature is disabled in
ISAM R5.6. If the feature is enabled in ISAM R5.6, the 5520
AMS does not generate a new key.
Note 3 — From ISAM R6.1 onwards, the public key
authentication works only in combination with external SFTP
servers.
22.2 Configuring SSH public key manually

This section describes the procedures to manually configure SSH server, SSH
system parameters and to generate public key.

Configuring SSH public key of the ISAM NE 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 132 To configure SSH server

Perform the following procedure to configure SSH server.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → OAM → SSH Server → SSH Server.
Procedure 133 To generate SSH server public key

Perform this procedure to generate SSH server public key.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → OAM → SSH Server → SSH Server.
2 Right-click SSH Server and choose Actions → Generate Public Key.
Result: The Generate Public Key window opens.
3 Choose a Key Type from the drop-down menu and click Finish.
Result: A pop-up appears giving the status information about the public key generation action
performed.
Note — You can also view the public key generation status by
navigating to the NE and choosing Infrastructure → OAM → SSH System
Parameters.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configuring SSH public key of the ISAM NE
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 134 To configure SSH system parameters

Perform this procedure to configure SSH system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → OAM → SSH System Parameters.
Procedure 135 To generate authentication key
The authentication key is generated for operations such as software backup and download instead
of using the password. The username is mandatory in both the operations.
Perform this procedure to generate authentication key.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → OAM → SSH System Parameters.
2 Right-click SSH System Parameters and choose Actions → Generate Authentication Key.
Result: The Generate Authentication Key window opens.
3 Choose a Authentication Key Type from the drop-down menu and click Finish.
Result: A pop-up appears giving the status information about the authentication key
generation action performed.
Note — You can also view the authentication key generation status by
navigating to the NE and choosing Infrastructure → OAM → SSH System
Parameters.

Configuring SSH public key of the ISAM NE 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M LT and NT units
USING THE 5520 AMS
LT and NT units
23 Configure LT and NT units
24 Configure LT Ethernet ports
25 Configure SFP

LT and NT units 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure LT and NT units
USING THE 5520 AMS
23 Configure LT and NT units

23.1 Overview
23.2 Configuring LT and NT units
23.3 Managing NT and LT units
23.4 Switching activity on LT or NT units and NT or LT protection group
23.5 Forced switchover on NT protection group
23.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of LT and NT units.
Table 46 lists the tasks to configure LT and NT units.
Table 46 Configure LT and NT units
Task See
Configure slot mode of the subrack Procedure 136
Accept all installed LT and NT units Procedure 137
Plan LT and NT units and appliques Procedure 138

Apply profiles to an LT unit Procedure 139
Configure LT or NT equipment protection switching Procedure 140
Lock NT or LT protection group Procedure 142
Unlock NT or LT protection group Procedure 143
Reset LT and NT units Procedure 144
Power up or power down a unit Procedure 145

Unplan LT and NT units and appliques Procedure 146
Manually clear LT unit alarms Procedure 147
View restart information Procedure 149
View LT or NT protection group information Procedure 150
Switch activity on LT or NT units Procedure 151
Perform switchover and Allow switchover on LT or NT protection Procedure 152

group

Configure LT and NT units 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
23.2 Configuring LT and NT units

This section describes the procedures to configure LT and NT units.
Chapter 5 describes how to set up the NE prior to planning LT and NT units and
appliques when the NE has SHub-based NT cards. Chapter 5 describes how to set
up the NE prior to planning LT and NT units and appliques when the NE has a
SHub-based NT cards.
You only need to plan or unplan LT and NT units or appliques that are not configured.
Procedure 136 To configure the slot mode of the subrack
Applies to — This procedure applies to NEs with an NFXS-B card from

R4.4.07 onwards.
Perform the following procedure to configure the slot mode of the subrack.
2 From the Configurable Slot Mode drop-down list, select one of the following options:
• No Extended LT Slots - This mode works in the same manner as ISAM XD. The LSM can
only be used on LSM slot. NT in NTB is supported. NTIO is also supported.
• Extended LT Slots - In this mode, NTIO & NTB slot can be used as LT slot. So, two or
more LSM can be supported in this mode. Therefore, NTIO/NTB board is not supported.
• No NT-B Slot - In this mode, the NTB slot can be used as an LT slot. The NTIO slot
remains supported. This mode is supported only on NFXS-B with NANT-D in Release
4.4.07 onwards.
• No NTIO Slots - This is the only mode supported in ARAM-E shelf. In this mode, there are
no NTIOs and the dedicated NTIO1 slot can be used for an LSM and NTIO2 slot can be
used for a (Front Access) LSM or an Applique.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 137 To accept all installed LT and NT units

Perform the following procedure to accept the configuration of all the LT and NT slots that have a
unit installed.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack or navigate to the subrack in the Graphical
View.
2 Right-click the subrack in the Network Tree or Graphical View and choose Actions→ Accept
All Boards.
Result: The Accept All Boards window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 138 To plan LT and NT units and appliques

Before you proceed:
• An NT unit must be installed and the maintenance channel between the NE and the
5520 AMS must be configured through CLI or TL1 and in service.
• The planned LT or NT unit type must be compatible with the shelf.
• The planned applique type must be compatible with the applique.
• The Planned Type must be the same as the Detected Type when a value exists in the
Detected Type parameter.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to plan LT and NT units and appliques.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot or navigate to the slot in the Graphical
View.
• Plan an LT or NT unit or applique using the Object Details view:

• In the General panel, choose a Planned Type from the drop-down menu.
• Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the change.
• Plan an LT or NT unit or applique using the Actions menu:

• Right-click the slot in the Network Tree or Graphical View and choose Actions→ Plan.
Result: The Plan window opens.
• Choose the LT or NT unit type or applique type from the Planned Type drop-down menu.
• Click Finish.
Result: The planned type appears in the slot name in the Network Tree and the Graphical
View.
Procedure 139 To apply profiles to an LT unit

You can apply ENV alarm profiles or xDSL DPBO profiles to some LT units. When an LT unit
supports ENV alarm profiles or xDSL DPBO profiles, Browse for the profile type is enabled in the
Object Details view.
Perform the following procedure to apply profiles to an LT unit.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT.
2 Click Browse next to the profile-related parameter that you want to associate to the LT unit.
Result: The Select Profile window opens and lists the existing profiles.
3 Choose the profile that you want to apply to the xDSL port and click OK.
Result: The profile you selected appears in the profile panel.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 140 To configure LT or NT equipment protection switching

Equipment protection switching increases overall system availability because the physical
equipment can detect a failure on a working facility and switch to a protection facility to recover the
traffic.
Perform the following procedure to configure LT or NT equipment protection switching.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Protection Group→ Protection Group NT or

Protection Group LT.
Note — LT protection only applies to xVPS boards, although the LT

protection options are visible for all LT boards.
2 Configure the protection group parameters. Table 47 provides guidelines for configuring the
protection group parameters.
Table 47 Guidelines for protection group parameters
Administrative State When the Administrative State is set to Locked, the operator should not
change the Switchover property of one of the protection units.
Protection Type One plus one is always selected for NT protection. This is a read-only
parameter.
4 To configure the protection unit parameters, choose Infrastructure→ Protection Group→

Protection Unit.
5 Configure the protection unit parameters.
Note — The switchover parameter can be set to Forced Active for only
one protection unit in a protection group.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 141 To create voice user port
Applies to — This procedure applies to the micro NEs.
Note — To create a voice user port or for any voice related menus , the
Voice Software should be selected as H.248 under Infrastructure →
Software →Software System Parameters.
Perform the following procedure to create a voice user port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack →Slot LT.
2 Right-click Slot LT and choose Create → Voice User Port.
Result: The Create Voice User Port window opens.
3 Enter the voice user port number and click Next.
Result: The second Create Voice User Port window opens.
Result: The voice user port appears in the Network Tree.
23.3 Managing NT and LT units

This section describes the procedures to manage LT and NT units.
23.3.1 Locking and unlocking LT and NT units

You can lock and unlock LT and NT units. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for the

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 142 To lock NT or LT protection group

Before you proceed:
• A unit must be planned for a slot before you can lock it. See Procedure 138 to plan LT
and NT units and appliques.
• You can only lock an LT or NT unit that is in standby mode.
• You can lock objects that have Actions→ Lock available in the contextual menu or an
Administrative State of Unlocked.
Perform the following procedure to lock NT or LT protection group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT or Slot LT.

• Right-click Slot NT and choose Actions→ Manage NT Protection.

• Right-click Slot LT and choose Actions→ Manage LT Protection.
Result: NT protection group and NT slot information is gathered and displayed in the Result
page, if an NT unit is selected.
LT protection group and LT slot information is gathered and displayed in the Result page, if
an LT unit is selected.
• Select NT Protection Group and right-click NT Group and choose Actions→ Lock.
• Select LT Protection Group and right-click LT Group and choose Actions→ Lock.
Result: The lock window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The Action Result is displayed in the Result page.
A pop-up appears giving the status information about the lock action performed.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 143 To unlock NT or LT protection group

Before you proceed:
• You can only unlock an NT or LT unit that is in standby mode.

• You can unlock objects that have Actions→ Unlock available in the contextual menu or
an Administrative State of Locked.
Perform the following procedure to unlock NT or LT protection group.


• Select NT Protection Group and right-click NT Group and choose Actions→ Unlock.
• Select LT Protection Group and right-click LT Group and choose Actions→ Unlock.
Result: The unlock window opens.
4 Click Finish.
A pop-up appears giving the status information about the unlock action performed.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 144 To reset LT and NT units

When you reset an LT or NT unit, all alarms for the LT or NT unit are released before the software
is rebooted.
Caution — All reset initialization modes may be service-affecting.
The LT restart cause is also available through TL1 and CLI.
Perform the following procedure to reset LT and NT units.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot or navigate to a slot in the Graphical
View.
2 Right-click the slot in the Network Tree or Graphical View and choose Actions→ Reset.
Result: The Reset window opens.
3 From the Mode drop-down menu, choose one of the following options:
• With Selftest—restarts the NT or LT unit and performs a unit self-test.

• Without Selftest—restarts the NT or LT unit without performing a unit self- test.
• Hot Restart—reboots the system.
Note — The hot restart option is not available for all LT units.
4 Click Browse to select the schedule to reset LT and NT units. By default, the “Schedule Now”
schedule is displayed.
displayed.
iii Click OK.

USING THE 5520 AMS
6 Click Finish.
Procedure 145 To power up or power down a unit

The 5520 AMS supports the ability to change the power state for LT slots on the NE, when Power
State Change is supported by the unit.
Perform the following procedure to power up or power down a unit.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot or navigate to a slot in the Graphical
View.
• Power up or power down a unit using the Object Details view.

• Choose Power Up or Power Down from the Power State drop-down menu.
• Power up or power down a unit using the Actions menu.

• Right-click the slot in the Network Tree or Graphical View and choose Actions→ Power
Up or Actions→ Power Down.
• Click Finish.
Procedure 146 To unplan LT and NT units and appliques
Note — When you unplan a slot, the 5520 AMS automatically sets the
administrative state of the slot to unlocked and makes the administrative
state read-only.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to unplan LT and NT units and appliques.
Note 1 — The LT unplanning operation cannot be performed when the

selected LT to be unplanned is unlocked and when the Forbid Board
Unplanning and ONT Deletion if Not Locked check box is enabled in the
NE Plug Specific settings of the NE in the Administration Tree.
Note 2 — The LT unplanning operation cannot be performed when the

selected LTs to be unplanned has active ONTs under the LT or when the
Forbid Board Unplanning if there are still active ports/ONTs check box is
enabled in the NE Plug Specific settings of the NE in the Administration
Tree
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot or navigate to the slot in the Graphical
View.
• Unplan an LT or NT unit or applique using the Object Details view:

• Choose the empty entry from the Planned Type drop-down menu.
• Unplan an LT or NT unit or applique using the Actions menu.

• Right-click the slot in the Network Tree or Graphical View and choose Actions→ Unplan.
• Click Finish.
Result: The planned type disappears from the slot name in the Network Tree. The
planned slot graphic disappears from the Graphical View.
Procedure 147 To manually clear LT unit alarms
Applies to — This procedure applies to R4.2 or later.
Perform the following to manually clear LT unit alarms.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot (LT).
2 Right-click Slot (LT) and choose Actions→ Clear Alarm.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Clear Alarm window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 148 To clear number of LT restarts
To monitor the number of LT resets, you can reset an LT counter automatically when a LT is
replaced.
Perform the following procedure to clear number of LT restarts.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot (LT).
2 Right-click Slot (LT) and choose Actions→ Clear Counter → Number of LT Restarts
Result: The Number of LT Restarts window opens.
3 Click Finish.
23.3.2 Restart information

You can view the number of restarts for an NE in the NE System Object Details view.
You can also view the following restart information for an LT unit in the Object Details
view for the slot or the applique:
• Last restart cause—indicates the reason that the last reset occurred on an LT unit.
• Last restart time—indicates the date and time that the last reset occurred on an
LT unit. The information is displayed as mm/dd/yyyy hh:mm:ss.
• Number of restarts—indicates the number of time an LT unit has restarted.
This information is updated when any of the following events occur on the NE:
• The NE is added to the 5520 AMS for the first time.
• The 5520 AMS is stopped and then restarted.

USING THE 5520 AMS
• An LT unit is removed from the NE and is then re-added.

• The LT unit on the NE is reset using one of the three initialization modes described
in Procedure 144.
Restart cause information is also available through TL1 and CLI.
Procedure 149 To view restart information

Navigate to the NE and perform one of the following procedures to view restart information:
• View the number of restarts for the NE by choosing NE System.

Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the number of restarts under the
General tab.
• View the number of restarts for the LT by choosing Rack→ Subrack→ Slot.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the number of restarts in the Restart
panel.
23.3.3 Viewing LT or NT protection group

This sub-section provides the procedure to view LT or NT protection group.
Procedure 150 To view LT or NT protection group information

Perform the following procedure to view LT or NT protection group information.
• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot NT or Slot NT

• Infrastructure→ Protection Group→ Protection Group NT or Protection Group LT

• Right-click Slot LT or Protection Group LT and choose Actions→Manage LT Protection.

• Right-click Slot NT or Protection Group NT and choose Actions→Manage NT Protection.

USING THE 5520 AMS

23.4 Switching activity on LT or NT units and NT or

LT protection group
This section describes procedures to switch activity on LT or NT units. You can
switch activity from the LT or NT unit that is providing service to the other LT or NT
unit in the protection group.
Caution — If you force a switchover to an LT or NT in a failed

or idle state, service may be interrupted.
Procedure 151 To switch activity on LT or NT units

Before you proceed, NTA and NTB units or LTA and LTB units must be installed in the NE.
Perform the following procedure to switch activity on LT or NT units.

2 Click the Protection tab and verify that the operational mode is Providing Service.
• When the operational mode is Providing Service, go to step 3.

• When the operational mode is a value other than Providing Service, repeat steps 1 and
2 for the other NT or LT.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Verify that the protection group administrative state is Unlocked by choosing Infrastructure→
Protection Group→ Protection Group NT or Protection Group LT.
• When the administrative state is Locked, go to step 4.

• When the administrative state is Unlocked, go to step 1.
4 Unlock the protection group.
i From the Administrative State drop-down menu, choose Unlocked.
ii Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the change.
5 To perform a switchover:
i Right-click the LT or NT in the Network Tree or Graphical View and choose one of the
following options:
• Actions → Switchover
• Actions → Allow Switchover
Result: The corresponding Switchover window opens.
ii Click Finish to close the Switchover window.
6 Stop and restart supervision on the NE. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information.
Procedure 152 To perform switchover and Allow switchover on LT or NT protection

group
Perform the following procedure to perform switchover and allow switchover on LT or NT
protection group.



USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Right-click Slot NTA or Slot NTB or Slot LTA or Slot LTB and choose one of the following
options:
• Actions → Switchover
• Actions→Allow Switchover
Result: The corresponding Switchover window is displayed.
Note — To enable Allow switchover, the Switchover mode attribute on

the LT or NT slot should have the value ‘Forced Active’.
4 Click Finish.
23.5 Forced switchover on NT protection group
Applies to — This section applies to:
• ISAM R5.8.01
• NT based boards only
This section describes procedure to perform forced switchover on NT protection

group.
Procedure 153 To perform forced switchover on NT protection group

The forced switchover on NT protection is used to control plan switchover with no packet loss for
L2 or L3 traffic.
Perform the following procedure to perform forced switchover on NT protection group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Protection Group → Protection Group NT.
2 Right-click Protection Group NT and choose Actions → Forced Switchover.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure LT Ethernet ports
USING THE 5520 AMS
24 Configure LT Ethernet ports

24.1 Overview
24.2 Configuring Ethernet
24.3 Configuring link aggregation on an Ethernet LT port or Fast Ethernet

LT port
24.5 Viewing Ethernet port information
24.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of LT Ethernet ports.
To configure an NELT card for a specific service, choose the appropriate profile and
configure the port parameters according to the service type.
24.1.1 Operational state

The port operational state is up or down. You cannot configure the operational state.
The operational state for the port is displayed:
• In the Operational State parameter in the Object Details view
• In the top right corner of the port icon in the Graphical View
24.1.2 Locking and unlocking ports

You can lock and unlock Ethernet ports. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for
information about locking and unlocking objects.

Table 48 lists the tasks for configuring Ethernet ports.
Table 48 Configure Ethernet ports
Task See
Configure an Ethernet port Procedure 154
(1 of 2)

Configure LT Ethernet ports 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Configure a VLAN on an Ethernet port Chapter 35
Configure link aggregation on an Ethernet port Section 24.3
Create a VLAN Association on an Ethernet port Procedure 508

Create an IGMP control channel on an Ethernet port Procedure 980
(2 of 2)
24.2 Configuring Ethernet

This section describes procedures to configure Ethernet port.
Table 49 lists the tasks for configuring link aggregation and view Ethernet ports.
Table 49 Configure link aggregation and view Ethernet ports
Task See
Configure an Ethernet bridge port on an Ethernet Procedure 155
port
Configure an Ethernet NTR SSM Out Port on an Procedure 156

Ethernet port
Configure QoS DSL on an Ethernet port Procedure 157
Initiate loopback on an Ethernet port Procedure 1203
Release loopback on an Ethernet port Procedure 1204
View the Ethernet LT port OAM event log Procedure 158

Configure link aggregation on an Ethernet LT port Procedure 159
View Ethernet port information on an LT unit Procedure 166
View the status of aggregated links on an Procedure 167

Ethernet LT port
Procedure 154 To configure an Ethernet port

Perform the following procedure to configure an Ethernet port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT→ Ethernet Port.
2 Configure the port using the Object Details view.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 155 To configure an Ethernet bridge port on an Ethernet port

Perform the following procedure to configure an Ethernet bridge port on an Ethernet port.
2 Right-click Ethernet Port and choose Create→ ETH Bridge Port.
Result: The Create ETH Bridge Port window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create ETH Bridge Port window opens.
Result: The Ethernet bridge port appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 156 To configure an Ethernet NTR SSM Out Port on an Ethernet port or
Fast Ethernet LT port
Perform the following procedure to configure an Ethernet NTR SSM Out Port on an Ethernet port.
• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT→ Ethernet Port

• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT (Ethernet based LT card)→ FE LT Port
2 Right-click Ethernet Port or FE LT Port and choose one of the following options:
• Create→ Ethernet NTR SSM Out Port

• Create → FE NTR SSM Out Port
Result: The Create Ethernet NTR SSM Out Port or Create FE NTR SSM Out Port window
opens.
3 Click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create Ethernet NTR SSM Out Port or Create FE NTR SSM Out Port
window opens.
Result: The Ethernet NTR SSM Out Port or FE NTR SSM Out Port appears in the Network
Tree.
Procedure 157 To configure QoS DSL on an Ethernet port

Perform the following procedure to configure QoS DSL on an Ethernet port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT→ Ethernet Port→ QOS DSL.
Procedure 158 To view the Ethernet LT port or Fast Ethernet LT port OAM event log
Perform the following procedure to view the Ethernet LT port or Fast Ethernet (FE) OAM event log.
Navigate to the NE and choose one of the following options:
• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT→ Ethernet Port→Ethernet OAM Event Log

• Rack→ Subrack → Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT card)→ FE LT Port → 802.3ah OAM →
FE OAM Event Log
Result: The Ethernet OAM event log opens.
24.3 Configuring link aggregation on an Ethernet

LT port or Fast Ethernet LT port
This section describes the procedure to configure link aggregation on an Ethernet LT
port or Fast Ethernet (FE) LT port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 159 To configure link aggregation on an Ethernet LT port or Fast Ethernet

(FE) LT port.
Perform the following procedure to configure link aggregation on an Ethernet LT port or Fast
Ethernet (FE) LT port.
• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT→ Ethernet Port.

• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT card) → FE LT Port.
2 Click the Link Aggregation Group tab and configure the parameters.
3 Click the Link Aggregation Port tab and configure the parameters.
Procedure 160 To add links to link aggregation group

Perform the following procedure to add links to link aggregation group for Ethernet LT port or Fast
Ethernet (FE) LT port.
• Rack → Subrack →Slot LT → Ethernet LT Port → Link Aggregation Port.

• Rack → Subrack →Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT card) → FE LT Port → FE Link
Aggregation Port.
2 Right-click Link Aggregation Port or FE Link Aggregation Port and choose one of the
following options:
• Actions → Link Aggregation → Add To Group.

• Actions → FE Link Aggregation → Add To Group.
Result: The Link Aggregation > Add to Group or FE Link Aggregation > Add to Group window
opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Add the Link Aggregation Group or FE Link Aggregation Group port to which the link is to be
added.
4 Click Finish.
Procedure 161 To remove links from link aggregation group

Perform the following procedure to remove links from link aggregation group for Ethernet port or
Fast Ethernet (FE) LT port.
• Rack → Subrack →Slot LT → Ethernet LT Port → Link Aggregation Port

• Rack → Subrack →Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT card) → FE LT Port → FE Link
Aggregation Port.
2 Right-click Link Aggregation Port or FE Link Aggregation Port and choose one of the
following options:
• Actions → Link Aggregation → Remove From Group.

• Actions → FE Link Aggregation → Remove From Group.
Result: The Link Aggregation > Remove From Group or FE Link Aggregation > Remove
From Group window opens.
3 Click Finish.
24.4 Configuring Fast Ethernet LT port

• Ethernet based LT cards (FELT-B) only
This section describes the procedure to configure Fast Ethernet (FE) LT ports.
You can view PM counters on FE LT port. Navigate to Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT
(Ethernet based LT card) → FE LT Port, right-click FE LT Port and choose Show →
PM Counters. The PM counter details appear in the Object Monitoring View.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 162 To configure an FE LT port

Perform the following procedure to configure an FE LT port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT card) → FE

LT Port.
2 Configure the parameters using the Object Details view.
Procedure 163 To configure an FE MSTP port

Perform the following procedure to configure an FE MSTP port.

LT Port → FE MSTP
Procedure 164 To retrieve MAC attributes for Fast Ethernet LT port

Perform the following procedure to retrieve MAC attributes for Fast Ethernet (FE) LT port.
When you retrieve the attributes, you must refresh the Object Details view to display the latest
attribute values. The attributes are displayed for only one minute.
Before you proceed, EFM OAM must be enabled on the FE LT port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT card) → FE

LT Port → 802.3ah OAM → MAC Attributes
2 Right-click MAC Attributes and choose Create → FE Request OAM MAC Address

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Create FE Request OAM MAC Address window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 165 To configure bridge port on Fast Ethernet LT port

Perform the following procedure to configure bridge port on Fast Ethernet (FE) LT port.

LT Port
2 Right-click FE LT Port and choose Create → FE Bridge Port
Result: The Create FE Bridge Port window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create FE Bridge Port window opens.
From ISAM R6.1 onwards, you can mirror all the traffic passed through the bridge port
(through all VLAN ports configured in bridge port in both ingress and egress directions). The
traffic is mirrored based on outer VLAN direction value provided in CLI or TL1 command. You
also need to configure Mode and VLAN Id parameters under Mirroring section in Object
Details view of FE Bridge Port to mirror all the traffic.
Result: The FE Bridge Port appears in the Network Tree.
24.5 Viewing Ethernet port information

This section describes the procedure to view Ethernet port information on an LT unit
and the status of the aggregated links on an Ethernet LT port.
Procedure 166 To view Ethernet port information on an LT unit

Perform the following procedure to view a table of Ethernet port information on an LT unit.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→Slot LT.
Result: The Graphical View opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Click the Toggle View icon ( ).
Result: The Table View opens and displays information for the ports on the unit, including:
• Customer ID
• Multicast bandwidth available and used
• TCA state
3 To navigate to a port, double-click the port.
Procedure 167 To view the status of aggregated links on an Ethernet LT port

Perform the following procedure to view the status of aggregated links on an Ethernet LT port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT→ Ethernet Port→ Link
Aggregation Port.
2 View the status of the port in the Object Details view.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure SFP
USING THE 5520 AMS
25 Configure SFP
25.1 Overview
25.2 Configure SFP
25.3 Viewing SFP information
25.4 Dual hosting
25.5 Configure E1/DS1 SFP
25.1 Overview
This chapter describes SFP configuration.
Remote expansion units are connected to the host shelf using GE links (one for each
LT unit) to a unit installed in the host shelf. These links use SFP optical modules. The
downlinks are connected to expansion shelves or to the REM and SEMs.
Note — An SFP-capable card must be installed in the slot to be

able to view or configure the SFP module. If the card is not
present, the SFP tree is empty, so nothing can be chosen and
configured.
25.1.1 Diagnostics
The NE must be equipped to view SFP diagnostics. See the Product Information
guide for the NE for information about SFP optical modules.
Table 50 lists the task to configure SFP.
Table 50 Configure SFP
Task See
Configure uplink and downlink SFPs Procedure 168

Configure SFP RSSI profile Procedure 169
Configure the RSSI state Procedure 170
View SFP configuration Procedure 163
View SFP connectivity status on LT and NT units Procedure 173
Configure a dual-hosted REM Procedure 174
(1 of 2)

Configure SFP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
View a dual-hosted REM Procedure 175
Configure the E1/DS1 port on an SFP Procedure 176
Configure tributaries on the E1/DS1 port Procedure 177

Perform software reset on the E1/DS1 port Procedure 178
Perform LIU reset on the E1/DS1 port Procedure 179
(2 of 2)
25.2 Configure SFP

This section describes the various procedures involved in configuring an SFP.
Procedure 168 To configure uplink and downlink SFPs

You can configure some SFPs as uplink or downlink. Some SFPs are always configured as uplink
or downlink, and these cannot be modified. The SFP module must be physically present in the
card in the slot.
You can configure uplink and downlink SFPs for SFP inventory of NT, NTIO, Applique slot and
FELT-B LT.
Perform the following procedure to configure uplink and downlink SFPs.
• Rack → Subrack → Slot NTA → SFP → SFP Inventory SFP

• Rack → Subrack → Applique Slot NT→ SFP → Applique SFP Inventory NT SFP
• Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (FELT-B) → SFP → SFP Inventory SFP
• Rack → Subrack → Slot NTIO → SFP → SFP Inventory SFP
2 In the SFP Host tab, choose Up Link or Down Link from the Direction drop-down menu and
click the Apply icon ( ) to save the change.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 169 To configure SFP RSSI profile
The SFP RSSI profile defines the RSSI for the SFP that can be configured by operator. This profile
can be used for all NT/NTIO cards and DSL/GPON line cards.
Perform the following procedure to configure SFP RSSI profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→SFP→RSSI Profile.
2 Right-click on RSSI Profile and choose Create→SFP RSSI Profile.
Result: The Create SFP RSSI Profile window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create SFP RSSI Profile window opens.
• In the Alarm Thresholds tab, set high and low RSSI thresholds values for certain EPON
ONT alarm conditions at a specific PON interface or an ONT interface on the PON. An
alarm is raised if the condition exceeds the specified threshold value.
• Choose OLT or ONT from the Profile Type drop-down list.
• Configure the other parameters.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The SFP RSSI Profile appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 170 To configure the RSSI state

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to configure the RSSI state.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT

cards)→SFP→SFP Inventory.
2 Choose Enabled or Disabled in the RSSI State field and click Finish.
Result: The RSSI function is enabled or disabled on the port.
Procedure 171 To configure the SFP power status
You can toggle the power on and power off on an SFP during a specific amount of time.
You can configure the SFP Power Status parameter through Object Details view. Navigate to
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT cards) → FE LT Port and choose SFP tab.
Perform the following procedure to configure the SFP power status.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT cards) → FE

LT Port
2 Right-click on FE LT Port and choose one of the following options:
• Actions → SFP → Power On

• Actions → SFP → Power Off
3 Click Finish.
25.3 Viewing SFP information

This section describes the procedures to view SFP information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 172 To view SFP configuration

The SFP module must be physically present in the card in the slot.
Perform the following procedure to view SFP configuration.

Result: The Object Details view opens and displays information about the SFP in SFP Host tab.
Procedure 173 To view SFP connectivity status on LT and NT units

You can view the connectivity status for SFPs that are installed in the Ethernet ports on LT and
NT units.
Perform the following procedure to view SFP connectivity status on LT and NT units.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT or Slot NT.
2 Click the SFP tab.
Result: The SFP parameters are displayed in the Object Details view.
Note — From ISAM R5.5.01 onwards, you can view the following
information in the SFP tab Object Details view.
• The Slot section is enabled when the slot is connected or linked to an

LT, NT, or NTIO slots.
• The Applique Slot section is enabled only for IHUB agents when the
slot is connected to an Applique NT.
25.4 Dual hosting

If the REM has two LT units, each LT unit can be hosted on a different ISAM NE.

USING THE 5520 AMS
For NEs with SHub-based NT cards, if you are using dual hosting, you need to
configure links between the SHubs on the host NEs.
Ensure that the following physical connections are configured prior to configuring the
dual host setup in the 5520 AMS GUI:
• Both NE1 and NE2 have NFXS-B main subracks to support dual host
configuration.
• On NE1 (Host 1), Slot LT1 and the control board are managed by REM1 subrack
in the same agent (Host 1).
• On NE1, Slot LT2 board is managed by another agent (Host 2).
• On NE2 (Host 2), Slot LT2 is managed by REM1 subrack in the same agent (Host
2).
• On NE2, Slot LT1 board is managed by another agent (Host 1).
• Slot LT1 and LT2 are connected to different SFPs (For example, LT1 connected
to SFP3 and LT2 connected to SFP4).
Procedure 174 To configure a dual-hosted REM

Perform the following procedure to configure a dual-hosted REM.
1 Plan the main subrack on the NE1 (Host 1). See Procedure 10 to plan a subrack.
2 Plan the remote expansion module on the NE1 (REM1-NE1). See Procedure 10 to plan an
expansion module.
3 Plan a control board on REM1-NE1. See Procedure 138 to plan the NE unit.
4 Plan an LT unit (LT1) on REM1-NE1 to be managed by the same host (NE1). See Procedure
138 to plan an LT unit.
5 Plan the second LT unit (LT2) on REM1-NE1 to be managed by another NE (NE2).
Perform the following steps:
• Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT.

• In the General tab, configure EXT_MANAGED in the Planned Type drop-down list.
• In the Dual Host section, configure the external host (NE2) managing this slot in the Host
Location field.
• Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the configurations.
6 Plan the main subrack on NE2 (Host 2). See Procedure 10 to plan a subrack.
7 Plan the remote expansion module on NE2 (REM1-NE2). See Procedure 10to plan an
expansion module.

USING THE 5520 AMS
8 Plan an LT unit (LT1) on REM1-NE2 to be managed by another NE (NE1).
Perform the following steps:
• Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT.

• In the General tab, configure EXT_MANAGED in the Planned Type drop-down list.
• In the Dual Host section, configure the external host (NE1) managing this slot in the Host
Location field.
• Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the configurations.
9 Plan the second LT unit (LT2) on REM1-NE2 to be managed by the same host (NE2). See
Procedure 138 to plan an LT unit.
10 Perform the following steps to configure the SFP direction for each LT unit:
• To check the SFP connected to the LT unit, navigate to the NE and choose one of the
following options, and click the SFP Host tab in the Object Details view.
• Select Down Link from the Direction drop-down list in the Object Details view of the SFP.
Note — For information on SFP diagnostics, inventory and

troubleshooting, see Section SFP diagnostics, inventory and
troubleshooting.
Procedure 175 To view a dual-hosted REM

If the REM you are using has more than one LT unit, each of the LT units can be managed by a
different ISAM NE. When you configure each LT unit to be managed by a different NE, you can
open a Combined view of the LTs.
Perform the following procedure to view a dual-hosted REM.
1 Perform the following steps from the Network Tree:
a Navigate to one of the host NEs and choose Rack→ Subrack. Choose the subrack that
is managing one of the LTs on the REM.
b Right-click the subrack and choose Show→ SB-REM View.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The SB-REM view is displayed in the Graphical View, with the combined view
of both LTs on the REM.
2 Perform the following steps from the Graphical View:
a Navigate to one of the host NEs and choose Rack→ Subrack. Choose the subrack that
is managing one of the LTs on the REM.
Result: The Graphical View displays the LT unit.
b Right-click the subrack and choose Open.
Result: The location of the subrack that hosts the other LT unit on the REM is displayed.
c Choose the location.
Result: The Combined view opens and displays both LT units on the REM.
25.5 Configure E1/DS1 SFP

This section describes the procedures to configure E1/DS1 ports, tributaries on SFP
and perform various actions on the E1/DS1 port.
Procedure 176 To configure the E1/DS1 port on an SFP
Perform the following procedure to configure the E1/DS1 port on an SFP.
Before you proceed, the E1/DS1 SFP must be operationally up.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT cards)→SFP→SFP Inventory

• Rack→Subrack→Slot NT→SFP→SFP Inventory
• Rack→Subrack→Slot NTIO→SFP→SFP Inventory
2 Right-click SFP Inventory and choose Create→E1/DS1 Port.
Result: The Create E1/DS1 Port window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create E1/DS1 Port window opens.
Result: The E1/DS1 port appears under SFP Inventory in the Network Tree.
Procedure 177 To configure tributaries on the E1/DS1 port
Perform the following procedure to configure tributaries on the E1/DS1 port.
Before you proceed, the E1/DS1 port must be created and operationally up.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT cards)→SFP→SFP Inventory→E1/DS1

Port
• Rack→Subrack→Slot NT→SFP→SFP Inventory→E1/DS1 Port
• Rack→Subrack→Slot NTIO→SFP→SFP Inventory→E1/DS1 Port
2 Right-click E1/DS1 Port and choose Create→Tributary.
Result: The Create Tributary window opens.
3 Select the Tributary Index and click Next.
Result: The second Create Tributary window opens.
Result: The Tributary appears under E1/DS1 Port in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 178 To perform software reset on the E1/DS1 port
Perform the following procedure to perform software reset on the E1/DS1 port.
Before you proceed, the E1/DS1 port must be created and operationally up.

Port
2 Right-click E1/DS1 Port and choose Actions→Software Reset.
Result: The Software Reset confirmation window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 179 To perform LIU reset on the E1/DS1 port
Perform the following procedure to perform LIU reset on the E1/DS1 port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Before you proceed:
• The E1/DS1 port must be created and operationally up.

• Ensure that the value of the LIU Reset field in the E1/DS1 Port Object Details is No Reset.

Port
2 Right-click E1/DS1 Port and choose Actions→LIU Reset.
Result: The LIU Reset confirmation window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: LIU reset is performed.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Profiles, policies, and filters
USING THE 5520 AMS
Profiles, policies, and filters

26 Configure QoS
27 Configure IHub filters
28 Configure equipment profiles
29 Configure voice profiles

Profiles, policies, and filters 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure QoS
USING THE 5520 AMS
26 Configure QoS
26.1 Overview
26.2 Configuring QoS
26.3 Configuring QoS policies
26.4 Managing QoS
26.5 QoS resource pool
26.6 CPU protocol rate limit
26.1 Overview
This chapter describes QOS configuration.
Table 51 lists the types of QoS profiles that you can configure on the NE.
Table 51 QoS profile types
Applies to Profile type
All releases CAC

L2 filter
L3 filter
Marker
Policer
Policy
Policy action
Queue
Session
R4.0 or earlier Scheduler
All NEs with SHub-based NT cards Flow

Meter
NEs with GPON LT cards Shaper
R4.1 and later Ingress

Scheduler Node
Upstream Bandwidth
R4.5.01 and later Rate Limit
R4.5.02 and later DSCP-to-PBit
(1 of 2)

Configure QoS 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

R5.2.01 and later QoS Policer Per TC Profile
R5.3 and later QoS COS Threshold Profile
R5.3 and later QoS Bandwidth Actual Values Profile

R5.4 and later QoS Aggregate Queue Profile
All releases QoS Policy Action Profile
R6.0.01 and later QoS Upstream Control Packets

QoS Downstream Control Packets
QoS DSCP to TC Mapping Profile
(2 of 2)
The following are the types of mapping parameters that you can configure on the NE:
• DSCP Ethernet priority mapping
• TC mapping
• Queue TC mapping
Note 1 — You can create QoS profile templates in the Template

Tree. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information.
Note 2 — For successful migration, the manually created
reserved (default) QoS profile present in the NE should be
deleted before performing the migration.
See the Operations and Maintenance using CLI guide for the NE for information
about the profiles and mapping parameters.
26.1.1 Modifying QoS profiles

Table 52 lists the QoS profiles that you can modify after they are created.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 52 Modify QoS profiles
All releases CAC

L2 filter
L3 filter
Marker
Policer
Policy
Policy action
Queue
Scheduler
All releases Scheduler
NEs with GPON-based NT cards Shaper
R4.1 or later Ingress

Scheduler Node
Upstream Bandwidth
R4.5.01 and later Rate Limit

R4.5.02 and later DSCP-to-PBit
R5.2.01 and later QoS Policer Per TC Profile
R5.3 and later QoS COS Threshold Profile
R5.3 and later QoS Bandwidth Actual Values Profile
R5.4 and later QoS Aggregate Queue Profile
All releases QoS Policy Action Profile
R6.0.01 and later QoS Upstream Control Packets

QoS Downstream Control Packets
QoS DSCP to TC Mapping Profile
Note — If you need to change the filter type of a QoS Policy

profile to L3 and the L3 filter is of type Instance unavailable,
create an L3 filter before clicking Apply to save the changes.
This will ensure that a valid L3 filter exists.
26.1.2 Deleting QoS profiles

You can only delete QoS profiles that are unassigned and not in use.
Table 53 lists the tasks to configure and manage QoS.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 53 Configure and manage QoS
Task See
Configure QoS system parameters Procedure 180
Create a QoS profile Procedure 181
Configure QoS mapping parameters Procedure 182
Create a QoS policy Procedure 183
Create a QoS ingress access DSCP Procedure 184
Create a QoS ingress access TOS precedence Procedure 185
Create a QoS ingress access or ingress network 802.1p Procedure 186

Create a QoS ingress network LSP EXP Procedure 187
Create a QoS egress network forwarding class Procedure 189
View the QoS system parameters for the SHub Procedure 190
Copy a QOS policy Procedure 191
26.2 Configuring QoS

This section describes procedures to configure QoS.
Procedure 180 To configure QoS system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure QoS system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ QoS→ QoS System Parameters.
Note — The P-bit Marking for Control Packets parameter is disabled by

default. It should be enabled for managing control traffic belonging to
PPPoE, DHCP, ARP, DHCPv6, ICMPv6 protocols.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 181 To create a QoS profile
Note — The steps to create a QoS profile follows the same sequence
for all QoS profile types supported on the NE.
Perform the following procedure to create a QoS profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ QoS→ QoS_profile_type, where

QoS_profile_type is a profile type.
2 Right-click the QoS profile type that you need to create and choose Create→
QoS_profile_type, where QoS_profile_type is a profile type.
Result: The Create Profile window opens.
3 Enter a profile number.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Profile window opens.
Table 54 provides guidelines for QoS parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 54 QoS profile guidelines
Profile type Parameter Guideline
CAC Interface Type PON Interface option applies only to

NEs with GPON-based NT cards.
QoS queue Maximum Threshold Tail Drop (GPON) option applies only
(Green Frames) to NEs with GPON-based NT cards.
Shaper Excess Information Rate Applies only to NEs with GPON-based

NT cards.
Type Single Token Bucket GPON option

applies only to NEs with GPON-based
NT cards.
Note — After a profile is created, the Usage Count parameter is

displayed in the Object Details view. The Usage Count parameter
displays the number of entities that use the profile. A value greater than
0 indicates that the profile is in use. A profile can be deleted only when
the usage count is 0.
Procedure 182 To configure QoS mapping parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure QoS mapping parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ QoS→ QoS mapping, where QoS mapping
is a mapping type.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays a table of mapping IDs and parameters.
2 Modify the parameters and click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
26.3 Configuring QoS policies

cards.
This section describes procedures to configure QoS policies.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 55 lists the types of QoS policies you can configure on the NE.
Table 55 QoS policies
Applies to Policy Description
R4.1 and R4.2 Ingress QoS Ingress Policy 1 is a default policy that cannot be
modified or deleted.
The DSCP, TOS precedence, and 802.1p child objects of
QoS Ingress Policy 1 are defaults and cannot be modified or
deleted.
R4.1 or later Ingress access QoS Ingress Access Policy 1, QoS Ingress Network Policy
Ingress network 1, and QoS Egress Network Policy 1 are default policies that
cannot be modified or deleted.
Egress network
The DSCP, TOS precedence, and 802.1p child objects of
QoS Ingress Access Policy 1 are defaults and cannot be
modified or deleted.
R4.3 or later Protocol QoS policies for specific protocols. There are no default
protocol policies.
All releases Self-generated QoS Self-Generated Policy 1 is a default policy that cannot
be modified or deleted.
R4.4 or later Egress Remark QoS Egress Remark Policy 1 is a default policy that cannot
be modified or deleted.
R4.4 or later IngressPBit color QoS IngressPBit color Mapping Policy 1 is a default policy
Mapping that cannot be modified or deleted.
R4.4 or later Egress System QoS Egress System Port policy 1 and 2 are default for four
Port queues. The default policies cannot be modified or deleted.
R4.6 or later Ingress LSR QoS Ingress LSR network policy 1 is a default policy that
network cannot be modified or deleted.
Procedure 183 To create a QoS policy

Perform the following procedure to create a QoS policy.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ QoS→ QoS_policy_type, where

QoS_policy_type is a policy type.
2 Right-click the QoS policy type that you need to create and choose Create→
QoS_policy_type, where QoS_policy_type is a policy type.
Result: The Create Policy window opens.
3 Enter a policy number and click Next.
Result: The second Create Policy window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The new policy appears in the Network Tree.
For R4.1 or later:
• After you create a QoS ingress access policy, you can configure DSCP, TOS
precedence, and 802.1p for the policy. See Procedures 184, 185, and 186 for more
information.
• After you create a QoS ingress network policy, you can configure LSP EXP and 802.1p
for the policy. See Procedures 187 and 186 for more information.
• After you create a QoS egress network policy, you can configure the forwarding class.
See Procedure 189 for more information.
Note — You can create QoS policy templates in the Template Tree. See
the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information.
Procedure 184 To create a QoS ingress access DSCP
Perform the following procedure to create a QoS ingress access DSCP.
1 Create a QoS ingress access policy. See Procedure 183 to create a Qos policy.
2 Expand QoS Ingress Access Policy and choose DSCP.
3 Right-click DSCP and choose Create→ QoS Ingress DSCP.
Result: The Create QoS Ingress DSCP window opens.
4 Choose a DSCP name and click Next.
Result: The second Create QoS Ingress DSCP window opens.
Result: The QoS Ingress DSCP appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 185 To create a QoS ingress access TOS precedence
Perform the following procedure to create a QoS ingress access TOS precedence.
1 Create a QoS ingress access policy. See Procedure 183 to create a Qos policy.
2 Expand QoS Ingress Access Policy and choose TOS Precedence.
3 Right-click TOS Precedence and choose Create→ QoS Ingress Precedence.
Result: The Create QoS Ingress Precedence window opens.
4 Enter a TOS precedence and click Next.
Result: The second Create QoS Ingress Precedence window opens.
Result: The QoS Ingress Precedence appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 186 To create a QoS ingress access or ingress network 802.1p
Perform the following procedure to create a QoS ingress access or ingress network 802.1p.
1 Create a QoS ingress access or ingress network policy. See Procedure 183 to create a Qos
policy.
2 Expand QoS Ingress Access Policy or QoS Ingress Network Policy and choose 802.1p.
3 Right-click 802.1p and choose Create→ QoS Ingress Access 802.1p or Create→ QoS
Ingress Network 802.1p.
Result: The Create QoS Ingress 802.1p window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
4 Enter an Ethernet priority and click Next.
Result: The second Create QoS Ingress 802.1p window opens.
Result: The QoS Ingress Access 802.1p or QoS Ingress Network 802.1p appears in the
Network Tree.
Procedure 187 To create a QoS ingress network LSP EXP
Perform the following procedure to create a QoS ingress network LSP EXP.
1 Create a QoS ingress network policy. See Procedure 183 to create a Qos policy.
2 Expand QoS Ingress Network Policy and choose LSP EXP.
3 Right-click LSP EXP and choose Create→ QoS Ingress Network LSP EXP.
Result: The Create QoS Ingress Network LSP EXP window opens.
4 Enter an LSP EXP value and click Next.
Result: The second Create QoS Ingress Network LSP EXP window opens.
Result: The QoS Ingress Network LSP EXP appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 188 To create a QoS ingress LSR network LSP EXP
Perform the following procedure to create a QoS ingress LSR network LSP EXP.
1 Create a QoS ingress network policy. See Procedure 183 to create a Qos policy.
2 Expand QoS Ingress LSR Network Policy and choose LSP EXP.
3 Right-click LSP EXP and choose Create→ QoS Ingress LSR Network LSP EXP.
Result: The Create QoS Ingress LSR Network LSP EXP window opens.
4 Enter an LSP EXP value and click Next.
Result: The second Create QoS Ingress LSR Network LSP EXP window opens.
Result: The QoS Ingress LSR Network LSP EXP appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 189 To create a QoS egress network forwarding class
Perform the following procedure to create a QoS egress network forwarding class.
1 Create a QoS egress network policy. See Procedure 183 to create a Qos policy.
2 Expand QoS Egress Network Policy and choose Forwarding Class.
3 Right-click Forwarding Class and choose Create→ Forwarding Class.
Result: The Create Forwarding Class window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
4 Choose a Forwarding Name from the drop-down menu and click Next.
Result: The second Create Forwarding Class window opens.
Result: The Forwarding Class appears in the Network Tree.
26.4 Managing QoS

This section describes procedures to manage QoS.
Procedure 190 To view the QoS system parameters for the SHub

cards.
Perform the following procedure to view the QoS system parameters for the SHub.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ QoS→ QoS System Parameters SHUB.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays read-only parameters.
Procedure 191 To copy a QOS policy

cards.
You can use the copy function to:
• Create a QoS policy with the same parameters as the originating policy
• Overwrite a QoS policy

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to copy a QOS policy.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ QoS→ QoS_policy_type→ QoS_policy,

where QoS_policy_type is a policy type and QoS_policy is a QoS policy.
2 Right-click the QoS policy and choose Actions→ Copy.
Result: The Copy window opens.
When you create a policy, it appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 192 To edit multiple QoS profiles

Perform the following procedure to edit multiple QoS profiles.
For more information on multiple edit option and the related conditions, see the 5520 AMS User
Guide.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ QoS→ QoS_profile_type, where

QoS_profile_type is a profile type.
2 You can select multiple profiles and right-click the selected QoS profile type and choose
Multiple Edit.
Result: The Multiple Edit window opens.
3 Modify the parameters.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The changes are applied to the selected QoS profiles.
Note — While using Multiple Edit option to edit multiple QoS Policer Per
TC Profile, no values are displayed to edit in Parameters panel. It is
recommended to modify the QoS Policer Per TC Profile through Object
Details view.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 193 To view QoS parameters on a CES, Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, or VEIP
port
You can view bandwidth parameters in QoS object details window on a CES, Ethernet, MoCA,
VDSL2, or VEIP port. The Bandwidth profile is used to set the bandwidth profile per UNI port and
all the upstream queues in the UNI port use the same bandwidth profile. The following are the
different scenarios:
• If UNI port 1 is enabled sharing with bandwidth profile 1 and UNI port 2 is enabled sharing
with bandwidth profile 2, the two UNI ports allocates two different bandwidth instances.
• If UNI port 1 is enabled sharing with bandwidth profile 1 and UNI port 2 is disabled sharing
with bandwidth profile 1, the two UNI ports allocates two different bandwidth instances.
• If UNI port 1 is enabled sharing with bandwidth profile 1 and UNI port 2 is enabled sharing
with bandwidth profile 1, the two UNI ports share the same bandwidth profile.
Perform the following procedure to view QoS parameters, Queue parameters, Bandwidth
parameters, and PM collection on a CES, Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, or VEIP port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose one of the ports listed in 99.
2 In the Object Details view, click QoS tab.
Result: The QoS parameters, Queue parameters, Bandwidth parameters, and PM collection
parameters are displayed.
Note — To modify the Bandwidth Profile and Bandwidth Sharing

parameters, the corresponding CDE key must be enabled on the NE.
26.5 QoS resource pool

This section describes the procedure to view QoS resource pool details.
Procedure 194 To view QoS resource pool details

Perform the following procedure to view QoS resource pool details.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NE → Rack → Subrack → Slot LT → QoS Resource Pool.
Result: The individual resources are listed beneath the QoS resource Pool.
2 Click a resource listed under the QoS Resource Pool.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Object Details view opens, and displays the resource parameters.
26.6 CPU protocol rate limit

This section describes the procedure to configure CPU protocol rate limit
parameters. High rates of packets on CPU can cause DoS attack to other services.
In order to prevent the services from DoS attack, you can configure CPU protocol
rate limit so that the protocol packet type addressed to CPU can deny services to
other protocol packets.
Procedure 195 To configure CPU protocol rate limit parameters
Perform the following procedure to configure CPU protocol rate limit parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → QoS → CPU Protocol Rate Limit.
2 Right-click the CPU Protocol Rate Limit and choose Create → CPU Protocol Rate Limit.
Result: The Create CPU Protocol Rate Limit window opens.
3 Choose a Protocol from the drop-down menu and click Next.
Result: The second Create CPU Protocol Rate Limit window opens.
Result: The CPU Protocol Rate Limit appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure IHub filters
USING THE 5520 AMS
27 Configure IHub filters

cards.
27.1 Overview
27.2 Configuring IHub filters
27.3 Managing IHub filters
27.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of IHUB filters.
You can configure the following types of IHub filters on the NE:
• IP
• IPv6
• MAC
• CPU
• CPU IPv6
• IPv6 Prefixes
Note — You can create IP filter, IPv6 filter, and MAC filter
templates in the Template Tree. See the 5520 AMS User Guide
Table 56 lists the tasks to configure IHUB filters.

Table 56 Configure IHUB filters
Task See
Configure filter system parameters Procedure 196
Create an IHUB filter Procedure 197
Create a filter rule Procedure 198
Copy a filter and rule Procedure 199
(1 of 2)

Configure IHub filters 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Clear filter counters Procedure 200
Clear filter rule counters Procedure 201
Renumber a CPU filter Procedure 202

Renumber a filter rule Procedure 203
View filter action Procedure 204
(2 of 2)
27.2 Configuring IHub filters

This section describes procedures to configure IHub filters.
Caution — OAM connectivity might be interrupted when you

configure the IHub filter system parameters.
Procedure 196 To configure filter system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure filter system parameters for the CPU filters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ QoS→ IHUB Filters→ Filter System
Parameters.
Procedure 197 To create an IHub filter

The steps to create an IHub filter follow the same sequence for all IHub filter types.
Perform the following procedure to create an IHub filter.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ QoS→ IHUB Filters→ type Filters, where
type is a filter type.
2 Right-click an IHub filter type and choose Create→ type Filters, where type is a filter type.
Result: The Create Filter window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Enter a filter number and click Next.
Result: The second Create Filter window opens.
Procedure 198 To create a filter rule

Perform the following procedure to create filter rules for IP filters, IPv6 filters, and MAC filters.
type is an IP filter, IPv6 filter, or MAC filter.
2 Right-click IP Filter, IPv6 Filter, or MAC Filter and choose Create→ type Filter Rule, where
type is the filter type.
Result: The Create Filter Rule window opens.
3 Enter a rule number and click Next.
Result: The second Create Filter Rule window opens.
Note — You can configure the TCP Established parameter for any type
Filters, where type is an IP filter, IPv6 filter, or MAC filter. Navigate to
Infrastructure→ QoS→ IHUB Filters→ type Filters → type Filter Rule.
27.3 Managing IHub filters

This section describes procedures to manage IHub filters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 199 To copy a filter and rule

Perform the following procedure to copy filters and rules for IP filters, IPv6 filters, and MAC filters
to a new filter.
type is an IP filter, IPv6 filter, or MAC filter.
2 Right-click IP Filter, IPv6 Filter, or MAC Filter and choose Actions→ Copy Filter and Rules.
Result: The Copy Filter and Rules window opens.
3 Enter a target filter number and click Finish.
Result: The new filter appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 200 To clear filter counters

The steps to clear filter counters follow the same sequence for all IHub filter types.
Perform the following procedure to clear filter counters.
type is a filter type.
2 Right-click type Filter, where type is a filter type, and choose Actions→ Clear Counters.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 201 To clear filter rule counters

The steps to clear filter rule counters follow the same sequence for all IHub filter types.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ QoS→ IHUB Filters→ type Filters→ type
Filter→ type Filter Rule, where type is a filter type.
2 Right-click type Filter Rule, where type is a filter type, and choose Actions→ Clear Counters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 202 To renumber a CPU filter or CPU IPv6 filter

Perform the following procedure to renumber a CPU filter or CPU IPv6 filter.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ QoS→ IHUB Filters→CPU Filters→CPU

Filter or CPU IPv6 filter.
2 Right-click CPU Filter or CPU IPv6 filter and choose Actions→ Renumber.
Result: The Renumber window opens.
3 Enter a new filter number and click Finish.
Result: The filter number changes in the Network Tree.
Procedure 203 To renumber a filter rule

Perform the following procedure to renumber a filter rule for IP filters, IPv6 filters, and MAC filters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ QoS→ IHUB Filters→ type Filters→ type
Filter→ type Filter Rule, where type is an IP filter, IPv6 filter, or MAC filter.
2 Right-click IP Filter Rule, IPv6 Filter Rule, or MAC Filter Rule and choose
Actions→Renumber.
Result: The Renumber window opens.
3 Enter a new rule number and click Finish.
Result: The filter rule number changes in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 204 To view filter action
Perform the following procedure to view filter action for IP filters and IPv6 filters.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → QoS → IHUB Filters → type Filters → type Filter
Rule → type Filter Action, where type is an IP filter, or IPv6 filter.
Result: The Object Details view displays the IP Filter Action or IPv6 Filter Action information.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure equipment profiles
USING THE 5520 AMS
28 Configure equipment profiles

28.1 Overview
28.2 Configuring equipment profiles
28.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of equipment profiles.
Profiles are used to speed up configuration tasks, as each profile has a unique
combinations of parameter settings that can be applied to multiple configurations.
See the 5520 AMS User Guide to modify or delete profiles.
28.1.1 Environmental alarm profiles

You can create an environmental alarm profile locally on the NE. You create an
environmental alarm profile to assign an alarm name to any of the five miscellaneous
environmental alarms. When an environmental alarm is displayed in the alarms
window, the 5520 AMS provides both the 5520 AMS-originated name
(miscellaneous environment alarm 1 to miscellaneous environment alarm 5) and the
user-assigned name.
After you create an environmental alarm profile, you can apply it to the NE.
Note 1 — You can only apply an environmental alarm profile to
an LT slot in an expansion module.
Note 2 — You can create environmental alarm profile templates
in the Template Tree. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more
information.
28.1.2 Capability profiles

There are read-only capability profiles on the NE that provide additional information
about LT units installed on the NE. You cannot modify or delete the capability
profiles. However, you can apply a capability profile to an LT slot when you first plan
the slot.
Note — You can only apply a capability profile when you are
planning a slot. After the slot is planned, the Capability Profile
parameter is read-only. To apply a new capability profile to the
slot, you must unplan and replan the slot.

Configure equipment profiles 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 57 lists the tasks to configure equipment profiles.

Table 57 Configure equipment profiles
Task See
Create an environmental alarm profile Procedure 205
View capability profiles Procedure 206
28.1.3 Power supply unit

Applies to —
• This section applies to ISAM R5.4 or later.

• This section applies to mini OLT.
You could view power supply parameters on the NE to analyze the power units
installed on the NE. You cannot modify or delete the power supply unit parameters.
The power supply units are auto created by the NE.
To view the power supply unit parameters, navigate to the NE and choose
Infrastructure → Equipment → Power Supply → Power Supply Unit. The Object
Details view displays the power supply unit parameters.
To view the LEDs switch on and off outside the box, enable the LED Status
parameter in the Object Details view of the NE System.
28.2 Configuring equipment profiles

This section describes procedures to configure equipment profiles.
You can create environmental alarm profiles on the NE and view capability profiles.
Procedure 205 To create an environmental alarm profile

Perform the following procedure to create an environmental alarm profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Equipment→ Environmental Alarm Profiles.
2 Right-click Environmental Alarm Profiles and choose Create→ ENV Alarm Profile.
Result: The Create ENV Alarm Profile window opens.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure equipment profiles
USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Enter a Profile ID number or use the default number provided. The default number is the next
available profile number.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create ENV Alarm Profile window opens.
5 Under the General tab, enter a name.
Result: The new profile appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 206 To view capability profiles

cards or IHub-based NT cards.
Perform the following procedure to view capability profiles.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Equipment→ Capability Profile→ Capability

Profile.
Result: The Object Details opens and displays the capability profile parameters.

Configure equipment profiles 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure voice profiles
USING THE 5520 AMS
29 Configure voice profiles
29.1 Overview
29.2 Configuring voice profiles
29.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of voice profiles.
You can configure the following types of voice profiles:
• Authentication security • Ring event

• URI • RTP
• Secure URI • Voice service
• Tone pattern • VoIP media
• Tone sequence • Network dial plan
• Tone event • VoIP application service
• Ring pattern • VoIP feature access codes
• Ring sequence
29.1.1 Modifying voice profiles

You can modify only the tone event voice profile.
29.1.2 Deleting voice profiles

You can only delete voice profiles that are unassigned and not in use.
Table 58 lists the task to configure voice profile.

Configure voice profiles 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 58 Configure voice profile
Task See
Create a voice profile Procedure 207
29.2 Configuring voice profiles

This section describes the procedure to configure voice profiles.
Procedure 207 To create a voice profile
Note — The steps to create a voice profile follows the same sequence
for all voice profile types supported on the NE.
Perform the following procedure to create a voice profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Voice→ voice_profile_type, where

voice_profile_type is a voice profile type.
2 Right-click voice profile type and choose Create→voice_profile_type, where

voice_profile_type is a voice profile type.
3 Enter a profile number.
Note — If you enter a number and need to change it to the next

available number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure voice profiles
USING THE 5520 AMS
Note — After a profile is created, the Usage Count parameter is

displayed in the Object Details view. The Usage Count parameter
displays the number of entities that use the profile. A value greater than
0 indicates that the profile is in use. A profile can be deleted only when
the usage count is 0.

Configure voice profiles 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M xDSL and SHDSL
USING THE 5520 AMS
xDSL and SHDSL

30 Configure xDSL and SHDSL
31 Configure vectoring
32 Configure G.Fast
33 Configure bonding groups
34 Clean up ports and groups

xDSL and SHDSL 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure xDSL and SHDSL
USING THE 5520 AMS
30 Configure xDSL and SHDSL

30.1 Overview
30.2 Configuring profiles
30.3 Configuring xDSL and SHDSL
30.4 Viewing xDSL and SHDSL information
30.1 Overview
This chapter describes the procedures to configure xDSL and SHDSL. It also
provides procedures to view the xDSL and SHDSL information.
To configure an LT unit for a specific service, choose the appropriate profile and
configure the port parameters according to the service type.
30.1.1 SHDSL spans

You can configure SHDSL spans for either native or IMA connections. Native
connections use a combination of SHDSL spans for 2-wire, 4-wire, 6-wire, or 8-wire
connections.
For multi-paired SHDSL spans with four wires or more, the main span in the
Graphical View displays a tag to indicate the number of wires, and the adjacent
spans are not displayed.
30.1.2 IMA
IMA permits a broadband cell stream to be transported on a number of lower-rate
physical links, such as SHDSL lines, by grouping the physical links into a single
logical channel.
When you configure an SHDSL span for IMA, the minimum and maximum data rates
for the span must be set to the same value and you must configure IMA links for the
span.

Configure xDSL and SHDSL 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
30.1.3 Vectoring
Vectoring refers to xDSL crosstalk cancellation (in upstream) or crosstalk
pre-compensation (in downstream). The application of vectoring can result in a
significant increase of upstream and downstream bit rates.
30.1.4 G.Fast
G.Fast technology provides the speed of fiber over short copper loops at gigabit
rates. It uses time-division duplexing (TDD). G.Fast line rate is greater than or equal
to 1 Gbps US/DS aggregate where the full spectrum is from 2.2 to 106 MHz.
30.1.5 Operational state

The port operational state is up or down. You cannot configure the operational state.
The operational state for the port is displayed:
• In the Operational State parameter in the Object Details view.
• In the top right corner of the port icon in the Graphical view.
30.1.6 Locking and unlocking xDSL and SHDSL

You can lock and unlock xDSL ports and SHDSL spans. See the 5520 AMS User
Guide for information about locking and unlocking objects.

Table 59 lists the tasks for configuring xDSL.
Table 59 Configure xDSL
Task See
Configure xDSL profiles Section 30.2

Configure an xDSL port Procedure 218
Configure an xDSL port queue Procedure 227
Table 60 lists the tasks for configuring SHDSL.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 60 Configure SHDSL
Task See
Configure an SHDSL span Procedure 218
Configure an SHDSL unit Procedure 224
Configure SHDSL power backoff Procedure 226
Configure an SHDSL span queue Procedure 227
If required, associate IMA links with an IMA group Procedure 231
30.2 Configuring profiles

This section describes the xDSL profiles.
Table 61 lists the xDSL profiles.
Table 61 xDSL profiles

All releases xDSL line spectrum
All releases xDSL line service
All releases xDSL DPBO

R4.2 or later xDSL RTX
R4.3 or later xDSL VECT
R4.3 or later xDSL VCE
You can also create override xDSL profile data. See Procedure 216 for more
information.
See chapter 33 to create xDSL bonding group profiles.
Note — You can create xDSL profile templates in the Template
Tree. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more details.
Procedure 208 To create an xDSL line spectrum profile

You can modify an xDSL line spectrum profile at any time.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create an xDSL line spectrum profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→XDSL→XDSL Line Spectrum

Profile.
2 Right-click XDSL Line Spectrum Profile and choose Create→XDSL Line Spectrum Profile.
Result: The Create XDSL Line Spectrum Profile window opens.
3 Enter a Profile Number value or use the default number provided. The default number is the
next available profile number.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create XDSL Line Spectrum Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
You can apply the xDSL line spectrum profile to an xDSL port. See Procedure 218 for more
information.
Note 1 — In xDSL line spectrum profile and template, the frequency

range for PSD Point is modified to [1..35324]. After migrating the xDSL
line spectrum profile and template from R9.5 to R9.6, the following is
applicable for ADSL, VDSL, and VDSL2 parameters such as Custom
PSD Shape for Upstream, Custom Rx PSD Shape for Upstream, and
Custom PSD Shape for Downstream.
• The templates which has PSD Points defined with Frequency as 0 are
removed.
• The PSD Points created after the PSD Point with Frequency as 0 are
removed along with the PSD Points defined with Frequency as 0.
• If the total number of PSD Points are less than or equal to 1, the
corresponding Frequency Scale and Shape Type parameters is
updated to null.
Note 2 — In the Create XDSL Line Spectrum Profile window, when you
add the PSD Point in VDSL Custom PSD and VDSL2 Custom PSD tabs,
the Shape Type and Frequency Scale attributes are enabled. When you
remove the PSD Point before clicking Finish button, the attributes remain
enabled and you cannot unselect the values for Shape Type and
Frequency Scale attributes. It is recommended that you cancel the
Create XDSL Line Spectrum Profile window and re-initiate the Create →
XDSL Line Spectrum Profile.
Procedure 209 To create an xDSL line service profile

You cannot change a an xDSL line service profile after you have created it.
Perform the following procedure to create an xDSL line service profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→XDSL→XDSL Line Service

Profile.
2 Right-click XDSL Line Service Profile and choose Create→XDSL Line Service Profile.
Result: The Create XDSL Line Service Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Enter a Profile Number value, or use the default number provided. The default number is the
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create XDSL Line Service Profile window opens.
You can apply the xDSL line service profile to an xDSL port. See Procedure 218 for more
information.
Procedure 210 To create an xDSL DPBO profile

The xDSL DPBO profile is an alternative method used to configure PSD at the LT and REM levels
outside of the xDSL spectrum profile. You can modify the DPBO profile after you have created it
and when it is in use.
After you create a DPBO profile, you can apply the profile to an LT unit or an xDSL port.
Perform the following procedure to create an xDSL DPBO profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→XDSL→XDSL DPBO Profile.
2 Right-click XDSL DPBO Profile and choose Create→XDSL DPBO Profile.
Result: The Create XDSL DPBO Profile window opens.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create XDSL DPBO Profile window opens.
Result: The new xDSL DPBO Profile appears in the Network Tree.
You can apply the xDSL DPBO profile to an:
• LT unit see Procedure 139 for more information.

• xDSL port see Procedure 218 for more information.
Procedure 211 To create an xDSL RTX profile
The RTX profile improves the stability of the xDSL line using retransmission techniques at the
physical layer.
Perform the following procedure to create an xDSL RTX profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→XDSL→XDSL RTX Profile.
2 Right-click XDSL RTX Profile and choose Create→XDSL RTX Profile.
Result: The Create XDSL RTX Profile window opens.

4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create XDSL RTX Profile window opens.
Result: The new xDSL RTX Profile appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
You can apply the xDSL RTX profile to an xDSL port. See Procedure 218 for more information.
Procedure 212 To create an xDSL VCE profile
Applies to — This procedure applies to R4.3 or later. Configuration of

XDSL VCE Profile parameter is accepted only on a board containing a
Vectoring Control Entity: a SLV-VP or a BLV-LT.
See Procedure 238 to configure an xDSL VCE profile and associate it to a board.
Procedure 213 To create an xDSL VECT profile
VCE profiles must be assigned to a VP board first before assigning the VECT profile to the XDSL
port. See Procedure 241 to create an xDSL VECT profile and apply it to an xDSL port.
Procedure 214 To create an xDSL SOS profile
Perform the following procedure to create an xDSL SOS profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→XDSL→XDSL SOSProfile.
2 Right-click XDSL SOS Profile and choose Create→XDSL SOS Profile.
Result: The Create XDSL SOS Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS

4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create XDSL SOS Profile window opens.
Result: The new xDSL SOS Profile appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 215 To create an xDSL Legacy UPBO profile
The xDSL Legacy UPBO profile is a method used to support fallback profiles on legacy lines
configured on the NE. This profile can be supported for upstream vectoring depending on the type
of CPE. You can modify the xDSL Legacy UPBO profile after the profile is created.
You can enable the xDSL legacy UPBO profile through xDSL vectoring profile. See Procedure
213.
After you create a DPBO profile, you can apply the profile to an LT unit or an xDSL port.
Perform the following procedure to create an xDSL Legacy UPBO profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→XDSL→XDSL Legacy UPBO

Profile.
2 Right-click XDSL Legacy UPBO Profile and choose Create→XDSL Legacy UPBO Profile.
Result: The Create XDSL Legacy UPBO Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS

4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create XDSL Legacy UPBO Profile window opens.
Result: The new xDSL Legacy UPBO Profile appears in the Network Tree.
Note — The XDSL Legacy UPBO Profile is not supported for fallback
configuration. You can configure XDSL Legacy UPBO Profile on SLOT
LT board. Navigate to NE → Rack → Subrack → Slot LT and choose
Vectoring tab.
Procedure 216 To create override xDSL profile data

The override xDSL profile data overrides the xDSL line spectrum, xDSL line service profile
parameters, and RTX profile parameters for a line. This override allows you to:
• Configure an individual line that requires a set of parameters that differ from those
provided by xDSL line profiles.
• Temporarily reconfigure an individual line for testing and fault management.
You can create one override xDSL profile data object for each xDSL port.
Before you proceed, a unit with xDSL ports must be planned in an LT slot in the NE. See chapter
Perform the following procedure to create override xDSL profile data.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port.
2 Right-click XDSL Port and choose Create→Override XDSL Profile Data.
Result: The Create Override XDSL Profile Data window opens.
3 Click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create Override XDSL Profile Data window opens.
Result: The new Override XDSL Profile Data 1 object appears in the Network Tree.
Note — The override state is also displayed in the Object Details view
for the xDSL port.
30.3 Configuring xDSL and SHDSL

This section describes the procedures to configure xDSL and SHDSL.
Procedure 217 To configure xDSL system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure xDSL system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→XDSL→XDSL System

Parameters.
Procedure 218 To configure an xDSL port
Note — From R5.3 onwards, on an xDSL port you can configure or

reconfigure G.Fast.
Perform the following procedure to configure an xDSL port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port

USING THE 5520 AMS
• Configure the port using the Object Details view.

• Configure the parameters. For xDSL port, configure in the General tab and for G.Fast in
G.Fast Line Configuration.
• Configure the port using the Actions menu.

• Right-click the port in the Network Tree or Graphical View and choose
Actions→Configure XDSL or Actions→Reconfigure XDSL.
Result: The Configure XDSL or Reconfigure XDSL window opens.
Note — Configure XDSL appears in the Actions menu when you are
configuring a port the first time. Reconfigure XDSL appears in the Actions
menu for subsequent configuration changes.
• Configure the parameters and click Finish.
Note — From ISAM R5.4 onwards, you can force a xDSL line to fallback
mode for vectoring CPEs. In the Object Details view of an XDSL port,
configure the FallBack Mode parameter to either Auto or Forced.
Procedure 219 To enable or disable auto-switch reconfiguration on xDSL port
Note — This procedure applies to ISAM R6.0 or later.
The Auto-Switch Reconfiguration parameter allows you to enable or disable an auto-switching

operation from ATM to PTM and vice-versa on xDSL lines.
Before you proceed:
• Ensure that the Enable Auto Switch parameter is set to Yes. Refer Procedure 217.
• The corresponding CDE key must be enabled on the NE.
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable automatic switch-over reconfiguration on an

xDSL port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT → XDSL Port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 In the Parameters section of the General tab, configure the Auto-Switch Reconfiguration
parameter.
Following are the options:
• Enabled
• Disabled
Procedure 220 To configure auto-switch for xDSL port
The Auto-Switch parameter allows you to enable or disable an auto-switch ATM fallback request
or PTM step up request on xDSL lines. If the request is enabled, an auto-switch will be triggered.
Perform the following procedure to configure automatic switch-over for xDSL port.
2 Right-click the XDSL Port and choose one of the following options:
• Actions → Auto-Switch→ Switch to ATM.

• Actions → Auto-Switch→ Switch to PTM.
3 Click Finish to confirm the automatic switch-over.
Procedure 221 To configure LLU relay on xDSL port

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to configure LLU relay on a xDSL port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT → XDSL Port
2 Right-click the XDSL Port and choose Actions → Configure LLU Relay
Result: The Configure LLU Relay window opens.
3 Configure the below parameters:
• LLU Relay Administrative State

• Action Time
4 Click Finish.
Procedure 222 To show LLU relay state for xDSL port
Perform the following procedure to show LLU relay state for xDSL port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT → XDSL Port
2 Right-click the XDSL Port and choose Actions → Show LLU Relay State
Result: The Show LLU Relay State window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The Result page displays the following parameters under action results:
• LLU Relay Administrative State

• LLU Relay Operational State
• Remaining Time
You can save the results to a .csv file or copy the results to a clipboard.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 223 To configure an SHDSL span

Perform the following procedure to configure an SHDSL span.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span.
• Configure the port using the Object Details view.

• Configure the parameters.
• Configure the port using the Actions menu.

• Right-click the port in the Network Tree or Graphical View and choose
Actions→Configure or Actions→Reconfigure.
Result: The Configure or Reconfigure window opens.
Note — Configure appears in the Actions menu when you are configuring a
port the first time. Reconfigure appears in the Actions menu for subsequent
configuration changes.
• Configure the parameters and click Finish.
Procedure 224 To configure an SHDSL unit

Perform the following procedure to configure an SHDSL unit.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot→SHDSL Span→SHDSL Unit.
Procedure 225 To create an L2CP partition

Perform the following procedure to create an L2CP partition.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot→SHDSL Span.
2 Right-click SHDSL Span and choose Create→L2CP Partition.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Create L2CP Partition window opens.
3 Enter a unique identifier for the partition in the Partition field.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The L2CP Partition is created and appears unders the SHDSL Span.
Procedure 226 To configure SHDSL power backoff

Perform the following procedure to configure SHDSL power backoff.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot→SHDSL Span→SHDSL Segment.
2 Configure the Power Backoff parameter and click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
Procedure 227 To configure an xDSL port or SHDSL span queue

Perform the following procedure to configure an xDSL port or SHDSL span queue.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot→XDSL Port→Queues→Queue
• Rack→Subrack→Slot→SHDSL Span→Queues→Queue
Procedure 228 To configure distributed IP interface
• R4.4 or later.
• NEs with an NSLT-A card.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to configure distributed IP interface.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Distributed IP Interface.
2 Right-click on Distributed IP Interface and choose Create→IP Interface.
Result: The Create IP Interface window opens.
3 Select a VLAN in Layer 2 Terminated mode and click Next.
Result: The second Create IP Interface window opens.
Result: The IP Interface appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 229 To configure MPLS Insegment Labels
• R4.4 or later.
Perform the following procedure to configure MPLS Insegment Labels.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Distributed IP Interface→IP

Interface→MPLS Insegment Labels.
2 Right-click on MPLS Insegment Labels and choose Create →MPLS Insegment Labels.
Result: The Create MPLS Insegment Labels window opens.
Result: The MPLS Insegment Label appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 230 To configure MPLS static LSPs
• R4.4 or later.
Perform the following procedure to configure MPLS static LSPs.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Distributed IP Interface→IP

Interface→MPLS Static LSP.
2 Right-click on MPLS Static LSP and choose Create →MPLS IStatic LSP.
Result: The Create MPLS Static LSP window opens.
3 Configure the LSP ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create MPLS Static LSP window opens.
Result: The MPLS Static LSP appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 231 To associate IMA links with an IMA group

You can create IMA links for SHDSL spans on the NE. The IMA link must be associated with an
IMA group. There is one IMA group for each SHDSL span.
Before you proceed, the Transfer Mode parameter on the SHDSL span must be configured as
IMA. See Procedure 218 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to associate IMA links with an IMA group.
2 Right-click SHDSL Span and choose Create→IMA Link.
Result: The Create IMA Link window opens.
3 Configure the parameters and click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create IMA Link window opens.
4 Choose an IMA group and click Finish.
Result: The new IMA link appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 232 To bring down and bring up a SHDSL line
Applies to — This procedure applies to :
• R5.0.01 or later, and

• PTM bonding only.
Perform the following steps to bring down and bring up a SHDSL line when there are more than
two wires.
2 Right-click the SHDSL Span and perform one of the following:
• Choose Actions→Link→Bring down
• Choose Actions→Link→Bring up
Result: The Link window opens.
3 From the General panel, select the link that you need to bring down or bring up.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The Link Operational state is changed to down or up based on your selection.
Procedure 233 To perform actions on an E1 port
Applies to — This procedure is applicable from ISAM R5.5.01 or later.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Before you proceed, to view the E1 port in the Network Tree, set the Transfer Mode parameter to
TDM and Port State parameter to Configured in the Object Details view of SHDSL Span.
Perform the following procedure to configure, lock, unlock, clean up, or clean test actions an E1
port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span → E1 Port
2 Right-click E1 port and choose one of the following options:
• Actions → Configure
• Actions → Clean Up
• Actions → Clean Test
• Actions → Lock
• Actions → Unlock
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 234 To enable carrier data collection for an xDSL port

Before you proceed, the unit must be installed in the NE, the operational state of the xDSL port
must be up, and a line service profile and a line spectrum profile must be applied to the xDSL port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to enable carrier data collection for an xDSL port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot→XDSL Port. Verify that a line service
profile and a line spectrum profile are applied to the xDSL port.
• Enable carrier data collection using the Object Details view.

• Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot→XDSL Port→Carrier Data.
• The default value of the Carrier Data Collection is Disabled. Choose Enabled or Enabled
(With Line Initialization) from the Carrier Data Collection drop-down menu in the Object
Details view.
• Enable carrier data collection using the Actions menu.

• Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot→XDSL Port.
• Right-click XDSL Port and choose Actions→Carrier Data Collection.
Result: The Carrier Data Collection window opens.
• The default value of the Carrier Data Collection is Disabled. Choose Enabled or Enabled
(With Line Initialization) from the Carrier Data Collection drop-down menu and click
Finish.
See Procedure 237 to view carrier data.
Procedure 235 To configure the fallback mode for vectoring

Perform the following procedure to configure the fallback mode for vectoring.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT, where LT can be EVLT-N or BLV
board for VSEM-D
Result: The Object Details View opens.
2 Select the Vectoring tab.
3 Select the required Fallback Mode under Available and click to move the selected fallback
configuration to Selected.
4 Click Browse next to the profile fields to configure the profiles to be used by the board in case
of fallback.

USING THE 5520 AMS
30.4 Viewing xDSL and SHDSL information

This section describes the procedures to view xDSL and SHDSL information.
Table 62 lists the tasks to view xDSL and SHDSL port information.
Table 62 View xDSL and SHDSL port
Task See
View xDSL and SHDSL port information on an LT Procedure 236

unit
View carrier data for an xDSL port Procedure 237
Procedure 236 To view xDSL and SHDSL port information on an LT unit

Perform the following procedure to view a table of xDSL port or SHDSL span information on an LT
unit, including information about the number of PVCs configured on a port or span.
You can use the information about the number of PVCs configured on a port to get a quick
overview of the provisioned customers on an LT unit and assess the impact if the unit fails.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT.
Result: The Graphical View opens.
2 Click the Toggle View icon ( ).
Result: The Table View opens and displays the following types of information for the ports on
the unit:
• xDSL ports—port and bonding group information

• SHDSL spans—span and IMA group information
3 To navigate to a port, span, bonding group, or IMA group, double-click the port or group.
Procedure 237 To view carrier data for an xDSL port

Before you proceed:
• The unit must be installed in the NE and the operational state of the xDSL port must be up.
• Carrier data collection must be configured. See Procedure 234 for more information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to view carrier data for an xDSL port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot→XDSL Port→Carrier Data.
2 Click the tabs to view the carrier data information.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure vectoring
USING THE 5520 AMS
31 Configure vectoring
31.1 Overview
31.2 Configuring a Vectoring Control Entity profile
31.3 Modifying a Vectoring Control Entity Profile
31.4 Configuring the mapping between the VP board and SLV LT boards
31.5 Configuring a line with an xDSL vectoring profile
31.6 Modifying an xDSL vectoring profile
31.7 Deleting an xDSL vectoring profile
31.8 Monitoring xDSL vectoring lines
31.9 Deleting a Vectoring Control Entity Profile

Configure vectoring 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
31.1 Overview
This chapter describes the procedure to configure a board with
vectoring-processing-related parameters. In case the operator wants to have
crosstalk cancellation, a non-null Vectoring Control Entity (VCE) profile should be
associated to a board which is capable of processing the vectoring algorithms (Board
Level Vectoring (BLV) LT board or System Level Vectoring (SLV) Vector Processing
(VP) board). Vectoring, Crosstalk Cancellation is standardized for VDSL2 in G.993.5
and its management model in G.997.1 Amd1.
Note 1 — xDSL line crosstalk parameters which are applicable
to the vectored line, are configured at line level.
Note 2 — From ISAM R5.7.01 onwards, you can configure the
Cross DSLAM Level Vectoring on 7363 ISAM MX NEs. It is
recommended to configure one MX NE as master and other MX
NE as slave. When both the MX NEs are configured as either
master or slave, the configuration is accepted but a mismatch
alarm is reported. Navigate to the NE → Rack → Subrack →
Slot NT and configure the cross DSLAM level vectoring through
the XDLV-Mode parameter in the Object Details view. The
following options are applicable for XDLV-Mode parameter:
• No-XDLV
• XDLV-Master
• XDLV-Slave
Note 3 — From ISAM R5.8 onwards, you can configure the
vectoring class on Slot LT board. A vectoring class specifies the
allowed vectoring profiles. Navigate to the NE → Rack →
Subrack → Slot LT and choose Vectoring tab, and configure
the Vectoring Class parameter in the Object Details view.
Table 63 lists the tasks to configure vectoring.

Table 63 Configure vectoring
Task See
Configure a VCE profile and associate it to a board Procedure 238
Modify a VCE profile Procedure 239
Configure the mapping between the VP board and SLV LT boards Procedure 240
Configure a line with an xDSL vectoring profile Procedure 241
Modify an xDSL vectoring profile Procedure 242
Delete an xDSL vectoring profile Procedure 243
Monitor xDSL vectoring lines Procedure 244
Delete a VCE profile Procedure 245
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
View the system level group vectoring mapping between the VP board Procedure 246
and SLV LT boards
(2 of 2)
31.2 Configuring a Vectoring Control Entity profile
Procedure 238 To configure a VCE profile and associate it to a board

Before you proceed:
• For BLV: the BLV LT board must be planned.

• For SLV: the SLV VP board must be planned.
Perform the following procedure to configure a VCE profile and associate it to a board.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→XDSL→XDSL VCE Profile.
2 Right-click XDSL VCE Profile and choose Create→XDSL VCE Profile.
Result: The Create XDSL VCE Profile window opens.

4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create XDSL VCE Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
• Name
• Version (default value is 1)
• Gain Achieved
• Joining Timeout
• Parallel Joinings
• Historical Precoder
• Vectoring Band Plan
• FDPS Upstream
• FDPS Downstream
• Achieved Upstream
6 Click Finish.
Result: The new xDSL VCE Profile appears in the Network Tree.
Note — You can also create VCE profile template in the Template Tree
and deploy it on the NE. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more
information.
7 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT, where Slot LT is a SLV-VP board
or BLV board.
8 Click Browse next to the xDSL VCE Profile field.
9 Choose the profile that you want to apply to the xDSL board and click OK.
Result: The profile you selected appears in the profile panel.

USING THE 5520 AMS
31.3 Modifying a Vectoring Control Entity Profile

This section describes the procedure to modify an existing Vectoring Control Entity
(VCE) profile.
Note — The profile can be modified using a template. A new
version needs to be created in the template. This will help the
operator to manage different versions in the network. To
upgrade the profile, the operator needs to deploy version 2 of
the template. The new parameters will be available in the NE.
Procedure 239 To modify a VCE profile

Before you proceed, the VCE profile must have been created.
Perform the following procedure to modify a VCE profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→XDSL→XDSL VCE Profile.
2 Select the xDSL VCE profile that you want to modify.
3 Modify any of the following parameters:
• Gain Achieved
• Joining Timeout
• Parallel Joinings
• Historical Precoder
• Vectoring Band Plan
• FDPS Upstream
• FDPS Downstream
• Achieved Upstream
• VCE Features

USING THE 5520 AMS
31.4 Configuring the mapping between the VP

board and SLV LT boards
This section describes the procedure which is only applicable for System Level
Vectoring (SLV). It provides the steps to configure, modify or delete the expected
mapping/front cabling between the Vectoring Processing (VP) board and the SLV LT
boards. The lines of the SLV LT boards can be vectored when a VCE profile has
been assigned to the SLV LT boards. An alarm can be reported when the actual
mapping is not in line with the expected VP-LT mapping.
Procedure 240 To configure the mapping between the VP board and SLV LT boards
Before you proceed:
• The System Level Vectoring LT boards must be planned.

• The Vectoring Control Entity profile must be associated with the VP board.
Perform the following procedure to configure the mapping between the VP board and SLV LT
boards.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (VP board)→System Level

Vectoring→Vectoring Link.
Result: The Object Details view opens. Multiple vectoring links are available. You must
configure all the links that need to be vectored.
2 Click Browse next to the LT-Board parameter and select the XDSL board to be mapped to
the VP board, and click OK.
Note — Select only the XDSL boards which support Vectoring.

USING THE 5520 AMS
31.5 Configuring a line with an xDSL vectoring

profile
This section describes the procedure to configure an xDSL line with the parameters
that are supported for the configuration of crosstalk cancellation. In case the operator
wants to have crosstalk cancellation, a non-null vectoring profile should be
associated to a VDSL2 line. Any vectoring profile assigned to a line running in ADSLx
mode will be ignored. The vectoring license counter is incremented when a vectoring
profile is assigned to an installed xDSL line, independent of its running mode.
Note — xDSL line crosstalk parameters which are applicable to

the vectoring control entity, are configured at board level.
Vectoring, Crosstalk Cancellation is standardized for VDSL2 in G.993.5 and its

management model in G.997.1 Amd1.
Procedure 241 To configure a line with an xDSL vectoring profile

Before you proceed:
In case of Board Level Vectoring:
• This BLV LSM board must be configured with a vectoring control entity profile.
In case of System Level Vectoring:
• The mapping between SLV VP and SLV LSM boards must be configured.
Perform the following procedure to configure a line with an xDSL vectoring profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→XDSL→XDSL VECT Profile.
2 Right-click XDSL VECT Profile and choose Create→XDSL VECT Profile.
Result: The Create XDSL VECT Profile window opens.

4 Click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create XDSL VECT Profile window opens.
• Name
• Version (default value is 1)
• Vectoring Gain (Up)
• Vectoring Gain (Down)
• Allowed CPE Type
• Selected
• Disorder Leaving Threshold
• Cancellation Methods
• Spectrum Band Control (Up)
• Spectrum Band Control (Down)
6 Click Finish.
Result: The new xDSL VECT Profile appears in the Network Tree.
Note — You can also create xDSL VECT profile template in the
Template Tree and deploy it on the NE. See the 5520 AMS User Guide
8 Click Browse next to the XDSL VECT Profile field, select the profile to be mapped to the port,
and click OK.
31.6 Modifying an xDSL vectoring profile

This section describes the procedure to modify an existing xDSL vectoring profile.
Note — The profile can be modified using a template. A new
version needs to be created in the template. This will help the
operator to manage different versions in the network. To
upgrade the profile, the operator needs to deploy version 2 of
the template. The new parameters will be available in the NE.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 242 To modify an xDSL vectoring profile

Before you proceed, the xDSL vectoring profile must have been created.
Perform the following procedure to modify an xDSL vectoring profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→XDSL→XDSL VECT Profile.
2 Select the XDSL VECT Profile you want to modify.
• Vectoring Gain (Up)

• Vectoring Gain (Down)
• Allowed CPE Type
• Selected
• Disorder Leaving Threshold
• Cancellation Methods
• Spectrum Band Control (Up)
• Spectrum Band Control (Down)
31.7 Deleting an xDSL vectoring profile

This section describes the procedure to delete an existing xDSL vectoring profile
which is in use by the system.
This procedure consists of two parts:
• Remove the association between the xDSL vectoring profile and the xDSL lines.
• Delete the xDSL vectoring profile.
Procedure 243 To delete an xDSL vectoring profile

Before you proceed, the xDSL vectoring profile must have been created.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to delete an xDSL vectoring profile.
1 Perform the following steps to remove the association between the xDSL vectoring profile
and the xDSL lines:
a Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port.
b Click Browse next to the XDSL VECT Profile field, select None, and click OK.
c Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
Result: The profile association to the port is removed.
d Perform steps a to c to remove each port association from the xDSL vectoring profile
that you want to delete.
2 Perform the following steps to delete the xDSL vectoring profile:
a Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→XDSL→XDSL VECT

Profile.
b Right-click XDSL VECT Profile and choose Delete.
Result: The Delete window opens. The following message is displayed:
Are you sure you want to delete the selected objects?
c Click Yes.
Result: The xDSL VECT profile is deleted.
Note — You can also delete an xDSL VECT profile via the Template
application by undeploying the template from the NE. This will remove the
entry in the NE. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more details.
31.8 Monitoring xDSL vectoring lines

Monitoring operational xDSL vectoring lines requires a vectoring-capable CPE to be
connected to the peer side of the line. This procedure is applicable for both Board
Level Vectoring and System Level Vectoring. In the latter case, the SLV VP board
holds the vectoring specific data. Therefore it also requires operational an SLV VP
board and SLV LT boards which are properly cabled and for which the connection is
operational.

USING THE 5520 AMS
This section describes the steps to return operational information about the vectoring
xDSL Lines.
Procedure 244 To monitor xDSL vectoring lines

Perform the following procedure to monitor xDSL vectoring lines.
1 Perform the following steps to view vectoring disturber list information for the specified victim
line:
b Click the Vectoring tab to view the following vectoring disturber information:
• Disturbers List (Down)

• Disturbers List (Up)
• Maximum Number of Disturbers
Note — The operator can restrict the maximum number of reported

disturber lines by specifying the value for the parameter - Maximum
Number of Disturbers.
2 Perform the following steps to view the failure status of an xDSL line:
a During the physical line startup with CPEs connected, it can happen that the system
returns an activation failure due to communication problems. Select the General tab to
view the xDSL line failure status and error code parameters:
• Status (XTU-C)
• Error Code (XTU-C)
• Status (XTU-R)
• Error Code (XTU-R)
b Select the Vectoring tab to view the vectoring failure status.
Result: The vectoring failure status is displayed in the Failure Status field, if configured.
c Select the Line tab to view the actual operating information which can differ from the
configured mode.
Result: The vector CPE type is displayed in the Actual Vect CPE Type field under
XTU-C, if configured.
d View the status of the disorderly leaving event.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Perform the following steps to view the vectoring failure status of an xDSL board:
a Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT.
b Select the Vectoring tab to view the vectoring failure status.
Result: The vectoring failure status is displayed in the Vect Failure Status field in the
General section, if configured.
4 Define the disturber line on which the vectoring carrier data needs to be retrieved. Before you
proceed, the unit must be installed in the NE, the operational state of the xDSL port must be
up, and along with a line service profile and a line spectrum profile, a VECT profile must also
be applied to the xDSL port.
b Right-click XDSL Port and choose Actions→Vectoring Carrier Data Collection.
Result: The Vectoring Carrier Data Collection window opens.
c Configure the following parameters of vectoring carrier data for the near-end and
far-end line and disturber port.
Table 64 Vectoring carrier data collection input parameters
Parameter Description
Disturber Line (XTU-C) The index to the disturber XDSL line at near end (XTU-C).
Group Sampling Size The group sampling represents the number of carriers that have
(XTU-C) been grouped together in view to reduce data size.
Disturber Line (XTU-R) The index to the disturber XDSL line at far end (XTU-R).
Group Sampling Size The group sampling represents the number of carriers that have
(XTU-R) been grouped together in view to reduce data size.
Note — The selected disturber line corresponds to one of the ports that
are mentioned in the Disturbers List in the Vectoring tab of the XDSL Port.
d Click Finish.
5 Perform the following step to view vectoring carrier data results:
a Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→Vectoring

Carrier Data.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the vectoring carrier data in the
following format:
• Graph
• Table
By default, it is displayed in the graphical format.
31.9 Deleting a Vectoring Control Entity Profile

This section describes the procedure to delete an existing Vectoring Control Entity
(VCE) profile which is in use by the system.
This procedure consists of three parts:
• Remove the association between the xDSL vectoring profile and the xDSL lines.
• Remove the association between the VCE profile and the board (BLV LSM or SLV
VP).
• Delete the VCE profile.
Procedure 245 To delete a VCE profile

Before you proceed:
• The system has been configured such that the VCE is capable of vectoring xDSL line.
• The xDSL vectoring profiles have been created and associated to xDSL lines.
Perform the following procedure to delete a VCE profile.
1 To remove the association between the VCE profile and the xDSL lines for:
• BLV board, go to step 2.

• SLV board, go to step 3.
2 Perform the following steps on a BLV board:
a Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT→ XDSL Port, where Slot LT
is a BLV board.
b Click Browse next to the xDSL VECT Profile field.

USING THE 5520 AMS
c Choose None and click OK.
Result: The profile association to the xDSL line is removed.
d Perform steps a to c to remove the xDSL vectoring profile association from all the xDSL
lines which are vectored by the VCE profile to be deleted.
e Go to step 5.
3 Perform the following steps on an SLV-VP board to remove the xDSL vectoring profile
association from all the xDSL lines which are vectored by the VCE profile to be deleted.
a Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT→ XDSL Port, where Slot LT
is a SLV-VP board.
b Click Browse next to the xDSL VECT Profile field.
Result: The profile association to the xDSL line is removed.
d Perform steps a to c to remove the xDSL vectoring profile association from all the xDSL
lines which are vectored by the VCE profile to be deleted.
e Go to step 4.
4 Perform the following steps to remove the VP-LT mapping configuration from the SLV-VP
boards to which the VCE profile was assigned.
a Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot Slot LT→ System Level
Vectoring → Vectoring Link, where Slot LT is a SLV board.
b Click Browse next to the LT-Board field.
Result: The VP-LT mapping configuration from the SLV-VP boards to which the VCE
profile was assigned is removed.
d Perform steps a to c to remove the VP-LT mapping configuration from the SLV-VP
boards to which the VCE profile was assigned.
e Go to step 5.

USING THE 5520 AMS
5 Perform the following steps to remove the VCE profile association from all the boards (BLV
LT and/or SLV VP) to which the VCE profile has been assigned:
a Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT, where Slot LT is a SLV-VP
board or BLV board.
b Click Browse next to the xDSL VCE Profile field.
Result: The VCE profile association is removed from the selected board.
d Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
e Repeat the steps a to d to remove the VCE profile association from each board to which
the VCE profile to be deleted has been assigned.
6 Perform the following steps to delete the VCE profile:
a Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→XDSL→XDSL VCE

Profile.
b Right-click XDSL VCE Profile and choose Delete.
Result: The Delete window opens. The following message is displayed:
Are you sure you want to delete the selected objects?
c Click Yes.
Result: The VCE profile is deleted.
31.9.1 Multi-host system level vectoring

Applies to — This section applies to R4.5.01 or later.
Multi-host System Level Vectoring (SLV) is supported across (up to 4) LTs in 7356
ISAM REM equipments. These LTs are hosted on different NTs configured in a
non-vectored mode.

USING THE 5520 AMS
In the multi-host vectoring, you can view the other NEs in the configuration when the
related NEs are configured in such a way that the system IP address of the NE
corresponds to the OAM IP address which is used to reach the NE from 5520 AMS.
However when multiple IP addresses of related NEs are defined in the multiple-host
vectoring configuration without configuring the corresponding system IP address
attribute of the NEs, it results in an invalid configuration.
To support this configuration, Nokia recommends to define the system IP address
attribute of the NE with the same IP address defined during NE creation in the 5520
AMS. This system IP address corresponds to the OAM IP address that will be used
to view and navigate to the NE in the multi-host-vectoring configuration.
In the multi-host SLV environment, the operator can monitor the link state on a
per-LT basis:
• Connectivity of the front cables can be monitored, even when vectoring is not
enabled, that is, when VCE or Vect profile is not associated with the LT or VP
board.
• Connectivity of the VP-LT link can be monitored for each vectoring LT.
An alarm is raised if a failure is detected on a VP-LT link.
Procedure 246 To view the system level group vectoring mapping between the VP
board and SLV LT boards
Perform the following procedure to view the system level group vectoring mapping between the
VP board and SLV LT boards.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT(SLV LT board)→System Level

Group Vectoring→Vectoring Group Link. LT (EVLT-N)
2 Click Go to next to the LT-Board parameter to navigate to the mapped LT or VP board.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure G.Fast
USING THE 5520 AMS
32 Configure G.Fast
Applies to — This chapter applies to R5.3 or later.
32.1 Overview
32.2 Configuring G.Fast Profiles
32.1 Overview
G.Fast technology provides the speed of fiber over short copper loops. It uses
time-division duplexing (TDD). G.Fast line rate is greater than or equal to 1 Gbps
US/DS aggregate where the full spectrum is from 2.2 to 106 MHz.
This chapter describes G.Fast Line Configuration and G.Fast profiles configuration
on an XDSL port. To configure an LT unit for a specific service, choose the
appropriate profile and configure the port parameters according to the service type.
You can configure G.Fast in the following combination:
Table 65 G.Fast configuration combination
Configuration combination Required configuration

VDSL2 Configure only VDSL2 related profiles and parameters.
G.Fast Configure all the G.FAST profiles. Else, configure the

G.FAST VoP Profile.
VDSL2 and G.Fast Configure the VDSL2 profiles and G.FAST profiles on
the XDSL line.
Note 1 — G.Fast configuration is not supported with Bonding

group.
Note 2 — G.Fast is part of Network Profile - Edit function. You
must have the required permissions to create, modify, or delete
a G.Fast profile. For the supported roles, see the 5520 AMS

Configure G.Fast 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
32.1.1 G.Fast Line Configuration

To configure the G.Fast XDSL interfaces you must assign all the G.Fast profiles to
the line interface. Assigning of all the individual G.Fast profiles to the line interface is
called as direct attachment. And, the assigning of G.Fast VoP profile to the line
interface is called as indirect attachment.
Following are the mandatory G.Fast profiles that are required for the line
configuration:
• G.Fast Line Spectrum Profile
• G.Fast RFI Profile
• G.Fast UPBO Profile
• G.Fast Noise Margin Profile
• G.Fast FRA Profile
• G.Fast VECT Profile
• G.Fast Re-Initialization Profile
• G.Fast Downstream Data Rate Profile
• G.Fast Upstream Data Rate Profile
• G.Fast RTX Profile
• G.Fast TDD Profile
An XDSL line configuration is complete only if:

• the XDSL service and spectrum profile is assigned and/or all the G.Fast
mandatory profiles are assigned. For information about mandatory profiles, see
the sub-section “G.Fast Line Configuration”.
• the XDSL service and spectrum profile is assigned and/or the G.Fast VoP profile
is assigned.
32.2 Configuring G.Fast Profiles

This section describes procedures to configure G.Fast profiles.
Before you proceed, G.Fast must be configured on an XDSL port. For G.Fast
configuration, see Procedure 217.
Note — For G.Fast profiles, you can create profile templates in
the Template Tree. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more
details.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 247 To create a G.Fast Noise Margin Profile

Perform the following procedure to create a G.Fast Noise Margin Profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Transmission → G.Fast → G.Fast Noise

Margin Profile
2 Right-click G.Fast Noise Margin Profile and choose Create → G.Fast Noise Margin Profile
Result: The Create G.Fast Noise Margin Profile window opens.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create G.Fast Noise Margin Profile window opens.
Procedure 248 To create a G.Fast FRA Profile

Perform the following procedure to create a G.Fast FRA Profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Transmission → G.Fast → G.Fast FRA

Profile
2 Right-click G.Fast FRA Profile and choose Create → G.Fast FRA Profile
Result: The Create G.Fast FRA Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create G.Fast FRA Profile window opens.
Procedure 249 To create a G.Fast TDD Profile

Perform the following procedure to create a G.Fast TDD Profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Transmission → G.Fast → G.Fast TDD

Profile
2 Right-click G.Fast TDD Profile and choose Create → G.Fast TDD Profile
Result: The Create G.Fast TDD Profile window opens.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create G.Fast TDD Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 250 To create a G.Fast Line Spectrum Profile

Perform the following procedure to create a G.Fast Line Spectrum Profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Transmission → G.Fast → G.Fast Line

Spectrum Profile
2 Right-click G.Fast Line Spectrum Profile and choose Create → G.Fast Line Spectrum Profile
Result: The Create G.Fast Line Spectrum Profile window opens.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create G.Fast Line Spectrum Profile window opens.
Procedure 251 To create a G.Fast Downstream Data Rate Profile

Perform the following procedure to create a G.Fast Downstream Data Rate Profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Transmission → G.Fast → G.Fast

Downstream Data Rate Profile
2 Right-click G.Fast Downstream Data Rate Profile and choose Create → G.Fast Downstream
Data Rate Profile
Result: The Create G.Fast Downstream Data Rate Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create G.Fast Downstream Data Rate Profile window opens.
Procedure 252 To create a G.Fast Re-Initialization Profile

Perform the following procedure to create a G.Fast Re-Initialization Profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Transmission → G.Fast → G.Fast

Re-Initialization Profile
2 Right-click G.Fast Re-Initialization Profile and choose Create → G.Fast Re-Initialization

Profile
Result: The Create G.Fast Re-Initialization Profile window opens.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create G.Fast Re-Initialization Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 253 To create a G.Fast Upstream Data Rate Profile

Perform the following procedure to create a G.Fast Upstream Data Rate Profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Transmission → G.Fast → G.Fast Upstream

Data Rate Profile
2 Right-click G.Fast Upstream Data Rate Profile and choose Create → G.Fast Upstream Data
Rate Profile
Result: The Create G.Fast Upstream Data Rate Profile window opens.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create G.Fast Upstream Data Rate Profile window opens.
Procedure 254 To create a G.Fast RFI Profile

Perform the following procedure to create a G.Fast RFI Profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Transmission → G.Fast → G.Fast RFI

Profile
2 Right-click G.Fast RFI Profile and choose Create → G.Fast RFI Profile
Result: The Create G.Fast RFI Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create G.Fast RFI Profile window opens.
Procedure 255 To create a G.Fast VCE Profile

Perform the following procedure to create a G.Fast VCE Profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Transmission → G.Fast → G.Fast VCE

Profile
2 Right-click G.Fast VCE Profile and choose Create → G.Fast VCE Profile
Result: The Create G.Fast VCE Profile window opens.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create G.Fast VCE Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 256 To create a G.Fast RTX Profile

Perform the following procedure to create a G.Fast RTX Profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Transmission → G.Fast → G.Fast RTX

Profile
2 Right-click G.Fast RTX Profile and choose Create → G.Fast RTX Profile
Result: The Create G.Fast RTX Profile window opens.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create G.Fast RTX Profile window opens.
Procedure 257 To create a G.Fast UPBO Profile

Perform the following procedure to create a G.Fast UPBO Profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Transmission → G.Fast → G.Fast UPBO

Profile
2 Right-click G.Fast UPBO Profile and choose Create → G.Fast UPBO Profile
Result: The Create G.Fast UPBO Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create G.Fast UPBO Profile window opens.
Procedure 258 To create a G.Fast VECT Profile

Perform the following procedure to create a G.Fast VECT Profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Transmission → G.Fast → G.Fast VECT

Profile
2 Right-click G.Fast VECT Profile and choose Create → G.Fast VECT Profile
Result: The Create G.Fast VECT Profile window opens.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create G.Fast VECT Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 259 To create a G.Fast VoP Profile

Perform the following procedure to create a G.Fast VoP Profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Transmission → G.Fast → G.Fast VoP

Profile
2 Right-click G.Fast VoP Profile and choose Create → G.Fast VoP Profile
Result: The Create G.Fast VoP Profile window opens.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create G.Fast VoP Profile window opens.
Procedure 260 To create a G.hs Profile
Applies to — This procedure is applicable to:
• ISAM R5.4.01 or later.

• G.Fast supported boards only.
Perform the following procedure to create a G.hs Profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Transmission → G.Fast → G.hs Profile
2 Right-click G.hs Profile and choose Create → G.hs Profile
Result: The Create G.hs Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create G.hs Profile window opens.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure bonding groups
USING THE 5520 AMS
33 Configure bonding groups

33.1 Overview
33.2 Configuring xDSL bonding group profiles
33.3 Configuring bonding groups
33.4 Managing bonding groups
33.5 Viewing bonding group information
33.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of bonding groups.
The xDSL bonding feature offers higher bandwidth by supporting two multi-ADSL or
VDSL pairs on the NE. Chipset-level bonding is supported on two lines that must be
adjacent (for example, port x and port x+1). When you choose an odd-numbered line
on an LT unit to create a bonding group, the line will bond with the adjacent
even-numbered line to form a bonding pair.
Board-level bonding is supported on two lines that do not have to be adjacent but do
need to be on the same LT unit.
See the Product Information guide for the NE to see a list of LT units that support
bonding types.
Note — Bonding group objects are odd and even-numbered
and are auto-created on the NE. You cannot create or delete
bonding groups. However, you can modify the existing bonding
group.
You can also view additional information about the bonding group by clicking the
Operational or Failures tab in the Bonding Group Object Details view. The read-only
parameters provide information about the bonding group, such as the completion or
connection status.
Table 66 lists the tasks to configure bonding groups.
Table 66 Configure bonding groups
Task See
Create an xDSL bonding group profile Procedure 261
Create an xDSL bonding group RTX profile Procedure 262
(1 of 2)

Configure bonding groups 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Configure chipset-level bonding Procedure 265
Configure board-level bonding Procedure 266
Unconfigure bonding Procedure 267

View bonding configuration, operational, and failure Procedure 268
information
View bonding link status Procedure 269
(2 of 2)
33.2 Configuring xDSL bonding group profiles

This section describes configuration of xDSL bonding group profiles.
The 5520 AMS supports bonding group profile management to configure the
upstream and downstream minimum bit rates for the NE. You cannot modify xDSL
bonding group profiles. Use the xDSL bonding group profile to create chipset or
board-level bonding groups.
Note — You can create xDSL bonding group profile templates

in the Template Tree. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more
information.
Procedure 261 To create an xDSL bonding group profile

Perform the following procedure to create an xDSL bonding group profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→Bonding→Bonding Group

Profile.
2 Right-click Bonding Group Profile and choose Create→Bonding Group Profile.
Result: The Create Bonding Group Profile window opens.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create Bonding Group Profile window opens.
5 Configure the profile parameters and click Finish.
Procedure 262 To create an xDSL bonding group RTX profile
Applies to — The Bonding Group RTX profile is supported from R4.6

onwards.
Perform the following procedure to create an xDSL bonding group RTX profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Transmission→ Bonding→ Bonding Group

RTX Profile.
2 Right-click Bonding Group RTX Profile and choose Create→ Bonding Group RTX Profile.
Result: The Create Bonding Group RTX Profile window opens.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Bonding Group RTX Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 263 To create L2CP partition

Before you proceed, ensure that the Bonding Group should be in the active state and the Bonding
Group profile should be assigned to the Bonding Group.
Perform the following procedure to create L2CP partition.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Bonding →Bonding Group.
2 Right-click Bonding Group and choose Create L2CP →Partition.
Result: The create L2CP partition window opens.
3 Enter the partition value or ID and click Finish.
Result: The L2CP Partition appears in the Network Tree.
Note — You can also view the created L2CP Partition by navigating to
the NE and choosing Infrastructure → L2CP Partition List → Partition.
The Object Details view will display the details.
33.3 Configuring bonding groups

This section describes procedures to configure chipset-level and board-level
bonding.
Note — The bonding groups are odd and even-numbered and

correspond to an xDSL port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 264 To configure bonding system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure bonding system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Transmission → Bonding → Bonding

System Parameters
2 Configure the parameters in Object Details window.
Note — In PTM Bonding Initialization Mode section, you can set the
Configured Mode parameter with either of the following options:
• Double Initialization with Probe -Training

• Single Initialization without Probe-Training
Procedure 265 To configure chipset-level bonding

When you configure a bonding group for chipset-level bonding, only adjacent ports x and x+1 can
be part of bonding group x, where x is an odd number.
Perform the following procedure to configure chipset-level bonding.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Bonding→Bonding Group.
2 Choose a bonding group profile and set the Administrative State parameter to Unlocked.
Result: The chipset-level bonding group is created and the bonding link is displayed in the
Network Tree under the selected Bonding Group element and the corresponding xDSL port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 266 To configure board-level bonding

You can assign any two ports on the same LT unit to a board-level bonding group.
Note — Ensure that the bit rates for the xDSL line service profiles
configured on the ports are the same as the bonding group bit rates. See
Procedure 209 to configure an xDSL line service profile and Procedure
218 to configure an xDSL port.
Perform the following procedure to configure board-level bonding.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose the Rack→Subrack→LT Slot→Bonding→Bonding Group.
2 Choose a bonding group profile and set the Administrative State parameter to Locked.
4 Choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port to navigate to the xDSL port for which you
need to create bonding links that point to the bonding group.
Note — The xDSL port cannot already be part of a bonding group.
5 Right-click XDSL port and choose Create→Bonding Link.
Result: The Create Bonding Link window opens.
6 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Bonding Link window opens.
7 Click Browse next to the Bonding Group parameter.
Result: The Select Bonding Group window opens and lists the available bonding groups on
the NE for odd and even-numbered xDSL ports.
8 Choose the bonding group you configured in steps 2 and 3 and click OK.
9 Click Finish.
Result: The bonding link is displayed under the xDSL port and the bonding group for which
you created the link.

USING THE 5520 AMS
10 Repeat steps 4 to 9 to create a second bonding link for the bonding group. The second
bonding link must not have a VLAN or VLAN association configured.
11 Choose the Rack→Subrack→LT Slot→Bonding→Bonding Group to navigate back to the

bonding group you configured in steps 2 and 3.
12 Choose Unlocked from the Administrative State drop-down menu.
33.4 Managing bonding groups

This section describes the procedure to manage bonding groups.
Procedure 267 To unconfigure bonding

You can unconfigure chipset-level and board-level bonding.
Perform the following procedure to unconfigure bonding.
2 Click Browse for the Bonding Group Profile.
Result: The Select Bonding Group Profile window opens.
3 Choose None and click OK.
4 Choose Locked from the Administrative State drop-down menu.
33.5 Viewing bonding group information

This section describes procedures to view bonding groups.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 268 To view bonding configuration, operational, and failure information

You can view configuration, operational, and failure information for chipset-level and board-level
bonding. The configuration information includes the number of selected links.
Perform the following procedure to view bonding configuration, operational, and failure
information.
2 Click the Configuration, Operational or Failures tab.
Procedure 269 To view bonding link status
Perform the following procedure to view bonding link status.
Navigate to the NE and choose the Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→Bonding Link.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the bonding link status.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Clean up ports and groups
USING THE 5520 AMS
34 Clean up ports and groups

34.1 Overview
34.2 Cleaning up ports and groups
34.1 Overview
This chapter provides information on clean up ports and groups.
Clean up deletes the subobjects of the selected object.
The 5520 AMS does not delete most network resources used by the ports or groups,
such as profiles. Only the associations to the profiles are deleted.
For NEs with SHub-based NT cards, the 5520 AMS port cleanup action deletes
cross-connect VLANs on the IACM and SHub, depending on the configuration of the
VLAN Deletion During Cleanup parameter in the NE Plug Specific settings in the
Administration tree.
For NEs with IHub-based NT cards, the 5520 AMS port cleanup action deletes
cross-connect VLANs on the IACM, depending on the configuration of the VLAN
Deletion During Cleanup parameter in the NE Plug Specific settings in the
Table 67 lists the task to clean up ports and groups.
Table 67 Clean up ports and groups
Task See
Clean up ports, spans and groups Procedure 270
Note — You cannot rollback to the previous configuration after

performing the clean up action on ports, spans and groups.
34.2 Cleaning up ports and groups

This section describes how to clean up ports and groups.
• xDSL and Ethernet LT ports and SHDSL spans
• IMA and bonding groups

Clean up ports and groups 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 270 To clean up ports, spans, and groups

Perform the following procedure to clean up ports, spans and groups.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose one of the following option:
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port

• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Ethernet LT Port
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→IMA Group→IMA Group
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Bonding→Bonding Group
2 Right-click and choose Actions→Clean Test to test whether the port or group is already
clean.
Result: The Clean Test window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The Clean Test message window opens and displays information about whether the
port or group is clean.
4 Click OK to close both windows.
• When the port or group is clean, you have finished this procedure.
• When the port or group is not clean, go to step 6.
6 To clean up the port or group, right-click and choose Actions→Clean Up.
Result: The Clean Up window opens. A warning message appears indicating that it is service
affecting operation. The cleanup action will also delete the underlying configurations,
including the Cross Connect VLAN and SHUB VLAN (if applicable) depending on the system
setting ‘VLAN Deletion During Cleanup’ (‘Configuration > NE Plug Specific Settings’ in the
Administration perspective). The deleted configurations cannot be rolled back.
7 Click Finish.
Result: The 5520 AMS deletes the subobjects and closes the Clean Up window.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M VLANs
USING THE 5520 AMS
VLANs
35 Configure VLANs

VLANs 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure VLANs
USING THE 5520 AMS
35 Configure VLANs
35.1 Overview
35.2 Performing operations on VLAN templates
35.3 Configuring VLANs
35.4 Managing VLANs
35.5 Viewing VLAN information
35.6 Managing Ethernet LT VLAN Association Interface
35.7 Managing VLAN Association
35.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of VLANs.
VLANs are used to deliver network services from a network service provider to a
single or to multiple subscribers connected to the NE.
Although the traditional use of VLANs is to allow a group of devices on different
physical LAN segments to communicate as if they were on the same physical LAN
segment, no subscriber-to-subscriber communication is allowed on network services
VLANs. The only communication allowed is between the network service provider
and the subscriber to avoid network problems, such as flooding.
The NE supports the VLAN modes described in Table 68.
Table 68 VLAN modes
Applies to VLAN type Description
All releases Residential bridge Associates multiple subscriber bridge ports with a
network service provider over one VLAN.
All releases Cross-connect Establishes a one-to-one mapping between the

network service provider and the subscriber.
All releases Layer 2 terminated Used for layer 3 forwarding

R4.2 Mirroring A VLAN that has a mirror copy of traffic from one or
more individual subscribers for debugging and law
enforcement purposes.
NEs with SHub-based NT cards support the SHub VLAN modes described in
Table 69.

Configure VLANs 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 69 SHub VLAN modes
SHub VLAN type Description
Residential bridge Associates multiple subscriber bridge ports with a network service
provider over one VLAN.
Cross-connect Establishes a one-to-one mapping between the network service

provider and the subscriber.
Layer 2 terminated Used for layer 3 forwarding
Layer 2 terminated on Layer 2 VLAN terminated on Ethernet network ports

network ports
VVLAN Virtual VLAN
Reserved Internal and external communication over VLAN
Voice Terminates at the voice server and voice LT and carries:

• SIP signaling traffic between the SIP server and the SIP user
agent
• RTP traffic exchanged between end users.
• RTCP traffic.
EPON —
You can also use VLANs to subgroup devices that are located on different physical
LANs to allow them to communicate as though they were on the same LAN, as when
configuring subtended NEs.
The NE supports S-VLANs and C-VLANs. When each subscriber is assigned a
separate C-VLAN with its own unique VLAN ID, multiple subscribers can be bundled
into an S-VLAN. This is called VLAN stacking.
On NEs with SHub-based NT cards, see Chapter 9 for the steps to create and
configure VLANs in an end-to-end configuration, including the creation of bridge
ports and the association of VLANs to those bridge ports to complete a network
services connection through the NE to the subscriber.
On NEs with SHub-based NT cards, you have the option to set up a default VLAN for
subscribers sending untagged frames upstream and the option to create a VRF for
subscribers using DHCP. See Chapter 9 for more information.
See the System Description for the NE for more information about VLANs.

USING THE 5520 AMS
35.1.1 Restrictions
The NE supports up to 4095 VLANs. The following VLANs are auto-created on the
NE for system use and cannot be deleted:
• 1—unused VLAN.
• 4093—external management VLAN. All network ports (as untagged ports) and
control ports (as tagged ports) are part of the external management by default.
• 4094—internal communication VLAN. All NE ports (as tagged ports) and control
ports (as tagged ports) are part of this VLAN by default.
35.1.2 Network services VLANs

You must set up network services VLANs on the NE after the equipment is installed
and configured, and before configuring subscriber connections.
On NEs with SHub-based NT cards, to set up a network services connection through
the NE, you must create and configure a matching set of VLANs for each network
service provided: one on the subscriber-side NE and another one on the SHub.
See the System Description for the NE for more information about VLANs. For layer
3 forwarding on NEs with SHub-based NT cards, you must configure a VRF. See
chapter 84 for more information.
35.1.3 Multicast VLAN translation

Applies to — This subsection applies to:
• R4.3 or later.
• NEs with GPON-based NT cards.
The NE supports multicast VLAN translation on the NT to support ONTs that cannot
perform one-to-one VLAN translation in the downstream. Multicast VLAN translation
on the NT is necessary when more than one network service provider provides
multicast service to a subscriber.
35.1.4 IHub VLANs

Applies to — This subsection applies to NEs with IHub-based
NT cards.

USING THE 5520 AMS
When you create a VPLS service, you specify a VLAN identifier. The VLAN appears
in the Network Tree as VLAN IHUB, under Infrastructure→Layer2→VLAN.
35.2 Performing operations on VLAN templates

This section describes operations on VLAN templates.
On NEs with SHub-based NT cards, you can use VLAN templates to create VLANs
on the IACM or the SHub. On NEs with IHub-based NT cards, you can use VLAN
templates to create VLANs on the IACM.
Note — The parameter “VLAN Secure Forwarding Control”
must be enabled in the Template and in the NE for successful
completion of the Audit.
Based on the VLAN mode, provide the following S-VLAN and
C-VLAN values to enable the attribute in NE:
• If VLAN mode is Cross Connect, C-VLAN ID must be greater
than 0 and S-VLAN ID must be 0.
• If VLAN mode is Residential Bridge, C-VLAN ID and
S-VLAN ID can be any value.
• If VLAN mode is L2 Terminated, C-VLAN ID must be 0 and
S-VLAN ID must be greater than 0.
If you will be using a shared VLAN ID, you can define the VLAN ID during the creation
of the template. Alternatively, you can define the VLAN ID during the deployment of
the template to the NE. See Table 68 for more information about VLAN modes.
For more information about templates, see the “NE tasks” volume in the 5520 AMS
User Guide.
35.3 Configuring VLANs

This section describes configuration of VLANs.
Table 70 lists the tasks for configuring VLANs.
Table 70 Configure VLANs
Applies to Task See
NEs with Configure the Ethernet system parameters Procedure 271

GPON-based
All releases Create a VLAN Procedure 273
NEs with SHub-based Create an SHub VLAN Procedure 274

NT cards
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Applies to Task See

All If required, configure static MAC addresses on the Procedure 275
VLAN
R6.0.01 or later Create an L2 eligible MAC address Procedure 277
NEs with SHub-based If required, create a VLAN port association to IPoX (1) Procedure 278
NT cards
All releases If required, create a VLAN port association to an EFM Procedure 279
bridge port
NEs with SHub-based If required, create a VLAN IP filter Procedure 281

NT cards
R3.6/FGN3.7 If required, create a VLAN gateway Procedure 282
All releases If required, create p-bit traffic counters Procedure 283
All releases If required, create eight p-bit traffic counters Procedure 284
NEs with If required, create multicast VLAN translation Procedure 285

GPON-based LT cards
R4.3 or later
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) A VLAN port association to IPoX is required if you need to create an IGMP control channel on the VLAN. See
Chapter 88 for more information about IGMP.
Procedure 271 To configure the Ethernet system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure the Ethernet system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→Ethernet System Parameters.
Procedure 272 To configure an Ethernet priority profile
Applies to — This procedure applies to R4.2.02a or later.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to configure an Ethernet priority profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→Ethernet Priority Profile.
2 Right-click Ethernet Priority Profile and choose Create→Ethernet Priority Profile.
Result: The Create Ethernet Priority Profile window opens.
3 Configure the ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create Ethernet Priority Profile window opens.
Result: The Ethernet priority profile appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 273 To create a VLAN

Perform the following procedure to create a VLAN.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→VLAN.
2 Right-click VLAN and choose Create→VLAN.
Result: The Create VLAN window opens.
3 Enter unique VLAN IDs. Table 71 provides guidelines for configuring VLAN IDs.
Table 71 Guidelines for VLAN IDs
VLAN type Guidelines
Residential bridge Unstacked C-VLAN: Enter the L2 Forwarder C-VLAN ID only. Enter 0 for the
VLAN (2) L2 Forwarder S-VLAN ID.
S-VLAN: enter the L2 Forwarder S-VLAN ID only. Enter 0 for the L2

Forwarder C-VLAN ID.
Stacked VLAN (1) cross-connection: enter the L2 Forwarder S-VLAN ID and

L2 Forwarder C-VLAN ID
Cross-connect Unstacked C-VLAN: enter the L2 Forwarder C-VLAN ID only. Enter 0 for the
VLANs (2) L2 Forwarder S-VLAN ID.
S-VLAN: enter the L2 Forwarder S-VLAN ID only. Enter 0 for the L2

Forwarder C-VLAN ID.
Stacked VLAN (1): enter the L2 Forwarder S-VLAN ID and L2 Forwarder
C-VLAN ID
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS

Layer 2-terminated Enter the S-VLAN ID only. Enter 0 for L2 Forwarder C-VLAN ID.
VLANs (2)
For layer 3 forwarding: enter the L2 Forwarder C-VLAN ID only. Enter 0 for
the L2 Forwarder S-VLAN ID.
Stacked VLAN (1) cross-connection: enter the L2 Forwarder S-VLAN ID and

L2 Forwarder C-VLAN ID
QoS-aware (2) Enter the L2 Forwarder S-VLAN ID only. Enter 0 for L2 Forwarder C-VLAN
ID.
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) Stacked VLANs require two VLANs to be created. First, you create a layer 2-terminated VLAN or Residential
Bridge VLAN with an S-VLAN ID and 0 for the C-VLAN ID. Second, you create a cross-connect VLAN that has
the same S-VLAN ID as entered for the layer 2-terminated VLAN and a unique C-VLAN ID.
(2) From R5.3.01 onwards, the Create VLAN changes are applicable only in Network Tree and not applicable in
Create VLAN templates.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create VLAN window opens.
5 Configure the VLAN parameters. Table 72 provides guidelines for configuring the VLAN
parameters.
Table 72 Guidelines for VLAN parameters
Mode Choose Residential Bridge or Cross-Connect to configure a layer 2 subscriber

connection.
Choose Cross-Connect to enable the C-VLAN 4095 Pass Through(1) option.
Choose L2 Terminated to configure a layer 3 subscriber connection.
Protocol Filter If you choose Cross Connect mode, do not choose a Protocol Filter type.
Broadcast Set Broadcast Control to On to broadcast ARP requests toward the subscriber.
Control Set Broadcast Control to Off to send only unicast messages.
DHCPv6 (2) The following DHCPv6 parameters are specific only to the SVLAN Cross-Connect,
when enabled. The default value for each parameter to be configured for SVLAN are
as follows:
• The default value for Interface ID is No Add.
• The default value for Remote ID is No Add.
• The default value for Trusted Port is Untrusted.
• The default value for Enterprise Number is 3561.
• The default value for Line Rate Sub-Option is Not Included.
The default value of Access Loop Encapsulation is Not Included.
Access Loop The default value of Access Loop Encapsulation is Not Applicable.
Encapsulation
(2)
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
DHCPv6 (2) Choose Cross-Connect to configure DHCPv6 parameters.
Configure the Interface Id parameter to enable DHCPv6 option 18.
Configure the Remote Id parameter to enable DHCPv6 option 37.
See the 7330 ISAM FTTN System Description for more information about DHCPv6.
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) The C-VLAN 4095 pass through attribute specifies the CVLAN 4095 tunneling behavior for SVLANCC
forwarder attached to the GPON boards. The C-VLAN 4095 pass through option is disabled by default. This
option is supported only on S-VLAN cross-connect.
(2) The DHCPv6, PPPoE, DHCPv4, and Access Loop Encapsulation parameters are not supported for Layer
2-terminated VLAN.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The VLAN appears in the Network Tree.
Note —
• When the Transparency of DHCP Server at User Side attribute is

enabled, data transfer between the DHCP server or the PPPoE server
to the end user server is fully transparent. To enable the
Transparency of DHCP Server at User Side, navigate to Infrastructure
→ Layer2 → VLAN and click Configuration tab in the Object Details
view.
• The Transparency of DHCP Server at User Side attribute is only
applicable for CC VLAN (C-VLAN, S-VLAN, S+C VLAN). This
attribute cannot be enabled in combination of secure forwarding and
vMAC translation.
Procedure 274 To create an SHub VLAN

cards.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create an SHub VLAN.
1 Navigate to the NE and enable the system parameter VLAN Dual Tagging Mode, if required.
i Choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→Ethernet System Parameters SHUB.
Result: The Ethernet System Parameters SHUB Object Details view opens.
ii From the VLAN Dual Tagging Mode drop-down menu, choose Enabled.
iii Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the change.
2 Create and configure a VLAN for the SHub to match each network services VLAN.
i Choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→VLAN.
ii Right-click VLAN in the Network Tree and choose Create→VLAN SHUB.
Result: The Create VLAN SHUB window opens.
iii Enter the VLAN ID. Table 73 provides guidelines for configuring the VLAN IDs.
Table 73 Guidelines for SHub VLAN IDs

Residential bridge Enter the C-VLAN ID of the matching residential bridge VLAN.
Cross-connect Enter the C-VLAN ID of the matching cross-connect C-VLAN.

For an unstacked cross-connect VLAN, enter the C-VLAN ID of the
matching unstacked cross-connect VLAN.
For a stacked cross-connect VLAN, enter the C-VLAN ID of the
matching stacked cross-connect VLAN and layer 2-terminated
C-VLAN.
Layer 2-terminated Enter the C-VLAN ID of the matching layer 2-terminated C-VLAN.
Layer 2-terminated on network Enter the C-VLAN ID of the matching layer 2-terminated C-VLAN for
ports layer 3 forwarding.
iv Click Next.
Result: The second Create VLAN SHUB window opens.
v Configure the parameters and choose ports to assign to the VLAN, then click Finish.
Result: The VLAN appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 74 provides guidelines for configuring the VLAN parameters.
Note — To modify the value for Aging Time parameter, your role must
have the function ‘Network Layer 2 - Aging Time” added to it.
Table 74 Guidelines for SHub VLAN parameters
Applies to Parameter Guidelines
General tab
All releases Mode Choose Residential Bridge or Cross-Connect to configure

a layer 2 subscriber connection.
Choose L2 Terminated to configure a layer 3 subscriber
connection.
R3.7/FGN3.8 MAC Address Set this parameter to Disabled if you need MAC address
or later Learning scalability on the SHub VLAN.
Ports tab
All releases Assigned to Egress Choose SHub bridge ports to forward traffic toward the
EMAN over the VLAN.
All releases Untagged on Choose SHub bridge ports to forward untagged frames
Egress toward the EMAN over the VLAN.
Procedure 275 To configure a static MAC address

Before you proceed:
• On NEs with SHub-based NT cards, a VLAN and a corresponding SHub VLAN must be
created. See Procedure 273 and Procedure 274 for more information.
• On NEs with IHub-based NT cards, a VLAN must be created. See Procedure 273 for
more information.
• At least one bridge port must be associated with the VLAN. See Procedure 506 for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to configure a static MAC address.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→VLAN→VLAN→MAC

Addresses→Static.
2 Right-click Static and choose Create→Unicast Static MAC Address.
Result: The Create Unicast Static MAC Address window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Enter a valid MAC address in the MAC Address parameter.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Unicast Static MAC Address window opens.
5 Click Browse.
Result: The Select Bridge Port window opens. Bridge ports that are associated with the VLAN
are displayed.
6 Choose a bridge port and click OK.
Result: The bridge port is displayed in the Create Unicast Static MAC Address window.
7 Click Finish.
Result: The static MAC address is displayed in the Network Tree.
Procedure 276 To configure an NT VLAN port static MAC address

• micro NEs.
Note — You cannot configure the same static MAC address on multiple
interfaces.
Perform the following procedure to configure a NT VLAN port static MAC address.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot NT → Ethernet NT Ports → NT

Bridge Port → VLAN Association → NT VLAN Association Interface → MAC Address →
Static.
2 Right-click the Static and choose Create → NT VLAN Port Static MAC Address.
Result: The create NT VLAN Port Static MAC Address window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The NT VLAN Port Static MAC Address appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 277 To create an L2 eligible MAC address
Perform the following procedure to create an L2 eligible MAC address.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT → XDSL Port → EFM Bridge
Port → VLAN Association → VLAN Association Interface → MAC Addresses → Eligible.
2 Right-click the Eligible and choose Create → L2 Eligible MAC Address.
Result: The create L2 Eligible MAC Address window opens.
3 Enter the MAC address and click Next.
Result: The second create L2 Eligible MAC Address window opens.
Result: The L2 eligible MAC address appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 278 To create a VLAN port association to IPoX

cards.
Before you proceed:
• The NE must contain a planned LT unit. See Chapter 23 for more information.
• The xDSL port or SHDSL span must be configured for ATM. See Procedure 218 for more
information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
• The VCL must be created with the AAL5 encapsulation type configured as LLC snap
bridged. See Procedure 505 for more information.
• The bridge port and VLAN association must be configured. See Section 53.2 for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to create a VLAN port association to IPoX.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→VCL→VCL Bridge Port→VLAN

Association→VLAN Association Interface
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span→VCL→VCL Bridge Port→VLAN
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→EFM Bridge Port→VLAN Association→VLAN
Association Interface
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span→EFM Bridge Port→VLAN Association→VLAN
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT cards)→Ethernet Port→ETH Bridge
Port→VLAN Association→VLAN Association Interface
2 Right-click VLAN Association Interface and choose Create→VLAN Port Assoc IPoX.
Result: The Create VLAN Port Assoc IPoX window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create VLAN Port Assoc IPoX window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Procedure 279 To create a VLAN port association to a bridge port

Before you proceed:
• The xDSL port or SHDSL span must be configured in PTM or EFM mode. See
• An ETH Bridge Port must be created. See Procedure 155 for more information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create a VLAN port association to a bridge port.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span→EFM Bridge Port

• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→EFM Bridge Port
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT cards)→Ethernet Port→Link Aggregation
Group→ETH Bridge Port
2 Right-click the Bridge Port and choose Create→VLAN Association.
Result: The Create VLAN Association window opens.
Procedure 280 To create a VLAN port association on an NT bridge port

• micro NEs.
Before you proceed:
• The NE must contain a planned LT or NT unit, as required. See Chapter 23 for more
information.
• For a NT unit a NT Bridge Port must be created on an Ethernet port. See Procedure 78
Note —
• The following VLAN association is supported with the uplink port:

• S-VLAN and C-VLAN Association
• C-VLAN Association
• To enable VLAN translation on VLAN association, the VLAN id must
be the same for C-VLAN and S-VLAN.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create a VLAN port association to an NT bridge port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack → Slot NT (Ethernet-based NT cards) →

Ethernet NT Ports→ NT Bridge Port.
2 Right-click the NT Bridge Port and choose Create→ VLAN Association.
Result: The VLAN Association appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 281 To create a VLAN IP filter

cards.
Perform the following procedure to create a VLAN IP filter.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→VLAN IP Filters.
2 Right-click VLAN IP Filter and choose Create→VLAN IP Filter.
Result: The Create VLAN IP Filter window opens.
3 Enter a filter number and click Next.
Result: The second Create VLAN IP Filter window opens.
4 Enter a source IP address and click Finish.
Result: The new VLAN IP filter appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 282 To create a VLAN gateway
Applies to — This procedure applies to R3.6/FGN3.7.
You can create and configure a gateway under a VLAN to give the NE the ability to support the
next hop behavior toward the CPE for IPoA encapsulation. By creating a gateway under a VLAN,
you avoid redefining the IP address for each port. You can create gateways under residential
bridge VLANs and stacked S-VLANs.
The creation of a gateway under a QoS-aware VLAN association, cross-connection S-VLAN, or

stacked VLAN (with both subscriber and customer VLAN set) is not supported.
Before you proceed, a residential bridge VLAN or stacked S-VLAN must be created. See
Perform the following procedure to create a VLAN gateway.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→VLAN→VLAN.
2 Right-click VLAN and choose Create→Gateway.
Result: The Create Gateway window opens.
3 Click Next.
The 0.0.0.0 value is acceptable as the IPoA CC port edge IP address. However, the value
entered at the VLAN level is replaced by an edge IP address entered at the IPoA CC port
level.
5 Click Finish.
Procedure 283 To create pbit traffic counters

Create pbit traffic counters on a VLAN to count:
• Received bytes—all of the forwarded bytes with traffic flow IDs in a specified pbit range
in the upstream direction on a bridge port
• Transmitted bytes—all of the forwarded bytes with traffic flow IDs in a specified pbit range
in the downstream direction on a bridge port

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create pbit traffic counters.

Association→VLAN Association Interface→Traffic Counters per Ethernet Priorities
Association→VLAN Association Interface→Traffic Counters per Ethernet Priorities
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT cards)→Ethernet Port→VCL→VCL Bridge
Port→VLAN Association→VLAN Association Interface→Traffic Counters per Ethernet
Priorities
2 Right-click Traffic Counter Pbits and choose Create→Traffic Counters per Ethernet Priorities.
Result: The Create Traffic Counters per Ethernet Priorities window opens.
Result: The second Create Traffic Counters per Ethernet Priorities window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new pbit traffic counter appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 284 To create eight pbit traffic counters

Create pbit traffic counters on a VLAN to count:
• Received bytes—all of the forwarded bytes with traffic flow IDs in a pbit in the upstream
direction on a bridge port
• Transmitted bytes—all of the forwarded bytes with traffic flow IDs in a pbit in the
downstream direction on a bridge port

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create separate traffic counters for each pbit.

• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT cards)→Ethernet Port→VCL→VCL Bridge
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Ethernet LT Port→LAG Bridge Port→VLAN
Association→Ethernet VLAN Association Interface
2 Right-click VLAN Association Interface and choose Actions→Create Traffic Counters for
each Ethernet Priority.
Result: The Create Traffic Counters for each Ethernet Priority window opens.
3 Click Finish.
4 Click Close to close the Result page.
Result: The new eight pbit traffic counters appears under the Traffic Counters per Ethernet
Priorities in the Network Tree.
Procedure 285 To create multicast VLAN translation
• R4.3 or later.
• NEs with GPON-based LT cards.
Before you proceed, disable the IGMP Application Module parameter in the Multicast System
Parameters Object Details view. See Procedure 970 for more information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create downstream multicast VLAN translation.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→Multicast VLAN Translations.
2 Right-click VLAN Translations and choose Create→Multicast VLAN Translation.
Result: The Create Multicast VLAN Translation window opens.
3 Configure the network-side and user-side VLANs and click Next.
Result: The second Create Multicast VLAN Translation window opens.
Result: The multicast VLAN translation appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 286 To create an IPv4 user
Applies to — This procedure applies to DSL cards supporting IP users.
Perform the following procedure to configure an IPv4 user for a VLAN.

cards)→Ethernet Port→ETH Bridge Port→VLAN Association→VLAN Association
Interface→IP User.
2 Right-click IP User and choose Create→IPv4 User.
Result: The Create IPv4 User window opens.
3 Configure the identifier parameters and click Next.
Result: The second Create IPv4 User window opens.
Result: The IPv4 user appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 287 To create an Ethernet IPv6 user
• R4.4 or later.
• NEs with Ethernet-based LT cards.
Perform the following procedure to create an Ethernet IPv6 user.

cards)→Ethernet LT Port→Bridge Port→VLAN Association→Ethernet VLAN Association
Interface→IPv6 Users.
2 Right-click IPv6 Users and choose Create→Ethernet IPv6 User.
Result: The Create Ethernet IPv6 User window opens.
3 Configure the IP address and Prefix Length and click Next.
Result: The second Create Ethernet IPv6 User window opens.
Result: The Ethernet IPv6 user appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 288 To create an IPv6 user
• R4.4 or later.
• NEs with DSL cards supporting IP users.
Perform the following procedure to create an IPv6 user.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→VCL→VCL Bridge

Port→VLAN Association→VLAN Association Interface→IPv6 Users.
2 Right-click IPv6 Users and choose Create →IPv6 User.
Result: The Create IPV6 User window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create IPv6 User window opens.
Result: The IPv6 User appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 289 To create a GPON IPv6 user
• R4.4 or later.
• NEs with GPON-based LT cards.
Perform the following procedure to create a GPON IPv6 user.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON

Port→ONT→ONT Card→Ethernet Port→UNI→VLAN Association→GPON VLAN
Association Interface→IPv6 Users.
2 Right-click on IPv6 Users and choose Create→GPON IPv6 User.
Result: The Create GPON IPv6 User window opens.
Result: The second Create GPON IPv6 User window opens.
Result: The GPON IPv6 user appears in the Network Tree.
35.4 Managing VLANs

This section describes management of VLAN associations.
Table 75 lists the tasks to manage and view VLAN association.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 75 Manage and view VLANs
Task See
Remove VLAN associations Procedure 290
View VLAN information Procedure 291
View VLAN configured bridge ports Procedure 292
View VLAN port associations Procedure 294
View current MAC addresses Procedure 295
Procedure 290 To remove VLAN associations

Perform the following procedure to remove VLAN associations.
2 Right-click VLAN and choose Actions→Remove VLAN Associations.
Result: The Remove VLAN Associations window opens.
35.5 Viewing VLAN information

This section describes procedures to view VLAN information.
Procedure 291 To view VLAN information

Perform the following procedure to view VLAN information.
Note — If the total number of VLANs in the NE is less than the Maximum
number of VLANs configured in the NE plug-in settings, then you can
view all the VLANs in the Network Tree. To configure the maximum
number of VLANs in the NE, see Table 16.
2 Click the Search icon ( ) in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Search window opens.
3 Enter the following parameters:
• S-VLAN ID
• C-VLAN ID
• VLAN ID
4 Click Finish.
Result: The Table View displays VLAN information.
Note — Based on the search criteria, the corresponding VLANs are

displayed.
Procedure 292 To view VLAN configured bridge ports
Applies to — This procedure applies to R4.0/FGN4.0 or earlier.
Perform the following procedure to view VLAN configured bridge ports.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→VLAN→VLAN→Bridge

Ports→Configured Bridge Port List.
Result: The Object Details view displays the configured bridge ports for the VLAN.
2 To navigate to a bridge port, choose a bridge port from the static ports list and click Go to.
Procedure 293 To view VLAN association interfaces
Applies to — This procedure applies to R4.0/FGN4.0 or earlier.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to view VLAN association interfaces.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→VLAN→VLAN→VLAN Port

Association→VLAN Association Interface.
Result: The Object Details view displays the VLAN association interfaces.
To navigate to a VLAN association interface or Port VLAN, click Go to.
Procedure 294 To view VLAN port associations

Perform the following procedure to view VLAN port associations.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→VLAN→VLAN.
2 Click the VLAN Port Associations tab.
Result: The Object Details view displays a table of ports associated with the VLAN.
Procedure 295 To view current MAC addresses

Perform the following procedure to view current MAC addresses.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→VLAN→VLAN→MAC

Addresses→Current.
Result: The current MAC addresses appear in the Network Tree.
Procedure 296 To search L2 Collision Cyclic Buffer

When an L2 Collision occurs, the cyclic buffers are generated. For each cyclic buffer generated,
there are multiple cyclic buffer buckets created.
Before you proceed, the SHUB VLAN must be configured. See Procedure 274.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to search for a Cyclic Buffer.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer2 → L2 Collision Cyclic Buffer
2 Click the Search icon ( )
Result: The Provide the search details for Cyclic Buffer window opens.
3 Choose one of the following options:
• New search (remove existing results)

• Add the results to the existing ones
4 Enter the value in the Buffer ID field. The Buffer ID checkbox is selected by default.
5 If required, select the Also show objects with alarms checkbox.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The Cyclic Buffer with the corresponding ID is displayed in the Network tree.
Note — You can view PM counters on L2 Collision Cyclic Buffer.

Navigate to Infrastructure → Layer2→ Ethernet System Parameters
SHUB, right-click Ethernet System Parameters SHUB and choose Show
→ PM Counters. The PM counter details appear in the Object Monitoring
View.
35.6 Managing Ethernet LT VLAN Association

Interface
This section describes the procedure to configure Ethernet LT VLAN Association
Interface and to view Ethernet LT Troubleshooting Counters

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 297 To configure Ethernet LT VLAN Association Interface

Perform the following procedure to configure Ethernet LT VLAN Association Interface.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (FELT-B)→Ethernet LTPort→LAG

Bridge Port→VLAN Association→Ethernet LT VLAN Association Interface.
Procedure 298 To view Ethernet LT Troubleshooting Counters

Perform the following procedure to view Ethernet LT Troubleshooting Counters
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (FELT-B)→Ethernet LT Port→LAG

Bridge Port→VLAN Association→Ethernet LT VLAN Association Interface→Ethernet LT
Troubleshooting Counters.
Result: The Object Details view opens. The details of Summary Counters and Detailed
Counters are displayed.
Procedure 299 To start, stop, clear, and show troubleshooting counters on Ethernet
LT VLAN Association Interface
Perform the following procedure to start, stop, clear, and show troubleshooting counters on
Ethernet LT VLAN association interface.

Bridge Port→VLAN Association→Ethernet LT VLAN Association Interface
2 Right-click Ethernet LT VLAN Association Interface and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→Troubleshooting Counters→Start
• Actions→Troubleshooting Counters→Stop
• Actions→Troubleshooting Counters→Clear
• Actions→Troubleshooting Counters→Show

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 300 To view QoS VLAN Port Color Troubleshooting Counters
Perform the following procedure to view QoS VLAN Port Color Troubleshooting Counters.

Bridge Port→VLAN Association→Ethernet LT VLAN Association Interface
2 Right-click Ethernet LT VLAN Association Interface and choose Actions → QoS Color
Troubleshooting Counters
3 Click Finish.
Result: The Object Details view opens. The details of color counters are displayed.
35.7 Managing VLAN Association

This section describes the procedures to configure VLAN Associations and seach for
VLAN Associations.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 301 To configure VLAN Associations

Perform the following procedure to configure VLAN Association.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (FELT-B)→Ethernet LT Port→LAG Bridge Port→VLAN

Associations.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→VCL→VCL Bridge Port→VLAN Associations
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span→VCL→VCL Bridge Port→VLAN Associations
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port → EFM Bridge Port→VLAN Associations
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span→ EFM Bridge Port→VLAN Associations
Port→VLAN Associations
2 Right-click VLAN Associations and choose Create→VLAN Association
3 Configure the parameters. Table 76 provides guidelines for configuring the VLAN association
parameters.
Table 76 Guidelines to configure VLAN associations

R5.3.01 or later Port VLAN If VLAN Forwarding Mode is set as None or
With Translation, enter the Port S-VLAN ID
and Port C-VLAN ID.
L2 Forwarder VLAN If VLAN Forwarding Mode is set as Without

Translation, With Translation, or VLAN
Tunnel, select the L2 Forwarder VLAN.
R5.8 or later VLAN Group ID The C-VLAN port policing is supported across
different Bridge Ports of the same LT which
allows to share the same policy across
multiple VLAN ports. The VLAN Group ID can
be in the range 0 to 8192. The VLAN Group ID
parameter is supported on Ethernet-based LT
cards.
From ISAM R5.8 onwards, the PBit Regeneration parameter is supported on all VLAN
associations ports. To configure the ports see Table 97. The PBit Regeneration parameter is
used for S-VLAN Tunnel. You can configure the PBit Regeneration parameter with values
such as Remark or Untouched. When set to remark, all the packets received for VLAN port
will apply PBit regeneration based on C-VLAN pbit on both S-VLAN and C-VLAN tunnel.
When set to untouched, no pbit regeneration is performed and all the packets received for
VLAN port will be applied for S-VLAN tunnel by default.

USING THE 5520 AMS
4 Click Finish to save the changes.
Note 1 — VLAN associations can be deployed on uplink ports. If the port

type is UNI/NNI, it cannot be deployed.
Note 2 — You can configure the TPID on each bridge port and define the
same TPID for each VLAN association. Navigate to Bridge port and
define the TPID under TPID List in the Object Details view. To create
TPID, see Procedure 658.
Note 3 — The following options are supported on a NNI port type:
• IGMP Control Channel on VLAN port

• IGMP Static Branch
• MAC Movement and Duplicate MAC Control
• LACP
• Configuration of the static unicast MAC Addresses
The VLAN PM counters are supported on the FELT-B NNI port type.
Note 4 — From ISAM R5.4.01 onwards, the Ethernet downlink capability

profile is supported on the FELT-B card type.
By default, when deleting a VLAN Association to a cross-connect VLAN, the 5520 AMS implicitly
deletes the VLAN. If you want to disable this implicit behaviour, then prior to deleting the VLAN
Association, you must clear the VLAN Deletion During Cleanup check box in the NE Plug Specific
Settings of the NE in the Administration Tree.
Procedure 302 To search VLAN Associations
Applies to — This procedure applies to bridge ports of FELT-B cards

only.
Perform the following procedure to search VLAN associations.

Bridge Port→VLAN Associations→Search.

USING THE 5520 AMS

3 Enter the S-VLAN ID in the S-VLAN ID field.
4 If required, select the ‘Translated C-VLAN ID’ check box and enter the Translated C-VLAN
ID.
5 If required, select the ‘Also show objects with alarms’ check box.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The VLAN association matching the S-VLAN ID search criteria is displayed.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M GPON ONTs
USING THE 5520 AMS
GPON ONTs
36 Configure GPON transmission profiles for ONT cards
37 Configure PON ports
38 Configure a splitter
39 Configure an ONT
40 Configure service ports and services on ONT cards
41 Configure ONT 802.1x authentication
42 Configure ARP for ONT ports and services
43 Configure subscriber connections on ONT cards
44 Configure VoIP on ONT cards
45 Configure a HGU

GPON ONTs 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure GPON transmission profiles for ONT cards
USING THE 5520 AMS
36 Configure GPON transmission

profiles for ONT cards
Applies to — This chapter applies to NEs with an GPON-based

LT cards.
36.1 Overview
36.2 Configuring GPON system parameters
36.3 Configuring GPON profiles
36.4 Configuring GPON xDSL profiles
36.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of GPON transmission profiles for ONT cards.
You can create the following types of transmission profiles on the NE:
• CES maintenance
• Power shed
• Network address
• GPON xDSL line service profile
• GPON xDSL line spectrum profile
You can also configure GPON system parameters.

Table 77 describes where to find information about other profile types.
Table 77 Transmission profiles
Profile type See
SIP profiles 5520 AMS User Guide
QoS profiles Chapter 26
xDSL line service, line spectrum, and DPBO profiles Section 30.2

Configure GPON transmission profiles for ONT cards 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
36.1.1 Modifying and deleting profiles

You cannot modify or delete a profile that has been associated with an ONT service.
36.2 Configuring GPON system parameters

This section describes procedures to configure GPON system parameters and
profiles.
Procedure 303 To configure GPON system parameters

The Object Details view for the GPON system parameters displays the maximum number of each
type of GPON profile that is allowed on the NE.
Perform the procedure in this section to configure the GPON system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Transmission→ GPON→ GPON System

Parameters.
2 Configure the parameters. Table 78 provides guidelines for configuring the GPON system
parameters.
Table 78 Guidelines for GPON system parameters
Subscriber The value of the Subscriber Location ID Mode parameter determines whether
Location ID Mode the value of the ONT Subscriber Location ID parameter must be entered in
ASCII or in hexadecimal format. See Procedure 330 for information about
configuring the ONT Subscriber Location ID parameter.
Serial Number If automatic serial number bundling is enabled for an ONT, the serial number
Bundling will be automatically bundled with SLID/LOID after this waiting time. The
default timer is 24 hours.
Ranging Mode You can select Alien Tolerant to allow GPON ONUs to range successfully even
in the presence of Alien ONUs.
PONLOS meaning You can choose either one of the following options for the PONLOS meaning
parameter:
• Original Loss of Signal
• Trunk Fiber Broken
By default, Original Loss of Signal option is selected. PONLOS means loss of

signal, that is, the OLT is not receiving any upstream transmissions.
PONLOS will be re-defined for trunk fiber broken by selecting Trunk Fiber
Broken option.
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Data Path Integrity Configure the threshold for data path integrity (in percentage). During
Threshold hardware failure, data path connectivity loss results in network issues. When
the threshold is reached, a “Data Path Integrity Failure” alarm is raised.
Unlock ONT Select the required ONT serial number authentication behavior. The ONT
Automatically for ports will be automatically unlocked when the ONT is authenticated.
You can choose either one of the following options:
• SLID Authentication
• Both SN And SLID Authentication
By default, SLID Authentication option is selected.

PON/ONT Utilization(1)
PON Utilization PM You can Enable or Disable PON Utilization for PM collection at PON level.
Collection Enable PON Utilization PM Collection to modify the TCA Settings and the
Threshold parameters.
ONT Utilization PM You can Enable or Disable PON Utilization for PM collection at ONT level.
Collection Enable PON Utilization PM Collection to modify the TCA Settings and the
Threshold parameters.
TCA Alarms Enable this parameter to report the TCA Alarms.

reporting
DBA Thresholds Configure the percentage for DBA congestion and PM interval (UP) congestion
level.
Traffic Utilization Select the percentage for usage of bandwidth for monitoring PON utilization
Thresholds traffic.
Dropped Packets Select the threshold for dropped packets during upstream and downstream
Thresholds traffic. When the dropped packets limit is crossed an alarm is generated.
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) PON utilization is used to monitor traffic on each PON port and the understand the bandwidth used by a PON.
36.3 Configuring GPON profiles

This section describes procedures to create the following types of profiles:
• CES maintenance
• Power shed
• Network address
Table 79 lists the tasks for configuring GPON parameters and profiles.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 79 Configure GPON profiles
Task See
Configure GPON system parameters Procedure 303
Create a GPON profile Procedure 304
Create a GPON xDSL line profile Procedure 305
Create a GPON xDSL DBPO profile Procedure 306
Procedure 304 To create a GPON profile

Perform the following procedure to create a GPON profile.
• Infrastructure→Transmission→GPON→CES Maintenance Profile

• Infrastructure→Transmission→GPON→Power Shed Profile
• Infrastructure→Transmission→GPON→Network Address Profile
2 Right-click profile_type and choose Create→ profile_type, where profile_type is the profile
type.
4 Configure the CES maintenance profile parameters and click Finish.
Result: The new profile is displayed in the Network Tree.
36.4 Configuring GPON xDSL profiles

This section describes procedures to configure the following profiles:
• GPON xDSL line service
• GPON xDSL line spectrum

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 305 To create a GPON xDSL line profile
Note — You can also create a GPON xDSL line service or line spectrum
profile template in the Template Tree. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for
more information.
Perform the following procedure to create a GPON xDSL line profile.
• Infrastructure→Transmission→XDSL→GPON XDSL Line Service Profile

• Infrastructure→Transmission→XDSL→GPON XDSL Line Spectrum Profile
type.
Result: The Create GPON XDSL Line Profile window opens.
3 Enter a value in the Profile Number parameter, or use the default number provided. The
default number is the next available profile number.
Note — If you enter a value and want to change to the next available
profile number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create GPON XDSL Line Service Profile window opens.
Procedure 306 To create a GPON xDSL DPBO profile

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create a GPON xDSL DPBO profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Transmission→ XDSL→ GPON XDSL

DPBO Profile.
2 Right-click GPON XDSL DPBO Profile and choose Create→ GPON XDSL DPBO Profile.
Result: The Create GPON XDSL DPBO Profile window opens.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create GPON XDSL DPBO Profile window opens.
Procedure 307 To create a GPON xDSL RTX profile
Perform the following procedure to create a GPON xDSL RTX profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Transmission→ XDSL→ GPON XDSL RTX
Profile.
2 Right-click GPON XDSL RTX Profile and choose Create→ GPON XDSL RTX Profile.
Result: The Create GPON XDSL RTX Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create GPON XDSL RTX Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure PON ports
USING THE 5520 AMS
37 Configure PON ports
Applies to — This chapter applies to NEs with GPON-based

LT cards.
37.1 Overview
37.2 PON port operational state
37.3 Configuring a PON port
37.4 Managing PON ports
37.5 Viewing High Utilized ONTs
37.6 Switching activity on PON ports
37.7 Viewing multicast information
37.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of PON ports.
Table 80 lists the tasks to configure PON port.
Table 80 Configure PON port
Task See
Configure a PON port Procedure 308
Configure PON protection switching (4.3 or Procedure 309

earlier)
Configure PON protection switching (4.4 or Procedure 310

later)
Perform rogue test Procedure 1205
Clear the BER counters Procedure 316
Switch activity on PON ports (R4.3 or earlier) Procedure 324
Switch activity on PON ports (R4.4 or later) Procedure 325

Configure PON ports 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
37.2 PON port operational state

The PON port operational state is up or down. You cannot configure the operational
state. The operational state for the PON port is displayed:
• In the top right corner of the PON port icon in the Graphical View
37.3 Configuring a PON port

This section describes procedures to configure a PON port.
Before you proceed, GPON-based LT cards must be planned. See Procedure 138
Procedure 308 To configure a PON port

Perform the following procedure to configure a PON port.

Port.
2 Configure the required parameters.
3 Click the Down Link tab and associate the PON port with a splitter in the Splitter field.
Note — Splitter management is controlled by the splitter management

settings in the Administration perspective. See the 5520 AMS
Administrator Guide for more information.
Note — GPON-based LT cards do not support downstream queues or

downstream rate limiting. If you configure the Number of Queues (Down)
parameter on the QoS tab of the PON port Object Details view on an
GPON-based LT cards, the NE rejects the configuration.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 309 To configure PON protection switching (in R4.3 or earlier)
Applies to — This procedure applies to ISAM R4.3 or earlier.
Perform the following procedure to configure PON protection switching.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Protection Group.
2 Right-click Protection Group and choose Create→Protection Group PON.
Result: The Create Protection Group PON window opens.
3 Click Browse and choose a primary PON port.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Protection Group PON window opens.
5 Click Browse and choose a secondary PON port.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The PON port protection group appears in the Network Tree.
To switch activity on PON ports, see Procedure 324.
Procedure 310 To configure PON protection switching (in R4.4 or later)
Perform the following procedure to configure PON protection switching.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Protection Group.
2 Right-click Protection Group and choose Create→Protection Group PON.
Result: The Create Protection Group PON window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Browse and choose a primary PON port.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Protection Group PON window opens.
5 Click Browse and choose a paired PON port.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The PON port protection group appears in the Network Tree.
To switch activity on PON ports, see Procedure 325.
Procedure 311 To configure PON TCA
Applies to — This procedure applies to ISAM R5.2.
PON Threshold Crossed Alarm (TCA) is used to configure the traffic utilization threshold for the
bandwidth usage. When the threshold is reached an alarm is generated by the NE. Before you
proceed, enable the PON/ONT Utilization for the PM collection.
Perform the following procedure to configure the PON TCA (OLT-side Utilization).
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT → PON Port → TCA → PON TCA
(OLT-side Utilization
2 In the Object Details view, choose the parameters for Traffic Utilization Thresholds.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 312 To enable, disable or inherit PON or ONT utilization
PON utilization is used to monitor traffic on each PON port and the understand the bandwidth used
by a PON. Perform the following procedure to enable, disable or inherit PON utilization for PM
collection from a PON port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack →Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards) →PON
Port.
2 Right-click the PON Port and choose one of the following options:
• Actions → PM Collection→ PON Utilization→ Enable

• Actions → PM Collection→ PON Utilization→ Disable
• Actions → PM Collection→ ONT Utilization→ Enable
• Actions → PM Collection→ ONT Utilization→ Disable
• Actions → PM Collection→ PON Utilization→ Inherit
• Actions → PM Collection→ ONT Utilization→ Inherit
• Actions → PM Collection→ Bulk ONT Utilization→ Enable
• Actions → PM Collection→ Bulk ONT Utilization→ Disable
3 Click Finish on the confirmation window.
Result: The PON utilization is enabled, disabled or inherited as per the selection on the PON
port.
37.4 Managing PON ports

This section describes procedures to manage PON ports.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 313 To lock or unlock a PON port and all the objects under the PON port
Note — If you try to perform Unlock Recursively on a PON port

containing ONTs with the default serial number ALCL00000000, the 5520
AMS does not unlock these ONTs. However, the 5520 AMS unlocks the
underlying services.
Perform the following procedure to lock or unlock a PON port and all the objects under the PON
port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (GPON-based LT card)→ PON
Port.
2 Right-click a PON port in the Network Tree view or Graphical view and choose one of the
following options:
• Actions → Lock Recursively

• Actions → Unlock Recursively
Result: The Lock Recursively or Unlock Recursively window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 314 To lock and unlock a PON port

Perform the following procedure to lock and unlock a PON port.
Port.
2 Right-click a PON Port in the Network Tree or Graphical View and choose Actions→Lock
then Unlock
Result: The Lock then Unlock window opens.
3 Click Browse to select the schedule to lock and unlock the PON port. By default, the
“Schedule Now” schedule is displayed.

USING THE 5520 AMS
displayed.
iii Click OK.
5 Click Finish.
Procedure 315 To perform an alien test
Applies to — This procedure applies to PON port from ISAM R5.2 or

later and to Channel Pair from ISAM R5.7.01 or later.
Note — You can only perform an alien test when the operational state
of the PON port or Channel pair is up.
Perform the following procedure to perform an alien test on PON port or Channel Pair.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose either one of the following options:
• Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→ PON Port

• Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (NGPON2-based LT cards) → Channel Pair
2 Right-click PON Port or Channel Pair and choose Actions→Alien Test.
Result: The Alien Test window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Choose one of the following from the Alien Test drop-down menu:
• Initiate Test: This test is available only when the administrative state of port is up.
• Disable test: This test is always available.
• Initiate Background Test: This test cannot be performed when the background test is
running.
In the Alien Test > Initiate Background Test window, you need to provide the Test Interval
with intervals of 30 minutes so that the NE checks the frequency and perform the alien
test in the background for every 30 minutes.
• Disable Background Test: This test is available when the background test is running.
4 Click Finish.
Procedure 316 To clear the BER counters

Perform the following procedure to clear the BER counters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→ PON
Port.
2 Right-click PON Port and choose Actions→Clear BER Counters.
Result: The Clear BER Counters window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 317 To clear ranging alarm on PON port
The upstream bandwidth for a PON port is calculated based on the Maximum Ranging ONTs and
Maximum Service TCONTs Number per Frame parameters. The Maximum Ranging ONTs
parameter provides the number of pre-configured ONTs and if the range exceeds the maximum
value, an alarm is raised.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to clear ranging alarm on PON port.
Port.
2 Right-click PON Port and choose Actions→Clear Ranging Alarm.
Result: The Clear Ranging Alarm window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 318 To reset PON or ONT utilization counters
Perform the following procedure to reset PON utilization counters.
Port.
2 Right-click the PON Port and choose Actions→ PM Collection and select Reset PON/ONT
Utilization Counters.
3 Click Finish on the confirmation window.
Procedure 319 To show PON PM counters

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to show PON PM counters.
Port.
2 Right-click the PON Port and choose Show → PM Counters.
Result: The PM counters details appear in the Object Monitoring View
37.4.1 Locking and unlocking a PON port

You can lock and unlock a PON port. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for information
about locking and unlocking objects.
37.5 Viewing High Utilized ONTs
Applies to — This section applies to ISAM R5.2.
High Utilized ONTs are ONTs which take a high percentage of the total bandwidth of
the PON port. High Utilized ONTs display the upstream and downstream traffic with
the top five ONTs that has used the maximum bandwidth of the PON under rank up
and rank down.
Procedure 320 To view downstream high utilized ONTs

Perform the following procedure to view the downstream high utilized ONTs.
Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards) → PON Port→

High Utilized ONTs→ Downstream → Rank Dow
Result: The Table view and the Object Details view displays the downstream high utilized ONTs.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 321 To view upstream high utilized ONTs

Perform the following procedure to view the upstream high utilized ONTs.

High Utilized ONTs→ Upstream → Rank Up.
Result: The Table view and the Object Details view display the downstream high utilized ONTs
details.
Procedure 322 To show PM counters in Rank down high utilized ONTs

Perform the following procedure to show PM counters in Rank down high utilized ONTs.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose RackÆSubrack→ Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards) → PON

PortÆ High Utilized ONTs→ Downstream → Rank Down.
2 Right-click Rank Down and choose Show → PM Counters.
Result: The Object Monitoring View displays the details for PM counters in rank down high
utilized ONTs.
Procedure 323 To show PM counters in Rank up high utilized ONTs

Perform the following procedure to show PM counters in Rank up high utilized ONTs.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose RackÆSubrack→ Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards) → PON

Port→ High Utilized ONTs→ Downstream → Rank Up.
2 Right-click Rank Up and choose Show → PM Counters.
Result: The Object Monitoring View displays the PM counters in rank up high utilized ONTs.

USING THE 5520 AMS
37.6 Switching activity on PON ports

This section describes procedures to switch activity on PON ports.You can switch
activity from the PON port that is providing service to the other PON port in the
protection group.
Note — If a PON protection group is deleted, the paired port

state is not dynamically refreshed and it continues to show a
paired state. A manual refresh is required to show the correct
state.
Caution — If you force a switchover to a port in a failed or idle

state, service may be interrupted.
Procedure 324 To switch activity on PON ports (in R4.3 or earlier)
Applies to — This procedure applies to ISAM R4.3 or earlier.
Perform the following procedure to switch activity on PON ports.
Before you proceed:
• A PON protection group must be configured for the ports you need to switch between.
• The operational state of the PON port you need to switch to must be Up.

Port→PON Protection Group.
2 To perform a switchover, right-click PON Protection Group and choose one of the following
options:
• Actions→Switch from Primary to Secondary.

Result: The Switch from Primary to Secondary window opens.
• Actions→Switch from Secondary to Primary.
Result: The Switch from Secondary to Primary window opens.
3 Click Finish to confirm the switchover.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: Control switches from the PON port to the other PON port in the protection group.
Procedure 325 To switch activity on PON ports (in R4.4 or later)
Perform the following procedure to switch activity on PON ports.
Before you proceed:
• A PON protection group must be configured for the ports you need to switch between.
• The operational state of the PON port you need to switch to must be Up.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Protection Group→Protection Group PON.
2 To perform a switchover, right-click Protection Group PON and choose one of the following
options:
• Actions→Switch from Primary to Paired.

Result: The Switch from Primary to Paired window opens.
• Actions→Switch from Paired to Primary.
Result: The Switch from Paired to Primary window opens.
Result: The switchover from one PON port to the other PON port in the protection group is
performed.
37.7 Viewing multicast information

This section describes procedures to view multicast information.
Procedure 326 To view PON multicast

Perform the following procedure to view multicast information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON Port→

Multicast Sources.
Result: The Multicast Sources appear in the Network Tree.
Procedure 327 To search PON multicast source

Perform the following procedure to search PON multicast information.

Port→ Multicast Sources.
2 Click the Search icon ( ).
Result: The Provide the search details for PON Multicast Source window opens.

4 Enter the details of the follwing the parameters:
• IGMP Channel
• VLAN
• Group IP Address
• Source IP Address
5 Optionally, select the ‘Also show objects with alarms’ checkbox.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The search results are displayed.
Procedure 328 To view PON multicast sources

Perform the following procedure to view PON multicast source details.
Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→ PON Port→
Multicast Sources→ PON Multicast Source.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Graphical view and the Object Details view displays the PON Multicast Sources.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure a splitter
USING THE 5520 AMS
38 Configure a splitter
38.1 Overview
38.2 Splitter management overview
38.3 Splitter icon
38.4 Configuring a splitter
38.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of splitters. Splitters can be configured between
a Passive Optical Network (PON), and an Optical Network Terminal (ONT) in the
5520 AMS GUI. Splitters enable a service provider to split a single fiber into multiple
fibers according to the split ratio (1:2,1:4,1:32..1:128). For example, a splitter with
split ratio 1:32 can connect up to 32 ONTs.
ONTs cannot be directly linked to a PON port. There must be at least one splitter
between a PON port and an ONT.
All splitter properties, except split ratio, can be searched using the subscriber search
attributes feature.
38.1.1 ODN splitter overview

The Optical Distribution Network (ODN) refers to a passive point-to-multipoint
distribution which extends from the user interface of the OLT to the network interface
of the ONUs. The ODN interconnects the OLT and the ONUs to form a PON system.
The ODN can be of the following types:
• Simple ODN is passive which is represented by a single rooted point-to-multipoint
tree of optical fibers with splitters and other passive optical components.
• Composite ODN consists of two or more segments which is interconnected by
active devices, each of the segment is either an optical trunk line segment or an
optical distribution segment.
You can create, and delete ODN splitter on PON port and view ODN splitter
point-to-multipoint topology in the Graphical view.
Table 81 lists the task to configure a splitter.

Configure a splitter 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 81 Configure splitter
Task See
Create a splitter Procedure 329
38.2 Splitter management overview

This section describes splitter management overview. The splitter management
application is used to support the topology view of PONs and ONTs. All data related
to splitter management is stored in the 5520 AMS database only. There is no
persistency of this data in the NE. Refer to the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for
more information on import and export of splitter data.
Note — The split ratio is not used to control the number of

downlinks a user can add with the 5520 AMS.
38.3 Splitter icon

Table 82 lists the splitter icons that appear on the GUI. See the 5520 AMS User
Guide for information about other icons.
Table 82 Splitter icon
Icon Icon name
Splitter
38.4 Configuring a splitter

This section describes the procedure to configure splitter.
Before you can configure a splitter, the management of splitters must be enabled.
Configure splitter management through the splitter management settings in the
Administration perspective. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for more
information. You can create links between GPON or EPON PON ports, splitters and
ONTs.
A splitter can be associated either with a PON port or another splitter.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure a splitter
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 329 To create a splitter
Caution — You can create a splitter only if splitter management

settings are enabled.
Perform the following procedure to create a splitter.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT→ PON Port→ Splitter.
2 Right-click Splitter and choose Create→Splitter.
Result: The Create Splitter dialog opens.
3 Enter the Splitter ID in the Splitter ID field.
4 Click Next.
5 Configure the following parameters in the General section:
• Name
• Split Ratio
6 Configure the following parameters in the Uplinks section:
• PON Port - Indicates the PON port with which the splitter is associated.
• Splitter - Indicates the splitter with which this splitter is associated.
Note 1 — You can also associate a splitter to a PON port in the Splitter
field in the Down Link tab in the PON Port Object Details View. See
Section 37.3 for more information.
Note 2 — You can also associate a splitter to an ONT in the Splitter field
in the Up Link tab in the ONT object details View. See Section 39.3 for
more information.
7 Configure the following geo-coordinates in the Map Info section:
• Latitude
• Longitude
Note — If the longitude and latitude are empty, then the splitter inherits
the geographical position of the subrack.

Configure a splitter 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
8 Click Finish.
Result: The splitter appears in the Network Tree.
9 Choose the splitter in the Network Tree.
Result: The Object Details View opens.
10 If required, configure the additional parameters that appear in the Object Details view.
Result: The Down Links tab displays the details of downlinks to other connected splitters and
ONTs.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure an ONT
USING THE 5520 AMS
39 Configure an ONT

LT cards.
39.1 Overview
39.2 ONT icons
39.3 Configuring an ONT
39.4 ONT configuration files
39.5 Managing an ONT
39.6 Viewing ONT information
39.7 ONT CLI cut-through
39.8 Configuring access loop syntax
39.9 Configuring CWMP system parameters
39.1 Overview
This chapter describes the configuration of an ONT.
The ONT family types supported by the NE are listed in Table 83. The table provides
some examples of the ONT variants. See the product information guide for the NE
for information about the ONT family types.
Table 83 ONT family types
ONT family Description Examples

type
GMDU The GMDU includes modular ONTs, which provide LP-MDU

services to subscribers living in multi-dwelling residences, GE LP-MDU
such as apartment buildings.
M300 MDU
(1 of 2)

Configure an ONT 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
ONT family Description Examples

type
GSBU The GSBU includes business ONTs which are hardened to SOHO outdoor
withstand outside installations and provide a single entry ONT
point for multiple services to subscriber premises, which is
typically a small office building.
GSFU The GSFU type includes indoor ONTs and some types of Indoor ONT
outdoor ONTS. Outdoor ONT
HONT
Brick MDU
GDPU The software management of the GDPU and HGU ONTs -

are done through TR069 server instead of the 5520 AMS.
HGU -
(2 of 2)
39.1.1 Supported services for GMDU ONT types

When you assign a GMDU ONT in the Assign ONT window, slots 1, 2, and 3 must
always have the same planned card type. Slots 2 and 3 remain dimmed. If you modify
the value of slot 1, the dimmed values in slots 2 and 3 change to match slot 1.
When you click an assigned port in the GMDU ONT grid or in the Network Tree, a
view opens to display the ONT Services for the ONT. From the GMDU view, you can
add a GMDU ONT and pre-provision the ONT and services.
39.1.2 ONT cards

The ONT card types correspond to the ONT family type that is configured on the PON
port. See the product information guide for NE information about the services that are
supported on the ONT variants.
Table 84 lists the ONT card types and the types of service ports that are created on
an ONT card.
Table 84 ONT card and service ports types
Card type Service port type
DS1/E1 CES
Ethernet Ethernet
Ethernet POTS combo Ethernet

POTS ports for VoIP services
POTS —
VDSL2 VDSL2 ports
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Card type Service port type

VDSL2 POTS combo VDSL2 ports
POTS ports for VoIP services
Video —
Hpna HPNA port
MoCA MoCA
(2 of 2)
39.1.3 Serial number and subscriber location ID on ONTs

When you create an ONT on the NE, you must set the serial number and, if required,
set the subscriber location ID. The serial number or subscriber location ID can then
be used for automatic provisioning purposes. You can automatically download and
activate software on an ONT that has a matching serial number or subscriber
location ID. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for information about
downloading and activating software on an ONT.
Note 1 — You can enter or choose the serial number and enter
the subscriber location ID when an ONT is created, or you can
modify these parameters in the Object Details view of an ONT
by choosing Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT
cards)→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT.
Note 2 — To modify the ONT serial number or subscriber
location ID, you must be logged in with a user account that has
a role with one of the following functions:
• Network ONT - Edit
• Network ONT - Replace
user accounts, roles, and functions.
39.1.4 Primary service state

The primary service state is a combination of the administrative (locked/unlocked)
and operational (up/down) states of an ONT or ONT card. Table 85 describes the
primary service states.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 85 Primary service states
Primary service state Description Administrative Operational

state state
IS-NR (in service and The ONT or ONT card is fully Unlocked Up
normal) operational and will perform as
provisioned.
OOS-AU (out of The ONT or ONT card is not Unlocked Down

service and operational because of an
autonomous) autonomous event.
OOS-AUMA (out of The ONT or ONT card is not Locked Down

service and operational because of an
autonomous autonomous event and has also
maintenance action) been manually removed from
service.
OOS-MA (out of The ONT or ONT card has been Locked Down
service and manually removed from service.
maintenance action)
You can configure the 5520 AMS to display or hide the primary service state. See the
5520 AMS Administrator Guide.
See Procedure 345 to view the primary service state for an ONT or ONT card.
39.1.5 Deleting ONTs

Deleting an ONT, ONT card, or ONT port deletes the selected element and its
subelements and the user resources configured for ONTs.
The 5520 AMS does not delete network resources used by the ONT ports, such as
profiles. Only the associations to the profiles are deleted.

USING THE 5520 AMS
The 5520 AMS does not delete VoIP services when it cleans up a POTS port.
Note 1 — If an ONT associated with a splitter is deleted, the
ONT link is still displayed in the Splitter table view. Refresh the
table view to remove the deleted ONT entry from the table.
Note 2 — The ONT deletion operation cannot be performed
when the selected ONT to be unplanned is unlocked, if:
• The Forbid Board Unplanning and ONT Deletion If Not
Locked check box is selected in the NE Plug Specific
settings of the NE in the Administration tree, and
• The GUI Setting - On Invalid Deletion - in the Administration
tree is set to Forbid the Deletion.
If the GUI Setting - On Invalid Deletion - is set to Display a

Warning, then a warning is displayed, but the user can confirm
the deletion of the ONT.
39.1.6 ARP
See Chapter 42 for information about configuring ARP on Ethernet, VDSL2, and CES
ports on ONT cards.
39.2 ONT icons

Table 86 lists the ONT icons that appear on the GUI. See the 5520 AMS User Guide
for information about other icons.
Table 86 ONT icons
Icon Icon name
Unconfigured ONT
Configured ONT: no ONT installed
Home ONT (GSFU) appears only when an ONT is installed
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Icon Icon name

Business ONT (GSBU) appears only when an ONT is installed
Multi-dwelling Unit ONT (MDU) appears only when an ONT is installed
(2 of 2)

This section describes procedures to configure an ONT.
Table 87 lists the tasks to configure an ONT.
Table 87 Configure an ONT
Task See
Create an ONT Procedure 330
Create an ONT card Procedure 331
Configure ANI on an ONT Procedure 332

Reset an ONT Procedure 338
Start an ONT self-test Procedure 339
Save ONT diagnostic data Procedure 340
Generate the SIP configuration file after a Procedure 341

change in the ONT hardware configuration
file.
Use ONT CLI cut-through Procedure 350
Configure the access loop syntax Procedure 351
Before you create an ONT:

• You must be logged in with a user account that has a role with the Network ONT
- Edit function. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for information about user
accounts, roles, and functions.
• An ONT should be pre-provisioned. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for
more information.
• You need the serial number of the ONT.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 330 To create an ONT
Note — The 5520 AMS fills in the ONT name when you create the ONT
using the Graphical View. This procedure documents ONT creation using
the Network Tree.
Perform the following procedure to create an ONT.

Port→ONT (Provisioned).
2 Right-click ONT (Provisioned) in the Network Tree and choose Create→ONT.
Result: The Create ONT window opens.
3 Enter a unique ID for the ONT.
Result: The second Create ONT window opens.
5 Configure the parameters. Table 88 provides guidelines for configuring the ONT parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 88 Guidelines for ONT parameters
Applies to Tab Parameter Guidelines
All releases General Serial Number The serial number of the ONT can only be modified when the ONT
administrative state is set to locked.
All releases Subscriber The value entered in the Subscriber Location ID field must be in ASCII or in
Location ID hexadecimal format, depending on the mode configured in the Subscriber
Location ID Mode drop-down menu. To view or configure the format of the
Subscriber Location ID Mode parameter, see Procedure 303. If the
configured SLID mode is hexadecimal format, a maximum of 20
hexadecimal digits is allowed in the Subscriber Location ID field. If the
provisioned SLID is less than 20 characters, additional zero (0) characters
are automatically added to the SLID to reach the 20 character limit. (2)
Release 4.1 or VoIP Support Choose Enabled to enable VoIP service on the ONT. VoIP service cannot be
earlier enabled after the ONT is created.
Release 4.2 or VoIP Support Choose Proprietary VoIP OMCI to configure VoIP using the GSIP application
later on the 5520 AMS. The ONT must be configured for Proprietary VoIP OMCI
to create VoIP service. See section 44.3 for information about creating VoIP
service.
Choose Standard VoIP OMCI to configure VoIP using OMCI on the NE. The
ONT must be configured for Standard VoIP OMCI to create an IP host. See
section 44.4 for information about creating an IP host.
VoIP service cannot be enabled after the ONT is created.
Release 4.3 or VoIP Support Choose VEIP VoIP TR-069 to configure VoIP using TR-069. VoIP service
later cannot be enabled after the ONT is created. (3)
Release 4.4 or IP Host Choose Enabled to configure VLAN IP interface on the ONT.
later Support
Release Planned (Up) This parameter is used to configure the planned upstream PON speed.
6.0.01 or later The allowed values are:
• Nominal Line Rate
• 2.5 Gb/s
• 10 Gb/s
• 1.25 Gb/s
(1 of 3)

USING THE 5520 AMS

Release 4.6 or DSCP-to-PBit Choose ONT only to configure ONT to DSCP-to-PBit mapping.
later Alignment Choose Both OLT & ONT to configure OLT and ONT to DSCP-to-PBit
mapping.
Serial Number This parameter is used to enable or disable the bundling of serial number
Bundling (1) with SLID or LOID.
The allowed values are:
• Disabled
• Manual
• Auto (automatically bundle the SN with SLID/LOID after a configured
time)
Once the SN and SLID/LOID are bundled, the ONT can be authorized only
with the corresponding serial number.
Loop Detection This parameter is used to enable or disable loop detection on an ONT.
ONT LAN Ports The allowed values are:
- State • No Control (default)
• Disabled
• Enabled
Loop Detection This parameter is used to enable or disable automatic shutdown of the loop
ONT LAN Ports link per ONU.
- Automatic The allowed values are:
Shutdown • Disabled
• Enabled (default)
When the loopback is detected on the ONU side, the ONU triggers an alarm
to OLT/EMS. The ONU or OLT will shutdown the ONU UNI port. When the
loopback issue is resolved, the alarm is cleared by ONU.
Planned This parameter specifies the planned variant. The default value is an empty
Variant null string.
The ‘Planned Variant’ parameter can be configured during or after ONT
creation if:
- the 'Use ONT Software Version Control Table' parameter is set to 'From
NE', and
- the 'Auto manage the ONT Planned Variant (always use one of DO, SIP,
H248, ...)' check box in the NE Plug Settings is not selected. With this setting,
the ‘Planned Variant’ parameter cannot be overwritten by 5520 AMS after
VoIP service creation.
The ‘Planned Variant’ parameter is disabled during ONT creation if:
AMS'. The ‘Planned Variant’ parameter can be modified after ONT creation,
if required. With this setting, the ‘Planned Variant’ parameter cannot be
overwritten by 5520 AMS after VoIP service creation.
NE' and the 'Auto manage the ONT Planned Variant (always use one of DO,
SIP, H248, ...)' check box in the NE Plug Settings is selected. After the ONT
is created, the ‘Planned Variant’ parameter is set automatically to ‘DO’. The
parameter can be modified after ONT creation, if required. With this setting,
after VoIP service creation, if a VoIP service of type H.248 is created for the
ONT, the value of the ‘Planned Variant’ parameter is set automatically to
‘H.248’. If a VoIP service of type SIP is created for the ONT, the value of the
‘Planned Variant’ parameter is set automatically to ‘SIP’.
All releases Up Link Splitter This parameter associates a splitter to an ONT.
(2 of 3)

USING THE 5520 AMS

Release 5.2 or Config Files Planned Pre-requisite: Ensure that you download the ONT software files to the NE
later (4) Downloaded to configure the parameters in Config Files tab. See Procedure 1041 to
download ONT software to an NE.
To ignore the parameter, select DISABLED from the Planned drop-down
list.
Release Details 1 ONT TC Select ONT Policing mode from the drop-down list.
5.2.01 or later Policing Mode
(3 of 3)
Notes
(1) When the Serial Number Bundling option is 'Manual', the ONT will not range when replaced by an ONT with a different serial number. In
order to range the replaced ONT, the Serial Number Bundling parameter must be set to either:
• ‘Disabled’ - In such a case, once the ONT is successfully ranged, the Serial Number Bundling parameter is set to ‘Manual'.
• ‘Auto’ - In such a case, the ONT is replaced within 24 hours (default system setting in the OLT) to be allowed to range successfully.
(2) If the SLD is provisioned in hexadecimal format, then to search for an ONT using the SLID: Use the ‘Equals’ option in the Find functionality,
if the SLD value is equal to 20 hexadecimal characters. Use the ‘Begins with’ or ‘Contains’ option in the Find functionality, if the SLID value
is less than 20 hexadecimal characters.
(3) See Section “Configuring ONT devices managed by TR-069 protocol and controlled by HDM Lite” for additional parameters to configure
ONT devices managed by TR-069 protocol and controlled by HDM Lite.
(4) When you re-download a configuration file with the same name then the file will not get downloaded. Therefore, you must use a different
file name to save a configuration file.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The ONT appears in the Network Tree.
7 Choose the new ONT in the Network Tree.
8 If required, configure the additional parameters that appear in the Object Details view. Table
89 provides guidelines for the configuring the additional ONT parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 89 Guidelines for additional ONT parameters
Parameter Tab Guidelines
Planned General To modify the planned software, you must be logged in with a
Software user account that has a role with one of the following:
Choose UNPLANNED to use AMS for auto download.

Choose AUTO to use OLT for auto download.
Choose DISABLED to indicate to the OLT that no software
download or activation should be performed on the selected ONT
(1). The OLT can still configure the ONT through the OMCI
channel.
user accounts, roles, and functions.
Downloaded General Choose DISABLED to disable the software download.

Software Choose AUTO to use OLT for auto download.
Note
(1) If the Use ONT Software Version Control parameter in the NE Plug Specific Settings in the Administration
perspective is set to ‘From AMS’, the ‘DISABLED’ option for Planned Software will work only if there are no
entries for ONT SW/HW in the 5520 AMS ONT Software Version Control table. If the parameter is set to ‘From
AMS’, download of ONT SW through the Software Management application will happen automatically,
overwriting the DISABLED option for the planned software in the following scenarios:
- when the conditions to perform auto-upgrade of the ONT are met, and
- if software is defined for that ONT hardware in the 5520 AMS ONT Software Version Control table. So it is
recommended to use the "From NE" option if upgrade of some ONTs have to be disabled using the DISABLED
option for planned software.
39.3.1 Configuring ONT devices managed by TR-069

protocol and controlled by HDM Lite
This section describes the additional parameters to be configured for TR-069
capable ONTs with RG functionality.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 90 Guidelines for ONT device parameters managed by TR-069 protocol and controlled
by HDM Lite
All releases TR-069 Config Enable TR-069 Select this check box to configure an ONT device managed with the TR-069
Management protocol, and controlled by HDM Lite. (2)
Note: This tab If this check box is already selected, you can still modify the remaining
is enabled only parameters in the TR-069 Config tab. If the input is invalid, an error message
if HDM NBI appears. If the input is valid, then existing device is updated with new values.
settings are If this check box is de-selected, the remaining parameters in the TR-069
configured in Config tab are disabled. All device configuration in the HDM is removed. (3)
the Note: Only Nokia ONTs are supported.
Administration
perspective. Device Pre-requisite: Ensure that Find Devices by Serial Number is enabled on
Activation HDM Lite to select Discover from HDM option.
Strategy Select the following option:
Pre-requisite:
Ensure that • Pre-provision
HDM Lite is
already
• Discover from HDM(4)
installed and You can pre-provision an ONT in the 5520 AMS even if it is not created in
configured. the HDM database.(1)
Manufacturer Configure the Organizationally Unique Identifier (OUI) of the manufacture of

OUI the ONT device.
Range is 1 to 65.
Allowed special characters are alaphabet, digit, space, dash, dot and
underscore only.
Product Class Configure the product class of the ONT.

Range is 1 to 65.
underscore only.
Subscriber ID Modify the subscriber ID, if required. By default, the subscriber ID is
<NE_name> <ONT_ID>.
Range is 1 to 65.
underscore only.
Service Tag(5) Select this check box to enable service tags for VOIP service on an ONT.
Dynamic To the selected Service Tag, configure the Dynamic Variable to enable the
Variables(5) service on an ONT device.
Range is 0 to 65.
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS

All releases TR-069 HDM Device The following device related infomation is displayed.
Info Information • Device ID
• Device Type
Note: This tab • Serial Number
is enabled only
when the
• Manufacturer OUI
Enable • Product Class
TR-069 • Protocol
Management • IP Address
parameter is • Software Version
enabled.
• Subscriber ID
• First Contact Time
• Last Contact Time
Device Status The following device status information is displayed.

• Activated
• Last Activation Time
• Enabled
• Locked
Service Tags The service tags configured on an ONT device in TR-069 Config tab is
displayed.
User Tags The user tags information related to an ONT device is displayed.
The user tags cannot be configured from 5520 AMS server. The displayed
values are discovered from the HDM server.
Dynamic The dynamic variables configured on an ONT device in TR -069 Config tab
Variables is displayed.
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1) Based on the TR-069 parameters configured to manage an ONT device in the HDM, if a matching device is found in the HDM, its ID is
stored in the 5520 AMS in the Device ID parameter in the TR-069 HDM Info tab in the ONT Object Details view. When the device is not
available in the HDM, the 5520 AMS creates the device and stores the Device ID. The Device ID can be used to create a customized web
link to access the ONT device in the HDM GUI for troubleshooting.
(2) If ONTs devices managed with TR-069 protocol and controlled by HDM Lite are configured, view the device status and service status of the
ONT devices in the TR-069 HDM Info tab of the ONT Object Details View.
(3) You can delete ONT devices managed with TR-069 protocol and controlled by HDM Lite using the Delete menu option or by de-selecting
the Enable TR-069 Management check box in the TR-069 Config tab in the ONT Object Details view.
(4) If the Discover from HDM option is selected then the Product Class and Manufacturer OUI parameters are disabled. However, the
Subscriber ID value can be modified when the device is discovered from HDM.
(5) The pre-defined service tags and dynamic variables is located in 5520 AMS server under
$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/HDM/hdmtags.xml file. Contact Nokia support team to change the values in hdmtags.xml file
and the updated values appears after the 5520 AMS server is restarted. The modified values are shown in Object Details of the ONT through
JMX console. By default, the service tags and dynamic variables defined in hdmtags.xml file is shown to the operator.
Procedure 331 To create an ONT card

Perform the following procedure to create an ONT card.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Before you proceed, an ONT must be created. See Procedure 330 for more information.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT.
2 Right-click ONT and choose Create→ONT Card.
Result: The Create ONT Card window opens.
3 Enter a unique ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create ONT Card window opens.
Result: The ONT card appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 332 To configure ANI on an ONT

Perform the following procedure to configure ANI on an ONT.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ANI→ONT ANI.
39.4 ONT configuration files
This section describes procedures to create an ONT configuration group and an ONT
configuration file.

USING THE 5520 AMS
The OLT can download and activate two pre-configurarion file per ONT type using
OMCI transfer. The two pre-configuration file types are:
• voice-OMCI V2 XML preconfiguration file
• generic ONT-preconfiguration file
You can define the configuration file as Manual configuration.
Procedure 333 To create an ONT configuration group

Perform the following procedure to create an ONT configuration group.
1 Open the Software perspective.
2 In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Releases→ ONT Config Files
3 Right-click ONT Config Files choose Create→ ONT Config Group
Result: The Create ONT Config Group window appears.
4 Add the ONT configuration group name and description.
5 Click Finish.
Procedure 334 To create an ONT configuration file

You can create the ONT configuration files from server or client location. If server option is
selected then choose the configuration file from the
$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ont/configFiles directory in the File field. If client
option is selected then you can browse the directory of the client to select the configuration file.
Before you proceed, download the configuration file to either the server or client.
2 In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Releases→ ONT Config Files→ONT
Config Group
3 Right-click ONT Config Group choose Create→ ONT Config File
Result: The Create ONT Config File window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
4 Select one of the following options to create the ONT Config File:
• Server
• Client
5 Select the configuration file.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The ONT configuration file is created.
Note — You can view the ONT configuration files used by the ONT SW
load. Navigate to Software Releases→ ONT Config Files→ONT Config
Group → ONT Config File and click the Object Details window.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 335 To download ONT config file to OLT

Perform the following procedure to download ONT config files to OLT.
1 Perform the following steps to download the ONT config files to OLT from the Network and
Software Perspective.
Table 91 Downloading ONT config files to OLT
Step Downloading ONT config files to OLT from Downloading ONT config files to OLT
s the Network Perspective from the Software Perspective
1 Open the Network Perspective and navigate Open the Software Perspective.
to the NE.
2 Right-click NE and choose i In the Software

Software→ONT→Download to OLT(Config Perspective Tree view,
Files)
choose SW
Result: The Download ONT Config File to NE
window opens. Release→ONT Config
Files→ONT Config
Group.
ii Right-click ONT Config

Group and choose
Actions→Download to
OLT.
Result: The Download

ONT Config file to NE
window opens.
3 Select the ONT Config files group from the Select the NE.
available group window.
4 Click Finish. Click Finish.

Result: Download ONT Config files for NE Result: Download ONT Config files for NE
window shows the progress of the download. window shows the progress of the
Action Details window displays the result. download.
Action Details window displays the result.
Note 1 — When you download the ONT SW files to the NE, the linked
ONT Config Files are downloaded. To add configuration files to an ONT
software load, see Procedure 1040.
Note 2 — When you re-download a configuration file with the same

name, the configuration file is not downloaded. Ensure that you rename
the configuration file when you update the content of a configuration file.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 336 To configure a ONT config file on an ONT

Perform the following procedure to configure a ONT config file on an ONT.
Before you proceed, you must download ONT config file to OLT. See Procedure 335.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→ONT.
2 Click on the Config Files tab and add the config file name in the Planned parameter field.
Result: The config file is downloaded on an ONT.

This section describes procedures to manage an ONT.
Table 92 lists the tasks to manage an ONT.
Table 92 Manage an ONT
Task See
Reset an ONT Procedure 338
Save ONT diagnostic data Procedure 340
Generate the SIP configuration file after a Procedure 341

change in the ONT hardware configuration file
Before you proceed, you must be logged in with a user account that has a role with
one of the following functions:
• Network - Troubleshoot
See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for information about user accounts, roles,
and functions.

USING THE 5520 AMS
39.5.1 Locking and unlocking an ONT

You can lock and unlock an ONT. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for information
about locking and unlocking objects. An ONT with invalid serial number or default
value 'ALCL00000000' cannot be unlocked if the PON port (which contains this ONT)
is configured with ONT Authentication Mode as ‘SN and SLID Authentication’.
However, starting with R4.5, if the authentication mode for the provisioned ONT is
'Mix Authentication', the ONT can be unlocked even if the serial number is invalid or
contains the default value 'ALCL00000000'.
Procedure 337 To lock or unlock an ONT and all the objects under the ONT
Note — If you try to unlock an ONT with the bogus serial number
ALCL00000000, the 5520 AMS does not unlock the ONT. However, the
5520 AMS unlocks the underlying services.
Perform the following procedure to lock or unlock an ONT and all the objects under the ONT.
Port → ONT (Provisioned) → ONT.
2 Right-click an ONT in the Network Tree view and choose one of the following options:
• Actions → Lock Recursively

• Actions → Unlock Recursively
Result: The Lock Recursively or Unlock Recursively window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 338 To reset an ONT

Reset an ONT to release all of the alarms on the ONT before you reboot the ONT.
The Reset ONT option is only available when an ONT is equipped in the NE shelf.
Caution — A reset creates a service interruption because the

connection to the NE is temporarily lost.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to reset an ONT.

2 Right-click ONT and choose Actions→Reset ONT.
3 Click Finish.
Note — You can Reboot an ONT through the following options:
• From Active Image

• Via PLOAM
From ISAM R5.5.01 onwards, the OLT sends a proprietary PLOAM

message after which the ONT is rebooted.
Procedure 339 To start an ONT self-test

Perform the ONT self-test to verify the functionality of an ONT or ONT card. The DGN-ONT
command runs the self-test on an ONT. When the test is complete, a pass or fail result is reported.
Perform the following procedure to start an ONT self-test.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose one of the following option:
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→ONT
(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card
2 Right-click ONT or ONT Card and choose Actions→Self Test.
3 Click Finish.
4 View the status of the self-test.
• For an ONT, choose the ONT to open the Object Details view, then click the General tab.
• For an ONT card, choose the card to open the Object Details view.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Self Test Status parameter displays the status of the self-test.
Procedure 340 To save ONT diagnostic data

Choose the persist ONT data operation to force the ONT to save diagnostic data to nonvolatile
memory.
Perform the following procedure to save ONT diagnostic data.

2 Right-click ONT and choose Actions→Persist ONT Data.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 341 To generate the SIP configuration file after a change in the ONT
hardware configuration file
Applies to — This procedure applies to 7302 ISAM R4.2.
Refer to Table 93 for the steps to be performed based on the scenario.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 93 Steps to perform for the scenario
Scenario Perform
Change the existing ONT hardware configuration file that is applied Step 9
to a SIP client profile and is being used by a VoIP service.
Replace with a new ONT hardware configuration file obtained from Steps 1 to 9
the NE team or the GSIP team, or retrieved from the ONT console.
Note —
• An ONT hardware configuration file with a new filename containing

additional content, new content, or updated content is referred to as a
new ONT hardware configuration file.
• Changing the ONT hardware configuration file in the client profile will
affect the VoIP configuration only after the XML file is regenerated and
downloaded to the ONT.
Perform the following procedure to generate the SIP configuration file after a change in the ONT
hardware configuration file.
1 Log in to the 5520 AMS server as the amssys user.
2 Place the new ONT hardware configuration file at

$AMS_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ne/sip/conf/onuHwConfig/
3 In the 5520 AMS GUI, click the Open Perspective icon ( ) and choose Other.
Result: The Open Perspective window opens.
4 Choose ONT SIP Profiles and click OK.
Result: The SIP Profiles view opens.
5 Choose SIP Client Profile→Version.
6 In the General tab, click Browse in the Country Settings File field.
Result: The Select Country Settings File window opens.
7 Select the new ONT hardware configuration file from the list and click OK.

USING THE 5520 AMS
9 Apply the SIP configuration file to a VoIP service. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for the
procedure to apply the SIP configuration file to a VoIP service.
Note — For multiple VoIP services, invoke the SIP→FTP upgrade

action at the Rack, Subrack, LT, or PON level to generate the XML file.
See the 5520 AMS User Guide for the procedure to generate the SIP
configuration file and apply it to selected VoIP services.
Result: The AMS invokes a file generation script, generates the final XML file, and places it
on the FTP server. The ONT accesses this XML file and activates the service.
39.6 Viewing ONT information

This section describes procedures to view ONT information.
Table 94 lists the tasks to view an ONT information.
Table 94 View an ONT information
Task See
View ONTs Procedure 342
View ONT ports Procedure 344
View the primary service state for an ONT or Procedure 345

ONT card
View the cards installed in an ONT Procedure 346
View ONT Troubleshooting counters Procedure 347
Procedure 342 To view ONTs

Provisioned ONTs are displayed in the Table View and Graphical View and new ONTs are
displayed in the Table View.
Perform the following procedure to view ONTs.

Result: The Graphical View displays ONT icons. See Section 39.2 for more information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Click the Toggle View icon ( ) to open the Table View.
Result: The ONT Table View displays a table of provisioned ONTs and underneath it, if there
are any new ONTs, a table of new ONTs.
3 Double-click ONT in the Graphical View or on an ONT row in the Table View.
Result: The ONT Services table opens and displays the services configured on an ONT card.
If the ONT is a GMDU, a three-card port Services table is displayed.
Note — You can right-click a row in the ONT Services table to access
the contextual menu and actions for the ONT card, port, or service.
Procedure 343 To view ONT Config File Alarms

Perform the following procedure to view ONT config file alarms.
Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ ONT Config File Alarms→ ONT Config File
Procedure 344 To view ONT ports

Perform the following procedure to view ONT ports.

Result: The Graphical View displays ONT port icons for ports that are configured. The port
number appears above the port icon. The port type appears below the port icon. On POTS
ports, the telephone number also appears below the port icon.
2 Click the Toggle View icon ( ) to open the Table View.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 345 To view the primary service state for an ONT or ONT card
Before you proceed, the 5520 AMS must be configured to display the primary service state. See
the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for more information.
Perform the following procedure to view the primary service state for an ONT or ONT card.
Navigate to the NE and choose one of the following option:
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards) →PON Port →ONT (Provisioned)

ONT
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards) →PON Port →ONT (Provisioned)
ONT →ONT Card.
Result: The Object Details View opens and displays the primary service state in the States panel.
Procedure 346 To view the cards installed in an ONT

Perform the following procedure to view the cards installed in an ONT.

2 Right-click ONT and choose Actions→Show Actual Cards.
Result: A result page window opens and displays the cards installed in the ONT.
Procedure 347 To view ONT Troubleshooting counters

Perform the following procedure to view ONT Troubleshooting counters.

2 Right-click ONT and choose Actions→Show Troubleshooting Counters.
Result: The Show Troubleshooting Counters window opens prompting you to confirm if you
want to perform this action.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: A result page window opens. The details of Summary Counters and Detailed
Procedure 348 To view ONT multicast source

Perform the following procedure to view ONT multicast source details.

ONT (Provisioned) → ONT → Multicast Sources → ONT Multicast Source.
Result: The Graphical view and the Object Details view displays the ONT Multicast Sources.
Procedure 349 To show ONT PM counters

Perform the following procedure to show ONT PM counters.

2 Right-click ONT and choose Show→PM Counters.
Result: The ONT PM counter details appear in the Object Monitoring View.
39.7 ONT CLI cut-through

The ONT CLI cut-through window allows you to communicate directly with an ONT
using a text-based interface. You can issue CLI commands directly to the ONT and
view the ONT response.
You can copy and paste commands in the CLI cut-through window.You can also
copy the text displayed in the CLI cut-through window to a text file, or print the
contents of the window directly from the 5520 AMS GUI. Text copied from the CLI
cut-through window can be run as a script. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more
information.
CLI cut-through requires a username and password.
An ONT terminates a CLI cut-through connection after a period of time determined
by the NE administrator. The default timeout period is 10 minutes.

USING THE 5520 AMS
The 5520 AMS does not restrict the number of CLI cut-through sessions open at the
same time for a single ONT.
Opening and closing an ONT CLI cut-through session is among the actions recorded
in the User Activity log. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for more information.
Procedure 350 To use ONT CLI cut-through

Before you proceed:
• The ONT must be installed and operational.

• You must be logged in with a user account that has a role assigned that includes the
Network ONT - Edit function. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to use ONT CLI cut-through.

2 Right-click ONT and choose Cut Through→on ONT.
Result: The ONT Cut Through window opens. The 5520 AMS fills in the Client IP Address
parameter on the Details 1 tab of the Object Details view with the 5520 AMS client IP
address.
Note — The Client IP Address parameter reverts to the previous value

when you stop the CLI cut-through session or close the CLI cut-through
window. If the CLI cut-through session times out, the Client IP Address
parameter does not revert to the previous value.
3 If the username and password are not populated, enter the CLI username and password.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The CLI Cut Through Secure ONT window opens and the 5520 AMS opens a
cut-through session to the ONT.
Note 1 — If the NE does not accept the username and password, an

error message appears in the cut-through window.
Note 2 — If the cut-through session cannot reach the NE because of a

connection problem, it may take up to 3.5 minutes before the session
times out.
5 Type CLI commands in the cut-through window.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The window displays the commands and the response from the ONT.
Note — If the cut-through window is idle for more than 10 minutes, the
ONT closes the connection. If this happens, you can resume the
connection by clicking the Start Session icon ( ).
6 To clear the commands from the Cut Through window, click the Clear Screen icon ( ).
7 To re-execute a command from the command history, click the View Menu icon ( ) and
choose the command you need to re-execute.
8 To clear the command history, click the View Menu icon ( ) and choose Clear history.
9 To create a command log file, see the 5520 AMS User Guide.
10 To create or play a CLI script, see the 5520 AMS User Guide.
11 To stop the cut-through session, click the Stop Session icon ( ).
Note — When you close a session that was started from the 5520 AMS,
the 5520 AMS will reset the client IP address and ports to the default. This
will close all the sessions started on the ONT.
39.8 Configuring access loop syntax

The 5520 AMS uses the access loop syntax to identify a line in 802.1x authentication
for ONTs and in DHCP option 82.
Procedure 351 To configure the access loop syntax

Perform the following procedure to configure the protocol syntax for 8021.x authentication.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NE System.
2 Configure the parameters. Table 95 provides guidelines for the NE System parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 95 NE System parameter guidelines
Panel Parameter Guideline
Access Loop Syntax Ethernet PON For NEs with GPON-based LT cards, choose
Access_Node_ID eth
Rack/Frame/Slot/Port/ONU/ONUSlt/UNI
Connectivity to LT Maximum LT Applies only to NEs with GPON-based LT cards.

Link Speed Choose 2.5 Gbps.
39.9 Configuring CWMP system parameters
You can configure DHCP and NAPT configurations on an ONT. The enhancement
to the bulk data component that add capabilities to use HTTPS transport capabilities.
The ONT and 5520 AMS is required to implement bulk data collection mode and OLT
is responsible for establishing the IP reachability from 5520 AMS to ONT.
This section describes procedures to configure CWMP (CPE WAN Management
Protocol) system parameters.
Procedure 352 To configure CWMP system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure CWMP system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → CWMP → CWMP System Parameters

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Configure the below parameters:
• NAT System Parameters

• CWMP Status
• IP Address Pool - Dynamic Addresses
• DHCP
Procedure 353 To restart DHCP server

Perform the following procedure to restart DHCP server.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → CWMP → CWMP System Parameters
2 Right-click CWMP System Parameters and choose Actions → Restart DHCP Server
Result: A Restart DHCP Server confirmation window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 354 To view NAT dynamic port translation parameters

Perform the following procedure to view NAT dynamic port translation parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → CWMP → NAT Dynamic Port Translation
2 Select a NAT Dynamic Port Translation in the Network Tree.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure service ports and services on ONT cards
USING THE 5520 AMS
40 Configure service ports and

services on ONT cards

LT cards.
40.1 Overview
40.2 Viewing ONT services on a PON port
40.3 Configuring ONT service ports
40.4 Configuring CES, Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, and VEIP ports
40.5 Configuring POTS
40.6 Creating CES service
40.7 Creating protocol traces
40.8 Managing service ports
40.9 Viewing service port information
40.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of service ports and services on ONT cards.
Service ports are created on an ONT when you create an ONT card. Table 84 lists
the ONT card types and the types of service ports that are created on ONT cards.
You can configure the parameters for a service port. See Procedure 356 to configure
an ONT service port.
40.1.1 UNIs on CES, Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, and VEIP

ports
You can create UNIs on CES, Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, and VEIP ports. See
Procedure 357 to create a UNI on a CES, Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, or VEIP port.
See the Product Information guide for the NE for information about the maximum
number of UNIs supported for each type of service port.

Configure service ports and services on ONT cards 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
40.1.2 POTS ports

You can configure telephone numbers on POTS ports. If the telephone number is
configured, a subscriber attribute search can be performed on the telephone number
to find the POTS port. For more information about subscriber attribute searches, see
You need to set a regular expression to define the format of the telephone number.
See Procedure 365 for more information. When you configure a telephone number
for the POTS port, you receive an error message if the format does not match the
regular expression.
40.1.3 Video service ports

You can configure a service timer on a video service port. The timer is started when
the ONT loses communication with the OLT. If communication is not restored within
the duration of the timer, the video port is disabled until communication is restored.
40.1.4 ARP
See Chapter 42 for information about configuring ARP on CES services.
Table 96 lists the tasks to configure BGP for a base router.
Table 96 Configure service ports and services on ONT cards
Task See
Configure an ONT service port Procedure 356

Configure the BGP instance Procedure 357
Create a BGP group Procedure 358
Configure upstream queue for a UNI Procedure 359

Configure upstream queue for a VLAN Procedure 360
association
Create a TR069 server Procedure 361
Create an SNMP service Procedure 362

Define the format of an ONT POTS telephone Procedure 365
number
Create a CES service Procedure 366
Clean up an ONT service port Procedure 368

View the POTS port call history Procedure 369
View the VDSL2 port carrier data Procedure 370

USING THE 5520 AMS
40.2 Viewing ONT services on a PON port

This section describes the procedure to view the ONT services on a PON port.
Procedure 355 To view ONT services on a PON port

Perform the following procedure to view the ONT services on a PON port.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port

• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card_type, where
card type represent DS1/E1, Ethernet, POTS, Ethernet POTS Combo, VDSL2 POTS Combo,
VDSL2, Video, VEIP, HPNA.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card
(card_type)→port_type Port, where port_type represent CES, Ethernet,POTS, VDSL2, Video,
VEIP, HPNA.
Result:
• On selecting PON Port option, the Table view displays only the Provisioned ONTs.
• On selecting ONT, ONT card type and Port type options, the Table view displays the
Provisioned ONTs, New ONTs and the ONT Services.
Select a provisioned ONT in the Provisioned ONTs table, or a new ONT in the New ONTs table.
Based on the ONT selected, the ONT Services table refreshes to display the ONT services of the
selected ONT.
Select an ONT service in the ONT Services table to view its details in the Object Details view.
40.3 Configuring ONT service ports

This section describes procedures to configure ONT service ports.
Before you proceed an ONT card must be created. See Procedure 331 for more
information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 356 To configure an ONT service port

Perform the following procedure to configure an ONT service port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose one of the ports listed in Table 97.
Table 97 ONT service ports
Port type Path
CES Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (DS1/E1)→CES Port
Ethernet Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (Ethernet)→Ethernet Port
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (Ethernet POTS Combo)→Ethernet Port
MoCA Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (MoCA)→MoCA Port

POTS (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (POTS)→POTS Port

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (Ethernet POTS Combo)→POTS Port

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VDSL2 POTS Combo)→POTS Port
VDSL2 Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VDSL2)→VDSL2 Port
(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VDSL2 POTS Combo)→VDSL2 Port
Video Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (Video)→Video Port
VEIP Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VEIP)→VEIP Port
HPNA Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON Port→ONT
(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (Hpna)→HPNA Port
Note — From ISAM R5.5.01 onwards, you can configure the pbit data
flow in different downstream direction through the VLAN Port DSL PBIT
Mode parameter in Object Details view for Ethernet, MoCA, HPNA,
VDSL2, and VEIP ports.
2 Configure the parameters. Table 98 provides guidelines for the parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 98 Guidelines to configure port parameters and IOT parameters
Port type Tab Parameter Guidelines
POTS Port Termination When you configure the Termination ID parameter:

Parameters ID • The first character must be alphabetic.
• The value cannot be “root”.
Call History Set to Enabled to view the POTS port call history. See
Procedure 369.
VDSL2 Carrier Carrier Data Set to Enabled or Enabled (With Line Reinitialization) to
Data Collection view the VDSL2 port carrier data. See Procedure 370.
SIP/MCG Agent
POTS Port XML File When you configure VoIP using standard OMCI,
Parameters configure name of the XML file associated with the
POTS port. For example, 18161280.xml.
The 5520 AMS uses the XML file associated with the
POTS port in conjunction with the XML file configured in
the URI profile. See Procedure 207 for information about
creating a URI profile.
IOT parameters (1)
POTS SIP-FTP Enable SIP Enables or disables SIP IOT parameters

IOT This parameter can be configured only if the GSIP 4.4v2
parameters or 4.5 profile is applied on the VoIP service.
Range: True, False
Privacy Indicates whether or not the Privacy

header is included in the outgoing INVITE request.
Range: None, ID, Null string
Default value: Null string
Support100R Indicates if the “100rel” is present in the Support

el header of the SIP request message to initiate a dialog.
Range: True, False
Default value: False
Require100R Indicates if the “100rel” is present in the Require

el header of the SIP provision response in a dialog, if
the other part supports “100rel”
Range: True, False
Preferred ID (1)
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Port type Tab Parameter Guidelines

POTS SIP-FTP Mode Indicates whether or not the Preferred ID
header is included in the outgoing INVITE request.
Range: True, False
ID Indicates the value of the Preferred ID

header.
Range: String containing value of Preferred ID, Null
string
Default value: Null string
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) These parameters can be configured on the POTS port for the 7360 ISAM FX R4.3 and later releases for CIG
ONTs only, and only if GSIP profile 4.4 v2 or higher is applied to the VoIP service. These parameters are not
supported on Nokia ONTs.
40.4 Configuring CES, Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2,

and VEIP ports
This section describes procedures to configure CES, Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, and
VEIP ports.
You can create UNIs on the ports listed in Table 99. You can also configure
downstream and upstream queues.
Table 99 Ports for UNIs
Port type Path in Network Tree

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (DS1/E1)→CES Port


MoCA Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (MoCA)→MoCA Port
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS



(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VEIP)→VEIP Port
(2 of 2)
Before you proceed an ONT card must be created. See Procedure 331 for more
information.
Procedure 357 To create a UNI on a CES, Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, or VEIP port
Perform the following procedure to create a UNI on a CES, Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, or VEIP port.
2 Right-click the port and choose Create→UNI.
Result: The Create UNI window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create UNI window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The UNI port appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 358 To configure downstream and upstream queues on a CES, Ethernet,

MoCA, VDSL2, or VEIP port
Perform the following procedure to configure downstream and upstream queues on a CES,
Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, or VEIP port.
2 Expand the port and choose one of the following options:
• Downstream Queues→UNI Downstream Queue

• Upstream Queues→UNI Upstream Queue

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 359 To configure upstream queues for an UNI

Perform the following procedure to configure upstream queues on a CES, Ethernet, MoCA,
VDSL2, or VEIP port.
2 Choose Upstream Queues→UNI Upstream Queue number, where number is the upstream
queue number.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays a table of upstream queue information.
3 Click each table cell to configure the upstream queue information. You can configure the
following upstream queue:
• Bandwidth Profile
• Queue Profile
• Shaper Profile
• Weight
• Priority
• Shaper Sharing
Procedure 360 To configure upstream queues for a VLAN association

Perform the following procedure to configure upstream queues on a CES, Ethernet, MoCA,
VDSL2, or VEIP port.
2 Choose UNI→VLAN association→ GPON VLAN Association Interface→ Upstream

Queues→VLAN Association Upstream Queue number, where number is the upstream
queue number.

USING THE 5520 AMS
• Queue Profile
• Shaper Profile
• Weight
• Priority
• Shaper Sharing
Procedure 361 To create a TR069 server
Before you proceed, a VEIP service port must be created. See Procedure 357.
Perform the following procedure to create a TR069 server.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards-A)→PON

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VEIP)→VEIP Port.
2 Right click on VEIP Port and choose Create→TR069 Server.
Result: The Create TR069 Server window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second create TR069 Server window opens.
Result: The TR069 Server appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 362 To create an SNMP service
Before you proceed:
• A VLAN IP Interface must be created on a VLAN association on the Virtual UNI. See
Procedure 380.
• An VEIP ONT card must be created on ONT.
Perform the following procedure to create an SNMP service.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VEIP)→VEIP Port.
2 Right click on VEIP Port and choose Create→ SNMP Service.
Result: The Create SNMP Service window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create SNMP Service window opens.
Result: The SNMP Service appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 363 To create an GPON LLDP-MED port

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create an GPON Link Layer Discovery Protocol - Media
Endpoint Device (LLDP-MED) port.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (Ethernet)→Ethernet Port.
2 Right-click the Ethernet Port and choose Create → GPON LLDP-MED Port
Result: The Create GPON LLDP-MED Port window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create GPON LLDP-MED Port window opens.
Result: The GPON LLDP-MED Port appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 364 To create an GPON LLDP-MED media policy
Perform the following procedure to create an GPON Link Layer Discovery Protocol - Media
Endpoint Device (LLDP-MED) media policy.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (Ethernet)→Ethernet Port → LLDP-MED
Media Policies
2 Right-click the LLDP-MED Media Policies and choose Create → GPON LLDP-MED Media
Policy
Result: The Create GPON LLDP-MED Media Policy window opens.
3 Select the Application Type and click Next.
Result: The second Create GPON LLDP-MED Media Policy window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The GPON LLDP-MED media policy appears in the Network Tree.
40.5 Configuring POTS

This section describes the procedure to configure POTS.
Procedure 365 To define the format of an ONT POTS telephone number

Perform the following procedure to define the format of an ONT POTS telephone number.
1 From the 5520 AMS toolbar, choose Window→Show View→Other.
Result: The Show View window opens.
2 Expand Other, choose Subscriber Search Attribute Categories, and click OK.
Result: The Subscriber Search Attribute Categories view opens and displays the subscriber
search attribute categories and the Not Collected for SMA category.
3 Expand the category that contains the Phone Number attribute.
4 Choose the Phone Number attribute. The entry in the Type column should be POTS Port
(ne_type R), where ne_type is 7302 ISAM, 7330 ISAM FTTN, 7356 ISAM FTTB. or
7360 ISAM FX and release is the release of the NE.
5 In the view toolbar, click the Edit Format icon ( ).
Result: The Edit Attribute window opens.
6 Enter the regular expression and click OK.
Result: The regular expression appears in the Regular Expression column.
An example of a regular expression is [0-9] {2} [-] [0-9] {6}, for two numbers followed by a
dash, followed by six numbers.
40.6 Creating CES service

This section describes the procedure to configure CES service.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Before you proceed, a UNI must be created on a CES port on a DS1/E1 ONT card.
Procedure 366 To create a CES service

Create a CES service on a DS1 or E1 port. Only one CES service per port is supported.
Perform the following procedure to create a CES service.

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (DS1/E1)→CES Port→UNI→CES Service.
2 Right-click CES Service and choose Create→CES Service.
Result: The Create CES Service window opens.
3 Enter a unique service number and click Next.
Result: The second Create CES Service window opens.
Result: The new CES service appears in the Network Tree.
40.7 Creating protocol traces

This section describes the procedure to configure protocol traces.
Procedure 367 To create a GPON UNI protocol trace
• NEs with an GPON-based LT cards.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create a GPON UNI protocol trace.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→SubRack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON

Port→ONT (Provisioned) →ONT→ONT Card (planned_type)→port_type Port→Protocol
Traces, where planned_type is DS1/E1, Ethernet, VDSL2, Ethernet POTS Combo, VDSL2
POTS Combo, VEIP or HPNA and port_type is CES, Ethernet, MoCA, VDSL2, VEIP and
HPNA.
2 Right-click Protocol Traces and choose Create→GPON UNI Protocol Trace.
Result: The Create GPON UNI Protocol Trace window opens.
3 Choose a protocol and click Next.
Result: The second Create GPON UNI Protocol Trace window opens.
4 Choose a tracing level and message type. The message type identifies the syslog server
where the trace messages are logged.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The new GPON UNI protocol trace appears in the Network Tree.
40.8 Managing service ports

This section describes the procedure to manage service ports.
Procedure 368 To clean up an ONT service port

Perform the following procedure to clean up service ports.
2 Right-click the port and choose Actions→Clean Up.
Result: The Clean Up window opens.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
40.9 Viewing service port information

This section describes procedures to view service port information.
Procedure 369 To view the POTS port call history

Before you proceed, enable the Call History parameter on the POTS port. See Procedure 356 for
more information.
Perform the following procedure to view the POTS port call history.

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (Ethernet POTS Combo)→POTS Port→Call History
(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (POTS)→POTS Port→Call History
(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VDSL2 POTS Combo)→POTS Port→Call History
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the call history table.
Procedure 370 To view the VDSL2 port carrier data

Before you proceed, enable the Carrier Data Collection parameter on the VDSL2 port. See
Perform the following procedure to view the VDSL2 port carrier data.

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VDSL2)→VDSL2 Port→Carrier Data
(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VDSL2 POTS Combo)→POTS Port→Carrier Data
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the carrier data in the following format under
the Load tab:
• Graph
• Table

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure ONT 802.1x authentication
USING THE 5520 AMS
41 Configure ONT 802.1x

authentication

LT cards.
41.1 Overview
41.4 Viewing 802.1x authentication
41.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of ONT 802.1x authentication. 802.1x
authentication is a client-server based access control and authentication protocol
that restricts unauthorized devices from connecting to the Ethernet network. The
802.1x authentication protocol is used when subscriber connections require DHCP
for dynamic allocation of IP addresses.
The following ONT port types support 802.1x authentication:
• Ethernet
• VDSL2
• VEIP
To authenticate subscribers connecting to the ONT port, 802.1x packets are
terminated and authentication is performed either locally or on a remote RADIUS
server conforming to 802.1x. The NE uses 802.1x to communicate with subscribers.
RADIUS is used to communicate with the server performing the actual
authentication.
You can configure 802.1x on the ONT port for each LAN-based subscriber
connection and view statistics counters and diagnostics.
Note — Configure IPoE and DHCP Option 82 if you are using

802.1x authentication. For RADIUS authentication, PPPoE is
used. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information.
Table 100 lists the tasks to configure ONT 802.1x authentication.

Configure ONT 802.1x authentication 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 100 Configure ONT 802.1xauthentication
Task See
Configure 802.1x authentication Procedure 371
Initialize 802.1x authentication Procedure 372
Clear the 802.1x statistics Procedure 373
View 802.1x statistics, diagnostics, or 802.1 Procedure 374

session information

This section describes procedures to configure 802.1x authentication.
Before you configure 802.1x authentication, you must configure one of the ports
listed in Section 41.1. See Section 40.3 for information about configuring the ports.
Procedure 371 To configure 802.1x authentication

Perform the following procedure to configure 802.1x authentication.

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card→Ethernet Port→UNI→GPON 802.1x Authenticator.
2 Choose Enabled from the State drop-down menu to activate 802.1x for the ONT port.
3 Configure the other parameters.
Configure the 802.1x reauthentication period by entering a value, in seconds, for the
Reauthentication Period parameter.

This section describes procedures to manage 802.1x authentication.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure ONT 802.1x authentication
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 372 To initialize 802.1x authentication

Perform the following procedure to initialize 802.1x authentication.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card→Ethernet

Port→UNI→GPON 802.1x Authenticator
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card→VEIP
• NE→Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT cards)→Ethernet Port→Link
Aggregation Group→ETH Bridge Port→GPON 802.1x Authenticator.
2 Right-click GPON 802.1x Authenticator and choose Actions→Initialize.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 373 To clear the 802.1x statistics

Perform the following procedure to clear the 802.1x statistics.

Aggregation Group→ETH Bridge Port→GPON 802.1x Authenticator.
2 Right-click GPON 802.1x Authenticator and choose Actions→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.

Configure ONT 802.1x authentication 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
41.4 Viewing 802.1x authentication

This section describes the procedure to view 802.1x authentication.
Procedure 374 To view 802.1x statistics, diagnostics, or 802.1 session information

Perform the following procedure to view 802.1x statistics, diagnostics, or 802.1 session
information.

Aggregation Group→ETH Bridge Port→GPON 802.1x Authenticator
2 Click the Statistics Counters, Diagnostic Counters, or the 802.1x Session panel.
Note — All of the statistics, diagnostic, and session information

parameters are read-only.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure ARP for ONT ports and services
USING THE 5520 AMS
42 Configure ARP for ONT ports and

services

LT cards.
42.1 Overview
42.2 Configuring ARP for an ONT port or service
42.3 Managing ARP
42.4 Viewing ARP
42.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of ARP entries for:
• ONT Ethernet, VDSL2, and CES ports
• ONT VoIP and CES services
You can also view ARP statistics and system parameters.
ARP is a layer 2 protocol within TCP/IP that maps IP addresses to Ethernet MAC
addresses. TCP/IP requires ARP for use with Ethernet.
ARP requests are forwarded transparently downstream or upstream like any other
data packet.
Note — ARP reply messages receive no special treatment and

are treated the same as any other data packet at the NE.
Table 101 lists the tasks to configure ARP for ONT port.
Table 101 Configure ARP
Task See
Create an ARP entry Procedure 375
(1 of 2)

Configure ARP for ONT ports and services 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Clear ARP counters Procedure 376
Delete an ARP entry Procedure 377
View ARP entries Procedure 378
(2 of 2)
42.2 Configuring ARP for an ONT port or service

This section describes the procedure to configure ARP.
Procedure 375 To create an ARP entry for an ONT port or service

Before you create an ARP entry for an ONT port:
• Create a VLAN with the DHCP Option 82 parameter set to Enabled. See Procedure 273
to create a VLAN.
• Create one of the following and associate it with the VLAN:
• VoIP service. See Procedure 388 to create a VoIP service.
• CES service. See Procedure 366 to create a CES service.
Perform the following procedure to create ARP entries for an ONT port, VoIP service, or CES
service.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose one of the ports or services listed in Table 102.
Table 102 Ports and services for ARP
Object type Choose
ONT port Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card

(ONT_type)→port_type Port
where
ONT_type is Ethernet, Ethernet POTS Combo, VDSL2, VDSL2 POTS Combo, or CES
port_type is Ethernet, VDSL2, or DS1/E1
VoIP service Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→VoIP→VoIP

Service
CES service Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card
(DS1/E1)→CES Port→UNI→CES Service→CES Service
2 Right-click the port or service and choose Actions→ARP Entry→Create.
Result: The Create ARP Entry window opens.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure ARP for ONT ports and services
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: A confirmation window opens to indicate the ARP entry is created.
42.3 Managing ARP

This section describes procedures to manage ARP.
Procedure 376 To clear ARP counters for an ONT port or VoIP service
Perform the following procedure to clear ARP counters for an ONT port or VoIP service.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose one of the ports or VoIP services listed in Table 102.
2 Right-click the port or VoIP service and choose Actions→ARP Entry→Clear Counters.
Result: The ARP Entry Clear Counters window opens.
Result: The result window opens and confirms that the counters are cleared.
Procedure 377 To delete an ARP entry for an ONT port or VoIP service
Perform the following procedure to delete an ARP entry for an ONT port or VoIP service.
2 Right-click the port or VoIP service and choose Actions→ARP Entry→Delete.
Result: The Delete ARP Entry window opens.

Configure ARP for ONT ports and services 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The result window opens and confirms the deletion.
42.4 Viewing ARP

This section describes the procedure to view ARP entries.
Procedure 378 To view ARP entries for an ONT port or VoIP service
Perform the following procedure to view ARP entries for an ONT port or VoIP service.
2 Right-click the port or VoIP service and choose Actions→ARP Entry→Show.
Result: The Show ARP Entry window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The result window opens and displays the ARP entries for the port. If there are no
ARP entries, the result window indicates that no ARP entries were found.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure subscriber connections on ONT cards
USING THE 5520 AMS
43 Configure subscriber connections

on ONT cards

LT cards.
43.1 Overview
43.2 Configuring configured VLAN associations
43.3 Managing subscriber connections
43.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of subscriber connections on ONT cards.
Table 103 lists the tasks to configure subscriber connections.
Table 103 Configure subscriber connections
Task See
Create a configured VLAN association Procedure 379
Create a VLAN IP interface Procedure 380
Create a static MAC address on a GPON VLAN port Procedure 381
Create an IP user on a GPON VLAN port Procedure 382
Create a bridge port protocol group on a configured Procedure 383

VLAN association
Clear all MAC Addresses on a configured bridge port Procedure 384
Reset the default VLAN on a configured bridge port Procedure 385
43.2 Configuring configured VLAN associations

This section describes procedures to configure configured VLAN associations.
You can create configured VLAN associations on ports and services listed in
Table 104.

Configure subscriber connections on ONT cards 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 104 Ports for configured VLAN associations

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (DS1/E1)→CES Port→UNI

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (Ethernet)→Ethernet Port→UNI

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (Ethernet POTS Combo)→Ethernet Port→UNI

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VDSL2)→VDSL2 Port→UNI

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VDSL2 POTS Combo)→VDSL2 Port→UNI
Virtual UNI Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→ONT→Virtual UNI

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VEIP)→VEIP Port→UNI
Before you proceed:

• An ONT card must be created. See Procedure 331 for more information.
• An ONT service port must be created. See Procedure 356 for more information.
• A UNI must be created on a CES, Ethernet, VDSL2, or VEIP port, or on a VoIP.
See Procedure 357 or 386 for more information.
Procedure 379 To create a configured VLAN association

Perform the following procedure to create a configured VLAN association.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose one of the configured bridge ports listed in Table 104.
3 Optionally, starting with R4.6 choose Enabled or Disabled from the Dedicated Downstream
Queue drop-down list.
Configure the parameters and click Finish.
Note — Dedicated Downstream Queue parameter is supported for

GPON boards.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The VLAN Association appears in the Network Tree.
Note — When you expand the VLAN Association, the GPON VLAN
Association Interface appears. You can lock and unlock the GPON VLAN
Association Interface. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for the procedure
to lock and unlock objects.
Procedure 380 To create a VLAN IP interface
Before you proceed:
• An ONT enabled with IP Host Support must be created. See Procedure 330.
• A virtual UNI must be created on the ONT. See Procedure 386.
• Upstream queues must be configuerd on the Virtual UNI. See Procedure 387.
• A VLAN association must be created. See Procedure 379.
Perform the following procedure to create a IP interface.

(Provisioned)→ONT→Virtual UNI→VLAN Association→GPON VLAN Association Interface.
2 Right-click GPON VLAN Association Interface and choose Create→VLAN IP Interface.
Result: The Create VLAN IP Interface window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create VLAN IP Interface window opens.
Result: The VLAN IP Interface appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 381 To create a static MAC address on a GPON VLAN port

Before you proceed, a configured VLAN association must be created. See Procedure 379 for
more information.
Perform the following procedure to create a static MAC address on a GPON VLAN port.
2 Expand the Bridge Port and choose VLAN Association→GPON VLAN Association
Interface→MAC Address→Static.
3 Right-click Static and choose Create→GPON VLAN Port Unicast Static MAC Address.
Result: The Create GPON VLAN Port Unicast Static MAC Address window opens.
4 Enter a MAC address and click Next.
Result: The second Create GPON VLAN Port Unicast Static MAC Address window opens.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The static MAC address appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 382 To create an IP user on a GPON VLAN port

Before you proceed a configured VLAN association must be created. See Procedure 379 for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to create an IP user on a GPON VLAN port.
2 Expand the Bridge Port and choose VLAN Association→GPON VLAN Association
Interface→IP Users.
3 Right-click IP Users and choose Create→GPON IP User.
Result: The Create GPON IP User window opens.
Result: The second Create IP User window opens.
5 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The IP user appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 383 To create a bridge port protocol group on a configured VLAN

association
You can create a PPPoE or IPoE protocol group.
Before you proceed a configured VLAN association must be created. See Procedure 379 for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to create a bridge port protocol group on a configured VLAN
association.
2 Expand the Bridge Port and choose Protocol Groups.
3 Right-click Protocol Groups and choose Create→Bridge Port Protocol Group.
Result: The Bridge Port Protocol Group window opens.
4 Choose a protocol group and click Next.
Result: The second Create Bridge Port Protocol Group window opens.
Result: The bridge port protocol group appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 384 To clear All MAC Addresses on a configured bridge port
• ISAM R6.0.01 or later

• NEs with an RANT-C card

USING THE 5520 AMS
When you clear the MAC address on a configured bridge port, the forwarding database entries
corresponding to the port will be cleared, along with the 802.1x sessions.
Note — This procedure is not supported on GPON-based LT cards.
Perform the following procedure to clear the MAC Addresses on a configured bridge port.
• Rack → Subrack → Slot LT → XDSL Port → EFM Bridge Port

• Rack → Subrack → Slot LT → XDSL Port → VCL → VCL Bridge Port
• Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT cards) → Ethernet Port → ETH Bridge
Port
• Rack → Subrack → Slot LT → Ethernet LT Port → LAG Bridge Port
3 Right-click the Bridge Port and choose Actions → Clear All MAC Addresses.
Result: The Clear All MAC Addresses window opens.
4 Click Finish.
43.3 Managing subscriber connections

This section describes the procedure to manage subscriber connections.
Before you proceed:
• An ONT card must be created. See Procedure 331 for more information.
• An ONT service port must be created. See Procedure 356 for more information.
• A UNI must be created on a CES, Ethernet, VDSL2, or VEIP port, or on a VoIP.
See Procedure 357 or 386 for more information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 385 To reset the default VLAN on a configured bridge port

Perform the following procedure to reset the default VLAN on a configured bridge port.
2 Right-click the Bridge Port and choose Actions→Reset Default VLAN.
Result: The Reset Default VLAN window opens.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure VoIP on ONT cards
USING THE 5520 AMS
44 Configure VoIP on ONT cards

LT cards.
44.1 Overview
44.2 Configuring Virtual UNI
44.3 Configuring VoIP service
44.4 Configuring IP host
44.5 Managing VoIP
44.6 Viewing VoIP
44.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of VOIP on ONT cards.
You must enable VoIP when you create an ONT. You cannot enable VoIP after you
have created an ONT.
Choose Proprietary VoIP OMCI to configure VoIP using the GSIP application on the
5520 AMS. The ONT must be configured for Proprietary VoIP OMCI to create a VoIP
service.
Choose Standard VoIP OMCI to configure VoIP using OMCI on the NE. The ONT
must be configured for Standard VoIP OMCI to create an IP host.
Only one VoIP service is supported on an ONT.
For R4.2.02 or later, when you configure VoIP using standard OMCI, you can place
an XML file on an FTP server that contains parameters that are not modelled in the
NE, and configure the XML filename on the POTs port. See the 5520 AMS User
Guide for information about download over OMCI. See Table 98 for information
about configuring the XML filename on the POTs port.

Configure VoIP on ONT cards 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
44.1.1 SIP
You can configure SIP on ONT POTS ports for VoIP services that are configured for
SIP. When configuring SIP, you have two options:
• The ONT contacts the SIP server directly.
• The ONT uses FTP to contact the 5520 AMS server and retrieve SIP client,
subscriber, and dial plan profiles from the server.‘
Note — SIP profiles must be created on the 5520 AMS server

before you can configure the VoIP service for SIP. See the
5520 AMS Administrator Guide for more information.
You can configure SIP on VoIP services when you create the VoIP service or after
the VoIP service is created. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for more
information about configuring SIP.
You can configure SIP on an IP host. See Procedure 393 for more information.
44.1.2 ARP
See Chapter 42 for information about configuring ARP on VoIP.
Table 105 lists the tasks to configure virtual UNI and VOIP service.
Table 105 Configure virtual UNI and VOIP service
Task See
Create a virtual UNI Procedure 386
Configure upstream queues Procedure 387
Create a VOIP service Procedure 388
Create an IP host Procedure 390
Create a VOIP configuration Procedure 391

Create an MGC configuration Procedure 392
Create a SIP configuration Procedure 393
Perform an ONT IP Host Ping Test Procedure 394
Retrieve a new profile for VOIP configuration Procedure 395
View VOIP line status on a POTS port Procedure 396

USING THE 5520 AMS
44.2 Configuring Virtual UNI

This section describes configuration of virtual UNI.
You must create an UNI before you create a VoIP service or an IP host.
Procedure 386 To create a Virtual UNI

Perform the following procedure to create a virtual UNI.

2 Right-click ONT and choose Create→Virtual UNI.
Result: The Create Virtual UNI window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Virtual UNI window opens.
Result: The Virtual UNI appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 387 To configure upstream queues for a Virtual UNI

Perform the following procedure to configure upstream queues for a Virtual UNI.

(Provisioned)→ONT→Virtual UNI.
• Bandwidth profile
• Weight
• Priority
• Shaper sharing
• Shaper Profile
• Queue Profile

USING THE 5520 AMS
Note — You can view bandwidth parameters in QoS tab of object details
window on a Virtual UNI. The Bandwidth profile is used to set the
bandwidth profile per UNI port and all the upstream queues in the UNI
port use the same bandwidth profile.
44.3 Configuring VoIP service

This section describes procedures to configure VOIP service.
Only one VoIP service is supported on an ONT.
Before you proceed:
• Create an ONT with VoIP service enabled. See Procedure 330 for more
information.
• Create a Virtual UNI. See Procedure 386 for more information.
• Configure the upstream queues for the Virtual UNI. See Procedure 387 for more
information.
• Create a configured VLAN association for the Virtual UNI. See Procedure 379 for
more information.
Before you can configure the VoIP service for SIP:

• Create SIP profiles. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for more information.
• Configure SIP on the ONT POTS port. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for
more information.
Procedure 388 To create a VoIP service

Perform the following procedure to create a VOIP service.

(Provisioned)→ONT→VoIP.
2 Right-click VoIP and choose Create→VoIP Service.
Result: The Create VoIP Service window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create VoIP Service window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
4 Configure the parameters. Table 106 provides guidelines for configuring the parameters.
Table 106 Guidelines for VoIP service parameters
General tab
VLAN Choose the VLAN that was used for the configured VLAN association for the
Virtual UNI configured on the ONT.
Configuration tab
Primary IP Address When you have configured the FTP server IP address in the SIP Settings
Object Details view, the FTP server IP address appears in the Primary IP
Address. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for information about
configuring the FTP server.
Configuration File To configure SIP download over OMCI, if the Configuration Method parameter
Name is set to FTP, enter OMCI_DOWNLOAD. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for
more information.
VoIP Mode To configure SIP download over OMCI, configure the parameter as SIP1 or
SIP2. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information.
Configuration To configure SIP download over OMCI, choose one of the following options:
Method • If you want the configuration method as FTP, choose FTP.
• If you want the configuration method as OMCI, choose OMCI FTP. This
option applies to Release 4.4.02 or later. See the 5520 AMS User Guide
SIPPING tab
URI profile Select the URI profile from the available list or create an URI profile.
User Name The ONT uses the username and password to connect to the SIPPING Server
to download the configuration xml file. If either the username or password
Password parameter is empty, the ONT uses “anonymous”.
FTP tab
IP Address To configure the 5520 AMS server as the FTP server, enter the IP address of
the 5520 AMS server.
To configure an external FTP server, enter the IP address of the external FTP
server.
User Name The ONT uses the username and password to connect to the FTP Server to
download the configuration xml file. If either the username or password
Password parameter is empty, the ONT uses “anonymous”.
GSIP Assignment When you configure the GSIP Assignment Mode parameter as Automatic, the
Mode 5520 AMS retrieves the SIP profile and generates the SIP configuration file
when the ONT is equipped and in service. The 5520 AMS uses the highest SIP
release that is common to the SIP client and SIP subscriber profiles.
When you configure the GSIP Assignment Mode parameter as Manual:
• Configure the GSIP Release parameter.
• You must manually upgrade the SIP configuration. See the 5520 AMS
Administrator Guide for information about manually upgrading the SIP
configuration.
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
GSIP Release Configure the GSIP Release parameter when the GSIP Assignment Mode
parameter is set to Manual.
The SIP release configured in the GSIP Release parameter must match a SIP
release configured in the SIP client and SIP subscriber profiles. See the
5520 AMS Administrator Guide for information about configuring SIP client and
SIP subscriber profiles.
SIP File Generation Enable the SIP File Generation parameter to generate the configuration file
from the configured SIP profiles when one of the following occurs:
• A change to the SIP parameters on the POTS port
• A change to the SIP parameters on the VoIP service
• A new POTS service is added
When this parameter is disabled, the configuration file is not generated.
SIP Client Profile The SIP releases configured in the SIP client profile must match the SIP
releases configured in the SIP subscriber profile. See the 5520 AMS
Administrator Guide for information about configuring SIP client and SIP
subscriber profiles.
Default SIP The SIP releases configured in the default SIP subscriber profile must match
Subscriber Profile the SIP releases configured in the SIP client profile. See the 5520 AMS
Administrator Guide for information about configuring SIP client and SIP
subscriber profiles.
If the override default profile is set to No, the SIP generated file uses the default
SIP subscriber profile selected for the VoIP service. If the override default
profile is set to Yes, the SIP generated file uses the SIP subscriber profile
selected for the POTS Port. The configuration XML file is updated as per the
change made to the SIP subscriber profile which is currently used.
(2 of 2)
5 Click Finish.
Result: The new VoIP service appears in the Network Tree.
Note 1 — The ONT software version must support the GSIP release
configured in the SIP client and SIP subscriber profiles. If the ONT
software does not support the GSIP release, the 5520 AMS raises an
alarm.
Note 2 — When the ONT is equipped, the Configuration tab in the VoIP
Service Object Details view displays the major and minor SIP versions
active on the ONT. When a configuration file is generated and
downloaded to the ONT, the Configuration tab displays the major and
minor SIP configuration file versions.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 389 To force OMCI download on VoIP service
Note — This action is enabled only when the parameter ‘Configuration

Method’ is set to ‘OMCI FTP’.
Perform this procedure to force OMCI download on VoIP service.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT(GPON-based LT cards)→PON

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→VoIP Service.
2 Right-click VoIP Service and choose Actions→Force OMCI Download.
44.3.1 Deleting VoIP services

You must lock a VoIP service before you delete it. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for
more information.
44.4 Configuring IP host

This section describes procedures to configure IP host.
You can create one VoIP IP host on an ONT.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Before you proceed:

• Create an ONT with the VoIP Support parameter configured to Standard VoIP
OMCI. See Procedure 330 for more information.
• Configure the upstream queues for the Virtual UNI. See Procedure 387 for more
information.
• Create a configured VLAN association for the Virtual UNI. See Procedure 379 for
more information.
Procedure 390 To create an IP host

Perform the following procedure to create an IP host.

(Provisioned)→ONT→VoIP.
2 Right-click VoIP and choose Create→IP Host.
Result: The Create IP Host window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create IP Host window opens.
4 Configure the parameters. Choose the VLAN that was used for the configured VLAN
association for the VoIP UNI configured on the ONT.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The IP host appears in the Network Tree.
See Procedure 1114 to enable or disable PM collection on the IP host.
Procedure 391 To create a VoIP configuration on an IP host

Before you proceed, create an IP host. See Procedure 390 for more information.
You can create one VoIP configuration on an IP host.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create a VOIP configuration on an IP host.

(Provisioned)→ONT→VoIP→IP Host.
2 Right-click IP Host and choose Create→VoIP Configuration.
Result: The Create VoIP Configuration window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create VoIP Configuration window opens.
Result: The VoIP Configuration appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 392 To create an MGC configuration on an IP host

Before you proceed:
• Create an IP host. See Procedure 390 for more information.

• Create a VoIP configuration with the Signalling Protocol parameter configured as H248.
Perform the following procedure to create an MGC configuration on an IP host.

(Provisioned)→ONT→VoIP→IP Host→VoIP Configuration.
2 Right-click VoIP Configuration and choose Create→MGC Configuration.
Result: The Create MGC Configuration window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create MGC Configuration window opens.
Result: The MGC Configuration appears in the Network Tree.
See Procedure 1114 to enable or disable PM collection on the MGC configuration.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 393 To create a SIP configuration on a VoIP configuration

Before you proceed:

• Create a VoIP configuration with the Signalling Protocol parameter configured as SIP.
Perform the following procedure to create a SIP configuration on a VoIP configuration.

2 Right-click VoIP Configuration and choose Create→SIP Configuration.
Result: The Create SIP Configuration window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create SIP Configuration window opens.
Result: The SIP Configuration appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 394 To perform an IP host ping test

An IP PING test is run from the ONT to the network equipment. When the PING test is complete,
test results are returned.
You can perform the IP host ping test on the following:
• IP host
• VoIP service

USING THE 5520 AMS
• VLAN IP interface
• From ISAM R5.4.01 onwards, NGPON2 IP host
Note — PING tests from the ONU supports the following models for
VoIP service troubleshooting purposes:
• Legacy VoIP model (without IPHC)

• Standard VoIP model (with IPHC)
Before you proceed:

• Create a SIP configuration on a VoIP configuration. See Procedure 393 for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to perform an ONT IP host ping test.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose one of the following:
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→VoIP→IP Host.

• NG-PON2 → Channel Group → Sub Channel Group → ONT (Provisioned) → NGPON2
ONT → VoIP → NGPON2 IP Host
2 Right-click IP Host or NGPON2 IP Host and choose Actions→IP Host Ping Test.
Result: The IP Host Ping Test window opens.
3 Configure the input parameters and click Finish.
Result: The Test Result page opens.
4 Click Finish to close the page.

USING THE 5520 AMS
44.5 Managing VoIP
This section describes the procedure to manage VOIP.
Procedure 395 To retrieve a new profile for a VoIP configuration

Before you proceed, create a VoIP configuration. See Procedure 391 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to retrieve a new profile for a VoIP configuration.

2 Right-click VoIP Configuration and choose Actions→Retrieve New Profile.
Result: The Retrieve New Profile window opens.
3 Click Finish.
44.6 Viewing VoIP

This section describes the procedure to view VoIP.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 396 To view VoIP line status on a POTS port

Perform the following procedure to view VoIP line status on a POTS port.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (card_type)→POTS Port, where card_type is
one of the following: POTS, Ethernet POTS Combo, VDSL2 POTS Combo.
2 Click the VoIP Line Status tab to view the VoIP line status.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure a HGU
USING THE 5520 AMS
45 Configure a HGU
45.1 Overview
45.2 Defining HGU parameters
45.3 Configuring HGU parameters
45.4 Troubleshooting syntax errors in HGU-parameters.csv file
45.1 Overview
This chapter provides an overview of the HGU (Home Gateway Unit) services on the
5520 AMS.
An HGU is a ONT that integrates a gateway functionality.
The following HGU parameters must be configured on a HGU.
• The parameters which are common to all the subscribers and specific to HGU.
• The parameters which are subscriber specific. For example, PPPoE username
and password.
For HGU ONTs, the ONT software file contains a file to configure the HGU
parameters which are common to all the subscribers. You can also retrieve the WAN
IP and PPPoE configuration of a residential gateway from an ONT.
For more information on the ONT software, see the 7368 ISAM ONT Product Guide.
Using the 5520 AMS client you can read and write the HGU ONT parameters’ values
on the OLT irrespective of whether the HGU ONT is online or offline. Configurations
stored in the OLT are pushed to the HGU ONT only when it is online. For retrieving
the HGU ONT operational parameters, the HGU ONT must be online as the AMS
directly fetches the HGU ONT operational parameters’ values from the HGU ONT.
Figure 34 illustrates the configuration of the HGU parameters and the retrieval of the
HGU operational parameters.

Configure a HGU 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Figure 34 Configuration of the HGU parameters and the retrieval of HGU

operational parameters
The HGU services are only applicable when the ISAM Release 5.3 (or above) NE is
installed on the 5520 AMS.
The gateway functionality of the HGU from the AMS is supported through the SNMP
and OMCI HGU configuration parameters.
45.2 Defining HGU parameters

This section provides the following information on:
• Define HGU and HGU operational parameters file
• Upload and configure the HGU parameters CSV file and the HGU operational
parameters CSV file
Table 107 lists the task for defining the HGU parameters CSV file and the HGU
operational parameters CSV file.
Table 107 HGU-parameters.csv file and HGU operational-parameters.csv
file configuration tasks
Task See
Define a HGU and HGU operational parameters file Section 45.2.1
Upload and configure the HGU parameters CSV file and the HGU operational Procedure 397
parameters CSV file

USING THE 5520 AMS
45.2.1 Defining HGU and HGU operational parameters file

This section provides information about defining the HGU and HGU operational
parameters using a CSV or a text file.
The HGU parameters CSV file contains a list of HGU parameters to be configured
on an ONT. See Procedure 398 for creating HGU parameters. Whereas, the HGU
operational parameters CSV file contains a list of HGU operational parameters that
are accessed while performing the Retrieve HGU Operational Parameters from the
ONT operation for an on-line ONT. See Procedure 402 for more information. It is
recommended that the HGU operational parameters CSV file contains not more than
10 parameters. This is done for performance reason, to keep the response time of
the ONT CLI command acceptable.
The structure of HGU and HGU operational parameters CSV files and the various
fields that are defined in the HGU and HGU operational parameters CSV files are
described in Table 108.
The syntax to define the HGU parameters CSV file is given below:
<HGU-Fully-Distinguished-Name>,<AMS-GUI-Friendly-Name>,<Type>,<Check>
The syntax to define the HGU operational parameters CSV file is given below:
<HGU-Fully-Distinguished-Name>,<AMS-GUI-Friendly-Name>,<Masked>
Note — A comma is used as CSV separator to define a

HGU-parameters.csv file and a HGU operational parameters.csv file.
Table 108 Fields in HGU parameters CSV file and HGU operational param-
eters CSV file
Field Syntax
HGU Fully Specifies the name of a HGU parameter.

Distinguished Name The HGU parameter is a string and the range is 0 to 128 characters.
AMS GUI Friendly Specifies the AMS GUI friendly name of a HGU parameter.
Name The AMS GUI friendly name is a string and the range is 0 to 64 characters.
Type Specifies the type of a HGU parameter.

The type can be either Boolean, unsignedInt, or a String(size).
The size of a String can be either 8, 32, 64, or 256 characters.
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Field Syntax
Check (1) Specifies the range or regular expression defined on a HGU parameter.
This field is optional.
The following syntax is applicable while defining the Check field:
• If the Type is Boolean, the Check field must be empty.
• If the Type is Unsigned Integer, the Check field can be empty or defined with the
format [n..m] where n and m are Unsigned Integer and m value is greater or equal
to n.
• If the Type is String, the Check field can be empty or defined with a regular
expression.
Masked (2) Specifies whether the retrieved parameter value needs to be masked when it is
displayed in the AMS GUI.
This field is optional.
It is a Boolean field - can take True or False values. By default, the value of Masked is
taken as False if not provided in the CSV file.
• If the value of Masked is True, the retrieved parameter value, if not empty is
masked, that is displayed as a string of asterisk (*) characters in the AMS GUI. For
example, for password parameter, if the value is abcdef, and Masked is set to True,
then the password is displayed as ****** in the AMS GUI.
• If the value of Masked is False, the retrieved parameter value is not masked and
displayed as is in the AMS GUI.
(2 of 2)
Notes
(1) This field is applicable only for HGU parameters CSV file.
(2) This field is applicable only for HGU operational parameters CSV file.
The following is an example structure of a HGU parameters CSV file:

InternetGatewayDevice.IPPingDiagnostics.DiagnosticsState,IP-Ping-Diagnostic
sState,String(32),None|none|Requested|Complete
InternetGatewayDevice.IPPingDiagnostics.Interface,IP-Ping-Interface,String(
256)
InternetGatewayDevice.IPPingDiagnostics.Host, IP-Ping-Host,String(256)
InternetGatewayDevice.IPPingDiagnostics.NumberOfRepetitions,IP-Ping-Repetit
ions,unsignedInt
InternetGatewayDevice.IPPingDiagnostics.Timeout,IP-Ping-Timeout,unsignedInt
InternetGatewayDevice.IPPingDiagnostics.DataBlockSize,IP-Ping-DataBlockSize
,unsignedInt,[1..65535]
InternetGatewayDevice.IPPingDiagnostics.DSCP,IP-Ping-DSCP,unsignedInt,[0..6
5]
InternetGatewayDevice.X_ASB_COM_FirewallLevel.Enable,Firewall-Enable,Boolea
n
InternetGatewayDevice.X_ASB_COM_FirewallLevel.Level,Firewall-Level,String(3
2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
InternetGatewayDevice.LANDevice.1.LANEthernetInterfaceConfig.1.Enable,LAN-I
nterface-Enable,Boolean
The following is an example structure of a HGU operational parameters CSV file:

InternetGatewayDevice.WANDevice.1.WANConnectionDevice.1.WANPPPConnection.1.
Username,PPPoE_UserName,False
Password,PPPoE_UserPassword,True
IPAddress,PPP_IPAddress
InternetGatewayDevice.LANDevice.1.LANEthernetInterfaceConfig.1.Enable,LAN-I
nterface-Admin-State
InternetGatewayDevice.LANDevice.1.LANEthernetInterfaceConfig.1.MaxBitRate,L
AN-Interface-MaxRate
45.2.2 Uploading and configuring the HGU parameters

CSV file and the HGU operational parameters CSV
file
This section describes the procedure to upload the HGU parameters CSV file and
the HGU operational parameters CSV file to the 5520 AMS server and configure the
HGU parameters CSV file and the HGU operational parameters CSV file in the 5520
AMS GUI.
You need to upload the HGU parameters CSV file to the 5520 AMS server to
configure the HGU parameters using the GUI.
Procedure 397 To upload and configure the HGU parameters CSV file and the HGU
operational parameters CSV file
Perform the following procedure to upload the HGU parameters CSV file and the HGU operational
parameters CSV file to the 5520 AMS server.
Before you proceed, you need to log in to the 5520 AMS server as amssys. See 5520 AMS
1 Log in to the 5520 AMS server as the amssys user.
2 Copy the new HGU parameters CSV file or the new HGU operational parameters CSV file at
the following path:
$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/<Name_of_the_HGU-parameters.csv>
For example: /var/opt/ams/shared/common/HGU1.txt for HGU parameters file.

USING THE 5520 AMS
For example: /var/opt/ams/shared/common/HGUOperationalParam.csv for HGU operational

parameters file.
The file must have .txt or .csv extension.
3 Navigate to the Administration Tree in 5520 AMS GUI and choose EMS
Administration→Configuration→NE Plug Specific Settings
4 Click iSAM 5.3 (or later) Settings.
Result: The iSAM NE plug-in settings are displayed in the Object Details view.
5 In the HGU ONT Management section, configure the setting as described in Table 109.
Table 109 HGU ONT Management settings
Setting Description
HGU ONT Management
HGU Parameters File Enter the HGU parameters file name.

The file type can be a .csv or .txt file.
HGU Operational Parameters File Enter the HGU operational parameters file name.
The file type can be a .csv or .txt file.
Result: The HGU parameters CSV file or the HGU operational parameters CSV file is
uploaded to the 5520 AMS server.
Note — You can edit the HGU parameters CSV file or the HGU operational
parameters CSV file in the 5520 AMS server using a text editor. Nokia
recommends to save the CSV file with a new name and upload the CSV file to the
5520 AMS server. Then, modify the HGU parameters CSV file name or the HGU
operational parameters CSV file name with the new CSV file name you have used
in the 5520 AMS server, in the NE Plug Specific Settings.
45.3 Configuring HGU parameters

This section provides the following information on:
• Create HGU long or short parameters
• Modify HGU long or short parameters
• Delete HGU long or short parameters

USING THE 5520 AMS
• Retrieve HGU parameters of an ONT

• Retrieve HGU operational parameters from an ONT
The HGU parameters are defined and accessible through HGU. You can create,
modify, and delete the HGU long or short parameters using the 5520 AMS GUI.
Table 110 lists the tasks for configuring HGU parameters.
Table 110 Configuration tasks
Task See
Create a HGU parameter Procedure 398
Modify a HGU parameter Procedure 399
Delete a HGU parameter Procedure 400
Retrieve HGU parameters of an ONT Procedure 401
Retrieve HGU operational parameters from an ONT Procedure 402
Before you proceed, ensure that HGU-parameters.csv file is loaded to the 5520 AMS
server. For more information, see Procedure 397.
45.3.1 Creating HGU parameters

This section describes the procedure to create a HGU long or short parameter.
Procedure 398 To create HGU long or short parameter

Perform the following procedure to create HGU long or short parameter.

(Provisioned)→ONT→HGU Parameters
2 Right-click HGU Parameters in the Network Tree and choose one of the following options:
• Create→HGU Long Parameter

• Create→HGU Short Parameter
Result: The Create HGU Parameter window opens for the selected parameter.
Result: The second Create HGU Parameter window opens.
4 Configure the HGU parameters. See Table 111.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 111 HGU Parameters
Name From the drop-down menu, choose a name for the HGU parameter.
Value Specifies a value for the HGU parameter.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The HGU parameter is created.
45.3.2 Modifying HGU parameters

This section describes the procedure to modify HGU long or short parameter.
Procedure 399 To modify HGU long or short parameter

Perform the following procedure to modify HGU long or short parameter.

2 In the Network Tree, choose the HGU parameter.
3 Modify the Value of a HGU parameter.
Note — You cannot modify the name of a HGU long or short parameter.

USING THE 5520 AMS
45.3.3 Deleting HGU parameters

This section describes the procedure to delete HGU long or short parameter.
Procedure 400 To delete HGU long or short parameter

Perform the following procedure to delete HGU long or short parameter.

2 Right-click the HGU parameter and choose Delete.
3 Click Yes.
Result: The HGU parameter entry disappears from the Network Tree.
45.3.4 Retrieving HGU parameters of an ONT

This section provides information about retrieving HGU parameters of an ONT and
retrieving HGU operational parameters from an ONT using the 5520 AMS GUI.
Procedure 401 To retrieve HGU parameters of an ONT using the 5520 AMS GUI
Perform the following procedure to retrieve HGU parameters of an ONT using the 5520 AMS GUI.
You can retrieve the HGU parameters information on an ONT.
Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT

Result: The list of HGU parameters on an ONT is displayed in the Network Tree.
Procedure 402 To retrieve HGU operational parameters from ONT using the 5520
AMS GUI
Before you proceed, ensure the HGU operational parameters CSV file is defined, uploaded and
configured. For more information, see section 45.2.

USING THE 5520 AMS
In case the Retrieve HGU operational parameters from ONT action is not supported on the ONT,
then The Action Retrieve HGU operational parameters is not supported on the ONT message is
displayed after performing this action on the ONT.
Perform the following procedure to retrieve HGU operational parameters from an ONT using the
5520 AMS GUI.

2 Right-click ONT and choose Actions→Retrieve HGU Operational Parameters from ONT.
Note — The Retrieve HGU Operational Parameters from ONT option is

disabled if the ONT is a planned ONT or if the version number for the ONT
is empty.
Result: The Retrieve HGU Operational Parameters from ONT window opens.
3 Select the Operator Defaults from the drop-down menu.
Result: The ONT CLI Credentials may or may not be populated based on the Operator
Defaults selected.
The Admin can create Operator Defaults for this action in order to define the ONT CLI
credentials once. The Admin can then grant the operator limited access to the ONU without
sharing the password. Also, you do not have to reenter the password. See the 5520
If the ONT CLI Credentials are not populated, enter the ONT CLI Credentials.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The HGU Operational Parameters from ONT Result is displayed in the Result page
window. The configured parameters and their values are listed. If the parameter is flagged
as Masked in the HGU operational parameters CSV file, then the parameter value, if not
empty, is displayed as a string of asterisk (*) characters.
You can click Save as CSV to save the results as CSV file or click Copy All to copy the results
to a text editor in your machine.
45.3.5 Configuring HGU environmental alarm

This section describes procedure to configure HGU environmental alarm.

USING THE 5520 AMS
You can create HGU environmental alarm to notify HGU customizable alarms to
5520 AMS.
Procedure 403 To create an HGU environmental alarm
Applies to — This procedure applies to NEs with GPON-based LT cards.
Before you proceed, HGU parameter must be created. For more information, see Procedure 398.
Perform the following procedure to configure HGU environmental alarms using the 5520 AMS
GUI.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→GPON→HGU Environmental

Alarm
2 Right-click HGU Environmental Alarm and choose Create→HGU Environmental Alarm
Result: The Create HGU Environmental Alarm window opens.
3 Enter the Alarm Number.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create HGU Environmental Alarm window opens.
5 Enter the description for HGU environmental alarm.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The HGU Environmental alarm appears in the Network tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
45.4 Troubleshooting syntax errors in

HGU-parameters.csv file
The following are the limitations for defining a HGU-parameters.csv file.
• Blank spaces are not allowed in HGU-parameters.csv file.
• The following format must be followed while defining the range for a TR-069
parameter in HGU-parameters.csv file.
<TR-069 Fully Distinguished
Name>,<AMS_GUI_Friendly_Name>,<Type>,[<Start_value>..<End_value>]
For example:
InternetGatewayDevice.IPPingDiagnostics.DataBlockSize,IP-Ping-DataBlockS
ize,unsignedInt,[1..65535]
• The following format must be followed while defining the regular expression for a
TR-069 parameter in HGU-parameters.csv file.
<TR-069 Fully Distinguished
Name>,<AMS_GUI_Friendly_Name>,<Type>,<Regular_Expression>
For example:
InternetGatewayDevice.IPPingDiagnostics.DiagnosticsState,IP-Ping-Diagnos
ticsState,String(32),None|none|Requested|Complete
The example of a regular expression to configure IP address is mentioned below:

(([0-9]|[1-9][0-9]|1[0-9][0-9]|2[0-4][0-9]|25[0-5])\.){3}([0-9]|[1-9][0-
9]|1[0-9][0-9]|2[0-4][0-9]|25[0-5])(%[\p{N}\p{L}]+)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M NGPON ONTs
USING THE 5520 AMS
NGPON ONTs
46 Configure an ONT for NGPON
47 Configure NGPON2
48 Configure Type-B protection for NGPON2

NGPON ONTs 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure an ONT for NGPON
USING THE 5520 AMS
46 Configure an ONT for NGPON
• NEs with an NGPON-based LT cards.

• R5.2 or later.
46.1 Overview
46.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration and management of an ONT for NGPON2.
To configure an ONT:
1 Create an ONT on the NGPON2 port.
2 Create an ONT card on the NGPON2 ONT.
46.1.1 ONT cards

The ONT card types correspond to the ONT family type that is configured on the
NGPON port. See the product information guide for the NE for information about the
services that are supported on the ONT variants.

This section describes procedures to configure an ONT.
Table 112 lists the tasks to configure an ONT.
Table 112 Configure an ONT
Task See
Create NGPON2 ONT Procedure 404
Create an NGPON2 ONT card Procedure 405
(1 of 2)

Configure an ONT for NGPON 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Create NGPON2 PTP master clock Procedure 420
Create NGPON2 UNI Procedure 411
(2 of 2)

more information.
Procedure 404 To create NGPON2 ONT
the Network Tree.
Before you proceed, you must create a channel pair.
Perform the following procedure to create an NGPON2 ONT.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NG-PON2→Channel Group→Sub Channel Group→ONT

(Provisioned).
2 Right-click ONT (Provisioned) in the Network Tree and choose Create→NGPON2 ONT.
Result: The Create NGPON2 ONT window opens.
3 Enter a unique ID for the ONT and click Next.
Result: The second Create NGPON2 ONT window opens.
4 Choose the ONT TC mode from the ONT TC Policing Mode drop-down list:
• Local at OLT
• Remote at ONT

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The ONT appears in the Network Tree.
Note — From ISAM R5.5.01 onwards, you can configure the

configuration files on an NGPON2 ONT. By default, the configuration files
are disabled. You can enable automatic configuration by selecting AUTO
value or manual configuration by defining the ONT configuration
filename. To configure the Planned and Downloaded parameters in
Config Files tab of NGPON2 ONT object details view, navigate to
NG-PON2→Channel Group→Sub Channel Group→ONT
(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT.
Procedure 405 To create an NGPON2 ONT card

Perform the following procedure to create an NGPON2 ONT card.
Before you proceed, an ONT must be created. See Procedure 404 for more information.

2 Right-click NGPON2 ONT and choose Create→NGPON2 ONT Card.
Result: The Create NGPON2 ONT Card window opens.
Result: The second Create NGPON2 ONT Card window opens.
Result: The NGPON2 ONT card appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 406 To create an NGPON2 Ethernet port

Perform the following procedure to create an NGPON2 Ethernet port.

(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card
2 Right-click NGPON2 ONT Card and choose Create → NGPON2 Ethernet Port.
Result: The Create NGPON2 Ethernet port window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create NGPON2 Ethernet port window opens.
Result: The NGPON2 Ethernet port appears in the Network Tree.
You can configure Power over Ethernet (POE) to carry electrical power using the network
cable. The POE allows a single cable to carry data connection and electrical power to devices
such as wireless access points and IP cameras. You can configure Power Over Ethernet
Parameters in the Object Details view of NG-PON2 → Channel Group → Sub Channel Group
→ ONT (Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card → NGPON2 Ethernet Port
and set the Power Priority parameter to either Critical, High, or Low. You can configure POE
on an Ethernet port. For navigation, see Procedure 57.
Procedure 407 To create an NGPON2 VEIP port
Perform the following procedure to create an NGPON2 VEIP port.

(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT
2 Right-click NGPON2 ONT and choose Create → NGPON2 ONT Card.
Result: The Create NGPON2 ONT Card window opens.
Result: The second Create NGPON2 ONT Card window opens.
4 Choose the Planned Type parameter as VEIP and configure other parameters.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The NGPON2 VEIP port appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 408 To create NGPON2 SNMP Service
The SNMP service is configured for an agent to generate trap messages that are sent to a trap
destination. For example, you can configure the SNMP service to send a trap when it receives a
request for information that does not contain the correct community name and does not match the
accepted host name for the service.
Perform the following procedure to create NGPON2 SNMP Service.

(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT→NGPON2 ONT Card (VEIP)→NGPON2 VEIP Port.
2 Right-click NGPON2 VEIP Port and choose Create →NGPON2 SNMP Service.
Result: The Create NGPON2 SNMP Service window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create NGPON2 SNMP Service window opens.
Result: The NGPON2 SNMP Service is created in the Network Tree.
Procedure 409 To create NGPON2 TR069 Server
The TR069 server provides a mechanism for an external manager with TR069 to communicate
and manage ONT to the OLT. The OLT manages the basic PON level functions through OMCI,
but allows the external manager with TR069 to manage the remaining functionality of the ONT,
such as POTS.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create NGPON2 TR069 Server.

(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT→NGPON2 ONT Card (VEIP)→NGPON2 VEIP Port.
2 Right-click NGPON2 VEIP Port and choose Create →NGPON2 TR069 Server.
Result: The Create NGPON2 TR069 Server window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create NGPON2 TR069 Server window opens.
Result: The NGPON2 TR069 Server is created in the Network Tree.
Procedure 410 To configure upstream and downstream queues for a NGPON2 UNI
Perform the following procedure to configure upstream and downstream queues for a NGPON2
UNI.
1 Select one of the following options:
• Navigate to the NE and choose NG-PON2→Channel Group→Sub Channel Group→ONT

(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card → NGPON2 Ethernet Port →
Upstream Queues → NGPON2 UNI Upstream Queue number, where number is the
upstream queue number.
• Navigate to the NE and choose NG-PON2 → Channel Group → Sub Channel Group →
ONT (Provisioned) → NGPON2 ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card (VEIP) → NGPON2 VEIP
Port → Upstream Queues → NGPON2 UNI Upstream Queue number, where number is
the upstream queue number.
(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card → NGPON2 Ethernet Port →
Downstream Queues → NGPON2 UNI Downstream Queue number, where number is the
downstream queue number.
• Navigate to the NE and choose NG-PON2 → Channel Group → Sub Channel Group →
ONT (Provisioned) → NGPON2 ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card (VEIP) → NGPON2 VEIP
Port → Downstream Queues → NGPON2 UNI Downstream Queue number, where
number is the downstream queue number.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 411 To create NGPON2 UNI

Perform the following procedure to create NGPON2 UNI.
• NG-PON2→Channel Group→Sub Channel Group→ONT (Provisioned)→NGPON2

ONT→NGPON2 ONT Card→NGPON2 Ethernet Port
ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card (VEIP) → NGPON2 VEIP Port
2 Right-click NGPON2 Ethernet Port or NGPON2 VEIP Port and choose Create→NGPON2
UNI.
Result: The Create NGPON2 UNI window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create NGPON2 UNI window opens.
4 Configure the parameter and click Finish.
Note — From ISAM R5.5.01 onwards, you can configure the pbit data
flow in different downstream direction through the VLAN Port DSL PBIT
Mode parameter in Object Details view of NGPON2 UNI.
Procedure 412 To configure NGPON2 Virtual UNI
Perform the following procedure to configure NGPON2 Virtual UNI.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Before you proceed:
• Create an ONT with the VoIP Support parameter configured to Standard VoIP OMCI. See
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NG-PON2→ Channel Group → Sub Channel Group → ONT
(Provisioned) → NGPON2 ONT → NGPON2 Virtual UNI.
Result: The Object Details window opens.

Virtual UNI
Perform the following procedure to configure upstream and downstream queues for a NGPON2
virtual UNI.
1 Select one of the following options:

(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT → NGPON2 Virtual UNI → Upstream Queues →
NGPON2 Virtual UNI Upstream Queue number, where number is the upstream queue
number.
(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT → NGPON2 Virtual UNI → Downstream Queues →
NGPON2 Virtual UNI Downstream Queue number, where number is the downstream
queue number.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 414 To create VLAN association

Perform the following procedure to create VLAN association.

ONT→NGPON2 ONT Card→NGPON2 Ethernet Port→NGPON2 UNI.
ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card (VEIP) → NGPON2 VEIP Port → NGPON2 UNI.
• NG-PON2→Channel Group→Sub Channel Group→ONT (Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT
→ NGPON2 Virtual UNI.
2 Right-click NGPON2 UNI or NGPON2 Virtual UNI and choose Create→VLAN Association.
Procedure 415 To create NGPON2 VLAN IP Interface
Perform the following procedure to create NGPON2 VLAN IP Interface.

(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT→NGPON2 Virtual UNI→VLAN Association→NGPON2
VLAN Association Interface.
2 Right-click NGPON2 VLAN Association Interface and choose Create→NGPON2 VLAN IP

Interface.
Result: The Create NGPON2 VLAN IP Interface window opens.
3 Click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create NGPON2 VLAN IP Interface window opens.
Result: The NGPON2 VLAN IP Interface appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 416 To create NGPON2 IP Host
Before you proceed, create a VLAN association on Virtual UNI.
Perform the following procedure to create NGPON2 IP host.

(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT→ VoIP.
2 Right-click VoIP and choose Create → NGPON2 IP Host
Result: The first Create NGPON2 IP Host window opens.
3 Enter the IP Host ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create NGPON2 IP Host window opens.
Result: The NGPON2 IP Host is created in the Network tree.
Procedure 417 To create NGPON2 VoIP configuration

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create NGPON2 VoIP configuration.

(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT→ VoIP → NGPON2 IP Host.
2 Right-click NGPON2 IP Host and choose Create → NGPON2 VoIP Configuration
Result: The Create NGPON2 VoIP Configuration window opens.
• Signaling Protocol
• Configuration Method
• Secure URI Profile
4 Click Finish.
Result: The NGPON2 VoIP Configuration is created in the Network tree.
Procedure 418 To create NGPON2 SIP configuration
Perform the following procedure to create NGPON2 SIP configuration.

(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT→ VoIP → NGPON2 IP Host → NGPON2 VoIP Configuration.
2 Right-click NGPON2 VoIP Configuration and choose Create → NGPON2 SIP Configuration
Result: The Create NGPON2 SIP Configuration window opens.
Result: The NGPON2 SIP Configuration is created in the Network tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 419 To configure an NGPON2 POTS port
Before you proceed, the POTS port must be linked to NGPON2 SIP configuration.
Perform the following procedure to configure an NGPON2 POTS port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NG-PON2 → Channel Group → Sub Channel Group → ONT
(Provisioned) → NGPON2 ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card (POTS) → NGPON2 POTS Port
Procedure 420 To create NGPON2 PTP master clock

Perform the following procedure to create NGPON2 PTP master clock.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Create→NGPON2 ONT Card→NGPON2 Ethernet Port
2 Right-click NGPON2 Ethernet Port and choose Create→NGPON2 PTP Master Clock.
Result: The Create NGPON2 PTP Master Clock window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create NGPON2 PTP Master Clock window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 421 To create NTR SSM out port on NGPON2 ONT

Perform the following procedure to create NGPON2 NTR SSM out port on NGPON2 ONT.

ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card (Ethernet) → NGPON2 Ethernet Port
2 Right-click NGPON2 Ethernet Port or NGPON2 VEIP Port and choose Create → NGPON2
NTR SSM Out Port.
Result: The Create NGPON2 NTR SSM Out Port window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create NGPON2 NTR SSM Out Port window opens.
4 Configure the NTR SSM Out Port Configuration parameter as Enabled or Disabled. Click
Finish.
Result: The NGPON2 NTR SSM Out Port appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 422 To create an NGPON2 LLDP-MED port
The LLDP-MED exchanges IP telephone messages between the switch and the IP telephone. If
the IP telephone is configured for VoIP service, the switch automatically detects the configuration
and assigns the telephone to the Voice VLAN.
Perform the following procedure to create an NGPON2 LLDP-MED port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NG-PON2→ Channel Group→ Sub Channel Group→ ONT
(Provisioned)→ NGPON2 ONT→ NGPON2 ONT Card→ NGPON2 Ethernet Port
2 Right-click the NGPON2 Ethernet Port and choose Create→ NGPON2 LLDP-MED Port
Result: The Create NGPON2 LLDP-MED Port window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create NGPON2 LLDP-MED Port window opens.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The NGPON2 LLDP-MED port appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 423 To create an NGPON2 LLDP-MED media policy
Perform the following procedure to create an NGPON2 LLDP-MED media policy.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NG-PON2→ Channel Group→ Sub Channel Group→ ONT
(Provisioned)→ NGPON2 ONT→ NGPON2 ONT Card→ NGPON2 Ethernet Port →
LLDP-MED Media Policies
2 Right-click the LLDP-MED Media Policies and choose Create → NGPON2 LLDP-MED
Media Policy
Result: The Create NGPON2 LLDP-MED Media Policy window opens.
3 Select the Application Type and click Next.
Result: The second Create NGPON2 LLDP-MED Media Policy window opens.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The NGPON2 LLDP-MED media policy appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS

This section describes procedures to manage an ONT.
Table 113 lists the tasks to manage an ONT.
Table 113 Manage an ONT
Task See
Lock or unlock an NGPON2 ONT or NGPON2 Procedure 424

ONT card or NGPON2 POTS port or
NGPON2 Virtual UNI or NGPON2 VEIP Port
Reset an NGPON2 ONT Procedure 425
Save NGPON2 ONT diagnostic data Procedure 428
and functions.
Procedure 424 To lock or unlock an NGPON2 ONT or NGPON2 ONT card or NGPON2
POTS port or NGPON2 Virtual UNI or NGPON2 VEIP Port
Perform the following procedure to lock or unlock an ONT and all the objects under the ONT.

ONT.
ONT→NGPON2 ONT Card.
ONT→NGPON2 Virtual UNI.
ONT→NGPON2 ONT Card (POTS) → NGPON2 POTS Port.
ONT→NGPON2 ONT Card (VEIP) → NGPON2 VEIP Port.
2 Right-click the NGPON2 ONT or NGPON2 ONT Card or NGPON2 POTS Port or NGPON2
Virtual UNI or NGPON2 VEIP Port in the Network Tree view and choose one of the following
options:
• Actions → Lock.
• Actions → Unlock.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Lock or Unlock window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 425 To reset an NGPON2 ONT


Perform the following procedure to reset an NGPON2 ONT.

2 Right-click NGPON2 ONT and choose Actions→Reset ONT.
3 Click Finish.
Note — You can Reboot an NGPON2 ONT through the following

options:
• From Active Image

• Via PLOAM
From ISAM R5.5.01 onwards, the OLT sends a proprietary PLOAM

message after which the NGPON2 ONT is rebooted.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 426 To reset default VLAN on NGPON2 UNI or NGPON2 virtual UNI
Applies to — This procedure is applicable to ISAM R5.4.01 or later.

The default VLAN is used to tag untagged traffic from the user. When the default VLAN is reset,
the untagged frames are dropped by the NE.
Perform the following procedure to reset default VLAN on NGPON2 UNI or NGPON2 virtual UNI.

ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card → NGPON2 Ethernet Port → NGPON2 UNI
ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card (VEIP) → NGPON2 VEIP Port → NGPON2 UNI
ONT → NGPON2 Virtual UNI
2 Right-click NGPON2 UNI and NGPON2 Virtual UNI and choose Actions → Reset Default
VLAN.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 427 To start an ONT self-test

Perform the following procedure to start an ONT self-test.

2 Right-click NGPON2 ONT and choose Actions→Self Test.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 428 To save NGPON2 ONT diagnostic data

Choose the persist ONT data operation to force the ONT to save diagnostic data to nonvolatile
memory.
Perform the following procedure to save NGPON2 ONT diagnostic data.

2 Right-click NGPON2 ONT and choose Actions→Persist ONT Data.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 429 To enable or disable optical measurements monitoring

Perform the following procedure to enable or disable optical measurements monitoring.

2 Right-click NGPON2 ONT and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→ Enable.
Result: The Optical Measurements Monitoring > Enable window opens.
• Actions→ Disable.
Result: The Optical Measurements Monitoring > Disable window opens.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 430 To switch channel pair

Perform the following procedure to switch channel pair on an NGPON2 ONT.

2 Right-click NGPON2 ONT and select Actions→Switch Channel Pair.
Result: The Switch Channel Pair window opens.
3 Click Browse and select the Channel Pair.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The channel pair is switched for the selected NGPON2 ONT and the result is
displayed.
Procedure 431 To show actual cards

Perform the following procedure to show actual cards on an NGPON2 ONT.

2 Right-click NGPON2 ONT and select Actions→Show Actual Cards.
Result: The Result page window opens.
3 Click Close.
Result: The actual cards entries for the selected NGPON2 ONT is displayed.
Procedure 432 To view NGPON2 bridge port maintenance endpoint

Perform the following procedure to view NGPON2 bridge port maintenance endpoint.
Navigate to the NE and choose NG-PON2→Channel Group→Sub Channel Group→ONT

(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT→NGPON2 ONT Card→NGPON2 Ethernet Port→NGPON2
UNI→VLAN Association→NGPON2 Bridge Port Maintenance End Point

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Object Details view displays the parameters for NGPON2 Bridge Port Maintenance
End Point.
Procedure 433 To move an NGPON2 ONT
You can choose the channel pair associated with an ONU which is in service. By moving an ONT,
the controlled ONU is moved from current channel pair to the selected channel pair. The preferred
channel pair attribute of the moved ONU is changed to the new channel pair and all the services
of the ONU flows through the new channel pair.
Perform the following procedure to move a selected NGPON2 ONT.

2 Right-click NGPON2 ONT and choose Actions → Move ONT
Result: The Move ONT window opens.
3 Select the Channel Pair.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The Result Page is displayed.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure NGPON2
USING THE 5520 AMS
47 Configure NGPON2
• NEs with NGPON2-based LT cards.

• R5.2 or later.
47.1 Overview
47.2 Configuring NGPON2
47.3 Managing NGPON2
47.4 Configuring NGPON2 profiles
47.5 Configuring NGPON2 VLAN Association Upstream Queue
47.6 Configuring NGPON2 802.1x authentication
47.7 NGPON2 Troubleshooting Counters
47.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of NGPON2.
Table 114 lists the tasks to configure NGPON2.
Table 114 Configure NGPON2
Task See
Configure a channel pair Procedure 434
Create channel group Procedure 435
Create sub channel group Procedure 436
Create bridge port protocol group Procedure 437

Configure NGPON2 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
47.1.1 XGS-PON overview

Applies to —
• This section is applicable from ISAM R5.5.01 or later.

• XGS-PON and XG-PON1 is the only mode of operation on
7360 ISAM NE.
The XGS-PON model is based on NGPON2 management model. The following is
supported:
• XGS-PON support with dual rate support - 2.5 Gbps, 10 Gbps
• XG-PON1 only mode with single rate support - 2.5 Gbps
The difference between XGS-PON and NGPON2 is based on the Lambda profile that
is associated to the Channel pair. If the downstream wavelength is in the range
[1575nm..1580nm] then XGS-PON is supported on the Channel pair.
The XGS-PON is represented as below in the Graphical view
47.2 Configuring NGPON2

This section describes procedures to configure NGPON2.
Note — You can create, modify and delete ODN splitter on

channel group and view ODN splitter point-to-multipoint
topology in the Graphical view. For more information on ODN
splitter, see Section 38.1.1.
Before you proceed, NGPON2-based LT cards must be planned.
Procedure 434 To configure channel pair

Perform the following procedure to configure channel pair.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (NGPON2-based LT cards)

→Channel Pair.
2 Right-click Channel Pair and choose Actions → Configure.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Configure window opens.
3 Configure the required parameters and click Finish.
Procedure 435 To create channel group

Perform the following procedure to create channel group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NG-PON2.
2 Right-click NG-PON2 and choose Create→Channel Group.
Result: The Create Channel Group window opens.
3 Enter the Channel Group number and click Next.
Result: The second Create Channel Group window opens.
Note — You can add or remove Channel Pairs to the channel group in
the Associated Channel Pairs tab of Object Details window. The channel
group allows maximum of eight channel pairs.
Procedure 436 To create sub channel group

Perform the following procedure to create sub channel group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NG-PON2→Channel Group.
2 Right-click Channel Group and choose Create→Sub Channel Group.
Result: The Create Sub Channel Group window opens.
3 Enter the Sub Channel Group Number and click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create Sub Channel Group window opens.
Note — You can add or remove Channel Pairs to the sub channel group
in the Associated Channel Pairs tab of Object Details window. The sub
channel group allows maximum of eight channel pairs.
Procedure 437 To create bridge port protocol group

Perform the following procedure to create Bridge Port Protocol Group.

(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT Card→NGPON2 Ethernet Port→NGPON2 UNI→Protocol
Groups
Result: The Create Bridge Port Protocol Group window opens.
3 Select the Protocol Group and click Next.
47.3 Managing NGPON2

This section describes procedures to manage the NGPON2.
Procedure 438 To lock or unlock a channel group

Before you proceed, a Channel Group must be created under the NG-PON2. See Procedure 435
for information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to lock or unlock a channel group.
2 Right-click Channel Group and choose one of the following options:
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 439 To lock or unlock a sub channel group

Before you proceed, a Sub Channel Group must be created under the NG-PON2. See Procedure
436 for information.
Perform the following procedure to lock or unlock a sub channel group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NG-PON2→Channel Group→Sub Channel Group.
2 Right-click Sub Channel Group and choose one of the following options:
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 440 To lock or unlock a channel pair

Perform the following procedure to lock or unlock a channel pair.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (NGPON2-based LT

cards)→Channel Pair.
2 Right-click Channel Pair and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→Lock
• Actions→Unlock
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 441 To lock and unlock a channel pair

Perform the following procedure to lock and unlock a channel pair.

2 Right-click Channel Pair and choose Actions→Lock then Unlock
The Lock then Unlock window opens.
3 Click Browse to select the schedule to lock and unlock the channel pair. By default, the
“Schedule Now” schedule is displayed.
displayed.
iii Click OK.

USING THE 5520 AMS
5 Click Finish.
Procedure 442 To view channel pair and ONT optical measurement

Perform the following procedure to view the channel pair and ONT optical measurement.

2 Right-click Channel Pair and select Actions→Channel Pair and ONT Optical Measurement.
Result: The Channel Pair and ONT Optical Measurement window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The channel pair and ONT optical measurement details is displayed.
Procedure 443 To show channel pair and ONTs

Before you proceed, a Channel Group must be created under the NG-PON2. See Procedure 435
for information.
Perform the following procedure to show channel pair and ONTs information.
2 Right-click Channel Group and select Actions→Show Channel Pair and ONTs.
Result: The Show Channel Pair and ONTs window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The channel pair and ONTs details for the selected Channel Group is displayed.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 444 To lock or unlock an NGPON2 Ethernet port

Perform the following procedure to lock or unlock an NGPON2 Ethernet port.

(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT→NGPON2 ONT Card→NGPON2 Ethernet Port.
2 Right-click NGPON2 Ethernet Port and choose one of the following options:
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 445 To lock or unlock an NGPON2 PTP Master Clock

Perform the following procedure to lock or unlock an NGPON2 PTP Master clock.

PTP Master Clock.
2 Right-click the NGPON2 PTP Master Clock in the Network Tree view and choose one of the
following options:
• Actions→Lock
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 446 To lock or unlock an NGPON2 VLAN association

Perform the following procedure to lock or unlock an NGPON2 VLAN association.

UNI → VLAN Association → NGPON2 VLAN Association
2 Right-click the NGPON2 VLAN Association in the Network Tree view and choose one of the
following options:
• Actions→Lock
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 447 To clear the BER counters

Perform the following procedure to clear the BER counters.

2 Right-click Channel Pair and choose Actions→Clear BER Counters.
Result: The Clear BER Counters window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 448 To clear ranging alarm on channel pair

USING THE 5520 AMS
The upstream bandwidth for a channel pair is calculated based on the Maximum Ranging ONTs
and Maximum Service TCONTs Number per Frame parameters. The Maximum Ranging ONTs
parameter provides the number of pre-configured ONTs and if the range exceeds the maximum
value, an alarm is raised.
Perform the following procedure to clear ranging alarm on channel pair.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT (FWLT-A)→ Channel Pair.
2 Right-click Channel Pair and choose Actions→Clear Ranging Alarm.
Result: The Clear Ranging Alarm window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 449 To display Current and Last 24 Hour Channel Pair Utilization
Perform the following procedure to display channel pair utilization:
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (NGPON2-based

LTcards)→Channel Pair.
• Actions→Show Channel Pair Utilization→Current.

• Actions→Show Channel Pair Utilization→Last 24 Hour.
Result: The result page for the corresponding channel pair utilization is displayed.
Procedure 450 To configure Channel Pair TCA (OLT-side Utilization)

Perform the following procedure to configure Channel Pair TCA (OLT-side Utilization).

cards)→Channel Pair→Channel Pair TCA (OLT-side Utilization).

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 451 To view downstream high utilized ONTs

Perform the following procedure to view the downstream high utilized ONTs.
Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack→Slot LT (FWLT-A)→Channel Pair→ High

Utilized ONTs→ Downstream → NGPON2 Rank Down.
Result: The Table view and the Object Details view displays the downstream high utilized ONTs.
Procedure 452 To view upstream high utilized ONTs

Perform the following procedure to view the upstream high utilized ONTs.
Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (FWLT-A) →Channel Pair→High

Utilized ONTs→ Downstream →NGPON2 Rank Down.
Result: The Table view and the Object Details view display the downstream high utilized ONTs
details.
47.4 Configuring NGPON2 profiles

This section describes procedure to configure Lambda profile for NGPON2.
Procedure 453 To create NGPON2 Lambda profile

Perform the following procedure to create NGPON2 Lambda profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→NG-PON2→Lambda Profile.
2 Right-click Lambda Profile and choose Create→Lambda Profile.
Result: The Create Lambda Profile window opens.
3 Enter the profile number and click Next.
Result: The second Create Lambda Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
47.5 Configuring NGPON2 VLAN Association

Upstream Queue
Before you proceed:
• Ensure that the VLAN Port Level Queue Configuration option is enabled in
NGPON2 ONT.
This section describes procedure to configure VLAN Association Upstream Queue

for NGPON2.
Procedure 454 To configure NGPON2 VLAN Association Upstream Queue
Perform the following procedure to configure NGPON2 VLAN Association Upstream Queues.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NGPON2→ Channel Group→ Sub Channel Group→ ONT
(Provisioned)→ NGPON2 ONT→ NGPON2 ONT Card→ NGPON2 Ethernet Port.
2 Choose NGPON2 UNI→ VLAN Association→ NGPON2 VLAN Association Interface→

Upstream Queues→ NGPON2 VLAN Association Upstream Queue number, where number
is the upstream queue number.
3 You can configure the following upstream queue:
• Queue Profile
• Shaper Profile
• Weight
• Priority
• Shaper Sharing

USING THE 5520 AMS
Note — You can view bandwidth parameters in QoS tab of object details
window on a NGPON2 Ethernet Port. The Bandwidth profile is used to set
the bandwidth profile per UNI port and all the upstream queues in the UNI
port use the same bandwidth profile.
47.6 Configuring NGPON2 802.1x authentication
This section describes procedures to configure 802.1x authentication on an

NGPON2.
You can configure 802.1x on the NGPON2 port for each channel group.
Procedure 455 To configure NGPON2 802.1x authentication

Perform the following procedure to configure NGPON2 802.1x authentication.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NG-PON2 → Channel Group→ Sub Channel Group → ONT
(Provisioned) → NGPON2 ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card → NGPON2 Ethernet Port →
NGPON2 UNI → NGPON2 802.1x Authenticator
Result: The Object Details view opens
2 Choose Enabled from the State drop-down menu to activate 802.1x for the NGPON2.
3 Configure the other parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 456 To initialize 802.1x authentication on an NGPON2

Perform the following procedure to initialize 802.1x authentication on an NGPON2.
2 Right-click NGPON2 802.1x Authenticator and choose Actions → Initialize
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 457 To clear the 802.1x statistics on an NGPON2

Perform the following procedure to initialize 802.1x authentication on an NGPON2.
2 Right-click NGPON2 802.1x Authenticator and choose Actions → Clear Statistics
3 Click Finish.
47.7 NGPON2 Troubleshooting Counters

Perform the following procedure to view NGPON2 Troubleshooting Counters.
Procedure 458 To view NGPON2 Troubleshooting counters

USING THE 5520 AMS
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NGPON2→ Channel Group→ Sub Channel Group→ ONT
(Provisioned)→ NGPON2 ONT.
• View NGPON2 Troubleshooting counters in the Object Details view.

Choose NGPON2 ONT Card→NGPON2 Ethernet Port→NGPON2 UNI→VLAN
Association→NGPON2 Troubleshooting Counters.
Result: The Object Details view opens. The details of Summary Counters and Detailed
• View NGPON2 Troubleshooting counters using the Actions menu.
• Right-click NGPON2 ONT and choose Actions→Show Troubleshooting Counters.
Result: The Show Troubleshooting Counters window opens, prompting you to confirm if
you want to perform this action.
• Click Finish.
Result: A result page window opens. The details of Summary Counters and Detailed

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure Type-B protection for NGPON2
USING THE 5520 AMS
48 Configure Type-B protection for

NGPON2
• NEs with NGPON2-based LT cards.

• R5.7 or later.
48.1 Overview
48.2 Configuring Type-B Protection
48.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of Type-B protection for NGPON2.
The Type-B protection for NGPON2 provides redundancy of the optical distribution
network between an OLT and a remote splitter. The NE can switch from the
protected PON interface to the protecting PON interface in less time after detection
of failure in the protected path.
The Type-B protection will be supported for all wavelength channel pairs on NGPON,
as an extension of XGS-PON Type-B protection which supports Type-B protection
XGS-Mode channel pair. For each channel pair, the Type-B protection is supported
for TWDM-PON on ISAM 7360 NE.
48.2 Configuring Type-B Protection

This section describes procedures to configure Type-B protection on an NGPON2.
Procedure 459 To create protection group channel pair

Perform the following procedure to create protection group channel pair.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NGPON2 → Type-B Protection
2 Right-click Type-B Protection and choose Create → Protection Group Channel Pair
Result: The Create Protection Group Channel Pair window opens.
3 Browse and select Primary Channel Pair

Configure Type-B protection for NGPON2 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Protection Group Channel Pair window opens.
5 Browse and select Paired Channel Pair.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The protection group channel pair appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 460 To switch protection group channel pair

Perform the following procedure to switch the protection group channel pair from Primary to Paired
or Paired to Primary.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NGPON2 → Type-B Protection → Protection Group Channel
Pair
2 Right-click Protection Group Channel Pair and choose one of the following options:
• Actions → Switch from Primary to Paired

• Actions → Switch from Paired to Primary

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M EPON ONTs
USING THE 5520 AMS
EPON ONTs
49 Configure EPON ports
50 Configure an EPON ONT
51 Configure EPON transmission profiles
52 Configure services on EPON ONTs

EPON ONTs 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure EPON ports
USING THE 5520 AMS
49 Configure EPON ports
Applies to — This chapter applies to NEs with an EPON-based

NT cards.
49.1 Overview
49.2 EPON port operational state
49.3 Configuring a EPON port
49.4 Managing EPON ports
49.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of EPON ports.
Table 115 lists the tasks to configure EPON port.
Table 115 Configure EPON port
Task See
Configure an EPON port Procedure 461
Perform rogue test Procedure 1208
Enable or disable idle power monitoring Procedure 1209

Manage and monitor EPON alarms Procedure 462
49.2 EPON port operational state

The EPON port operational state is up or down. You cannot configure the operational
state. The operational state for the EPON port is displayed:
• In the top right corner of the EPON port icon in the Graphical View

Configure EPON ports 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
49.3 Configuring a EPON port

This section describes procedures to configure a EPON port.
Before you proceed, EPON-based LT cards must be planned. See Procedure 138
Procedure 461 To configure a EPON port

Perform the following procedure to configure a EPON port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (EPON-based LT cards)→EPON

Port.
2 Configure the required parameters.
49.4 Managing EPON ports

This section describes procedures to manage EPON ports.
49.4.1 Locking and unlocking a EPON port

You can lock and unlock a EPON port. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for information
49.4.2 Manage and monitor EPON alarms

This section describes the process to manage and monitor EPON alarms on an NE.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure EPON ports
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 462 To manage and monitor EPON alarms

Perform the following procedure to manage and monitor EPON alarms.
1 Configure the SFP profile. Set RSSI thresholds for EPON alarm conditions. See Procedure
169.
2 Monitor EPON alarms. See the table EPON Alarms in the relevant NE plug-in release chapter
in the Alarms volume.

Configure EPON ports 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure an EPON ONT
USING THE 5520 AMS
50 Configure an EPON ONT
Applies to — This chapter applies to NEs with EPON-based LT

cards.
50.1 Overview
50.2 Configuring an EPON ONT
50.3 Configuring the LLID for an EPON ONT
50.4 Configuring the Ethernet UNI
50.5 Configuring EPON Ethernet ports for VLAN trunk, translation or

aggregation forwarding
50.6 Managing an EPON ONT
50.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of an EPON ONT.
To configure an EPON ONT, create an ONT on the EPON port.
50.1.1 Deleting ONTs

Deleting an ONT, or ONT port deletes the selected element and its subelements and
the user resources configured for ONTs.

Configure an EPON ONT 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
The 5520 AMS does not delete network resources used by the ONT ports, such as
profiles. Only the associations to the profiles are deleted.
Note — The ONT deletion operation cannot be performed

when the selected ONT to be unplanned is unlocked, if:
• The Forbid Board Unplanning and ONT Deletion If Not
Locked check box is selected in the NE Plug Specific
settings of the NE in the Administration tree, and
• The GUI Setting - On Invalid Deletion - in the Administration
tree is set to Forbid the Deletion.
If the GUI Setting - On Invalid Deletion - is set to Display a

Warning, then a warning is displayed, but the user can confirm
the deletion of the ONT.
50.2 Configuring an EPON ONT

This section describes procedures to configure an EPON ONT.
more information.
Table 116 lists the tasks to configure an EPON ONT.
Table 116 Configure an EPON ONT
Task See
Create an EPON ONT Procedure 463
Create an EPON ONT RMS Procedure 464
Modify LLID for an EPON ONT Procedure 465
Create a link on an EPON ONT Procedure 466

Restart auto-negotiation Procedure 467
Create an EPON logical link UNI Procedure 468
Create an EPON IGMP Control Channel on Procedure 469

the Bridge port
Create an NTR SSM Out Port Procedure 470
Create a VLAN association Procedure 471
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Create an EPON IGMP Control Channel on Procedure 472
VLAN port
Create an EPON VLAN Port Unicast Static Procedure 473

MAC Address
Create an IPv4 user Procedure 474

Create an IPv6 user Procedure 475
Create a bridge port protocol group Procedure 476
Create an EPON Ethernet port Procedure 477
Configure multicast VLANs for an EPON ONT Procedure 478

Ethernet UNI
Create an EPON Multicast VLAN Procedure 479
Create a VLAN Translation Procedure 480
Create an EPON Multicast VLAN Translation Procedure 481
Create an EPON Ethernet port flow Procedure 482
(2 of 2)
Procedure 463 To create an EPON ONT
the Network Tree.
Perform the following procedure to create an EPON ONT.

2 Right-click ONT (Provisioned) in the Network Tree and choose Create→EPON ONT.
Result: The Create EPON ONT window opens.
3 Enter a unique ID for the ONT and click Next.
Result: The second Create EPON ONT window opens.
4 Configure the parameters. Table 117 provides guidelines for configuring the ONT
parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 117 Guidelines for EPON ONT parameters
Tab Parameter Guidelines
General MAC Address Enter the physical ID of the ONT.
Logical Authentication ID Enter a Logical ONU ID for LOID-based authentication

of the ONT.
Logical Authentication Password Enter the Logical authentication password.
LLIDs Pattern This parameter defines the number of LLIDs per ONU.
Indicates the LLID pattern of ONU in the following
format, ‘Number of LLID Groups * Number of LLIDs. For
example, 1 GROUP * 1 LLID (default).
Configuration Save Mode Set the ONT configuration save mode by enabling one
of the following modes:
• Disabled
• ALU Mode
• CU Mode
ONUID for DHCP/PPP Set the ONUID for DHCP/PPP to one of the following
options:
• System
• MAC
• LOID
Details 1 IGMP Handling Mode (ONU Set the IGMP Handling Mode to one of the following
Mode) modes:
• CONTROL- used if the multicast forwarding table is
to be defined by the OLT via extended OAM
messaging.
• SNOOPING - used if the ONT needs to perform
IGMP snooping and maintain the multicast
forwarding table.
• FLOODING - used specifically for MDUs with EPON
uplinks that use a dedicated SNMP channel to
manage services and UNIs.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The EPON ONT appears in the Network Tree.
6 Choose the new ONT in the Network Tree.
7 If required, configure the additional parameters that appear in the Object Details view.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 464 To create an EPON ONT RMS

Before you proceed, an ONT must be provisioned. See Procedure 463.
Perform the following procedure to create an EPON ONT RMS.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT→RMS.
2 Right-click RMS in the Network Tree and choose Create→EPON ONT RMS.
Result: The Create EPON ONT RMS window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create EPON ONT RMS window opens.
Result: The EPON ONT RMS object appears in the Network tree.
50.3 Configuring the LLID for an EPON ONT

The Logical Link Identifier (LLID) is a physical interface which is automatically
created when the ONU is planned.
Procedure 465 To configure LLID for an EPON ONT
Note — There can be more than one logical link automatically created
by the NE per EPON ONT based on the configuration of ‘LLIDs Pattern’
on an EPON ONT.
Before you proceed:
• LT card must be planned. See Procedure 138.

• EPON ONT must be created. See Procedure 463.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to configure LLID for an EPON ONT.
i Configure a link on an EPON ONT. See Procedure 466.
ii Configure an EPON logical link UNI. See Procedure 468.
iii Enable or disable remote OAM loobpack on the LLID. See Procedure 487.
Procedure 466 To create a link on an EPON ONT

Before you proceed:

• EPON ONT must be created. See Procedure 463.
Perform the following procedure to create a link on an EPON ONT.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT.
2 Right-click EPON ONT in the Network Tree and choose Create→Link.
Result: The Create Link window opens.
3 Select the MDU Network port in the MDU Network Port field.
4 Configure other parameters and click Next.
Result: The second Create Link window opens.
Result: The Logical Link object appears in the Network tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 467 To restart auto-negotiation

Perform the following procedure to restart auto-negotiation.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT→Ethernet Ports→EPON Ethernet Port.
2 Right-click EPON Ethernet Port in the Network Tree and choose Actions→Restart
Auto-negotiation.
Result: The Restart Auto-negotiation window opens.
3 Click Finish.
50.4 Configuring the Ethernet UNI

This section describes procedures to configure the EPON Logical Link UNI.
Procedure 468 To create an EPON logical link UNI
Note — You can create an EPON LL UNI only on a Master Logical Link.
Logical link is either a ‘Master’ or a ‘Group’ based on the configuration of

‘LLIDs Pattern’ on an EPON ONT.
Perform the following procedure to create an EPON logical link UNI.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT→Logical Link→Logical Link.
2 Right-click Logical Link in the Network Tree and choose Create→EPON LL UNI.
Result: The Create EPON LL UNI window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create EPON LL UNI window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The EPON LL UNI object appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 469 To create an EPON IGMP Control Channel on the Bridge port
Perform the following procedure to create an EPON IGMP Control Channel on the Bridge port.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT→Logical Link→Logical Link→EPON LL UNI.
2 Right-click EPON LL UNI in the Network Tree and choose Create→EPON IGMP Control
Channel on Bridge Port.
Result: The Create EPON IGMP Control Channel on Bridge Port window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create EPON IGMP Control Channel on Bridge Port window opens.
Result: The EPON IGMP Control Channel on Bridge Port object appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 470 To create an NTR SSM Out Port on EPON ONT

Perform the following procedure to create an NTR SSM Out Port on EPON ONT.

2 Right-click EPON LL UNI in the Network Tree and choose Create→NTR SSM Out Port.
Result: The Create NTR SSM Out Port window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create NTR SSM Out Port window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The NTR SSM Out Port object appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 471 To create a VLAN association

Perform the following procedure to create a VLAN association.

2 Right-click EPON LL UNI in the Network Tree and choose Create→VLAN Association.
3 Select one of the following VLAN forwarding modes in the VLAN Forwarding Mode field:
• VLAN without Translation

• No VLAN Forwarding
• VLAN with Translation
• VLAN Tunnel
Result: The second Create VLAN Association window opens.
Result: The VLAN Association object appears in the Network tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 472 To create an EPON IGMP Control Channel on VLAN port

Perform the following procedure to create an EPON IGMP Control Channel on VLAN port.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT→Logical Link→Logical Link→EPON LL UNI→VLAN
Association→EPON VLAN Association Interface.
2 Right-click EPON VLAN Association Interface in the Network Tree and choose
Create→EPON IGMP Control Channel on VLAN Port.
Result: The Create EPON IGMP Control Channel on VLAN Port window opens.
Result: The second Create EPON IGMP Control Channel on VLAN Port window opens.
Result: The EPON IGMP Control Channel on VLAN Port object appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 473 To create an EPON VLAN Port Unicast Static MAC Address
Perform the following procedure to create an EPON VLAN port unicast static MAC address.

Association→EPON VLAN Association Interface→MAC Addresses→Static.
2 Right-click Static in the Network Tree and choose Create→EPON Vlan Port Unicast Static
MAC Address.
Result: The Create EPON Vlan Port Unicast Static MAC Address window opens.
3 Configure the MAC address and click Next.
Result: The second Create EPON Vlan Port Unicast Static MAC Address window opens.
Result: The EPON Vlan Port Unicast Static MAC Address object appears in the Network tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 474 To create an EPON IPv4 user

Perform the following procedure to create an EPON IPv4 user.

Association→EPON VLAN Association Interface→IP Users.
2 Right-click IP Users in the Network Tree and choose Create→EPON IPv4 User.
Result: The Create EPON IPv4 User window opens.
Result: The second Create EPON IPv4 User window opens.
Result: The EPON IPv4 User object appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 475 To create an EPON IPv6 user
Perform the following procedure to create an EPON IPv6 user.

Association→EPON VLAN Association Interface→IPv6 Users→Static.
2 Right-click Static and choose Create→EPON IPv6 User.
Result: The Create EPON IPv6 User window opens.
Result: The second Create EPON IPv6 User window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The EPON IPv6 User object appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 476 To create a bridge port protocol group

Perform the following procedure to create a bridge port protocol group.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT→Logical Link→Logical Link→EPON LL
UNI→Protocol Groups.
2 Right-click Protocol Groups in the Network Tree and choose Create→Bridge Port Protocol
Group.
3 Configure the protocol group and click Next.
Result: The Bridge Port Protocol Group object appears in the Network tree.
50.5 Configuring EPON Ethernet ports for VLAN

trunk, translation or aggregation forwarding
This section describes procedures to configure EPON Ethernet ports for VLAN trunk,
translation or aggregation forwarding.
Procedure 477 To create an EPON Ethernet port

Perform the following procedure to create an EPON Ethernet port.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT→Ethernet Ports.
2 Right-click Ethernet Ports in the Network Tree and choose Create→EPON Ethernet Port.
Result: The Create EPON Ethernet Port window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Choose the VLAN mode from the VLAN drop-down list:
• Transparent
• Tag
• Translate
• Trunk
• Aggregation
Note — Translation mode supports one-to-one VLAN translation and

aggregation mode supports many-to-one VLAN translation.
Result: The EPON Ethernet Port object appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 478 To configure multicast VLANs for an EPON ONT Ethernet UNI
Before you proceed:
• The EPON ONT must be planned and connected, with the IGMP multicast handling mode
set to 'Snooping'. See Procedure 463.
• The Ethernet UNI must be configured. See Procedure 468.
• For multicast VLAN translation, the Ethernet UNI must be configured to translate tags for
multicast VLAN traffic and the Port VLAN to be specified must be configured. See
Procedure 471.
Perform the following procedure to create an EPON multicast VLAN.
1 Create a multicast VLAN for the Ethernet UNI. See Procedure 479.
2 Create a multicast VLAN translation for the Ethernet UNI. See Procedure 481.
Procedure 479 To create an EPON Multicast VLAN

Before you proceed:
• The EPON ONT must be planned and connected, with the IGMP multicast handling mode
set to 'Snooping'. See Procedure 463.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create an EPON multicast VLAN.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT→Ethernet Ports→EPON Ethernet Port→Multicast
VLAN.
2 Right-click Multicast VLAN in the Network Tree and choose Create→EPON Multicast VLAN.
Result: The Create EPON Multicast VLAN window opens.
3 Configure the multicast VLAN ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create EPON Multicast VLAN window opens.
4 Configure the user-side VLAN ID and click Finish.
Result: The EPON Multicast VLAN object appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 480 To create a VLAN Translation

Perform the following procedure to create a VLAN translation.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT→Ethernet Ports→EPON Ethernet Port→VLAN
Translation.
2 Right-click VLAN Translation in the Network Tree and choose Create→VLAN Translation.
Result: The Create VLAN Translation window opens.
3 Configure the user-side VLAN ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create VLAN Translation window opens.
4 Configure the network-side VLAN ID and click Finish.
Result: The VLAN Translation object appears in the Network tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 481 To create an EPON Multicast VLAN Translation

Perform the following procedure to create an EPON multicast VLAN translation.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT→Ethernet Ports→EPON Ethernet Port→Multicast
VLAN Translation.
2 Right-click Multicast VLAN Translation in the Network Tree and choose Create→EPON
Multicast VLAN Translation.
Result: The Create EPON Multicast VLAN Translation window opens.
3 Configure the multicast VLAN ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create EPON Multicast VLAN Translation window opens.
4 Configure the user-side VLAN ID and click Finish.
Result: The EPON Multicast VLAN Translation object appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 482 To create an EPON Ethernet port flow

Perform the following procedure to create an EPON Ethernet port flow.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT→Ethernet Ports→EPON Ethernet Port→Flow.
2 Right-click Flow in the Network Tree and choose Create→EPON Ethernet Port Flow.
Result: The Create EPON Ethernet Port Flow window opens.
3 Configure the flow number and click Next.
Result: The second Create EPON Ethernet Port Flow window opens.
Result: The EPON Ethernet Port Flow object appears in the Network tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
50.6 Managing an EPON ONT

This section describes procedures to manage an EPON ONT.
and functions.
Table 118 lists the tasks to manage an EPON ONT.
Table 118 Manage an EPON ONT
Task See
Reset an EPON ONT Procedure 483
Save OAM on an EPON ONT Procedure 484
Clear OAM on an EPON ONT Procedure 485
Restore factory on an EPON ONT Procedure 486
Enable or disable loopback on a logical link Procedure 487

Reset the default VLAN Procedure 488
Start, stop or clear on-demand counters Procedure 489
Start, stop or clear detailed counters Procedure 490
Claear UNI statistics counter Procedure 491
Manage an EPON rogue ONT Procedure 492
50.6.1 Locking and unlocking an ONT

You can lock and unlock an ONT. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for information
Procedure 483 To reset an EPON ONT

Reset an EPON ONT to release all of the alarms on the ONT before you reboot the ONT.

USING THE 5520 AMS

Perform the following procedure to reset an EPON ONT.

2 Right-click EPON ONT and choose Actions→Reset ONT.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 484 To save OAM on an EPON ONT

Perform the following procedure to save OAM on an EPON ONT.

2 Right-click EPON ONT and choose Actions→Configuration Command→Save OAM.
Result: The Configuration Command > Save OAM window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 485 To clear OAM on an EPON ONT

Perform the following procedure to clear OAM on an EPON ONT.

2 Right-click EPON ONT and choose Actions→Configuration Command→Clear OAM.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Configuration Command > Clear OAM window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 486 To restore factory on an EPON ONT

Perform the following procedure to restore factory on an EPON ONT.

2 Right-click EPON ONT and choose Actions→Configuration Command→Restore Factory.
Result: The Configuration Command > Restore Factory window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 487 To enable or disable loopback on a logical link

Perform the following procedure to enable or disable loopback on a logical link.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT→Logical Link→Logical Link.
2 Right-click Logical Link in the Network Tree and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→Enable Loopback
Result: The Enable Loopback window opens.
• Actions→Disable Loopback
Result: The Disable Loopback window opens.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 488 To reset the default VLAN

Perform the following procedure to reset the default VLAN.

2 Right-click EPON LL UNI in the Network Tree and choose Actions→Reset Default VLAN.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 489 To start, stop or clear on-demand counters

Perform the following procedure to start, stop or clear on-demand counters.

Association→EPON VLAN Association Interface.
2 Right-click EPON VLAN Association Interface in the Network Tree and choose any of the
following actions:
• Actions→On-Demand Counters→Start to start counters.

Result: The On-Demand Counters > Start window opens.
• Actions→On-Demand Counters→Stop to stop counters.
Result: The On-Demand Counters > Stop window opens.
• Actions→On-Demand Counters→Clear to clear counters.
Result: The On-Demand Counters > Clear window opens.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 490 To start, stop or clear detailed counters

Perform the following procedure to start, stop or clear detailed counters.

Association→EPON VLAN Association Interface→EPON_Counter_type.
2 Right-click EPON_Counter_type the Network Tree and choose any of the following actions:
• Actions→Start Detailed Counters to start detailed counters for the selected counter type.
Result: The Start Detailed Counters window opens.
• Actions→Stop Detailed Counters to stop detailed counters for the selected counter type.
Result: The Stop Detailed Counters window opens.
• Actions→Clear Counters to clear the selected counters.
Result: The Clear Counters window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 491 To clear UNI statistic counter

Perform the following procedure to clear UNI statistic counter.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT→Ethernet Ports→EPON Ethernet Port.
2 Right-click EPON Ethernet Port in the Network Tree and choose Actions→Clear UNI Statistic
Counter.
Result: The Clear UNI Statistic Counter window opens.
3 Click Finish.
50.6.2 EPON rogue ONT

This subsection provides the information on the process to manage an EPON rogue
ONT.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 492 To manage an EPON rogue ONT

Perform the following procedure to manage an EPON rogue ONT.
1 Configure the administration type for rogue ONUs. See Procedure 493.
2 Enable the EPON interface for performance monitoring collection. See Procedure 1116.
3 Configure idle power monitoring. See Procedure 1209.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure EPON transmission profiles
USING THE 5520 AMS
51 Configure EPON transmission

profiles

cards.
51.1 Overview
51.2 Configuring EPON system parameters
51.3 Configuring EPON profiles
51.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of EPON transmission profiles.
You can also configure EPON system parameters.
Table 119 describes where to find information about other profile types.
Table 119 Transmission profiles
Profile type See
SIP profiles 5520 AMS User Guide
QoS profiles Chapter 26
Configure EPON system parameters Procedure 493
Configure EPON ONT alarm flag Procedure 494
Search for an EPON ONT based on MAC address Procedure 495

Search for an EPON ONT based on LOID Procedure 496
51.1.1 Modifying and deleting profiles

You cannot modify or delete a profile that has been associated with an ONT service.

Configure EPON transmission profiles 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
51.2 Configuring EPON system parameters

This section describes procedures to configure EPON system parameters and
profiles.
Procedure 493 To configure EPON system parameters

The Object Details view for the EPON system parameters displays the maximum number of each
type of EPON profile that is allowed on the NE.
Perform the following procedure to configure the EPON system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Transmission→ EPON→ EPON System

Parameters.
2 Configure the parameters. Table 120 provides guidelines for configuring the EPON system
parameters.
Table 120 Guidelines for EPON system parameters
Rogue ONT Control The allowed values are Auto and Manual. The default value is Manual.
ONT SN Conflict The allowed values are Board Level and PON Level. The default value is PON
Level Level.
ONUID for The allowed values are LOID and MAC. The default value is MAC.
DHCP/PPP
Global ONT PM The allowed values are Enabled and Disabled.

Collection State
Procedure 494 To configure EPON ONT alarm flag

Perform the following procedure to configure the EPON ONT alarm flag.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Transmission→ EPON→ EPON ONT Alarm
Flag.
2 Right-click EPON ONT Alarm Flag and choose Create→EPON ONT Alarm Flag.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Create EPON ONT Alarm Flag window opens.
3 Enter the ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create EPON ONT Alarm Flag window opens.
Procedure 495 To search for an EPON ONT based on MAC address
Perform the following procedure to search for an EPON ONT based on MAC address.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Transmission→ EPON→ MAC.
2 Click the Search (Display More Objects) icon ( ).

4 Enter the MAC address in the MAC Address field.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The ONT matching the MAC address search criteria is displayed.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 496 To search for an EPON ONT based on LOID
Perform the following procedure to search for an EPON ONT based on LOID.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Transmission→ EPON→ LOID.
2 Click the Search (Display More Objects) icon ( ).

4 Enter the Logical Authentication ID.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The ONT matching the LOID search criteria is displayed.
51.3 Configuring EPON profiles

This section describes procedures to create the following types of profiles:
• Queue
• ONT Filter
• ONT IPv6 Filter
• Digit Map
Table 121 lists the tasks for configuring EPON parameters and profiles.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 121 Configure EPON profiles
Task See
Configure EPON system parameters Procedure 493
Create a EPON profile Procedure 497
Procedure 497 To create a EPON profile

Perform the following procedure to create a EPON profile.
• Infrastructure→QoS→EPON Profiles→EPON Queue Profile

• Infrastructure→QoS→EPON Profiles→EPON ONT Filter Profile
• Infrastructure→QoS→EPON Profiles→EPON ONT IPv6 Filter Profile
• Infrastructure→QoS→EPON Profiles→EPON Digit Map Profile
type.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure services on EPON ONTs
USING THE 5520 AMS
52 Configure services on EPON

ONTs
Applies to — This chapter applies to NEs with an EPON-based

NT cards.
52.1 Overview
52.2 Viewing ONT services on an EPON PON port
52.3 Configuring a VoIP service for EPON
52.4 Configuring DPoE service using CTC, TK, or DPoE links to OAM
52.1 Overview
This chapter describes procedures to configure services on EPON ONTs.
52.2 Viewing ONT services on an EPON PON port

This section describes the procedure to view ONT services on an EPON PON port.
Procedure 498 To view ONT services on an EPON PON port

Perform the following procedure to view the ONT services on an EPON PON port.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (EPON-based LT cards) →EPON Port

• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (EPON-based LT cards) →EPON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON
ONT
ONT→POTS Ports→EPON POTS Port
ONT→Ethernet Ports→Ethernet POTS Port

Configure services on EPON ONTs 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result:
• On selecting EPON Port option, the Table view displays only the Provisioned EPON ONTs.
• On selecting EPON ONT, EPON POTS Port and Ethernet POTS Port options, the Table view
displays the Provisioned EPON ONTs, New EPON ONTs and the EPON ONT Services.
Select a provisioned EPON ONT in the Provisioned EPON ONTs table, or select a new EPON
ONT in the New EPON ONTs table. Based on the ONT selected, the EPON ONT Services table
refreshes to display the EPON ONT services of the selected EPON ONT.
Select an EPON ONT service in the EPON ONT Services table to view its details in the Object
Details view.
52.3 Configuring a VoIP service for EPON

This section describes the procedure to configure a VoIP service for EPON.
Procedure 499 To configure VoIP service on an EPON ONT

Perform the following procedure to create a VoIP service on an EPON ONT.
1 Configure the S-VLAN for the VoIP service on the IHub. See Procedure 273.
2 Configure an EPON ONT. See Procedure 463.
3 Modify the LLID for the EPON ONT, if applicable. See Procedure 466.
4 Configure the VoIP common table for the EPON ONT. See Procedure 500.
5 Configure one of the following:
i If you are using SIP:
• Configure the digit map profile for SIP user agent.
• Configure an SIP user agent for the EPON ONT. See Procedure 501.
ii If you are using H.248, configure the VoIP Media Gateway for the EPON ONT. See
Procedure 502.
6 Configure the VoIP POTS lines for the EPON ONT. See Procedure 503.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 122 Guidelines for EPON ONT parameters
All releases General Serial Number The serial number of the ONT can only be modified when the ONT
administrative state is set to locked.
All releases Subscriber The value entered in the Subscriber Location ID parameter must be
Location ID in ASCII or in hexadecimal format, depending on the setting displayed
in the Subscriber Location ID Mode drop-down menu. To view or
configure the format of the Subscriber Location ID Mode parameter,
see Procedure 303.
Release 4.1 or VoIP Support Choose Enabled to enable VoIP service on the ONT. VoIP service
earlier cannot be enabled after the ONT is created.
Release 4.2 or VoIP Support Choose Proprietary VoIP OMCI to configure VoIP using the GSIP
later application on the 5520 AMS. The ONT must be configured for
Proprietary VoIP OMCI to create VoIP service. See Section 44.3 for
information about creating VoIP service.
Choose Standard VoIP OMCI to configure VoIP using OMCI on the
NE. The ONT must be configured for Standard VoIP OMCI to create
an IP host. See Section 44.4 for information about creating an IP host.
VoIP service cannot be enabled after the ONT is created.
Release 4.3 or VoIP Support Choose VEIP VoIP TR-069 to configure VoIP using TR-069. VoIP
later service cannot be enabled after the ONT is created.
Release 4.4 or IP Host Choose Enabled to configure VLAN IP interface on the ONT.
later Support
All releases Up Link Splitter Associate a splitter to an ONT.
Procedure 500 To create an EPON VoIP common parameters
Note — You can configure only one VoIP common table per EPON
ONT.
Before you proceed:

• The EPON ONT must be provisioned on the PON port with a MAC address, and the ONT
must be connected and must be in service. See Procedure 463.
• The S-VLAN of the voice flow must be created.
• The C-VLAN of the voice flow must be created.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create an EPON VoIP common parameters.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT→Voice Configuration.
2 Right-click Voice Configuration in the Network Tree and choose Create→EPON VoIP
Common Parameters.
Result: The Create EPON VoIP Common Parameters window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create EPON VoIP Common Parameters window opens.
Result: The EPON VoIP Common Parameters object appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 501 To create an EPON SIP user agent

Before you proceed:

• EPON ONT must be created and must be in service. See Procedure 463.
• Digit map profile must be created.
Perform the following procedure to create an EPON SIP user agent.

2 Right-click Voice Configuration in the Network Tree and choose Create→EPON SIP User
Agent.
Result: The Create EPON SIP User Agent window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create EPON SIP User Agent window opens.
Result: The EPON SIP User Agent object appears in the Network tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 502 To create an EPON Media Gateway
Note — You can configure only one VoIP media gateway table per
ONT.
Before you proceed:

• EPON ONT must be provisioned and must be in service. See Procedure 463.
Perform the following procedure to create an EPON Media Gateway.

2 Right-click Voice Configuration in the Network Tree and choose Create→EPON Media
Gateway.
Result: The Create EPON Media Gateway window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create EPON Media Gateway window opens.
Result: The EPON Media Gateway object appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 503 To create an EPON POTS port

Before you proceed:

• ONT must be provisioned on the PON port with a MAC address, and is connected and
must be in service. See Procedure 463.
• VoIP common table and media gateway table should be configured for the ONT. See
Procedures 500 and 502.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create an EPON POTS port.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→EPON ONT→POTS Ports.
2 Right-click POTS Ports in the Network Tree and choose Create→EPON POTS Port.
Result: The Create EPON POTS Port window opens.
Result: The second Create EPON POTS Port window opens.
Result: The EPON POTS Port object appears in the Network tree.
52.4 Configuring DPoE service using CTC, TK, or

DPoE links to OAM
This section describes the basic service modes supported, that are configurable
using CTC, TK, or DPoE links to OAM. The following are the three basic service
modes:
• PB encapsulation
• PB transport
• IP HSD
Procedure 504 To configure a DPoE service

Perform the following procedure to configure a DPoE service using CTC, TK, or DPoE links to
OAM.
1 Plan and configure the LT card. See Procedure 138.
2 Unlock the LT slot. See Procedure 143.
3 Configure an EPON. See Procedure 461.
4 Configure an EPON ONT. See Procedure 463.
5 Configure the LLID for an EPON ONT. See Procedure 465.

USING THE 5520 AMS
6 Configure EPON ONT UNI. See Procedure 468. The EPON ONT can be configured in three
different modes as follows:
• In case of PB encapsulation mode, configure the ONT UNI port and add S-VID to any
traffic.
• In case of PB transport mode, configure the ONT UNI port and add S-VID to any traffic.
• In case of IP HSD mode, configure the ONT UNI port, traffic flows, and add S-VID to any
traffic.
7 Configure a S-VLAN and associate S-VLAN to a bridge port. Perform the following:
• In case of PB encapsulation mode, create an S-VLAN, VP and associate the PB VP to

the S-VLAN. For more information on VLAN configuration, see Procedure 273.
• In case pf PB transport mode, create an S-VLAN (C-CC VLAN), VP (CVP), and associate
the S-VLAN to the CVP. For more information on VLAN association, see Procedure 279.
• In case of IP HSD mode, create an S-VLAN (C-RB VLAN), VP (CVP), and associate the
S-VLAN to the PB. See Procedures 273 and 279.
8 Configure either VPLS or VPRN service, as applicable:
• In PB encapsulation mode, configure VPLS service. See Procedure 579.

• In PB transport mode, configure VPLS service. See Procedure 579
• In IP HSD mode, configure VPRN service. See Procedure 838.
9 Configure a QoS. See Procedure 181.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Subscriber connections
USING THE 5520 AMS
Subscriber connections
53 Configure layer 2 subscriber connections
54 Configure PPP cross-connections

Subscriber connections 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure layer 2 subscriber connections
USING THE 5520 AMS
53 Configure layer 2 subscriber

connections
53.1 Overview
53.2 Configuring layer 2 subscriber connections
53.3 Managing layer 2 subscriber connections
53.4 Configuring L2CP sessions
53.5 Viewing L2CP information
53.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of layer 2 subscriber connections.
Table 123 lists the tasks to configure layer 2 subscriber connections.
Table 123 Configure layer 2 subscriber connections
Task See
Create a VCL Procedure 505

Create a subscriber bridge port on a VCL Procedure 506
Create a static MAC address on a VLAN association interface Procedure 507
Create a VLAN association Procedure 508

Create IPoX layer 2 termination Procedure 509
Create a PPPoE or IPoE protocol-based VLAN group on the layer Procedure 510
2 bridge port
Create an IPoA cross-connection Procedure 511

Configure protocol syntax Procedure 512
Create a protocol trace Procedure 513
Configure an L2CP session Procedure 514
View L2CP system parameters Procedure 515
View L2CP session information Procedure 516

Configure layer 2 subscriber connections 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
53.1.1 PPPoE
PPPoE allows subscribers to share a common xDSL, cable modem, or wireless
connection to the Internet. A connection-oriented tunnel is created between the NE
and PPP access server. PPPoE is used with RADIUS authentication.
Note 1 — If you are using DHCP for dynamic IP address
allocation, then IPoE should be used. DHCP Option 82 must be
enabled and 802.1x authentication must be set for the layer 2
bridge port.
Note 2 — From ISAM R6.1 onwards, the rolling PPPoE
Counters are supported on xDSL based UNI Port for PPPoE
Relay.
53.2 Configuring layer 2 subscriber connections

This section describes configuration of layer 2 subscriber connections.
See Chapter 35 for steps to configure VLANs for layer 2 forwarding.
Procedure 505 To create a VCL
Applies to — This procedure applies to NEs with ATM-based DSL

lines.
Create a VCL for each service connection that a subscriber requires.
Before you proceed:
• A card with xDSL ports or SHDSL spans must be planned in an LT slot in the NE. See
Chapter 23 for more information.
• The Transfer Mode (Configured) and Transfer Mode (Actual) parameters on the xDSL
port must be set to ATM. See Procedure 218 for more information.
• The Transfer Mode parameter on the SHDSL span must be set to ATM. See Procedure
Perform the following procedure to create a VCL.

2 Right-click XDSL Port or SHDSL Span and choose Create→VCL.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Create VCL window opens.
3 Enter unique VPI and VCI numbers.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create VCL window opens.
Table 124 provides guidelines for configuring the VCL parameters.
Table 124 Guidelines for VCL parameters
All releases AAL5 Choose Auto Detect IP to:

Encapsulation
Detection
• Auto-detect between the IP encapsulation types on the link (LLC snap bridged,
LLC snap routed, VC multiplex bridged, or VC multiplex routed).
• Accept IPoE and IPoA data frames.
Choose Auto Detect PPP to:

• Auto-detect between the PPP encapsulation types on the link (LLC snap
bridged, VC multiplex bridged, LLC/NL Pid, and VC multiplex PPPoA).
• Accept PPPoA and PPPoE data frames.
Choose Auto Detect PPPoA to:

• Auto-detect between the PPPoA encapsulation types on the link (LLC/NL Pid
and VC multiplex PPPoA).
• Accept PPPoA data frames.
Choose Auto Detect IP+PPP to:

• Auto-detect between the IP or PPP encapsulation types on the link (LLC snap
bridged, VC multiplex bridged, LLC/NL Pid, and VC multiplex PPPoA).
• Accept IPoE, PPPoA, and PPPoE data frames.
For R4.1 or later, you can also choose:

• LLC Snap Bridged or VC Multiplex Bridged for cross-connect and residential
bridge VLANs, PPPoE, or IPoE.
• LLC Snap Routed or VC Multiplex Routed for IPoA.
• LLC/NL Pid or VC Multiplex PPPoA for PPPoA.
R4.0 or AAL5 Choose LLC Snap Bridged or VC Multiplex Bridged for:

earlier Encapsulation Type • Cross-connect and residential bridge VLANs
• PPPoE
• IPoE
Choose LLC Snap Routed or VC Multiplex Routed for IPoA.

Choose LLC/NL Pid or VC Multiplex PPPoA for PPPoA.
R4.4 or later AAL5 Choose None to support MPLS services.

Encapsulation Type
6 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The new VCL appears in the Network Tree.
Note — The Cast Type, Connection Kind, AAL Type, and CPCS SDU
Size parameters are not user configurable. Only the default values are
displayed.
Procedure 506 To create a subscriber bridge port on a VCL

lines.
This procedure describes how to create a subscriber bridge port for subscriber connections.
Before you proceed:
• A VCL with an AAL5 encapsulation type of LL Snap Bridged or VC Multiplex Bridged must
be created on an xDSL port or SHDSL span. See Procedure 505 for more information.
• A cross-connect VLAN must be created on the NE. See Chapter 35 for more information.
• On NEs with SHub-based NT cards, a matching cross-connect VLAN must be created on
the SHub, with the same VLAN ID as the NE VLAN, and the VLAN must be assigned to
a network Ethernet port and the NE Ethernet port. See Chapter 35 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to create a subscriber bridge port on a VCL.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→VCL

• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span→VCL
2 Right-click VCL and choose Create→VCL Bridge Port.
Result: The Create VCL Bridge Port window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create VCL Bridge Port window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The VCL Bridge Port object appears in the Network Tree.
5 Expand VCL Bridge Port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
7 Configure the S_VLAN Id and C_VLAN Id parameters and click Next.
Result: The second Create VLAN Association window opens.
8 Configure the parameters and click Finish to save the changes.
Result: The new VLAN association appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 507 To create a static MAC address on a VLAN association interface
• R4.1 or later.
• NEs with ATM-based DSL lines.
Before you proceed, create a VLAN association. See Procedure 506 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to create a static MAC address on a VLAN association interface.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→VCL→VLAN Association→VLAN Association

Interface→MAC Addresses→Static
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span→VCL→VLAN Association→VLAN Association
Interface→MAC Addresses→Static
Group→ETH Bridge Port→VLAN Association→VLAN Association Interface→MAC
Addresses→Static
2 Right-click Static and choose Create→VLAN Port Unicast Static MAC Address.
Result: The Create VLAN Port Unicast Static MAC Address window opens.
Result: The second Create VLAN Port Unicast Static MAC Address window opens.
4 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The static MAC address appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 508 To create a VLAN Association

Before you proceed, the EFM or ETH Bridge Port must be configured on an xDSL port, SHDSL
span, or Ethernet port, and the port transfer mode must be PTM (for xDSL) or EFM (for SHDSL).
Perform the following procedure to create a VLAN association.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot→XDSL Port→EFM Bridge Port

• Rack→Subrack→Slot→SHDSL Span→EFM Bridge Port
• Rack→Subrack→Slot (Ethernet-based LT cards)→Ethernet Port→ETH Bridge Port
• Rack→Subrack→Slot (Ethernet-based LT cards)→ FE LT Port→ FE Bridge Port
3 Configure the parameters and click Finish to save the changes.
Result: The new VLAN association appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 509 To create IPoX layer 2 termination

cards.
Before you proceed, a layer 2 subscriber bridge port must be created. See Procedures 506 and

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create an IPoX termination on the subscriber layer 2 bridge
port.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot→XDSL Port→VCL→VCL Bridge Port

Group→ETH Bridge Port
2 Right-click the Bridge Port and choose Create→Bridge Port to IPoX, depending on the type
of protocol used for the IP interface.
Result: The Create Bridge Port to IPoX window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Bridge Port to IPoX window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new bridge port to IPoX appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 510 To create a PPPoE or IPoE protocol-based VLAN group on the layer
2 bridge port
Before you proceed, a layer 2 subscriber bridge port must be created. See Procedures 506 and
Perform the following procedure to create a PPoE or IPoE protocol-based VLAN group on the
layer 2 bridge port.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot→XDSL Port→VCL→VCL Bridge Port→Protocol Groups

• Rack→Subrack→Slot→XDSL Port→EFM Bridge Port→Protocol Groups
• Rack→Subrack→Slot→SHDSL Span→EFM Bridge Port→Protocol Groups
• Rack→Subrack→Slot (Ethernet-based LT cards)→Ethernet Port→ETH Bridge
Port→Protocol Groups

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Configure the Protocol Group parameter and click Next.
Choose a VLAN association to a residential bridge VLAN.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The new bridge port protocol group appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 511 To create an IPoA cross-connection

lines.
Before you proceed:
• A VCL with an AAL5 encapsulation type of VC Multiplex Routed or LLC Snap Routed
must be created on an xDSL port or SHDSL span. See Procedure 505 for more
information.
• A cross-connect VLAN must be created on the NE. See Chapter 35 for more information.
• On NEs with SHub-based NT cards, a matching cross-connect VLAN must be created on
the SHub, with the same VLAN ID as the NE VLAN, and the VLAN must be assigned to
a network Ethernet port and the NE Ethernet port. See Chapter 35 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to create an IPoA cross-connection.

• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span→VCL→VCL
2 Right-click VCL and choose Create→IPoA CC Port.
Result: The Create IPoA CC Port window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create IPoA CC Port window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 125 Guidelines for IPoA CC port parameters
IP Edge Enter one of the following:

• VLAN ID
• IP address of the Edge router (0.0.0.0 is an acceptable value)
CPE Enter the IP address of the CPE
5 Click Finish.
Result: The new IPoA CC port appears in the Network Tree.
53.3 Managing layer 2 subscriber connections

This section describes the procedures to manage layer 2 subscriber connections.
Procedure 512 To configure protocol syntax

You can configure the protocol syntax for the following protocols on the 5520 AMS:
• DHCP Relay
• L2CP
• RADIUS
Perform the following procedure to configure protocol syntax.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Protocol Syntax.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays a list of the protocols that you can
configure in a table.

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Configure any of the protocol parameters:
• Choose the port numbering method from the Line ID drop-down menu.
• Enter a value of 1 or 2 in the ATM parameter. This value specifies the access loop ID
syntax for ATM-based DSL lines on the NE.
• Enter a value of 1 or 2 in the Ethernet parameter. This value specifies the access loop ID
syntax for Ethernet-based DSL lines on the NE.
Procedure 513 To create a protocol trace

A protocol trace traces IGMP, ARP, and DHCP protocol exchanges between an NE and a
subscriber and logs the results to a syslog server.
You can create a protocol trace for the following objects:
• Ethernet LT ports
• VCLs
• xDSL ports or SHDSL spans
• FE LT ports
Before you proceed, a card with xDSL or Ethernet LT ports, or SHDSL spans, must be planned in
an LT slot in the NE. See Chapter 23 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to create a protocol trace.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose the VCL or port on which to create the protocol trace.
• For an Ethernet LT port, choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT card)

→Ethernet LT Port→ETH Bridge Port→Protocol Traces.
• For an Ethernet LT port, choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT card)
→Ethernet LT Port→ LAG Bridge Port→Protocol Traces.
• For a VCL, choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→VCL→Protocol Traces or
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span→VCL→Protocol Traces.
• For an xDSL port, choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→Protocol Traces.
• For an SHDSL span, choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span→EFM Bridge
Port→Protocol Traces.
• For an FE LT port, choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT card) → FE LT
Port→Protocol Traces.

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Right-click Protocol Traces and choose one of the following options:
• Create→Protocol Trace
• Create→VCL Protocol Trace
• Create→EFM Port Protocol Trace
• Create→Ethernet Port Protocol Trace
• Create → FE Port Protocol Trace
Result: The Create Protocol Trace window opens.
3 Choose a protocol and click Next.
Result: The second Create Protocol Trace window opens.
4 Choose a tracing level and message type. The message type identifies the syslog server
where the trace messages are logged.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The new protocol trace appears in the Network Tree.
53.4 Configuring L2CP sessions

This section describes configuration of L2CP sessions. The L2CP is based on a
subset of the GSMP, as defined in RFC 3292. L2CP is used to configure the
connection to a BRAS server, which uses shared local address pools. You can also
view the BRAS server information and statistics.
Note — A partition is a group of DSL ports assigned to the

same BRAS. The NE supports up to 255 partitions. Each DSL
port can belong to only one partition. By default a DSL port
belongs to partition 0. You can create up to two L2CP sessions
for each partition.
See Procedure 512 to configure the L2CP protocol syntax.
Procedure 514 To configure an L2CP session

Perform the following procedure to configure an L2CP session.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→L2CP→Session.
2 Right-click Session and choose Create→L2CP Session.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Create L2CP Session window opens.
3 Enter a session number and click Next.
Result: The second Create L2CP Session window opens.
4 Configure the parameters and then click Finish.
Result: The new L2CP Session appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
53.5 Viewing L2CP information
Applies to — This section applies to SHub-based NT cards or

IHub-based NT cards.
This section describes how to view L2CP information.
Procedure 515 To view L2CP system parameters

Perform the following procedure to view L2CP system parameters.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→L2CP→L2CP System Parameters.
Procedure 516 To view L2CP session information

Perform the following procedure to view L2CP session information.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→L2CP→Session→L2CP Session.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays L2CP session information
2 Click the L2CP Current Session tab to see the current session information.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure PPP cross-connections
USING THE 5520 AMS
54 Configure PPP cross-connections

54.1 Overview
54.2 Configuring residential PPP cross-connections
54.3 Managing residential PPP cross-connections
54.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of PPP cross-connections.
PPP cross-connections are used when subscribers are connected to an IP edge (IP
connectivity) or a BRAS (PPP connectivity) through a single bit pipe. You must
configure residential PPP cross-connections if PPPoA or PPPoE relay is configured
on the port.
To establish residential PPP cross-connections, configure the following:
• PPP cross-connect system parameters
• PPP cross-connect engine
• PPP cross-connect port
You can configure multiple PPP cross-connect engines on the NE. The PPP
cross-connect engine operates over a residential bridge VLAN. After you have
configured the cross-connect engine, you can configure cross-connections on the
individual subscriber ports.
To view error counters for the PPP cross-connect engine, you must create a PPP
cross-connect engine monitor object.
Note — The routing gateway priority schedules frames based
on the p-bit values assigned by the 7450 ESS for downstream
traffic. Therefore, the NE must support the option to send
priority-tagged frames towards the routing gateway.
Table 126 lists the tasks to configure PPP cross-connections.

Table 126 Configure PPP cross-connections
Task See
Configure PPP cross-connect system parameters Procedure 517
Create a PPP cross-connect engine Procedure 518
(1 of 2)

Configure PPP cross-connections 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Create a PPP cross-connect port Procedure 519 to create an PPP
cross-connect port for the subscriber
connection
Procedure 520 to create an EFM PPP

cross-connect port for the subscriber
connection
Procedure 521 to create a VLAN PPP

cross-connect port
Procedure 522 to create an Ethernet

PPP cross-connect port
Create a PPP profile Procedure 523
Create a GPON PPPoE client Procedure 524
Perform PPP Session Emulation Procedure 525
Abort or release PPP Session Emulation Procedure 526
Find PPP cross-connect engine sessions Procedure 527
If required, configure a PPP cross-connect engine Procedure 528

monitor
If required, configure a PPP cross-connect port Procedure 529

monitor
Remove all associated ports from a PPP Procedure 530

cross-connect engine
(2 of 2)
54.2 Configuring residential PPP

cross-connections
This section describes configuration of residential PPP cross-connections.
On NEs with an ECNT card, see Chapter 9 for information about residential PPP
cross-connections in an end-to-end network and subscriber configuration.
Procedure 517 To configure PPP cross-connect system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure PPP cross-connect system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→PPP CC System Parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 518 To create a PPP cross-connect engine

Before you proceed, VCLs must be created. See Procedure 505 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to create a PPP cross-connect engine.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→PPP Cross Connection Engines.
2 Right-click PPP Cross Connection Engines and choose Create→PPP CC Engine.
Result: The Create PPP CC Engine window opens.
3 Enter an engine number or use the default number provided. The default number is the next
available engine number.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Details for PPP CC Engine window opens.
5 To enable PPP CC Engine TCA counters, choose Enable from the PPP CC Engine TCA
drop-down list.
Result: The new PPP cross-connect engine appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 519 To create a PPP cross-connect port for the subscriber connection

lines.
Perform the following procedure to create a PPP cross-connect port for the subscriber connection.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot→XDSL Port→VCL.
2 Right-click VCL and choose Create→PPP CC Port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Create PPP CC Port window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create PPP CC Port window opens.
Enter the maximum number of PPP cross-connections that can be associated with the port
in the Maximum Sessions parameter. A value of −1 indicates that the system does not check
the maximum number of PPP cross-connections for this port.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The new PPP CC port appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 520 To create an EFM PPP cross-connect port for the subscriber
connection
Before you proceed, you need to create an EFM Bridge Port. See Procedure 104 for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to create an EFM PPP cross-connect port for the subscriber
connection.

2 Right-click EFM Bridge Port and choose Create→EFM PPP CC Port.
Result: The Create EFM PPP CC Port window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create EFM PPP CC Port window opens.
Enter the maximum number of EFM PPP cross-connections that can be associated with the
port in the Maximum Sessions parameter. A value of −1 indicates that the system does not
check the maximum number of EFM PPP cross-connections for this port.
5 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The new EFM PPP CC port appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 521 To create a VLAN PPP cross-connect port

Before you proceed:
• Create an EFM Bridge Port or an ETH Bridge Port. See Procedure 104 or 155 for more
information.
• Create a VLAN association. See Procedure 279 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to create a VLAN PPP cross-connection port.

• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→VCL→VLAN Association→VLAN Association
Interface
Port→VLAN Association→Ethernet VLAN Association Interface
2 Right-click VLAN Association Interface and choose Create→VLAN PPP CC Port or

Create→Ethernet VLAN PPP CC Port.
Result: The Create VLAN PPP CC Port window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create VLAN PPP CC Port window opens.
Enter the maximum number of VLAN PPP cross-connections that can be associated with the
check the maximum number of PPP cross-connections for this port.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The new VLAN PPP CC port appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 522 To create an Ethernet PPP cross-connect port

Before you proceed, create an ETH Bridge Port. See Procedure 155 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to create an Ethernet PPP cross-connect port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot (Ethernet-based LT cards)→Ethernet

Port→ETH Bridge Port.
2 Right-click ETH Bridge Port and choose Create→Ethernet PPP CC Port.
Result: The Create Ethernet PPP CC Port window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Ethernet PPP CC Port window opens.
Enter the maximum number of VLAN PPP cross-connections that can be associated with the
check the maximum number of PPP cross-connections for this port.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The new Ethernet PPP CC port appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 523 To create a PPP profile
Applies to — This procedure applies to LTs except GPON LTs for NEs
that support SHub-based NT cards or IHub-based NT cards.
Perform the following procedure to create a PPP profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→PPP Profile.
2 Right-click PPP Profile and choose Create→PPP Profile.
Result: The Create PPP Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create PPP Profile window opens.
Result: The new PPP profile appears in the Network Tree.
Note — You can create PPP profile templates in the Template tree. See
Procedure 524 To create a GPON PPPoE client
Applies to — This procedure applies to NEs with GPON-based LT

cards.
Perform the following procedure to create a GPON PPPoE client.
• Rack→SubRack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)

→ONT→ONT Card (planned_type)→port_type Port→UNI→VLAN Association→GPON
VLAN Association Interface, where planned_type is DS1/E1, Ethernet, VDSL2, Ethernet
POTS Combo, VDSL2 POTS Combo, VEIP or HPNA and port_type is CES, Ethernet,
VDSL2, VEIP and HPNA.
ONT→Virtual UNI→VLAN Association→GPON VLAN Association Interface.
2 Right-click GPON VLAN Association Interface and choose Create→GPON PPPoE Client.
Result: The Create GPON PPPoE Client window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create GPON PPPoE Client window opens.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The GPON PPPoE Client appears in the Network Tree.
The PPP session information and session emulation is displayed in the Object Details view
of GPON PPPoE client.
Procedure 525 To perform PPP Session Emulation

cards.
Note — The option ‘Perform PPP Session Emulation’ is only available

when the PPP Session Emulation parameter in the object details has one
of the following status:
• Initiated
• Failed
• Stopped
• Successed
The ‘Perform PPP Session Emulation’ option will not be available to the
user, if the PPP Session Emulation status is 'On Going'.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to start a PPP Session Emulation test.

→ONT→ONT Card (planned_type)→port_type Port→UNI→VLAN Association→GPON
VLAN Association Interface→GPON PPPoE Client, where planned_type is DS1/E1,
Ethernet, VDSL2, Ethernet POTS Combo, VDSL2 POTS Combo, VEIP or HPNA and
port_type is CES, Ethernet, VDSL2, VEIP and HPNA.

ONT→Virtual UNI→VLAN Association→GPON VLAN Association Interface→GPON
PPPoE Client.
2 Right-click GPON PPPoE Client and choose Actions→Perform PPP Session Emulation.
Result: The test starts and the PPP Session Emulation Test window shows the progress of
the test.
4 When the test is complete, a result page window opens and displays the test result with the
following parameters:
• State
• Error Code
• MRU
• IPv4 Address
• IPv6 Address

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 526 To abort or release PPP Session Emulation

cards.
Note — The option ‘Abort/Release PPP Session Emulation’ is only

available when the PPP Session Emulation parameter in the object
details has one of the following status:
• On Going
• Successed
• Failed
The ‘Abort/Release PPP Session Emulation’ option will not be available

to the user, if the PPP Session Emulation status is either ‘Initiated’ or
‘Stopped’.
Perform the following procedure to abort or release a PPP Session Emulation test.
• Rack→SubRack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→ Pon Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (planned_type)→port_type Port→UNI→VLAN
Association→GPON VLAN Association Interface→GPON PPPoE Client, where
planned_type is DS1/E1, Ethernet, VDSL2, Ethernet POTS Combo, VDSL2 POTS
Combo, VEIP or HPNA and port_type is CES, Ethernet, VDSL2, VEIP and HPNA.
• Rack→SubRack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→ Pon Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→ONT→Virtual UNI→VLAN Association→GPON VLAN Association
Interface→GPON PPPoE Client.
2 Right-click GPON PPPoE Client and choose Actions→Abort/Release PPP Session

Emulation.
54.3 Managing residential PPP cross-connections

This section describes management of residential PPP cross-connections.

USING THE 5520 AMS
54.3.1 Locking and unlocking PPP cross-connect engine

sessions
You can lock and unlock PPP cross-connect engine sessions. See the 5520 AMS
User Guide for the procedure to lock and unlock objects.
Procedure 527 To find PPP cross-connect engine sessions

Perform the following procedure to find PPP cross-connect engine sessions.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→PPP CC System Parameters.
2 Right-click PPP CC System Parameters and choose Actions→Find PPP CC Engine

Sessions.
Result: The Find PPP CC Engine Sessions window opens.
4 Click the Refresh icon ( ) in the PPP CC System Parameters Object Details view.
Result: The PPP CC Engine Session parameter in the Find Results panel displays the PPP
CC Engine Session.
You can click Go to, to navigate to the PPP CC Engine Session.
Procedure 528 To create a PPP cross-connect engine monitor

Perform the following procedure to create a PPP cross-connect engine monitor.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→PPP Cross Connection

Engines→PPP CC Engine.
2 Right-click PPP CC Engine and choose Create→PPP CC Engine Monitor.
Result: The Create PPP CC Engine Monitor window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create PPP CC Engine Monitor window opens.
4 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The new PPP CC engine monitor appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 529 To create a PPP cross-connect port monitor

Perform the following procedure to create a PPP cross-connect port monitor.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot→XDSL Port→VCL→PPP CC Port.
2 Right-click PPP CC Port and choose Create→PPP CC Port Monitor.
Result: The Create PPP CC Port Monitor window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create PPP CC Port Monitor window opens.
Result: The new PPP CC port monitor appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 530 To remove all associated ports from a PPP cross-connect engine
Perform the following procedure to remove all associated ports from a PPP cross-connect engine.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→PPP Cross Connection Engines.
2 Right-click PPP cross-connect engine and choose Actions→Remove All Ports.
3 Click Yes to confirm that you want to remove the ports.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M SIP
USING THE 5520 AMS
SIP
55 Configure VoIP using SIP

SIP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure VoIP using SIP
USING THE 5520 AMS
55 Configure VoIP using SIP
Applies to — This chapter applies to NEs with voice-based NT

cards.
55.1 Overview
55.2 Configuring VoIP using SIP
55.3 Viewing SIP information
55.4 SIP redundancy
55.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of VoIP using SIP.
The 5520 AMS supports VoIP using NT and voice-based NT cards, which provide
the management interface.
The integrated voice termination feature eliminates a parallel access network for
voice service and associated operational expenses. The integrated voice termination
provides POTS service to subscribers over copper pairs with or without xDSL
service. The POTS termination occurs in the NE, eliminating the need for a CPE and
customer-supplied power.
POTS voice is converted to VoIP in the NE and forwarded to or from the service
provider Ethernet/IP network over optical fibers.
The following management entities are required:
• SIP server—the interface with the call server.
• SIP user agent—the configuration of the SIP user agent. One user agent can be
configured for each voice-based NT cards.
• Dial plan—a dial plan for a set of subscribers, which includes a digit map.
• SIP voice port—subscriber information.
From ISAM R5.8 onwards, IPv6 is supported for SNMP provisioning. The 5520 AMS
is configured with IPv4 and SIP service is configured with IPv6, the management
connection established between the 5520 AMS and the NE is an IPv4 management
connection which allows configuration of IPv6 parameters for voice service.

Configure VoIP using SIP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
55.2 Configuring VoIP using SIP

This section describes procedures to configure VoIP using SIP.
Table 127 lists the tasks to configure VoIP using SIP.
Table 127 Configure VoIP using SIP
Applies to Task See
All releases Plan voice-based NT cards in an LT slot in the NE Procedure 138
All releases Configure SIP server system settings Procedure 533

R6.0 or later Create Direct Dial In Extensions Procedure 534
All releases Create a SIP server Procedure 538
All releases Create a SIP dial plan Procedure 539
All releases Create a SIP user agent Procedure 540
All releases Create a SIP voice port Procedure 541
R4.3 or later Create a SIP DNS server Procedure 544
R3.7/FGN3.8 or later Configure SIP voice service provider Procedure 545
R4.3 or later Configure SIP transport Procedure 546
R4.3 or later Configure PM file upload Procedure 547
R4.3 or later Configure DHCP authentication Procedure 549
Procedure 531 To create SIP ISDN PRA port
• ISAM R5.5.01 or later and it is not supported for SX and MX NEs

• Voice-based LT cards
You can create a SIP ISDN PRA port only with a board that supports ISDN.
Perform the following procedure to create a SIP ISDN PRA port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (voice-based LT cards).
2 Right-click Slot LT (voice-based LT cards) and choose Create → SIP ISDN PRA Port
Result: The first Create SIP ISDN PRA Port window opens.
3 Enter the Port details and click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create SIP ISDN PRA Port window opens.
Note — The Secret Key parameter uses the Authentication and Key
Agreement mechanism that performs authentication and session key
distribution in a network. It is a response based mechanism that uses
symmetric cryptography. From ISAM R5.8.01 onwards, you can
authenticate using the Secret Key parameter.
The following parameters are applicable only for CAS R2 termination:
• Exchange Type - You can select the following options:

• Normal
• Compelled-A3-and-B1 Signal
• Pulsed-A3-and-B1 Signal
• Remote Clear Tone - In some deployments, a CLEAR BACK line signal cannot be sent
in backward direction to clear a call since the CLEAR BACK signal is recognized as
acknowledgment signal. Therefore, a busy or congestion tone is played causing the
calling subscriber to go on hook. You can select the following options:
• Busy
• Congestion
Note — From ISAM R6.0 onwards, the Remote Clear Tone parameter
is not supported.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The SIP ISDN PRA Port appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 532 To create a Voice Pseudo Wire

Voice Pseudo wires are used for encapsulating structured time division multiplexed signals as
pseudo wires over packet switching networks.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create a voice pseudo wire.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (voice-based LT cards).
2 Right-click Slot LT (voice-based LT cards) and choose Create → Voice Pseudo Wire.
Result: The Create Voice Pseudo Wire window opens.
3 Enter the Port details and click Next.
Result: The second Create Voice Pseudo Wire window opens.
4 Configure the following mandatory parameters:
• TDM Channels
• Local IP Address
• Local IP Prefix Length
• Destination IP Address
• Destination Port
• VLAN-ID
• Packetization Interval
5 Click Finish.
Result: The Voice Pseudo Wire appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 533 To configure SIP server system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure SIP server system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→SIP Server System.
To enable SIP, set the Timer State parameter to Enabled.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 534 To create Direct Dial In Extensions

The Direct Dial In Extensions belongs to an ISDN PRA Port which is associated with an E1 cluster
or Virtual E1 group by means of E1 cluster or Virtual E1 group name.
Before you proceed, a SIP ISDN PRA port must be created, with the Register Mode parameter set
to Explicit, and a Cluster Name should be provided. See procedure 531.
Perform the following procedure to create Direct Dial In Extensions.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → SIP → E1 Clusters → E1 Cluster → Direct

Dial In Extensions.
2 Right-click Direct Dial In Extensions and choose Create → DDI-EXT.
Result: The Create DDI-EXT window opens.
3 Enter the Directory Number and click Next.
Result: The second Create DDI-EXT window opens.
Result: The new DDI-EXT appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 535 To create a local standalone SIP server
The local standalone (LSA) SIP server is used when external SIP servers are not reachable.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create a local standalone SIP server.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→Local Standalone SIP Server
2 Right-click Local Standalone SIP Server and choose Create → LSA Server
Result: The first Create LSA Server window opens.
3 Enter the LSA Server ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create LSA Server window opens.
5 Click Finish.
Procedure 536 To create a local standalone server instance
You can create a local standalone server instance on an NE that represents the actual local
standalone server and related configurations.
Perform the following procedure to create a LSA server instance
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→Local Standalone SIP Server → LSA

Server Instances
2 Right-click LSA Server Instances and choose Create → LSA Server Instance
Result: The first Create LSA Server Instance window opens.
3 Enter the LSA Server Instance ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create LSA Server Instance window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
5 Click Finish.
Procedure 537 To create a LSA SIP emergency service
Before you proceed, ensure that Slot ID for ISAM MX NE should be NT based cards (MX) and Slot
ID for Voice Server GW cards must have LSA server capability.
Perform the following procedure to create a Local Standalone (LSA) SIP emergency service.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→Local Standalone SIP Server →

Emergency Service
2 Right-click Emergency Service and choose Create → LSA Emergency Service
Result: The Create LSA Emergency Service window opens.
3 Enter the Server ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create LSA Emergency Service window opens.
5 Click Finish.
Procedure 538 To create a SIP server

The SIP server is the interface with the call server. The SIP server is the proxy that connects to
the NE, acting as a SIP user agent, to request call establishment.
The SIP server maintains a phone book that translates phone numbers to IP addresses. A
configured and registered POTS port gets a dial tone when the port goes off hook. The dialed
digits are collected and translated according to the digit map and sent to the SIP server. The SIP
server performs the number translation and re-directs the call to the phone destination.

USING THE 5520 AMS
For information about PM monitoring for SIP servers, see the 5520 AMS User Guide.
Perform the following procedure to create a SIP server.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→SIP Server.
2 Right-click SIP Server and choose Create→SIP Server.
Result: The Create SIP Server window opens.
3 Enter a Server ID number or use the default number provided. The default number is the next
available number.
Note — If you enter a number and want to change to the next available
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create SIP Server window opens.
5 Configure the SIP server parameters. Table 128 describes guidelines for the SIP server
parameters.
Table 128 Guidelines for SIP server parameters
Address Type When you choose IPv4 as the address type, an IP address is required in the
Address parameter.
When you choose DNS as the address type, type the identifier of a domain name
server in the Address parameter.
Role You can choose either one of the following options:

• Proxy Server
• Registrar Server
• Proxy and Registrar Server
• LSA Server
Administrative Browse and select the name of the Voice Service Provider in the Administrative
Domain Name Domain Name parameter. The default name for the Voice Service Provider is
vsp1.This is supported from ISAM R5.2 onwards.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The new SIP server appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 539 To create a SIP dial plan

The SIP dial plan is a dial plan for a set of subscribers.
For information about PM monitoring for SIP dial plans and digit maps, see the 5520 AMS User
Guide.
Perform the following procedure to create a SIP dial plan.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→SIP Dial Plan.
2 Right-click SIP Dial Plan and choose Create→SIP Dial Plan.
Result: The Create SIP Dial Plan window opens.
3 Enter a Dial Plan ID number or use the default number provided. The default number is the
next available number.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create SIP Dial Plan window opens.
Browse and select the name of the Voice Service Provider in the Provider Name parameter.
The default name for the Voice Service Provider is vsp1. This is supported from ISAM R5.2
onwards.
Result: The new SIP dial plan appears in the Network Tree.
6 Right-click the new SIP dial plan and choose Create→Digit Map.
Result: The Create Digit Map window opens.
Result: The second Create Digit Map window opens.
8 Click Finish.
Result: The new digit map appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 540 To create a SIP user agent
Note — You can create one SIP user agent for each voice-based NT
cards.
For information about PM monitoring for SIP user agents, see the 5520 AMS User Guide.
Before you proceed:
• On NEs with SHub-based NT cards or IHub-based NT cards, an SHub voice VLAN must
be created. See Chapter 35 for more information.
• The SIP server must be created. See Procedure 538 for more information.
• The SIP dial plan must be created. See Procedure 539 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to create a SIP user agent.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→SIP User Agent.
2 Right-click SIP User Agent and choose Create→SIP User Agent.
Result: The Create SIP User Agent window opens.
3 Enter an Agent ID number or use the default number provided. The default number is the next
available number.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create SIP User Agent window opens.
5 Configure the SIP user agent parameters.
Table 129 describes guidelines for the SIP user agent parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 129 Guidelines for SIP user agent parameters
Provider Name Browse and select the name of the Voice Service Provider in the Provider Name
parameter. The default name for the Voice Service Provider is vsp1. This is
supported from ISAM R5.2 onwards.
Mode When you set the Mode parameter to Manual, you must configure the
parameters on the IP Address tab.
VLAN On NEs with SHub-based NT cards, choose an SHub VLAN.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The new SIP user agent appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 541 To create a SIP voice port

Before you proceed, a SIP user agent must be created. See Procedure 540 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to create a SIP voice port.
1 Navigate to the NE and Choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (voice-based LT cards) or

Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (voice-based LT cards).
2 Right-click Slot (voice-based LT cards) and choose Create→SIP Voice Port.
Result: The Create SIP Voice Port window opens.
3 Enter a voice port number in the Port parameter and click Next.
Result: The second Create SIP Voice Port window opens.
4 Configure the SIP voice port parameters.
Enter the source or destination telephone number in the Directory Number parameter.
Browse and select the name of the Voice Service Provider in the Provide Name parameter.
The default name for the Voice Service Provider is vsp1. This is supported from ISAM R5.2
onwards.

USING THE 5520 AMS
The Clear Forward on BYE is applied on terminating call to indicate that originating call has
released the call. On receipt of BYE after terminating call answer, the clear forward is applied
to indicate that originating call has released the call. You can choose either one of the
following options for the Clear Forward on BYE parameter:
• SIP Service Profile (Default value)

• Enabled
• Disabled
Browse and select the SIP Rules created under Infrastructure → SIP → SIP Rule in the SIP
Rule Sets parameter.
When a cable is damaged in the ground, some ports or lines simulate dial pulses which often
makes emergency calls. From ISAM R5.8 onwards, you can enable or disable the receiving
dial pulses per port through the Pulse Dialing parameter. By default, the Pulse Dialing
parameter is enabled.
The Secret Key parameter uses the Authentication and Key Agreement mechanism that
performs authentication and session key distribution in a network. It is a response based
mechanism that uses symmetric cryptography. From ISAM R5.8.01 onwards, you can
authenticate using the Secret Key parameter.
Note — Generally, for password security, the password field value is

displayed with asterisk (*) characters. But, the MD5 password field is
displayed as an empty field, although the MD5 password can be
configured or modified similar to other password fields.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The new SIP voice port appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 542 To create a voice extension port
You can configure a Line as SIP Voice Port or as Voice Extension Port for the given port number.
However, a combination in the LT is possible. The Voice Extension Port can only be configured
on a POTS capable Voice based LT card. You cannot create a Voice Extension Port on a ISDN
capable voice LT board.
Before you proceed, a SIP user agent must be created. See Procedure 540 for more information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create a voice extension port.
1 Navigate to the NE and Choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (voice-based LT cards).
2 Right-click Slot LT (voice-based LT cards) and choose Create→ Voice Extension Port.
Result: The Create Voice Extension Port window opens.
3 Enter a voice port number in the Port parameter and click Next.
Result: The second Create Voice Extension Port window opens.
4 Configure the voice extension port parameters.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The new voice extension port appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 543 To lock or unlock a voice extension port
Applies to — This procedure applies to ISAM 5.7.01 or later.
Perform the following procedure to lock or unlock a voice extension port.
1 Navigate to the NE and Choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (voice-based LT cards) → Voice

Extension Port
2 Right-click Voice Extension Port and choose either of the following actions.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 544 To create a SIP DNS server
You can create up to 6 SIP DNS servers for each NE.
Perform the following procedure to create a SIP DNS server.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→SIP DNS Server.
2 Right-click SIP DNS Server and choose Create→SIP DNS Server.
Result: The Create SIP DNS Server window opens.
3 Enter a name for the SIP DNS Server and click Next.
Result: The second Create SIP DNS Server window opens.
Browse and select the name of the Voice Service Provider in the Administrative Domain
Name parameter. The default name for the Voice Service Provider is vsp1. This is supported
from ISAM R5.2 onwards.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The new SIP DNS server appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 545 To configure SIP voice service provider
Applies to — This procedure applies to R3.7/FGN3.8 or later.
Note 1 — From ISAM R5.2 onwards, you can create up to four VSPs in
addition to the auto-generated vsp1.
Note 2 — From ISAM R5.2 onwards, to view SIP Register information,

navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→Voice Service
Provider→Voice Service Provider 1 (vsp1). In the Object Details view,
click the SIP Register tab.
The SIP voice service provider defines a virtual gateway.
Perform the following procedure to configure SIP voice service provider.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→Voice Service Provider→Voice Service

Provider 1.
Note — From ISAM R5.5 onwards, you can select the SIP service
profile while configuring voice service provider.
Procedure 546 To configure SIP transport
The SIP Transport defines a SIP transport mode for the NE.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to configure SIP transport.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→SIP Transport.
2 Right-click SIP Transport and choose Create→SIP Transport.
Result: The Create SIP Transport window opens.
3 Configure the transport protocol type. Browse and select the name of the Voice Service
Provider in the Provider Name parameter for the SIP transport. The default name for the
Voice Service Provider is vsp1. This is supported from ISAM R5.2 onwards.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create SIP Transport window opens.
5 Configure the SIP Transport parameters.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The new SIP Transport appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 547 To configure performance management (PM) file upload
You can configure the 5520 AMS to upload voice performance management statistics to an FTP
server.
You need to connect to FTP server to configure the PM file. However, from Release ISAM 5.2
onwards see the Procedure 1012 to create FTP file server.
Perform the following procedure to configure PM file upload.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→PM.
2 Right-click PM and choose Create PM File.
Result: The Create PM File window opens.
3 Enter a number for the PM file and click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create PM File window opens.
4 Configure the PM File parameters.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The new PM File appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 548 To configure performance management (PM) CDR file upload
You can save the performance management statistics in one file on an NT port for each 5 minute
interval and upload the file to an external server. The CDR PM statistics can be saved on an NT
port only when the 5 minute statistics collection is enabled.
Perform the following procedure to configure PM CDR file upload.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→PM.
2 Right-click PM and choose Create PM CDR File.
Result: The Create PM CDR File window opens.
3 Select the File Upload ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create PM CDR File window opens.
4 Configure the PM CDR File parameters.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The PM CDR File for Voice appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 549 To configure DHCP authentication
You can only configure DHCP authentication when the SIP user agent is configured in DHCP
mode with a Distributed configuration policy.
Perform the following procedure to configure DHCP authentication.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→SIP User Agent.
2 Right-click a SIP user agent and choose Create→DHCP Authentication.
Result: The Create DHCP Authentication window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The DHCP authentication object appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 550 To create SIP shared line
Perform the following procedure to create SIP shared line.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT → SIP Voice Port.
2 Right-click SIP Voice Port and choose Create → SIP Shared Line
Result: The first Create SIP Shared Line window opens.
3 Click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create SIP Shared Line window opens.
Result: The SIP Shared Line is created in the Network Tree.
Procedure 551 To lock or unlock SIP shared line
Perform the following procedure to lock or unlock SIP shared line.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT → SIP Voice Port → SIP Shared
Line.
2 Right-click SIP Shared Line and choose either of the following actions.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 552 To create SIP rule
Based on the received traces, you can create and edit the SIP rules for incoming calls and
outgoing calls. The SIP rule can be shared across multiple terminations.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create a SIP rule.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → SIP → SIP Rules
2 Right-click SIP Rules and choose Create → SIP Rule
Result: The Create SIP Rule window opens.
Result: The second Create SIP Rule window opens.
You can choose the Rule Type parameter with options such as POTS, ISDN PRA, All POTS,
All ISDN PRA, CAS R2, All CAS R2.
Note — When a SIP rule is defined with Rule Type as All POTS, All
ISDN PRA, All CAS R2 values, then it is applicable for all SIP
terminations.
5 Click Finish.
Procedure 553 To lock or unlock SIP rule
Perform the following procedure to lock or unlock SIP rule.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → SIP → SIP Rules → SIP Rule
2 Right-click SIP Rule and choose either of the following actions.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 554 To create ISDN PRI PBX profile
Perform the following procedure to create ISDN PRI PBX profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → SIP → SIP PRI PBX Profile
2 Right-click SIP PRI PBX Profile and choose Create → ISDN PRI PBX Profile
Result: The Create ISDN PRI PBX Profile window opens.
3 Enter the Profile Number and click Next.
Result: The second Create ISDN PRI PBX Profile window opens.
5 Click Finish.
55.3 Viewing SIP information

This section describes procedures to view SIP information.
Table 130 lists the tasks to view VoIP using SIP.
Table 130 View VoIP using SIP
Task See
View SIP line ID syntax profile Procedure 555
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
View DHCP authentication for a SIP user Procedure 556
agent
View SIP redundancy information Procedure 562
Issue SIP redundancy fail over or fail back Procedure 563

commands
(2 of 2)
Procedure 555 To view SIP line ID syntax profile
Applies to — This procedure applies to R3.7/FGN3.8 or later.
The SIP line ID syntax profile defines the termination ID syntax for the POTS, ISDN-BA, and CAS
terminations.
Perform the following procedure to view SIP line ID syntax profile.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→SIP Line Id Syntax Profile→SIP Line Id

Syntax Profile 1.
Procedure 556 To view DHCP Authentication for a SIP user agent
DHCP Authentication information for SIP user agents appears when the user agent is configured
in DHCP mode with a Distributed configuration policy.
Perform the following procedure to view DHCP authentication for a SIP user agent.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→SIP User Agent→User Agent→DHCP

Authentication.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 557 To view SIP IP address for a SIP user agent
Perform the following procedure to view SIP IP address for a SIP user agent.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→SIP User Agent→ SIP User Agent→ SIP IP
Address.
Procedure 558 To view SIP service profiles
Perform the following procedure to view SIP service profiles.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→SIP Service Profile.
2 Choose any one of the SIP Service Profile in the Network Tree.
Procedure 559 To view DHCP SIP servers

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to view DHCP SIP servers.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→ DHCP SIP Servers
2 Choose any one of the DHCP SIP Servers in the Network Tree.
Procedure 560 To show busy ports on a SIP ISDN PRA port
Applies to — This procedure is applicable to ISAM R5.6.01 or later.
Perform the following procedure to show busy ports on a SIP ISDN PRA port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (voice-based LT cards) → SIP
ISDN PRA Port
2 Right-click SIP ISDN PRA Port and choose Actions → Show Busy Ports
Result: The Show Busy Ports window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 561 To view LSA emergency service parameters
Applies to — This procedure is applicable for ISAM R5.6.01 or later.
Perform the following procedure to view LSA emergency service parameters.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → SIP → Local Standalone SIP Server →
Emergency Service → LSA Emergency Service

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Object Details view displays the parameters.
55.4 SIP redundancy

This section describes procedures on SIP redundancy.When you use redundant SIP
servers, you can use the 5520 AMS to view information about SIP redundancy, and
to issue fail over and fail back commands.
Note — From ISAM R5.2 onwards, to view network
redundancy information, navigate to the NE and choose
Infrastructure→SIP→Voice Service Provider →Voice Service
Provider 1 (vsp1). In the Object Details view, click the Network
redundancy tab.
Procedure 562 To view SIP redundancy information
Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT (voice-based NT cards) → SIP Voice
Port→ Network Redundancy State.
Result: The Network Redundancy State information appears in the Object Details view.
Procedure 563 To issue SIP redundancy fail over or fail back commands
Applies to — This procedure applies to R4.3, R4.4, R4.5, R4.6, R5.0

and R5.1.
Perform the following procedure to issue SIP redundancy fail over or fail back commands.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→SIP→Voice Service Provider→SIP

Redundancy Command.
2 Right-click SIP Redundancy Command and choose Actions→Fail Over/Fail Back.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Fail Over/Fail Back window opens.
3 In the FailX drop-down menu, choose the type of command to perform.
5 Click Finish to issue the fail over or fail back command.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M CPE
USING THE 5520 AMS
CPE
56 Configure CPE proxy

CPE 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure CPE proxy
USING THE 5520 AMS
56 Configure CPE proxy

56.1 Overview
56.2 Configuring CPE
56.3 Configuring CPE software
56.4 Managing CPE
56.5 Viewing CPE proxy information
56.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of CPE proxy.
You can configure the type of CPE proxy for the NE or disable CPE proxy for the NE.
When CPE Proxy is enabled, the system relays CPE remote management packets
between CPE-MM and CPE. When disabled, the system discards all received CPE
remote management packets from CPE-MM and CPE.
You can view CPE proxy statistics, as well as the IP address of connected CPEs and
the UDP port that CPE is using to connect to the NE.
Table 131 lists the tasks to configure CPE proxy.
Table 131 Configure CPE proxy
Task See
Create CPE management Procedure 564
Configure CPE proxy system parameters Procedure 565
Create a CPE proxy Procedure 566
View CPE proxy statistics Procedure 578
56.2 Configuring CPE

This section describes procedures to configure CPE.

Configure CPE proxy 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 564 To create CPE management

cards.
Perform the following procedure to create CPE management.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→VLAN→VLAN SHUB.
2 Right-click VLAN SHUB and choose Create→CPE Management.
Result: The Create CPE Management window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create CPE Management window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new CPE management object appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 565 To configure CPE proxy system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure CPE proxy system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→CPE→CPE Proxy System Parameters.
Procedure 566 To create a CPE proxy

Perform the following procedure to create a CPE proxy.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→CPE→CPE Proxy.
2 Right-click CPE Proxy and choose Create→CPE Proxy.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Create CPE Proxy window opens.
3 Configure the IP address and UDP port for the CPE.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create CPE Proxy window opens.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The new CPE proxy appears in the Network Tree.
A CPE Proxy Statistics object is automatically created under Infrastructure→CPE→CPE

Proxy Statistics.
Procedure 567 To create a CPE UNI
Perform the following procedure to create a CPE UNI.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT → XDSL Port → CPE
2 Right-click the CPE and choose Create → CPE UNI
Result: The Create CPE UNI window opens.
Result: The CPE UNI is created in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
56.3 Configuring CPE software
Applies to —
• This section applies to ISAM R5.7.01 or later.

• The CPE software is applicable for xDSL boards in 7363 MX
NE.
This section describes the procedures to configure and view CPE software
information.
Procedure 568 To create a CPE SW

Perform the following procedure to create a CPE software.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Software → CPE → CPE Software
2 Right-click CPE Software and choose Create → CPE SW
Result: The Create CPE SW window opens.
3 Enter the CPE SW ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create CPE SW window opens.
Result: The CPE SW appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 569 To view CPE SW

Perform the following procedure to view the CPE software.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Software → CPE → CPE Software → CPE SW
Result: The Object Details view displays the parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 570 To configure CPE SW version control

Perform the following procedure to configure the CPE SW version control.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Software → CPE → CPE SW Version

Control→ CPE SW Version Control
Result: The Object Details view opens with the parameters.
2 You can configure the below parameters:
• CPE SW Preference
• CPE SW Auto Activate
Procedure 571 To delete a CPE SW version control

Perform the following procedure to delete a CPE SW version control.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Software → CPE → CPE SW Version

Control→ CPE SW Version Control
2 Right-click the CPE SW Version Control and choose Delete.
Result: A confirmation window to delete the selected CPE SW Version Control opens.
3 Click Yes.
Result: The CPE SW Version Control is deleted.
Procedure 572 To reboot a CPE

Perform the following procedure to reboot a CPE.
2 Right-click the XDSL Port and choose Actions → CPE → Reboot CPE.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The CPE > Reboot window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The CPE is rebooted.
Procedure 573 To reset an operator ID
Perform the following procedure to reset an operator ID.
2 Right-click the XDSL Port and choose Actions → CPE → Reset Operator ID.
Result: The CPE > Reset Operator ID window opens.
3 Enter Operator ID, and select one of the following from the Reset Operator ID drop-down list:
• Immediate
• Later
4 Click Finish.
Result: An operator ID has been set.
Procedure 574 To retrieve an operator ID from CPE

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to retrieve an operator ID from CPE.
2 Right-click the XDSL Port and choose Actions → CPE → Retrieve Operator ID from CPE.
Result: The CPE > Retrieve Operator ID window opens.
3 Click Finish.
You can perform one of the following steps:

56.4 Managing CPE

This section describes the procedures to manage CPE.
Procedure 575 To show CPE operational data
You can retrieve the operational parameter values from the remote CPE connected to the XDSL
line for which the operation has been performed.
Perform the following procedure to show CPE operational data on CPE UNI under XDSL port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT → XDSL Port → CPE → CPE
UNI
2 Right-click the CPE UNI and choose Actions → Show CPE Operational Data

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Show CPE Operational Data window opens.
Result: A result page window opens and displays the action results in table format. You can
save the results to a .csv file or copy the results to a clipboard.
Procedure 576 To show CPE traffic statistics
You can view the traffic statistics of the Port in the remote CPE connected to the XDSL line for
which the operation is performed.
Perform the following procedure to show CPE traffic statistics on CPE UNI under XDSL port.
UNI
2 Right-click the CPE UNI and choose Actions → Show CPE Traffic Statistics
Result: The Show CPE Traffic Statistics window opens.
Result: A result page window opens and displays the action results in table format. You can
save the results to a .csv file or copy the results to a clipboard.
Procedure 577 To clear statistics
You can clear the traffic statistics of the Port in the remote CPE connected to the XDSL line for
which the operation is performed.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to clear the statistics on CPE UNI under XDSL port.
UNI
2 Right-click the CPE UNI and choose Actions → Clear Statistics
Result: The statistics is cleared on the XDSL port.
56.5 Viewing CPE proxy information

This section describes the procedure to view CPE proxy information.
Procedure 578 To view CPE proxy statistics

Perform the following procedure to view CPE proxy statistics.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→CPE→CPE Proxy→CPE Proxy Statistics→CPE

Proxy Statistics.
Result: The Object Details view opens with read-only parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Layer 2 services
USING THE 5520 AMS
Layer 2 services
57 Configure VPLS
58 Configure layer 2 services
59 Configure a VPLS management router

Layer 2 services 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure VPLS
USING THE 5520 AMS
57 Configure VPLS

cards.
57.1 Overview
57.2 Configuring VPLS
57.3 Configuring MSTi
57.4 Managing a VPLS
57.5 Managing a VPLS SAP
57.6 Managing a spanning tree
57.7 Viewing statistics
57.8 Configuring customers
57.9 Viewing service system parameters
57.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of VPLS.
Table 132 describes the types of VPLS supported by the NE.

Configure VPLS 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 132 Types of VPLS
Service Description
type
v-VPLS The NE uses v-VPLS to emulate the NE bridging service in the IHub. Typically, several
v-VPLSes are configured to support a multi-VLAN environment.
Configure a v-VPLS to:
• Enable layer 2 forwarding of frames between SAPs (typically between the user
side and the network side)
• Extend the reach of VPRN IP interface (SAP) to several physical ports
m-VPLS The NE uses a single m-VPLS to handle L2CP frames for RSTP and MSTP. The
m-VPLS processes externally untagged L2CP frames on a network access port or a
LAG.
Note — You can create VLAN template in the template tree to

create v-VPLS and L2 SAP. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for
more information.
See the IHub Services guide for the NE for more information
about VPLS.
57.2 Configuring VPLS

This section describes procedures to configure VPLS.
Table 133 lists the tasks to configure v-VPLS.
Table 133 Configure v-VPLS
Task See
Create a VPLS Procedure 579
If required, configure a VPLS forwarding database Procedure 580
Create MAC addresses for the VPLS forwarding database Procedure 581
Create VPLS SAPs Procedure 582 or 583
If required, create a static multicast source for the SAP Procedure 584
Table 134 lists the tasks to configure m-VPLS.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 134 Configure m-VPLS
Task See
Create a VPLS SAP for the VPLS Procedure 582
Procedure 579 To create a VPLS

Perform the following procedure to create a VPLS.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→VPLS Services.
2 Right-click VPLS Services and choose Create→VPLS Services.
Result: The Create VPLS Service window opens.
3 Enter a service ID and click Next.
number, click Auto.
4 Choose v-VPLS or m-VPLS from the Service Type drop-down menu.
5 Configure the other parameters and click Finish.
Result: The new VPLS appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 580 To configure a VPLS forwarding database on a v-VPLS

Perform the following procedure to configure a VPLS forwarding database on a v-VPLS.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→VPLS Services→VPLS Service

(v-VPLS)→Forwarding Database.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 581 To create a MAC address on a v-VPLS

Perform the following procedure to create a MAC address on a v-VPLS.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→VPLS Services→VPLS

Service→Forwarding Database→MAC Addresses.
2 Right-click MAC Addresses and choose Create→MAC Address.
Result: The Create MAC Address window opens.
Result: The second Create MAC Address window opens.
Result: The new MAC Address appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 582 To create a single VPLS SAP

You can create a port or LAG SAPs for VPLS.
Perform the following procedure to create a single VPLS SAP.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→VPLS Services→VPLS Service.
2 Right-click VPLS Service and choose Create→VPLS SAP.
Result: The Create VPLS SAP window opens.
3 Configure the parameters. Enter a VLAN ID of 4094 for an m-VPLS.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create VPLS SAP window opens.
Result: The new VPLS SAP appears in the Network Tree.
6 Expand VPLS Service and choose VPLS SAP.

USING THE 5520 AMS
7 Configure the VPLS SAP parameters and click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
Procedure 583 To create multiple VPLS SAPs

You can create multiple port or LAG SAPs on v-VPLS using the Actions menu.
Perform the following procedure to create multiple VPLS SAPs.

(v-VPLS).
• To create multiple v-VPLS port SAPs, right-click VPLS Service (v-VPLS) and choose
Actions→Create Port SAPs (v-VPLS).
• To create multiple v-VPLS LAG SAPs, right-click VPLS Service (v-VPLS) and choose
Actions→Create LAG SAPs (v-VPLS).
Result: The Create VPLS SAP window opens.
Result: The new VPLS SAPs appear in the Network Tree.
4 Expand VPLS Service and choose VPLS SAP.
5 Configure the VPLS SAP parameters and click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for each VPLS SAP.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 584 To create a static multicast source on a v-VPLS SAP

Perform the following procedure to create a static multicast source on a v-VPLS SAP.

(v-VPLS)→VPLS SAP→Static Multicast Sources.
2 Right-click Static Multicast Sources and choose Create→Static Multicast Source.
Result: The Create Static Multicast Source window opens.
3 Configure the IP addresses and click Next.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new static multicast source appears in the Network Tree.

This section describes procedures to configure MSTi.
You can configure MSTi on an m-VPLS. Table 135 lists the tasks to configure MSTi.
Table 135 Configure MSTi
Task See
Configure the spanning tree protocol mode Procedure 585

Create an MSTi Procedure 586
Create a VLAN range for an MSTi Procedure 587
Procedure 585 To configure the spanning tree protocol mode

Perform the following procedure to configure the spanning tree protocol mode.

(m-VPLS)→Spanning Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Configure the Protocol Mode parameter in the Bridge Parameters panel to MSTP or PMSTP.
3 Configure the other parameters, if required, and click the Apply icon ( ) to save the
changes.
Procedure 586 To create an MSTi

You can create up to 32 MSTi.
Perform the following procedure to create an MSTi.

2 Right-click Spanning Tree and choose Create→MSTi.
Result: The Create MSTi window opens.
3 Enter an instance ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create MSTi window opens.
4 Configure the bridge priority and click Finish.
Result: The new MSTi appears in the Network Tree.
The NE creates a corresponding SAP MSTi. To view the SAP MSTi, choose
Infrastructure→Layer2→VPLS Services→VPLS Service (m-VPLS)→VPLS SAP→SAP
MSTi.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays a table of the SAP MSTi objects.
Procedure 587 To create a VLAN range for an MSTi

Perform the following procedure to create a VLAN range for an MSTi.

(m-VPLS)→VPLS SAP→Spanning Tree→MSTi.
2 Right-click MSTi and choose Create→VLAN Range.
Result: The Create VLAN Range window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Enter the minimum and maximum VLAN IDs and click Next.
Result: The second Create VLAN Range window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new VLAN Range appears in the Network Tree.
57.4 Managing a VPLS

This section describes procedures to manage a VPLS.
57.4.1 Locking and unlocking VPLS services

You can lock and unlock VPLS services. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for the
Table 136 lists the tasks to manage VPLS.
Table 136 Manage VPLS
Task See
Enable or disable IGMP snooping Procedure 588
Clear IGMP snooping statistics Procedure 589
Clear the IGMP snooping querier Procedure 590
Clear the forwarding database Procedure 591
Clear the MAC address Procedure 592
Navigate from an m-VLPS SAP to the Procedure 593

corresponding Ethernet port
Clear the forwarding database Procedure 594
Clear IGMP snooping statistics on a v-VPLS SAP Procedure 595
Lock or unlock STP Procedure 596
Clear STP detected protocols Procedure 597
Clear STP statistics Procedure 598
Clear detected protocols on a spanning tree Procedure 599
Clear STP statistics on a spanning tree Procedure 600

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 588 To enable or disable IGMP snooping on a v-VPLS

Perform the following procedure to enable or disable IGMP snooping on a v-VPLS.

(v-VPLS).
• Enable or disable IGMP snooping using the Object Details view.

• Click the IGMP tab.
• Choose Enabled or Disabled from the IGMP Snooping drop-down menu.
• Enable or disable IGMP snooping using the Actions menu.

• Right-click VPLS Service (v-VPLS) and choose Actions→IGMP Snooping→Enable or
Actions→IGMP Snooping→Disable.
• Click Finish.
Procedure 589 To clear IGMP snooping statistics on a v-VPLS

Perform the following procedure to clear IGMP snooping statistics on a v-VPLS.

(v-VPLS).
2 Right-click VPLS Service (v-VPLS) and choose Actions→IGMP Snooping→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 590 To clear the IGMP snooping querier on a v-VPLS

Perform the following procedure to clear the IGMP snooping querier on a v-VPLS.

(v-VPLS).
2 Right-click VPLS Service (v-VPLS) and choose Actions→IGMP Snooping→Clear Querier.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 591 To clear the forwarding database on a v-VPLS

Perform the following procedure to clear the forwarding database on a v-VPLS.

2 Right-click Forwarding Database and choose Actions→Clear.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 592 To clear the MAC address on a v-VPLS

Perform the following procedure to clear the MAC address on a v-VPLS.

(v-VPLS)→Forwarding Database→MAC Addresses→MAC Address.
2 Right-click MAC Address and choose Actions→Clear.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
57.5 Managing a VPLS SAP

This section describes procedures to manage a VPLS SAP.
57.5.1 Locking and unlocking VPLS SAPs

You can lock and unlock VPLS SAPs. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for the
Procedure 593 To navigate from an m-VLPS SAP to the corresponding Ethernet port
Perform the following procedure to navigate from an m-VLPS SAP to the corresponding Ethernet
port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→VPLS Services→m-VPLS

Service→VPLS SAP.
2 Click Go to beside the Ethernet port parameter.
Procedure 594 To clear the forwarding database on a v-VPLS SAP

Perform the following procedure to clear the forwarding database on a v-VPLS SAP.

(v-VPLS)→VPLS SAP.
2 Right-click VPLS SAP and choose Actions→FDB→Clear.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 595 To clear IGMP snooping statistics on a v-VPLS SAP

Perform the following procedure to clear IGMP snooping statistics on a v-VPLS SAP.

2 Right-click VPLS SAP and choose Actions→IGMP Snooping→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 596 To lock or unlock STP on an m-VPLS SAP

Perform the following procedure to lock or unlock STP on an m-VPLS SAP.

(m-VPLS)→VPLS SAP.
• Lock or unlock STP using the Object Details view.

• Click the STP Parameters tab on the Object Details view.
• Choose Locked or Unlocked from the Administrative State drop-down menu.
• Lock or unlock STP using the Object Details view.

• Right-click VPLS SAP and choose Actions→STP→Lock or Actions→STP→Unlock.
• Click Finish.
Procedure 597 To clear STP detected protocols on an m-VPLS SAP

Perform the following procedure to clear STP detected protocols on an m-VPLS SAP.

2 Right-click VPLS SAP and choose Actions→STP→Clear Detected Protocols.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 598 To clear STP statistics on an m-VPLS SAP

Perform the following procedure to clear STP statistics on an m-VPLS SAP.

2 Right-click VPLS SAP and choose Actions→STP→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.

This section describes procedures to manage a spanning tree. Spanning trees are
associated with m-VPLSs.
57.6.1 Locking and unlocking spanning trees

You can lock and unlock spanning trees. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for the
Procedure 599 To clear detected protocols on a spanning tree

Perform the following procedure to clear detected protocols on a spanning tree.

2 Right-click Spanning Tree and choose Actions→Clear Detected Protocols.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 600 To clear STP statistics on a spanning tree

Perform the following procedure to clear STP statistics on a spanning tree.

2 Right-click Spanning Tree and choose Actions→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.
57.7 Viewing statistics

This section describes procedures to view VPLS statistics.
Table 137 lists the tasks to view VPLS.
Table 137 View VPLS
Task See
View IGMP statistics Procedure 601

View v-VPLS forwarding database statistics Procedure 602

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 601 To view IGMP statistics on a v-VPLS SAP

Perform the following procedure to view IGMP statistics on a v-VPLS SAP.

2 Click the IGMP Statistics tab.
Procedure 602 To view v-VPLS forwarding database statistics

Perform the following procedure to view v-VPLS forwarding database statistics.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→VPLS Services→VPLS Service

Result: The Object Details view opens and displays MAC address statistics in the Static and
Learned panels.
57.8 Configuring customers

This section describes the procedure to configure customers.When you configure a
service for the NE, a customer number is specified. You can use the default customer
with the number 1 or create a customer with a different number.
Procedure 603 To configure customers

Perform the following procedure to configure customers.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Service→ Customers.
2 Right-click Customers and choose Create→ Customer.
Result: The Create Customer window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Enter a customer number and click Next.
number, click Auto.
Result: The second Create Customers window opens.
Result: The new customer appears in the Network Tree.
Note — You can create customer templates in the Template tree. See
57.9 Viewing service system parameters

This section describes the procedure to view service system parameters.
Procedure 604 To view service system parameters

Perform the following procedure to view service system parameters.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Service→ Service System Parameters IHUB.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the service system parameters.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure layer 2 services
USING THE 5520 AMS
58 Configure layer 2 services

cards.
58.1 Overview
58.2 Configuring VPLS, m-VPLS, v-VPLS, and E-PIPE
58.4 Configuring SDP
58.5 Managing VPLS, m-VPLS, v-VPLS, and E-PIPE
58.6 Managing a layer 2 SAP
58.8 Managing a service endpoint
58.9 Managing SDP binding
58.10 Viewing layer 2 services information
58.11 Configuring L2 services
58.12 Configuring ethernet rings
58.13 Configuring pseudowire templates
58.14 Creating tag protocol identifier
58.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of layer 2 services.
Table 138 describes the types of layer 2 services supported by the NE.

Configure layer 2 services 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 138 Layer 2 service types
Service Description
type
v-VPLS The NE uses v-VPLS to emulate the NE bridging service in the IHub. Typically, several
v-VPLSes are configured to support a multi-VLAN environment.
Configure a v-VPLS to:
• Enable forwarding of frames between SAPs (typically between the user side and
the network side)
• Extend the reach of VPRN IP interface (SAP) to several physical ports
m-VPLS The NE uses a single m-VPLS to handle L2CP frames for RSTP and MSTP. The
m-VPLS processes externally untagged L2CP frames on a network access port or a
LAG.
VPLS VPLS provides connectivity between two or more SAPs on one or more NE routers.
The connection serves as to be a bridged domain to the customer sites, so protocols,
including routing protocols, can traverse the VPLS service.
E-PIPE E-PIPE is a layer 2 point-to-point service in which the customer data is encapsulated
and transported across a service provider IP/MPLS network. E-PIPE connects a local
SAP with a remote SAP through an SDP. This E-PIPE service has one SAP and one
SDP.
Note — You can create VLAN template in the Template tree to

create v-VPLS and L2 SAP. See the 5520 AMS User Guide.
See the IHub Services guide for the NE for more information
about layer 2 services.
58.1.1 VPLS configuration overview

Table 139 lists the tasks to configure VPLS.
Table 139 Configure VPLS
Task See
Create layer 2 SAPs Procedure 609 or 610
Create a service endpoint Procedure 612
If required, create an SDP binding Procedure 613
If required, create an SDP static multicast source Procedure 614

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 140 lists the tasks to configure v-VPLS.

Table 140 Configure v-VPLS
Task See
Create layer 2 SAPs Procedure 609 or 610
Table 141 lists the tasks to configure m-VPLS.

Table 141 Configure m-VPLS
Task See
Create an layer 2 SAP Procedure 609
58.1.2 E-PIPE configuration overview

Table 142 lists the tasks to configure E-PIPE.
Table 142 Configure E-PIPE
Task See
Create an E-PIPE Procedure 605
Create a layer 2 SAP for the E-PIPE Procedure 609
If required, create an SDP binding Procedure 613
If required, create an SDP static multicast source Procedure 614
58.2 Configuring VPLS, m-VPLS, v-VPLS, and

E-PIPE
This section describes procedures to configure VPLS, m-VPLS, v-VPLS, and
E-PIPE.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 605 To create a layer 2 service

Perform the following procedure to create a layer 2 service.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services.
2 Right-click L2 Services and choose Create→L2 Service.
Result: The Create L2 Service window opens.
3 Enter a service ID and click Next.
number, click Auto.
4 Choose VPLS, v-VPLS, m-VPLS, or E-PIPE from the Service Type drop-down menu.
5 Optionally, starting with R4.6, choose Enabled or Disabled from the Save Configuration to
DB drop-down list.
Configure the other parameters and click Finish.
Result: The new VPLS appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 606 To enable or disable Event Logging on a v-VPLS L2 Service
You can move across WiFi access points which allow MAC fast movement within a v-VPLS
service. The MAC movement can be enabled or disabled on each v-VPLS instance, and the
events can be logged for MAC movement.
Perform this procedure to enable or disable Event Logging on a v-VPLS L2 Service.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service.
2 In the MAC Movement section, configure the Event Logging parameter.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Following are the options:
• Enabled
• Disabled
The Event Logging parameter is disabled by default.
Procedure 607 To configure a VPLS forwarding database

Perform the following procedure to configure a VPLS forwarding database on a VPLS or v-VPLS.
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (VPLS)→Forwarding Database

• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (v-VPLS)→Forwarding Database
Procedure 608 To create a MAC address on a VPLS forwarding database

Perform the following procedure to configure a MAC address on the forwarding database on a
VPLS or v-VPLS.
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (VPLS)→Forwarding Database→MAC

Addresses
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (v-VPLS)→Forwarding
Database→MAC Addresses
2 Right-click MAC Addresses and choose Create→MAC Address.
Result: The Create MAC Address window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create MAC Address window opens.
Result: The new MAC Address appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 609 To create a single layer 2 SAP

Perform the following procedure to create a single port or LAG SAP for VPLS, m-VPLS, v-VPLS,
or E-PIPE.
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (VPLS)

• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (v-VPLS)
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (m-VPLS)
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (E-PIPE)
2 Right-click the L2 Service and choose Create→L2 SAP.
Result: The Create L2 SAP window opens.
3 Configure the parameters. Enter a VLAN ID of 4094 for an m-VPLS.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create L2 SAP window opens.
Result: The new L2 SAP appears in the Network Tree.
6 Optionally, starting with R4.6, choose Enabled or Disabled from the Save Configuration to
DB drop-down list.
Configure the parameters and click Finish.
7 When you have created a VPLS, m-VPLS, or v-VPLS, expand L2 Service and choose L2
SAP.

USING THE 5520 AMS
8 Configure the L2 SAP parameters and click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
Procedure 610 To create multiple layer 2 SAPs

Perform the following procedure to create multiple port or LAG SAPs on a VPLS or v-VPLS using
the Actions menu.

• To create multiple v-VPLS port SAPs, right-click L2 Service and choose Actions→Create
Port SAP.
• To create multiple v-VPLS LAG SAPs, right-click L2 Service and choose Actions→Create
LAG SAPs.
Result: The Create SAP window opens.
Result: The new L2 SAPs appear in the Network Tree.
4 Expand L2 Service and choose L2 SAP.
5 Configure the L2 SAP parameters and click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
6 Repeat steps 4 and 5 for each L2 SAP.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 611 To create a static multicast source on a layer 2 SAP

Perform the following procedure to create a static multicast source on a a layer 2 SAP for VPLS
or v-VPLS.
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (VPLS)→L2 SAP→Static Multicast

Sources
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (v-VPLS)→L2 SAP→Static Multicast
Sources
2 Right-click Static Multicast Sources and choose Create→SAP Static Multicast Source.
Result: The Create SAP Static Multicast Source window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Procedure 612 To create a service endpoint for a VPLS

Perform the following procedure to create a service endpoint for a VPLS.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service

(VPLS)→Service End Points.
2 Right-click Service End Points and choose Create→Service End Point.
Result: The Create Service End Point window opens.
Result: The new service end point appears in the Network Tree.
5 Expand Service End Points and right-click Service End Point.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 613 To create an SDP binding

Perform the following procedure to create an SDP binding for a VPLS or E-PIPE.

• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (E-PIPE)
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service→APIPE Services→APIPE service
2 Right-click the L2 Service and choose Create→SDP Binding.
Result: The Create SDP Binding window opens.
3 Configure the SDP binding ID and click Next.
Note 1 — In the SDP binding ID, enter a VC ID that corresponds to the

default mesh VC ID on the VPLS.
Note 2 — There are two types of SDP bindings: spoke SDP and mesh
SDP. Both types of SDP bindings are supported for VPLS. Only spoke
SDP is supported for E-PIPE.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new SDP binding appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 614 To create an SDP static multicast source

Perform the following procedure to create an SDP static multicast source for a VPLS or E-PIPE.
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (VPLS)→SDP Binding→SDP Static

Multicast Sources
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (E-PIPE)→SDP Binding→SDP Static
Multicast Sources

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Right-click the L2 Service and choose Create→SDP Static Multicast Source.
Result: The Create SDP Static Multicast Source window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new SDP Static Multicast Source appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 615 To create IGMP snooping static multicast sources
Perform the following procedure to create IGMP snooping static multicast sources.

(v-VPLS)→Multicast →IGMP Snooping Static Multicast Sources
2 Right-click the IGMP Snooping Static Multicast Sources and choose Create→ IGMP
Snooping Static Multicast Source.
Result: The Create IGMP Snooping Static Multicast Source window opens.
3 Configure the IP addresses.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new IGMP Snooping Static Multicast Source appears in the Network Tree.

This section describes procedures to configure MSTi.
You can configure MSTi on an m-VPLS. Table 143 lists the tasks to configure MSTi.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 143 Configure MSTi
Task See
Configure the spanning tree protocol mode Procedure 616
Create an MSTi Procedure 617
Create a VLAN range for an MSTi Procedure 618
Procedure 616 To configure the spanning tree protocol mode

Perform the following procedure to configure the spanning tree protocol mode.

2 Configure the Protocol Mode parameter in the Bridge Parameters panel to MSTP or PMSTP.
3 Configure the other parameters, if required, and click the Apply icon ( ) to save the
changes.
Procedure 617 To create an MSTi

You can create up to 32 MSTi.
Perform the following procedure to create an MSTi.

2 Right-click Spanning Tree and choose Create→MSTi.
Result: The Create MSTi window opens.
3 Enter an instance ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create MSTi window opens.
4 Configure the bridge priority and click Finish.
Result: The new MSTi appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
The NE creates a corresponding SAP MSTi. To view the SAP MSTi, choose
Infrastructure→Layer2→VPLS Services→VPLS Service (m-VPLS)→L2 SAP→SAP MSTi.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays a table of the SAP MSTi objects.
Procedure 618 To create a VLAN range for an MSTi

Perform the following procedure to create a VLAN range for an MSTi.

(m-VPLS)→Spanning Tree→MSTi.
2 Right-click MSTi and choose Create→VLAN Range.
Result: The Create VLAN Range window opens.
3 Enter the minimum and maximum VLAN IDs and click Next.
Result: The second Create VLAN Range window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new VLAN Range appears in the Network Tree.
58.4 Configuring SDP

This section describes procedures to configure SDP for a VPLS service.
An SDP acts as a logical way to direct traffic from one NE to another PE through a
uni-directional service tunnel. The SDP terminates at the far-end NE or service router
which directs packets to the correct service egress SAPs on that device.
See the IHub Services guide for the NE for more information about SDP.
58.4.1 Locking and unlocking SDPs

You can lock and unlock SDPs. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for the procedure to
lock and unlock objects.
Table 144 lists the tasks to configure SDP.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 144 Configure SDP
Task See
Create an SDP Procedure 619
Create SDP IHub Procedure 620
Create an APIPE SDP Procedure 621
Create an APIPE service Procedure 622
Associate VCL to an APIPE service Procedure 623
Procedure 619 To create an SDP

Perform the following procedure to create an SDP.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→SDP.
2 Right-click SDP and choose Create→SDP.
Result: The Create SDP window opens.
3 Enter the SDP ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create SDP window opens.
number, click Auto.
Result: The new SDP appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 620 To create SDP IHub

Perform the following procedure to create SDP IHub.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→SDP.
2 Right-click SDP and choose Create IHub.
Result: The Create SDP IHub window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create SDP IHub window opens.
Result: The new SDP IHub appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 621 To create an APIPE SDP
Before you proceed, MPLS Static LSP must be created. See Procedure 230.
Perform the following procedure to create an APIPE SDP.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→APIPE SDP.
2 Right-click on APIPE SDP and choose Create→APIPE SDP.
Result: The Create APIPE SDP window opens.
Result: The second Create APIPE SDP window opens.
Result: The new APIPE SDP appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 622 To create an APIPE service

USING THE 5520 AMS
Before you proceed, APIPE SDP must be created. See Procedure 621.
Perform the following procedure to create an APIPE service.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→APIPE Services.
2 Right-click on APIPE Services and choose Create→APIPE Service.
Result: The Create APIPE Service window opens.
3 Enter the Service ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create APIPE Service window opens.
Result: The new APIPE Service appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 623 To associate VCL to an APIPE service
Before you proceed, APIPE service has to be created. See Procedure 622.
Perform the following procedure to associate VCL to an APIPE service.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→APIPE Services→APIPE Service.
2 Right-click on APIPE Service and choose Create→Service To VCL.
Result: The Create Service To VCL window opens.
3 Configure the identifier parameters and click Next.
Result: The second Create Service To VCL window opens.
Result: The Service To VCL appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
58.5 Managing VPLS, m-VPLS, v-VPLS, and E-PIPE

This section describes procedures to manage VPLS, m-VPLS, v-VPLS, and E-PIPE.
58.5.1 Locking and unlocking SDPs

You can lock and unlock the following layer 2 services:
• VPLS
• v-VPLS
• M-VPLS
• E-PIPE
See the 5520 AMS User Guide for the procedure to lock and unlock objects.
Table 145 lists the tasks to manage layer 2 services.
Table 145 Manage layer 2 services
Task See
Enable or disable IGMP snooping Procedure 624
Clear the IGMP snooping querier Procedure 626
Clear the forwarding database on a VPLS Procedure 627
Navigate from a layer 2 SAP to the corresponding Procedure 628

Ethernet port
Clear the forwarding database on a L 2 SAP Procedure 629
Clear STP detected protocols Procedure 631

Clear STP statistics Procedure 632
Manually clear L2SAP alarms Procedure 633
Enable or disable PM collection Procedure 634
Clear detected protocols on a spanning tree Procedure 635
Clear STP statistics on a spanning tree Procedure 636
Switch over a service endpoint for a VPLS Procedure 637
Clear ingress on an SDP binding Procedure 638
Clear the forwarding database on an SDP binding Procedure 639
Clear the IGMP snooping statistics on an SDP binding Procedure 640

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 624 To enable or disable IGMP snooping

Perform the following procedure to enable or disable IGMP snooping on a VPLS or v-VPLS.

• Enable or disable IGMP snooping using the Object Details view.

• Click the IGMP tab.
• Choose Enabled or Disabled from the IGMP Snooping drop-down menu.
• Enable or disable IGMP snooping using the Actions menu.

• Right-click the L2 Service and choose Actions→IGMP Snooping→Enable or
Actions→IGMP Snooping→Disable.
• Click Finish.
Note — The SAP and SDP Binding parameters are linked parameters.
These parameters are read-only parameters which are displayed as
enabled in the 5520 AMS GUI even though there is no real value
associated with these parameters.
Procedure 625 To clear IGMP snooping statistics

Perform the following procedure to clear IGMP snooping statistics on a VPLS or v-VPLS.

2 Right-click the L2 Service and choose Actions→IGMP Snooping→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 626 To clear the IGMP snooping querier

Perform the following procedure to clear the IGMP snooping querier on a VPLS or v-VPLS.

2 Right-click the L2 Service and choose Actions→IGMP Snooping→Clear Querier.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 627 To clear the forwarding database on a VPLS

Perform the following procedure to clear the forwarding database on a VPLS or v-VPLS.
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (VPLS)→Forwarding Database

• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (v-VPLS)→Forwarding Database
2 Right-click Forwarding Database and choose Actions→Clear.
3 Click Finish.
58.6 Managing a layer 2 SAP

This section describes procedures to manage a layer 2 SAP.

USING THE 5520 AMS
58.6.1 Locking and unlocking layer 2 SAPs

You can lock and unlock:
• Layer 2 SAPs
• STPs on m-VPLS layer 2 SAPs
Procedure 628 To navigate from a layer 2 SAP to the corresponding Ethernet port
Perform the following procedure to navigate from a layer 2 SAP to the corresponding Ethernet port
on a VPLS, m-VPLS, v-VPLS, or E-PIPE.
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (VPLS)→L2 SAP

• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (m-VPLS)→L2 SAP
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (v-VPLS)→L2 SAP
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (E-PIPE)→L2 SAP
2 Click Go to beside the Ethernet port parameter.
Procedure 629 To clear the forwarding database on a layer 2 SAP

Perform the following procedure to clear the forwarding database on a VPLS or v-VPLS layer 2
SAP.

2 Right-click L2 SAP and choose Actions→FDB→Clear.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 630 To clear IGMP snooping statistics on a layer 2 SAP

Perform the following procedure to clear IGMP snooping statistics on a VPLS or v-VPLS layer 2
SAP.

2 Right-click L2 SAP and choose Actions→IGMP Snooping→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 631 To clear STP detected protocols on an m-VPLS layer 2 SAP

STP parameters apply only to m-VPLS layer 2 SAPs.
Perform the following procedure to clear STP detected protocols on an m-VPLS layer 2 SAP.

(m-VPLS)→L2 SAP.
2 Right-click L2 SAP and choose Actions→STP→Clear Detected Protocols.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 632 To clear STP statistics on an m-VPLS layer 2 SAP

STP parameters apply only to m-VPLS layer 2 SAPs.
Perform the following procedure to clear STP statistics on an m-VPLS layer 2 SAP.

(m-VPLS)→L2 SAP.
2 Right-click L2 SAP and choose Actions→STP→Clear Statistics.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 633 To manually clear L2 SAP alarms
Perform the following procedure to manually clear L2SAP alarms.

(vpls_type)→L2 SAP, where vpls_type is VPLS, v-VPLS, or m-VPLS.
2 Right-click L2 SAP and choose Actions→Clear Alarm.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 634 To enable or disable PM collection on layer 2 SAP
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable PM collection on layer 2 SAP.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service→L2 SAP.
2 Right-click on L2 SAP and choose one of the following:
• Actions→PM Collection→Enable
• Actions→PM Collection→Disable

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.

This section describes procedures to manage a spanning tree. Spanning trees are
associated with m-VPLS services.
58.7.1 Locking and unlocking spanning trees

You can lock and unlock spanning trees. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for the
Procedure 635 To clear detected protocols on a spanning tree

Perform the following procedure to clear detected protocols on a spanning tree.

2 Right-click Spanning Tree and choose Actions→Clear Detected Protocols.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 636 To clear STP statistics on a spanning tree

Perform the following procedure to clear STP statistics on a spanning tree.

2 Right-click Spanning Tree and choose Actions→Clear Statistics.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
58.8 Managing a service endpoint

This section describes the procedure to manage a service endpoint.
Procedure 637 To switch over a service endpoint for a VPLS

Before you proceed, a service endpoint must be created on a VPLS. See Procedure 612 for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to switch over a service endpoint for a VPLS.

(VPLS)→Service End Points→Service End Point.
2 Right-click Service End Point and choose Action→Switchover.
Result: The Switchover window opens.
3 Configure the SDP binding parameter and click Finish.
58.9 Managing SDP binding

This section describes procedures to manage SDP binding.
58.9.1 Locking and unlocking SDP bindings

You can lock and unlock SDP bindings on VPLS or E-PIPE. See the 5520 AMS User
Guide for the procedure to lock and unlock objects.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 638 To clear ingress on an SDP binding

Perform the following procedure to clear ingress on an SDP binding.
• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (VPLS)→SDP Binding

• Infrastructure→Layer2→L2 Services→L2 Service (E-PIPE)→SDP Binding
2 Right-click SDP Binding and choose Actions→Clear Ingress.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 639 To clear the forwarding database on an SDP binding

Perform the following procedure to clear the forwarding database on an SDP binding.

2 Right-click SDP Binding and choose Actions→Clear FDB.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 640 To clear IGMP snooping statistics on an SDP binding

Perform the following procedure to clear IGMP snooping statistics on an SDP binding.

2 Right-click SDP Binding and choose Actions→Clear IGMP Snooping Statistics.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
58.10 Viewing layer 2 services information

This section describes procedures to view layer 2 services information.
Table 146 lists the tasks to view layer 2 services.
Table 146 View layer 2 services
Task See
View IGMP statistics Procedure 641
View statistics on an SDP binding Procedure 642
View multicast router information Procedure 643
View forwarding information Procedure 644
Procedure 641 To view IGMP statistics on a layer 2 SAP

Perform the following procedure to view IGMP statistics on a VPLS or v-VPLS layer 2 SAP.

2 Click the IGMP Statistics tab.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 642 To view statistics on an SDP binding

Perform the following procedure to view the following statistics on an SDP binding:
• Ingress and egress statistics

• IGMP statistics

2 Click the following tabs:
• Statistics tab to view ingress and egress statistics.

• IGMP Statistics tab to view IGMP statistics.
Procedure 643 To view multicast router information on a VPLS

Perform the following procedure to view multicast router information on a VPLS or v-VPLS.
• Infrastructure→ Layer2 →L2 Services →L2 Service (VPLS) →Multicast →MRouters

• Infrastructure→ Layer2 →L2 Services →L2 Service (v-VPLS) →Multicast →MRouters
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays a table with multicast router information.
Procedure 644 To view forwarding information base information on a VPLS

Perform the following procedure to view forwarding information base information on a VPLS or
v-VPLS.
• Infrastructure→ Layer2 →L2 Services →L2 Service (VPLS) →Multicast →FIB

• Infrastructure→ Layer2 →L2 Services →L2 Service (v-VPLS) →Multicast →FIB

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays a table with multicast router information.
Procedure 645 To view BGP information on VPLS

Perform the following procedure to view BGP information in VPLS.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Layer2 → L2 Services → L2 Service (VPLS) →

BGP.
Result: The Object Details view displays the BGP information.
58.11 Configuring L2 services

This section describes the procedures to configure L2 services.
Procedure 646 To create BGP on VPLS
Perform the following procedure to create BGP on VPLS.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Layer2 → L2 Services → L2 Service (VPLS).
2 Right-click L2 Services (VPLS) and choose BGP.
Result: The Create BGP window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create BGP window opens.
Result: The BGP appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 647 To create BGP auto discovery on VPLS

Perform the following procedure to create BGP auto discovery
2 Right-click L2 Services (VPLS) and choose BGP Auto Discovery.
Result: The Create BGP Auto Discovery window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create BGP Auto Discovery window opens.
Result: The BGP Auto Discovery appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 648 To create pseudowire template bind

Perform the following procedure to create pseudowire template bind.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Layer2 → L2 Services → L2 Service (VPLS)

→ BGP.
2 Right-click BGP and choose Create → Pseudowire Template Bind.
Result: The Create Pseudowire Template Bind window opens.
3 Enter the Template ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create Pseudowire Template Bind window opens.
Result: The Pseudowire Template Bind appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 649 To create BGP VPLS

Perform the following procedure to create BGP VPLS.
2 Right-click L2 Services (VPLS) and choose BGP VPLS.
Result: The Create BGP VPLS window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create BGP VPLS window opens.
Result: The BGP VPLS appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 650 To create split-horizon group

Perform the following procedure to create split-horizon group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ Layer2 → L2 Services → L2 Service (VPLS)

→ Split-Horizon Groups.
2 Right-click Split-Horizon Groups and choose Create → Split-Horizon Group.
Result: The Create Split-Horizon Group window opens.
Result: The Split-Horizon Group appears in the Network Tree.
58.12 Configuring ethernet rings

This section describes procedures to configure and create ethernet rings.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 651 To create ethernet rings
Applies to — From ISAM R5.5.01 onwards, the following procedure is

applicable for SX or MX NEs.
Perform the following procedure to create ethernet rings.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer 2 →Ethernet Rings.
2 Right-click Ethernet Rings and choose Create → Ethernet Ring.
Result: The Create Ethernet Ring window opens.
3 Enter an Ethernet Ring ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create Ethernet Ring window opens.
Result: A new ethernet ring appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 652 To lock or unlock an ethernet ring
Applies to — This procedure is applicable from ISAM R5.5.01 or later

and supported for SX or MX NEs.
Perform the following procedure to lock or unlock an ethernet ring.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer 2 →Ethernet Rings → Ethernet Ring.
2 Right-click the Ethernet Ring and choose one of the following options:

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 653 To create ethernet paths
Applies to — From ISAM R5.5.01 onwards, the following procedure is

applicable for SX or MX NEs.
Perform the following procedure to create ethernet paths.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer 2 →Ethernet Rings → Ethernet Ring.
2 Right-click Ethernet Ring and choose Create → Ethernet Path.
Result: The Create Ethernet Path window opens.
3 Choose the Ethernet Path ID from the drop-down menu and click Next.
Result: The second Create Ethernet Path window opens.
• Select the Link Type from the drop-down list.
• Enter the values for S-VLAN and C-VLAN under Raps-Tag.
5 Click Finish.
Result: A new ethernet path appears under the Ethernet Ring in the Network Tree.
Procedure 654 To switch ethernet path

and supported only for SX or MX NEs.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to switch ethernet path on an ethernet ring.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer 2 →Ethernet Rings → Ethernet Ring
→ Ethernet Path.
2 Right-click Ethernet Path and select one of the following options:
• Actions → Forced Switch

• Actions → Manual Switch
3 Click Finish.
Result: The ethernet path is switched for the selected Ethernet Ring and the result is
displayed.
Procedure 655 To create a Data VLAN list

and supported only for SX or MX NEs.
Perform the following procedure to create a Data VLAN list.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer 2 →Ethernet Rings → Ethernet Ring
→ Data VLAN Lists
2 Right-click the Data VLAN Lists and choose Create → Data VLAN List
Result: The Create Data VLAN List window opens.
• Start S-VLAN ID
• Start C-VLAN ID
• End S-VLAN ID
• End C-VLAN ID
4 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Data VLAN List appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 656 To view CFM ethernet path stack details

Perform the following procedure to view the CFM path stack details.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer 2 →Ethernet Rings → Ethernet Ring →
Ethernet Path → CFM Ethernet Path Stack → CFM Ethernet Path Stack LEVEL.
Result: The CFM Ethernet Path Stack details are listed in the Table view and Object Details view.
58.13 Configuring pseudowire templates

This section describes procedures to configure and create pseudowire templates.
Procedure 657 To create pseudowire templates

Perform the following procedure to create pseudowire templates.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer 2 → Pseudowire Templates.
2 Right-click Pseudowire Templates and choose Create → Pseudowire Template.
Result: The Create Pseudowire Template window opens.
3 Enter a Template ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create Pseudowire Template window opens.
Result: A new Pseudowire Template appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
58.14 Creating tag protocol identifier

The tag protocol identifier (TPID) is a 16-bit field set to a value of 0x8100 in order to
identify the frame as an IEEE 802.1Q-tagged frame. This field is located at the same
position as the EtherType/length field in untagged frames, and is used to distinguish
the frame from untagged frames.
The default value for TPID is 8100.
This section describes procedure to configure and create tag protocol identifier.
Procedure 658 To create tag protocol identifier
• R5.4 or later.
• Uplink port for Ethernet-based LT cards.
Perform the following procedure to create tag protocol identifier.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2 →TPID
2 Right-click TPID and choose Create → System TPID
Result: The Create System TPID window opens.
Result: The second Create System TPID window opens.
4 Enter a value for Tag Protocol Identifier and click Finish.
Result: The System TPID appears in the Network Tree.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure a VPLS management router
USING THE 5520 AMS
59 Configure a VPLS management

router

cards.
59.1 Overview
59.2 Configuring a VPLS management router
59.3 Managing a VPLS management router
59.4 Viewing information for a VPLS management router
59.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of VPLS management router.
Table 147 lists the tasks to configure a VPLS management router.
Table 147 Configure a VPLS management router
Task See
Create an IP interface on a VPLS management router Procedure 659

Create an IP address on the IP interface of a VPLS management router Procedure 660
Clear ARP entries Procedure 661
Clear DHCP statistics Procedure 662

View VPLS management router information Procedure 663
View IP routes Procedure 665
View DHCP information Procedure 666
59.2 Configuring a VPLS management router

This section describes procedures to configure VPLS management router.

Configure a VPLS management router 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
The NE supports one VPLS management router.
Procedure 659 To create an IP interface on a VPLS management router

Perform the following procedure to create an IP interface on a VPLS management router.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer3→VPLS Management

Router→Router→Interfaces.
2 Right-click Interfaces and choose Create→IP Interface.
3 Enter an interface ID and click Next.
Result: The new IP Interface appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 660 To create an IP address on an IP interface of a VPLS management

router
Perform the following procedure to create an IP address on an IP interface of a VPLS
management router.

Router→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface→IP Addresses.
2 Right-click IP Addresses and choose Create→IP Address.
Result: The Create IP Address window opens.
3 Enter an ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create IP Address window opens.
Result: The new IP Address appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
59.3 Managing a VPLS management router

This section describes procedures to manage a VPLS management router.
59.3.1 Locking and unlocking VPLS management router IP

interfaces
You can lock and unlock VPLS management router IP interfaces. See the 5520 AMS
Procedure 661 To clear ARP entries

Perform the following procedure to clear ARP entries on the VPLS management router or an IP
interface.
• Infrastructure→Layer3→VPLS Management Router→Router

• Infrastructure→Layer3→VPLS Management Router→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface
2 Right-click Router or IP Interface and choose Actions→Clear ARP Entries.
Result: The Clear ARP Entries window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 662 To clear DHCP statistics

Perform the following procedure to DHCP statistics on the VPLS management router or an IP
interface.
• Infrastructure→Layer3→VPLS Management Router→Router

• Infrastructure→Layer3→VPLS Management Router→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface
2 Right-click Router or IP Interface and choose Actions→Clear DHCP Statistics.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Clear DHCP Statistics window opens.
3 Click Finish.
59.4 Viewing information for a VPLS management

router
This section describes procedures to view the information for a VPLS management
router.
Procedure 663 To view VPLS management router information

Perform the following procedure to view configuration information and statistics for a VPLS
management router.

Router→Router.
2 Click the General tab to view configuration information and the Statistics tab to view statistics.
Procedure 664 To view ARP entries for a VPLS management router

Perform the following procedure to view ARP entries for a VPLS management router.

Router→Router.
2 Right-click Router and choose Actions→Show ARP Entries.
Result: The Show ARP Entries window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: A result page window opens and lists the ARP entries.
Procedure 665 To view IP routes for a VPLS management router

Perform the following procedure to view IP routes for a VPLS management router.

Router→Router.
2 Right-click Router and choose Actions→Show IP Routes.
Result: The Show IP Routes window opens.
Result: A result page window opens and lists the IP routes.
Procedure 666 To view DHCP information for a VPLS management router IP

interface
Perform the following procedure to view DHCP relay information and DHCP statistics for a VPLS
management router IP interface.

Router→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface.
2 Click the DHCP Relay tab to view DHCP relay information and the DHCP Statistics tab to
view DHCP statistics.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Routing on an NE with IHub-based NT cards
USING THE 5520 AMS
Routing on an NE with IHub-based

NT cards
60 Configure routing policies
61 Configure base routers
62 Configure BGP for a base router
63 Configure IS-IS for a base router
64 Configure OSPF for a base router
65 Configure RIP
66 Configure LDP for a base router
67 Configure MPLS for a base router
68 Configure LLDP
69 Configure RSVP for a base router
70 Configure IGMP for a base router
71 Configure PIM for a base router
72 Layer 3 services
73 Configure IES
74 Configure VPRN service
75 Configure VPRN routers
76 Configure BGP for VPRN
77 Configure RIP for VPRN
78 Configure OSPF for VPRN
79 Configure IGMP for VPRN
80 Configure PIM for VPRN

Routing on an NE with IHub-based NT cards 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure routing policies
USING THE 5520 AMS
60 Configure routing policies

cards.
60.1 Overview
60.2 Configuring routing policies
60.3 Configuring admin policy statements
60.4 Configuring admin policies
60.5 Viewing operational routing policies
60.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of routing policies.
Table 150 lists the tasks to configure routing policies.
Table 148 Configure routing policies
Task See
Configure the routing policy parameters Procedure 667
Initialize routing policies Procedure 668
Commit routing policies Procedure 669
Abort routing policies Procedure 670
60.2 Configuring routing policies

This section describes configuration of routing policies. Routing policies control the
size and content of the routing tables, the routes that are advertised, and the best
route to take to reach a destination.
For R4.1, see the FD 100 GBPS NT IHUB Router Configuration and Protocols Guide

Configure routing policies 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
For R4.2 or later, see the IHUB Router Configuration and Protocols guide for the NE
Procedure 667 To configure the routing policy system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure the routing policy system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→Routing Policies→Routing Policy

System.
2 Configure the Owner parameter and click the Apply icon ( ) to save the changes.
Procedure 668 To initialize routing policies

You must initialize routing policies before you perform other operations.
Perform the following procedure to initialize routing policies.

System.
2 Right-click Routing Policy System and choose Actions→Administrative Rights→Begin.
Result: The Begin window opens.
Result: The Administrative Routing Policies object appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 669 To commit routing policies

You must initialize routing policies before you commit them. See Procedure 668 for more
information. When you commit the routing policies, operational routing policies are displayed in
the Network Tree. See Procedure 679 for more information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to commit routing policies.

System.
2 Right-click Routing Policy System and choose Actions→Administrative Rights→Commit.
Result: The Commit window opens.
Procedure 670 To abort routing policies

Perform the following procedure to abort initialized routing policies.

System.
2 Right-click Routing Policy System and choose Actions→Administrative Rights→Abort.
Result: The Abort window opens.
Result: The Administrative Routing Policies object disappears from the Network Tree.
60.3 Configuring admin policy statements

This section describes procedures to configure admin policy statements.
Routing policies contain admin policy statements that have ordered entries that
contain conditions and actions for routes.
Table 149 lists the tasks to configure admin policy statements.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 149 Configure admin policy statements
Task See
Initialize routing policies Procedure 668
Create an admin policy statement Procedure 671
Create an admin policy statement entry Procedure 672
Create an admin policy statement to Procedure 673
Create an admin policy statement from Procedure 674
Procedure 671 To create an admin policy statement

Before you proceed, you must initialize routing policies. See Procedure 668 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to create an admin policy statement.

System→Administrative Routing Policies→Admin Policy Statements.
2 Right-click Admin Policy Statements and choose Create→Admin Policy Statement.
Result: The Create Admin Policy Statement window opens.
3 Enter a unique statement name and click Next.
Result: The second Create Admin Policy Statement window opens.
Result: The new admin policy statement appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 672 To create an admin policy statement entry

Before you proceed, you must create an admin policy statement. See Procedure 671 for more
information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create an admin policy statement entry.

System→Administrative Routing Policies→Admin Policy Statements→Admin Policy
Statement.
2 Right-click Admin Policy Statement and choose Create→Admin Policy Statement Entry.
Result: The Create Admin Policy Statement Entry window opens.
3 Enter an entry ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create Admin Policy Statement Entry window opens.
Result: The new admin policy statement entry appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 673 To create an admin policy statement to

Before you proceed, you must create an admin policy statement entry. See Procedure 672 for
more information.
Perform the following procedure to create an admin policy statement to.

Statement→Admin Policy Statement Entry.
2 Right-click Admin Policy Statement Entry and choose Create→Admin Policy Statement To.
Result: The Create Admin Policy Statement To window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Admin Policy Statement To window opens.
Result: The new admin policy statement to appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 674 To create an admin policy statement from

Before you proceed, you must create an admin policy statement entry. See Procedure 672 for
more information.
Perform the following procedure to create an admin policy statement from.

Statement→Admin Policy Statement Entry.
2 Right-click Admin Policy Statement Entry and choose Create→Admin Policy Statement
From.
Result: The Create Admin Policy Statement From window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Admin Policy Statement From window opens.
Result: The new admin policy statement from appears in the Network Tree.
60.4 Configuring admin policies

This section describes procedures to configure admin policies.
Table 150 lists the tasks to configure admin policies.
Table 150 Configure admin policies
Task See
Create an admin community policy Procedure 675

Create an admin damping policy Procedure 676
Create an admin prefix policy Procedure 677
Create an admin AS path policy Procedure 678
View operational routing policies Procedure 679

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 675 To create an admin community policy

Perform the following procedure to create an admin community policy.

System→Administrative Routing Policies→Admin Community Policies.
2 Right-click Admin Community Policies and choose Create→Admin Community Policy.
Result: The Create Admin Community Policy window opens.
Result: The second Create Admin Community Policy window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new admin community policy appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 676 To create an admin damping policy

Perform the following procedure to create an admin damping policy.

System→Administrative Routing Policies→Admin Damping Policies.
2 Right-click Admin Damping Policies and choose Create→Admin Damping Policy.
Result: The Create Admin Damping Policy window opens.
3 Enter the damping name and click Next.
Result: The second Create Admin Damping Policy window opens.
Result: The new admin damping policy appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 677 To create an admin prefix policy

Perform the following procedure to create an admin prefix policy.

System→Administrative Routing Policies→Admin Prefix Policies.
2 Right-click Admin Prefix Policies and choose Create→Admin Prefix Policy.
Result: The Create Admin Prefix Policy window opens.
Result: The second Create Admin Prefix Policy window opens.
Result: The new admin prefix policy appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 678 To create an admin AS path policy

Perform the following procedure to create an admin AS path policy.

System→Administrative Routing Policies→Admin AS Path Policies.
2 Right-click Admin AS Path Policies and choose Create→Admin AS Path Policy.
Result: The Create Admin AS Path Policy window opens.
Result: The second Create Admin AS Path Policy window opens.
Result: The new admin AS path policy appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
60.5 Viewing operational routing policies

This section describes the procedure to view operational routing policies.
Operational routing policies are dynamic and only appear when the routing policies
are in use.
Procedure 679 To view operational routing policies

Perform the following procedure to view operational routing policies.
1 Commit the routing policies. See Procedure 669 for more information.

System→Operational Routing Policies.
3 Expand Operational Routing Policies and choose one of the following policies:
• Oper Policy Statements

• Oper Community Policies
• Oper Damping Policies
• Oper Prefix Policies
• Oper AS Path Policies
Result: Operational routing policies appear in the Network Tree below each operational
policy object.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure base routers
USING THE 5520 AMS
61 Configure base routers

cards.
61.1 Overview
61.2 Configuring base routers
61.3 Configuring base router route aggregation
61.4 Configuring base router IP interfaces
61.5 Configuring base router static IP routes
61.6 Configuring TWAMP light reflector
61.7 Managing base routers
61.8 Managing base router IP interfaces
61.9 Viewing base router information
61.10 Viewing base router statistics
61.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of base routers.
The base router is the default IP router instance that is connected to the public IP
network domain and manages the topology of the public domain.
See the System Description for the NE for more information.
61.2 Configuring base routers

This section describes procedures to configure base routers.
You must enable the protocols for the base router before you can configure them.
Table 151 lists the base router protocols.

Configure base routers 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 151 Base router protocols
Applies to Protocol
R4.1 or later with IHub-based NT cards BGP

IS-IS
LDP
MPLS
RIP
R4.2 or later with IHub-based NT cards BGP
R4.3 or later with IHub-based NT cards IS-IS
LDP
MPLS
RIP
IGMP
PIM
Note — To configure OSPF, create an OSPF instance. See

Table 152 lists the tasks to configure a base router.

Table 152 Configure base routers
Task See
Configure base router protocols Procedure 680

Create a Management IPv6 Address for a Procedure 681
base router
Create a Source IP Address for a base router Procedure 683
Create a DHCP Server in IHUB system Procedure 684

Create a DHCP Server IP Address Pool Procedure 685
Create a DHCP Server Pool Option Procedure 686
Create a DHCP Server Subnet Procedure 687

Create a DHCP Server Subnet Range Procedure 688
Create a DHCP Server Subnet Option Procedure 689
Create a router advertisement Procedure 690
Create a router advertisement prefix Procedure 691
Create a route aggregation Procedure 692
Create a network base router IP interface Procedure 693
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Configure a base router IP interface Procedure 694
Create an IP address for a base router IP Procedure 695

interface
Create a base router static IP route Procedure 697
Create TWAMP light reflector Procedure 698
Create TWAMP light reflector prefix Procedure 699
(2 of 2)
Procedure 680 To configure base router protocols

Perform the following procedure to configure base router protocols.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer3→Base Router→Router (Base).
2 In the Protocols panel, choose Enabled from the drop-down menus for the routers that you
want to enable.
The protocols that you enabled appear in the Network Tree under Infrastructure→Layer3→Base
Router→Router (Base)→Protocols.
Procedure 681 To create Management IPv6 Address for a base router
Before you proceed, management IPv6 address must be created in any of the router interfaces.
Perform the following procedure to create Management IPv6 Address for a base router.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer3→Base Router→Router Base.
2 Right-click the Router Base and choose Create→Management IPv6 Address.
Result: The Create Management IPv6 Address window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Management IPv6 Address window opens.
4 Configure the IP address and click Finish.
Result: The Management IPv6 Address appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 682 To create Management IPv4 Address for a base router
Before you proceed, management IPv4 address must be created in any of the router interfaces.
Perform the following procedure to create Management IPv4 Address for a base router.
2 Right-click the Router Base and choose Create→Management IPv4 Address.
Result: The Create Management IPv4 Address window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Management IPv4 Address window opens.
4 Configure the IP address and click Finish.
Result: The Management IPv4 Address appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 683 To create Source IP Address for a base router

The source IP address supports IPv4. From ISAM R5.8 onwards, source IP address supports IPv6
as well.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create Source IP Address for a base router.
2 Right-click the Router Base and choose Create→Source IP Address.
Result: The Create Source IP Address window opens.
3 From the IP Address Type drop-down menu, choose IPv6 or IPv4 and click Next.
Result: The second Create Source IP Address window opens.
Result: The Source IP Address appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 684 To create a DHCP Server in IHUB system
Perform the following procedure to create a DHCP Server.
Ensure that you have been assigned with Network Profile - Edit function to perform the procedures
from 684 to 689.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer3→Base Router→Router (Base) →

DHCP Servers
2 Right-click the DHCP Servers and choose Create → DHCP Server
Result: The Create DHCP Server window opens.
3 Enter the Server Name and click Next.
Result: The second Create DHCP Server window opens.
Result: The DHCP Server appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 685 To create a DHCP Server IP Address Pool
Perform the following procedure to create a DHCP Server IP Address pool.

DHCP Servers → DHCP Server → IP Address Pools
2 Right-click the IP Address Pools and choose Create → DHCP Server IP Address Pool
Result: The Create DHCP Server IP Address Pool window opens.
3 Enter the Pool Name and click Next.
Result: The second Create DHCP Server IP Address Pool window opens.
Result: The DHCP Server IP Address Pool appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 686 To create a DHCP Server Pool Option
Perform the following procedure to create a DHCP Server Pool Option.

DHCP Servers → DHCP Server → IP Address Pools → DHCP Server IP Address Pool →
Pool Options
2 Right-click the Pool Options and choose Create → DHCP Server Pool Option
Result: The Create DHCP Server Pool Option window opens.
3 Enter the Pool Option Number and click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create DHCP Server Pool Option window opens.
Result: The DHCP Server Pool Option appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 687 To create a DHCP Server Subnet
Perform the following procedure to create a DHCP Server Subnet.

Subnets
2 Right-click the Subnets and choose Create → DHCP Server Subnet
Result: The Create DHCP Server Subnet window opens.
Result: The second Create DHCP Server Subnet window opens.
Result: The DHCP Server Subnet appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 688 To create a DHCP Server Subnet Range

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create a DHCP Server Subnet Range.

Subnets → DHCP Server Subnet → Subnet Ranges
2 Right-click the Subnet Ranges and choose Create → DHCP Server Subnet Range
Result: The Create DHCP Server Subnet Range window opens.
Result: The second Create DHCP Server Subnet Range window opens.
Result: The DHCP Server Subnet Range appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 689 To create a DHCP Server Subnet Option
Perform the following procedure to create a DHCP Server Subnet Option.

Subnets → DHCP Server Subnet → Subnet Options
2 Right-click the Subnet Options and choose Create → DHCP Server Subnet Option
Result: The Create DHCP Server Subnet Option window opens.
3 Enter the Option Number and click Next.
Result: The second Create DHCP Server Subnet Option window opens.
Result: The DHCP Server Subnet Option appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 690 To create a router advertisement for a base router IP interface
You can create one router advertisement for a base router IP interface.
Perform the following procedure to create a router advertisement for a base router IP interface.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer3→Base Router→Router

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface.
2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Create→Router Advertisement.
Result: The Create Router Advertisement window opens.
Result: The second Create Router Advertisement window opens.
Procedure 691 To create a router advertisement prefix for a base router IP interface
Before you proceed, a router advertisement must be created. See Procedure 690 for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to create a router advertisement prefix for a base router IP
interface.

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface→Router Advertisement Prefixes.
2 Right-click Router Advertisement Prefixes and choose Create→Prefix.
Result: The Create Prefix window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create Prefix window opens.
Result: The new prefix appears in the Network Tree.
61.3 Configuring base router route aggregation

This section describes the procedure to configure base router route aggregation.
Procedure 692 To create a route aggregation for a base router

Perform the following procedure to create a route aggregation for a base router IP interface.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→Base Router→Router

(Base)→Protocols→Route Aggregations.
2 Right-click Route Aggregations and choose Create→Route Aggregation.
Result: The Create Route Aggregation window opens.
Result: The second Create Route Aggregation window opens.
Result: The new route aggregation appears in the Network Tree.
61.4 Configuring base router IP interfaces

This section describes procedures to configure base router IP interfaces.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 693 To create a network base router IP interface

You can create only a network base router IP interface. The NE creates other types of base router
IP interfaces when you create an IES service interface. See Procedure 833 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to create a network base router IP interface.

(Base)→Interfaces.
Result: The new IP interface appears in the Network Tree.
You can configure IP addresses for the IP interface. See Procedure 695 for more information.
Procedure 694 To configure a base router IP interface

For R4.1, the NE creates the base router IP interfaces for BGP, IS-IS, MPLS, LDP, OSPF, and
RIP when you create an IES service interface. See Procedure 833 for more information.
For R4.2 or later, the NE creates the base router IP interfaces for BGP, IS-IS, MPLS, LDP, OSPF,
RIP, IGMP, and PIM when you create an IES service interface. See Procedure 833 for more
information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to configure a base router IP interface.

Note 1 — To navigate from the base router IP interface to the

corresponding IES service interface, click Go to beside the Service
Interface parameter.
Note 2 — When you delete an IES service interface, the NE deletes the
corresponding IP interface. However, if you delete an IP interface, the NE
does not delete the corresponding IES service interface. To delete an IES
service interface for which the corresponding IP interface was deleted,
navigate to Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3 Services→L3 Service
(IES)→Service Interfaces→Service Interface.
Note 3 — The ARP spoofing allows you to send fake ARP messages
and associate the host MAC address with the IP address of default
gateway. You can enable or disable ARP anti-spoofing, navigate to NE
and choose Infrastructure→Layer3→Base Router→Router
(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface, configure the Anti-Spoof parameter
from the ARP tab.
Procedure 695 To create an IP address for a base router IP interface

Perform the following procedure to create an IP address for a base router IP interface.

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface→IP Addresses.
3 Enter the ID. Enter ID 1 for the primary IP address, ID 2 for the secondary IP address, ID 3
for the tertiary IP address, and so on.
4 Click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The new IP address appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 696 To delete a base router IP interface

Perform the following procedure to delete a base router IP interface.

2 Right click the IP Interface and choose Delete.
Result: A confirmation window to delete the selected IP Interface opens.
3 Click Yes.
61.5 Configuring base router static IP routes

This section describes the procedure to configure a base router static IP routes.
Procedure 697 To create a base router static IP route

Perform the following procedure to create a base router static IP route.

(Base)→Routes→Static.
2 Right-click Static and choose Create→Static IP Route.
Result: The Create Static IP Route window opens.
Result: The second Create Static IP Route window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The new static IP route appears in the Network Tree.
61.6 Configuring TWAMP light reflector
TWAMP light reflector is a Two-Way Active Measurement Protocol which measures

the delay and loss using UDP test packets.
Procedure 698 To create an OAM PM TWAMP light reflector

Perform the following procedure to create an OAM PM TWAMP light reflector.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer3 → Base Router → Router Base.
2 Right-click the Router Base and choose Create → OAM PM TWAMP Light Reflector.
Result: The Create OAM PM TWAMP Light Reflector window opens.
3 Enter the Reflector Number and click Next.
Result: The second Create OAM PM TWAMP Light Reflector window opens.
4 Enter the Listen UDP Port and click Finish.
Result: The OAM PM TWAMP Light Reflector appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 699 To create an OAM PM TWAMP light reflector prefix

Perform the following procedure to create an OAM PM TWAMP light reflector prefix.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer3 → Base Router → Router Base →
OAM PM TWAMP Light Reflector.
2 Right-click OAM PM TWAMP Light Reflector and choose Create → OAM PM TWAMP Light
Reflector Prefix.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Configure the following mandatory parameters and click Next:
• Address
• Prefix Length
Result: The second Create OAM PM TWAMP Light Reflector Prefix window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The OAM PM TWAMP Light Reflector Prefix appears in the Network Tree.
61.7 Managing base routers

This section describes procedures to manage a base router.
Table 153 lists the tasks to manage base routers.
Table 153 Manage base routers
Task See
Clear ARP entries Procedure 700
Clear DHCP and DHCPv6 statistics Procedure 701
Clear router advertisement statistics Procedure 702

Clear neighbors Procedure 703
Clear ICMP6 Procedure 704
Bind a base router IP interface Procedure 705
Unbind a base router IP interface Procedure 706
Enable or disable loopbacks for a base router Procedure 707

network IP interface
Manually clear IP interface alarms Procedure 708
Procedure 700 To clear ARP entries for a base router

ARP entries are dynamic and only appear when there is traffic on the link.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to clear ARP entries for a base router.
• Infrastructure→Layer 3→Base Router→Router (Base)

• Infrastructure→Layer 3→Base Router→Router (Base)→ARP and Neighbor
Entries→ARP/Neighbor
• Infrastructure→Layer 3→Base Router→Router (Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface
2 Right-click Router (Base), ARP/Neighbor Entries, or IP Interface and choose Actions→Clear

ARP Entries.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 701 To clear DHCP and DHCPv6 statistics for a base router
You can clear:
• DHCP statistics for a base router and a base router IP interface

• DHCPv6 statistics for a base router
Perform the following procedure to clear DHCP and DHCPv6 statistics for a base router.

2 Right-click Router (Base) or IP Interface and choose Actions→Clear DHCP Statistics or

Actions→Clear DHCPv6 Statistics.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 702 To clear router advertisement statistics for a base router
You can clear router advertisement statistics for a base router and a base router IP interface.
Perform the following procedure to clear router advertisement statistics for a base router.

2 Right-click Router (Base) or IP Interface and choose Actions→Clear Router Advertisement

Statistics.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 703 To clear neighbors for a base router
You can clear neighbors for a base router and a base router IP interface.
Perform the following procedure to clear neighbors for a base router.

2 Right-click Router (Base) or IP Interface and choose Actions→Clear Neighbors.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 704 To clear ICMP6 for a base router
You can clear ICMP6 for a base router and a base router IP interface.
Perform the following procedure to clear ICMP6 for a base router.

2 Right-click Router (Base) or IP Interface and perform one of the following steps:
• On Router (Base), choose Actions→Clear ICMP6 All or Actions→Clear ICMP6 Global.

Choose the All options to clear the global statistics on the router and the statistics on the
IP interfaces. Choose the Global option to clear only the global statistics on the router.
• On IP Interface, choose Actions→Clear ICMP6 Interface.
3 Click Finish.
61.8 Managing base router IP interfaces

This section describes procedures to manage base router IP interfaces.
For the procedures to clear ARP entries, DHCP statistics, router advertisement
statistics, neighbors, or ICMP6 on base router IP interfaces, see Section 61.7.

USING THE 5520 AMS
61.8.1 Locking and unlocking network base router IP

interfaces
You can lock or unlock:
• Network base router IP interfaces.
• For R4.1, BGP, IS-IS, MPLS, LDP, OSPF, and RIP interfaces for a base router IP
interface.
• For R4.2 or later, BGP, IS-IS, MPLS, LDP, OSPF, RIP, IGMP, and PIM interfaces
for a base router IP interface.
61.8.2 Searching for current IP routes and ARP entries for

a base router
Applies to — This subsection applies to R4.1 or later.
You can generate a list of all of the current IP routes in the Network Tree or search
for a specific IP route by choosing Infrastructure→Layer3→Base Router→Router
(Base)→Routes→Current.
You can generate a list of all of the ARP entries in the Network Tree or search for a
specific ARP entry by choosing Infrastructure→Layer 3→Base Router→Router
(Base)→ARP and Neighbor Entries.
See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information about searching in the Network
Tree.
Procedure 705 To bind a base router IP interface
You can bind an LDP or MPLS base router IP interface.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to bind a base router IP interface.

2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Actions→Port→Bind.
Result: The Port Bind window opens.
Procedure 706 To unbind a base router IP interface
You can unbind an LDP or MPLS base router IP interface.
Perform the following procedure to unbind a base router IP interface.

2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Actions→Port→Unbind.
Result: The Port Unbind window opens.
Procedure 707 To enable or disable loopbacks for a base router network IP interface

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable loopbacks for a base router network IP
interface.

2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Actions→Loopback→Enable or

Actions→Loopback→Disable.
Result: The Loopback window opens.
Note — Actions→Loopback→Enable is supported for a network IP

interface only when the Ethernet Port parameter in the Interface
Parameters panel is “None”. Actions→Loopback→Disable is supported
for a network IP interface only when the Ethernet Port parameter in the
Interface Parameters panel is “Loopback Interface”.
3 Click Finish.
4 Click the Refresh icon ( ) in the Object Details view. When loopbacks are enabled, the
Network Ethernet Port parameter in the Interface Parameters panel displays “Loopback
Interface”.
Procedure 708 To manually clear IP interface alarms for a base router
Note — The Local IPv6 Address Conflict and IPv6 Address Conflict
alarms only appear in the Network Tree when they have been raised by
the NE.
Perform the following procedure to manually clear IP interface alarms for a base router.
• Infrastructure→Layer 3→Base Router→Router (Base)→Interfaces→IP

Interface→Alarms→Local IPv6 Address Conflict
• Infrastructure→Layer 3→Base Router→Router (Base)→Interfaces→IP
Interface→Alarms→IPv6 Address Conflict

USING THE 5520 AMS
• Right-click Local IPv6 Address Conflict and choose Actions→Clear Alarm→ROUT/Local

IPv6 Address Conflict.
• Right-click IPv6 Address Conflict and choose Actions→Clear Alarm→ROUT/IPv6
Address Conflict.
3 Click Finish.
61.9 Viewing base router information

This section describes procedures to view base router information.
Table 154 lists the tasks to view base routers information.
Table 154 View base routers
Task See
View IP routes Procedure 709
View static IP routes Procedure 710
View current IP routes Procedure 711

View DHCPv6 managed routes Procedure 712
View IPv6 neighbors Procedure 714
View BFD sessions Procedure 715
Clear BFD sessions Procedure 716
Clear BFD sessions statistics Procedure 717
View statistics for a base router Procedure 720
View base router statistics Procedure 721
View DHCP statistics Procedure 722
View DHCP v6 drop reason statistics Procedure 723
View router advertisement statistics Procedure 724
Procedure 709 To view IP routes for a base router

You can view the types of IP routes listed in Table 155.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 155 IP routes for a base router
Applies to IP route type
R4.1 or later IP route
R4.2 or later IPv4 multicast route
R4.2 or later IPv6 route
Perform the following procedure to view IP routes for a base router.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→Base Router→Router (Base).
2 Right-click Router (Base) and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→Show IP Routes
• Actions→Show IPv4 Multicast Routes
• Actions→Show IPv6 Routes
Procedure 710 To view static IP routes for a base router

Perform the following procedure to view static IP routes for a base router.

(Base)→Routes→Static.
2 Expand Static.
Result: The static IP routes configured on the NE are displayed in the Network Tree.
Procedure 711 To view current IP routes for a base router

Current IP routes are dynamic and appear only when there is traffic.
Perform the following procedure to view current IP routes for a base router.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer3→Base Router→Router

(Base)→Routes→Current.
Procedure 712 To view DHCPv6 managed routes for a base router IP interface
Perform the following procedure to view DHCPv6 managed routes for a base router IP interface.

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface→DHCPv6 Relay Agent→Managed Routes.
Result: The DHCPv6 managed routes appear in the Network Tree below Managed Routes.
Note — If no DHCPv6 managed routes appear, click Search to create a

list of DHCPv6 managed routes in the Network Tree. See the 5520 AMS
User Guide for more information about searching in the Network Tree.
2 Choose a managed route.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 713 To view ARP entries for a base router

Perform the following procedure to view ARP entries for a base router.

(Base)→ARP and Neighbor Entries.
Result: The ARP entries appear in the Network Tree below ARP and Neighbor Entries.
Note — If no ARP entries appear, click Search to create a list of ARP

and Neighbor entries in the Network Tree. See the 5520 AMS User Guide
for more information about searching in the Network Tree.
2 Choose an ARP entry.
Procedure 714 To view IPv6 neighbors for a base router
Perform the following procedure to view IPv6 neighbors and routes for a base router.
2 Right-click Router (Base) and choose Actions→Show IPv6 Neighbors.
Result: The Show IPv6 Neighbors window opens.
Result: A result page window opens and displays the IPv6 neighbors.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 715 To view BFD sessions for a base router
Perform the following procedure to view BFD sessions for a base router.

Base→Interfaces.
Result: The IP interfaces appear in the Network Tree below Interfaces.
2 Expand an IP interface in the Network Tree.
3 Choose BFD Session.
Result: A list of BFD sessions appears in the Table View.
Procedure 716 To clear BFD sessions on a base router
Perform the following procedure to clear BFD sessions on a base router.

Base→Interfaces→IP Interface→BFD Session.
Result: The BFD sessions appear in the Network Tree.
2 Right-click a BFD session and choose Actions→Clear BFD Session.
Result: The selected BFD session is cleared.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 717 To clear BFD sessions statistics on a base router
Perform the following procedure to clear BFD sessions statistics on a base router.

Base→Interfaces→IP Interface→BFD Session.
2 Right-click a BFD session and choose Actions→Clear BFD Statistics.
Result: The statistics for the selected BFD session are cleared.
Procedure 718 To view lease IP addresses details

Perform the following procedure to view lease IP addresses details.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer3 → Base Router → Router Base →
DHCP Servers → DHCP Server → Lease IP Addresses
2 Choose an Lease IP Address entry.
Procedure 719 To view free IP addresses details

Perform the following procedure to view free IP addresses details.

Subnets → DHCP Server Subnet → Free IP Addresses
2 Choose an DHCP Server Free IP Address entry.

USING THE 5520 AMS
61.10 Viewing base router statistics

This section describes procedures to view base router statistics.
Procedure 720 To view statistics for a base router

Perform the following procedure to view statistics for a base router.
2 Click the Statistics tab to view read-only parameters.
Procedure 721 To view base router statistics

Table 156 lists the types of base router statistics that you can view on the Object Details view.
Table 156 Base router statistics
Applies to Type of statistics

R4.2.02 or later Interface
R4.2.02 or later Route
R4.2.02 or later ARP
R4.2 or later ICMPv6

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to view base router statistics.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→Base Router→Router (Base).
2 Click the following tabs to view the base router statistics:
• Interface statistics
• Route statistics
• ARP statistics
• ICMPv6 statistics
Procedure 722 To view DHCP statistics for a base router IP interface

Perform the following procedure to view DHCP statistics for a base router IP interface.

2 Click the DHCP Statistics tab.
Procedure 723 To view DHCPv6 drop reason statistics for a base router
Perform the following procedure to view DHCPv6 drop reason statistics for a base router.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→Base Router→Router (Base)→DHCPv6

Drop Reason Statistics.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays a table of the drop reason statistics.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 724 To view router advertisement statistics for a base router
Perform the following procedure to view router advertisement statistics for a base router.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→Base Router→Router

(Base)→Interfaces→Router Advertisement Statistics.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the router advertisement statistics.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure BGP for a base router
USING THE 5520 AMS
62 Configure BGP for a base router

cards.
62.1 Overview
62.2 Configuring BGP for a base router
62.3 Managing the BGP instance for a base router
62.4 Managing BGP groups for a base router
62.5 Managing BGP neighbors for a base router
62.6 Managing BGP paths for a base router
62.7 Viewing the BGP information base for a base router
62.8 Viewing BGP path information for a base router
62.1 Overview
This chapter describes how to configure BGP for a base router. See Chapter 76 for
information about configuring BGP for VPRN service.
BGP enables routers to exchange network reachability information, including
information about ASes that traffic must traverse to reach routers in other ASes. A
BGP configuration must contain at least one group and include information about at
least one neighbor (peer).
for more information about BGP for a base router.
For R4.2 or later, see the IHUB Router and Protocols guide for the NE for more
information about BGP for a base router.
62.2 Configuring BGP for a base router

This section describes procedures to configure BGP for a base router
Table 157 lists the tasks to configure BGP for a base router.

Configure BGP for a base router 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 157 Configure BGP for a base router
Task See
Configure the BGP instance Procedure 725
Create a BGP group Procedure 726
Create a BGP neighbor Procedure 727
Procedure 725 To configure the BGP instance for a base router
Note — The BGP instance appears in the Network Tree only when BGP
has been enabled on the 5520 AMS. See Procedure 680 for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to configure the BGP instance for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→BGP Instance.
Procedure 726 To create a BGP group for a base router

Perform the following procedure to create a BGP group for a base router.

2 Right-click BGP Instance and choose Create→BGP Group.
Result: The Create BGP Group window opens.
3 Enter a group name and click Next.
Result: The second Create BGP Group window opens.
Result: The new BGP Group appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
5 Choose BGP Group.
Note — In the Object Details view, the Routing Information Type

parameter should be set to L2 VPN.
Procedure 727 To create a BGP neighbor for a base router

Perform the following procedure to create a BGP neighbor for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→BGP Instance→BGP Neighbors.
2 Right-click BGP Neighbors and choose Create→BGP Neighbor.
Result: The Create BGP Neighbor window opens.
3 Enter a peer address and click Next.
Result: The second Create BGP Neighbor window opens.
Result: The new BGP neighbor appears in the Network Tree.
5 Choose BGP Neighbor.
62.3 Managing the BGP instance for a base router

This section describes procedures to manage the BGP instance for a base router.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 158 lists the tasks to manage BGP for a base router.
Table 158 Manage BGP for a base router
Task See
Clear BGP instance protocols Procedure 728
Clear BGP group damping Procedure 729
Clear BGP group flap statistics Procedure 730
Clear a BGP neighbor Procedure 731
Clear a BGP neighbor statistics Procedure 732
Clear a BGP neighbor RIB Procedure 733
Clear BGP Path damping Procedure 734

Clear BGP path flap statistics Procedure 735
62.3.1 Locking and unlocking BGP instances for base

routers
You can lock and unlock BGP instances for base routers. See the 5520 AMS User
Procedure 728 To clear BGP instance protocols for a base router

Perform the following procedure to clear BGP instance protocols for a base router.

2 Right-click BGP Instance and choose Actions→Clear→Protocol.
3 Click Finish.
62.4 Managing BGP groups for a base router

This section describes procedures to manage BGP groups.

USING THE 5520 AMS
62.4.1 Locking and unlocking BGP groups for base

routers
You can lock and unlock BGP groups for base routers. See the 5520 AMS User
Procedure 729 To clear BGP group damping for a base router

Perform the following procedure to clear BGP group damping for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→BGP Instance→BGP Groups→BGP Group.
2 Right-click BGP Group and choose Actions→Clear→Damping.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 730 To clear BGP group flap statistics for a base router
Perform the following procedure to clear BGP group flap statistics for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→BGP Instance→BGP Groups→BGP Group.
2 Right-click BGP Group and choose Actions→Clear→Flap Statistics.
3 Click Finish.
62.5 Managing BGP neighbors for a base router

This section describes procedures to manage BGP neighbors for a base router.

USING THE 5520 AMS
62.5.1 Locking and unlocking BGP neighbors for base

routers
You can lock and unlock BGP neighbors for base. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for
Procedure 731 To clear a BGP neighbor for a base router

You can clear a single BGP neighbor or a group of BGP neighbors.
Perform the following procedure to clear BGP neighbor for a base router.
• Infrastructure→Layer3→Base Router→Router (Base)→Protocols→BGP

Instance→BGP Neighbors→BGP Neighbor
Note — You can choose multiple BGP Neighbors by holding down the
CTRL key.
• Infrastructure→Layer3→Base Router→Router (Base)→Protocols→BGP Instance
2 Right-click BGP Neighbor or BGP Instance and choose Actions→Clear→Neighbor or

Actions→Clear→Clear Neighbor.
Result: The Clear Neighbor window opens.
Procedure 732 To clear BGP neighbor statistics for a base router

You can clear statistics for a single BGP neighbor or a group of BGP neighbors.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to clear BGP neighbor statistics for a base router.
1 Navigate to the NE and perform one of the following steps:
• From the BGP neighbor:

• Choose Infrastructure→Layer3→Base Router→Router (Base)→Protocols→BGP
Instance→BGP Neighbors→BGP Neighbor.
CTRL key.
• Right-click BGP Neighbor and choose Actions→Clear→Clear Statistics.

• From the BGP instance:

• Choose Infrastructure→Layer3→Base Router→Router (Base)→Protocols→BGP
Instance.
• Right-click BGP Instance and choose Actions→Clear→Neighbor Statistics.
Result: The Clear Neighbor Statistics window opens.
2 Click Finish.
Procedure 733 To clear BGP neighbor RIB for a base router

Perform the following procedure to clear BGP neighbor RIB for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→BGP Instance→BGP Neighbors→BGP Neighbor.
2 Right-click BGP Neighbor and choose Actions→Clear→Clear RIB.
3 Click Finish.
62.6 Managing BGP paths for a base router

This section describes procedures to manage BGP paths for a base router.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 734 To clear BGP path damping for a base router

Perform the following procedure to clear BGP path damping for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→BGP Instance→BGP Paths→BGP Path.
2 Right-click BGP Path and choose Actions→Clear→Damping.
Result: The Clear Damping window opens.
Procedure 735 To clear BGP path flap statistics for a base router
Perform the following procedure to clear BGP path flap statistics for a base router.

2 Right-click BGP Path and choose Actions→Clear→Flap Statistics.
Result: The Clear Flap Statistics window opens.
62.7 Viewing the BGP information base for a base

router
This section describes procedures to view the BGP information base for a base
router.
Table 159 lists the tasks to view BGP and BGP path information for a base router.
Table 159 View BGP and BGP path information for a base router
Task See
View BGP neighbors in the information base Procedure 736
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
View BGP paths in the information base Procedure 737
View all BGP paths Procedure 738
View a BGP path Procedure 739
(2 of 2)
Procedure 736 To view BGP neighbors in the information base for a base router
Perform the following procedure to view BGP neighbors in the information base for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→BGP Instance→InfoBase→Neighbors→Neighbor.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays read-only parameters on the General
tab.
2 Click the Statistics tab to view statistics for incoming and outgoing messages.
Procedure 737 To view BGP paths in the information base for a base router
Perform the following procedure to view BGP paths in the information base for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→BGP Instance→InfoBase→Paths→Path.
62.8 Viewing BGP path information for a base

router
This section describes procedures to view BGP path information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 738 To view all BGP paths for a base router

Perform the following procedure to view all BGP paths for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→BGP Instance→BGP Paths.
2 Expand BGP Paths.
Result: The Table View opens and displays the BGP paths configured on the NE.
Procedure 739 To view a BGP path for a base router

Perform the following procedure to view a BGP path for a base router.


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure IS-IS for a base router
USING THE 5520 AMS
63 Configure IS-IS for a base router

cards.
63.1 Overview
63.2 Configuring IS-IS for a base router
63.3 Managing the IS-IS instance for a base router
63.4 Viewing IS-IS information for a base router
63.1 Overview
This chapter describes how to configure IS-IS for a base router.
IS-IS is a link-state interior gateway protocol that uses the SPF algorithm to
determine routes. Routing decisions are made using the link-state information. IS-IS
evaluates topology changes and, if necessary, performs SPF recalculations.
for more information about IS-IS for a base router.
for more information about IS-IS for a base router.
63.2 Configuring IS-IS for a base router

This section describes procedures to configure IS-IS for a base router.
Table 160 lists the tasks to configure IS-IS for a base router.
Table 160 Configure IS-IS for a base router
Task See
Enable IS-IS on the 5520 AMS Procedure 680
Configure the IS-IS instance Procedure 740
Configure an IS-IS level Procedure 741
(1 of 2)

Configure IS-IS for a base router 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Create an IS-IS static area Procedure 742
Create an IS-IS summary address Procedure 743
Create an IS-IS IP interface Procedure 744

Configure an IS-IS interface level Procedure 745
Create an IP address for an IS-IS IP interface Procedure 695
(2 of 2)
Procedure 740 To configure the IS-IS instance for a base router
Note — The IS-IS instance appears in the Network Tree only when RIP
information.
Perform the following procedure to configure the IS-IS instance for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→IS-IS Instance.
Procedure 741 To configure an IS-IS level for a base router

Perform the following procedure to configure an IS-IS level for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→IS-IS Instance→Levels→IS-IS Level.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 742 To create an IS-IS static area for a base router

Perform the following procedure to create an IS-IS static area for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→IS-IS Instance→Areas→Static.
2 Right-click Static and choose Actions→Create IS-IS Static Area.
Result: The Create IS-IS Static Area window opens.
3 Configure the area ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create IS-IS Static Area window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new static area appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 743 To create an IS-IS summary address for a base router

Perform the following procedure to create an IS-IS summary address for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→IS-IS Instance→Summary Address.
2 Right-click Summary Addresses and choose Actions→Create IS-IS Summary Address.
Result: The Create IS-IS Summary Address window opens.
Result: The second Create IS-IS Summary Address window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new summary address appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 744 To create an IS-IS IP interface for a base router

Perform the following procedure to configure the IS-IS IP interface for a base router.

2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Create→IS-IS Interface.
Result: The Create IS-IS Interface window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create IS-IS Interface window opens.
Result: The new interface appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 745 To configure an IS-IS interface level for a base router IP interface
Perform the following procedure to configure an IS-IS interface level for a base router.

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface→IS-IS Interface→IS-IS Interface Level.
63.3 Managing the IS-IS instance for a base router

This section describes procedures to manage the IS-IS instance.
Table 161 lists the tasks to configure IS-IS for a base router.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 161 Manage and view IS-IS for a base router
Task See
Clear IS-IS adjacency Procedure 746
Clear the IS-IS database Procedure 747
Clear IS-IS export Procedure 748
Clear the IS-IS SFP log Procedure 749
Clear IS-IS statistics Procedure 750
Manually clear IS-IS instance alarms Procedure 751
View an IS-IS level database Procedure 752
63.3.1 Locking and unlocking IS-IS instances for base

routers
You can lock and unlock IS-IS instances for base routers. See the 5520 AMS User
Procedure 746 To clear IS-IS adjacency for a base router

Perform the following procedure to clear the IS-IS adjacency for a base router.

2 Right-click IS-IS Instance and choose Actions→Clear Adjacency.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 747 To clear the IS-IS database for a base router

Perform the following procedure to clear the IS-IS database for a base router.

2 Right-click IS-IS Instance and choose Actions→Clear Database.
Procedure 748 To clear IS-IS export for a base router

Perform the following procedure to clear IS-IS export for a base router.

2 Right-click IS-IS Instance and choose Actions→Clear Export.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 749 To clear the IS-IS SFP log for a base router
Perform the following procedure to clear the IS-IS SFP log for a base router.

2 Right-click IS-IS Instance and choose Actions→Clear SFP Log.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 750 To clear IS-IS statistics for a base router

Perform the following procedure to clear IS-IS statistics for a base router.

2 Right-click IS-IS Instance and choose Actions→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 751 To manually clear IS-IS instance alarms
Note — The IS-IS Adjacency Down and IS-IS Adjacency Reject alarms
only appear in the Network Tree when they have been raised by the NE.
Perform the following procedure to manually clear IS-IS instance alarms.
• Infrastructure→Layer 3→Base Router→Router (Base)→Protocols→IS-IS

Instance→Alarms→IS-IS Adjacency Down
• Infrastructure→Layer 3→Base Router→Router (Base)→Protocols→IS-IS
Instance→Alarms→IS-IS Adjacency Reject
• Right-click IS-IS Adjacency Down and choose Actions→Clear Alarm→ROUT/IS-IS

Adjacency Down.
• Right-click IS-IS Adjacency Reject and choose Actions→Clear Alarm→ROUT/IS-IS
Adjacency Reject.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
63.4 Viewing IS-IS information for a base router

This section describe the procedure to view IS-IS information.
Procedure 752 To view an IS-IS level database for a base router

Perform the following procedure to view an IS-IS level database for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→IS-IS Instance→IS-IS Level→Databases→IS-IS Database.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure OSPF for a base router
USING THE 5520 AMS
64 Configure OSPF for a base router

cards.
64.1 Overview
64.2 Configuring OSPF for a base router
64.3 Managing the OSPF instance for a base router
64.4 Viewing OSPF information for a base router
64.5 Viewing OSPF information for a base router IP interface
64.1 Overview
This chapter describes how to configure OSPF for a base router. See Chapter 78 for
information about configuring OSPF for VPRN service.
OSPF is a dynamic routing protocol that responds quickly to network topology
changes. As a successor to RIP, it uses an algorithm that builds and calculates the
shortest path to all known destinations.
An OSPF network is divided into areas. An area is a logical grouping of routers for
which the information can be summarized toward the rest of the network.
Table 162 describes the OSPF area types.
Table 162 OSPF network area types
Area type Description
Standard The standard area forms the core of an OSPF network.

All other areas are connected to the standard area, and inter-area routing happens
using a router connected to the standard area. The standard area is the logical and
physical structure for the autonomous system and is attached to multiple areas. The
standard area is responsible for distributing routing information between
non-standard areas. The standard area must be contiguous, but it does not need to
be physically contiguous. Standard connectivity can be established and maintained
through the configuration of virtual links.
All OSPF areas must connect to the standard area.
(1 of 2)

Configure OSPF for a base router 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

Stub A stub area does not receive external routes. External routes are routes that are
distributed in OSPF from another routing protocol. Therefore, stub areas typically
need to rely on a default route to send traffic to routes outside the present domain.
This implies that autonomous system external routes are not fed into stub areas.
NSSA A not-so-stubby area can import autonomous system external routes and send
them to the standard area, but cannot receive autonomous system external routes
from the standard or other areas.
(2 of 2)
for more information about OSPF for a base router.
for more information about OSPF for a base router.
64.2 Configuring OSPF for a base router

This section describes procedures to configure OSPF for a base router.
Table 163 lists the tasks to configure OSPF for a base router.
Table 163 Configure OSPF for a base router
Task See
Create an OSPF instance Procedure 753
Create an OSPF area Procedure 755
Create an OSPF area range Procedure 756

Create an OSPF IP interface Procedure 757
Create an IP address for an OSPF interface Procedure 695
Create an OSPF MD5 key Procedure 758
Procedure 753 To create an OSPF instance for a base router

Perform this procedure to create an OSPF instance for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols.
2 Right-click Protocols and choose Create→OSPF Instance.
Result: The Create OSPF Instance window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create OSPF Instance window opens.
Procedure 754 To enable or disable Unicast import and Multicast import for OSPF
instance
Perform this procedure to enable or disable unicast import or multicast import for OSPF instance.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer 3 → Base Router → Router (Base) →
Protocols → OSPF Instance.
2 Click the Router Configuration tab.
3 In the Parameters section, perform one of the following steps:
• To enable or disable unicast import, choose Enabled or Disabled from the Unicast Import
drop-down menu.
• To enable or disable multicast import, choose Enabled or Disabled from the Multicast
Import drop-down menu.
Procedure 755 To create an OSPF area for a base router

Perform this procedure to create an OSPF area for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→OSPF Instance→OSPF Areas.
2 Right-click OSPF Areas and choose Create→OSPF Area.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Create OSPF Area window opens.
Result: The second Create OSPF Area window opens.
Result: The new OSPF Area appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 756 To create an OSPF area range for a base router

Perform this procedure to create an OSPF area range for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→OSPF Instance→OSPF Areas→OSPF Area→OSPF Area Ranges.
2 Right-click OSPF Area Ranges and choose Create→OSPF Area Range.
Result: The Create OSPF Area Range window opens.
Result: The second Create OSPF Area Range window opens.
Result: The new OSPF Area Range appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 757 To create an OSPF IP interface for a base router

You can create a base router IP interface for IS-IS, OSPF, or RIP.
Perform this procedure to create an OSPF interface for a base router.

2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Create→OSPF Interface.
Result: The Create OSPF Interface window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create OSPF Interface window opens.
Procedure 758 To create an OSPF MD5 key for a base router IP interface
Perform this procedure to create an OSPF MD5 key for a base router IP interface.

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface→OSPF Interface→OSPF MD5 Keys.
2 Right-click OSPF MD5 Keys and choose Create→OSPF MD5.
Result: The Create OSPF MD5 window opens.
3 Configure the key number and click Next.
Result: The second Create OSPF MD5 window opens.
Result: The new OSPF MD5 key appears in the Network Tree.
64.3 Managing the OSPF instance for a base router

This section describes procedures to manage the OSPF instance for a base router.
Table 164 lists the tasks to manage OSPF for a base router.
Table 164 Manage OSPF for a base router
Task See
Clear the OSPF instance database Procedure 759
Clear the OSPF instance database (purge) Procedure 760
Clear the OSPF instance export Procedure 761
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Clear the OSPF instance neighbor Procedure 762
Clear the OSPF instance neighbor IP address Procedure 763
Clear the OSPF instance statistics Procedure 764

Trigger the OSPF instance Procedure 765
Manually clear OSPF instance alarms Procedure 766
(2 of 2)
64.3.1 Locking and unlocking OSPF instances for base

routers
You can lock and unlock OSPF instances for base routers. See the 5520 AMS User
Procedure 759 To clear the OSPF instance database for a base router
Perform this procedure to clear the OSPF instance database for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→OSPF Instance.
2 Right-click OSPF Instance and choose Actions→Clear Database.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 760 To clear the OSPF instance database (purge) for a base router
Perform this procedure to clear the OSPF instance database (purge) for a base router.

2 Right-click OSPF Instance and choose Actions→Clear Database (Purge).

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 761 To clear the OSPF instance export for a base router
Perform this procedure to clear the OSPF instance export for a base router.

2 Right-click OSPF Instance and choose Actions→Clear Export.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 762 To clear the OSPF instance neighbor for a base router
Perform this procedure to clear the OSPF instance neighbor for a base router.

2 Right-click OSPF Instance and choose Actions→Clear Neighbor.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 763 To clear the OSPF instance neighbor IP address for a base router
Perform this procedure to clear the OSPF instance neighbor IP address for a base router.

2 Right-click OSPF Instance and choose Actions→Clear Neighbor IP Address.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 764 To clear the OSPF instance statistics for a base router
Perform this procedure to clear the OSPF instance statistics for a base router.

2 Right-click OSPF Instance and choose Actions→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 765 To trigger the OSPF instance for a base router

The Trigger SPF command triggers the NE to reconstruct the routes from the topology.
Perform this procedure to trigger the OSPF instance for a base router.

2 Right-click OSPF Instance and choose Actions→Trigger SPF.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 766 To manually clear OSPF instance alarms for a base router
Note — The OSPF Neighbor Down alarm only appears in the Network
Tree when it has been raised by the NE.
Perform this procedure to manually clear OSPF instance alarms.

(Base)→Protocols→OSPF Instance→Alarms→OSPF Neighbor Down.
2 Right-click OSPF Neighbor Down and choose Actions→Clear Alarm→ROUT/OSPF

Neighbor Down.
3 Click Finish.
64.4 Viewing OSPF information for a base router

This section describes procedures to view OSPF information.
Table 165 lists the tasks to view OSPF for a base router.
Table 165 View OSPF for a base router
Task See
View OSPF instance statistics Procedure 767
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
View OSPF areas Procedure 768
View OSPF area counters Procedure 769
View the OSPF area database Procedure 770

View the OSPF area database counters Procedure 771
View the OSPF opaque database Procedure 772
View OSPF neighbors Procedure 773
View the OSPF interface database Procedure 774
View the OSPF IP interface counters and Procedure 775

statistics
(2 of 2)
Procedure 767 To view OSPF instance statistics for a base router

Perform this procedure to view OSPF instance statistics for a base router.

2 Click the Link State Advertisements tab to view link state advertisement statistics or the
Statistics tab to view other statistics.
Procedure 768 To view OSPF areas for a base router

Perform this procedure to view OSPF areas for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→OSPF Instance→OSPF Areas.
2 Expand OSPF Areas.
Result: The Table View opens and displays the OSPF area information.
Procedure 769 To view OSPF area counters for a base router

Perform this procedure to view OSPF area counters for a base router.

USING THE 5520 AMS

(Base)→Protocols→OSPF Instance→OSPF Areas→OSPF Area.
Result: The Object Details view opens. The Counters panel displays the OSPF area counters.
Procedure 770 To view the OSPF area database for a base router
Perform this procedure to view the OSPF area database for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→OSPF Instance→OSPF Areas→OSPF Area→OSPF Area Database.
2 Expand OSPF Area Database.
Result: The Table View opens and displays the OSPF area database information.
Procedure 771 To view the OSPF area database counters for a base router
Perform this procedure to view the OSPF area database counters for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→OSPF Instance→OSPF Areas→OSPF Area→OSPF Area Database
Counters.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the OSPF area database counters.
Procedure 772 To view the OSPF opaque database for a base router
Perform this procedure to view the OSPF opaque database for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→OSPF Instance→OSPF Opaque Database.
2 Expand OSPF Opaque Database.

USING THE 5520 AMS
64.5 Viewing OSPF information for a base router IP

interface
This section describes procedures to view OSPF information for the base router IP
interface.
Procedure 773 To view OSPF neighbors for a base router IP interface

Perform the following procedure to view OSPF neighbors for a base router.

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface→OSPF Interface.
Result: The OSPF neighbors appear in the Network Tree under OSPF Interface.
Procedure 774 To view the OSPF interface database for a base router IP interface
Perform the following procedure to view the OSPF interface database for a base router IP
interface.

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface→OSPF Interface→OSPF Interface Database.
2 Expand OSPF Interface Database.
Result: The Table View opens and displays information about the OSPF interface database.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 775 To view the OSPF IP interface counters and statistics for a base
router IP interface
Perform the following procedure to view the OSPF IP interface counters and statistics for a base
router IP interface.

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface→OSPF Interface.
2 Click the Traffic Counters and Statistics tabs to view read-only parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure RIP
USING THE 5520 AMS
65 Configure RIP

cards.
65.1 Overview
65.2 Configuring RIP
65.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of RIP. RIP is a distance vector protocol. It
calculates the shortest distances (the most desirable path) between source and
destination addresses based on the lowest hop count.
To create an RIP route map, you first create an RIP interface, then create an RIP
route map associated with that interface.
Table 166 lists the tasks to configure RIP.
Table 166 Configure RIP
Task See
Create an RIP instance Procedure 776
Configure an RIP interface Procedure 777
Configure an RIP route map Procedure 778

This section describes procedures to configure RIP.

Configure RIP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 776 To create an RIP instance

Perform the following procedure to create an RIP instance.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF→VRF SHUB.
2 Right-click VRF SHUB and choose Create→RIP Instance.
Result: The Create RIP Instance window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create RIP Instance window opens.
Result: The new RIP instance appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 777 To configure an RIP interface

Perform the following procedure to configure an RIP interface.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF→VRF SHUB→RIP

Instance→RIP Interfaces.
2 Right-click RIP Interfaces and choose Create→RIP Interface.
Result: The Create RIP Interface window opens.
3 Enter the IP address of the fast path VRF IP interface in the IP Address parameter.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create RIP Interface window opens.
5 Configure the parameters. Table 167 provides guidelines for configuring the RIP interface
parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 167 Guidelines for RIP interface parameters
Source IP Address Enter the IP address of the fast path VRF IP interface.
Default Metric Enter the maximum number of hops permitted in the route.
6 Configure other parameters and click Finish.
Result: The new RIP interface appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 778 To configure an RIP route map

Perform the following procedure to configure an RIP route map.

Instance→RIP Interfaces→Route Map.
2 Right-click Route Map and choose Create→RIP Route Map.
Result: The Create RIP Route Map window opens.
3 Choose a Direction of Route Advertisement (either Ingress or Egress).
4 By default, the next available value for Rule is assigned to the RIP route map. Retain this
value, or enter another. The value must not already be assigned to another RIP route map,
and must fall between 1 and 2 147 843 647.
5 Click Next.
Result: The second Create RIP Route Map window opens.
6 Enter the IP address and subnet mask for the next hop.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure LDP for a base router
USING THE 5520 AMS
66 Configure LDP for a base router

cards.
66.1 Overview
66.2 Configuring LDP for a base router
66.3 Managing LDP for a base router
66.4 Viewing information for LDP for a base router
66.1 Overview
This chapter describes how to configure LDP for a base router.
LDP is a protocol used to distribute labels in MPLS. LDP allows routers to establish
LSPs through a network by mapping network-layer routing information directly to
data link layer-switched paths.
See the FD 100Gbps NT IHUB MPLS Guide for more information about LDP.
Table 168 lists the tasks to configure LDP for a base router.
Table 168 Configure LDP for a base router
Task See
Enable LDP on the 5520 AMS Procedure 680
Configure the LDP instance Procedure 779
Create an LDP interface Procedure 780
Create an LDP peer Procedure 781
Create an LDP IP interface for a base router Procedure 782

Create an IP address for the LDP IP interface Procedure 695
Manually clear LDP instance alarms Procedure 783
View LDP sessions Procedure 784
View LDP bindings Procedure 785
View statistics for an LDP instance Procedure 786
(1 of 2)

Configure LDP for a base router 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
View statistics for an LDP interface Procedure 787
(2 of 2)
66.2 Configuring LDP for a base router

This section describes procedures to configure LDP for a base router.
Procedure 779 To configure the LDP instance for a base router
Note — The LDP instance appears in the Network Tree only when LDP
information.

(Base)→Protocols→LDP Instance.
Procedure 780 To create an LDP interface for a base router

Perform the following procedure to create an LDP interface for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→LDP Instance→LDP Targeted Peers.
2 Right-click LDP Targeted Peers and choose Create→LDP Interface.
Result: The Create LDP Interface window opens.
Result: The second Create LDP Interface window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The new LDP Interface appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 781 To create an LDP peer for a base router

Perform the following procedure to create an LDP peer for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→LDP Instance→LDP Peers.
2 Right-click LDP Peers and choose Create→LDP Peer.
Result: The Create LDP Peer window opens.
Result: The second Create LDP Peer window opens.
Result: The new LDP Peer appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 782 To create an LDP IP interface for a base router

Perform the following procedure to create an LDP IP interface for a base router.

2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Create→LDP Interface.
Result: The Create LDP Interface window opens.
3 Enter a peer address of 0.0.0.0 and click Next.
Result: The second Create LDP Interface window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
66.2.1 Locking and unlocking LDP for base routers

You can lock and unlock LDP instances and interfaces for base routers. See the
5520 AMS User Guide for the procedure to lock and unlock objects.
66.3 Managing LDP for a base router

This section describes the procedure to manage LDP for a base router.
Procedure 783 To manually clear LDP instance alarms
Note — The LDP Session Down alarm only appears in the Network
Perform the following procedure to manually clear LDP instance.

(Base)→Protocols→LDP Instance→Alarms→LDP Session Down.
2 Right-click LDP Session Down and choose Actions→Clear Alarm→ROUT/LDP Session

Down.
3 Click Finish.
66.4 Viewing information for LDP for a base router

This section describes procedures to view the information for LDP for a base router.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 784 To view LDP sessions

Perform the following procedure to view LDP sessions.

(Base)→Protocols→LDP Instance→LDP Sessions→LDP Session.
2 Click the General tab to view LDP session configuration information and the Statistics tab to
view LDP session statistics.
Procedure 785 To view LDP bindings

Perform the following procedure to view LDP bindings.

(Base)→Protocols→LDP Instance→LDP Binding.
Result: The Table View opens and displays a table of LDP bindings.
To search on LDP bindings, see Searching for LDP bindings and LDP hello adjacencies.
Procedure 786 To view statistics for an LDP instance for a base router
Perform the following procedure to view statistics for an LDP instance for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→LDP Instance.
2 Click the Statistics tab to view the static LDP instance count.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 787 To view statistics for an LDP interface for a base router
Perform the following procedure to view statistics for an LDP interface for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→LDP Instance→LDP Targeted Peers→LDP Interface.
2 Click the Statistics tab to view the LDP interface statistics.
66.4.1 Searching for LDP bindings and LDP hello

adjacencies
You can generate a list of all of the LDP bindings in the Network Tree or search for
a specific LDP binding by choosing Infrastructure→Layer3→Base Router→Router
(Base)→Protocols→LDP Instance→LDP Bindings.
You can generate a list of all of the LDP hello adjacencies in the Network Tree or
search for a specific LDP hello adjacency by choosing Infrastructure→Layer3→Base
Router→Router (Base)→Protocols→LDP Instance→LDP Hello Adjacencies.
See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure MPLS for a base router
USING THE 5520 AMS
67 Configure MPLS for a base router

cards.
67.1 Overview
67.2 Configuring MPLS for a base router
67.3 Viewing information for MPLS for a base router
67.1 Overview
This chapter describes how to configure MPLS for a base router.
MPLS enables routers to forward traffic based on a simple label embedded into the
packet header. A router examines the label to determine the next hop for the packet,
saving time for router address lookups to the next node when forwarding packets.
See the FD 100Gbps NT IHUB MPLS Guide for more information about MPLS for a
base router.
Table 169 lists the tasks to configure MPLS for a base router.
Table 169 Configure MPLS for a base router
Task See
Enable MPLS on the 5520 AMS Procedure 680

Configure the MPLS instance Procedure 788
Create an MPLS admin group Procedure 789
Create an MPLS out segment label Procedure 790

Configure an MPLS IP interface and set the MPLS parameter in the Procedure 694
Interface Parameters panel of the General tab to Enabled
Create an MPLS in segment label Procedure 791
Create an MPLS path Procedure 792

Configure the MPLS path hop Procedure 793
Create an MPLS LSP Procedure 794
Create an MPLS LSP path Procedure 795
(1 of 2)

Configure MPLS for a base router 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
View statistics for MPLS Procedure 796
View statistics for MPLS LSP Procedure 797
View label ranges for MPLS Procedure 798

View LSP labels for MPLS Procedure 799
(2 of 2)
67.2 Configuring MPLS for a base router

This section describes procedures to configure MPLS for a base router.
Procedure 788 To configure the MPLS instance for a base router
Note — The MPLS instance appears in the Network Tree only when
MPLS has been enabled on the 5520 AMS. See Procedure 680 for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to configure the MPLS instance for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→MPLS Instance.
Procedure 789 To create an MPLS admin group for a base router

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create an MPLS admin group for a base router.

Base→Protocols→MPLS Instance→MPLS Admin Groups.
2 Right-click MPLS Admin Groups and choose Create→MPLS Admin Group.
Result: The Create MPLS Admin Group window opens.
Result: The second Create MPLS Admin Group window opens.
4 Enter the group value and click Finish.
Result: The MPLS Admin Group appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 790 To create an MPLS out segment label for a base router
Perform the following procedure to create an MPLS out segment label for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→MPLS Instance→MPLS Out Segment Label.
2 Right-click MPLS Out Segment Label and choose Create→MPLS Out Segment Label.
Result: The Create MPLS Out Segment Label window opens.
Result: The second Create MPLS Out Segment Label window opens.
Result: The new MPLS Out Segment Label appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 791 To create an MPLS in segment label for a base router

Before you proceed, configure the MPLS IP interface and set the MPLS parameter in the Interface
Parameters panel of the General tab to Enabled. See Procedure 694 for more information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create an MPLS in segment label for a base router.

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface→MPLS Interface→MPLS In Segment Labels.
2 Right-click MPLS In Segment Labels and choose Create→MPLS In Segment Label.
Result: The Create MPLS In Segment Label window opens.
3 Enter a label ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create MPLS In Segment Label window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The new MPLS In Segment Label appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 792 To create an MPLS path for a base router
Perform the following procedure to create an MPLS path for a base router

Base→Protocols→MPLS Instance→MPLS Paths.
2 Right-click MPLS Paths and choose Create→MPLS Path.
Result: The Create MPLS Path window opens.
Note — If you click the ‘Auto’ option, the Path ID is populated with an
available ID which can be used to create a new MPLS path.
Result: The second Create MPLS Path window opens.
4 Enter a name and click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The MPLS Path appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 793 To create an MPLS path hop for a base router
Perform the following procedure to create an MPLS path hop for a base router

Base→Protocols→MPLS Instance→MPLS Paths→MPLS Path.
2 Right-click MPLS Path and choose Create→MPLS Path Hop.
Result: The Create MPLS Path Hop window opens.
Result: The second Create MPLS Path Hop window opens.
Result: The MPLS Path Hop appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 794 To create an MPLS LSP for a base router
Note — Do not associate more than one LSP with each MPLS out
segment. If you associate multiple LSPs with the same MPLS out
segment and delete one of the LSPs, the 5520 AMS deletes the MPLS
out segment.
Perform the following procedure to create an MPLS LSP for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→→MPLS Instance→MPLS LSPs.
2 Right-click MPLS LSPs and choose Create→MPLS LSP.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Create MPLS LSP window opens.
Result: The second Create MPLS LSP window opens.
4 Configure the LSP type (dynamic or static) and other parameters.
Result: The new MPLS LSP appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 795 To create an MPLS LSP path for a base router
Note — MPLS LSP path can be created only on a dynamic MPLS LSP.
Perform the following procedure to create an MPL LSP path for a base router.

Base→Protocols→MPLS Instance→MPLS LSPs→MPLS LSP.
2 Right-click on a dynamic MPLS LSP and choose Create→MPLS LSP Path.
Result: The Create MPLS LSP Path window opens.
3 Click Browse and select the MPLS Path and click OK.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create MPLS LSP Path window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The MPLS LSP Path appears in the Network Tree.
67.2.1 Locking and unlocking MPLS for base routers

You can lock and unlock MPLS instances and static LSPs for base routers. See the
67.3 Viewing information for MPLS for a base

router
This section describes procedures to view information for MPLS for a base router.
Procedure 796 To view statistics for MPLS for a base router

Perform the following procedure to view statistics for MPLS for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→MPLS Instance.
2 Click the Statistics tab to view the static LSP count.
Procedure 797 To view statistics for MPLS LSP for a base router
Perform the following procedure to view statistics for MPLS LSP for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→MPLS Instance→MPLS LSPs→MPLS LSP.
2 Click the General tab to view the MPLS LSP statistics in the Statistics panel.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 798 To view label ranges for MPLS for a base router
Perform the following procedure to view label ranges for MPLS for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→MPLS Instance→MPLS Label Ranges.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the label ranges in a table.
Procedure 799 To view LSP labels for MPLS for a base router
Perform the following procedure to view LSP labels for MPLS for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→MPLS Instance→MPLS LSP Labels.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the label ranges in a table.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure LLDP
USING THE 5520 AMS
68 Configure LLDP
• R4.6 or later.
68.1 Overview
68.2 Viewing LLDP
68.1 Overview
This chapter provides information on LLDP configurations.
Table 170 lists the tasks to view LLDP configurations.
Table 170 View LLDP
Task See
View LLDP system parameters Procedure 800
View LLDP destination MAC addresses Procedure 801
View LLDP local management addresses Procedure 802
View LLDP port Procedure 803
View LLDP port counters Procedure 804

View LLDP port management addresses Procedure 805
68.2 Viewing LLDP

This section describes procedures to view LLDP configurations.
Procedure 800 To view LLDP system parameters

Perform the following procedure to view LLDP system parameters.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→LLDP→LLDP System Parameters.

Configure LLDP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the LLDP system parameters.
Procedure 801 To view LLDP destination MAC addresses

Perform the following procedure to view LLDP destination MAC addresses.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→LLDP→LLDP System

Parameters→Destination MAC Addresses.
2 Expand Destination MAC Addresses to view the following:
• LLDP Destination MAC Address Nearest_Bridge

• LLDP Destination MAC Address Nearest_Non_TPMR
• LLDP Destination MAC Address Nearest_Customer
Procedure 802 To view LLDP local management addresses

Perform the following procedure to view LLDP local management addresses.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→LLDP→LLDP System

Parameters→Local Management Addresses.
2 Expand Local Management Addresses.
Result: The LLDP Local Management Address configured is displayed in the Network Tree.
3 Select the LLDP Local Management Address.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the parameters.
Procedure 803 To view LLDP port

Perform the following procedure to view LLDP port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot NT→Ethernet Port.
2 Expand the Ethernet Port.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure LLDP
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The LLDP port configured is displayed in the Network Tree.
Procedure 804 To view LLDP port counters

Perform the following procedure to view LLDP port counters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot NT→Ethernet Port→LLDP Ports.
2 Expand LLDP Ports.
Result: The LLDP ports configured are listed in the Network Tree.
3 Click one of the following LLDP Ports:
• LLDP Port Nearest_Bridge

• LLDP Port Nearest_Non_TPMR
• LLDP Port Nearest_Customer
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the LLDP Port parameters in the General
tab.
4 Click the Statistics tab to view the following:
• Transmitted counters
• Received counters
Note — In the General tab, you can click Go to beside the Destination
MAC Address parameter to navigate to the mapped LLDP Destination
MAC Address.
Procedure 805 To view LLDP port management addresses

Perform the following procedure to view LLDP port management addresses.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot NT→Ethernet Port→LLDP

Ports→LLDP Port, where LLDP Port is LLDP Port Nearest_Bridge, LLDP Port
Nearest_Non_TPMR or LLDP Port Nearest_Customer.
2 Expand the LLDP Port.

Configure LLDP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Network Tree displays the following:
• Local Management Addresses

• Remote Peers
3 Perform the following steps:
• To view LLDP Port Management Address, perform the following steps:

• Expand Local Management Addresses.
Result: The configured LLDP Port Management Address system is displayed in the
Network Tree.
• Select the LLDP Port Management Address system.

• To view Remote Management Address, perform the following steps:

• Expand Remote Peers.
Result: The configured Remote Management Address is displayed in the Network Tree.
• Select the Remote Management Address.


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure RSVP for a base router
USING THE 5520 AMS
69 Configure RSVP for a base router
• R4.6 or later.
69.1 Overview
69.2 Configuring RSVP for a base router
69.3 Viewing information for RSVP for a base router
69.1 Overview
This chapter describes how to configure RSVP for a base router.
RSVP helps to reserve resources across a network.
Table 171 lists the tasks to configure RSVP for a base router.
Table 171 Configure RSVP for a base router
Task See
Configure RSVP instance Procedure 806

Configure RSVP interface Procedure 807
View sessions for RSVP Procedure 808
View RSVP neighbors Procedure 809
69.2 Configuring RSVP for a base router

This section describes procedures to configure RSVP for a base router.
Procedure 806 To configure RSVP instance for a base router
Note — The RSVP instance appears in the Network Tree only when
RSVP has been enabled on the 5520 AMS. See Procedure 788 for more
information.

Configure RSVP for a base router 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to configure the RSVP instance for a base router.

Base→Protocols→RSVP Instance.
Procedure 807 To configure RSVP interface for a base router
Before you proceed, MPLS must be enabled on the IP Interface. See Procedure 788.
Perform the following procedure to configure RSVP interface for a base router.

Base→Interfaces→IP Interface→RSVP Interface.
69.2.1 Locking and unlocking RSVP for base routers

You can lock and unlock RSVP instances and static LSPs for base routers. See the
69.3 Viewing information for RSVP for a base

router
This section describes procedures to view information for RSVP for a base router.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure RSVP for a base router
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 808 To view for RSVP sessions for a base router
Perform the following procedure to view RSVP sessions for a base router.

Base→Protocols→RSVP Instance→RSVP Sessions→RSVP Session.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays details of the selected RSVP session.
Procedure 809 To view RSVP neighbors for a base router
Before you proceed, RSVP must be operationally up.
Perform the following procedure to view RSVP neighbors for a base router.

Base→Interfaces→IP Interface→RSVP Interface→RSVP Neighbors.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the parameters for the RSVP Neighbors
(Dynamic).

Configure RSVP for a base router 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure IGMP for a base router
USING THE 5520 AMS
70 Configure IGMP for a base router
• R4.2 or later.
• NEs with a IHub-based NT cards.
70.1 Overview
70.2 Configuring IGMP for a base router
70.3 Viewing information for IGMP for a base router
70.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of IGMP for a base router.
Routers and layer 3 switches use IGMP to manage membership for a multicast
session. To receive one or more multicast sessions, a host sends a join message for
each multicast group it wants to join. To leave a multicast group, a host sends a leave
message.
See the FD 100/320Gbps NT IHUB Router Configuration and Protocols Guide for
more information about IGMP for a base router.
Table 172 lists the tasks to configure IGMP for a base router.
Table 172 Configure IGMP for a base router
Task See
Enable IGMP on the 5520 AMS Procedure 680
Configure the IGMP instance Procedure 810
Create a IGMP proxy instance Procedure 811
Configure the IGMP proxy instance Procedure 812
Create an SSM translate Procedure 813

Create an IGMP interface Procedure 814
Create a IGMP proxy interface Procedure 815
Configure the IGMP proxy interface Procedure 816
Enable Multicast Router autodetection Procedure 817
View statistics Procedure 818
(1 of 2)

Configure IGMP for a base router 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
View an IGMP multicast source Procedure 819
View an IGMP interface multicast group Procedure 820
View an IGMP interface multicast interface Procedure 821

View IGMP proxy multicast sources Procedure 822
(2 of 2)
70.2 Configuring IGMP for a base router

This section describes procedures to configure IGMP for a base router.
Procedure 810 To configure the IGMP instance for a base router
Note — The IGMP instance appears in the Network Tree only when
IGMP has been enabled on the 5520 AMS. See Procedure 680 for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to configure the IGMP instance for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→IGMP Instance.
Procedure 811 To create a IGMP proxy instance for a base router
Note — You can create only one IGMP proxy instance.

USING THE 5520 AMS
When you configure IGMP proxy, the router interacts with other routers through the exchange of
IGMP messages. However, when acting as the proxy, the router performs the host portion of the
IGMP tasks. The IGMP proxy is useful when you do not want to run the complex PIM-SSM routing
in the NE.
Perform the following procedure to create a IGMP proxy instance for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols
2 Right-click Protocols and choose Create → IGMP Proxy Instance
Result: The Create IGMP Proxy Instance window opens.
Result: The IGMP Proxy Instance appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 812 To configure the IGMP proxy instance for a base router
Perform the following procedure to configure the IGMP proxy instance for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→IGMP Proxy Instance.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 813 To create an SSM translate

Perform the following procedure to create an SSM translate.

(Base)→Protocols→IGMP Instance→SSM Translate.
2 Right-click SSM Translate and choose Create→SSM Translate.
Result: The Create SSM Translate window opens.
Result: The second Create SSM Translate window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The SSM translate appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 814 To create an IGMP interface for a base router

Perform the following procedure to create an IGMP interface for a base router.

2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Create→IGMP Interface.
Result: The Create IGMP Interface window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create IGMP Interface window opens.
5 Choose IGMP Interface.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 815 To create a IGMP proxy interface for a base router
Note — You can create only one IGMP proxy interface.
Perform the following procedure to create a IGMP proxy interface for a base router.

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface
2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Create → IGMP Proxy Interface
Result: The Create IGMP Proxy Interface window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create IGMP Proxy Interface window opens.
Result: The IGMP Proxy Interface appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 816 To configure the IGMP proxy interface for a base router

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to configure an IGMP proxy interface for a base router.

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface → IGMP Proxy Interface.
Procedure 817 To enable Multicast Router Autodetection for an IGMP proxy

interface
When the Multicast Router Autodetection is enabled, the available multicast router in the network
will be automatically detected and is used for routing. When the multicast router is not available,
the IP interface is removed from the proxy operation for IGMPv2/v3 until a multicast router is
detected.
Perform the following procedure to enable multicast router autodetection for an IGMP proxy
interface.
Before you proceed:
• IGMP must be enabled on the Router Base. See Procedure 680 for more information.
• IGMP Proxy Instance must be created. See Procedure 811 for more information.

Base→Interfaces→IP Interface → IGMP Proxy Interface.
2 From the Multicast Router Autodetection drop-down menu, choose Enabled.
The Multicast Router Autodetection parameter is disabled by default.

USING THE 5520 AMS
70.2.1 Locking and unlocking IGMP for base routers

You can lock and unlock IGMP instances for base routers. See the 5520 AMS User
70.3 Viewing information for IGMP for a base

router
This section describes procedures to view the information for IGMP for a base router.
Procedure 818 To view statistics for IGMP for a base router

Perform the following procedure to view statistics for IGMP for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→IGMP Instance.
2 Click the Statistics tab to view multicast source group statistics.
Procedure 819 To view an IGMP multicast source

IGMP multicast sources are dynamic and only appear when there is traffic.
Perform the following procedure to view an IGMP multicast source.

(Base)→Protocols→IGMP Instance→IGMP Multicast Sources→IGMP Multicast Source.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays information about the IGMP multicast source.
Note — You can generate a list of all of the IGMP multicast sources in
the Network Tree or search for a specific IGMP multicast source by
choosing Infrastructure→Layer3→Base Router→Router
(Base)→Protocols→IGMP Instance→IGMP Multicast Sources→Search.
See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information about searching in
the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 820 To view an IGMP interface multicast group for a base router
IGMP interface multicast groups are dynamic and appear only when there is traffic.
Perform the following procedure to view an IGMP interface multicast group for a base router.

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface→IGMP Interface→Multicast Groups→IGMP Interface Multicast
Group.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays information about the IGMP interface multicast
group.
Procedure 821 To view an IGMP interface multicast source for a base router
Perform the following procedure to view an IGMP interface multicast source for a base router.

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface→IGMP Interface→Multicast Groups→IGMP Interface Multicast
Group→Multicast Source→IGMP Interface Multicast Source.
source.
Procedure 822 To view IGMP proxy multicast sources for a base router
Perform the following procedure to view the IGMP proxy multicast sources for a base router.

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface→IGMP Proxy Interface→ IGMP Proxy Multicast Sources
2 Click the Search IGMP Proxy Multicast Source icon ( ) in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS

4 Enter Group IP Address or Source IP Address.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The IGMP Proxy Multicast source related information is displayed.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure PIM for a base router
USING THE 5520 AMS
71 Configure PIM for a base router
• R4.2 or later.
71.1 Overview
71.2 Configuring PIM for a base router
71.3 Managing PIM for a base router
71.4 Viewing information for PIM for a base router
71.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of PIM for a base router.
When PIM is enabled, data is forwarded to network segments with active receivers
that have explicitly requested the multicast group.
See the FD 100/320Gbps NT IHUB Router Configuration and Protocols Guide for
more information about PIM for a base router.
Table 173 lists the tasks to configure PIM for a base router.
Table 173 Configure PIM for a base router
Task See
Enable PIM on the 5520 AMS Procedure 680
Configure the PIM instance Procedure 823
Create a PIM SSM Group Procedure 824
Create a PIM interface Procedure 825
Manually clear PIM instance alarms for a base router Procedure 826
View alarms for a PIM for a base router Procedure 827
View a PIM multicast source for a base router Procedure 828
View a PIM neighbor Procedure 829

Configure PIM for a base router 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
71.2 Configuring PIM for a base router

This section describes procedures to configure PIM for a base router.
Procedure 823 To configure the PIM instance for a base router
Note — The PIM instance appears in the Network Tree only when PIM
information.
Perform the following procedure to configure PIM instance for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→PIM Instance.
Procedure 824 To create a PIM SSM group for a base router

Perform the following procedure to create a PIM SSM group for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→PIM Instance→PIM SSM Groups.
2 Right-click PIM SSM Groups and choose Create→PIM SSM Group.
Result: The Create PIM SSM Group window opens.
Result: The second Create PIM SSM Group window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The PIM SSM group appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 825 To create a PIM interface for a base router

Perform the following procedure to create a PIM interface for a base router.

2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Create→PIM Interface.
Result: The Create PIM Interface window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create PIM Interface window opens.
5 Choose PIM Interface.
71.2.1 Locking and unlocking PIM for base routers

You can lock and unlock PIM instances for base routers. See the 5520 AMS User
71.3 Managing PIM for a base router

This section describes the procedure to manage PIM for a base router.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 826 To manually clear PIM instance alarms for a base router
Note — The PIM Adjacency Down alarm only appears in the Network
Perform the following procedure to manually clear PIM instance alarms for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→PIM Instance→Alarms→PIM Adjacency Down.
2 Right-click PIM Adjacency Down and choose Actions→Clear Alarm→ROUT/PIM Adjacency

Down.
3 Click Finish.
71.4 Viewing information for PIM for a base router

This section describes procedures to view PIM information for a base router.
Procedure 827 To view alarms for a PIM for a base router

Perform the following procedure to view alarms for a PIM for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→PIM Instance→Alarms.
Result: When there are alarms for the PIM Instance, they appear in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 828 To view a PIM multicast source for a base router

PIM multicast sources are dynamic and only appear when there is traffic.
Perform the following procedure to view a PIM multicast source for a base router.

(Base)→Protocols→PIM Instance→PIM Multicast Sources→PIM Multicast Source.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays information about the PIM multicast source.
Note — You can generate a list of all of the PIM multicast sources in the
Network Tree or search for a specific PIM multicast source by choosing
Infrastructure→Layer3→Base Router→Router (Base)→Protocols→PIM
Instance→PIM Multicast Sources→Search.
the Network Tree.
Procedure 829 To view a PIM neighbor

Perform the following procedure to view a PIM neighbor.

(Base)→Interfaces→IP Interface→PIM Interface→PIM Neighbors→PIM Neighbor.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays information about the PIM neighbor.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Layer 3 services
USING THE 5520 AMS
72 Layer 3 services

cards.
72.1 Overview
72.2 Viewing layer 3 services
72.3 Viewing IP system parameters
72.1 Overview
This chapter describes the Layer 3 services. The Layer 3 services provide IP-routed
connectivity between an SAP on an NE and another SAP. An SAP is where end-user
traffic enters and exits the service.
The NE supports the following layer 3 services:
• IES—a direct Internet access service where the customer is assigned an IP
interface for Internet connectivity
• VPRN—a layer 3 IP multipoint-to-multipoint VPN service as defined in
RFC 2547bis
For R4.1, see the FD 100 GBPS NT IHUB Services Guide for more information about
layer 3 services.
For R4.2 or later, see the IHUB Services guide for the NE for more information about
layer 3 services.
Table 174 lists the tasks to configure layer 3 services.
Table 174 Layer 3 services
Task See
View layer 3 services Procedure 830

View IP system parameters Procedure 831

Layer 3 services 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
72.2 Viewing layer 3 services

This section describes the procedure to view a summary of IES and VPRN services
on the NE.
Procedure 830 To view layer 3 services

Perform the following procedure to view layer 3 services.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3 Services.
2 Expand L3 Services.
Result: The Table View opens and displays the IES and VPRN services configured on the
NE.
72.3 Viewing IP system parameters

This section describes the procedure to view parameters for the following:
• IP
• SNMP
• UDP
• ICMP
Procedure 831 To view IP system parameters

Perform the following procedure to view IP system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→IP System Parameters.
2 Click the tabs to see each category of parameter.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure IES
USING THE 5520 AMS
73 Configure IES

cards.
73.1 Overview
73.2 Configuring IES
73.3 Managing IES
73.1 Overview
This chapter describes Internet Enhanced Service (IES) configuration.
IES is a routed connectivity service where the subscriber communicates with an IP
router interface to send and receive Internet traffic. An IES has one or more logical
IP routing interfaces, each with an SAP that acts as the access point to the
subscriber network. IES allows customer-facing IP interfaces to participate in the
same routing instance used for service network core routing connectivity. IES
requires the IP addressing scheme used by the subscriber to be unique among other
provider addressing schemes and, potentially, the entire Internet.
IES.
IES.
Table 175 lists the tasks to configure an IES.
Table 175 Configure IES
Task See
Create an IES Procedure 832
Create an IES interface Procedure 833
Create an IES SAP Procedure 834
Clear a DHCPv6 lease state for an IES Procedure 836
Clear all DHCPv6 lease state for an IES Procedure 837

Configure IES 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
73.2 Configuring IES

This section describes procedures to configure IES.
The NE supports one IES.
The IES is typically created when the NE is turned up using CLI over a craft interface,
but you can create the IES using the 5520 AMS, if required.
Procedure 832 To create an IES

Perform the following procedure to create an IES.
3 Configure the service ID and click Next.
number, click Auto.
Result: The second Create L3 Service window opens.
4 Choose IES from the Service Type drop-down menu.
Result: The new IES appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 833 To create an IES interface

Perform the following procedure to create an IES interface.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3 Services→L3 Service

(IES)→Service Interfaces.
2 Right-click Service Interfaces and choose Create→Service Interface.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Create Service Interface window opens.
3 Configure the interface ID.
Note — If you create an IES with a service ID of 1, the NE treats the

service interface as a system interface of the base router. If you do not
need a system interface in the IES, do not configure the service ID to 1.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Service Interface window opens.
Result: The new service interface appears in the Network Tree.
The NE also creates an IP interface under Infrastructure→Layer 3→Base Router→Router

(Base)→Interfaces.
Note 1 — To navigate from the IES interface to the corresponding IP

interface, choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3 Services→L3 Service
(IES)→Service Interfaces→Service Interface and click Go to beside the
IP Interface parameter.
Note 2 — The ISAM NE is capable of processing ARP packets received

from CPE which is connected to the same ONU. The ONUs which are
capable of local ARP flooding will deliver the ARP packets to the
destination CPE without forwarding to ISAM NE. If ONUs are not capable
of local ARP flooding, the packets will be forwarded to ISAM NE which is
responsible to deliver the packets through the same remote ID. Choose
Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3 Services→L3 Service (IES)→Service
Interfaces→Service Interface and configure Remote ID Check parameter
in DHCPv4 Relay tab.
Procedure 834 To create an IES SAP

Perform the following procedure to create an IES SAP.

(IES)→SAPs.
2 Right-click SAPs and choose Create→L3 SAP.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 835 To create an GRE tunnel
You need to create an GRE tunnel to support tunneling for IPv4 traffic using GRE IPv4
encapsulation. You can create an GRE tunnel for VPRN.
The GRE tunnel is applicable only for Service VPRN which is configured with tunnel type.
Perform the following procedure to create an GRE tunnel.

(VPRN)→Service Interfaces (Tunnel) →Service Interface → L3 SAP (Tunnel Private)
2 Right-click L3 SAP and choose Create→GRE Tunnel.
Result: The Create GRE Tunnel window opens.
3 Enter the name and click Next.
Result: The second Create GRE Tunnel window opens.
Result: The new GRE tunnel appears in the Network Tree.
73.3 Managing IES

This section describes procedures to manage IES.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 836 To clear a DHCPv6 lease state for an IES
Note — If no DHCPv6 lease states appear, click Search to create a list

of DHCPv6 lease states in the Network Tree. See the 5520 AMS User
Guide for more information about searching in the Network Tree.
Perform the following procedure to clear a DHCPv6 lease state for an IES.

(IES)→DHCPv6 Lease States→DHCPv6 Lease State.
2 Right-click DHCPv6 Lease State and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→Clear by IP
• Actions→Clear by MAC
Result: The Clear Lease State window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 837 To clear all DHCPv6 lease states for an IES


USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to clear all DHCPv6 lease states for an IES.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3 Services→L3 Service (IES).
2 Right-click L3 Service (IES) and choose Actions→Clear DHCPv6 Lease States.
3 Click Finish.
73.3.1 Locking and unlocking IES

You can lock and unlock IES interfaces and SAPs. See the 5520 AMS User Guide
for the procedure to lock and unlock objects.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure VPRN service
USING THE 5520 AMS
74 Configure VPRN service

cards.
74.1 Overview
74.2 Configuring VPRN service
74.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of VPRN service. The NE uses VPRN to
separate traffic from different service providers.
VPRN consists of a set of customer sites connected to one or more PE routers. Each
associated PE router maintains a separate IP forwarding table for each VPRN. The
PE routers exchange the routing information configured or learned from all customer
sites. The NE uses a routing protocol to exchange the routes of a CE router with the
PE routers that are attached to the NE. Routes from different VPRNs remain distinct
and separate, even when two VPRNs have an overlapping address space.
Routing information between the NE and the PE can be exchanged by the following
methods:
• Static routes
• BGP
• RIP
• OSPF
• IGMP (R4.2 or later)
• PIM (R4.2 or later)
VPRN.
74.1.1 Locking and unlocking VPRN services

You can lock and unlock VPRN services, service interfaces, and SAPs. See the
Table 176 lists the tasks to configure VPRN service.

Configure VPRN service 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 176 Configure VPRN service
Task See
Create VPRN service Procedure 838
Create VPRN service interface Procedure 839
Create VPRN layer 3 SAP Procedure 840
74.2 Configuring VPRN service

This section describes procedures to configure VPRN service.
Procedure 838 To create VPRN service

Perform the following procedure to create VPRN service.
3 Configure the service ID and click Next.
number, click Auto.
Result: The second Create L3 Service window opens.
4 Choose VPRN from the Service Type drop-down menu.
Result: The new VPRN service appears in the Network Tree.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure VPRN service
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 839 To create VPRN service interface

Perform the following procedure to create VPRN service interface.

(VPRN)→Service Interfaces.
2 Right-click Service Interfaces and choose Create→Service Interface.
Result: The Create Service Interface window opens.
3 Configure the interface ID.
Note — If you create VPRN service interface with a service ID of 1, the

NE treats the service interface as a system interface of the VPRN router.
If you do not need a system interface in the VPRN service, do not
configure the service ID to 1.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Service Interface window opens.
Result: The new service interface appears in the Network Tree.
The NE also creates an IP interface under Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3 Services→L3 Service

(VPRN)→Router (VPRN)→Interfaces.
Note 1 — To navigate from the VPRN service interface to the

corresponding IP interface, choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3
Services→L3 Service (VPRN)→Service Interfaces→Service Interface
and click Go to beside the IP Interface parameter.
Note 2 — The ISAM NE is capable of processing ARP packets received

from CPE which is connected to the same ONU. The ONUs which are
capable of local ARP flooding will deliver the ARP packets to the
destination CPE without forwarding to ISAM NE. If ONUs are not capable
of local ARP flooding, the packets will be forwarded to ISAM NE which is
responsible to deliver the packets through the same remote ID. Choose
Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3 Services→L3 Service (VPRN)→Router
(VPRN) → Interfaces→IP Interface and configure Remote ID Check
parameter in DHCPv4 Relay tab.

Configure VPRN service 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 840 To create VPRN layer 3 SAP

Perform the following procedure to create VPRN layer 3 SAP.

(VPRN)→SAPs.
2 Right-click SAPs and choose Create→L3 SAP.
Note — You can view the SAPs that use an Ethernet port. See

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure VPRN routers
USING THE 5520 AMS
75 Configure VPRN routers

cards.
75.1 Overview
75.2 Configuring VPRN routers
75.3 Configuring VPRN router IP interfaces
75.4 Configuring VPRN static IP routes
75.5 Configuring VPRN protocol source IP addresses
75.6 Creating VPRN route aggregation
75.7 Configuring TWAMP light reflector for VPRN
75.8 Managing VPRN routers
75.9 Viewing VPRN router information
75.10 Viewing VPRN router statistics
75.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of VPRN routers.
75.2 Configuring VPRN routers

This section describes procedures to configure VPRN routers.
Table 177 lists the tasks to configure VPRN router.
Table 177 Configure VPRN router and VPRN router IP interfaces
Task See
(1 of 2)

Configure VPRN routers 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Configure the VPRN routers Procedure 841
Create a network VPRN router IP interface Procedure 842
Configure VPRN router IP interfaces Procedure 843

Create an IP address for VPRN router IP interface Procedure 844
Configure a router advertisement interface for VPRN Procedure 845

router IP interface
Create a router advertisement prefix for VPRN router IP Procedure 846

interface
Create VPRN static IP route Procedure 847
Create a protocol source address for VPRN router Procedure 848
Create a route aggregation for VPRN router Procedure 849

Create TWAMP light reflector for VPRN Procedure 850
Create TWAMP light reflector prefix for VPRN Procedure 851
(2 of 2)
Procedure 841 To configure the VPRN routers

Table 178 describes the VPRN router protocol types that you must enable before you can
configure VPRN router protocols.
Table 178 VPRN router protocols
Applies to Protocol
R4.1 or later BGP
R4.1 or later RIP
R4.2 or later IGMP
R4.2 or later PIM
Note — To configure OSPF, create an OSPF instance. See

Perform the following procedure to configure the VPRN routers.

(VPRN)→Router.

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 In the Protocols panel, choose Enabled from the drop-down menus for the router protocols
that you want to enable.
The protocols that you enabled appear in the Network Tree under Infrastructure→Layer3→L3
Services→L3 Service (VPRN)→Router→Protocols.
75.3 Configuring VPRN router IP interfaces

This section describes procedures to configure VPRN router IP interfaces.
Procedure 842 To create a network VPRN router IP interface

You can create only a network VPRN router IP interface. The NE creates other types of VPRN
router IP interfaces when you create VPRN service interface. See Procedure 839 for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to create a network VPRN router IP interface.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces.
You can configure IP addresses for the IP interface. See Procedure 844 for more information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 843 To configure VPRN router IP interfaces

The NE creates the VPRN router IP interface when you create VPRN service interface. See
Perform the following procedure to configure VPRN router IP interfaces.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface.
Note 1 — To navigate from the VPRN router IP interface to the

corresponding VPRN service interface, click Go to beside the Service
Interface parameter.
Note 2 — When you delete an VPRN service interface, the NE deletes

the corresponding IP interface. However, if you delete an IP interface, the
NE does not delete the corresponding VPRN service interface. To delete
VPRN service interface for which the corresponding IP interface was
deleted, navigate to Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3 Services→L3 Service
(VPRN)→Service Interfaces→Service Interface.
Procedure 844 To create an IP address for VPRN router IP interface

Perform the following procedure to create an IP address for VPRN router IP interface.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface→IP Addresses.
3 Enter the ID. Enter ID 1 for the primary IP address, ID 2 for the secondary IP address, ID 3
for the tertiary IP address, and so on.
4 Click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 845 To configure a router advertisement interface for VPRN router IP

interface
Perform the following procedure to configure a router advertisement interface for VPRN router IP
interface.

2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Actions→Configure Router Advertisement Interface.
Result: The Configure Router Advertisement Interface window opens.
Procedure 846 To create a router advertisement prefix for VPRN router IP interface
Before you proceed, a router advertisement must be configured. See Procedure 845 for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to create a router advertisement prefix for VPRN router IP
interface.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface→Router Advertisement Prefix.
2 Right-click Router Advertisement Prefix and choose Create→Prefix.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Create Prefix window opens.
Result: The second Create Prefix window opens.
Result: The new prefix appears in the Network Tree.
75.4 Configuring VPRN static IP routes

This section describes the procedure to configure VPRN static IP routes.
Procedure 847 To create VPRN static IP route

Perform the following procedure to create a VPRN static IP route.

(VPRN)→Router→Routes→Static.
2 Right-click Static and choose Create→Static IP Route.
Result: The Create Static IP Route window opens
Result: The second Create Static IP Route window opens.
Result: The new static IP route appears in the Network Tree.
75.5 Configuring VPRN protocol source IP

addresses
This section describes the procedure to create VPRN protocol source address.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 848 To create a protocol source address for VPRN router

Perform the following procedure to create a protocol source address for VPRN router.

(VPRN)→Router→Source IP Addresses.
2 Right-click Source IP Addresses and choose Create→Protocol Source Address.
Result: The Create Protocol Source Address window opens
3 Choose an application protocol from the drop-down menu and click Next.
Result: The second Create Protocol Source Address window opens.
Result: The new protocol source address appears in the Network Tree.
75.6 Creating VPRN route aggregation

This section describes procedures to create VPRN route aggregation.
Procedure 849 To create a route aggregation for VPRN router

Perform the following procedure to create a route aggregation for VPRN router.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→Route Aggregations.
2 Right-click Route Aggregations and choose Create→Route Aggregation.
Result: The Create Route Aggregation window opens.
Result: The second Create Route Aggregation window opens.
Result: The new route aggregation appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
75.7 Configuring TWAMP light reflector for VPRN
TWAMP light reflector is a Two-Way Active Measurement Protocol which measures

the delay and loss using UDP test packets.
Procedure 850 To create an OAM PM TWAMP light reflector for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to create an OAM PM TWAMP light reflector for VPRN.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer3 → L3 Services → L3 Service

(VPRN).
2 Right-click the L3 Service (VPRN) and choose Create → OAM PM TWAMP Light Reflector.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create OAM PM TWAMP Light Reflector window opens.
4 Enter the Listen UDP Port and click Finish.
Result: The OAM PM TWAMP Light Reflector appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 851 To create an OAM PM TWAMP light reflector prefix for VPRN
Perform the following procedure to create an OAM PM TWAMP light reflector prefix for VPRN.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer3 → L3 Services → L3 Service (VPRN)

→ OAM PM TWAMP Light Reflector.
2 Right-click OAM PM TWAMP Light Reflector and choose Create → OAM PM TWAMP Light
Reflector Prefix.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Configure the following mandatory parameters and click Next:
• Address
• Prefix Length
Result: The second Create OAM PM TWAMP Light Reflector Prefix window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The OAM PM TWAMP Light Reflector Prefix appears in the Network Tree.
75.8 Managing VPRN routers

This section describes procedures to manage VPRN routers.
75.8.1 Locking and unlocking network VPRN router IP

interfaces
You can lock and unlock network VPRN router IP interfaces. See the 5520 AMS User
Table 179 lists the tasks to manage VPRN router.
Table 179 Manage VPRN routers
Task See
Clear ARP entries for VPRN router Procedure 852
Clear a DHCPv6 lease state for VPRN router Procedure 853
Clear all DHCPv6 lease state for VPRN router Procedure 854
Clear DHCP and DHCPv6 statistics for VPRN Procedure 855
router
Clear router advertisement statistics for VPRN Procedure 856

router
Clear neighbors for VPRN router Procedure 857

Clear ICMP6 for VPRN router Procedure 858
Manually clear IP interface alarms for VPRN Procedure 859

router

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 852 To clear ARP entries for VPRN router

ARP entries are dynamic and only appear when there is traffic on the link.
Perform the following procedure to clear ARP entries for VPRN router.
• Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3 Services→L3 Service (VPRN)→Router

• Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3 Services→L3 Service (VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP
Interface
2 Right-click Router or IP Interface and choose Actions→Clear ARP Entries.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 853 To clear a DHCPv6 lease state for VPRN router

Perform the following procedure to clear a DHCPv6 lease state for VPRN router.

(VPRN)→DHCPv6 Lease States→DHCPv6 Lease State.
2 Right-click DHCPv6 Lease State and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→Clear by IP
• Actions→Clear by MAC

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 854 To clear all DHCPv6 lease states for VPRN router

Perform the following procedure to clear all DHCPv6 lease state for VPRN router.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3 Services→L3 Service (VPRN).
2 Right-click L3 Service (VPRN) and choose Actions→Clear DHCPv6 Lease States.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 855 To clear DHCP and DHCPv6 statistics for VPRN router
Applies to — DHCPv6 applies to R4.2 or later.
You can clear:
• DHCP statistics for VPRN router and VPRN router IP interface

• DHCPv6 statistics for VPRN router and VPRN service interface

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to clear DHCP and DHCPv6 statistics for VPRN router.

Interface
• Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3 Services→L3 Service (VPRN)→Router→Service
Interfaces→Service Interface
2 Right-click Router, IP Interface, or Service Interface and choose Actions→Clear DHCP

Statistics or Actions→Clear DHCPv6 Statistics.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 856 To clear router advertisement statistics for VPRN router
You can clear router advertisement statistics for VPRN router and VPRN router IP interface.
Perform the following procedure to clear router advertisement statistics for VPRN router.

Interface
2 Right-click Router or IP Interface and choose Actions→Clear Router Advertisement

Statistics.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 857 To clear neighbors for VPRN router
You can clear neighbors for VPRN router and VPRN router IP interface.
Perform the following procedure to clear neighbors for VPRN router.

Interface
2 Right-click Router or IP Interface and choose Actions→Clear Neighbors.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 858 To clear ICMP6 for VPRN router
You can clear ICMP6 for VPRN router and VPRN router IP interface.
Perform the following procedure to clear ICMP6 for VPRN router.

Interface

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Right-click Router or IP Interface and perform one of the following steps:
• On Router, choose Actions→Clear ICMP6 All or Actions→Clear ICMP6 Global.

Choose Global option to clear only the global statistics on the router. Choose All option
to clear the global statistics on the router and the statistics on the IP interfaces.
• On IP Interface, choose Actions→Clear ICMP6 Interface.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 859 To manually clear IP interface alarms for VPRN router
Note — The Local IPv6 Address Conflict and IPv6 Address Conflict
alarms only appear in the Network Tree when they have been raised by
the NE.
Perform the following procedure to manually clear IP interface alarms for VPRN router.

Interface→Alarms→Local IPv6 Address Conflict
Interface→Alarms→IPv6 Address Conflict
• Right-click Local IPv6 Address Conflict and choose Actions→Clear Alarm→Local IPv6
Address Conflict.
• Right-click IPv6 Address Conflict and choose Actions→Clear Alarm→VPRN/IPv6
Address Conflict.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
75.9 Viewing VPRN router information

This section describes procedures to view VPRN router information.
Table 180 lists the tasks to view VPRN router.
Table 180 View VPRN routers and router statistics
Task See
View ARP entries for VPRN router Procedure 860
View IP routes for VPRN router Procedure 861

View static IP routes for VPRN router Procedure 862
View IPv6 neighbors for VPRN router Procedure 863
View a router advertisement for VPRN router IP interface Procedure 864
View DHCPv6 managed routes for VPRN router IP Procedure 865

interface
View DHCPv6 lease states for VPRN router Procedure 866
View BFD sessions for a VPRN router Procedure 867
Clear BFD sessions for a VPRN router Procedure 868
Clear BFD session statistics for a VPRN router Procedure 869
View VPRN router statistics Procedure 870
View DHCPv6 drop reason statistics for VPRN router Procedure 871
View router advertisement statistics for VPRN router Procedure 872
Procedure 860 To view ARP entries for VPRN router

Perform the following procedure to view ARP entries for VPRN router.

(VPRN)→Router.
2 Right-click Router and choose Actions→Show ARP Entries.
Result: The Show ARP Entries window opens.
Result: A result page window opens and lists the ARP entries.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 861 To view IP routes for VPRN router

You can view the types of IP routes listed in Table 181.
Table 181 IP routes for VPRN router
Applies to IP route type
R4.1 or later IP route
R4.2 or later IPv4 multicast route

R4.2 or later IPv6 route
Perform the following procedure to view IP routes for VPRN router.

(VPRN)→Router.
2 Right-click Router and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→Show IP Routes
• Actions→Show IPv4 Multicast Routes
• Actions→Show IPv6 Routes
Procedure 862 To view static IP routes for VPRN router

Perform the following procedure to view a summary of the static IP routes on the NE.

(VPRN)→Router→Routes→Static.
2 Expand Static.
Result: The Table View opens and displays the static IP routes configured on the NE.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 863 To view IPv6 neighbors for VPRN router
Perform the following procedure to view IPv6 neighbors for VPRN router.

(VPRN)→Router.
2 Right-click Router and choose Actions→Show IPv6 Neighbors.
Result: The Show IPv6 Neighbors window opens.
Result: A result page window opens and displays the IPv6 neighbors.
Procedure 864 To view a router advertisement for VPRN router IP interface
Perform the following procedure to view a router advertisement for VPRN router IP interface.

2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Actions→Show Router Advertisement.
Result: The Show Router Advertisement window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: A result page window opens and displays the configured router advertisements.
Procedure 865 To view DHCPv6 managed routes for VPRN router IP interface
Perform the following procedure to view DHCPv6 managed routes for VPRN router IP interface.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface→DHCPv6 Relay Agent→Managed Routes.
Result: The DHCPv6 managed routes appear in the Network Tree below Managed Routes.
Note — If no DHCPv6 managed routes appear, click Search to create a

list of DHCPv6 managed routes in the Network Tree. See the 5520 AMS
User Guide for more information about searching in the Network Tree.
2 Choose a managed route.
Procedure 866 To view DHCPv6 lease states for VPRN router
Perform the following procedure to view DHCPv6 lease states for VPRN router.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer3→L3 Services→L3 Service

(VPRN)→Router→DHCPv6 Lease States.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays a table of the lease states.
Procedure 867 To view BFD sessions for a VPRN router
Perform the following procedure to view BFD sessions for a VPRN router.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces.
Result: The IP interfaces appear in the Network Tree below Interfaces.
2 Expand an IP interface in the Network Tree.
3 Choose BFD Session.
Result: A list of BFD sessions appears in the Table View.
Procedure 868 To clear BFD sessions for a VPRN router
Perform the following procedure to clear BFD sessions for a VPRN router.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface→BFD Session.
2 Right-click a BFD session and choose Actions→Clear BFD Session.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The selected BFD session is cleared.
Procedure 869 To clear BFD session statistics for a VPRN router
Perform the following procedure to clear BFD session statistics for a VPRN router.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface→BFD Session.
2 Right-click a BFD session and choose Actions→Clear BFD Statistics.
Result: The statistics for the selected BFD session are cleared.
75.10 Viewing VPRN router statistics

This section describes procedures to view VPRN router statistics.
Procedure 870 To view VPRN router statistics

Table 182 described the types of VPRN router statistics that you can view on the Object Details
view.
Table 182 VPRN router statistics
Applies to Type of statistics
All releases Interface
All releases Route
All releases ARP
R4.2 or later ICMPv6

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to view VPRN router statistics.

(VPRN)→Router.
2 Click the following tabs to view the VPRN router statistics:
• Interface Statistics
• Route Statistics
• ARP Statistics
• ICMPv6 Statistics
Procedure 871 To view DHCPv6 drop reason statistics for VPRN router
Perform the following procedure to view DHCPv6 drop reason statistics for VPRN router.

(VPRN)→Router→DHCPv6 Drop Reason Statistics.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays a table of the drop reason statistics.
Procedure 872 To view router advertisement statistics for VPRN router
Perform the following procedure to view router advertisement statistics for VPRN router.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→Router Advertisement Statistics.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the router advertisement statistics.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure BGP for VPRN
USING THE 5520 AMS
76 Configure BGP for VPRN

cards.
76.1 Overview
76.2 Configuring BGP for VPRN
76.3 Managing the BGP instance for VPRN
76.4 Managing BGP groups for VPRN
76.5 Managing BGP neighbors for VPRN
76.6 Managing BGP paths for VPRN
76.7 Viewing BGP path information for VPRN
76.1 Overview
This chapter describes how to configure BGP for VPRN service. See Chapter 62 for
information about configuring BGP for a base router.
76.2 Configuring BGP for VPRN

This section describes procedures to configure BGP for VPRN.
Table 183 lists the tasks to configure BGP for VPRN.
Table 183 Configure BGP for VPRN
Task See
Enable BGP for VPRN Procedure 841
Configure the BGP instance for VPRN Procedure 873
Create a BGP group for VPRN Procedure 874
Create a BGP neighbor for VPRN Procedure 875

Configure BGP for VPRN 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 873 To configure the BGP instance for VPRN

Perform this procedure to configure the BGP instance for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→BGP Instance.
Procedure 874 To create a BGP group for VPRN

Perform this procedure to create a BGP group for VPRN.

2 Right-click BGP Instance and choose Create→BGP Group.
Result: The Create BGP Group window opens.
Result: The second Create BGP Group window opens.
Result: The new BGP Group appears in the Network Tree.
5 Choose BGP Group.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 875 To create a BGP neighbor for VPRN

Perform this procedure to create a BGP neighbor for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→BGP Instance→BGP Neighbors.
2 Right-click BGP Neighbors and choose Create→BGP Neighbor.
Result: The Create BGP Neighbor window opens.
Result: The second Create BGP Neighbor window opens.
Result: The new BGP neighbor appears in the Network Tree.
5 Choose BGP Neighbor.
76.3 Managing the BGP instance for VPRN

This section describes procedures to manage the BGP instance for VPRN.
Table 184 lists the tasks to manage BGP for VPRN.
Table 184 Manage BGP for VPRN
Task See
Clear BGP instance protocols for VPRN Procedure 876
Clear BGP group damping for VPRN Procedure 877
Clear BGP group flap statistics for VPRN Procedure 878

Clear a BGP neighbor for VPRN Procedure 879
Clear BGP neighbor statistics for VPRN Procedure 880
Clear BGP neighbor RIB for VPRN Procedure 881

Clear BGP path damping for VPRN Procedure 882
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Clear BGP path flap statistics for VPRN Procedure 883
(2 of 2)
76.3.1 Locking and unlocking BGP instances for VPRN

You can lock and unlock BGP instances for VPRN. See the 5520 AMS User Guide
Procedure 876 To clear BGP instance protocols for VPRN

Perform this procedure to clear BGP instance protocols for VPRN.

2 Right-click BGP Instance and choose Actions→Clear→Protocol.
3 Click Finish.
76.4 Managing BGP groups for VPRN

This section describes procedures to manage BGP groups.
damping and flap.
damping and flap.
76.4.1 Locking and unlocking BGP groups for VPRN

You can lock and unlock BGP groups for VPRN. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 877 To clear BGP group damping for VPRN

Perform this procedure to clear BGP group damping for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→BGP Instance→BGP Groups→BGP Group.
2 Right-click BGP Group and choose Actions→Clear→Damping.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 878 To clear BGP group flap statistics for VPRN

Perform this procedure to clear BGP group flap statistics for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→BGP Instance→BGP Groups→BGP Group.
2 Right-click BGP Group and choose Actions→Clear→Flap Statistics.
3 Click Finish.
76.5 Managing BGP neighbors for VPRN

This section describes procedures to manage BGP neighbors.
76.5.1 Locking and unlocking BGP neighbors for VPRN

You can lock and unlock BGP neighbors for VPRN. See the 5520 AMS User Guide

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 879 To clear a BGP neighbor for VPRN

Perform this procedure to clear a single BGP neighbor or a group of BGP neighbors.
• Infrastructure→Layer3→L3 Services→L3 Service (VPRN)→Router→Protocols→BGP

Instance→BGP Neighbors→BGP Neighbor
CTRL key.
• Infrastructure→Layer3→L3 Services→L3 Service (VPRN)→Router→Protocols→BGP

Instance
2 Right-click BGP Neighbor or BGP Instance and choose Actions→Clear→Neighbor or

Actions→Clear→Clear Neighbor.
Result: The Clear Neighbor window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 880 To clear BGP neighbor statistics for VPRN

Perform this procedure to clear statistics for a single BGP neighbor or a group of BGP neighbors.
• From the BGP neighbor:

• Choose Infrastructure→Layer3→L3 Services→L3 Service
(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→BGP Instance→BGP Neighbors→BGP Neighbor.
CTRL key.
• Right-click BGP Neighbor and choose Actions→Clear→Clear Statistics.

• From the BGP instance:

• Choose Infrastructure→Layer3→L3 Services→L3 Service
• Right-click BGP Instance and choose Actions→Clear→Neighbor Statistics.
Result: The Clear Neighbor Statistics window opens.
2 Click Finish.
Procedure 881 To clear BGP neighbor RIB for VPRN

Perform this procedure to clear BGP neighbor RIB for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→BGP Instance→BGP Neighbors→BGP Neighbor.
2 Right-click BGP Neighbor and choose Actions→Clear→Clear RIB.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
76.6 Managing BGP paths for VPRN

This section describes procedures to manage BGP paths.
Procedure 882 To clear BGP path damping for VPRN

Perform this procedure to clear BGP path damping for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→BGP Instance→BGP Paths→BGP Path.
2 Right-click BGP Path and choose Actions→Clear→Damping.
Result: The Clear Damping window opens.
Procedure 883 To clear BGP path flap statistics for VPRN

Perform this procedure to clear BGP path flap statistics for VPRN.

2 Right-click BGP Path and choose Actions→Clear→Flap Statistics.
Result: The Clear Flap Statistics window opens.
76.7 Viewing BGP path information for VPRN

This section describes procedures to view BGP path information.
Table 185 lists the tasks to view BGP for VPRN.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 185 View BGP for VPRN
Task See
View all BGP paths for VPRN Procedure 884
View a BGP path for VPRN Procedure 885
Procedure 884 To view all BGP paths for VPRN

Perform this procedure to view all BGP paths for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→BGP Instance→BGP Paths.
2 Expand BGP Paths.
Result: The Table View opens and displays the BGP paths configured on the NE.
Procedure 885 To view a BGP path for VPRN

Perform this procedure to view a BGP path for VPRN.


USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure RIP for VPRN
USING THE 5520 AMS
77 Configure RIP for VPRN

cards.
77.1 Overview
77.2 Configuring RIP for VPRN
77.3 Managing RIP for VPRN
77.4 Viewing RIP information for VPRN
77.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of RIP for VPRN.
77.2 Configuring RIP for VPRN

This section describes procedures to configure RIP for VPRN. See Chapter 65 for
information about configuring RIP for a base router.
Table 186 lists the tasks to configure RIP for VPRN.
Table 186 Configure RIP for VPRN
Task See
Enable RIP for the VPRN Procedure 841
Configure the RIP instance Procedure 886
Create an RIP group Procedure 887
Create an VPRN router IP interface Procedure 888
Create an IP address for an RIP IP interface Procedure 844

Configure RIP for VPRN 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 886 To configure the RIP instance for VPRN
Note — The RIP instance appears in the Network Tree only when RIP
information.
Perform the following procedure to configure the RIP instance for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→RIP Instance.
Results: The Object Details view opens.
Procedure 887 To create an RIP group for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to create an RIP group for VPRN.

2 Right-click RIP Instance and choose Create→RIP Group.
Result: The Create RIP Group window opens.
3 Configure the group name and click Next.
Result: The second Create RIP Group window opens.
Result: The new RIP group appears in the Network Tree.
5 Choose RIP Group.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 888 To create VPRN router IP interface for RIP

Perform the following procedure to create VPRN router IP interface for RIP.

2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Create→RIP Interface.
Result: The Create Interface window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Interface window opens.
5 Choose RIP Interface.
77.3 Managing RIP for VPRN

This section describes procedures to manage the RIP instance.
Table 187 lists the tasks to manage RIP for VPRN.
Table 187 Manage RIP for VPRN
Task See
Clear the RIP database for VPRN Procedure 889
Clear RIP statistics for VPRN Procedure 890
Clear statistics for an RIP IP interface for VPRN Procedure 891

USING THE 5520 AMS
77.3.1 Locking and unlocking RIP instances and groups

for VPRN
You can lock and unlock RIP instances and groups for VPRN. See the 5520 AMS
Procedure 889 To clear the RIP database for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to clear the RIP database for VPRN.

2 Right-click RIP Instance and choose Actions→Clear Database.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 890 To clear RIP statistics for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to clear RIP statistics for VPRN.

2 Right-click RIP Instance and choose Actions→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 891 To clear statistics for an RIP IP interface for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to clear statistics for an RIP IP interface for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface→RIP Interface.
2 Right-click RIP Interface and choose Actions→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.
77.4 Viewing RIP information for VPRN

This section describes procedures to view RIP information.
Table 188 lists the tasks to view RIP for VPRN.
Table 188 View RIP for VPRN
Task See
View RIP groups for VPRN Procedure 892
View RIP advertised routes for VPRN Procedure 893
View RIP routes for VPRN Procedure 894

View RIP peers for VPRN Procedure 895
View the RIP IP interface statistics for VPRN Procedure 896
Procedure 892 To view RIP groups for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to view RIP groups for VPRN.

2 Expand RIP Instance.
Result: The Table View opens and displays the RIP groups.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 893 To view RIP advertised routes for VPRN

RIP advertised routes are dynamic and appear only when there is traffic.
Perform the following procedure to view RIP advertised routes for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→RIP Instance→RIP Advertised Routes.
Result: RIP advertised routes appear under the RIP Advertised Routes object.
Procedure 894 To view RIP routes for VPRN

RIP routes are dynamic and appear only when there is traffic.
Perform the following procedure to view RIP routes for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→RIP Instance→RIP Routes.
Result: RIP routes appear under the RIP Routes object.
Procedure 895 To view RIP peers for VPRN

RIP peers are dynamic and appear only when there is traffic.
Perform the following procedure to view RIP peers for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface→RIP Interface→RIP Peers.
Result: RIP peers appear under the RIP Peers object.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 896 To view the RIP IP interface statistics for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to view the RIP IP interface statistics for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface→RIP Interface.
2 Click the Statistics tab to view read-only parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure OSPF for VPRN
USING THE 5520 AMS
78 Configure OSPF for VPRN

cards.
78.1 Overview
78.2 Configure OSPF for VPRN
78.3 Managing OSPF for VPRN
78.4 Viewing OSPF information for VPRN
78.5 Viewing OSPF for VPRN router IP interface
78.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of OSPF for VPRN.
78.2 Configure OSPF for VPRN

This section describes procedures to configure OSPF for VPRN. See Chapter 64 for
information about configuring OSPF for a base router.
Table 189 lists the tasks to configure OSPF for VPRN.
Table 189 Configure OSPF for VPRN
Task See
Create an OSPF area range Procedure 900
Create an VPRN router IP interface Procedure 901

If required, create an OSPF MD5 key Procedure 902

Configure OSPF for VPRN 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 897 To create an OSPF instance for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to create an OSPF instance for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols.
2 Right-click Protocols and choose Create→OSPF Instance.
3 Click Next.
Result: The new OSPF instance appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 898 To enable or disable Unicast import and Multicast import for VPRN
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable Unicast import and Multicast import for VPRN
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer3 → L3 Services → L3 Service (VPRN)

→ Router → Protocols → OSPF Instance.
2 Click the Router Configuration tab.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 In the Parameters section, perform one of the following steps:
• To enable or disable unicast import, choose Enabled or Disabled from the Unicast Import
drop-down menu.
• To enable or disable multicast import, choose Enabled or Disabled from the Multicast
Import drop-down menu.
Procedure 899 To create an OSPF area for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to create an OSPF area for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→OSPF Instance→OSPF Areas.
2 Right-click OSPF Areas and choose Create→OSPF Area.
Procedure 900 To create an OSPF area range for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to create an OSPF area range for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→OSPF Instance→OSPF Areas→OSPF Area→OSPF Area
Ranges.
2 Right-click OSPF Area Ranges and choose Create→OSPF Area Range.
Result: The Create OSPF Area Range window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create OSPF Area Range window opens.
Result: The new OSPF Area Range appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 901 To create VPRN router IP interface for OSPF

Perform the following procedure to create VPRN router IP interface for OSPF.

2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Create→OSPF Interface.
Result: The Create Interface window opens.
3 Click Next.
Procedure 902 To create an OSPF MD5 key for VPRN router IP interface
Perform the following procedure to create an OSPF MD5 key for VPRN router IP interface.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Layer3→L3 Services→L3 Service

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface→OSPF Interface→OSPF MD5 Keys.
2 Right-click OSPF MD5 Keys and choose Create→OSPF MD5.
Result: The Create OSPF MD5 window opens.
3 Configure the key number and click Next.
Result: The second Create OSPF MD5 window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The new OSPF MD5 key appears in the Network Tree.
78.3 Managing OSPF for VPRN

This section describes procedures to manage OSPF for VPRN.
Table 190 lists the tasks to manage OSPF for VPRN.
Table 190 Manage OSPF for VPRN
Task See
Clear the OSPF instance database for VPRN Procedure 903
Clear the OSPF instance database (purge) for VPRN Procedure 904
Clear the OSPF instance statistics for VPRN Procedure 905

Clear the OSPF instance export for VPRN Procedure 906
Clear the OSPF instance neighbor for VPRN Procedure 907
Clear the OSPF instance neighbor IP address for VPRN Procedure 908
Trigger the OSPF instance for VPRN Procedure 909
Manually clear OSPF instance alarms for VPRN Procedure 910
78.3.1 Locking and unlocking OSPF instances for VPRN

You can lock and unlock OSPF instances for VPRN. See the 5520 AMS User Guide
Procedure 903 To clear the OSPF instance database for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to clear the OSPF instance database for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→OSPF Instance.
2 Right-click OSPF Instance and choose Actions→Clear Database.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 904 To clear the OSPF instance database (purge) for VPRN
Perform the following procedure to clear the OSPF instance database (purge) for VPRN.

2 Right-click OSPF Instance and choose Actions→Clear Database (Purge).
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 905 To clear the OSPF instance statistics for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to clear the OSPF instance statistics for VPRN.

2 Right-click OSPF Instance and choose Actions→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 906 To clear the OSPF instance export for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to clear the OSPF instance export for VPRN.

2 Right-click OSPF Instance and choose Actions→Clear Export.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 907 To clear the OSPF instance neighbor for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to clear the OSPF instance neighbor for VPRN.

2 Right-click OSPF Instance and choose Actions→Clear Neighbor.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 908 To clear the OSPF instance neighbor IP address for VPRN
Perform the following procedure to clear the OSPF instance neighbor IP address for VPRN.

2 Right-click OSPF Instance and choose Actions→Clear Neighbor IP Address.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 909 To trigger the OSPF instance for VPRN

The Trigger SPF command triggers the NE to reconstruct the routes from the topology.
Perform the following procedure to trigger the OSPF instance for VPRN.

2 Right-click OSPF Instance and choose Actions→Trigger SPF.
Procedure 910 To manually clear OSPF instance alarms for VPRN
Note — The OSPF Neighbor Down alarm only appears in the Network
Perform the following procedure to manually clear OSPF instance alarms for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→OSPF Instance→Alarms→OSPF Neighbor Down.
2 Right-click OSPF Neighbor Down and choose Actions→Clear Alarm→VPRN/OSPF

Neighbor Down.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
78.4 Viewing OSPF information for VPRN

This section describes procedures to view OSPF information.
Table 191 lists the tasks to view OSPF for VPRN.
Table 191 View OSPF for VPRN and VPRN router IP interface
Task See
View OSPF instance statistics for VPRN Procedure 911
View OSPF areas for VPRN Procedure 912

View OSPF area counters for VPRN Procedure 913
View the OSPF area database for VPRN Procedure 914
View OSPF area database counters for VPRN Procedure 915
View the OSPF opaque database for VPRN Procedure 916
View OSPF neighbors for VPRN router IP interface Procedure 917
View the OSPF interface database for VPRN router IP Procedure 918
interface
View the OSPF interface counters and statistics for Procedure 919
VPRN router IP interface
Procedure 911 To view OSPF instance statistics for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to view OSPF instance statistics for VPRN.

2 Click the Link State Advertisements tab to view link state advertisement statistics or the
Statistics tab to view other statistics.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 912 To view OSPF areas for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to view OSPF areas for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→OSPF Instance→OSPF Areas.
2 Expand OSPF Areas.
Result: The Table View opens and displays the OSPF area information.
Procedure 913 To view OSPF area counters for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to view OSPF area counters for VPRN.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3 Services→L3 Service

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→OSPF Instance→OSPF Areas→OSPF Area.
Result: The Object Details view opens. The Counters panel displays the OSPF area counters.
Procedure 914 To view the OSPF area database for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to view the OSPF area database for VPRN.

Database.
2 Expand OSPF Area Database.
Procedure 915 To view OSPF area database counters for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to view OSPF area database counters for VPRN.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→L3 Services→L3 Service

Database Counters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the OSPF area database counters.
Procedure 916 To view the OSPF opaque database for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to view the OSPF opaque database for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→OSPF Instance→OSPF Opaque Database.
2 Expand OSPF Opaque Database.
78.5 Viewing OSPF for VPRN router IP interface

This section describes procedures to view OSPF for the VPRN router IP interface.
Procedure 917 To view OSPF neighbors for VPRN router IP interface

Perform the following procedure to view OSPF neighbors for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface→OSPF Interface.
Result: The OSPF neighbors appear in the Network Tree under OSPF Interface.
Procedure 918 To view the OSPF interface database for VPRN router IP interface
Perform the following procedure to view the OSPF interface database for VPRN router IP
interface.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface→OSPF Interface→OSPF Interface Database.
2 Expand OSPF Interface Database.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Table View opens and displays information about the OSPF interface database.
Procedure 919 To view the OSPF interface counters and statistics for VPRN router
IP interface
Perform the following procedure to view the OSPF interface counters and statistics for VPRN
router IP interface.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface→OSPF Interface.
2 Click the Traffic Counters and Statistics tab to see counters and statistics.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure IGMP for VPRN
USING THE 5520 AMS
79 Configure IGMP for VPRN
• R4.2 or later.
79.1 Overview
79.2 Configuring IGMP for VPRN
79.3 Viewing IGMP information for VPRN
79.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of IGMP for VPRN.
Table 192 lists the tasks to configure IGMP for VPRN.
Table 192 Configure IGMP for VPRN
Task See

Enable IGMP for the VPRN Procedure 841
Configure the IGMP instance Procedure 920
Create an SSM translate Procedure 921

Create an IGMP interface Procedure 922
Create an IP address for an IGMP IP interface Procedure 844
View statistics for IGMP Procedure 923
View an IGMP multicast source Procedure 924
View an IGMP interface multicast group Procedure 925
View an IGMP interface multicast source Procedure 926
79.2 Configuring IGMP for VPRN

This section describes procedures to configure IGMP for VPRN. See Chapter 70 for
information about configuring IGMP for a base router.

Configure IGMP for VPRN 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 920 To configure the IGMP instance for VPRN
Note — The IGMP instance appears in the Network Tree only when
IGMP has been enabled on the 5520 AMS. See Procedure 841 for more
information.
Perform this procedure to configure the IGMP instance for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→IGMP Instance.
Procedure 921 To create an SSM translate

Perform this procedure to create an SSM translate.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→IGMP Instance→SSM Translate.
2 Right-click SSM Translate and choose Create→SSM Translate.
Result: The Create SSM Translate window opens.
Result: The second Create SSM Translate window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The SSM translate appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 922 To create an IGMP interface

Perform this procedure to create an IGMP interface.

2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Create→IGMP Interface.
Result: The Create IGMP Interface window opens.
3 Click Next.
5 Choose IGMP Interface.
79.2.1 Locking and unlocking IGMP for VPRN

You can lock and unlock IGMP instances for VPRN. See the 5520 AMS User Guide
79.3 Viewing IGMP information for VPRN

This section describes procedures to view IGMP information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 923 To view statistics for IGMP for VPRN

Perform this procedure to view statistics for IGMP for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→IGMP Instance.
2 Click the Statistics tab to view multicast source group statistics.
Procedure 924 To view an IGMP multicast source for VPRN

IGMP multicast sources are dynamic and appear only when there is traffic.
Perform this procedure to view an IGMP multicast source for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→IGMP Instance→IGMP Multicast Sources→IGMP Multicast
Source.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays information about the IGMP multicast source.
Note — You can generate a list of all of the IGMP multicast sources in
the Network Tree or search for a specific IGMP multicast source by
choosing Infrastructure→Layer3→L3 Services→L3 Service
(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→IGMP Instance→IGMP Multicast
Sources→IGMP Multicast Source→Search.
the Network Tree.
Procedure 925 To view an IGMP interface multicast group for VPRN

IGMP interface multicast groups are dynamic and appear only when there is traffic.
Perform this procedure to view an IGMP interface multicast group for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface→Multicast Groups→IGMP Interface Multicast Group.

USING THE 5520 AMS
group.
Procedure 926 To view an IGMP interface multicast source for VPRN

Perform this procedure to view an IGMP interface multicast source for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Interfaces→IP Interface→Multicast Groups→IGMP Interface Multicast
Group→Multicast Source→IGMP Interface Multicast Source.
source.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure PIM for VPRN
USING THE 5520 AMS
80 Configure PIM for VPRN
• R4.2 or later.
80.1 Overview
80.2 Configuring PIM for VPRN
80.3 Managing PIM for VPRN
80.4 Viewing PIM information for VPRN
80.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of PIM for VPRN.
Table 193 lists the tasks to configure PIM for VPRN.
Table 193 Configure PIM for VPRN
Task See
Enable PIM for the VPRN Procedure 841
Configure the PIM instance Procedure 927

Create a PIM SSM group Procedure 928
Create VPRN router IP interface Procedure 929
Create an IP address for a PIM IP interface Procedure 844
Manually clear PIM alarms for VPRN Procedure 930
View alarms for a PIM for VPRN Procedure 931
View a PIM multicast source for VPRN Procedure 932
80.2 Configuring PIM for VPRN

This section describes procedures to configure PIM for VPRN. See Chapter 71 for
information about configuring PIM for a base router.

Configure PIM for VPRN 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 927 To configure the PIM instance for VPRN
Note — The PIM instance appears in the Network Tree only when PIM
information.
Perform the following procedure to configure the PIM instance for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→PIM Instance.
Procedure 928 To create a PIM SSM group

Perform the following procedure to create a PIM SSM group.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→PIM Instance→PIM SSM Groups.
2 Right-click PIM SSM Groups and choose Create→PIM SSM Group.
Result: The Create PIM SSM Group window opens.
Result: The second Create PIM SSM Group window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The PIM SSM group appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 929 To create a PIM interface

Perform the following procedure to create a PIM interface.

2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Create→PIM Interface.
Result: The Create PIM Interface window opens.
3 Click Next.
5 Choose PIM Interface.
80.2.1 Locking and unlocking PIM for VPRN

You can lock and unlock PIM instances for VPRN. See the 5520 AMS User Guide
80.3 Managing PIM for VPRN

This section describes the procedure to manage PIM for VPRN.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 930 To manually clear PIM alarms for VPRN
Note — The PIM Adjacency Down alarm only appears in the Network
Perform the following procedure to manually clear PIM alarms for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→PIM Instance→Alarms→PIM Adjacency Down.
2 Right-click PIM Adjacency Down and choose Actions→Clear Alarm→VPRN/PIM Adjacency

Down.
3 Click Finish.
80.4 Viewing PIM information for VPRN

This section describes procedures to view PIM information.
Procedure 931 To view alarms for a PIM for VPRN

Perform the following procedure to view alarms for a PIM for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→PIM Instance→Alarms. When there are alarms for the PIM
Instance, they appear in the Network Tree.
Procedure 932 To view a PIM multicast source for VPRN

PIM multicast sources are dynamic and appear only when there is traffic.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to view a PIM multicast source for VPRN.

(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→PIM Instance→PIM Multicast Sources→PIM Multicast Source.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays information about the PIM multicast source.
Note — You can generate a list of all of the PIM multicast sources in the
Network Tree or search for a specific PIM multicast source by choosing
Infrastructure→Layer3→L3 Services→L3 Service
(VPRN)→Router→Protocols→PIM Instance→PIM Multicast
Sources→Search.
the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Routing on an NE with SHub-based NT cards
USING THE 5520 AMS
Routing on an NE with SHub-based

NT cards
81 Configure OSPF
82 Configure RIP
83 Configure ARP
84 Configure VRF
85 Configure DHCP
86 Configure layer 3 IP

Routing on an NE with SHub-based NT cards 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure OSPF
USING THE 5520 AMS
81 Configure OSPF

cards.
81.1 Overview
81.2 Configuring OSPF
81.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of OSPF. OSPF is a dynamic routing protocol
that responds quickly to network topology changes. As a successor to RIP, it uses
an algorithm that builds and calculates the shortest path to all known destinations.
An OSPF network is divided into areas. An area is a logical groupings of routers for
which the information can be summarized toward the rest of the network. Table 194
describes the area types.
Table 194 OSPF network area types

Backbone The backbone area forms the core of an OSPF network.
All other areas are connected to the backbone area, and inter-area routing happens
using a router connected to the backbone area. The backbone area is the logical
and physical structure for the autonomous system and is attached to multiple areas.
The backbone area is responsible for distributing routing information between
non-backbone areas. The backbone area must be contiguous, but it does not need
to be physically contiguous. Backbone connectivity can be established and
maintained through the configuration of virtual links.
All OSPF areas must connect to the backbone area.
Stub A stub area does not receive external routes. External routes are routes that are
distributed in OSPF from another routing protocol. Therefore, stub areas typically
need to rely on a default route to send traffic to routes outside the present domain.
This implies that autonomous system external routes are not fed into stub areas.
Not-so-stubby A not-so-stubby area can import autonomous system external routes and send
them to the backbone, but cannot receive autonomous system external routes from
the backbone or other areas.
Table 195 lists the tasks to configure OSPF.

Configure OSPF 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 195 Configure OSPF
Task See
Create an OSPF interface Procedure 935
Create an OSPF RRD route redistribution Procedure 936
Create an RRD route map Procedure 937
81.2 Configuring OSPF

This section describes procedures to configure OSPF.
Procedure 933 To create an OSPF instance

Before you proceed, an SHub VRF must be created, with the Mode parameter set to Fast Path.
Perform the following procedure to create an OSPF instance.
2 Right-click VRF SHUB and choose Create→OSPF Instance.
3 Click Next.
Result: The new OSPF Instance appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 934 To create an OSPF area

Perform the following procedure to create an OSPF area.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF→VRF SHUB→OSPF

Instance→OSPF Area.
2 Right-click OSPF Area and choose Create→OSPF Area.
3 Configure the Area Id parameter and click Next.
5 Expand OSPF Area and choose Stub Areas.
6 Right-click Stub Areas and choose Create→OSPF Stub Area.
Result: The Create OSPF Stub Area window opens.
7 Choose a TOS option and click Next.
Result: The second Create OSPF Stub Area window opens.
When the Type of Service Support parameter on the OSPF Instance Object Details view is
false, the TOS option is 0, to indicate that type of service support is disabled. When you set
TOS to a value greater than 0, IP forwarding is enabled for the service type.
Result: The new Stub Area appears in the Network Tree.
9 Choose OSPF Area→Supernet Routes.
10 Right-click Supernet Routes and choose Create→OSPF Supernet Routes.
Result: The Create OSPF Supernet Routes window opens.
Result: The second Create OSPF Supernet Routes window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The new Supernet Route appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 935 To create an OSPF interface

Before you proceed:
• An SHub VRF must be created, with the Mode parameter set to Fast Path. See Procedure
• A layer 3 IP interface must be configured with an association to a fast path VRF SHub
and a residential mode VLAN. See Chapter 86 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to create an OSPF interface.

Instance→OSPF Interface.
2 Right-click OSPF Interfaces and choose Create→OSPF Interface.
Result: The Create OSPF Interface window opens.
3 Configure the IP Address parameter and click Next.
Result: The second Create OSPF Interface window opens.
Result: The new OSPF Interface appears in the Network Tree.
5 Right-click OSPF Interface and choose Create→OSPF Authentication.
Result: The Create OSPF Authentication window opens.
6 Enter a Key value and click Next.
Result: The second Create OSPF Authentication window opens.
Result: The new OSPF Authentication object appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 936 To create an OSPF RRD route redistribution

Before you proceed:
Perform the following procedure to create an OSPF RRD route redistribution.

Instance→Route Redistributions.
2 Right-click Route Redistribution and choose Create→OSPF RRD Route Redistribution.
Result: The Create OSPF RRD Route Redistribution window opens.
Result: The second Create RRD Route Redistribution window opens.
Result: The OSPF RRD Route Redistribution object appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 937 To create an RRD route map

Before you proceed:
Perform the following procedure to create an RRD route map.
1 Navigate to the NE and Choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF→VRF SHUB→OSPF

Instance→Route Redistribution.
2 Right-click Route Redistribution and choose Create→RRD Route Map.
Result: The Create RRD Route Map window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
The Address Range field provides the range of routes relative to the destination address. For
example, if the Destination Address parameter is 128.11.0.0, an Address Range of
0.0.255.255 specifies a range of routes from 128.11.0.0 to 128.11.255.255. To specify all
routes, configure the Destination address as 0.0.0.0 and the Address Range as
255.255.255.255.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The RRD Route Map appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
82 Configure RIP

cards.
82.1 Overview
82.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of RIP. RIP is a distance vector protocol. It
calculates the shortest distances (the most desirable path) between source and
destination addresses based on the lowest hop count.
To create an RIP route map, you first create an RIP interface, then create an RIP
route map associated with that interface.
Table 196 lists the tasks to configure RIP.
Table 196 Configure RIP
Task See
Create an RIP instance Procedure 938
Configure an RIP interface Procedure 939
Configure an RIP route map Procedure 940

This section describes procedures to configure RIP.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 938 To create an RIP instance

Perform the following procedure to create an RIP instance.
2 Right-click VRF SHUB and choose Create→RIP Instance.
Result: The Create RIP Instance window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create RIP Instance window opens.
Result: The new RIP instance appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 939 To configure an RIP interface

Perform the following procedure to configure an RIP interface.

Instance→RIP Interfaces.
2 Right-click RIP Interfaces and choose Create→RIP Interface.
Result: The Create RIP Interface window opens.
3 Enter the IP address of the fast path VRF IP interface in the IP Address parameter.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create RIP Interface window opens.
5 Configure the parameters. Table 197 provides guidelines for configuring the RIP interface
parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 197 Guidelines for RIP interface parameters
Source IP Address Enter the IP address of the fast path VRF IP interface.
Default Metric Enter the maximum number of hops permitted in the route.
Result: The new RIP interface appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 940 To configure an RIP route map

Perform the following procedure to configure an RIP route map.

Instance→RIP Interfaces→Route Map.
2 Right-click Route Map and choose Create→RIP Route Map.
Result: The Create RIP Route Map window opens.
3 Choose a Direction of Route Advertisement (either Ingress or Egress).
4 By default, the next available value for Rule is assigned to the RIP route map. Retain this
value, or enter another. The value must not already be assigned to another RIP route map,
and must fall between 1 and 2 147 843 647.
5 Click Next.
Result: The second Create RIP Route Map window opens.
6 Enter the IP address and subnet mask for the next hop.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure ARP
USING THE 5520 AMS
83 Configure ARP

cards.
83.1 Overview
83.2 Configuring ARP
83.3 Managing ARP
83.1 Overview
This chapter describes how to configure ARP entries for layer 3 IP interfaces on the
NE. You can configure ARP for VLANs and bridge ports. You can also view ARP
statistics and system parameters.
ARP is a layer 2 protocol within TCP/IP that maps IP addresses to Ethernet MAC
addresses. TCP/IP requires ARP for use with Ethernet.
ARP handling is sufficient to prevent broadcast storms toward the subscriber. This is
achieved differently, depending on the type of VLAN (residential bridge or
cross-connect) over which layer 3 IP is forwarded.
ARP requests are forwarded transparently downstream or upstream like any other
data packet.
Note — ARP reply messages receive no special treatment and

are treated the same as any other data packet at the NE.
The 5520 AMS automatically creates the ARP proxy object when the IP address is
configured on an IP interface, and the IP interface is unlocked. You cannot delete an
ARP proxy. However, the 5520 AMS can set the status of the ARP proxy to disabled.
Table 198 lists the tasks to configure and manage ARP.
Table 198 Configure and manage ARP
Task See
Configure the ARP policy for the IP interface on the NE Procedure 941
(1 of 2)

Configure ARP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Configure an ARP entry for a layer 3 IP interface on the Procedure 942
SHub
Enable or disable gratuitous ARP broadcast for a VLAN Procedure 943
View ARP system parameters Procedure 944
View ARP statistics Procedure 945
(2 of 2)
83.2 Configuring ARP

This section describes procedures to configure ARP.
Procedure 941 To configure the ARP policy for the IP interface on the NE
Perform the following procedure to configure the ARP policy for the IP interface on the NE.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF→VRF→IP Interface User

Gateway.
2 Choose an ARP Policy from the drop-down menu.
3 Click the Apply icon ( ) to save the change.
Procedure 942 To configure an ARP entry for a layer 3 IP interface on the SHub
Perform the following procedure to configure an ARP entry for a layer 3 IP interface on the SHub.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→IP interfaces→IP

interface→ARP→ARP Entry.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure ARP
USING THE 5520 AMS
83.3 Managing ARP

This section describes procedures to manage ARP.
Procedure 943 To enable or disable gratuitous ARP broadcast for a VLAN

Perform the following procedure to enable or disable gratuitous ARP broadcast for a VLAN.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→VLAN SHUB.
2 From the Gratuitous ARP Broadcast drop-down menu, choose Enabled or Disabled.
Procedure 944 To view ARP system parameters

Perform the following procedure to view ARP system parameters.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→ARP→ARP System Parameters.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the ARP system parameters.
Procedure 945 To view ARP statistics

Perform the following procedure to view ARP statistics.
2 Click the ARP tab to view ARP information.

Configure ARP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure VRF
USING THE 5520 AMS
84 Configure VRF

cards.
84.1 Overview
84.2 Configuring VRF
84.3 Managing VRF
84.4 Viewing VRF information
84.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of VRF.
Table 199 lists the tasks to configure VRF.
Table 199 Configure VRF
Task See
Configure SHub VRF system parameters Procedure 946
Create a VRF Procedure 947
Create an SHub VRF Procedure 948

Create a VRF IP address Procedure 949
Create a VRF IP route Procedure 950
Clear OSPF neighbour state change alarms manually Procedure 951
Reset VRF ARP counters Procedure 952
View VRF system statistics Procedure 953
View VRF routing tables Procedure 954
84.2 Configuring VRF

This section describes the procedures to configure VRF.

Configure VRF 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 946 To configure SHub VRF system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure SHub VRF system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF→VRF System

Parameters SHUB.
2 Configure the parameters and click the Apply icon ( ) to save the configuration.
Procedure 947 To create a VRF

Perform the following procedure to create a VRF.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF.
2 Right-click VRF and choose Create→VRF.
Result: The Create VRF window opens.
3 Enter a unique ID for the VRF or use the default number provided. The default number is the
next available number.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create VRF window opens.
Enter the IP address of the next hop device connected on the IP network in the
Router/System Address parameter.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The VRF appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 948 To create an SHub VRF

Perform the following procedure to create an SHub VRF.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF.
2 Right-click VRF and choose Create→VRF SHUB.
Result: The Create VRF SHUB window opens.
3 Enter an unique ID for the VRF and click Next.
Result: The second Create VRF SHUB window opens.
Table 200 Guidelines for SHub VRF parameters
Mode Set the Mode parameter to Slow Path when the associated VRF is set to IP Aware
Bridge.
Set the Mode parameter to Fast Path when the associated VRF is set to IP Router.
Only one fast path VRF can be configured on the SHub.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The SHub VRF appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 949 To create a VRF IP address

Before you proceed, a VRF must be created. See Procedure 947 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to create a VRF IP address.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF→VRF→Addresses.
2 Right-click Addresses and choose Create→IP Address.
3 Enter an IP address and click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
4 Click Browse.
Result: The Select IP Interface window opens. The IP interfaces that are assigned to the VRF
are displayed.
5 Choose an IP interface and click OK.
Result: The IP interface appears in the Create IP Route window.
6 Configure the remaining parameters and click Finish.
Result: The IP address appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 950 To create a VRF IP route

Before you proceed, the VRF must be created. See Procedure 947 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to create a VRF IP route.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF→VRF→Routes.
2 Right-click Routes and choose Create→IP Route.
Result: The Create IP Route window opens.
Result: The second Create IP Route window opens.
4 Click Browse.
Result: The Select IP Interface window opens. The IP interfaces that are assigned to the VRF
are displayed.
5 Choose an IP interface and click OK.
Result: The IP interface appears in the Create IP Route window.
6 Choose Local or Remote from the Route Type menu.
7 Click Finish.
Result: The IP route appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
84.3 Managing VRF

This section describes the procedures to clear the OSPF neighbour state change
alarms and reset VRF ARP counters.
Procedure 951 To manually clear OSPF neighbor state change alarms
The OSPF neighbor state change alarm is reported on the VRF IP interface.
Perform the following procedure to manually clear OSPF neighbour state change alarms.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF→VRF SHub→IP

Interfaces→VRF IP Interface.
2 Right-click VRF IP Interface and choose Actions→Clear Alarm.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 952 To reset VRF ARP counters

Perform the following procedure to reset VRF ARP counters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF→VRF SHub.
2 Right-click VRF SHub and choose Actions→Reset ARP Counter.
Result: The Reset ARP Counter window opens.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
84.4 Viewing VRF information

This section describes the procedures to view the VRF system statistics and the VRF
routing tables.
Procedure 953 To view VRF system statistics

Perform the following procedure to view VRF system statistics.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF System Parameters.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the VRF statistics.
Procedure 954 To view VRF routing tables

Perform the following procedure to view VRF routing tables.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF.
Result: Routing details are displayed in the Table View.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure DHCP
USING THE 5520 AMS
85 Configure DHCP

cards.
85.1 Overview
85.2 Configuring DHCP
85.3 Managing DHCP
85.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of DHCP.
Table 201 lists the tasks to configure DHCP.
Table 201 Configure DHCP
Task See
Configure DHCP relay agent system parameters on an Procedure 955

SHub
Create a DHCP server Procedure 956
Configure a DHCP relay agent per service Procedure 957
Configure a DHCP relay agent on an IP interface Procedure 958

Reset DHCP relay agent counters Procedure 959
85.2 Configuring DHCP

This chapter describes the procedures to configure and manage DHCP.

Configure DHCP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 955 To configure DHCP relay agent system parameters on an SHub

Perform the following procedure to configure DHCP relay agent system parameters on an SHub.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→DHCP Relay Agent System

Parameters SHUB.
Procedure 956 To create a DHCP server

Perform the following procedure to create a DHCP server.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→DHCP Servers.
2 Right-click DHCP Server and choose Create→DHCP Server.
Result: The Create DHCP Server window opens.
3 Enter an IP address and VRF and click Next.
Result: The second Create DHCP Server window opens.
4 Enter a name and click Finish.
Result: The new DHCP server appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 957 To configure a DHCP relay agent per service

Before you proceed:
• A residential bridge VLAN must be created. See Procedure 273 for more information.
• A fast path VRF must be created. See Procedure 947 for more information.
• The IP interface must be configured with the residential bridge VLAN and fast path VRF.
• An IP address must be created for the IP interface. See Procedure 961 for more
information.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure DHCP
USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to configure a DHCP relay agent per service.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF→VRF SHUB→DHCP

Relay Agents per Service.
2 Right-click DHCP Relay Agent per Service and choose Create→DHCP Relay Agent.
Result: The Create DHCP Relay Agent window opens.
3 Configure the IP Address parameter and click Next.
Result: The DHCP Relay Agent appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 958 To configure a DHCP relay agent on an IP interface

Before you proceed:
• A residential bridge VLAN must be created. See Procedure 273 for more information.
• A fast path VRF must be created. See Procedure 947 for more information.
• The IP interface must be configured with the residential bridge VLAN and fast path. See
• An IP address must be created for the IP interface. See Procedure 961 for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to configure a DHCP relay agent on an IP interface.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→IP Interfaces→IP

interface→DHCP.
2 Right-click DHCP and choose Create→DHCP Relay.
Result: The Create DHCP Relay window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create DHCP Relay window opens.
Result: The DHCP relay object appears in the Network Tree.

Configure DHCP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
85.3 Managing DHCP

This section describes the procedure to reset DHCP relay agent counters.
Procedure 959 To reset DHCP relay agent counters

Before you proceed, an SHub VRF must be created. See Procedure 948 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to reset DHCP relay agent counters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→VRF→VRF SHUB→DHCP

Relay Agent.
2 Right-click DHCP Relay Agent and choose Actions→Reset Counters.
Result: The Reset Counters window opens.
3 Click Finish.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure layer 3 IP
USING THE 5520 AMS
86 Configure layer 3 IP
• NEs with SHub-based NT cards.

• R4.0/FGN4.0 or later.
86.1 Overview
86.2 Configuring IP interfaces
86.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of IP interfaces. It also provides information on
locking and unlocking of IP interfaces.
Table 202 lists the tasks for configuring IP interfaces.
Table 202 Configure IP interfaces
Task See
Create an IP interface Procedure 960
Create an IP address on an IP interface Procedure 961
Create an RIP route map entry on an IP interface Procedure 962
86.2 Configuring IP interfaces

This section describes configuration of IP interfaces.
Procedure 960 To create an IP interface

Perform the following procedure to create an IP interface.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 3→IP→IP Interfaces.
2 Right-click IP Interfaces and choose Create→IP Interface.

Configure layer 3 IP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Enter an interface number or use the default number provided. The default number is the next
available number.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Procedure 961 To create an IP address on an IP interface

Perform the following procedure to create an IP address on an IP interface.

Interface→Addresses.
2 Right-click Addresses and choose Create→IP Address.
3 Enter an IP Address and click Next.
4 Enter a Subnet Mask and click Finish.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure layer 3 IP
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 962 To create an RIP route map entry on an IP interface

Perform the following procedure to create an RIP route map entry on an IP interface.

Interface→Route Map.
2 Right-click Route Map and choose Create→RIP Route Map Entry.
Result: The Create RIP Route Map Entry window opens.
3 Enter a rule number and click Next.
Result: The second Create RIP Route Map Entry window opens.
Result: The new RIP route map entry appears in the Network Tree.
86.2.1 Locking and unlocking IP interfaces

You can lock and unlock IP interfaces. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for the

Configure layer 3 IP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M MSTP
USING THE 5520 AMS
MSTP
87 Configure MSTP

MSTP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure MSTP
USING THE 5520 AMS
87 Configure MSTP

cards.
87.1 Overview
87.2 Configuring MSTP
87.3 Viewing MSTP
87.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of MSTP.
The 5520 AMS supports MSTP, which replaces RSTP for rapid convergence and
enables VLANs to be grouped into a spanning-tree instance. Each instance has a
spanning-tree topology independent of other spanning-tree instances. MSTP
provides multiple forwarding paths for data traffic, enables load balancing, and
reduces the number of spanning-tree instances required to support a large number
of VLANs.
MSTP is also used to separate different types of traffic, such as PPP traffic
(terminated into a centralized BRAS) and IP traffic (handled by edge devices).
By default, when MSTP is enabled, all the VLANs are mapped to MSTP instance 0
(also known as CIST). The MSTP runs on the network or outbound ports by default.
MSTP can also be configured to run on the user or subtending ports. MSTP does not
run on the LT ports. If the traffic does not need to be separated, then only one MSTP
instance (CIST) is required.
The NE supports 16 MSTP instances (numbered 1 to 16) and one CIST
(numbered 0).
Table 203 lists the tasks to configure MSTP and view MSTP statistics.
Table 203 Configure MSTP statistics
Tasks See
Configure MSTP system parameters Procedure 963
Create an MSTP spanning tree Procedure 964
Create an MST VLAN association Procedure 965
(1 of 2)

Configure MSTP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Tasks See
Configure MSTP system parameters for an SHub Procedure 966
Create an MSTP spanning tree for an SHub Procedure 967
View MSTP statistics Procedure 968

View SHUB state and MSTP statistics Procedure 969
(2 of 2)
87.2 Configuring MSTP

This section describes configuration of MSTP.
Procedure 963 To configure MSTP system parameters

Perform the following procedure to configure MSTP system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→MSTP→MSTP System

Parameters.
Set the MSTP system status to Start to configure the MSTP protocol.
Procedure 964 To create an MSTP spanning tree

Perform the following procedure to create an MSTP spanning tree.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→MSTP→Spanning Trees.
2 Right-click Spanning Trees and choose Create→Multiple Spanning Tree.
Result: The Create Spanning Tree window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Enter an Instance Index number or use the default number provided. The default number is
the next available number.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Spanning Tree window opens.
Result: The new spanning tree appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 965 To create an MST VLAN association

Perform the following procedure to create an MST VLAN association.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→MSTP→Spanning Trees→Multiple

Spanning Tree.
2 Right-click Multiple Spanning Tree and choose Create→MST VLAN Association.
Result: The Create MST VLAN Association window opens.
Result: The second MST VLAN Association window opens.
Result: The MST VLAN association appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 966 To configure MSTP system parameters for an SHub

Perform the following procedure to configure MSTP system parameters for an SHub.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→MSTP→MSTP System Parameters

SHUB.
Set the MSTP system status to Start to configure the MSTP protocol.
Procedure 967 To create an MSTP spanning tree for an SHub

Perform the following procedure to create an MSTP spanning tree for an SHub.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→MSTP→Spanning Trees.
2 Right-click Spanning Trees and choose Create→Multiple Spanning Tree SHUB.
Result: The Create Spanning Tree SHUB window opens.
3 Enter an Instance Index number or use the default number provided. The default number is
the next available number.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Spanning Tree SHUB window opens.
Result: The new spanning tree appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
87.3 Viewing MSTP

This section describes procedures to view MSTP statistics and MSTP SHub status.
Procedure 968 To view MSTP statistics

Perform the following procedure to view MSTP statistics.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→MSTP→Spanning Tree→Multiple

Spanning Tree.
2 Click the Statistics tab in the Object Details view.
Result: The MSTP statistics appear in the Object Details view.
Procedure 969 To view SHUB state and MSTP statistics

Perform the following procedure to view SHUB state and MSTP statistics.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→MSTP→Spanning Tree→Multiple

Spanning Tree SHUB.
2 Click the Statistics and State tab in the Object Details view.
Result: The SHUB state and MSTP statistics appear in the Object Details view.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M IGMP
USING THE 5520 AMS
IGMP
88 Configure IGMP multicast

IGMP 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure IGMP multicast
USING THE 5520 AMS
88 Configure IGMP multicast

88.1 Overview
88.2 Configuring IGMP multicast
88.3 Managing IGMP multicast
88.4 Viewing IGMP multicast information
88.5 Configuring IGMP multicast on an ONT
88.6 Managing IGMP multicast on an ONT
88.7 Viewing statistics for IGMP control channels on an ONT
88.1 Overview
This chapter describes configuration of IGMP multicast. Multicast is the transmission
from a single device (such as an IPTV host) to a group of recipients (such as xDSL
subscribers). IGMP is a protocol used between hosts and multicast routers on a
single physical network to establish the hosts’ membership in multicast groups. The
NE supports version 2 of IGMP, which is described in RFC 2236.
Note — The NE does not support IGMPv1 on the network side,

and when IGMP is received from the user side, the NE uses
IGMPv2 toward the network. The NE discards IGMPv1 when it
is received from the network.
The NE supports IGMP snooping on IPoA user interfaces when IP forwarding is

enabled. To support multicast routing on IPoA, user IP addresses are used instead
of user MAC addresses to distinguish between the users.
Table 204 lists the tasks for configuring and managing IGMP multicast information.
Table 204 Configure IGMP multicast
Task See
Configure IGMP multicast system parameters Procedure 970

Configure SHub IGMP multicast system parameters Procedure 971
Create a router port on an SHub VLAN Procedure 972
Create a multicast source group Procedure 973
Create multicast sources in bulk Procedure 974
(1 of 2)

Configure IGMP multicast 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Add a multicast package to a multicast source group Procedure 975
Create a multicast service context profile Procedure 976
Create a video channel bundle Procedure 977

Create a static multicast source Procedure 978
Create a multicast CAC source Procedure 979
Create an IGMP control channel on a LT Ethernet port Procedure 980
Clear statistics Procedure 981
Clear CAC statistics Procedure 982
Clear video channel bundle statistics Procedure 983
Reset current preview numbers Procedure 984
(2 of 2)
88.2 Configuring IGMP multicast

This section describes configuration of IGMP multicast.
Procedure 970 To configure IGMP multicast system parameters

Before you proceed, VLANs must be created and VLAN ports must be associated. See Chapters
35 and 43 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to configure IGMP multicast system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Multicast→Multicast System Parameters.
Note — You can view the number of multicast source instances and the
total number of group IP address defined for all the multicast sources.
Navigate to Infrastructure→Multicast→Multicast System Parameters and
click Multicast tab to view the following read-only parameters under
Provisioned Video Channels:
• Number of Channels
• Number of IP Addresses for All Channels

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 971 To configure SHub IGMP multicast system parameters

cards.
Before you proceed, VLANs must be created and VLAN ports must be associated. See Chapter
Perform the following procedure to configure SHub IGMP multicast system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Multicast→Multicast System Parameters

SHUB.
Procedure 972 To create a router port on an SHub VLAN

cards.
Router ports on an SHub VLAN cannot be modified.
Before you proceed VLANs must be created and VLAN ports must be associated. See Chapter 35
Perform the following procedure to create a router port on an SHub VLAN.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→VLAN→VLAN SHUB→Router

Ports.
2 Right-click Router Ports and choose Create→Router Port.
Result: The Create Router Port window opens.
3 Enter a port number in the Port parameter and click Next.
Result: The second Create Router Port window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
4 Choose a value from the State drop-down menu.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The new router port appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 973 To create a multicast source group

After you have created a multicast source, you can associate a multicast package with the
multicast source group. See Procedure 975 for more information.
Before you proceed, the VLAN for the multicast source group must be created. See Chapter 35
Perform the following procedure to create a multicast source group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Multicast→Sources.
2 Right-click Sources and choose Create→Multicast Source.
Result: The Create Multicast Source window opens.
Result: The second Create Multicast Source window opens.
Choose an IGMP multicast VLAN for the VLAN parameter.
Result: The new multicast source group appears in the Network Tree.
Note — You can view the number of IP addresses in a multicast source

group. Navigate to Infrastructure → Multicast → Sources. The Object
Details view displays read-only parameter Number of IP Addresses in
Group which is the number of addresses in the range between the Start
Group IP Address and End Group IP Address parameters.
Procedure 974 To create multicast sources in bulk

Before you proceed, the VLAN for the multicast source must be created. See Chapter 35 for more
information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create multicast sources in bulk.
2 Right-click Multicast System Parameters and choose Actions→Create Multicast Sources.
Result: The Create Multicast Sources window opens.
Note —
• Enter the number of sources to be created in the Number of Sources

to Create field.
• Click Browse against the VLAN field and select a VLAN from the list.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The Result page displays the status of multicast sources creation.
5 Click Finish.
To view the new multicast sources, navigate to the NE and choose

Infrastructure→Multicast→Sources.
Procedure 975 To add a multicast package to a multicast source group

You cannot create or delete multicast packages. You can add multicast packages to a multicast
source or remove multicast packages from a multicast source.
Before you proceed, the multicast source channel must be created. See Procedure 973 for more
information.
Perform the following procedure to add a multicast package to a multicast source group.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Multicast→Sources→Multicast Source.
2 Click the Membership tab.
3 Click the multicast package in the Available column of the Associated Packages parameter
and click the add icon ( ).

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The multicast package is added to the Selected column of the Associated Packages
parameter.
Note — To remove multicast packages, choose the multicast packages

you need to remove from the Selected column of the Associated
Packages parameter and click the remove icon ( ).
Result: The multicast packages are added to the Available column of the
Associated Packages parameter.
Procedure 976 To create a multicast service context profile

Perform the following procedure to create a multicast service context profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Multicast.
2 Right-click Service Context Profile and choose Create→Service Context Profile.
Result: The Create Service Context Profile window opens.
3 Enter an identifier for the service context profile and click Next.
Result: The second Create Service Context Profile window opens.
Result: The new service context profile appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 977 To create a video channel bundle

cards.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create a video channel bundle.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Multicast→Video Channel Bundles.
2 Right-click Video Channel Bundles and choose Create→Video Channel Bundle.
Result: The Create Video Channel Bundle window opens.
3 Enter a Bundle Id number or use the default number provided. The default number is the next
available number.
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Video Channel Bundle window opens.
Note — The value range that can be entered into the Maximum
Channels parameter is determined by the value entered into the
Maximum Video Channels Allowed parameter in the Multicast System
Parameters Object Details view.
6 Click Finish.
Result: The new video channel bundle appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 978 To create a static multicast source

cards.
You create a static multicast source on an SHub VLAN.
Before you proceed VLANs must be created and VLAN ports must be associated. See Chapter 35

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create a static multicast source.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→VLAN→VLAN SHUB→Multicast

Sources.
2 Right-click Multicast Sources and choose Create→Static Multicast Source.
Result: The Create Static Multicast window opens.
3 Enter an IP address in the IP Address parameter and click Next.
Result: The second Create Static Multicast Source window opens.
4 Click Add.
Result: The Select List of Ports window opens and displays a list of ports.
5 Choose the ports to add to the static multicast source and click OK.
Result: The ports are displayed in the List of Ports window.
Note — To remove ports, choose the ports you need to remove from the
List of Ports window and click Remove.
6 Click Finish.
Procedure 979 To create a multicast CAC source

cards.
You create a multicast CAC source on an SHub VLAN.
Before you proceed:
• SHub VLANs must be created and VLAN ports must be associated. See chapter 35 for
more information.
• Video channel bundles must be created on the NE. See Procedure 977 for more
information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create a multicast CAC source.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→VLAN→VLAN SHUB→Multicast

CAC Sources.
2 Right-click Multicast CAC Sources and choose Create→Multicast CAC Source.
Result: The Create Multicast CAC Source window opens.
Result: The second Create Multicast CAC Source window opens.
Result: The new multicast CAC source appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 980 To create an IGMP control channel on a LT Ethernet port

Before you proceed:
• The ETH Bridge Port and VLAN association must be configured. See Procedure 506 for
more information.
• The VLAN port association interface or the bridge port association interface must be
configured.
Perform the following procedure to create an IGMP control channel on a LT Ethernet port.
• To create an IGMP control channel on the VLAN association interface, choose

Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (Ethernet-based LT cards)→Ethernet Port→Link Aggregation
Group→ETH Bridge Port→VLAN Association→VLAN Association Interface.
• To create an IGMP control channel on the bridge port, choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT
(Ethernet-based LT cards)→Ethernet Port→Link Aggregation Group→ETH Bridge Port.
2 Right-click the interface and choose Create→IGMP Control Channel.
Result: The IGMP Control Channel appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
88.3 Managing IGMP multicast

This section describes management of IGMP multicast.
Procedure 981 To clear statistics

Perform the following procedure to clear statistics.
2 Right-click Multicast System Parameters and choose Actions→Clear All Statistics.
Result: The Clear All Statistics window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 982 To clear CAC statistics

cards.
Perform the following procedure to clear CAC statistics.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Multicast→Multicast System Parameters

SHUB.
2 Right-click Multicast System Parameters SHUB and choose Actions→Clear CAC Statistics.
Result: The Clear CAC Statistics window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 983 To clear video channel bundle statistics

Perform the following procedure to clear video channel bundle statistics.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Multicast→Video Channel Bundles→Video

Channel Bundle.
2 Right-click Video Channel Bundle and choose Actions→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 984 To reset current preview numbers

Perform the following procedure to reset current preview numbers.
2 Right-click Multicast System Parameters and choose Actions→Reset All Current Preview
Numbers.
Result: The Reset All Current Preview Numbers window opens.
3 Click Finish.
88.4 Viewing IGMP multicast information

This section describes procedures to view IGMP multicast information.
Procedure 985 To view IGMP module parameters

Before you proceed:
• The unit in the slot must be operational.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to view IGMP module parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot→Multicast.
2 Choose IGMP Module.
Result: The parameters are displayed in the IGMP Module Object Details view.
3 Review the parameter information and click Close to close the window.
Procedure 986 To view multicast source subscribers

Perform the following procedure to view multicast source subscribers.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Multicast→Sources→Multicast

Source→Subscribers.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays a table of subscriber information.
Procedure 987 To view a multicast source association
Note — You can generate a list of all of the multicast source

associations or search for a specific multicast source association by
choosing Infrastructure→Multicast→Sources→Overview→Multicast
Source Association→Search. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for
information about searching in the Infrastructure.
Perform the following procedure to view a multicast source association.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Multicast→Sources→Overview→Multicast Source

Association.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 988 To view a multicast package

Perform the following procedure to view a multicast package.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Multicast→Packages→Multicast

Package→Multicast Package Association.
Result: A list of multicast packages is displayed in the Table View.
Procedure 989 To view a multicast video channel bundle

cards.
Perform the following procedure to view a multicast video channel bundle.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Multicast→Video Channel Bundles.
Result: A list of multicast video channel bundles is displayed in the Table View.
Procedure 990 To view multicast source counters

Before you proceed:
• The unit in the slot must be operational.
• Multicast source channels must be configured. See Procedure 973 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to view multicast source counters.
Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot→Multicast→Multicast Source Counters.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the multicast source counters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 991 To view IGMP snooping statistics

cards.
Before you proceed, an SHub VLAN must be created and VLAN ports must be associated, see
Chapter 35.
Perform the following procedure to view IGMP snooping statistics.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→VLAN→VLAN SHUB→IGMP Snooping

Statistics.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the IGMP snooping statistics.
88.5 Configuring IGMP multicast on an ONT
Applies to — This section applies to NEs with an GPON-based

LT cards.
This section describes configuration of IGMP multicast on an ONT.

You can configure IGMP multicast on the ONT ports and services listed in Table 205.
Table 205 Ports for IGMP multicast

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (DS1/E1)→CES Port→UNI
(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (Ethernet)→Ethernet Port→UNI

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (Ethernet POTS Combo)→Ethernet Port→UNI

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VDSL2)→VDSL2 Port→UNI

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VDSL2 POTS Combo)→VDSL2 Port→UNI
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS

Virtual UNI Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON Port→ONT
(Provisioned)→ONT→Virtual UNI
(2 of 2)
Table 206 lists the tasks to configure IGMP multicast on an ONT.

Table 206 Configure IGMP multicast on an ONT
Task See
Create an IGMP control channel on an ONT VLAN port Procedure 992
Create an IGMP control channel on an ONT bridge port Procedure 993

Create a GPON multicast static branch Procedure 994
Monitor multicast sources Procedure 995
Clear statistics on an IGMP control channel on an ONT VLAN Procedure 996

port or bridge port
View IGMP control channel statistics on an ONT Procedure 997
Procedure 992 To create an IGMP control channel on an ONT VLAN port

Perform the following procedure to create an IGMP control channel on an ONT VLAN port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose one of the UNIs listed in Table 205.
2 Expand UNI and choose VLAN Association→GPON VLAN Association Interface.
3 Right-click GPON VLAN Association Interface and choose Create→GPON IGMP Control
Channel On VLAN Port.
Result: The Create GPON IGMP Control Channel On VLAN Port window opens.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create GPON IGMP Control Channel On VLAN Port window opens.
Result: The GPON IGMP control channel on VLAN port appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 993 To create an IGMP control channel on an ONT bridge port

Perform the following procedure to create an IGMP control channel on an ONT bridge port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose one of the UNIs listed in Table 205.
2 Right-click UNI and choose Create→GPON IGMP Control Channel On Bridge Port.
Result: The Create GPON IGMP Control Channel On Bridge Port window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create GPON IGMP Control Channel On Bridge Port window opens.
Result: The GPON IGMP control channel on bridge port appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 994 To create a GPON multicast static branch
Before you proceed, the IGMP control channel on an ONT VLAN port must be created. See
Procedure 992.
Perform the following procedure to create GPON multicast static branch.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Multicast→Sources → Multicast Source

GROUP.
2 Right-click Multicast Source GROUP and choose Create→GPON Multicast Static Branch.
Result: The Create GPON Multicast Static Branch window opens.
3 Click Browse and choose an IGMP channel.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The GPON multicast static branch appears in the Network tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Click Go to next to the IGMP Channel parameter to navigate to the mapped GPON IGMP
Control Channel on VLAN port.
88.6 Managing IGMP multicast on an ONT
Applies to — This section applies to NEs with a GPON-based

LT cards.
This section describes management of IGMP multicast on an ONT.
Procedure 995 To monitor multicast sources

Perform the following procedure to monitor multicast sources.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Multicast→Sources→Multicast Source.
2 Right-click Multicast Source and choose Create→Multicast Source Monitor.
Result: The Create Multicast Source Monitor window opens.
3 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Multicast Source Monitor window opens.
5 Create a PM monitoring task for the multicast source monitor. See the 5520 AMS User Guide
6 Display the PM counters for the multicast source monitor. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for
more information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 996 To clear statistics on an IGMP control channel on an ONT VLAN port
or bridge port
Perform the following procedure to clear statistics on an IGMP control channel on an ONT VLAN
port or bridge port.
• For a VLAN port:

• Choose one of the GPON VLAN association interfaces listed in Table 205
• Expand GPON VLAN Association Interface and choose GPON IGMP Control Channel
On VLAN Port.
• For a bridge port choose one of the following options:

• Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→ PON Port →ONT (Provisioned)
→ONT→ ONT Card (DS1/E1)→ CES Port →UNI→GPON IGMP Control Channel On
Bridge Port.
→ONT→ ONT Card (Ethernet)→ Ethernet Port →UNI→GPON IGMP Control Channel
On Bridge Port.
→ONT→ ONT Card (Ethernet POTS Combo)→ Ethernet Port →UNI→GPON IGMP
Control Channel On Bridge Port.
→ONT→ ONT Card (VDSL2)→ VDSL2 Port →UNI→GPON IGMP Control Channel On
Bridge Port.
→ONT→ ONT Card (VDSL2 POTS Combo)→ VDSL2 Port →UNI→GPON IGMP Control
Channel On Bridge Port.
2 Right-click GPON IGMP Control Channel On VLAN Port or GPON IGMP Control Channel On
Bridge Port and choose Actions→Clear Statistics.
3 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
88.7 Viewing statistics for IGMP control channels

on an ONT
Applies to — This section applies to NEs with a GPON-based

LT cards.
This section describes procedure to view statistics for IGMP control channels on an
ONT.
You can view statistics for IGMP control channels on:
• GPON VLAN association interfaces
• GPON bridge ports
Procedure 997 To view IGMP control channel statistics on an ONT

Perform the following procedure to view IGMP control channel statistics on an ONT.
Perform one of the following steps:
• Expand UNI and choose GPON VLAN Association Interface →GPON IGMP Control
Channel On VLAN Port
• Expand UNI and choose GPON IGMP Control Channel On Bridge port
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays statistics in the Statistics panel.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Links
USING THE 5520 AMS
Links
89 Managing links

Links 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Managing links
USING THE 5520 AMS
89 Managing links
89.1 Overview
89.2 Creating 7360 ISAM FX and G6 links
89.3 Creating hub-subtending links from an endpoint
89.4 Creating ISAM-MDU links
89.5 Creating NE-NE links
89.6 Creating Media Gateway interface on 7367 ISAM SX 12VP
89.7 Viewing network information
89.8 Show downlinks
89.1 Overview
This chapter describes how to configure hub-subtended links, ISAM-MDU links and
Subrack-Subrack links between NE endpoints.
Hub-subtended links can be used for cascading and subtending, in which multiple
single-shelf ISAM systems are connected using Ethernet links. Each NE is managed
separately.
The subtending link is created between a subtending port on the SHub or IHub of the
hub ISAM and a network port on the SHub or IHub of the subtended ISAM. Each port
can be linked to only one other port.
Note — Not all releases of IHub NEs have subtending ports.

Residential ports can be used for subtending.
ISAM-MDU link can be used for cascading and subtending. This link is created on an
ONT or an Ethernet port (NT side of an ISAM).

Managing links 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Subrack-Subrack links display the links between the subracks for a selected NE (that
is, the connection between the main and the remote shelves). These links are not
created but they can be discovered from an NE. These links are present based on
the following constraints:
• NTIO card must be physically present on the NE.
• NTIO ports must be connected to REM shelves control card
(use optical SFPs for connection between an NE and
REM Shelf).
• Any LT’s must be physically plugged-in on the REM shelf.
When a link is created, a state icon is displayed in the Graphical View indicating
whether the NE is a hub, subtended, or both. Table 207 shows the topology state
icons. For more information about Graphical View icons, see the 5520 AMS User
Guide.
Table 207 Topology state icons
Icon Icon name
Topology Indicator: Hub
Topology Indicator: Hub and Subtended
Topology Indicator: Subtended
Topology Indicator: NE-NE
For information about link operations, see Table 208.

Table 208 Link operations
Operation See
Configure link management settings 5520 AMS Administrator Guide
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Operation See
Create a link Create a link using the Create Link icon 5520 AMS User Guide
Create a hub-subtending link from an endpoint in the 5520 AMS GUI Procedure 999
Create an ISAM-MDU link from an Ethernet network port Procedure 1000

Create an ISAM-MDU link from an ONT Procedure 1001
Create links from the 5520 AMS application server 5520 AMS Administrator Guide
Create a G6-GPON link from an endpoint in the 5520 AMS GUI Procedure 998
Create hub-subtended clusters 5520 AMS Administrator Guide
View links 5520 AMS User Guide
View a network topology Procedure 1005
View hub-subtending link status Procedure 1006
Repair a link 5520 AMS User Guide
Delete a link 5520 AMS User Guide
Navigate from a link to an endpoint 5520 AMS User Guide
(2 of 2)
89.1.1 Modifying links

You can modify the Description, Topology Name and Physical Location parameters
of a link. If you need to change any other parameters, you must first delete the link
and then create the link with the appropriate parameter settings.
89.1.2 Link status icon

A link status icon is displayed in the Network Tree for objects that are part of a link.
Table 209 shows the link status icons.
Table 209 Link status icons
Icon Icon description State description
Link (up) The operational state of both endpoints

is up.
Link (down or unusable) The operational state of one endpoint is

down.
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Icon Icon description State description

Link (unknown) The link is not down, but at least one
endpoint has an unreachable or
unsupervised NE.
Link (misconfigured) At least one endpoint is deleted.
Link (not configured) A physical resource is equipped but not

planned.
(2 of 2)
89.1.3 OLD IDs

Note — From Release 5.0.01 onwards, the G6 and GPON link
is supported only on 7360 ISAM.
An OLT ID is a number that is assigned to a 7360 ISAM used in a GPON-G6 link and
is used to calculate the IP address range that is used in the creation of H.248 voice
services.
Note — Based on the following settings, two sets of formulas

are supported for the allocation of client IP addresses of VoIP
Services:
Navigate to EMS Administration→Configurations→Link
Mgmt→G6-GPON Links and select the following options for the
G6-GPON links.
• VoIP Client Address Allocation Mode option shoud be set as
Fixed Map.
• Max. Number of G6-GPON Associations per ANM Port IP
Address should be set to 1.
• Limit Max. Number of ONTs per PON at 32 checkbox is
unchecked (false).

USING THE 5520 AMS
Figure 35 IP Address Scheme for GLT4/8/16 LTs (FGLT) and 64 ONTs per
PON
Figure 36 IP Address Scheme for GLT4/8 LTs (FWLT) and 64 ONTs per
XGS-PON port
Table 210 describes IP prefixes for alternate POTS IP address assignment with one
IP prefix.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 210 IP Prefix to OLT ID Mapping for OLTs with Max limit of 32 ONTs per PON: unchecked
(i.e. false)
IP Prefix Formula OLT ID providing H.248 service
10 OLT ID: 0-2047 OLT ID: 1 to 2048

PON number: 0-3 PON: 1 to 4
ONT number: 0-63 ONT <= 64
11 OLT ID: 1 to 2048

PON: 5 to 8
ONT <= 64
42 OLT ID: 1 to 2048

PON: 9 to 12
ONT <= 64
43 OLT ID: 1 to 2048

PON: 13 to 16
ONT <= 64
12 OLT ID: 2049 to 4096

PON: 1 to 4
ONT <= 64
13 OLT ID: 2049 to 4096

PON: 5 to 8
ONT <= 64
44 OLT ID: 2049 to 4096

PON: 9 to 12
ONT <= 64
45 OLT ID: 2049 to 4096

PON: 13 to 16
ONT <= 64
89.2 Creating 7360 ISAM FX and G6 links

This section describes how to create a 7360 ISAM FX and G6 link from an endpoint
on NEs in the 5520 AMS GUI.
Procedure 998 To create a 7360 ISAM FX and G6 link from an endpoint in the
5520 AMS GUI
• Navigate to a 7360 ISAM FX and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot NT→Ethernet Port.
• Navigate to a G6 and choose Slot (ANM-GbE)→GbE Port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Select the type of object to create as G6-GPON Link. This selection is applicable only for
7360 ISAM FX and not for G6.
Click Next.
3 Right-click the port and choose Create→Link.
Result: The Create Link window opens, with the selected port displayed in the GPON
Network Port parameter.
Note — With the “Max. Number of G6-GPON Associations per ANM

Port IP Address” set to 1 and the “Limit Max. Number of ONTs per PON
at 32” is enabled, two “ANM Port IP Address” and its corresponding
“Broadcast IP Address” are created on the link and on the G6 ANM GbE
Port.
4 Click Browse beside the G6 ANM Port field to select a G6 ANM Port.
Result: The Select G6 ANM Port window.
5 In the Select G6 ANM Port window, you can choose one of the following options to select an
endpoint and click OK.
• Text box - You can enter or paste the object name.

• Recent History - You can search for an object and choose the object name from the
recent history. The recently browsed objects are listed and this list will be same as object
history from the Network Tree.
• Browse Network - You can browse the Network Tree and filter by NE Name to limit the
objects displayed when the Group Network is expanded.
You can view the Object Details of the selected endpoint by clicking Show Details button.
6 In the Create Link window, configure the parameters. Table 211 describes the guidelines for
link parameters configuration.
Table 211 Create link parameters
VLAN ID The VLAN between the 7360 ISAM and the G6. Use the same VLAN ID for all
of the links on a G6.
POTS Group Index Set this parameter to 1.
ANM Port IP An auto-calculated IP address is displayed for configuration.(1)

Address 1
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Broadcast IP An auto-calculated IP address is displayed for configuration.(1)
Address 1
ANM Port IP
Address 2
Broadcast IP
Address 2
ANM Port IP
Address 3
Broadcast IP
Address 3
ANM Port IP
Address 4
Broadcast IP
Address 4
(2 of 2)
Note
(1) IP address of ANM Port IP 1, Broadcast IP Address 1, ANM Port IP Address 2, Broadcast IP Address 2, ANM
Port IP 3, Broadcast IP Address 3, ANM Port IP 4, and Broadcast IP Address 4 must not be modified during
link creation.
7 Click Next. Configure the parameters. Table 212 describes the guidelines for configuring link
parameters.
Table 212 Guidelines for configuring link parameters
VLAN Tagging Select Enabled to enable the VLAN tagging.
Allow Broadcast Select Enabled to enable the broadcast IP address.
Default Priority Set the default priority of the link.
Allow ICMP Select Enabled Force to enable the ICMP.
8 Click Finish to save the configuration.
Result: The new link appears in the Network Tree below NE→Links and below the
7360 ISAM and G6 endpoints.
The GbE Port IP address profile appears on the G6 NE in the Network Tree below the GbE
port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
89.3 Creating hub-subtending links from an

endpoint
This section describes how to create a link from an endpoint on an NE in the
5520 AMS GUI. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for the procedure to create a link
using the Create Link icon and the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for the procedure
to create a link from the 5520 AMS application server.
Procedure 999 To create a hub-subtending link from an endpoint in the 5520 AMS
GUI
Perform the following procedure to create a hub-subtending link from an endpoint in the 5520 AMS
GUI.
1 Navigate to an NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot NT→Ethernet Port (Network port).
2 Right-click the port and choose Create→Link.
3 Select ISAM Hub Subtended Link and click Next.
Result: The second Create Link window opens, with the selected port displayed in the Hub
Port.
4 Click Browse beside Subtended Port parameter to select subtended port.
Result: The Select Subtended Port window is displayed.
5 In the Select Subtended Port window, you can choose one of the following options to select
an endpoint and click OK.

6 Click Browse beside the other port field and navigate to the port you need to configure as the
other endpoint of the link.

USING THE 5520 AMS
7 If needed, configure the Topology Name and Physical Location parameters. The Physical
Location parameter is the physical location of the hub NE.
Result: The new link appears below each of the endpoints in the Network Tree and below
NE→Links.
89.4 Creating ISAM-MDU links

This section describes how to create ISAM-MDU links. An ISAM-MDU link can be
created from an ONT and from an ISAM SHUB or IHUB Ethernet network port. See
the 5520 AMS User Guide for the procedure to create a link using the Create Link
icon and the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for the procedure to create a link from
the 5520 AMS application server.
Procedure 1000 To create an ISAM-MDU link from an Ethernet network port

Perform the following procedure to create an ISAM-MDU link from an Ethernet network port.
2 Right-click the port and choose Create →Link.
Result: The Create Link window opens, with the list of links that can be configured.
3 Select ISAM-MDU Link and click Next.
Result: The second Create Link window opens with the selected MDU port displayed in the
MDU Network Port parameter.
4 Click Browse beside Subtended Port parameter to select subtended port.
Result: The Select Subtended Port window is displayed.

USING THE 5520 AMS
5 In the Select Subtended Port window, you can choose one of the following options to select
an endpoint and click OK.

6 Configure ONT. Click Browse and navigate to the ONT port (GPON NE) you need to
configure.
NE→Links.
Note — ISAM-MDU link can also be created on an Ethernet port which

is a subtending port. See Procedure 999.
Procedure 1001 To create an ISAM-MDU link from an ONT

Perform the following procedure to create an ISAM-MDU link from an ONT.
1 Navigate to an NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT

2 Right-click on ONT and choose Create →Link.
Result: The Create Link window opens, with the selected ONT port displayed in the ONT
parameter.
3 Click Browse beside MDU network port and navigate to the Ethernet port you need to
configure as the MDU Network port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Select MDU Network Port window is displayed.
Note — You need to select an Ethernet port, under Slot NT.
4 In the Select MDU Network Port window, you can choose one of the following options to
select an endpoint and click OK.

NE→Links.
Procedure 1002 To create an ISAM-MDU link from an NGPON2 ONT
Perform the following procedure to create an ISAM-MDU link from an NGPON2 ONT.
1 Navigate to an NE and choose NGPON2→ Channel Group→ Sub Channel Group→ ONT
(Provisioned)→ NGPON2 ONT.
2 Right-click NGPON2 ONT and choose Create → Link.
Result: The Create Link window opens with the selected NGPON 2 ONT port displayed in
the ONT parameter.
3 Click Browse beside the MDU Network Port parameter to configure the MDU network port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Select MDU Network Port window is displayed.
Note — You need to select an Ethernet port, under Slot NT.
4 In the Select MDU Network Port window, you can choose one of the following options to
select an endpoint and click OK.

NE→ Links.
You can view the link details between an NGPON2 ONT and an ISAM NE in Table View, Map
View, or Topology View. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for navigation details to Table View,
Map View, or Topology View.
89.5 Creating NE-NE links

This section describes how to create NE-NE links. An NE-NE link can be created at
the NE level and from an ISAM SHUB or IHUB Ethernet network port. See the
5520 AMS User Guide for the procedure to create a link using the Create Link icon
and the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for the procedure to create a link from the
5520 AMS application server.
Procedure 1003 To create an NE-NE link from an Ethernet network port

Perform the following procedure to create an NE-NE link from an Ethernet network port.
2 Right-click the port and choose Create →Link.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Create Link window opens, with the list of links that can be configured.
3 Select NE-NE Link and click Next.
Result: The second Create Link window opens with the selected network port displayed in
the NE1 End Point parameter.
4 Select one of the following options for NE2 End Point Type parameter:
• If you select NE as NE2 End Point Type, configure NE2 parameter.

• If you select Network Port as NE2 End Point Type, configure NE2 Network Port
parameter.
5 Click Browse beside NE2 Agent parameter to configure the NE port.
Result: The Select NE2 Agent window is displayed.
6 In the Select NE2 Agent window, you can choose one of the following options to select an
endpoint and click OK.

NE→Links.
89.6 Creating Media Gateway interface on 7367

ISAM SX 12VP
Applies to — This section applies to 7367 ISAM SX 12VP.

USING THE 5520 AMS
The 7367 ISAM SX supports the VoIP services through G6. Prior to configuring these
VoIP services, a Media Gateway needs to be created on the 7367 ISAM SX.
Before you proceed, perform the following:
• Create a G6-GPON link between the 7360 ISAM, to which the 7367 ISAM SX is
attached, and a G6. See Procedure 998.
• Create an ISAM-MDU link between the 7367 ISAM SX and the 7360 ISAM ONT
on which it is attached. See Procedure 1001
• Ensure that the VoIP IP Address Allocation Mode is set to Fixed Map.
Perform the following procedure to create a Media Gateway interface.
Note 1 — To create a media gateway or for any voice related
menus, the Voice Software must be selected as H248 under
Infrastructure→Software→Software System Parameters.
Note 2 — The 7367 ISAM SX and G6-GPON link must be in the
same cluster.
Note 3 — You can also create a Media Gateway on the 7367
ISAM SX using the “ams_mediagw_mgr” script on the 5520
AMS Application server and “createManagedObject” operation
from the AMS NBI. For more information about Media Gateway
creation using the script and AMS NBI, see the 5520 AMS
Administrator Guide and 5520 AMS Northbound Interface
Guide respectively.
Procedure 1004 To create a Media Gateway interface
1 Navigate to an NE and choose Infrastructure→H248.
2 Right-click H248 and choose Create →Media Gateway.
The Create Media Gateway window opens with the Media Gateway ID.
3 Click Next.
4 Configure the parameters. Table 213 describes the guidelines for Media Gataway
parameters configuration.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 213 Media Gateway parameters
General
Name Enter the name for media gateway interface.
VLAN Browse and select the required VLAN.
IP Address An auto-calculated IP address is displayed for configuration. The IP address is

configured based on the slot, ONT, and port on which the Media Gateway is
configured.
Subnet Mask An auto-calculated subnet mask is displayed for configuration.
Primary Address An auto-calculated IP address is displayed for configuration. The Primary

address is same as the GPON-G6 link IP address.
IP Config Mode Select DHCP from the drop-down list.

DHCPv4 Option 60 Enter DHCP option 60 for the DHCP client.
If this field is empty, DHCP client will send DHCP message without option 60.
Services
Mode Select Flat from the drop-down list.
Complete Complete Termination Format string is enabled for both Hierarchy and Flat
Termination mode.
Format String
Result: The Media Gateway interface is created in the network tree.
89.7 Viewing network information

A topology is a network of objects that are inter-connected by links. You can view the
network topology dialog to see the links between NEs, the state of the links, and the
severity of the alarms on the component NEs.
You can modify a topology by deleting and recreating the links that make it up. See
the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1005 To view a network topology
Note — You can view the connectivity information of the following

objects in a network topology view:
• 7302 ISAM R4.2 hub-subtended links

• ISAM-MDU links
• NE-NE links
• Subrack-Subrack links
• PON port links with splitters
• Splitter links with PON ports, splitters, or ONTs
• ONT links with splitters
Perform the following procedure to view a network topology.
• To view the 7302 ISAM hub-subtended links, navigate to an NE that is part of a topology.
• To view the splitter links, navigate to a PON port, ONT, or splitter that is part of a topology.
• To view the ISAM-MDU links, navigate to an NE that is part of a topology.
• To view the NE-NE links, navigate to an NE that is part of a topology
• To view the subrack-subrack links, navigate to an NE that is part of a topology.
2 Right-click the selected object and choose Show→Network Topology.
Result: The Network Topology window opens. The links between the selected objects are
displayed.
3 To limit the objects displayed in the Network Topology window, configure the Number of hops
parameter. The default value is 1 and the supported range is 1 to 10.
The number of hops represents the number of levels of NEs to display in the Network
Topology window. Whenever you change the value for Number of hops parameter, click
Refresh to see the updated network topology.
4 To navigate to an object from the Network Topology window, select the object and click Go
To.
Note — The network topology of a PON port can also be viewed in the
OTDR view from the 5530 NA-F. For more information on the OTDR view,
see Chapter 97.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1006 To view hub-subtending link status

Perform the following procedure to view hub-subtending link status.
2 Right-click Subrack and choose Actions→Show Host/Extension Status.
Result: A results page opens.
3 Click Finish to close the results page.
89.8 Show downlinks

The objects which support the show downlink action are, LT cards, shelves, PON
port, ONT, Ethernet LT port and bonding groups.The purpose of the show downlink
action is to list the NEs that may be affected by a maintenance operation of the
selected object. For example before locking an LT card or a PON port, the user
should know which NEs will become unreachable.
The result displays the local port, which is the user friendly name of the object within
the selected NE. The remote port displays the remote end-point of the link. The result
also displays the link type, remote NE and remote port.The results of this action
displays the link types along with both the end-points (local and remote) and also
provides the navigation to the remote end-point.
Note — To perform the show downlinks action, you must be
logged in with a user account that has a role with the function
Network - View. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for
information about user accounts, roles, and functions.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1007 To show downlinks

Perform the following procedure to show downlinks.
Note 1 — The show downlink action is not applicable to NGPON2 and

EPON ONT.
Note 2 — Links originating from SHUB or IHUB ports are not returned by
the command
Note 3 — Links originating from a FELT board are returned by the

command, regardless whether they are uplinks or downlinks.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose any one of the following object types:
• Shelves
• LT card
• PON port
• ONT
• Ethernet LT Port
• Bonding Group
2 Right-click the object type and choose Actions→Show Downlinks.
Result: The Show Downlinks window opens.
Note — The maximum number of downlinks to be displayed is 100 by

default. You can configure the maximum number of downlinks to be
displayed in the Show Downlinks window. When the selected object
supports more links, a warning message is displayed in the result
window.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The Results Page window displays the total number of downlinks for that particular
object.
If there are no downlinks associated with the object, a message is displayed that ‘There are
no downlinks’ on the particular object.
• To save the downlinks result in a .csv file, click Save as CSV.

• To copy the downlinks result on a clipboard, click Copy All.
• Choose any link type and click Go To Remote Port to navigate to the remote end-point of
the link.
4 Click Close.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Software and database management
USING THE 5520 AMS
Software and database

management
90 Upgrade NE and ONT software and migrate NE database
91 EPON ONT software management

Software and database management 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Upgrade NE and ONT software and migrate NE
USING THE 5520 AMS database
90 Upgrade NE and ONT software

and migrate NE database
90.1 ISAM NE and ONT software upgrade and NE database migration
overview
90.2 Software management user accounts
90.3 End-to-end NE and ONT software upgrade or NE database migration

process
90.4 Creating an NE software release
90.5 Renaming an NE software package
90.6 Creating an NE release mapping
90.7 Downloading NE software loads
90.8 Aborting software download on NEs
90.9 Activating software on NEs
90.10 Committing software on NEs
90.11 Verifying the software on NEs
90.12 Viewing software upgrade or migration status information
90.13 Clearing software rollback alarms
90.14 Creating an ONT software release
90.15 Downloading ONT software to an NE
90.16 Pre-provisioning an ONT
90.17 Downloading and activating ONT software on an ONT
90.18 Aligning the ONT software version control table
90.19 Viewing ONT software upgrade information
90.20 Viewing and deleting ONT software

Upgrade NE and ONT software and migrate NE 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
database USING THE 5520 AMS
90.21 Migrating the ISAM NE software and database
90.22 Viewing migration information
90.23 Viewing In Service Software Upgrade
90.24 Configuring software system parameters
90.25 Clearing database rollback alarms
90.1 ISAM NE and ONT software upgrade and NE

database migration overview
This chapter describes the end-to-end process to upgrade NE software, ONT
software, and migrate NE database.
Note — The Software migration for Red Hat Enterprise Linux

applies to R4.6 or later.
90.1.1 NE software upgrade

Software upgrade refers to upgrading the NE software within the same major
software release that uses the same database version. For example, R4.0.x to
R4.0.y.
You need to upgrade the NE software for each new release.
If you deployed templates to the NE, the templates are upgraded as part of the
software upgrade. After you complete the software upgrade, you need to discover
the upgraded templates. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information.
Table 214 lists the steps perform an NE software upgrade within the same major
software release that uses the same database version.
Table 214 Upgrading NE software
Step Task Reference
1 Download the software files from the Nokia Electronic See the 5520 AMS Installation and Migration
Distribution site. Guide
2 Install the plug-in for the new NE release, if it is not See the 5520 AMS Installation and Migration
installed. Guide
(1 of 2)

Step Task Reference

3 If required, configure the NE software management See Table 16
NE properties in the NE plug-specific settings in
Administration perspective.
4 Create an NE software release. See Section 90.4
5 Download the software files to the NE. See Section 90.7
6 Activate the software load. See Section 90.9
7 View the software upgrade status. See Procedure 1031
8 • If no problems are observed with the upgraded See Section 90.10 to commit the software
version of the software, commit the software load
(optional).
See Section 90.9 to re-activate the passive
• If problems are observed with the migration,
software
rollback to the previous software version, by
re-activating the passive software load. The old
database must be available on the NE to
re-activate the passive software.
(2 of 2)
90.1.2 ONT software upgrade
90.1.2.1 5520 AMS or NE-controlled software activation

The ONT software activation process can be controlled by the 5520 AMS server or
by the NEs that support the NE-level ONT HW/SW Version Control Table. Control by
the 5520 AMS server is the default configuration. To switch to NE control, see Table
241.
Note — When you choose the default setting From NE for the
Use ONT Software Version Control Table parameter, the
5520 AMS disables the following parameters in the SW
Management ONT Properties section of the NE Plug-in Specific
Settings in the Administration tree:
• Reset the Planned Software to ‘UNPLANNED’ when
modifying the Serial Number.
• Reset the Planned Software to ‘UNPLANNED’ when HW
version is unknown after Download/Activate SW to ONT
(GPON).

When you choose 5520 AMS-controlled ONT software activation, you also configure
automatic or manual software activation.
Note — The 5520 AMS-controlled ONT software activation is

not supported on NGPON2 ONT.
For the NGPON2 ONT software activation, select the option
From NE for the Use ONT Software Version Control Table
parameter, see Table 241.
When you choose NE-controlled ONT software activation:

• When a pre-provisioned ONT with Planned Software as AUTO and Downloaded
Software as AUTO is plugged in the first time, the ONT does not depend on
5520 AMS to plan the correct software.
90.1.2.2 Automatic or manual 5520 AMS-controlled ONT

software activation
You can configure an automatic or manual 5520 AMS-controlled ONT software
activation for new ONTs that are connected to the NE. Automatic ONT software
activation for new ONTs can be configured by:
• Enabling the Automatic SW Upgrade check box, while creating an ONT software
release as described in Section 90.14.
• Setting the Download Priority of the new ONT SW release to a higher priority than
the current ONT SW release, while creating an ONT software release as
described in Section 90.14.
Additionally, if the Use ONT Software Version Control Table parameter is set to From
AMS, when a new ONT is provisioned on the 5520 AMS, it is configured by default
with Planned Software as UNPLANNED, and Downloaded Software as DISABLED.
This is a required configuration for automatic ONT software activation.
When you configure automatic ONT software activation:
• The 5520 AMS detects that the Planned Software of the ONT is not equal to
Active Software, and reports the Software Version Mismatch alarm raised by the
NE on the ONT. The 5520 AMS checks whether the Planned Software parameter
of the ONT is set to UNPLANNED. Then, it checks in the ONT SW/HW Version
Control Table if compatible software is available for the new ONT. The new ONT
software that the user has downloaded to the NE is automatically downloaded and

activated on the new ONTs that are connected to the NE. The new ONT reboots
to activate the new software when the ONT software upgrade process is
successful. The NE clears the alarm when the reboot is complete and successful.
• When you create a VoIP service, the 5520 AMS verifies whether the ONT is
equipped, and whether the active ONT software matches the required version for
the provisioned VoIP type. If the ONT is equipped and an upgrade is required, the
upgrade is completed automatically. See Operations and Maintenance guide for
the NE for more information about configuring VoIP services.
Note — If you replace an existing ONT with a different serial

number, the ONT software will be automatically downloaded
and activated on the ONT only if the Reset the Planned
Software to ‘UNPLANNED’ when modifying the Serial Number
check box is selected in the NE plug-in settings in the
When you configure a manual ONT software activation (by deselecting the Automatic
SW Upgrade check box while creating the new ONT release), then the ONT software
must be downloaded and activated manually on new ONTs that are connected to the
NE. ONTs that have a hardware version that matches the hardware version of the
software are activated. For example, when you select a slot and perform the action,
only the ONTs that are associated with the PONs for the slot that meet the update
criteria are activated. When you select the subrack, all ONTs that are associated with
all slots in the subrack that meet the update criteria are activated.
Table 215 and Table 216 list the ONT software upgrade tasks for a 5520
AMS-controlled software activation and NE-controlled software activation
respectively. Before you begin, ensure that the ONTs connected to the NE on which
software is being upgraded are provisioned.
Table 215 Upgrading ONT software (5520 AMS-controlled ONT software activation)
Ste Task See

p
1 Configure the Use ONT Software Version Control Table parameter as From AMS. Table 241
When set to From AMS, when a new ONT is created and provisioned in the 5520 AMS,
the default value of the Planned Software parameter is set to UNPLANNED and
Downloaded Software parameter is set to DISABLED in the ONT Object Details view of
the new ONT.
2 Create an ONT software release. Section 90.14
3 Configure an ONT software release on the 5520 AMS. Ensure that the Automatic SW Procedure 1038
Upgrade check box is enabled, and the Download Priority of the new ONT SW release
is set to a higher priority than the current ONT SW release. These configurations are
required if automatic software upgrade needs to be done on a new ONT that will be
connected later to the NE.
4 Choose the ONT software loads to include in the software download. Procedure 1039
5 Download the ONT software to the NE. Procedure 1041
(1 of 2)

Ste Task See

p
6 Download and activate the ONT software on existing ONTs that are connected to the Procedure 1043
NE.
Result: ONTs that have a hardware version that matches the hardware version of the
new ONT software are activated with the new software.
This manual step is only required to upgrade ONT software on the existing ONTs
connected to the NE.
For new ONTs that are connected later to the NE, the ONT software will be upgraded
automatically, because:
• The Automatic SW Upgrade check box is enabled,
• The Download Priority of the new ONT SW release is set to a higher priority than
the current ONT SW release in step “3”, and
• When the ONT is created and provisioned on the 5520 AMS, the Planned Software
parameter is set as UNPLANNED (by default) and Downloaded Software
parameter is set as DISABLED (by default) in the ONT Object Details view.
7 View ONT software upgrade status. Section 90.19
8 (Optional) Delete ONT software files from the NE. Perform this step after an ONT Section 90.20
software upgrade to free disk space in the NE.
(2 of 2)
Table 216 Upgrading ONT software (NE-controlled ONT software activation)
Step Task See
1 The Use ONT Software Version Control Table parameter is set as From NE, by default. Table 241
In this setting, when a new ONT is created and provisioned in the 5520 AMS, the default
value of the Planned Software parameter is set to AUTO and Downloaded Software
parameter is set to AUTO in the ONT Object Details view of the new ONT.
2 Create an ONT software release. Section 90.14
3 Configure an ONT software release on the 5520 AMS. Procedure 1038
4 Choose the ONT software loads to include in the software download. Procedure 1039
5 Download the ONT software to the NE. Procedure 1041
6 Align the ONT software version control table. Select the ONT Download option as Procedure 1047
Activated to activate the new ONT software on the existing ONT connected to the NE.
Result: The existing ONTs are upgraded to the new ONT software version.
Note: This manual step is only required for existing ONTs that are connected to the NE.
For new ONTs that are connected later to the NE, the ONT software will be upgraded
• When the ONT is created and provisioned on the 5520 AMS, the default value of
the Planned Software parameter is set to AUTO and Downloaded Software
parameter is set to AUTO for new ONTs. However, the Planned Variant parameter
must be provisioned on the new ONT to support automatic software upgrade.
7 View ONT software upgrade status. Section 90.19
8 (Optional) Delete ONT software files from the NE. Perform this step after an ONT Section 90.20
software upgrade to free disk space in the NE.

90.1.3 NE database migration

Database migration refers to upgrading the NE software to a different major release
and converting the NE database to a version that is compatible with the new software
release. For example, R4.0 to R4.1 or FGN4.1 to FGN4.2. .
You can migrate up to ten NEs at a time. You can choose NEs of different releases
to migrate from, but all of the NEs must be the same NE type and must migrate to
the same software release. For example, you can migrate five 7302 ISAM R4.1 NEs
and five 7302 ISAM R4.3 NEs to 7302 ISAM R4.7.
The 5520 AMS uses an NE migration tool to migrate the NE database. The NE
migration tool converts the NE database so that it is compatible with a new software
release when you migrate NE software to a different major release. A new database
is created. When the active OSWP is committed, the old OSWP and its
corresponding database are deleted.
A compressed database migration file is shipped with new software loads. The file is
listed by cipher number (for example, MBYXAA44.013). See the release notes for the
OSWP for a list of the files for migration. The database migration file is added to the
$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ne/software directory on the 5520 AMS
server when you create an NE software release. See Section 90.4.
Caution 1 — If the migration fails, the NE becomes isolated.
Caution 2 — When a firewall is present between the network

management stations and the network, the following UDP ports
must be open on the firewall to support NE migration and
troubleshooting:
• UDP port 23 as destination port
• UDP ports 928 to 939 as source and destination ports
Not opening these ports on the firewall may lead to reduced or
failed troubleshooting access or a failure to perform a
migration.
Caution 3 — The 5520 AMS temporarily stores the
intermediate migration log file and migrated file in the
/ams/swm/log/<NE_IP>/ directory, then deletes the log file and
migrated file from the /ams/swm/log/<NE_IP>/ directory when
the migration is finished. Make sure that the
/ams/swm/log/<NE_IP>/ directory has enough space or the
migration will fail. See your Nokia representative for assistance.
If the source release from which you are migrating the NE database is no longer
managed by 5520 AMS, then use Procedure 1059 to migrate the NE database.
If the source release from which you are migrating the NE database is managed by
5520 AMS, then follow the sequence in Table 217 to migrate the NE database.
Table 217 lists the tasks to upgrade the NE software to a different major release and
convert the NE database to a version that is compatible with the new software
release.

Table 217 Migrating ISAM NE software and database
Step Task Reference
1 Download the software files from the Nokia Electronic Distribution site. See the 5520 AMS
Installation and Migration
Guide
2 Install the plug-in for the new NE release, if it is not installed. See the 5520 AMS
Installation and Migration
Guide
3 Add the license key for the new release, if it is not added. See the 5520 AMS
Administrator Guide
4 If required, configure the NE software management NE properties in the See Table 16

NE plug-specific settings in Administration perspective.
5 Create an NE software release. See Section 90.4
6 Ensure that the TL1 or CLI username and password are correctly See the 5520 AMS User
configured for each NE that you are migrating. You can configure the Guide
username and password in the TL1 or CLI tab of the NE Object Details
view. This may not apply to all NEs.
7 Download the software files to the NE. See Section 90.7
8 Migrate the NE database. See Section 90.21

9 View the migration status. See Section 90.22
10 • If no problems are observed with the migrated version of the See Section 90.10 to
software, commit the software load (optional). commit the software
• If problems are observed with the migration, rollback to the previous See Section 90.9 to
software version, by re-activating the passive software load. The old re-activate the passive
database must be available on the NE to re-activate the passive software
software.
90.2 Software management user accounts

Before you proceed, make sure your user account is assigned the necessary
functions to perform the NE software upgrade, ONT software upgrade, and NE
database migration procedures. See Table 218 for information about software
management user account functions.

Table 218 Software management user account functions
Function NE commands ONT commands
Software Download software to NE Download ONT software to an NE

Mgmt - Edit Download external software to Download and activate software
NE on a GPON ONT
Activate software on NE Activate passive software on an
Commit software on NE ONT
Abort software on NE View and delete ONT software on
an NE
Redownload software to NE
Check/align the ONT software
Redownload external software version control table
to NE
Migrate an NE
Software Create an NE software release Add ONT SW Release

Mgmt - Create, delete, and modify an Configure the ONT software
Prepare external file server release parameters,
Create, delete, and modify an such as priority and VoIP type
external software Select and deselect an ONT
release software load in the
Create an NE release mapping Object Details view
file
Select and deselect an NE
software load in the
Object Details view
Configure upgrade engine
parameter in the Object
Details view
Software View an NE software release View the ONT SW HW table

Mgmt - View View an external NE software View the ONT software download
release status
View an external file server
View an NE release mapping
file
View a migration log
90.3 End-to-end NE and ONT software upgrade or

NE database migration process
The following flowchart depicts the end-to-end process for NE and ONT software
upgrade or NE database migration in a single sequence.

Figure 37 End-to-end NE and ONT software upgrade or NE database migration process

Figure 38 End-to-end NE and ONT software upgrade or NE database migration process

(continued)

Table 219 describes the end-to-end process for NE and ONT software upgrade and
NE database migration in a single sequence.
Table 219 End-to-end process for NE software upgrade, ONT software upgrade, and NE data-
base migration
Ste Task See Notes

p
1 Download the software files from the Nokia Electronic 5520 AMS
Distribution site. Installation and
Migration Guide
2 Install the plug-in for the new NE release, if it is not 5520 AMS
installed. Installation and
Migration Guide
3 Add the license key for the new release, if it not added. See the This step is applicable only for an NE
5520 AMS database migration. It is not
Administrator applicable if only NE software
Guide upgrade is performed.
4 If required, configure the NE software management NE Table 16

properties in the NE plug-specific settings in
Administration perspective.
5 Create an NE software release. Section 90.4
6 Download the NE software files to the NE. Section 90.7

After software download is completed, perform one of
the following steps:
• Abort the NE software download to the NE, if you Section 90.8

do not want to proceed with upgrading the software.
End of procedure
• If you are performing ONT upgrade in this Step “7a”

sequence, proceed to download ONT software to
the NE. This procedure must be performed before
activating NE software or migrating the NE
database.
• If you are not performing ONT upgrade in this

sequence, proceed to:
Step “7b”
activate the NE software, if you are upgrading the
NE software within the same major software
release that uses the same database version.
• migrate the NE database, if you upgrading the NE Step “7c”

software to a different major release and converting
the NE database to a version that is compatible with
the new software release.
(1 of 6)

Ste Task See Notes

p
7a Download ONT software to the NE: Table 16 You cannot activate ONT software on
• In the NE plug-in settings in the Administration tree, the ONT, before activating NE
software on the NE.
set the Use ONT Software Version Control Table
parameter to:
• From AMS (for 5520 AMS-controlled ONT software
activation), or
• From NE (for NE-controlled ONT software
activation.
• Create an ONT software release. Section 90.14
• Configure an ONT software release. If you have set Procedure 1038

the Use ONT Software Version Control Table
parameter to From AMS, ensure that the Automatic
SW Upgrade check box is enabled, and the
Download Priority of the new ONT SW release is
set to a higher priority than the current ONT SW
release. These configurations are required if
automatic software upgrade needs to be performed
on a new ONT that will be connected later to the
NE.
• Download ONT software to the NE. Section 90.15
After downloading ONT software to the NE, go to step

“7b” (in case of an NE software upgrade) or step “8” (in
case of an NE database migration).
7b If you are upgrading the NE software only (without Section 90.9

migrating the database), activate the software load.
After executing the activate command, go to step “9” to
proceed with the remaining ONT upgrade steps, if you
are also performing ONT upgrade. If you are not
performing ONT upgrade, go to step “10” to commit or
rollback the upgrade.
7c If you are migrating the NE database (but not upgrading Procedure 1058 Procedure 1058 only applies when
the ONTs), perform the procedure to migrate the NE the source and target NE releases are
database. Ensure that the TL1 or CLI username and managed by 5520 AMS. If the source
password are correctly configured for each NE that you release from which you are migrating
are migrating. You can configure the username and the NE database is no longer
password in the TL1 or CLI tab of the NE Object Details managed by 5520 AMS, then use
view Procedure 1059.
After executing the migration command, go to step “10”
to commit or rollback the upgrade.
(2 of 6)

Ste Task See Notes

p
8 If you are migrating the NE database (and upgrading

the ONTs), ensure that the TL1 or CLI username and
password are correctly configured for each NE that you
are migrating. You can configure the username and
password in the TL1 or CLI tab of the NE Object Details
view.
• If you selected ‘From AMS’ in the ‘Use ONT Section 90.17 This manual step is not required for
Software Version Control Table’ parameter in the new ONTs that are connected later to
Administration tree: the NE. The ONT software will be
upgraded automatically on new
Download the new ONT software on ONTs that are ONTs, because:
connected to the NE.
• the Automatic SW Upgrade check
Note: Do not select the Activate on ONTs check box. box is enabled,
The new ONT software cannot be activated before the • the Download Priority of the new
NE is migrated to the new release. ONT SW release is set to a higher
Result: The new ONT software is downloaded to the priority than the current ONT SW
ONT, but not activated. release in step “7a” , and
• when the ONT is created and
provisioned on the 5520 AMS, the
Planned Software parameter is
set as UNPLANNED (by default)
and Downloaded Software
parameter is set as DISABLED
(by default) in the ONT Object
Details view.
• Migrate the NE database. Procedure 1058 Procedure 1058 only applies when
the source and target NE releases are
Result: The NE is migrated to the new release after NE managed by 5520 AMS. If the source
reboot. release from which you are migrating
the NE database is no longer
managed by 5520 AMS, then use
Procedure 1059.
Activate ONT software. Section 90.17

Result: The new ONT software is activated on the ONT.
View the migration status. Section 90.22
(3 of 6)

Ste Task See Notes

p
• View ONT software upgrade information. Section 90.19
After verifying the ONT upgrade status, go to step “8” to

delete unwanted software files, or go to step “10” to
commit or rollback the migration.
• (Optional) Delete unwanted ONT software files in Section 90.20

the NE to make space available in the NE.
Go to step “10” to commit or rollback the migration.
• If you select ‘From NE’ in the ‘Use ONT Software

Version Control Table’ parameter in the
Administration tree:
Align the ONT software version table to upgrade the Procedure 1047 This manual step is only required for
ONTs connected to the NE to the new ONT software existing ONTs that are connected to
version. Select the ONT Download option as the NE. For new ONTs that are
Downloaded as passive software. connected later to the NE, the ONT
Note: Do not select the ONT Download option as software will be upgraded
Activated. The new ONT software cannot be activated automatically, because:
before the NE is migrated to the new release. • when the ONT is created and
Result: The new ONT software is downloaded to the provisioned on the 5520 AMS, the
ONT, but not activated. default value of the Planned
Software parameter is set to
AUTO and Downloaded Software
parameter is set to AUTO for new
ONTs. However, the Planned
Variant parameter must be
provisioned on the new ONT to
support automatic software
upgrade.
Migrate the NE database. Procedure 1058 Procedure 1058 only applies when
Result: The NE is migrated to the new release after NE the source and target NE releases are
reboot. managed by 5520 AMS. If the source
release from which you are migrating
the NE database is no longer
managed by 5520 AMS, then use
Procedure 1059.
Activate ONT software. Section 90.17
Result: The new ONT software is activated on the ONT.
View the migration status. Section 90.22
8 • View ONT software upgrade information. Section 90.19


Go to step “10” to commit or rollback the migration.
(4 of 6)

Ste Task See Notes

p
9 After activating NE software, proceed with remaining

ONT upgrade steps to activate ONT software on
existing ONTs:
Perform one of the following steps:
• If you selected ‘From AMS’ in the ‘Use ONT Section 90.17 This manual step is not required for
Software Version Control Table’ parameter in the new ONTs that are connected later to
Administration tree, download and activate the new the NE. The ONT software will be
ONT software on existing ONTs that are connected upgraded automatically on new
to the NE. ONTs, because:
• the Automatic SW Upgrade check
box is enabled,
• the Download Priority of the new
ONT SW release is set to a higher
priority than the current ONT SW
release in step “7b” , and
• when the ONT is created and
provisioned on the 5520 AMS, the
Planned Software parameter is
set as UNPLANNED (by default)
and Downloaded Software
parameter is set as DISABLED
(by default) in the ONT Object
Details view.
9 • If you select ‘From NE’ in the ‘Use ONT Software Procedure 1047 This manual step is only required for
Version Control Table’ parameter in the existing ONTs that are connected to
Administration tree, align the ONT software version the NE. For new ONTs that are
table to upgrade the existing ONTs connected to connected later to the NE, the ONT
the NE to the new ONT software version. software will be upgraded
Select the ONT Download option as Activated to • when the ONT is created and
activate the new ONT software on the existing ONT. provisioned on the 5520 AMS, the
default value of the Planned
Software parameter is set to
AUTO and Downloaded Software
parameter is set to AUTO for new
ONTs. However, the Planned
Variant parameter must be
provisioned on the new ONT to
support automatic software
upgrade.
• View ONT software upgrade information. Section 90.19


(5 of 6)

Ste Task See Notes

p
10 Perform one of the following steps: Section 90.9

• If problems are observed with the
upgrade/database migration, rollback to the
previous software version, by re-activating the
passive software load. The old database must be
available on the NE to re-activate the passive
software. Go to step “11” to clear any rollback
alarms.
• (Optional) Commit the software load. End of Section 90.10

procedure.
11 Clear software rollback alarms. Section 90.13
Clear database rollback alarms. Section 90.25
(6 of 6)
90.4 Creating an NE software release

You need to create an NE software release in the 5520 AMS GUI so that the software
files can be downloaded to an NE for a software upgrade or a database migration.
You can create the NE software release on the 5520 AMS server or on an external
server.

Table 220 Creating an NE software release
To create an NE software release See
In the 5520 AMS server Section “Creating an NE

software release on the
5520 AMS server”
In an external server closer to the NE: Section “Creating an NE

• Firstly, create the external server definition in software release on an
external server”
the 5520 AMS GUI.
• Secondly, create the NE software release in
the external server.
Note 1 — When you create a 7302 ISAM/7330 ISAM FTTN

software release in the 5520 AMS, the software loads for the
boards are selected as Used, and the OSWP name has
“OSWPAY” as a prefix, which indicates a full package.
When you unselect software loads from the 7302 ISAM/7330
ISAM FTTN software release, the 5520 AMS creates a
minimized OSWP package. The OSWP name has “OSWPZY”
as a prefix, which indicates a minimized package.
Y indicates a variant used to distinguish between NE types and
releases that may have overlapping build numbers.
Note 2 — When you download a full package, only the software
loads for boards that are inserted or planned are downloaded.
When a new type of board is inserted or planned after a
download perform the Re-Download operation to download the
missing software load
When you download a minimized package, the 7302
ISAM/7330 ISAM FTTN (or 7330 ISAM FTTN) NE downloads
the software loads that are selected as Used. All of the selected
software loads are downloaded regardless of whether the
corresponding units are planned or present inthe NE. The
Re-Download operation is not applicable.
Caution — If you unselect only a few software loads from a

7302 ISAM/7330 ISAM FTTN software release, a high number
of software loads may still be downloaded and fill the NE disk.
Note — While downloading the SW image to the node with

older NE releases, you must use the PBMT tool that supports
this feature along with the NE software package.

Note 1 — There can be multiple NE SW Package within the NE

SW Releases. The 5520 AMS ensures to use appropriate SW
package for a selected NE while performing any of the following
operations:
• Download NE software
• Activate software on NE
• Commit software on NE
• Abort software download on NE
• Verify the software download on NE
• Abort verifying the software download on NE
• Migrate the NE software
Based on the NE SW Package selection, you can view the

Supported NT Board Types in the Object Details view of NE SW
Package. This is a read-only parameter and supported on full
and minimized NE SW releases.
Note 2 — From ISAM R5.4.01 onwards, the NE SW package
supports multiple SWP descriptor files.
90.4.1 Creating an NE software release on the 5520 AMS

server
The 5520 AMS Software application provides two options to create an NE software
release at the customer site.
• To repackage the NE software files downloaded from the NED site and define the
NE software release in the 5520 AMS GUI, perform Procedure 1008.
• To define the NE software release in the 5520 AMS GUI from an already
repackaged file, perform Procedure 1009.

Procedure 1008 To create an NE software package and release

Before you proceed:
• Download the NE software files, and migration tools (PBMT) from the Nokia Electronic
Distribution (NED) site. See the 5520 AMS Installation and Migration Guide for more
information.
• Copy the software packages to the NE software directory
($AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ne/software/) on the 5520 AMS active data
server.
2 In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Releases→NE SW Releases.
3 Right-click NE SW Releases and choose Create→NE SW Release.
Result: The Create NE SW Release window opens.
4 Choose the NE family and release from the NE Family/Release drop-down list.
5 Optionally, type a description of the NE SW Release in the Description field.
6 Click Next.
7 Configure the Delivery File and Release. If required, select the SW Package Prefix and
PBMT Delivery File and PBMT Release parameters.
See Table 221 for NE release parameter descriptions.

Table 221 Create NE Release parameter descriptions
Parameter Description Notes
Delivery File Select the NE software package located in the Example:

$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ne/ /var/opt/ams/shared/common/ne/software/7302_ISAM/7
software directory. The package can have a .tar, 302_OLT_R04.03.02_SW_TAR_3FE53637ADAC_01.ta
.iso, .tar.zip, or .zip extension. 7z extraction is r
supported for .iso files. /var/opt/ams/shared/common/ne/software/7302_ISAM/7
302_OLT_R04.03.02_SW_ISO_3FE53637ADAC_01.iso
Release Enter the NE software version. Example: R4.3.02

Allowed characters are 'a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', '0'..'9', '-',
'_', or '.'. The maximum length is 15 characters.
The version must be unique.
SW Package Select the software package prefix as OSWP, Example for a customized software package prefix: Axe1
Prefix L6GP, or enter a custom name.
A custom software package prefix must only
contain four characters. Allowed characters are
'a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', '0'..'9'.
The prefix must be unique.
PBMT
Delivery File If the NE software package contains an earlier Example:

version of PBMT (for example, v3.0.4 to v3.0.9), /var/opt/ams/shared/common/ne/software/7302_ISAM/L
then select the PBMT package located in the RMUE12013.tar.gz
$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ne/
software directory. The package can have a
.tar.gz or .zip extension.If the PBMT version in
the NE software package is v3.0.36 or later, you
need not select a PBMT file in this field.
Release Enter the PBMT release. Example: v3.0.36

PBMT v3.0.36 or later is required.
Allowed characters are 'a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', '0'..'9', '-',
'_', or '.'. The maximum length is 15 characters.
The release must be unique.
If the PBMT File is selected, this parameter is
mandatory.
8 Click Finish.
Result: The NE software release appears in the Software Package Tree. The NE software
release includes the software package, the migration tool, and the PBMT tool. The
repackaged NE software is saved in the
$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ne/software/repacked directory with the
filename <NE Type>_<sw version>.tar, for example, ISAM_R04.05.01.tar. The NE release
mapping files appear in the Software Package Tree under Software Releases→NE Release
Mapping.

From ISAM R5.6 onwards, you can identify the SW image type of a installed NE SW package
in the Object Details view of the NE SW Package. Navigate to Software Releases→NE SW
Releases → NE SW Releases → NE SW Package, and view the Type parameter under SW
Image tab which is a read-only parameter and has either one of the following values:
• SNMP
• NETCONF
Proceed to: Perform one of the following tasks:
• Section 90.6 (optional)

• Section 90.7
Procedure 1009 To create an NE software release from a repackaged archive

Before you proceed:
• Copy the repacked NE software file obtained from the Nokia Technical Support team to
the NE software directory.
($AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ne/software/repacked) on the 5520 AMS
active data server.
2 In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Releases→NE SW Releases.
3 Right-click NE SW Releases and choose Create→NE SW Release From Repacked Archive.
Result: The Create NE SW Release window opens.
4 Configure the parameters:
i Choose the NE family and release from the NE Family/Release drop-down list.
ii Choose the repackaged software delivery file from the

$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ne/software/repacked directory in the SW
Delivery File field.
5 Click Finish.

Result: The NE software release appears in the Software Package Tree. The NE software
release includes the software package, the migration tool, and the PBMT tool. The NE
release mapping files appear in the Software Package Tree under Software Releases→NE
Release Mapping.
Note — If the software package has been imported earlier using NED
deliveries on the same 5520 AMS server for the same software release,
then the action will fail when the software release is created again using
the repacked file with the message: Creation of NE SW Release failed:
Software Release already exists.
Proceed to: Perform one of the following tasks:
• Section 90.6 (optional)

• Section 90.7
90.4.2 Creating an NE software release on an external

server
An external server that is located closer to the NEs than the 5520 AMS server can
reduce the software download time. When the NE software is stored on a server
other than the 5520 AMS server, you must create an external file server and an
external software release.
Note — You cannot delete an external file server when the
external file server is used by an external software release.
Procedure 1010 To create an external file server
2 In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Releases→External File Servers.
3 Right-click External File Servers and choose Create→External File Server.
Result: The Create External File Server window opens.

4 Configure the parameters:
i Enter a name for the external file server.
ii Choose the protocol from the drop-down menu.
iii Enter the IP address of the external file server. IPv4 and IPv6 address formats are
supported.
iv When the protocol is SFTP, enter a username and password.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The external file server appears in the Software Package Tree.
Procedure 1011 To create an external software release

Before you proceed, create an external file server. See Procedure 1010 to create an external file
server.
2 In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Releases→External SW Releases.
3 Right-click External SW Releases and choose Create→External SW Release.
Result: The Create External SW Release window opens.
4 Configure the parameters as described in Table 222 create external SW release parameters.

Table 222 Create External SW Release parameters
Parameter Options
Name Format: OSWPAYnn.nnn, where Y indicates a variant used to distinguish

between NE types and releases that may have overlapping build numbers,
and n is 0 to 9.
NE Family/Release Choose the NE family and release from the drop-down menu.
Release Enter an external software release.
Description Enter a description for the external software release.
External File Server Click on the Browse button and choose the external file server.
Directory Path For SFTP, enter an absolute directory path. For example, /ftp/pub/ISAM.
For TFTP, enter a directory path that is relative to the home directory of the
TFTP user. The TFTP user is the owner of the TFTP process.For example,
when the root directory of the TFTP server is /ftp/pub, enter ISAM.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The external software release appears in the Software Package Tree.
Procedure 1012 To create FTP file server

You can configure the 5520 AMS to transfer configuration files to the external server using FTP.
Perform the following procedure to create a FTP file server.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Software → FTP
2 Right-click FTP and choose either one of the following options:
• Create → File Server

• Create → File Server IPv6
Result: The Create File Server or Create File Server IPv6 window opens.
3 Enter the IP Address and click Next.
Result: The second Create File Server window opens.
4 Configure the parameters as described in Table 223

Table 223 File server parameters
Parameter Options
Authentication Type Indicates the authentication type for an FTP client. The supported value is
‘Password - password based authentication’.
The password based authentication is supported only for 5520 AMS Software
application.
Username Indicates the FTP client username on the NE.
Password Indicates the FTP client password.
Re-Type Password Enter the FTP client password again.
PublicKey Indicates the Public Key which is a string.
5 Click Finish.
90.5 Renaming an NE software package

After creating an NE software package, you can rename the OSWP prefix.
Note — While renaming an NE software package, Nokia does

not recommend renaming the NE SW Package with
non-standard prefix for 7302/7356/7360/7363/7367 ISAM NE
types. The NE software package with non-standard prefix is
supported only for 7330 ISAM FTTN NE.
Procedure 1013 To rename a NE software package
2 In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Releases→ NE SW Releases→ NE

SW Releases→ NE SW Package.
3 Right-click NE SW Package and choose Actions→ Rename SW Package Prefix.

Result: The Rename SW Package Prefix window opens.

4 Select the Software package Prefix as OSWP, L6GP, or enter a custom name.
Note — A custom software package prefix must only contain four

characters and must be unique. Allowed characters are 'a'..'z', 'A'..'Z',
'0'..'9'.
5 Click Finish.
Note — The rename NE software package prefix is supported for

software package with non-default SWP file. The OSWP prefix name for
software package can be same or different for multiple software
packages within the NE SW release.
90.6 Creating an NE release mapping

NE release mapping associates an NE release number with a software package.
When you create an NE software release, as described in Section 90.4, the
5520 AMS extracts the NE release mappings from the software package and places
the NE release mappings in the Software Package Tree under Software
Releases→NE Release Mapping. You can also create an NE release mapping.
Some software releases do not include the NE release mapping in the software
package and require you to create an NE release mapping.
If there is a conflict between an NE release mapping that you create and an NE
release mapping created as part of an NE software release, the mapping that you
create takes precedence.
Procedure 1014 To create an NE release mapping
2 In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Releases→NE Release Mapping.
3 Right-click NE Release Mapping and choose Create→NE Release Mapping.
Result: The Create NE Release Mapping window opens.
4 Configure the parameters as described in Table 224.

Table 224 NE release mapping parameters
Parameter Options Description
Software Release Format: Rnn.nn.nn or Pnn.nn.nn R indicates release, P indicates patch,

and n is a number (0 to 9)
NE Type Choose ISAM from the drop-down —

menu.
OSWP Name Format: OSWPXYnn.nnn X is a variant used to identify reductions or

minimizations of the original OSWP. ‘A’
indicates the original OSWP. ‘R’ indicates
a reduced OSWP. ‘Z’ indicates a
minimized OSWP.
Y is a variant used to distinguish between
NE types and releases that may have
overlapping build numbers.
n is a number (0 to 9)
SWP Name Format: yyyyXXnn.nnn y is a letter (A to Z) or number (0 to 9), X

is a letter, and n is a number
5 Click Finish.
Result: The NE release mapping file appears in the Software Package Tree.
Note — You cannot delete the release mapping files that are included
in the NE software release. You can only delete release mapping files that
you create.

90.7 Downloading NE software loads

After you create an NE software release in the 5520 AMS GUI, you can download
the software to an NE. You initiate the download from the 5520 AMS, which passes
software information, such as software load name, NE type, and release to the
software download application.
Note 1 — When you download a full package, only the software
loads for boards that are inserted or planned are downloaded.
When a new type of board is inserted or planned post download
operation, the user should perform the Re-Download operation
to download the missing software load.
When you download a minimized package, the 7302
ISAM/7330 ISAM FTTN NE downloads the software loads that
are selected as Used. All of the selected software loads are
downloaded regardless of whether the corresponding units are
planned or present in the NE. The Re-Download operation is
not applicable.
Note 2 — When you download the software to an NE, the 5520
AMS will ensure to choose an appropriate software package
which corresponds to active NT type in the NE.
Prior to downloading software to the NE, you can configure NE upgrade script
options (see Procedure 1015) and exclude a software package from the software
load (see Procedure 1018), if required.
Procedure 1015 To configure NE upgrade script options

You can configure NE upgrade script options, such as timeout values.
Before you proceed, create an NE software release. See Section 90.4 to create an NE software
release.
2 In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Releases→NE SW Releases→NE SW

Release→Tools→Upgrade Scripts.
Result: The Object Details view displays information about the upgrade script.

3 Choose a parameter in the Value column of the Configuration Options table, and modify the
value.
Note — You must configure the CDE parameters when you migrate
NEs with Voice-based cards. The Voice-based cards can be managed by
IACM or 7302 ISAM xVPS.
4 Click the Apply icon ( ).
Note 1 — When a param.cfg file of a software package is updated using

the 5520 AMS GUI, the changes get reflected in the local software
repository of all the application servers in the cluster and an alarm 'Cfg
Options Unavailable' is then raised in all application servers. The alarms
are then cleared when the application server synchronizes the param.cfg
file from the shared directory.
Note 2 — Whenever a subscriber emergency call is ongoing, the NE

should not interrupt the call. The migration process need to be interrupted
and can be resumed after the emergency call has ended. Alarms are
raised for the emergency call during the migrate and upgrade phase. The
migrate, upgrade, and rollback scripts should wait for the alarm to be
cleared within a user defined time interval through PBMT configuration
file. The script should wait for the defined polling interval and check for
the alarm clearance. You can configure the Emergency Call Feature and
Emergency Call Alarm Polling Interval parameters in Upgrade Scripts
Object Details view. These parameters are applicable for OLT and ONT
migration for GPON ONT software.
Note 3 — When the system is busy, the script waits for the defined
timeout period and retries five times in order to proceed with ONT SW
Download/Staging/Activation. The timeout period can be set to any value
from 5 seconds, up to a maximum of 600 seconds. By default, the timeout
value is set to 60 seconds. You can configure the System Busy State
(SARB) timeout (seconds) parameter in Upgrade Scripts Object Details
view.
Note 4 — From ISAM R6.0.01 onwards, CLI credentials are added as

optional arguments and if not provided, will be read from the param.cfg
file. As a result, ISAM 6.0.01 cannot be used to manage ISAM 6.0 along
with LRM.
Procedure 1016 To configure CDE Profile

You can configure CDE profile during migration or outside of migration. You can also configure
CDE profile delivered with the NE Software or delivered separately.

The CDE profile must be configured when you migrate NEs with Voice-based cards. The
Voice-based cards can be managed by IACM or 7302 ISAM xVPS. If the voice-based card is
managed by IACM, the CDE profile must be downloaded to IACM. If the voice-based card is
managed by 7302 ISAM xVPS, the CDE profile must be downloaded to 7302 ISAM xVPS.
Perform the following steps to configure a CDE profile.

Release→Tools→Upgrade Scripts.
3 Right-click Upgrade Scripts and choose Actions→Configure CDE Profile.
Result: The Configure CDE Profile window is displayed.
4 Click Browse beside the Current CDE Profile Name to select the current CDE profile. The
Select CDE Profile window is displayed. Select the current CDE profile and click OK.
5 Click Browse beside the CDE Profile to be loaded to select the CDE profile. The Select CDE
Profile window is displayed. Select the CDE profile that you want to load and click OK.
6 Click Finish.
90.7.1 Configuring threshold levels for PBMT migration

Use Procedure 1017 to configure the threshold levels for PBMT migration.
Procedure 1017 To configure threshold levels for PBMT migration

Release→Tools→Threshold Configuration (PBMT version).

2 Configure one of the threshold values (ignore, warning, error), as applicable, for the following
parameters of the CHKCwarnings.txt file:
• Lines OOS threshold exceeded

• New alarm(s) outstanding not existing before migration/upgrade
• No-authentication threshold exceeded
Procedure 1018 To create a minimized software package

When you exclude a software load from a software package, the software load is not included in
the software download. Create a minimized software package by excluding software loads to
speed up the software download to the NE.

Before you proceed, create an NE software release. See Section 90.4 to create an NE software
releases.

Release→NE SW Package→NE SW Load.
2 Choose one of the following from the Usage drop-down menu and click the Apply icon ( ).
• Unused: When you exclude a software load from a software package, the OSWP name
is in the format OSWPZYnn.nnn, where Y is a variant used to distinguish between NE
types and releases that may have overlapping build numbers, and n is a number (0 to 9).
The Z in OSWPZY (instead of an A) indicates a minimized software package that has
software loads excluded. See Procedure 1014 to display the OSWP name for the
software package on the NE.
• Conditional: When the selected NE Family/Release supports it,"Conditional" means the

SW Load is only downloaded when a board is planned or inserted in the target NE. The
first letter of the OSWP variant is set to "OSWPZ" for ISAM, which indicates a minimized
package
Note 1 — You can use Multiple Edit option to edit multiple NE objects of
the same NE type and release. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more
information.
Note 2 — If the PBMT tool version is lower than v3.2.98,
• conditional enumeration will not have any effect and minimized

software download with custom prefix would fail.
Note 3 — While making changes to the NE SW Load usage, you need

to ensure the changes made to the software package corresponds to the
supported NT types in the network. The Supported NT Board Types
parameter in NE SW Package helps to identify the appropriate software
package.

90.7.2 Downloading software to the NE
Procedure 1019 To download software to an NE

Before you proceed, create an NE software release or an external software release. See Section
90.4 to create an NE software release or an external software release.
Caution — When the Replace passive SW if present option is not

selected, and:
• If the NE release currently running on the NE is not committed, then

when you try to download a new NE software release, the software
download fails.
• If the passive OSWP is occupied with some other software, then the
software download fails.
1 Verify that the NE software release currently running on the NE is committed. See Procedure
1029 to view a software package on an NE. If required, commit the NE release currently
running on the NE. See Procedure 1024 to commit NE software.
2 Perform the following steps to download the software to the NE from the Software or Network
Perspective.
Table 225 Downloading software to the NE from the Network or Software Perspective
Step To download from the Software Perspective To download from the Network Perspective
1 Open the Software perspective. Open the Network perspective and navigate to the
NE.
2a To download software to the NE from the 5520 AMS To download software to the NE from the 5520 AMS
server: server:
• In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Right-click the NE and choose
Releases→NE SW Releases→NE SW Release. Software→NE→Download to NE.
• Right-click NE SW Release and choose Result: The Download NE Software window opens.
Actions→Download to NE. Go to step “3”.
Result: The Download NE Software window opens.
Go to step “3”.
2b To download software to the NE from an external server: To download software to the NE from an external
• In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software server:
Releases→External SW Right-click the NE and choose
Releases→Create→External SW Release. Software→NE→Download to NE (External SW).
• Right-click External SW Release and choose Result: The Download External NE SW Release
Actions→Download to NE (External Software). window opens.
Result: The Download External NE SW Release window

opens.
3 Click Add Click Add.

Result: The Agent Selection window appears. Result: The Agent Selection window appears.
(1 of 2)

Step To download from the Software Perspective To download from the Network Perspective
4 Click Build List. Click Build List.
5 Select the NE. Select more NEs, if required.
6 In the Available NE SW Releases table, ensure the In the Available NE SW Releases table, choose the
software load has been selected and click OK. software load to download to the NE and click OK.
7 Configure the following parameter values: Configure the following parameter values:
• Number of retries: Value in the range of 0 to 10. The • Number of retries: Value in the range of 0 to 10.
default value is 0. The default value is 0.
• Delay between the retries: Value in the range of 0 to • Delay between the retries: Value in the range of 0
1000 seconds. The default value is 10 seconds. to 1000 seconds. The default value is 10 seconds.
Click Finish Click Finish
(2 of 2)
3 If required, select to choose reduced software download. The parameter is not available for
all NE types.
Reduced software download deletes unused software files from the active OSWP that is on
the NE before the 5520 AMS downloads the new NE software release. Reduced software
download creates space on the NE for the new OSWP.
Ensure that the CLI username and password are correctly configured for an NE before you
configure reduced software download. You can configure the username and password in the
CLI tab of the NE Object Details view.
Click OK.
4 If required, choose the SW Image Type. The following options are supported:
• SNMP
• NETCONF
The default value is SNMP. The options are disabled if the NE SW Release does not support
NETCONF SW image type.
Depending on the selected SW image type, the software management picks the right NE SW
Package for download or reduced download operation.

5 If required, select the following check boxes.
• Replace passive SW if present: When you select this option:

• If the NE release currently running on the NE is not committed and you try to download
a new NE software release to the NE, the active OSWP on the NE is committed, and the
software is downloaded to the NE.
• If a previous software download to the NE fails, or is in progress, and you trigger a new
software download to the same NE, the previous download is aborted, and the new
• If the passive OSWP is occupied with some other NE load, then it is aborted, and the new
• Reduce existing SW on NE (Delete unwanted SW files): Remove the unwanted files from
the NE. This option is applicable only to download software to the NE from the 5520 AMS.
You cannot reduce the existing software on an NE from a remote file server as PBMT is
not available on a remote file server.
6 If required, click Schedule Browse and schedule the software download. See the 5520 AMS
Administrator Guide for the procedures to configure schedules.
7 Click Finish to download the software.
When you choose a reduced software download, the OSWP name is in the format
OSWPRYnn.nnn, where Y is a variant used to distinguish between NE types and releases
that may have overlapping build numbers, and n is a number (0 to 9). The R in OSWPRY
(instead of an A) indicates a reduced software download. See Procedure 1014 to display the
OSWP name for the software package on the NE.
Procedure 1020 To download software to an NE through OSWP

Before you proceed:
• You must create the NE software release in the software perspective view. See
Procedure 1008.
• You must edit the descriptor file located in the TFTP path of the 5520 AMS server. The
descriptor file is available along with the software file. Open the descriptor file and enter
the current server IP address in the ASAM-CORE field. For example, OSWPAA50.342 is
a descriptor file located in the path ams/swm/ne/iSAM/R50.34.2/SWP/L6GQAA50.342/.
Default descriptor file:
OVERALL-DESCRIPTOR-FILE L6GQAA50.342
BEGIN
SYNTAX-VERSION : 01.00;
ASAM-CORE : L6GQAA50.342/L6GQAA50.342 172.31.230.23 0.0.0.0;

END
Perform the following procedure to download the software to an NE through an OSWP.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Software→OSWP.
2 Right-click OSWP and choose Actions→Download.
Result: The Download window opens.
3 Configure the following mandatory parameters:
• Full Name
• Primary File Server IP Address.
Note 1 — In the Full Name parameter, you must enter the path of the
descriptor file.
Note 2 — The Primary File Server IP address can be of IPv4 or IPv6

format.
90.7.3 Redownloading software to the NE

Redownload software when there are LT units planned or present on the NE and
software files are not available on the NE for the LT units. Perform a redownload
when there is a waiting for software alarm on a unit.
When you redownload software:
• All of the NEs must be the same NE type and release.
• The selected software release must be active, available, and uncommitted.
You can redownload software or external software.
Before you proceed, create an NE software release or an external software release.
See Section 90.4 to create an NE software release or an external software release.
Procedure 1021 To redownload software to the NE
1 Perform the following steps to redownload the software to the NE from the Software or
Network Perspective.

Table 226 Redownloading software to the NE from the Network or Software Perspective
Ste To redownload from the Software Perspective To redownload from the Network Perspective
p
NE.
2a To redownload software to the NE from the 5520 AMS To redownload software to the NE from the 5520 AMS
server: server:
Releases→NE SW Releases→NE SW Release. Software→NE→Re-Download to NE.
• Right-click NE SW Release and choose Result: The Redownload NE Software window opens.
Actions→Re-Download to NE.
Go to step “3”.
Result: The Redownload NE Software window opens.
Go to step “3”.
2b To redownload software to the NE from an external To download software to the NE from an external
server: server:
Releases→External SW Releases→External SW Software→NE→Re-Download to NE (External SW).
Release. Result: The Redownload External NE SW Release
• Right-click External SW Release and choose window opens.
Actions→Re-Download to NE (External Software).
Result: The Redownload External NE SW Release

window opens.
3 Click Add and choose the NEs. Click Add and choose more NEs, if required.
software load has been selected. software load to re-download to the NE.
Go to step 2. Go to step 2.
3 Click Finish to redownload the software.
90.8 Aborting software download on NEs

You can abort an NE software release download when it is:
• Downloading
• Downloaded, but not active or committed
You can only abort a download when the NE software release is compatible with the
NE.

The abort command cannot be executed if a reduced software download is in

progress.
Caution — When you abort a software load on multiple NEs,

the software load must be the same on each NE. Otherwise,
the operation fails.
Procedure 1022 To abort software download on the NE
1 Perform the following steps to abort software download on the NE from the Software or
Table 227 Aborting software download on the NE from the Network or Software Perspective
Ste To abort NE software download from the Software To abort NE software download from the Network
p Perspective Perspective
NE.
2 • In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Right-click the NE and choose Software→NE→Abort.
Releases→NE SW Releases→NE SW Release. Result: The Abort NE Software window opens.
• Right-click NE SW Release and choose
Actions→Abort.
Result: The Abort NE Software window opens.
software load has been selected. Click OK software load to abort. Click OK
90.9 Activating software on NEs

The software on an NE can be active or not active. Active means that the software is
currently active on the NE. Not active means that the software has been downloaded
to the NE, but is not currently active. The 5520 AMS allows you to activate a not
active software load only. You can activate the software load on up to 50 NEs. If the
software activation on one NE fails, the activation for the other NEs still proceeds.
The activate command is only available after a software load has been downloaded
to the NE.

From ISAM R5.6 onwards, while migrating an ISAM NE from SNMP to NETCONF
protocol, the NE related configurations are lost. The NETCONF software activation
timeout depends on the Maximum NE Reset Duration parameter. The NE will not be
reachable from 5520 AMS if NETCONF image activation is successful. You need to
manage the NE through Nokia Access Virtulizer Adaptor.
Caution 1 — Software activation initiates an NE restart. It is
service-affecting.
Caution 2 — When activating a software load on multiple NEs,

the operation fails on NEs where the requested operation
cannot be performed. The 5520 AMS will work in best effort
mode.
Procedure 1023 To activate NE software
1 Perform the following steps to activate the software on the NE from the Software or Network
Perspective.
Table 228 Activating software on the NE from the Network or Software Perspective
Ste To activate software from the Software Perspective To activate software from the Network Perspective
p
1 Open the Software perspective. Open the Network perspective and navigate to the NE.
2 • In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Right-click the NE and choose Software→NE→Activate.
Releases→NE SW Releases→NE SW Release. Result: The Activate NE Software window opens.
Actions→Activate.
Result: The Activate NE Software window opens.
software load has been selected. software load to activate.
2 If required, choose SW Image Type. The following options are supported:
• SNMP
• NETCONF
By selecting the options such as SNMP and NETCONF, the right SWP file in the NE is
validated as there are multiple SWP files available for a given NE SW Release.
The default value is SNMP.
When you choose SNMP, all the values in the Action drop-down is supported.
When you choose NETCONF, the only Action supported is Erase Persistency.

3 Choose one of the following options from the Action drop-down menu:
• Normal (Keep Persistency)—activates a not active software load with normal persistency.
This upgrades the software on the NE and does not delete the database.
Selecting this option retains the database of the passive software load, after the new
software is activated. If problems are observed with the NE upgrade/database migration,
the old database must be available on the NE to rollback to the previous software version
by re-activating the passive software.
• Erase Persistency—activates a not active software load on the NE and erases
persistency. This loads the default (empty) database and deletes the database.
• Factory Default—activates a not active software load on the NE. The factory default
option allows for default database activation with factory default database settings.
Caution — The Erase Persistency option deletes the database and

deletes all of the non-OAM communication provisioning. For example, all
customer provisioning is deleted, including the cross-connections and
unit provisioning.
4 If required, click Schedule Browse and schedule the software activation. See the 5520 AMS
Administrator Guide for managing schedules.
5 Click Finish.
6 Click OK to activate the software.
90.10 Committing software on NEs

When the new software is active and you verify that it is running correctly, you can
commit the new software. Commit deletes the earlier software version from the NE
and removes the rollback option.
The commit command is only available after a software load is downloaded to the
NE.
Caution — When you commit a software load on multiple NEs,

the operation fails.

Procedure 1024 To commit NE software
1 Perform the following steps to commit the software on the NE from the Software or Network
Perspective.
Table 229 Committing software on the NE from the Network or Software Perspective
Step To commit software from the Software Perspective To commit software from the Network Perspective
NE.
2 • In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Right-click the NE and choose
Releases→NE SW Releases→NE SW Release. Software→NE→Commit.
• Right-click NE SW Release and choose Result: The Commit NE Software window opens.
Actions→Commit.
Result: The Commit NE Software window opens.
3 Click Add→choose the NEs→click OK. Click Add→choose more NEs if required→click OK.
software load has been selected. software load to commit.
90.11 Verifying the software on NEs
Procedure 1025 To verify NE software
1 Perform the following steps to verify the software on the NE from the Software or Network
Perspective.

Table 230 Verifying software on the NE from the network or software perspective
Step To verify software from the Software Perspective To verify software from the Network Perspective
NE.
2 • In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Right-click the NE and choose Software→NE→Verify.
Releases→NE SW Releases→NE SW Release. Result: The Verify NE Software window opens.
Actions→Verify.
Result: The Verify NE Software window opens.
4 In the Selected NE SW Releases table, ensure the In the Selected NE SW Releases table, choose the
software load has been selected. software load to verify.
Procedure 1026 To abort NE software verification
1 Perform the following steps to abort the software verification on the NE from the Software or
Table 231 Aborting NE software verification from the Network or Software Perspective
Step To abort verification of software from the Software To abort verification of software from the Network
Perspective Perspective
NE.
2 • In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Right-click the NE and choose Software→NE→Abort
Releases→NE SW Releases→NE SW Release. Verification.
• Right-click NE SW Release and choose Result: The Abort NE Software Verification window
Actions→Abort Verification. opens.
Result: The Abort NE Software Verification window

opens.
4 In the Selected NE SW Releases table, ensure the In the Selected NE SW Releases table, choose the
software load has been selected. software load to abort verification.

Result: A confirmation window opens. Result: A confirmation window opens.
6 Click OK to abort the software verification. Click OK to abort the software verification.

Procedure 1027 To start or stop NE software verification through OSWP
Perform the following procedure to start or stop the NE software verification through an OSWP.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Software → OSWP → OSWP.
2 Right-click OSWP and choose one of the following options:
• Actions → Verify → Start

• Actions → Verify → Stop
3 Click Finish.
90.12 Viewing software upgrade or migration status

information
Procedure 1028 To view NE software packages and loads on the 5520 AMS

Release→NE SW Package.
Result: The Object Details view displays the software package information.
3 Expand NE SW Package.
Result: The NE software loads are displayed in the Software Package Tree.
4 To display the information about an NE software load, choose NE SW Load.

Procedure 1029 To view a software package on an NE
1 Open the Network perspective and navigate to the NE.
2 Choose one of the following:
• NE→Infrastructure→Software→OSWP→OSWP
• NE→Infrastructure→Software→SWP→SWP
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays information about the software
package, including the activation and commit states.
• Expand OSWP and choose Contained SWP.

Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the software package.
• Expand SWP and choose Contained File→Contained File.

Result: The Object Details view opens and displays information about the unit software
load.
Procedure 1030 To view an NE release mapping file

ISAM NEs have release mapping files, which include information about the NE type, software
release number, OSWP, and SWP. When you create an NE software release, the mapping files
are displayed in the Software perspective.
You can also create an NE release mapping file. See Procedure 1014 to create an NE release
mapping.
2 In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Releases→NE Release

Mappings→NE Release Mapping.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays information about the release mapping.

Procedure 1031 To view NE software upgrade or migration status

You can view the software upgrade status in the:
• Action panel of the Software perspective. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for information
about using the Action Manager and Table 232 for information about the download status
in the Action Details view.
• States panel of the OSWP Object Details view. See Procedure 1029.
Table 232 NE Software upgrade or migration status in the Action Details view
Operation Status Description
Download or Success The NE software release applies to the NE and the download was successfully
Re-Download completed.
Not applicable The NE software release is already available in the NE (active or passive) or the NE
type does not match the NE type associated with the NE software release.
Failed The download failed. The Additional Information field indicates the reason. For
example, NE error code or timeout.
Activate Success The NE software package is active on the NE.

Not applicable The NE type and NE software release are not compatible.
Failed The NE software package is not present in the NE.
Commit Success The NE software release is committed.

Not applicable The NE software release is not compatible with the NE type.
Failed The commit failed. The Additional Information field indicates the reason.
Abort Success The NE software release download is stopped.

Not applicable The NE software release is not compatible with the NE type, or the NE software
release is downloaded and active or committed.
Failed The NE software release was not downloaded to the NE, so cannot abort it.
Migration Success The NE software migration is successful.

In progress The NE software migration is in progress. The Additional Information field provides the
status of each step in the migration - Backup, DB Migration, Restore and Activation.
Failed The migration step failed.The Additional Information field indicates the reason for
failure.
90.13 Clearing software rollback alarms

Use this procedure to clear a software rollback alarm after you upgrade NE software.

Procedure 1032 To clear a software rollback alarm
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Software→Software System Parameters.
2 Right-click Software System Parameters and choose Actions→Clear Software Rollback

Alarm.
Result: The Clear Software Rollback Alarm window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The alarm is cleared.
90.14 Creating an ONT software release

You need to create an ONT software release on the 5520 AMS client so that the
software files can be downloaded to an NE.
The 5520 AMS Software application provides two options to create an ONT software
release at the customer site.
• To repackage the ONT software files downloaded from the NED site and define
the ONT software release in the 5520 AMS GUI, perform the relevant procedure
in Table 233.
• To define the ONT software release in the 5520 AMS GUI from an already
repackaged file, perform Procedure 1037.
Note — For the automatic download of the ONT software,

ensure that the ONT software release is mapped appropriately
to NE release and is compatible with the selected NE Release,
while creating ONT software release in AMS.
For example, If 5520 AMS manages iSAM.5.1, iSAM.5.2 and
iSAM.5.3 simultaneously, there must be three different ONT
Software release mappings to each version of NE release in
AMS. Each ONT SW Release must have the appropriate ONT
software mapping which is marked as used.
Note — While creating ONT software, the ONT software

package supports only H.248, SIP, No VoIP and VEIP_SIP
protocol type. The ONT software package does not support
unknown ONT VoIP protocol type.

Table 233 Creating an ONT software release
To create an ONT software package See
For a major or maintenance release Procedure 1033
For a third-party ONT Procedure 1035
For an emergency fix Procedure 1036
90.14.1 ONT release mapping

An ONT release mapping associates an ONT hardware version with an ONT
software version.
You can add an ONT release mapping to an ONT software release. The ONT release
mapping that you add provides a hardware mapping for software files that are part of
the ONT software release.
If there is a conflict between an ONT release mapping that you add and an ONT
release mapping provided by the ONT software release, the ONT release mapping
that you add takes precedence.
ONT release mappings that you add can be used by the following ONT software
management commands:
• Download to OLT
• Download/Activate to ONT (GPON)
• View/Delete from OLT
• Align Version Control Table (GPON)
• Check Version Control Table (GPON)
• Activate Passive SW on ONT
Download to OLT / Delete from OLT (Config Files)

Procedure 1033 To create an ONT software release for a main or maintenance release
Before you proceed:
• Download the ONT software files from the Nokia Electronic Distribution site. See the
5520 AMS Installation and Migration Guide.
• Copy the software packages to the ONT software directory
($AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ont/software/) on the 5520 AMS active
data server.
Note — If you are creating packages for ISAM NEs for use by 5529
Large-scale Release Manager (LRM), ensure that you have the PBMT
package.
2 In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Releases→ONT SW Releases.
3 Right-click ONT SW Releases and choose Create→ONT SW Release.
Result: The Create ONT SW Release window opens.
5 Enter the description of the software release in the Description field.
6 Click Next.
7 Choose GPON or EPON from the ONT Type drop-down list.
8 Choose Full Package/Emergency Fix from the Delivery Type drop-down list.
• To create an ONT software package and release for a main or maintenance release for
use by 5520 AMS, configure the Delivery File parameter.
• To create an ONT software package and release for a main or maintenance release for
use by 5529 LRM, configure the Delivery File, PBMT Delivery File and PBMT Release
parameters.
See Table 234 for the ONT release parameters for a major or maintenance release.

Table 234 ONT release parameters for main or maintenance release
Delivery File Select the ONT software Example:

package located in the /var/opt/ams/shared/common/ont/software/7302_I
$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAR SAM/7302_ONT_R04.03.01_SW_TAR_3FE5363
EDDATA_HOME/ont/softwa 6ACAC_01.tar
re directory. The package
can have a .tar, .iso, .tar.zip,
or .zip extension. 7z
extraction is supported for
.iso files.
Select the same ONT Types
ONT Sw Select the generated file Example: ONT Sw Release iSAM R05.01.00
Release with the USED ONT (iSAM.5.1)
software loads from the
Select ONT Sw Release
window.
File Select the manually created Example:

file with the USED ONT /var/opt/ams/shared/common/ont-reference/iSAM
software loads located in the 5.1_ISAM_GPON_ONT_R05.01.00.csv
$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAR
EDDATA_HOME/ont-refere
nce directory.The file has a
.csv extension.
PBMT
Delivery File Select the PBMT tool Example:

located in the /var/opt/ams/shared/common/ont/software/7302_I
$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAR SAM/LRMUE12013.tar
EDDATA_HOME/ont/softwa This parameter is applicable only when building
re directory. The package packages for 5529 LRM.
can have a .tar, .iso, .tar.gz,
or .tgz extension. 7z
.iso files.
This parameter is not visible
if the 5529 LRM license is
not installed.
Release Enter the PBMT version for Example: 1.3.05

a ISAM NE type. This parameter is applicable only when building
Allowed characters are packages for 5529 LRM.
'a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', '0'..'9', '-', '_', or
'.'. The maximum length is
15 characters.
not installed.
If the PBMT Delivery File is
selected, this parameter is
mandatory.

10 If required, in the Select the same ONT Types section, perform one of the following:
• ONT Sw release: Browse and select an existing software release. The software loads are
auto-selected in the next page of the Create ONT SW Release window.
• File: Browse and select the required file with the USED ONT software loads. The software
loads mentioned in the selected file are auto-selected in the next page of the Create ONT
SW Release window. The file with USED ONT software can also be manually created or
generated using the Save Used Loads to CSV File from Actions menu. For information
about generating a file with USED ONT software load, see Procedure 1034.
11 Click Finish.
Result: The ONT software release appears in the Software Package Tree after several
minutes. The ONT software release includes a PBMT tool. The repackaged ONT software is
saved in the $AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ont/software/repacked directory
with the filename <NE Type>_<ONT Type>_ONT_<sw version>.tar, for example,
ISAM_GPON_ONT_R04.05.01.tar.
Note — If the ONT package does not contain a release mapping file,
Add the ONT release mapping to associate an ONT software release with
an ONT hardware release. For more information, see Procedure 1038.
Procedure 1034 To create a file with the same ONT types

After creating an ONT software release, you can re-use the software configuration on a different
cluster. You need to generate a .csv file with the same USED ONT software load details. When
configuring a different cluster, if you need replicate the software configuration, use the saved .csv
file with the USED ONT software loads.
Before you proceed, you must have created an instance of ONT software release.
2 In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software ReleasesÆONT SW ReleasesÆONT

SW Release.
3 Right-click ONT SW Release and choose ActionsÆ Save Used Loads to CSV File.
Result: The ONT reference file is generated at

$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ont-reference/

The filename format for the generated .csv ONT reference file is
<Ne_Type><NE_Release>_<ONT_PKG_TYPE>_<ONT_Release>.csv.
90.14.2 Change permissions of the file with USED ONT

software loads after copying to another 5520 AMS
server
You can replicate the ONT software release configuration on a different 5520 AMS
cluster. For that you have to create an ONT software release package on a 5520
AMS server. Then, generate a file containing the USED ONT software loads of that
ONT software release package. For information about generating a file with Used
ONT software loads , see Procedure 1034.
Copy the generated .csv file with USED ONT software loads to the required 5520
AMS sever manually. You can now use the file to create an ONT software package.
Note — When copying the file with the USED ONT software
loads to another server as root user, ensure to the change the
permissions of file after copying the file to the server.
Procedure 1035 To create an ONT software release for a third-party ONT

Before you proceed, obtain and copy the third-party ONT software file to the
$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ont/software/ONT directory. Only data file types are
supported.
6 Click Next.

8 Choose Specific SW Files from the Delivery Type drop-down list.
9 Configure the Delivery File and Release parameters.
See Table 235 for the ONT release parameters for a third-party ONT.
Table 235 ONT release parameters for a third-party ONT
Release Enter the NE software Example:

version, in the format Rx.y.z. • R4.8
10 Click Add in the Selected Files panel to choose the third-party ONT software packages to be
repackaged.
11 Click Finish.
minutes. The repackaged ONT software is saved in the
$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ont/software/repacked directory with the
filename <NE Type>_<ONT Type>_ONT_<sw version>.tar, for example,
Note — Add the ONT release mapping to associate an ONT software

release with an ONT hardware release. For more information, see
Procedure 1038.
Procedure 1036 To create an ONT software release for an emergency fix

The emergency fix package is a delta release to resolve anomalies in the ONT software files
delivered in the main or maintenance release. So both the base ONT package and the emergency
fix ONT package are needed to create the software package for the emergency fix.

Before you proceed:
• Download the base ONT package and the emergency fix ONT package from the Nokia
Electronic Distribution site. See the 5520 AMS Installation and Migration Guide.
• Copy the software packages to the ONT software directory
($AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ont/software/) on the 5520 AMS active
data server.
Note — If you are creating packages for ISAM NEs for use by 5529
LRM, ensure that you have the PBMT file.
6 Click Next.
8 Choose Emergency Fix from the Delivery Type drop-down list.
• To create an ONT software package and release for an emergency fix for use by 5520
AMS, configure the Delivery File, Emergency Fix Delivery File and Emergence Fix
Release parameters.
• To create an ONT software package and release for an emergency fix for use by 5529
LRM, configure the Delivery File, Emergency Fix Delivery File, Emergence Fix Release,
PBMT Delivery File and PBMT Release parameters.
See Table 236 for the ONT release parameters for an emergency fix.

Table 236 ONT release parameters for emergency fixes
Emergency Fix
Delivery File Select the emergency fix Example:

package located in the /var/opt/ams/shared/common/ont/software/7342_
$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAR ONT_R04.06.14b_SW_TAR_3FE52124BXAC_01
EDDATA_HOME/ont/softwa .tar
re directory.The package
can have a .tar or .iso
extension. 7z extraction is
supported for .iso files.
Release Enter the emergency fix This parameter is required if the ONT emergency
release. fix package does not contain an ONT release
The release must be unique. mapping file.
Allowed characters are
'a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', '0'..'9', '-', '_', or
15 characters.
Select the same ONT Types
ONT Sw Select the USED ONT Example: ONT Sw Release iSAM R05.01.00
Release software file with the (iSAM.5.1)
emergency fix package from
the Select ONT Sw Release
window.
File Select the manually created Example:

USED ONT software file /var/opt/ams/shared/common/ont-reference/iSAM
with the emergency fix 5.1_ISAM_GPON_ONT_R05.01.00.csv
package located in the
$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAR
EDDATA_HOME/ont-refere
nce directory. The file has a
.csv extension.
PBMT
Delivery File Select the PBMT tool Example:

located in the /var/opt/ams/shared/common/ont/software/7302_I
$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAR SAM/LRMUE12013.tar
EDDATA_HOME/ont/softwa This parameter is applicable only when building
re directory. The package packages for 5529 LRM.
can have a .tar, .iso, .tar.gz,
or .tgz extension. 7z
.iso files.
not installed.
(1 of 2)


Release Enter the PBMT version for Example: 1.3.05
a ISAM NE type. This parameter is applicable only when building
Allowed characters are packages for 5529 LRM.
'a'..'z', 'A'..'Z', '0'..'9', '-', '_', or
15 characters.
not installed.
If the PBMT Delivery File is
selected, this parameter is
mandatory.
(2 of 2)
10 Click Finish.
minutes. The ONT software release includes a PBMT tool. The repackaged ONT software is
saved in the $AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ont/software/repacked directory
with the filename <NE Type>_<ONT Type>_ONT_<sw version>.tar, for example,
Note — If the ONT package does not contain a release mapping file,
add the ONT release mapping to associate an ONT software release with
an ONT hardware release. For more information, see Procedure 1038.
Procedure 1037 To create an ONT software release from a repackaged archive

Before you proceed:
• Copy the repackaged ONT software file obtained from the Nokia Technical Support team
to the ONT software directory.
($AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ont/software/repacked) on the 5520 AMS
active data server.
3 Right-click ONT SW Releases and choose Create→ONT SW Release From Repacked

Archive.

5 Choose the repackaged software delivery file from the

$AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/ont/software/repacked directory in the SW
Delivery File field.
6 Click Finish.
minutes. The ONT software release includes a PBMT tool.
If the ONT package does not contain a release mapping file, add the ONT release mapping
to associate an ONT software release with an ONT hardware release. For more information,
see Procedure 1038.
Note — If the software package has been imported earlier using NED
deliveries on the same 5520 AMS server for the same software release,
then the action will fail when the software release is created again using
the repacked file with the message: Creation of ONT SW Release failed:
Software Release already exists.
Procedure 1038 To configure an ONT software release
3 Choose the ONT SW Release that you need to configure.
4 Configure the parameters as described in Table 237. These parameters are not applicable
for EPON ONT software upgrade.
Table 237 ONT software release parameters
Parameter Options
Automatic SW Upgrade For an automatic ONT software upgrade, select the check box. Automatic
software upgrade applies only to 5520 AMS-controlled ONT software
activation.
For a manual ONT software upgrade, deselect the check box.
Major NE SW Releases Enter the NE name and Software release number.
(1 of 2)

Parameter Options
Specific NE SW Select the NE releases.
Releases
SW File to be Used for Indicates the type of VoIP load as a default value when VoIP is supported
Data-Only ONTs on the ONT and not provisioned with any VoIP service.
The No VoIP value is the only applicable value if the following condition
is met in the NE Plug Settings.
• ‘Use ONT Software Version Control Table’ is set to ‘From NE’
• 'Auto manage the ONT Planned Variant (always use one of DO, SIP,
H248,...)' check box is disabled.
Ensure that above mentioned condition is met for the system to function
properly.
Download Priority The higher the number, the higher the priority. To facilitate 5520
AMS-controlled automatic software activation, the download priority of
the new ONT release must be set to a higher priority than the current
ONT software release.
0 indicates a manual ONT software upgrade.
(2 of 2)
5 If required, right-click ONT SW Release and choose Actions→Add ONT Release Mapping.
Result: The Add ONT Release Mapping window opens.
6 Configure the parameters as described in Table 238.
Table 238 ONT release mapping parameters
Parameter Options
Usage Choose Used to include the ONT software load in the software package.
Choose Unused to exclude the ONT software load from the software package.
ONT SW Release Enter the ONT software release.
Software Version Choose a software version from the drop-down menu, which lists the ONT
software files that are in the ONT software release.
Hardware Version Enter the hardware version.
ONT Type Enter an ONT type.
ONT Family Choose an ONT family from the drop-down menu.

See Table 83 for information about the available ONT family types.
ONT Mode Choose an ONT mode from the drop-down menu.
VoIP Type Specifies the ONT software load that the 5520 AMS uses when an ONT is
configured without a VoIP service and no ONT software load is available for No
VoIP:
• Choose H248 or SIP to use the H.248 or SIP ONT software load.
• Choose No VoIP to disable this feature (the 5520 AMS does not use an
H.248 or SIP software load on an ONT configured without a VoIP service).
See Table 237 for information about the ONT software release parameters.
(1 of 2)

Parameter Options
Planned Variant Specifies the planned software variant. The default value is an empty null string.
This parameter can be modified after ONT software package creation only if the
'Use ONT Software Version Control Table' parameter is set to 'From NE' and the
'Auto manage the ONT Planned Variant (always use one of DO, SIP, H248, ...)'
check box in the NE Plug Settings is not selected.
Note: The value configured for the 'Planned Variant' parameter is always
persisted in the database irrespective of the setting for the 'Use ONT Software
Version Control Table' parameter or the 'Auto manage the ONT Planned Variant
(always use one of DO, SIP, H248,...)' parameter.
Caution: If UE, PBMT, or 5529 LRM are used to upgrade the customer network,
these tools modify the 'Planned Variant' value as per the 'VoIP type' value. This
overrules the value configured by the operator from 5520 AMS. Consequently
this may have an impact on ONT service outages or the operator may not be able
to differentiate ONT HW for different vendors using the ‘Planned Variant’
parameter.
Release Mapping Specifies the Mapping file.
(2 of 2)
7 Click Finish.
Result: The ONT software load appears in the Software Package Tree under ONT SW
Package.
Proceed to: Section 90.15
90.15 Downloading ONT software to an NE

After you create an ONT software release on the 5520 AMS GUI, you can download
the software to an NE. You initiate the download from the 5520 AMS, which passes
software information such as software load name, NE type, and release to the
software download application.
Before you proceed:
• For automatic software download, create an ONT software release with the
Automatic SW Upgrade parameter enabled and a priority of 1 or greater. See
Section 90.14 to create an ONT software release.
• For manual software download, create an ONT software release with the
Automatic SW Upgrade parameter disabled. See Section 90.14 to create an ONT
software release. The 5520 AMS sets the priority to 0.
Procedure 1039 To include an ONT software load in the software download

You must choose the ONT software loads that you want to include in the software download.

Before you proceed, create an ONT software release. See Section 90.14 to create an ONT
software release.
2 In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Releases→ONT SW Releases→ONT

SW Release→ONT SW Package→ONT SW Load.
3 Choose Used from the Usage drop-down menu and click the Apply icon ( ).
Note — You can select multiple ONT software loads and use Multiple
Edit to choose Used for all of them. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for
information.
Procedure 1040 To add configuration file references to an ONT software load

Before you proceed, choose an ONT software load to link configuration files.
Perform the following procedure to add configuration file references to an ONT software load.

SW Release→ONT SW Package→ONT SW Load.
3 In ONT Config Files section, click Browse and choose the following files:
• Config File 1
• Config File 2
The Config File 1 and Config File 2 is included during import or export operation and while
upgrading 5520 AMS. By default, the Config File 1 and Config File 2 is set to none. You
cannot delete the ONT configuration file when it is referenced to the ONT SW Load and when
you delete the ONT SW Load from the NE, the linked ONT configuration files are deleted.
For more information on ONT configuration files, see Section 39.4.

Procedure 1041 To download ONT software to an NE

Before you proceed, choose the ONT software loads to include in the software download. See
Procedure 1039 to include an ONT software load in the software download.
1 Perform the following steps to download ONT software to the NE from the Software or
Table 239 Downloading ONT software to the NE from the Network or Software Perspective
Step To download ONT sotware to the NE from the To download ONT software to the NE from the
Software Perspective Network Perspective
NE.
2 • In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Right-click the NE and choose
Releases→ONT SW Releases→ONT SW Release. Software→ONT→Download to OLT.
• Right-click ONT SW Release and choose Result: The Download ONT Software to NE window
Actions→Download to OLT. opens.
Result: The Download ONT Software to NE window

opens.
4 In the Available NE SW Releases table, choose the In the Available NE SW Releases table, modify the
software load to download to the NE. software load selected to download to the NE, if
Go to step 2. required.
Go to step 2.
3 In the Align Options section, choose one of the following options, as applicable:
• Complete NE Version Control Table - To align the ONT Software Version Control Table
entries in NEs with the definition of the selected ONT Software Package.
• Only Selected ONT SW Releases - To align the ONT Software Version Control Table
entries in NEs which corresponds to the definition of the selected ONT Software Package.
The following behavior is applied on selection of any option:
• New entries are created in the ONT Software Version Control Table
• Missing entries are created in the ONT Software Version Control Table
• Mismatched entries are updated in the ONT Software Version Control Table
• Unexpected entries are deleted from the ONT Software Version Control Table, only if the
“Remove entries from NEs for HW versions not present in selected ONT SW releases”
check-box is selected.
The Align Options is enabled only when the Align Version Control Table check-box is
selected.

If required, select the check-box to delete entries from NEs for hardware versions that are
not in the selected ONT software releases.
By default, the Complete NE Version Control Table option is selected.
When you align the ONT software version control table, the additional information of the align
operation results displays the following details:
• New entries are represented as ALIGNED and Success.

• Missing and Unexpected entries are represented as MISALIGNED. The Unexpected
entries are displayed only if the “Remove entries from NEs for HW versions not present
in selected ONT SW releases” check-box is not selected.
You can filter the additional information (entries) of the align operation results on the basis of
Success and MISALIGNED keywords. The entries and their count are displayed based on
the filter keywords.
90.16 Pre-provisioning an ONT

When you pre-provision an ONT, you cannot specify the ONT family or equipped
type. The 5520 AMS only detects the actual ONT type when the ONT is installed and
connected to the NE shelf. When the ONT installed in the NE corresponds to a
provisioned ONT, the detected ONT cards are listed under the provisioned ONT in
the Network Tree.
Note — When an ONT does not have the correct software

provisioned, the service activity on that ONT is affected. To
allow the ONT to forward traffic during the download period,
choose Infrastructure→Software→Software System
Parameters and select Disabled (Do not block user traffic) from
the Software Version Mismatch Traffic Control drop-down list.
The default option is Enabled (Block user traffic). This feature
is supported from ISAM R5.2 onwards.
Procedure 1042 To pre-provision an ONT
1 When a customer request is received for services, use the 5520 AMS to create the ONT. See
the Operations and Maintenance guide for the NE. Configure the parameters as described in
Table 240.

Table 240 Create ONT parameters
Parameter Value
Serial Number ALCL00000000 (default)
Subscriber location ID The value assigned to the ONT that is installed in the NE
Note — When the ONT serial number is set to a value different from the
default value then the value of the Administrative State is changed to
'unlocked'. This behavior is controlled by the global flag ‘Unlock ONT
When Setting an Actual Serial Number’, and it can be enabled or
disabled. This flag is disabled by default.
Caution — The serial number ALCL00000000 must only be used for

pre-provisioned ONTs. The 5520 AMS allows ALCL00000000 to have a
variety of AIDs and services applied to the ONT without generating
alarms.
Result: The Administrative State of the ONT is unlocked.
2 Install the ONT, setting the subscriber location ID through the User Service Interface (craft
port on ONT), and verify that the ONT is in service.
When installed, the ONT performs a self-test. The self-test sends the serial number and
subscriber location ID (when available) to the system. When the subscriber location ID is
available, the P-OLT matches the subscriber location ID to the AID and provisions the ONT.
If the ONT software is not the correct version, the automatic software upgrade occurs. When
the automatic software upgrade occurs, the ONT reboots.
3 Verify whether the ONT is provisioned and all alarms are cleared.
• If yes, this procedure is complete.

• If not, the ONT must be provisioned manually. See the Operations and Maintenance
guide for the NE.

90.17 Downloading and activating ONT software on

an ONT
This section applies only to 5520 AMS-controlled ONT software activation. See 5520
AMS or NE-controlled software activation in section 90.1 for more information. This
procedure must be executed on existing ONTs that are connected to the NE to
download and activate new ONT software on them. If the Automatic Software
Upgrade parameter is not selected while creating the ONT software release, then
this procedure must also be executed when new ONTs are connected to the NE, to
manually download and activate new ONT software on them.
You can download ONT software to:
• All of the ONTs on an NE, rack, subrack, LT, or PON port
• One ONT on the NE
Note — For new ONTs that are connected to the NE, the ONT
software will be upgraded automatically, if the following
conditions are met:
• If the Automatic SW Upgrade check box is enabled, while
creating an ONT software release as described in Section
90.14.
• If the Download Priority of the new ONT SW release is set to
a higher priority than the current ONT SW release, while
creating an ONT software release as described in Section
90.14.
• If the Planned Software parameter is set as UNPLANNED
(default value for new ONTs) and Downloaded Software
parameter is set as DISABLED (default value for new ONTs)
for the ONT in the ONT Object Details view.
Note — When you choose From NE for the Use ONT Software
Version Control Table parameter, the 5520 AMS disables the
following options in the SW Management ONT Properties
section of the NE Plug Specific Settings in the Administration
Tree:
• Download/Activate to ONT (GPON) when selecting a single
object such as NE, Rack, Subrack, Slot LT, PON Port, and
ONT. For downloading and activating the ONT software for
multiple objects, see Procedure 1043
• Activate Passive SW on ONT when selecting a single ONT.

For activating passive software on an ONT for multiple
objects, see Procedure 1044

Note — When you choose From AMS for the Use ONT
Software Version Control Table parameter, the 5520 AMS
disables the option Download/Activate to ONT (GPON) in the
SW Management ONT Properties section of the NE Plug
Specific Settings in the Administration Tree. The option is
disabled when selecting a single object, such as Slot LT without
PON Port.
Note — When you configure the ONT software release for a

manual software upgrade, and the 5520 AMS downloads the
ONT software to the rack, subrack, LT slot, or PON port level,
only the ONTs associated with the level that have a hardware
version that matches the hardware version of the software are
updated.
Procedure 1043 To download and activate the ONT software

The ONT software files must already be downloaded to the NE. See Section 90.14 to create an
ONT software release.
You can monitor the status of the download process using the View ONT Software Download
Status window. See Procedure 1049 to view the ONT software download status.
1 In the Network tree view, choose one of the following object types:
• Up to 10 NEs (you can multi-select up to 10 NEs to download and activate ONT software
on all configured ONTS of the selected NEs)
• NE→Rack to perform the action on all configured ONTs under the selected rack of the NE
• NE→Rack→Subrack to perform the action on all configured ONTs under the selected
subrack of the NE
• NE→Rack→Subrack→Slot LT to perform the action on all configured ONTs under the
selected LT unit
• NE→Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port to perform the action on all configured ONTs
under the selected PON port
• NE→Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT to perform the
action on the selected ONT
2 Right-click the selected objects and choose Software→ONT→Download/Activate to ONT

(GPON).
Result: The Download Software to ONT window opens. The name of the ONT is displayed
in the Selection parameter, which is read-only.
3 In the Selected ONT SW Releases table, choose the ONT software load to download.

4 Choose one of the following options, as applicable:
• Download as passive software and do not activate

• Download and activate immediately
• Download and activate during next ONT In-Service transition - The ONT software is
downloaded and during the next ONT Out-of-Service (OOS) to In-Service (IS) transition,
the OLT will activate the software version specified in the Download Version attribute. The
Planned Version attribute is set to DELAYACTIVATE. The polling is implemented during
the ONT software download. However, the polling is not implemented for the delay
activation. For single NE selection, the Download and activate during next ONT
In-Service transition is enabled only when the selected NE supports the option. For
multiple NE selection, the Download and activate during next ONT In-Service transition
option is always enabled.
5 Click Finish and Close to confirm the download process.
Procedure 1044 To activate passive software on an ONT

Use this procedure to activate the ONT software if you did not activate the software when it was
downloaded to the ONT in Procedure 1043.
The ONT software files must already be downloaded to the ONT. See Procedure 1043 to
download the ONT software.
1 Open the Network perspective.

3 Right-click the selected ONTs and choose Software→ONT→Activate Passive SW on ONT.
4 Click Yes to start the activation process.
90.18 Aligning the ONT software version control

table
This section applies only to NE-controlled ONT software activation. See “5520 AMS
or NE-controlled software activation” for more information.

The automatic ONT software download process depends on the default setting of the
Use ONT Software Version Control Table parameter in the Administration Tree.
Table 241 describes the default parameter options.
Table 241 Use ONT Software Version Control Table parameter
Parameter option ONT software download action
From NE (1) This is the default setting. Checks for the version control
table entry created in the NE using the Align Version
Control Table command. See Procedure 1047 to align
the ONT software version control table.
From AMS Checks for the ONT HW/SW version control table entries
in the 5520 AMS.
Note
(1) The NE controls future ONT upgrades using the local version control table.
Note — When you choose From AMS for the Use ONT
Software Version Control Table parameter, the 5520 AMS
disables the options Check Version Control Table (GPON) and
Align Version Control Table (GPON) in the SW Management
ONT Properties section of the NE Plug Specific Settings in the
Administration tree. The options are disabled when selecting a
single object such as NE and ONT SW Releases on the NE.
For checking and aligning of ONT software version control table
for multiple objects, see Procedures 1046 and 1047
Procedure 1045 To create ONT software version control

Perform the following procedure to create ONT software version control.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Software→ONT→Version Control.
2 Right-click Version Control and choose Create→ONT SW Version Control.
Result: The Create ONT SW Version Control window opens.
Result: The second Create ONT SW Version Control window opens.
4 Configure the following parameters. Table lists the parameters to be configured for creating
ONT SW Version Control.

Table 242 Guidelines for creating ONT Software Version Control
Parameter Tab Guidelines
HW Version Number Identification Enter the HW version number
Planned Variant Enter planned variant number
Planned Software Software Version The parameter UNPLANNED is

selected by default.
Planned Software The parameter UNPLANNED is

(Confirm) selected by default.
Downloaded Software The default value displayed is

DISABLED.
Planned Config Files/ Config 1 The Default value selected is

DISABLED.
Downloaded
Planned Config Files/ Config 2 The Default value selected is
DISABLED.
Downloaded
5 Click Finish to confirm.
Procedure 1046 To check the ONT software version control table
1 Navigate to the NE.
2 Right-click the selected NEs and choose Software→ONT→Check Version Control Table
(GPON).
Result: The Check ONT SW Version Control Table window opens.
a Click Add and choose the NEs.
b In the Selected ONT SW Releases table, choose the ONT software load to check. You
can choose multiple ONT software loads.

In the ONT Download Options section, choose one of the following options, as applicable:

downloaded and during the next ONT Out-of-Service (OOS) to In-Service (IS) transition,
the OLT will activate the software version specified in the Download Version attribute. The
Planned Version attribute is set to DELAYACTIVATE. The polling is implemented during
the ONT software download. However, the polling is not implemented for the delay
activation. For single NE selection, the Download and activate during next ONT
In-Service transition is enabled only when the selected NE supports the option. For
multiple NE selection, the Download and activate during next ONT In-Service transition
option is always enabled.
In the Align Options section, choose one of the following options, as applicable:
• Complete NE Version Control Table - To align the GPON ONT Software Version Control
Table entries in NEs with the definition of the selected ONT Software Package.
• Only Selected ONT SW Releases - To align the GPON ONT Software Version Control
Table entries in NEs which corresponds to the definition of the selected ONT Software
Package.
If required, select the check-box to delete entries from NEs for hardware versions that are not in
the selected ONT software releases.
Caution — When you choose Download and activate immediately, the

operation resets the ONT and interrupts service.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The 5520 AMS checks the version control table. When the check is complete, the
5520 AMS displays the results in the Action Details window.

The additional information of the results displays the following details:
• New entries are represented as ALIGNED and Success

You can filter the additional information (entries) of the results on the basis of Success and
MISALIGNED keywords. The entries and their count are displayed based on the filter
keywords.
Note — If the 'Auto manage the ONT Planned Variant (always use one
of DO, SIP, H248,...)' check box in the NE Plug Settings is:
• selected, the 'VoIP type' attribute of the selected ONT software

package configured in the ‘ONT SW Load’ object in the Software
perspective is used to audit the variant in ONT Software Version
Control Table of the NE.
• not selected, the 'Planned Variant' attribute of the selected ONT
software package configured in the ‘ONT SW Load’ object in the
Software perspective is used to audit the planned variant in ONT
HW/SW Version Control Table of the NE.
Procedure 1047 To align the ONT software version control table

Perform this procedure to align the ONT software version control table in an NE with the selected
ONT software package as follows:
• Entries that are in the ONT software package, but missing in the ONT software version
control table, are created in the ONT software version control table.
• Entries that are in the ONT software package and ONT software version control table, but
are mismatched, are updated in the ONT software version control table.
• Entries that are in the ONT software version control table, but missing in the ONT
software package, are deleted from the ONT software version control table, only when
you select the check-box to delete entries from NEs for hardware versions that are not
present in the selected ONT software releases.
2 Right-click the selected NEs and choose Software→ONT→Align Version Control Table
(GPON).
Result: The Align ONT SW Version Control Table window opens.

b In the Selected ONT SW Releases table, choose the ONT software load to check. You
c In the ONT Download Options section, choose one of the following options, as
applicable:

downloaded and during the next ONT Out-of-Service (OOS) to In-Service (IS)
transition, the OLT will activate the software version specified in the Download
Version attribute. The Planned Version attribute is set to DELAYACTIVATE. The
polling is implemented during the ONT software download. However, the polling is
not implemented for the delay activation. For single NE selection, the Download and
activate during next ONT In-Service transition is enabled only when the selected NE
supports the option. For multiple NE selection, the Download and activate during
next ONT In-Service transition option is always enabled.
Note — When performing align version control table with the “download
and activate immediately” option on an existing ONT load, the
Downloaded Software is Disabled in the Software Version of the ONT SW
Control view.
Caution — When you choose Download and activate immediately, the

operation resets the ONT and interrupts service.
d In the Align Options section, choose one of the following options, as applicable:
• Complete NE Version Control Table - To align the GPON ONT Software Version
Control Table entries in NEs with the definition of the selected ONT Software
Package.
• Only Selected ONT SW Releases - To align the GPON ONT Software Version
Control Table entries in NEs which corresponds to the definition of the selected ONT
Software Package.
• Unexpected entries are deleted from the ONT Software Version Control Table, only
if the “Remove entries from NEs for HW versions not present in selected ONT SW
releases” check-box is selected.

e If required, select the check box to delete entries from NEs for hardware versions that
are not in the selected ONT software releases.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The 5520 AMS aligns the version control table. When the align operation is complete,
the 5520 AMS displays the results in the Action Details window.

• Missing and Unexpected entries are represented as MISALIGNED. The unexpected
keywords.
Note — If the 'Auto manage the ONT Planned Variant (always use one
of DO, SIP, H248,...)' check box in the NE Plug Settings is:
• selected, the 'Planned Variant' value for an ONT hardware in the ONT
HW/SW Version Control Table in the NE aligns with the 'VoIP Type'
value in the 'ONT SW Load' of the same ONT hardware in the
• not selected, the 'Planned Variant' value for an ONT hardware in the
ONT HW/SW Version Control Table in the NE aligns with the 'Planned
Variant' value in the 'ONT SW Load' of the same ONT hardware in the
90.19 Viewing ONT software upgrade information
Procedure 1048 To view ONT software packages and loads on the 5520 AMS
Before you proceed, create an ONT software package and an ONT software release. See Section
90.14 to create an ONT software release.

SW Release.

3 Choose and expand ONT SW Package.
Result: The Object Details view displays the software package information. The ONT
software loads are displayed in the Software Package Tree.
4 For information about an ONT software load, choose ONT SW Load.
Procedure 1049 To view the ONT software downloads in progress or with errors
2 Right-click the NE and choose Software→ONT→Show Downloads in Progress or with

Errors.
Result: The Show Downloads in Progress or with Errors window opens and displays
information about the ONT software download status as described in Table 243.
Table 243 ONT Download Status
Field Description
ONT Name Displays the name of the ONT.

Global Status Displays the global status of the download.
Additional Information Displays any additional information on the download.
Note 1 — To filter the ONTs that are displayed in the window, click the
Search by icon ( ), choose a category from the drop-down menu, and
type the corresponding value in the adjacent field.
Note 2 — Click the Options icon ( ) to select the fields to be displayed

in the table.
Note 3 — The ONT Download Status table only displays the status for
downloads that are in progress or have errors.
Note 4 — See Table 246 for the list of possible states reported in the
Global Status and Additional Information fields.
3 Select one or multiple entries and click Next.

Result: The second Show ONT Software Downloads in Progress or with Errors window
opens and displays information about the ONT software download status as described in
Table 244.
Table 244 Detailed ONT Download Status
Field Description
ONT Name Displays the name of the ONT.
Additional Info Displays any additional information on the download.
ONT Type Displays the type of the ONT.
HW Version Displays the hardware version of the ONT.
Active SW Displays the active software on the ONT.
Passive SW Displays the passive software on the ONT.
Planned SW Displays whether the software on the ONT is planned or

unplanned.
Download SW Displays whether the software download on the ONT is

enabled or disabled.
Operation Status Displays the operational status of the ONT.
Admin state Displays the administrative state of the ONT.
Note 1 — To filter the ONTs that are displayed in the window, click the
Search by icon ( ), choose a category from the drop-down menu, and
type the corresponding value in the adjacent field.

in the table.
Note 3 — Choose an entry and click Go To to navigate to the ONT in the

Network Tree.
Note 4 — Click Refresh to refresh the list displayed in the table.
Note 5 — Choose an entry and click Show Details to display the Object
Details window of the ONT.
Note 6 — Choose an entry and click Copy All to copy the details of the
ONT software download to the clipboard.
Note 7 — Click Back to open the previous Show Downloads in Progress

or with Errors window.

Procedure 1050 To view ONT Software from OLT

Perform the following procedure to view the ONT software from OLT.
Before you proceed, download the ONT software files to the NE. See Procedure 1043 to download
and activate the ONT software.
2 Right-click the NE and choose Software→ ONT→ View from OLT
Result: The View ONT Software from OLT window opens and displays information about the
ONT software downloaded to OLT
3 Select the row with the ONT software release for which you need view more information.
4 Click Show Details.
The View ONT Sotware Files window opens and displays the information about the ONT
software files from OLT.
Procedure 1051 To view the ONT software information for a selected ONT
and activate the ONT software.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Software→ONT→SW Version→ONT

SW Version.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the ONT software information for the selected
ONT, including the software version and file size.
Procedure 1052 To view the ONT software available on the NT unit

and activate the ONT software in Section 90.17 to download and activate the ONT software.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Software→ONT→SW Version.

Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the ONT software that is available on the NT,
including the software version and file size.
Procedure 1053 To view the ONT download status for the ONTs on a PON port
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port.
2 Click the ONT Software tab.
Result: The Download Status table appears and displays information about the software
downloads for the ONTs as described in Table 245.
Table 245 ONT Download Status
Field Description
ONT number Displays the ONT number that is being downloaded.
Additional Information Displays any additional information on the download.

in the table.
Note 2 — The Download Status table only displays the status for
downloads that are in progress or have errors.
Table 246 lists the possible states reported in the Global Status and Additional Information fields.
Multiple states can be reported in each field.

Table 246 Possible states reported in the Download Status fields
Field Possible State
Global Status Activation Failed
Activation Ongoing
Download Failed
Download File Not Found
Download Ongoing
No Match in Version Control
ONT Inactive
Software Version Mismatch
Additional Information Last Downloaded Software Mismatch
Last Planned Software Mismatch
NT/LT Transfer Failed
NT/LT Transfer Ongoing
OMCI Transfer Failed
OMCI Transfer Ongoing
ONT Flash-Write Failed
ONT Flash-Write Ongoing
Procedure 1054 To view the ONT download status for an ONT

Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT.
Result: The Object Details view opens. The Download Status parameter in the Software panel on
the General tab displays information about the software downloads for the ONT.
90.20 Viewing and deleting ONT software

The 5520 AMS displays a failure error message if it cannot delete one or more of the
ONT software packages selected for deletion. You can ignore the error if ONT
software deletion fails because some of the software loads are included in multiple
ONT software packages. Check the Additional Information field in the Action Details
view to verify that the software loads that the 5520 AMS could not delete are included
in multiple ONT software packages. If the error arises from another condition, correct

the problem and try the deletion again, or contact your Nokia representative for
assistance.
Procedure 1055 To view or delete ONT software

Perform the following procedure to view or delete ONT software from the Network or from the
Software Perspective.
Note — You can select multiple NEs for viewing/deleting ONT software.
1 Perform the following steps in Table 247 to view or delete ONT software from the Network or
the Software Perspective.
Table 247 Viewing or deleting the ONT software from the Network or the
Software Perspective
St To view and delete ONT SW from the Network To view and delete ONT SW from the
ep Perspective Software Perspective
1a Open the Network Perspective and navigate to Open the Software Perspective.
the NE.
1b Right-click the NE and choose

Software→ONT→View/Delete from OLT. • In the Software Package Tree view,
Result: The View/Delete ONT Software from NE choose Software Releases→ONT
window opens. SW Releases→ONT SW Release.
The View/Delete ONT Software from NE window • Right-click ONT SW Release and
shows: choose Actions→Delete from OLT.
• ONT software releases downloaded to the Result: The Delete ONT Software
NE by the 5520 AMS from OLT window opens.
• ONT software releases on the NE that are
not managed by the 5520 AMS
The description field indicates ONT software

releases that are not managed by the 5520 AMS.
2 Click Add to select the NEs and from the ONT SW Release table select the available ONT
SW release and click Finish.
Procedure 1056 To delete individual ONT software files
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Software→ONT→SW Version→ONT SW

Version.

2 Right-click ONT SW Version and choose Actions→Initiate Removal.
Result: The Initiate Removal window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The Result page displays the removal status.
Note —
• To save details of the removal test result in CSV format, click Save as
CSV.
• To copy details of the removal test result to the clipboard, click Copy
All.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The ONT software file is deleted.
Procedure 1057 To delete ONT configuration file
Note — You can delete an ONT Configuration file from the software tree
only when the related file is not used by any ONT Software Load. If the
configuration file is still linked to an ONT Software Load then the deletion
will fail with an error.
1 Perform the following steps to delete ONT configuration file from the Software or Network
Perspective.
Table 248 Steps to delete ONT configuration file
Step To delete from the Software To delete from the Network

1 Open the Software Prespective. Open the Network Prespective and

navigate to the NE.
(1 of 2)

Step To delete from the Software To delete from the Network

2 • In the Software Package Tree Right-click the NE and choose

view, choose Software Releases Software →ONT→Delete from OLT
→ONT Config File → ONT (Config Files)
Config Group
• Right-click ONT Config Group
and choose Actions →Delete
from OLT
(2 of 2)
Result: The Delete ONT Config File from NE window opens.
2 Select the NE or the ONT Config File group.
3 Click Finish.
Result: When the deletion is complete, the 5520 AMS displays the results in the Action
Details window.
90.21 Migrating the ISAM NE software and database
Note — If you are migrating from a release that is not

supported, contact Nokia technical support. Go to
http://support.alcatel-lucent.com. Under Product Technical
Support, choose a country. The Nokia Support Contact
Numbers window opens and displays the phone and e-mail
contact information for technical assistance for the selected
country.

Before you proceed, make sure your user account is assigned the necessary
functions to perform the procedures in this chapter. See the 5520 AMS Administrator
Guide for more information.
Note 1 — NE database migration is applicable only for Release
R4.3.01 and later, for x86 servers.
Note 2 — The NE migration from SPARC-based 5520 AMS
Release 9.1.10 to x86-based 5520 AMS Release 9.2.10 is
unavailable for releases up to R4.2. The x86 migration is
supported for OLT R4.3 and later.
Note 3 — If an external software release has been downloaded
to the NE, and the same software release does not exist in the
5520 AMS, migration will fail. For example, if the external
server has a minimized package (which is downloaded to the
NE), but the 5520 AMS has a full package, migration will fail
because the same software release does not exist on 5520
AMS and the NE. In this case, create the minimized NE
software release on the 5520 AMS, and copy the same
package to the external server for downloading to the NE. Then
select the same software load while performing the NE
migration using the 5520 AMS GUI.
Note 4 — On 5529 LRM, for OSWP with custom software
package prefix, you must manually create the source and target
migration path. For more information about target / source
creation, see the 5529 Large-Scale Release Manager
documentation.
Applies to — To migrate an ISAM NE which is manged through

SSH to ISAM R5.7, you must generate a new key on the NE
and remove the SSH public key for the ISAM NE before
migration. Otherwise, the migration operation fails. You can use
the script ams_renew_isam_ssh_info.sh or SSH command to
remove the SSH information of an NE from the 5520 AMS. For
more details, see the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide.
In this section, “source release” refers to the release no longer managed by 5520
AMS and “target release” refers to a release managed by 5520 AMS.
Procedure 1058 To migrate the NE database (when source and target releases are
managed by 5520 AMS)
1 Perform the following steps to download the software to the NE from the Software or Network
Perspective.

Table 249 Migrating NE software and database from the Network or Software Perspective
Step To migrate the NE database from the Software To migrate the NE database from the Network
NE.
2a • In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Right-click the NE and choose
Releases→NE SW Releases→NE SW Release. Software→NE→Migrate NE.
• Right-click NE SW Release and choose Result: The Migrate NE Software window opens.
Actions→Migrate NE.
Result: The Migrate NE Software window opens.
software load has been selected. software load you need to use in the migration.
Click OK. Click OK.
2 When the window contains a Perform Backup Consistency Check using SHC parameter,
select the check box to verify that the NE backup file is consistent, and is not corrupt before
the NE backup file is restored. The parameter is not available for all NE types.
Note — Backup consistency check is applicable only for Release

R4.3.01 and later, on x86 servers.
3 If required, click Schedule Browse and schedule the NE migration. See the 5520 AMS
4 Click Finish to migrate the NE database.
Procedure 1059 To migrate the NE database (when only the target release is managed
by 5520 AMS)
Perform the following procedure when you must migrate from a release that is no longer managed
by the 5520 AMS to a release that is managed by the 5520 AMS, for example, when you replace
an NT card in an NE with an NT card from inventory, and the NT card from inventory has factory
default software that corresponds to a release no longer managed by the 5520 AMS.
Before you proceed, the plug-in you are migrating to must be installed on the 5520 AMS. See the
5520 AMS Installation and Migration Guide.

Perform the following procedure to migrate from a release no longer managed by 5520 AMS to a
release managed by 5520 AMS.
1 Create a 7302/7330/7356/7360 ISAM target release plug-in and enter the IP address of the
original release NE. See the 5520 AMS User Guide.
2 Navigate to the NE and choose Agents→Agent (IACM).
3 Select the Bypass Type/Release Check check box and click the Apply icon ( ) to save the
changes.
4 Supervise the NE. See the 5520 AMS User Guide.
5 Download the software and create an NE software release. See Section 90.4.
Note — You use TFTP or SFTP to download the software, depending

on the protocol supported by the original release. See the
7302/7330/7356/7360 ISAM documentation for more information.
6 Back up the NE and select the Including OAM Channel Information (For Migration Purposes
Only) check box. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide.
7 Migrate the database from the source release to the target release. See Procedure 1058.
8 Stop supervision on the NE. See the 5520 AMS User Guide.
9 Navigate to the NE and choose Agents→Agent (IACM).
10 Deselect the Bypass Type/Release Check check box and click the Apply icon ( ) to save
the changes.
11 Supervise the NE. See the 5520 AMS User Guide.
Procedure 1060 To migrate NEs with voice-based cards

Perform the following procedure to migrate NEs with voice-based cards.

Before you proceed:
• When the ISAM is installed with voice boards, the CDE profile must be active and the
CDE profile settings must be configured in 5520 AMS.
• The 7302 ISAM xVPS migration uses the parameters stored in param.cfg file. You can
change the settings of the param.cfg file. See Procedure 1016.
1 Download the voice-based Software to an NE. Right-click the NE and choose Software →
NE → Download to NE
If the voice-based card is managed by IACM, the software must be downloaded to IACM. If
the voice-based card is managed by 7302 ISAM xVPS, the software must be downloaded to
7302 ISAM xVPS.
2 Configure the CLI username and password in the NE Objects Details view.
3 Configure the CDE parameters. In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software
Releases → NE SW Releases → NE SW Release → Tools → Upgrade Scripts and configure
the following in Configuration Options table:
• CDE profile name currently loaded

• CDE profile name to be loaded
• CDE profile to be loaded directory (relative to TFTP top directory)
4 Migrate the NE software. For more information, see Procedure 1058.
90.22 Viewing migration information

See Procedure 1028 for information about viewing NE software packages and loads
on the 5520 AMS.
Procedure 1061 To view migration status

You can view the migration status in the:
• Migration log view. See Procedure 1062.

• Action Details view. See the 5520 AMS User Guide.
• Activation parameter in the States panel of the OSWP Object Details view. See
Procedure 1028.
• Log files in $AMS_EXTERNAL_SHAREDDATA_HOME/NE_IPaddress, where
NE_IPaddress is a directory named with the IP address of the NE; use a text browser.

Procedure 1062 To view the migration log
• From the Network perspective:

• Navigate to the NE.
• Right-click the NE and choose Software→NE→View Migration Log.
Result: The View Migration Log File window opens, with the NE displayed in the Selected
NEs parameter.
• If required, click Browse and choose a different NE.
• From the Software perspective:

• In the Software Package Tree view, choose Software Releases→NE SW Releases→NE
SW Release.
• Right-click NE SW Release and choose Actions→View Migration Log.
Result: The View Migration Log File window opens.
• Click Browse and choose an NE.
2 Click View.
Result: The View Server File window opens.
3 If required, choose a server from the drop-down menu.
4 Choose a log file from the list and click Open to view the log file contents.
5 Click Finish to close the View Server File window.
6 Click Finish to close the View Migration Log File window.
Procedure 1063 To view PBMT migration tool information

Release→Tools→Migration.
Result: The Object Details view displays the name and location of the migration tool.

Procedure 1064 To view system health check information

Release→Tools→System Health Check.
Result: The Object Details view displays the name and location of the system health check.
90.23 Viewing In Service Software Upgrade
Use the following procedures to view In Service Software Upgrade.

The Upgrade Plan will be auto-created by the NE based on the following criteria:
• When you have 2 OSWP files downloaded to the NE.
• When only one OSWP file is downloaded to the NE and there is no entry in the
upgrade plan.
• When there are 2 OSWP files and there is no difference in LT software, then the
LT information is not listed in the upgrade plan.
• When there are 2 OSWP files and there is no difference in NT software, then there
is no entry in the upgrade plan.
You can enable the In Service Software Upgrade by navigating to Infrastructure →

Software → Software System Parameter → In Service Software Upgrade panel. You
can select either one of the following options for Software Replacement Mode
parameter.
• Upgrade by Active NT
• Upgrade by Standby NT
• Upgrade by Standby NT with ISSU-Capable LTs
Procedure 1065 To view the upgrade plan

Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Software → ISSU → Upgrade Plan → Upgrade
Plan

Procedure 1066 To view the upgrade status

You can view the upgrade status only when the software is getting upgraded
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Software → ISSU → Upgrade Status → Upgrade
Status
90.24 Configuring software system parameters

Use this procedure to configure software system parameters.
Procedure 1067 To configure software system parameters
Note — Auto-Boot files are the database configuration files which

automatically executes the required CLI commands to ensure the node is
reachable by the network manager. From ISAM R5.8.01 onwards, you
can view the Auto-Boot Files information which displays the timestamp of
the last updated auto-boot files. The format of the timestamp is
YYYY-MM-DD:HH:MM:SS.
90.25 Clearing database rollback alarms

Use this procedure to clear a database rollback alarm after you migrate NE
database.

Procedure 1068 To clear a database rollback alarm
2 Right-click Software Systems Parameters and choose Actions→Clear Database Rollback

Alarm.
Result: The Clear Database Rollback Alarm window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The alarm is cleared.


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M EPON ONT software management
USING THE 5520 AMS
91 EPON ONT software management

cards.
91.1 Overview
91.2 Upgrading EPON ONT software
91.1 Overview
This chapter provides information on downloading, activating, and committing ONT
software.
There are three methods to upgrade the software on an ONT after the ONT registers
at the PON.
• Planned: For a planned software upgrade, the OLT automatically downloads,
activates, and commits the ONT software after the ONT registers, if the
configured planned software version for the ONT differs from the active software
version on the ONT.
If the software upgrade mode is DPoE, the OLT sets the software filename before
restarting the ONT.
• Automatic: For automatic software upgrades, the ONT software version control
table specifies the planned software version for the ONT. The OLT automatically
downloads, activates, and commits this software version to a newly-registered
ONT that is configured in automatic upgrade mode, and has a pre-configured
entry in the ONT software version control table.
• Manual: For a manual software upgrade, the operator must download, activate,
and commit the ONT software.
If the software upgrade mode is set to DPoE, you must restart the ONT using CLI.

EPON ONT software management 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
The OLT can download the software in CTC, TK or DPoE modes:

• CTC is used if the ONU can extract the files from the software package. In CTC
mode, the OLT downloads the software package from the NT to the LT to the
ONU.
• TK or DPoE is used if the ONU cannot extract the files from the software package:
• The OLT extracts the files from the software package for the ONU at the NT.
• The OLT downloads the extracted files from the NT to the LT to the ONU.
Note — The OLT can support TK and DPoE links to OAM on

the same PON concurrently.
Table 250 EPON ONT software upgrade procedures
Task See
To create EPON ONT software version control Procedure 1072

To plan EPON ONT software Procedure 1073
To check EPON ONT SW version control table Procedure 1074
To align EPON ONT SW version control table Procedure 1075

To download EPON ONT software Procedure 1076
To activate EPON ONT software Procedure 1077
To commit EPON ONT software Procedure 1078
91.2 Upgrading EPON ONT software

This section provides the workflows for auto planned and manual mode of EPON
ONT upgrade.
Procedure 1069 Upgrade EPON ONT software in ‘Auto’ mode
Note — Auto mode is not supported for MSO EPON ONTs.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following workflow to upgrade EPON ONT software.
1 Create an EPON ONT software release. See Section 90.4.
2 Download the ONT software to the NE. See Procedure 1041.
3 Align the ONT software version table. See Procedure 1075.
4 Choose the mode to upgrade the software on the ONT as ‘Auto’. See Procedure 1073.
Procedure 1070 Upgrade EPON ONT software in ‘Planned’ mode

Perform the following workflow to upgrade EPON ONT software in the ‘Planned’ mode.
2 Download the ONT software release to the NE. See Procedure 1041.
3 Choose the mode to upgrade the software on an ONT as ‘Planned’. See Procedure 1073.
Procedure 1071 Upgrade EPON ONT software in ‘Manual’ mode

Perform the following workflow to upgrade EPON ONT software in the ‘Manual’ mode.
2 Download the ONT software to the NE. See Procedure 1041.
3 Choose the mode to upgrade the software on the ONT as ‘Manual’. See Procedure 1073.
4 Download ONT software to the ONT. See Procedure 1076.
5 Activate ONT software on the ONT. See Procedure 1077.
6 Commit ONT software on the ONT. See Procedure 1078.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1072 To create EPON ONT SW Version Control

Perform the following procedure to create an EPON ONT software version control table. This
procedure is applicable only if you want to manually create the EPON ONT SW version control
table for the NE.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Software→EPON ONT→EPON Version

Control.
2 Right-click EPON Version Control and choose Create→EPON ONT SW Version Control.
Result: The Create EPON ONT SW Version Control window opens.
3 Enter the ID in the ID field.
4 Click Next.
5 Enter the hardware version number in the HW Version Number field.
6 From the Planned Variant drop-down list, select one of the following variants:
• DO
• SIP
• H.248
7 Enter the planned software version in the Planned Software field.
8 From the Upgrade Mode drop-down list, select one of the following modes:
• None
• CTC
• TK
9 Click Finish.
Procedure 1073 To plan ONT software

Perform the following procedure to plan EPON ONT software.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Before you proceed, verify that the ONT software file resides on the NT file system.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→EPON Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→EPON ONT.
2 Right-click EPON ONT and choose Actions→Planned SW Mode→Plan ONT SW.
Result: The Planned SW Mode > Plan ONT SW window opens.
3 From the Mode drop-down list, select one of the following modes:
Table 251 ONT upgrade modes
Upgrade mode Go to
Manual Step 9
Auto Step 8
Planned Step 4
4 From the ONT SW File Selection drop-down list, select one of the following options:
Table 252 ONT SW file selection options
Option Go to
Choose File Available on NE Step 5
Enter New File Name Step 6
5 This step is applicable only if you select Choose File Available on NE in step 4.
Browse and select the file to be used for upgrade in the ONT SW File field. Go to step 7.
6 This step is applicable only if you select Enter New File Name in step 4.
Enter the software file name to be used for upgrade in the ONT SW File name field. Navigate
to the NE→Infrastructure→Software→EPON ONT→EPON SW Version to obtain the
filename to be entered. Go to step 7.
7 From the Upgrade Mode drop-down list, select one of the following upgrade modes:
• None
• CTC
• TK
Go to step 9.

USING THE 5520 AMS
8 This step is applicable only if you select Auto in step 3.
From the Planned Variant drop-down list, select one of the following variants:
• DO
• SIP
• H.248
Note 1 — If planned software upgrade mode is selected, the system

downloads and activates the planned software version on the ONT, and
performs a commit.
A SWDLIP alarm is set when the download starts and clears when the
download completes.
When the ONT software is downloaded and activated, the active software
will be the same as the planned software.
Note 2 — If automatic software upgrade mode is selected, the system

downloads the software version specified in the ONT software version
control table to the ONT, and activates and commits it.
A SWDLIP alarm is set when the download starts and clears when the
download completes.
When the ONT software is downloaded and activated, the active software
will be the same as the planned software.
Note 3 — If manual software upgrade mode is selected, proceed to

download, activate and commit ONT software manually. See Procedures
1076, 1077 and 1078.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1074 To check the EPON ONT software version control table
Perform the following procedure to check the EPON ONT software version control table.
2 Right-click the selected NEs and choose Software→ONT→Check Version Control Table
(EPON).
Note — When you choose From AMS for the Use ONT Software
Version Control Table parameter, the 5520 AMS disables the option
Check Version Control Table (EPON) in the SW Management ONT
Properties section of the NE Plug Specific Settings in the Administration
tree. The option is disabled when selecting a single object such as NE
and ONT SW Releases on the NE.
Result: The Check EPON ONT SW Version Control Table window opens.
b In the Available ONT SW Releases table, choose the ONT software load to check. You
• Complete NE Version Control Table - To align the EPON ONT Software Version Control
• Only Selected ONT SW Releases - To align the EPON ONT Software Version Control
Package.
5 Click Finish.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The 5520 AMS checks the version control table. When the check is complete, the
5520 AMS displays the results in the Action Details window.

keywords.
Procedure 1075 To align the EPON ONT software version control table
Perform this procedure to align the ONT software version control table in an NE with the selected
ONT software package as follows:
• Entries that are in the ONT software package, but missing in the ONT software version
control table, are created in the ONT software version control table.
• Entries that are in the ONT software package and ONT software version control table,
but are mismatched, are updated in the ONT software version control table.
• Entries that are in the ONT software version control table, but missing in the ONT
software package, are deleted from the ONT software version control table, only when
you select the check-box to delete entries from NEs for hardware versions that are not
present in the selected ONT software releases.
2 Right-click the selected NEs and choose Software→ONT→Align Version Control Table
(EPON).
Note — When you choose From AMS for the Use ONT Software
Version Control Table parameter, the 5520 AMS disables the option Align
Version Control Table (EPON) in the in the SW Management ONT
Properties section of the NE Plug Specific Settings in the Administration
tree. The option is disabled when selecting a single object such as NE
and ONT SW Releases on the NE.
Result: The Align EPON ONT SW Version Control Table window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
b In the Available ONT SW Releases table, choose the ONT software load to check. You
c If required, select the check box to delete entries from NEs for hardware versions that
are not in the selected ONT software releases.
d In the Align Options section, choose one of the following options, as applicable:
• Complete NE Version Control Table - To align the EPON ONT Software Version
Control Table entries in NEs with the definition of the selected ONT Software
Package.
• Only Selected ONT SW Releases - To align the EPON ONT Software Version
Control Table entries in NEs which corresponds to the definition of the selected ONT
Software Package.
• Unexpected entries are deleted from the ONT Software Version Control Table, only
if the “Remove entries from NEs for HW versions not present in selected ONT SW
releases” check-box is selected.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The 5520 AMS aligns the version control table. When the align operation is complete,
the 5520 AMS displays the results in the Action Details window.

• Missing and Unexpected entries are represented as MISALIGNED. The unexpected
keywords.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1076 To download EPON ONT software

Perform the following procedure to download EPON ONT software.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Slot LT→ EPON Port→ONT
2 Right-click EPON ONT and choose Actions→ Manual SW Mode→ Download ONT SW.
Result: The Manual SW Mode > Download ONT SW window opens.
3 Select the software file to be downloaded in the ONT SW File field.
• Complete NE Version Control Table - To align the EPON ONT Software Version Control
• Only Selected ONT SW Releases - To align the EPON ONT Software Version Control
Package.
When you align the ONT software version control table, the additional information of the align
operation results displays the following details:
• New entries are represented as ALIGNED and Success.

You can filter the additional information (entries) of the align operation results on the basis of
Success and MISALIGNED keywords. The entries and their count are displayed based on
the filter keywords.
5 From the Upgrade Mode drop-down list, select the preferred upgrade mode.

USING THE 5520 AMS
A SWDLIP alarm is set when the download starts and clears when the download completes.
Note — Whenever a subscriber emergency call is ongoing, the NE

should not interrupt the call. The migration process need to be interrupted
and can be resumed after the emergency call has ended. Alarms are
raised for the emergency call during the migrate and upgrade phase. The
migrate, upgrade, and rollback scripts should wait for the alarm to be
cleared within a user defined time interval through PBMT configuration
file. The script should wait for the defined polling interval and check for
the alarm clearance. You can configure the Emergency Call Feature and
Emergency Call Alarm Polling Interval parameters in Upgrade Scripts
Object Details view. These parameters are applicable for OLT and ONT
migration for EPON ONT software.
Procedure 1077 To activate EPON ONT software

Perform the following procedure to activate EPON ONT software.

2 Right-click EPON ONT and choose Actions→Manual SW Mode→Activate ONT SW.
Result: The Manual SW Mode > Activate ONT SW window opens.
Procedure 1078 To commit EPON ONT software

Perform the following procedure to commit EPON ONT software.

2 Right-click EPON ONT and choose Actions→Manual SW Mode→Commit ONT SW.
Result: The Manual SW Mode > Commit ONT SW window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Performance management
USING THE 5520 AMS
Performance management
92 PM collection
93 Counters
94 Mirror services
95 View optical measurements
96 Configure CFM
97 OTDR measurements and network topology

Performance management 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M PM collection
USING THE 5520 AMS
92 PM collection

LT cards and EPON-based LT cards.
92.1 Overview
92.2 Configuring GEM PM collection
92.3 Configuring ONT and OLT PM collection
92.4 Configuring ONT port PM collection
92.5 Configuring VoIP PM collection
92.6 Configuring EPON PM collection
92.7 Configuring MoCA port PM collection
92.8 Configuring IHub system PM collection
92.1 Overview
This chapter provides information on configuration of the following PM collection:
• GEM PM collection
• ONT and OLT PM collection
• ONT port PM collection
• VOIP PM collection
• EPON PM collection
Table 253 lists the tasks to configure PM collection.

Table 253 Configure PM collection
Task See
Enable or disable GEM PM collection Procedure 1079

Enable or disable ONT PM collection Procedure 1081
Enable or disable ONT QoS PM collection Procedure 1083
(1 of 2)

PM collection 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Enable or disable ONT Ethernet Traffic PM collection Procedure 1086
Enable or disable ONT XGPON Transmission Procedure 1087

Convergence PM collection
Enable or disable OLT PM collection Procedure 1093
Enable OLT on-demand PM collection Procedure 1095
Disable OLT on-demand PM collection Procedure 1096
Enable or disable OLT Physical Layer PM collection Procedure 1098

Enable or disable OLT Upstream FEC PM collection Procedure 1104
Enable or disable OLT XGPON Transmission Procedure 1106

Convergence PM collection
Configure Ethernet port PM collection Procedure 1108

Configure EPON port PM collection Procedure 1116
Configure EPON Ethernet port PM collection Procedure 1117
Configure CES port PM collection Procedure 1110
Configure POTS port PM collection Procedure 1111

Configure VDSL2 port PM collection Procedure 1112
Configure VEIP port PM collection Procedure 1113
Configure IP host or MCG configuration PM collection Procedure 1114

Configure SIP configuration PM collection Procedure 1115
Enable or disable Ethernet traffic Procedure 1118
Enable or disable physical layer Procedure 1119
(2 of 2)
92.2 Configuring GEM PM collection

This section describes the procedure to configure GEM PM collection.
You can enable or disable the collection of GEM and multicast GEM counters on
PON ports. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information about configuring
PM collection.
For information about enabling and disabling UNI GEM PM counters on Ethernet and
VDSL2 ports, see Procedures 1108 and 1112.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1079 To enable or disable GEM PM collection

Perform the following procedure to enable or disable GEM PM collection.

Port.
• To enable PM collection, choose Actions→Enable GEM Port PM Collection or

Actions→Enable Multicast GEM Port PM Collection.
• To disable PM collection, choose Actions→Disable GEM Port PM Collection or
Actions→Disable Multicast GEM Port PM Collection State.
Procedure 1080 To enable or disable GEM port PM collection and multicast GEM port
PM collection for channel pair
• R5.2 or later.
• To NEs with NGPON2-based cards.
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable GEM port PM collection or multicast GEM
port PM collection.

2 Right-click Channel Pair and perform one of the following steps:
• To enable PM collection, choose Actions→PM Collection→GEM Port→Enable or

Actions→PM Collection→Multicast GEM Port→Enable.
• To disable PM collection, choose Actions→PM Collection→GEM Port→Disable or
Actions→PM Collection→Multicast GEM Port→Disable.

USING THE 5520 AMS
92.3 Configuring ONT and OLT PM collection

This section describes procedures to configure ONT and OLT PM collection.
You can enable or disable the following types of PM collection on the ONT:
• ONT
• ONT multicast
• ONT FEC
• ONT Ethernet Traffic
• ONT CPU
• ONT Memory
• OLT
• OLT on-demand
• QoS
See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information about configuring PM collection.
and functions.
Procedure 1081 To enable or disable ONT PM collection

You can enable or disable a collection of ONT-side PM counters on a provisioned ONT.
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable ONT PM collection.

2 Right-click ONT and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→PM Collection→ONT→Enable or Actions→PM Collection→ONT→Disable

• Actions→PM Collection→ONT Multicast→Enable or Actions→PM Collection→ONT
Multicast→Disable
• Actions→PM Collection→ONT FEC→Enable or Actions→PM Collection→ONT
FEC→Disable

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1082 To enable or disable ONT PM collection for NGPON2
• R5.2 or later.
You can enable or disable a collection of ONT-side PM counters on a provisioned ONT.
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable ONT PM collection.

• Actions→PM Collection→ONT→Enable or Actions→PM Collection→ONT→Disable

• Actions→PM Collection→ONT Multicast→Enable or Actions→PM Collection→ONT
Multicast→Disable
• Actions→PM Collection→ONT FEC→Enable or Actions→PM Collection→ONT
FEC→Disable
• Actions→PM Collection→ONT Ethernet Traffic→Enable or Actions→PM
Collection→ONT Ethernet Traffic→Disable

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1083 To enable or disable ONT QoS PM collection

Perform the following procedure to enable or disable ONT QoS PM collection.

• Actions→PM Collection→QoS→Enable
• Actions→PM Collection→QoS→Disable
Procedure 1084 To enable or disable NGPON2 ONT QoS PM collection for NGPON2
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable NGPON2 ONT QoS PM collection for
NGPON2.

• Actions→PM Collection→QoS→Enable
• Actions→PM Collection→QoS→Disable

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1085 To enable or disable QoS PM collection for NGPON2 Virtual UNI
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable QoS PM collection for NGPON2 virtual UNI.

(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT → NGPON2 Virtual UNI.
2 Right-click NGPON2 Virtual UNI and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→ Enable QoS PM Collection

• Actions→ Disable QoS PM Collection
Procedure 1086 To enable or disable ONT Ethernet Traffic PM collection

Perform the following procedure to enable or disable ONT Ethernet Traffic PM collection.

• Actions→PM Collection→ONT Ethernet Traffic→Enable

• Actions→PM Collection→ONT Ethernet Traffic→Disable
Procedure 1087 To enable or disable ONT XGPON transmission convergence PM

collection
• ISAM 4.6.01 or later.

• NEs with FGXT-A card.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable XGPON transmission convergence PM

collection.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT →PON Port→ONT

• Actions→PM Collection→ONT XGPON Transmission Convergence→Enable

• Actions→PM Collection→ONT XGPON Transmission Convergence→Disable
Procedure 1088 To enable or disable ONT XGPON transmission convergence PM

collection for NGPON2
• R5.2 or later.
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable XGPON transmission convergence PM

collection for NGPON2.

• Actions→PM Collection→ONT XGPON Transmission Convergence→Enable

• Actions→PM Collection→ONT XGPON Transmission Convergence→Disable

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1089 To enable or disable ONT CPU PM collection
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable ONT CPU PM collection.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards) → PON
• Actions → PM Collection → ONT CPU → Enable

• Actions → PM Collection → ONT CPU → Disable
Procedure 1090 To enable or disable ONT CPU PM collection for NGPON2
• ISAM R6.0 or later.

• NEs with NGPON2-based cards.
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable ONT CPU PM collection for NGPON2.
(Provisioned) → NGPON2 ONT.
• Actions → PM Collection → ONT CPU → Enable

• Actions → PM Collection → ONT CPU → Disable

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1091 To enable or disable ONT Memory PM collection
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable ONT Memory PM collection.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards) → PON
• Actions → PM Collection → ONT Memory → Enable

• Actions → PM Collection → ONT Memory → Disable
Procedure 1092 To enable or disable ONT Memory PM collection for NGPON2
• ISAM R6.0 or later.


USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable ONT Memory PM collection for NGPON2.
(Provisioned) → NGPON2 ONT.
• Actions → PM Collection → ONT Memory → Enable

• Actions → PM Collection → ONT Memory → Disable
Procedure 1093 To enable or disable OLT PM collection

You can enable or disable a collection of OLT-side PM counters on a provisioned ONT.
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable OLT PM collection.

• Actions→PM Collection→OLT→Enable
• Actions→PM Collection→OLT→Disable
Procedure 1094 To enable or disable OLT PM collection for NGPON2
• R5.2 or later.
You can enable or disable a collection of OLT-side PM counters on a provisioned ONT.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable OLT PM collection for NGPON2.

• Actions→PM Collection→OLT→Enable
• Actions→PM Collection→OLT→Disable
Procedure 1095 To enable OLT on-demand PM collection

You can enable a collection of OLT-side on-demand PM counters on a provisioned ONT.
Note — You must disable GEM port PM collection on underlying

Ethernet or VDSL2 ports before you can enable OLT side on-demand PM
counters. See Procedure 1079 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to enable OLT on-demand PM collection.

2 Click the Details 2 tab in the Object Details view.
3 In the Aggregate GEM Port PM Collector panel, set the OLT-On-Demand parameter to
Disabled.
5 Right-click ONT and choose Actions→PM Collection→OLT OD→Enable.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1096 To disable OLT on-demand PM collection

You can disable a collection of OLT-side on-demand PM counters on a provisioned ONT.
Perform the following procedure to disable OLT on-demand PM collection.

2 Right-click ONT and choose Actions→PM Collection→OLT OD→Disable.
Procedure 1097 To enable or disable OLT on demand PM collection
• R5.2 or later.
You can enable or disable a collection of OLT on-demand PM counters on a provisioned ONT for
NGPON2.
Perform the following procedure to enable OLT on-demand PM collection for NGPON2..

• Actions→PM Collection→OLT On Demand→Enable

• Actions→PM Collection→OLT On Demand→Disable

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1098 To enable or disable OLT physical layer PM collection

• NEs with FGXT-A cards.
You can enable a collection of OLT-side physical layer PM counters on a PON port and a
provisioned ONT.
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable OLT physical layer PM collection.

2 Right-click PON port or ONT and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→PM Collection→OLT Physical Layer→Enable

• Actions→PM Collection→OLT Physical Layer→Disable
Procedure 1099 To enable or disable Channel Pair Utilization PM collection
• ISAM 5.3 or later.

• NEs with FWLT-A cards.
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable channel pair utilization PM collection.

USING THE 5520 AMS
You can enable a collection of channel pair Utilization PM collection.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Channel Pair.
• Actions→PM Collection→Channel Pair Utilization→Enable

• Actions→PM Collection→Channel Pair Utilization→Disable
• Actions→PM Collection→Channel Pair Utilization→Inherit
Procedure 1100 To enable or disable ONT Utilization PM collection

Perform the following procedure to enable or disable ONT utilization PM collection.
You can enable a collection of ONT Utilization PM collection
• Actions→PM Collection→ONT Utilization→Enable

• Actions→PM Collection→ONT Utilization→Disable
• Actions→PM Collection→ONT Utilization→Inherit

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1101 To enable or disable BULK ONT Utilization PM collection

Perform the following procedure to enable or disable BULK ONT utilization PM collection.
You can enable a collection of BULK ONT Utilization PM collection
• Actions→PM Collection→ BULK ONT Utilization→Enable

• Actions→PM Collection→ BULK ONT Utilization→Disable
Procedure 1102 To Reset Channel Pair/ONT Utilization PM collection

Perform the following procedure to reset Channel Pair/ONT Utilization PM collection.
You can reset channel pair/ONT Utilization counters.
2 Right-click Channel Pair and choose Actions→PM Collection→ Reset Channel Pair/ONT
Utilization Counters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1103 To enable or disable OLT physical layer PM collection for NGPON2
• R5.2 or later.
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable OLT physical layer PM collection from
Channel Pair and NGPON2 ONT.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (NGPON2-based LT cards)→Channel Pair.

2 Right-click Channel Pair or NGPON2 ONT and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→PM Collection→OLT Physical Layer→Enable

• Actions→PM Collection→OLT Physical Layer→Disable
Procedure 1104 To enable or disable OLT upstream FEC PM collection

• NEs with FGXT-A cards.
You can enable a collection of OLT-side on-demand PM counters on a PON port and a
provisioned ONT.
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable OLT upstream FEC PM collection.


USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Right-click PON port or ONT and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→PM Collection→OLT Upstream FEC→Enable

• Actions→PM Collection→OLT Upstream FEC→Disable
Procedure 1105 To enable or disable OLT upstream FEC PM collection for NGPON2
• R5.2 or later.
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable OLT upstream FEC PM collection for
NGPON2 from Channel pair and NGPON2 ONT.

• Actions→PM Collection→OLT Upstream FEC→Enable

• Actions→PM Collection→OLT Upstream FEC→Disable

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1106 To enable or disable OLT XGPON transmission convergence PM

collection

• NEs with FGXT-A card.
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable OLT XGPON transmission convergence PM
collection.
2 Right-click PON Port and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→PM Collection→OLT XGPON Transmission Convergence→Enable

• Actions→PM Collection→OLT XGPON Transmission Convergence→Disable
Procedure 1107 To enable or disable OLT XGPON transmission convergence PM

collection for NGPON2
• R5.2 or later.
• NEs with NGPON2-based card.
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable OLT XGPON transmission convergence PM
collection for NGPON2 from Channel Pair and NGPON2 ONT.

ONT.
• Actions→PM Collection→OLT XGPON Transmission Convergence→Enable.

• Actions→PM Collection→OLT XGPON Transmission Convergence→Disable.

USING THE 5520 AMS
92.4 Configuring ONT port PM collection

This section describes procedures to configure ONT port PM collection.
You can configure PM collection for the following ONT port types:
• Ethernet
• CES
• POTS
• Video
• VEIP
See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information about configuring PM collection.
Procedure 1108 To configure GPON Ethernet port PM collection

You can configure the following types of GPON PM collection for Ethernet ports:
• Ethernet
• Traffic
• Traffic (64bit)
• UNI GEM
• QoS
Perform the following procedure to configure Ethernet port PM collection.

2 Right-click Ethernet Port and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→PM Collection→option→Enable
• Actions→PM Collection→option→Disable
where option is Ethernet, Traffic, Traffic (64bit), UNI GEM, or QoS.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1109 To configure NGPON2 Ethernet port PM collection

You can configure the following types of NGPON2 PM collection for Ethernet ports:
• Ethernet
• Traffic
• Traffic (64bit)
• UNI GEM
• QoS
Perform the following procedure to configure NGPON2 Ethernet port PM collection.

(Provisioned)→NGPON2 ONT→NGPON2 ONT Card→NGPON2 Ethernet Port.
2 Right-click NGPON2 Ethernet Port and choose one of the following options:
where option is Ethernet, Traffic, Traffic (64bit), UNI GEM, or QoS.
Procedure 1110 To configure CES port PM collection

You can configure the following types of PM collection for CES ports:
• CES
• QoS

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to configure CES port PM collection.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (DS1/E1)→CES Port.
2 Right-click CES Port and choose one of the following options:
where, option is CES or QoS.
Procedure 1111 To configure POTS port PM collection

You can configure the following types of PM collection for POTS ports:
• Call control
• RTP
The above mentioned types of PM collection are only supported when the ONT VoIP Support is
one of the following:
• Standard VoIP OMCI

• VEIP VoIP TR-069
Perform the following procedure to configure POTS port PM collection.

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (POTS)→POTS Port
(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (Ethernet POTS Combo)→POTS Port
(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VDSL2 POTS Combo)→POTS Port
ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card (POTS) → NGPON2 POTS Port

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Right-click POTS Port or NGPON2 POTS Port and choose one of the following options:
where, option is Call Control or RTP.
Procedure 1112 To configure VDSL2 port PM collection

You can configure the following types of PM collection for VDSL2 ports:
• xDSL
• Traffic
• UNI GEM
• QoS
Perform the following procedure to configure VDSL2 port PM collection.

2 Right-click VDSL2 Port and choose one of the following options:
where, option is XDSL, Traffic, UNI GEM, or QoS.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1113 To configure VEIP port PM collection

You can configure traffic and UNI GEM PM collection for VEIP ports.
Perform the following procedure to configure VEIP port PM collection.

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VEIP)→VEIP Port.
• NGPON2 → Channel Group → Sub Channel Group → ONT (Provisioned) → NGPON2
2 Perform one of the following steps.
• Right-click VEIP Port or NGPON2 VEIP Port and choose one of the following options to
configure traffic PM collection:
• Actions→PM Collection→Traffic→Enable
• Actions→PM Collection→Traffic→Disable
configure UNI GEM PM collection:
• Actions→PM Collection→UNI GEM→Enable
• Actions→PM Collection→UNI GEM→Disable
configure traffic PM collection for 64 bit:
• Actions→PM Collection→Traffic (64bit)→Enable
• Actions→PM Collection→Traffic (64bit)→Disable
92.5 Configuring VoIP PM collection

This section describes procedures to configure VOIP PM collection.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1114 To configure IP host or MCG configuration or NGPON2 IP Host PM

collection
You can enable or disable PM collection on the IP host or MCG configuration.
Perform the following procedure to configure IP host and MCG configuration PM collection.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→VoIP→IP Host

• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→VoIP→IP
Host→VoIP Configuration→MGC Configuration
ONT → VoIP → NGPON2 IP Host
2 Right-click IP Host or MGC Configuration or NGPON2 IP Host and choose one of the
following options:
• Actions→Enable PM Collection
• Actions→Disable PM Collection
Procedure 1115 To configure SIP configuration or NGPON2 SIP configuration PM

collection
You can configure the following types of PM collection for SIP configuration or NGPON2 SIP
configuration:
• Agent
• Call initiation

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to configure SIP configuration PM collection.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→VoIP→IP

Host→VoIP Configuration→SIP Configuration.
ONT→ VoIP → NGPON2 IP Host → NGPON2 VoIP Configuration → NGPON2 SIP
Configuration
2 Right-click SIP Configuration or NGPON2 SIP Configuration and choose one of the following
options:
where, option is Agent or Call Init.
92.6 Configuring EPON PM collection
Applies to — This section applies to NEs with EPON-based LT

cards.
Procedure 1116 To configure EPON port PM collection

Perform the following procedure to configure EPON port PM collection.

Port.
2 Right-click EPON Port and choose one of the following options:

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1117 To configure EPON Ethernet port PM collection

Perform the following procedure to configure EPON Ethernet port PM collection.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→Ethernet Ports→EPON Ethernet Port.
2 Right-click EPON Ethernet Port and choose one of the following options:
92.7 Configuring MoCA port PM collection

This section describes procedures to configure MoCA port PM collection.
Procedure 1118 To enable or disable Ethernet traffic

Perform the following procedure to enable or disable Ethernet traffic.

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (MoCA)→MoCA Port.
2 Right-click MoCA Port and choose the applicable action:
• Actions→PM Collection→Ethernet Traffic→Enable

• Actions→PM Collection→Ethernet Traffic→Disable

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1119 To enable or disable physical layer

Perform the following procedure to enable or disable physical layer.

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (MoCA)→MoCA Port.
2 Right-click MoCA Port and choose the applicable action:
• Actions→PM Collection→Physical Layer→Enable

• Actions→PM Collection→Physical Layer→Disable
92.8 Configuring IHub system PM collection

• NEs with IHub-based NT cards
This section describes procedures to configure IHub system PM collection.
Procedure 1120 To enable or disable queue priority statistics

Perform the following procedure to enable or disable queue priority statistics.

USING THE 5520 AMS
You can enable or disable queue priority based statistics on IHub system. The counters are
supported on the basis of priority based statistics in ingress and queue based statistics in egress.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot NT → IHUB System
2 Right-click IHUB System and choose one of the following options:
• Actions → PM Collection → Queue Priority Statistics → Enable

• Actions → PM Collection → Queue Priority Statistics → Disable

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Counters
USING THE 5520 AMS
93 Counters
93.1 Overview
93.2 Start, stop, and clear counters
93.3 View counters
93.4 GPON counters
93.5 EPON counters
93.6 NGPON2 counters
93.1 Overview
This chapter provides an overview of counters.
On an NE with SHub-based NT cards, counters are defined at the port level for ARP,
DHCP, and VRF protocols. You can view the following counters:
• ARP, DHCP relay, and VRF counters on an IP interface
• ARP relay counters on a VLAN association
• Troubleshooting counters on a port or xDSL bonding group
On an NE with IHub-based NT cards, counters are defined at the port level for ARP
protocol. You can view the following counters:
• ARP relay counters on a VLAN association
• Troubleshooting counters on a port
The counters are also accessible through CLI, TL1, and SNMP management
interfaces.
For information about resetting counters, see:
• Procedure 952: To reset VRF ARP counters
• Procedure 959: To reset DHCP relay agent counters
Table 254 lists the tasks for counters.

Counters 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 254 Counters
Task See
Start, stop and clear ARP counters Procedure 1121
Start, stop and clear ARP relay counters Procedure 1122
Start, stop and clear DHCP relay counters Procedure 1123
Start, stop and clear troubleshooting counters on a PON port Procedure 1124
Start, stop and clear troubleshooting counters on Procedure 1126
Clear VRF IP counters Procedure 1127
Clear LT GE Uplink counters Procedure 1128

View ARP counters Procedure 1130
View ARP relay counters on a VLAN association interface Procedure 1131
View DHCP relay port counters on a VLAN association interface Procedure 1132
View DHCP relay counters on an IP interface Procedure 1133
View troubleshooting counters Procedure 1134
View VRF counters Procedure 1135
View LT GE Uplink counters Procedure 1136
Start, stop and clear on-demand counters Procedure 1137
View counters on a GPON VLAN association interface Procedure 1139
View counters on an EPON Ethernet Port Procedure 1140
Reset counters on an EPON Ethernet Port Procedure 1141
93.2 Start, stop, and clear counters

This section describes procedures to start and stop the retrieval of the counters listed
in Section 93.1. On an NE with an SHub-based NT card, you can clear the VRF IP
counters on the NE.
Procedure 1121 To start, stop, and clear ARP counters

cards.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Counters
USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to start, stop, and clear ARP counters on an IP interface.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→VCL→VCL to IPoX→IPoX→IP Interface→ARP

Counters
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→VCL→VCL Bridge Port→Bridge Port to
IPoX→IPoX→IP Interface→ARP Counters
Association→VLAN Association to IPoX→IPoX→IP Interface→ARP Counters
2 Right-click ARP Counters and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→Start Detailed Counters

• Actions→Stop Detailed Counters
• Actions→Clear Counters
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 1122 To start, stop, and clear ARP relay counters

Perform the following procedure to start, stop, and clear ARP relay counters on a VLAN
association interface.
A VLAN association must be created on the NE. See Chapter 35 for more information.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot→Port→VCL→VCL Bridge

Port→VLAN Association (Network)→VLAN Association Interface.
2 Right-click VLAN Association Interface and choose one of the following options:

3 Click Yes.

Counters 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1123 To start, stop, and clear DHCP relay counters

cards.
Perform the following procedure to start, stop, and clear DHCP relay counters on an IP interface.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→VCL→VCL to IPoX→IPoX→IP

Interface→DHCP Relay Counters
IPoX→IPoX→IP Interface→DHCP Relay Counters
Association→VLAN Association to IPoX→IPoX→IP Interface→DHCP Relay Counters
2 Right-click DHCP Relay Counters and choose one of the following options:

3 Click Finish.
Procedure 1124 To start, stop, and clear troubleshooting counters on a PON port
Perform the following procedure to start, stop, and clear troubleshooting counters on a port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose the following option:
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT →PON Port
2 Right-click the port and choose one of the following options:

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Counters
USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 1125 To start, stop, clear, and show P-Bit troubleshooting counters on a
PON port
Note — This procedure is applicable on all UNI interfaces from R5.0.01

onwards.
Perform the following procedure to start, stop, clear, and show P-Bit troubleshooting counters on
a port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose the port from the following :

(port_type)→port_type Port, where port_type is Ethernet, CES, XDSL, MOCA, VEIP,
HPNA, or Video port.
• For Virtual UNI, choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT →PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)
→ONT →Virtual UNI
2 Right-click the Port and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→P-Bit Troubleshooting Counters→Start

• Actions→P-Bit Troubleshooting Counters→Stop
• Actions→P-Bit Troubleshooting Counters→Clear
• Actions→P-Bit Troubleshooting Counters→Show
3 Click Finish.

Counters 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1126 To start, stop, clear, and show troubleshooting counters

Two levels of troubleshooting counters are available when a unit supports this feature:
• Summary counters—a limited set of permanent counters available on all ports of the
board
• Detailed counters—a larger set of counters that can be enabled on only one port of a
board
Note — Troubleshooting counters can only be started on one port per

board.
Perform the following procedure to start, stop, clear, and show troubleshooting counters on a port.

• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Ethernet LT Port
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Bonding→Bonding Group
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Ethernet LT Port→ LAG Bridge Port
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→IMA Group→IMA Group
(port_type)→port_type Port→UNI, where port_type is Ethernet, POTS, VDSL2 or
DS1/E1.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ Virtual UNI
2 Right-click the port and choose one of the following options. Table 255 describes the options
for troubleshooting counters.
Table 255 Options for troubleshooting counters
Option Result
Actions→Troubleshooting Counters→Start The Troubleshooting Counters > Start

window opens. Go to Step 3.
Actions→Troubleshooting Counters→Stop The Troubleshooting Counters > Stop

Actions→Troubleshooting Counters→Clear The Troubleshooting Counters > Clear

Actions→Troubleshooting Counters→Show Port The Troubleshooting Counters > Show

(1) window opens. Go to Step 4.
Actions→Troubleshooting Counters→Show The Troubleshooting Counters > Show


7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Counters
USING THE 5520 AMS
Notes
(1) This is not applicable for LAG Bridge Port and PON Port.
3 Choose one of the following options from the Behavior drop-down list:
• Show existing counters but don’t start new one

• Stop existing counters before starting new one
This step applies only to the action to start the troubleshooting counters. Go to Step 4.
Note — “Show existing counters but don’t start new one” is the
recommended option. Use “Stop existing counters before starting new
one” option only when you are sure that the troubleshooting counters that
are currently running on a port are not monitored by any other users.
4 Click Finish.
Result:
• If the action to stop or clear counter is executed in Step 2, the selected action is
completed.
• If the action of start the troubleshooting counter is executed in Step 2:
• If the action of show port is executed in Step 2, the Result page displays the ports on
which the troubleshooting counters have been started and have completed successfully.
• If the action of show counters is executed in Step 2, the Result page displays the details
of the Summary and Detailed Counters. If there are no VLAN Associations, then a
message that “No VLAN Associations found” is displayed.
For the LAG Bridge Port and the PON Port, the Result page displays the ports on which
the troubleshooting counters have been started and have completed successfully.

Counters 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 256 Results for start troubleshooting counters
If the following option is selected: Result:
Show existing counters but don’t start • If the troubleshooting counters are already started
new one on another port, the action to start the
troubleshooting counters on the selected port fails.
The Result page opens confirming the failure. The
other port on which the troubleshooting counters are
started is displayed in the Troubleshooting Counters
already started on panel.
• Select the port in the panel and click Go to, to
navigate to the port on which the counters are
started in the Network tree.
• Click Finish to close the Result page. To start the
counters on the port on which the action failed, stop
the counters on the other port, and re-execute the
action to start the counters on the selected port.
• If the troubleshooting counters are not started on
any other port, the action to start the troubleshooting
counters on the selected port succeeds. The Result
page window opens. Click Finish to close the Result
page.
Stop existing counters before starting • If the troubleshooting counters are already started
new one on another port, the counters are stopped on the
port on which it was started, and then started on the
selected port. The Result page opens confirming the
successful action. Click Finish to close the Result
page.
• If the troubleshooting counters are not started on
any other port, the counters are started on the
selected port. The Result page opens confirming the
successful action. Click Finish to close the Result
page.
Procedure 1127 To clear VRF IP counters

cards.
To clear VRF counters, the unit must be operationally enabled.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Counters
USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to clear VRF IP counters on an IP interface.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→VCL→VCL to IPoX→IPoX→IP

Interface→DHCP Relay Counters
IPoX→IPoX→IP Interface→DHCP Relay Counters
Association→VLAN Association to IPoX→IPoX→IP Interface→DHCP Relay Counters
2 Right-click IP Interface and choose Actions→Clear VRF IP Counters.
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 1128 To clear LT GE Uplink counters
• NEs with an SLV LT card.
Perform the following procedure to clear LT GE Uplink counters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack →Slot LT (SLV LT)→LT GE Uplink.
2 Right-click LT GE Uplink and choose Actions→ Clear Counters
Result: Clear counters result page opens.
3 Click Finish.

Counters 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1129 To clear IGMP snooping statistics counter
Perform the procedure to clear IGMP snooping statistics counter.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure → Layer 2 → VLAN → VLAN → IGMP

Snooping Statistics.
2 Right-click IGMP Snooping Statistics and choose Actions → Clear IGMP Snooping Statistics.
3 Click Finish.
93.3 View counters

This section describes procedures to view different types of counters. You can view
the counters listed in Section 93.1.
Procedure 1130 To view ARP counters
Applies to — This procedure applies to NEs with SHub-based LT

cards.
Perform the following procedure to view ARP counters on an IP interface.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→ XDSL Port→VCL→VCL to IPoX→IPoX→IP Interface→ARP

Counters
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port →VCL→VCL Bridge Port→Bridge Port to
IPoX→IPoX→IP Interface→ARP Counters
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the ARP counters.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Counters
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1131 To view ARP relay counters on a VLAN association interface

The ARP relay counters appear only when the VLAN association interface uses a VLAN that has
secure forwarding enabled. See Procedure 273 for information about creating a VLAN.
Perform the following procedure to view ARP relay counters on VLAN association interface.
• Rack →Subrack →Slot →XDSL Port →VCL →VCL Bridge Port →VLAN Association→
VLAN Association Interface →ARP Relay Counters
• Rack →Subrack →Slot LT→SHDSL Span →VCL →VCL Bridge Port →VLAN
Association→ VLAN Association Interface →ARP Relay Counters
• Rack →Subrack →Slot LT→XDSL Port →EFM Bridge Port →VLAN Association→ VLAN
Association Interface →ARP Relay Counters
• Rack →Subrack →Slot LT→SHDSL Span →EFM Bridge Port →VLAN Association→
VLAN Association Interface →ARP Relay Counters
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the ARP relay counters.
Procedure 1132 To view DHCP relay port counters on a VLAN association interface
Perform the following procedure to view DHCP relay port counters on a VLAN association
interface.
• Rack →Subrack →Slot →XDSL Port →VCL →VCL Bridge Port →VLAN Association→
VLAN Association Interface → DHCP Relay Port Counters
• Rack →Subrack →Slot LT→SHDSL Span →VCL →VCL Bridge Port →VLAN
Association→ VLAN Association Interface →DHCP Relay Port Counters
• Rack →Subrack →Slot LT→XDSL Port →EFM Bridge Port →VLAN Association→ VLAN
Association Interface →DHCP Relay Port Counters
• Rack →Subrack →Slot LT→SHDSL Span →EFM Bridge Port →VLAN Association→
VLAN Association Interface →DHCP Relay Port Counters
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the DHCP relay port counters.

Counters 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1133 To view DHCP relay counters on an IP Interface

cards.
Perform the following procedure to view DHCP relay counters on an IP interface.
Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→VCL→VCL to

IPoX→IPoX→IP Interface→DHCP Relay Counters.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the DHCP Relay counters.
Procedure 1134 To view troubleshooting counters

Two levels of troubleshooting counters are available on a unit that supports this feature:
• Summary counters—a limited set of permanent counters available on all ports of the
board
• Detailed counters—a larger set of counters that can be enabled on only one port of a
board
Perform the following procedure to view troubleshooting counters on a VLAN association

interface.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot→Port→VCL→VCL Bridge Port→VLAN Association

(Network)→VLAN Association Interface
Result: If configured on the NE, the troubleshooting counters appear under VLAN
Association Interface.
2 Click Troubleshooting Counters.
Result: The Object Details view opens and display the counter content.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Counters
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1135 To view VRF counters

cards.
Perform the following procedure to view VRF counters on an IP interface.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→VCL→VCL Bridge

Port→Bridge Port to IPoX→IPoX→IP Interface.
2 Click the VRF IP Counters tab.
Result: The VRF IP counters are displayed.
Procedure 1136 To view LT GE Uplink counters
• NEs with an SLV LT card.
Perform the following procedure to view LT GE Uplink counters.
Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (SLV LT card) →LT GE Uplink.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the counters.
Note 1 — Only NEs with SLV LT card will have valid values.
Note 2 — NDLT-K cards do not support LT GE uplink counters. The

uplink counters are supported only by the Ethernet-based LT cards
(NELT-B) and SLV LT cards (NDLT- G).

Counters 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
93.4 GPON counters
Applies to — This section applies to NEs with an GPON-based

LT cards.
This section describes procedures for GPON counters.
Procedure 1137 To start, stop, and clear on-demand counters

Perform the following procedure to start, stop, and clear on-demand counters on a GPON VLAN
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot→PON Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (Ethernet)→Ethernet Port→UNI→VLAN Association
Interface→GPON VLAN Association Interface.
2 Right-click GPON VLAN Association Interface and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→On-Demand Counters→Start
• Actions→On-Demand Counters→Stop
• Actions→On-Demand Counters→Clear
3 Click Finish.
4 Click the Refresh icon ( ) in the Object Details view.
Procedure 1138 To start, stop, clear, and show P-Bit troubleshooting counters on an
GPON VLAN association interface

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Counters
USING THE 5520 AMS
an GPON VLAN association interface.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot→PON Port→ONT

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (Ethernet)→Ethernet Port→UNI→VLAN Association
Interface→GPON VLAN Association Interface.
2 Right -click the GPON VLAN Association Interface and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→ P-Bit Troubleshooting Counters→Start

• Actions→ P-Bit Troubleshooting Counters→Stop
• Actions→ P-Bit Troubleshooting Counters→Clear
• Actions→ P-Bit Troubleshooting Counters→Show
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 1139 To view counters on a GPON VLAN association interface

You can view ARP relay, DHCP relay port, and troubleshooting counters on a GPON VLAN
Perform the following procedure to view counters on a GPON VLAN association interface.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card

(port_type)→port_type Port→UNI→VLAN Association→GPON VLAN Association
Interface→GPON counter_type Counters, where port_type is Ethernet, POTS, VDSL2, or
DS1/E1 and counter_type is ARP Relay or DHCP Relay Port
• Rack→Subrack→Slot→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→Virtual UNI→VLAN
Association→GPON VLAN Association Interface→GPON counter_type Counters, where
counter_type is ARP Relay, DHCP Relay Port, or Troubleshooting
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the counters.

Counters 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
93.5 EPON counters
Applies to — This section applies to NEs with EPON-based LT

cards.
Procedure 1140 To view counters on an EPON Ethernet Port

Perform the following procedure to view counters on an EPON Ethernet Port.

(Provisioned)→EPON ONT→Ethernet Ports→EPON Ethernet Port.
2 Click the Statistics tab to view the following statistics:
• Parameters Statistics
• Frames Statistics
Procedure 1141 To reset counters on an EPON Ethernet Port

Perform the following procedure to reset counters on an EPON Ethernet Port.

(Provisioned)→EPON ONT→Ethernet Ports→EPON Ethernet Port.
2 Right-click EPON Ethernet Port and choose Actions→Clear UNI Statistics Counter.
Result: The reset counter window opens.
3 Click Finish.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Counters
USING THE 5520 AMS
93.6 NGPON2 counters
Applies to — This section applies to NEs with NGPON2-based

LT cards.
Procedure 1142 To start, stop, clear, and show troubleshooting counters on a

channel pair
Applies to — This procedure applies to R5.2 onwards.
Perform the following procedure to start, stop, clear, and show troubleshooting counters on a
channel pair.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose the following option:
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (NGPON2-based LT cards)→Channel Pair.
2 Right-click the Channel Pair and choose one of the following options:
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 1143 To start, stop, clear, and show P-Bit troubleshooting counters on an
NGPON2 object
Applies to — This procedure is applies to R5.2 or later.

Counters 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
an NGPON2 Ethernet port.

ONT→NGPON2 ONT Card→NGPON2 Ethernet Port.
ONT→NGPON2 ONT Card (VEIP) →NGPON2 VEIP Port.
ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card → NGPON2 Ethernet Port → NGPON2 UNI → VLAN
Association → NGPON2 VLAN Association Interface
2 Right-click the NGPON2 Ethernet Port or NGPON2 VEIP Port or NGPON2 VLAN
Association and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→P-Bit Troubleshooting Counters→Start

• Actions→P-Bit Troubleshooting Counters→Stop
• Actions→P-Bit Troubleshooting Counters→Clear
• Actions→P-Bit Troubleshooting Counters→Show
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 1144 To start, stop, clear, and show troubleshooting counters on an

NGPON2 UNI

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Counters
USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to start, stop, clear, and show troubleshooting counters on an
NGPON2 UNI.

UNI
2 Right -click the NGPON2 UNI and choose one of the following options:
3 Click Finish.

Counters 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Mirror services
USING THE 5520 AMS
94 Mirror services

cards.
94.1 Overview
94.2 Configuring mirror services
94.3 Managing mirror services
94.1 Overview
This chapter provides information on mirror services.
Table 257 lists the tasks to configure a mirror service.
Table 257 Configure a mirror service
Task See
Create a mirror service Procedure 1145

Create mirror source ports Procedure 1146
Create a mirror source SAP Procedure 1147
Create mirror source CPUs Procedure 1148

View a mirror destination SAP Procedure 1149
94.2 Configuring mirror services

This section describes configuration of mirror services.
A mirror service is typically used during lab testing. Mirror service allows you to mirror
all traffic from one or more IHub Ethernet ports onto a single IHub Ethernet
destination port, which is connected to a traffic analyzing device.
The NE supports only one mirror service.
You must be logged in with a user account that has a role with the Network CPU
Mirroring - Edit function assigned to it. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for
information about user accounts, roles, and functions.

Mirror services 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1145 To create a mirror service

Perform the following procedure to create a mirror service.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Service→Mirror Services.
2 Right-click Mirror Services and choose Create→Mirror Service.
Result: The Create Mirror Service window opens.
3 Enter a mirror service number and click Next.
number, click Auto.
Result: The second Create Mirror Service window opens.
When you enter 0 for the VLAN ID parameter, the mirrored traffic is a copy. When you enter
1 to 4093 for the VLAN ID parameter, the mirrored traffic is sent out with an extra VLAN tag.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The new mirror service appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 1146 To create a mirror source port

Perform the following procedure to create a mirror source port.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Service→Mirror Services→Mirror

Service→Mirror Source.
2 Right-click Mirror Source and choose Create→Mirror Source Port.
Result: The Create Mirror Source Port window opens.
Result: The second Create Mirror Source Port window opens.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Mirror services
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The new mirror source port appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 1147 To create a mirror source SAP
Perform the following procedure to create a mirror source SAP.

2 Right-click Mirror Source and choose Create→Mirror Source SAP.
Result: The Create Mirror Source SAP window opens.
Result: The second Create Mirror Source SAP window opens.
Result: The new mirror source SAP appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 1148 To create a mirror source CPU

Perform the following procedure to create a mirror source CPU.

2 Right-click Mirror Source and choose Create→Mirror Source CPU.
Result: The Create Mirror Source CPU window opens.

Mirror services 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create Mirror Source CPU window opens.
Result: The new mirror source CPU appears in the Network Tree.
94.3 Managing mirror services

This section describes the procedure to manage mirror services.
Procedure 1149 To view a mirror destination SAP

Perform the following procedure to view a mirror destination SAP.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Service→Mirror Services→Mirror Service→Mirror

Destination SAP.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the mirror destination SAP parameters.
94.3.1 Locking and unlocking mirror services and sources

You can lock and unlock mirror services and sources. See the 5520 AMS User Guide

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M View optical measurements
USING THE 5520 AMS
95 View optical measurements

LT cards.
95.1 Overview
95.2 Viewing optical measurements on a PON port
95.3 Viewing optical measurements on an ONT
95.1 Overview
This chapter provides information on:
• Viewing optical measurements on a PON port
• Viewing optical measurements on an ONT
Table 258 lists the tasks to view optical measurements.
Table 258 View optical measurements
Task See
View optical measurements on a PON port Procedure 1150
View optical measurements on an ONT Procedure 1151
View ONT ANI optical measurements Procedure 1152
95.2 Viewing optical measurements on a PON port

This section describes the procedure to view the optical measurements for the PON
port and all provisioned ONTs on the PON port.
RSSI attributes are collected for the following objects:
• PON port
• ONT
• ONT ANI

View optical measurements 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1150 To view optical measurements on a PON port

Perform this procedure to view optical measurements on a PON port.
2 Right-click PON Port in the Network Tree and choose Actions→PON and ONT Optical
Measurements.
Result: The PON and ONT Optical Measurement activity window opens to indicate the
information retrieval progress, and then the result page window opens to display the retrieved
information.
95.3 Viewing optical measurements on an ONT

This section describes procedures to view optical measurements on an ONT.
The optical monitor collects ONT-side and OLT-side daily optical measurements for
an ONT port and displays the optical measurements for a 24-h period.
Procedure 1151 To view optical measurements on an ONT

Perform this procedure to view optical measurements on an ONT.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON

Result: The ONT Object Details view opens.
2 Click the Details 2 tab and configure the Collection State parameter in the Optical
Measurements panel to Enabled.
4 Collapse and expand the ONT object in the Network Tree.
Result: The Optical Monitor appears in the Network Tree under the ONT.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M View optical measurements
USING THE 5520 AMS
When the optical monitor has collected optical measurements, an Optical History object
appears in the Network Tree under Optical Monitor.
Note — The Optical History object can take several minutes to appear.
You may need to collapse and expand the Optical Monitor object to view
the Optical History object.
5 Click Optical History.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the optical measurements. The
Measured Time parameter displays the date and time that the optical measurements were
last refreshed.
Procedure 1152 To view ONT ANI optical measurements

Perform this procedure to view ONT ANI optical measurements.
Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→Optical Measurements.
Result: The Object Details view displays the ONT ANI optical measurements.
Note — When the SFP RSSI profile is configured to ONT, values set for
the Upper and Lower OpticalThreshold parameter are ignored.

View optical measurements 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Configure CFM
USING THE 5520 AMS
96 Configure CFM
Applies to — This section applies to R4.2 or later.
96.1 Overview
96.2 Configuring CFM
96.1 Overview
This chapter describes CFM configuration. Using CFM, you can perform the
following tests:
• Ping tests
• Traceroute tests to test links
• Continuity checks between different maintenance endpoints in the network or in
the NE
You first create a maintenance domain on the NE, then a maintenance association.
A maintenance association allows you to associate several end maintenance points
in the same OAM maintenance entity.
96.2 Configuring CFM

This section describes procedures to configure CFM.
Table 259 lists the tasks for configuring CFM.
Table 259 Configure CFM
Task See
In the Virtual MAC Address panel of the Ethernet Procedure 271

system parameters Object Details view, configure
the Unique DSLAM ID to enable vMAC support
parameter to a value other than “Not Assigned”
Create a maintenance domain Procedure 1153
Create a maintenance association Procedure 1154
Create CFM bridge identifier Procedure 1155
(1 of 2)

Configure CFM 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Create CFM maintenance point list Procedure 1156
Create CFM maintenance endpoint Procedure 1157
Create a maintenance endpoint Procedure 1158 to create a slot maintenance

endpoint
Procedure 1159 to create a bridge port

maintenance endpoint
Create a remote maintenance endpoint Procedure 1161
View remote maintenance endpoint database Procedure 1162
Perform Unicast Loopback Message Procedure 1231
Perform Multicast Loopback Message Procedure 1232
Perform Link Trace test Procedure 1229

Perform on-demand synthetic measurement test Procedure 1233
Configure CFM system parameters Procedure 1163
Create a CFM SAP maintenance intermediate point Procedure 1164
Create a CFM SDP maintenance intermediate point Procedure 1165

Perform CFM Loopback test Procedure 1228
Perform CFM Link Trace test Procedure 1230
(2 of 2)
Procedure 1153 To create a maintenance domain

Perform the following procedure to create a maintenance domain.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→CFM.
2 Right-click CFM and choose one of the following:
• Create→Maintenance Domain
• Create→Maintenance Domain IHUB
Result: The corresponding Create CFM Maintenance Domain window opens.
Note — Configurations of IHUB are supported from R4.4. or later.
3 Enter a unique domain number and click Next.
Result: The second Create CFM Maintenance Domain window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
The format of the MD Name parameter depends on the option that you choose for the MD
Name Type parameter.
• When you choose DNS Like Name, you must enter a domain-like string in the Name field.
• When you choose MAC Address and Length, you must enter a MAC address and 2-octet
(unsigned) integer in the MD Name field.
• When you choose Character String, you can enter a display string in the MD Name field.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The maintenance domain appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 1154 To create a maintenance association

Perform the following procedure to create a maintenance association.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→CFM→Maintenance Domain.
2 Right-click Maintenance Domain and choose
• Create→Maintenance Association
• Create→Maintenance Association IHUB
Result: The corresponding Create Maintenance Association window opens.
Note — Configurations of IHUB are supported from R4.4. or later.
3 Enter an association ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create Maintenance Association window opens.
4 Configure the parameters. Table 260 provides guidelines for configuring the bridge port
interface type to create maintenance association.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 260 Guidelines for maintenance association parameters
R5.3.01 or later Bridge Port Interface Choose GPON to configure a GPON bridge
Type port interface on GPON-based LT cards.
Choose NGPON2 to configure a NGPON2
bridge port interface on NGPON2-based LT
cards.
From ISAM 5.8 onwards, Choose FE to
configure a FE bridge port interface on
Ethernet-based LT cards.
5 Click Finish.
Results: The maintenance association appears in the Network Tree.
Note — Configurations of IHUB are supported from R4.4. or later While

creating the CFM Maintenance Association, the ISAM Bridge Port field
should always be created with the default value (None). This default value
of ISAM Bridge Port field should not be modified from Object Details.
Procedure 1155 To create a CFM bridge identifier
Perform the following procedure to create a CFM bridge identifier.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→CFM→Maintenance Domain

IHUB→Maintenance Association.
2 Right-click on Maintenance Association and choose Create→CFM Bridge Identifier.
Result: The Create CFM Bridge Identifier window opens.
Result: The CFM Bridge Identifier appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1156 To create a CFM maintenance point list
Perform the following procedure to create a CFM maintenance point list.

IHUB→Maintenance Association→Maintenance Point Lists.
2 Right-click on Maintenance Point Lists and choose Create→ CFM Maintenance Point List.
Result: The Create CFM Maintenance Point List window opens.
3 Enter a list ID and click Next.
Result: The second Create CFM Maintenance Point List window opens.
Result: The CFM Maintenance Point List appears in the Network tree.
Procedure 1157 To create a CFM maintenance endpoint
Perform the following procedure to create a CFM maintenance endpoint.

IHUB→Maintenance Association→Maintenance Points.
2 Right-click on Maintenance Points and choose Create→ CFM Maintenance End Point.
Result: The Create CFM Maintenance End Point window opens.
3 Configure the Point Number and click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The second Create CFM Maintenance End Point window opens.
Result: The CFM Maintenance End Point appears in the Network Tree.
Note — CFM Maintenance end points can be created either on L2SAP

or SDP Binding. Only one of these two parameters should be set to
‘None’.
Procedure 1158 To create a slot maintenance endpoint

Perform the following procedure to create a slot maintenance endpoint.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→CFM→Maintenance

Domain→Maintenance Association.
2 Right-click Maintenance Association and choose Create→Slot Maintenance EndPoint.
Result: The Create Slot Maintenance EndPoint window opens.
3 Enter an endpoint ID and click Next.
4 Choose a slot and click Finish.
Result: The slot maintenance endpoint appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 1159 To create a bridge port maintenance endpoint

Perform the following procedure to create a bridge port maintenance endpoint.

2 Right-click Maintenance Association and choose Create→Bridge Port Maintenance

EndPoint.
Result: The Create Bridge Port Maintenance EndPoint window opens.
3 Enter an endpoint ID and click Next.

USING THE 5520 AMS
4 Configure the parameters. Table 261 provides guidelines for configuring the bridge port
maintenance endpoint parameters.
Table 261 Guidelines for bridge port maintenance endpoint parameters
R4.2.02 or Type Choose DSL to configure a bridge port maintenance endpoint on an LT

later card that supports xDSL or SHDSL.
Choose GPON to configure a bridge port maintenance endpoint on an
R5.3.01 or Type Choose DSL to configure a bridge port maintenance endpoint on an LT

later card that supports xDSL or SHDSL.
Choose GPON to configure a bridge port maintenance endpoint on an
Choose NGPON2 to configure a bridge port maintenance endpoint on
a NGPON2-based LT cards.
5 Click Finish.
Result: The bridge port maintenance endpoint appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 1160 To create active remote MEP
Perform the following procedure to create active remote MEP.

Domain→Maintenance Association → Bridge Port Maintenance End Point → Active Remote
MEP List
2 Right-click the Active Remote MEP List and choose Create → Active Remote MEP.
Result: The Create Active Remote MEP window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Enter the Remote MEP ID.
4 Click Finish.
Procedure 1161 To create a remote maintenance endpoint
Perform the following procedure to create a remote maintenance endpoint.

2 Right-click Maintenance Association and choose Create→Remote Maintenance EndPoint.
Result: The Create Remote Maintenance EndPoint window opens.
3 Enter a remote MEP ID and click Finish.
Result: The remote maintenance endpoint appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 1162 To view maintenance endpoint database
Before you proceed, the slot maintenance end point or the bridge port maintenance end point and
remote maintenance end point must be created.
Perform the following procedure to view a maintenance endpoint database.
Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→CFM→Maintenance

Domain→Maintenance Association→ Slot Maintenance EndPoint/ Bridge Port Maintenance
EndPoint→ Maintenance EndPoint Database.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1163 To configure CFM system parameters
Perform the following procedure to configure CFM system parameters.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→OAM→CFM→CFM System Parameters.
Procedure 1164 To create a CFM SAP maintenance intermediate point
Before you proceed, L2 SAP must be created. See procedure 609.
Perform the following procedure to create a SAP maintenance intermediate point.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→L2 Services→L2 Service→L2 SAP.
2 Right-click on L2 SAP and choose Create→CFM SAP maintenance intermediate point.
Result: The Create CFM SAP maintenance intermediate point window opens.
Result: The CFM SAP maintenance intermediate point appears in the Network Tree.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1165 To create a CFM SDP maintenance intermediate point
Before you proceed, SDP Binding must be created. See procedure 613.
Perform the following procedure to create a SDP maintenance intermediate point.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→L2 Services→L2 Service→SDP Binding.
2 Right-click on SDP Binding and choose Create→CFM SDP maintenance intermediate point.
Result: The Create CFM SDP maintenance intermediate point window opens.
Result: The CFM SDP maintenance intermediate point appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 1166 To create a performance monitoring session
Perform the following procedure to configure the CFM performance monitoring on a pro-active
mode.
Before you proceed:
• A maintenance domain must be created. For more information, see Procedure 1153
• LT ports must be in the operational state.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ OAM → CFM→ Maintenance Domain →

Maintenance Association→ Maintenance Points → CFM Maintenance End Point → PM
Sessions.
2 Right-click the PM Sessions and select PM Session.
Result: The Create PM Sessions window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The PM Session appears in the Network Tree.
Note 1 — The MAC address entered must be a Unicast MAC address.
Note 2 — The MAC addess and the test type is mandatory to enable the
PM collection.
4 Right-click the PM Session and choose one of the following options to enable or disable the
PM collection after creating the PM session:
Result: A confirmation window appears.
Procedure 1167 To create a performance monitoring session on IHUB
Perform the following procedure to configure the CFM performance monitoring on IHUB with a
pro-active mode.
Before you proceed:
• A maintenance domain must be created. For more information, see Procedure 1153
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→ OAM → CFM→ Maintenance Domain

IHUB→ Maintenance Association→ Maintenance Points → CFM Maintenance End Point →
PM Sessions.
2 Right-click the PM Sessions and select PM Session.
Result: The Create PM Sessions window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The PM Session appears in the Network Tree.
Note 1 — The MAC address entered must be a Unicast MAC address.
Note 2 — The MAC addess and the test type is mandatory to enable the
PM collection.
4 Right-click the PM Session and choose one of the following options to enable or disable the
PM collection:
Result: A confirmation window appears.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M OTDR measurements and network topology
USING THE 5520 AMS
97 OTDR measurements and network

topology
• R4.3 or later.
• GPON-based LT cards.
97.1 OTDR overview
97.2 Performing OTDR operations
97.1 OTDR overview

Optical Time Domain Reflectometry (OTDR) analysis on the PON access node
collects and analyzes network parameter data to provide a comprehensive view of
the state of the network at all times. This helps localize problems and alert network
operators to potential issues.
The 5520 AMS supports OTDR analysis between the PON port and the ONT. The
OTDR status and results graphs are displayed in the OTDR view. Open the OTDR
view, see Procedure 1168.
Table 262 lists the tasks to configure OTDR.
Table 262 Configure OTDR
Task See
View OTDR results and status Procedure 1168
Start an OTDR Procedure 1169
Manage OTDR measurements Procedure 1170
Display detected faults in a PON Procedure 1171

network topology

OTDR measurements and network topology 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
97.2 Performing OTDR operations

This section describes procedures to perform OTDR operations. Before you
proceed:
• The 5530 NA-F server must be installed and activated.
• 5530 NA-F integration must be enabled in the 5520 AMS Administration
perspective. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide.
• The administrative state of the PON port must be unlocked and the operational
state must be Up.
• The PON port and the ONT must be configured in the 5530 NA-F and the NE.
• SFP must be connected to the PON port and the OTDR configuration of the PON
port must be set to Enabled.
Procedure 1168 To view the OTDR results and status

Perform the following procedure to view the OTDR results and status.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose one of the following objects:
• Rack→ Subrack →Slot LT → PON Port

• Rack→ Subrack →Slot LT → PON Port → ONT (Provisioned) → ONT
• Right-click the selected PON Port or the ONT and choose Show→OTDR Results Status.
• Choose Window → Show View and select OTDR.
Result: The OTDR window opens.
Procedure 1169 To start an OTDR

Perform the following procedure to start an OTDR.
1 Open the OTDR view. See Procedure 1168.
2 Click the Start OTDR icon ( ).

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M OTDR measurements and network topology
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The OTDR validation starts. The view displays:
• The result of the OTDR, type of fault detected and localization.

• The status on the running OTDR measurement and diagnosis.
Procedure 1170 To manage the OTDR measurements

Perform the following procedure to manage the OTDR measurements.
1 Open the OTDR view. See Procedure 1168.
2 Click the OTDR Measurements icon ( ).
Result: The OTDR Measurements window opens.
3 Perform any of the following actions in the OTDR measurements page:
• Select the required zoom level from the Zoom drop-down list.
• For the required events and traces to appear in the graph, select check boxes in the
Event&Traces section.
• To save the graph, click Save As Image. Enter the filename and save the graph as a .png
file in your local directory.
• To refresh the OTDR measurements page, click Refresh.
• To close the OTDR measurements page, click Close.
Procedure 1171 To display detected faults in a PON network toplology

Perform the following procedure to display detected faults in a PON network topology.
1 Open the OTDR view. See Procedure 1168. This option is only available while selecting an
ONT.
2 Cick the Show Topology icon ( ).

OTDR measurements and network topology 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The OTDR Network Topology window opens. The topology displays the PON and
ONT icons connected by a line, with splitters in between, when discovered from the 5530
NA-F. Splitter icons are displayed with a splitting ratio, and a name. Fault icons are displayed
next to the impacted ONT or splitters. Faults are represented by an icon representing the type
of fault. For more information on the fault icons, see Table 263.
3 Perform any of the following actions in the ODTR Network Topology page:
• To navigate to the ONT or PON port in the Network tree, select the ONT or PON port and
click Go to.
• To refresh the network topology page, click Refresh.
• To close the network topology page, click Close.
• To save long term traces as reference, click Save Long Term as Ref.
Result: The long term trace is saved.
• To view the saved long term trace reference, select Saved in the Traces section. The
saved trace is displayed.
Table 263 lists the fault icons.
Table 263 Fault icons
Fault icons Type of fault
Fiber bend
Fiber macro bend
Fiber connector
Fiber cut
Fiber drop
Feeder cable cut
Fiber micro bend

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Tests and diagnostics
USING THE 5520 AMS
Tests and diagnostics

98 End-to-end resource path
99 Troubleshooting
100 Test overview
101 DSL related tests
102 Ethernet LT related tests
103 GPON tests
104 ONT tests
105 EPON tests
106 SFP tests
107 Voice related tests
108 CFM tests

Tests and diagnostics 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M End-to-end resource path
USING THE 5520 AMS
98 End-to-end resource path

98.1 Overview
98.2 Viewing an end-to-end resource path
98.3 Troubleshooting an end-to-end resource path
98.1 Overview
The end-to-end resource path assists in troubleshooting service problems by listing
all of the physical and logical resources involved in a service configured on the
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM, including a service using both
7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM and Genband G6. You can navigate to
or view object details for each of the physical resources in the list.
98.2 Viewing an end-to-end resource path
Procedure 1172 To view an end-to-end resource path
1 Navigate to the NE and choose one of the objects listed in Table 264.
Table 264 End-to-end resource path objects
Object type Choose
ONT data port Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card

where
ONT_type is Ethernet, Ethernet POTS Combo, VDSL2, VDSL2 POTS Combo,
DS1/E1, Video, VEIP, HPNA, or MOCA
port_type is Ethernet, VDSL2, CES, Video, VEIP, HPNA, or MoCA
ONT POTS port Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card

where
ONT_type is POTS, Ethernet POTS Combo, or VDSL2 POTS Combo
port_type is POTS
CES service Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card

(DS1/E1)→CES Port→UNI→CES Service
VoIP service Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→VoIP→VoIP

Service
(1 of 2)

End-to-end resource path 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Object type Choose

VoIP Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→VoIP→IP Host
Configuration →VoIP Configuration
VLAN Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card

Association (ONT_type)→port_type Port →UNI →VLAN Association
where
ONT_type is Ethernet, Ethernet POTS Combo, VDSL2, VDSL2 POTS Combo,
DS1/E1, or VEIP
port_type is Ethernet, VDSL2, CES, or VEIP
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→Virtual UNI

→VLAN Association
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port→VCL→VLAN Association
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→XDSL Port →EFM Bridge Port→VLAN Association
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span →VCL→VLAN Association
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span→ EFM Bridge Port→VLAN Association
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Ethernet Port → ETH Bridge Port→VLAN Association
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Ethernet Port → Link Aggregation Group →ETH Bridge
Port→VLAN Association
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Ethernet LT Port→ LAG Bridge Port→VLAN Association
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Ethernet LT Port→ LAG Bridge Port→VLAN
Associations→VLAN Association
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Ethernet LT Port→ LAG Bridge Port→VLAN
Associations→Ethernet VLAN Association Interface
Learned Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→port_type Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→UNI →VLAN

MAC@ Association→MAC Addresses
where
port_type is Ethernet, Ethernet LT, GPON, NGPON2, NT
Applies To: This Object type is applicable to following MOs:
• GPON Current MAC Address
• NGPON2 Current MAC Address
• Ethernet Current MAC Address
• NT Current MAC Address
• Ethernet LT Current MAC Address
• Current MAC Address
GPON IGMP Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card

Control (ONT_type)→port_type Port →UNI →VLAN Association →GPON VLAN Association
Channel On Interface →GPON IGMP Control Channel On VLAN Port
VLAN Port where
ONT_type is Ethernet, Ethernet POTS Combo, VDSL2, VDSL2 POTS Combo, or
DS1/E1
port_type is Ethernet, VDSL2, or CES
Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→Virtual
UNI→VLAN Association→GPON VLAN Association Interface→GPON IGMP Control
Channel On VLAN Port
IGMP Control Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Ethernet Port → ETH Bridge Port→VLAN Association

Channel On →VLAN Association Interface →IGMP Control Channel On VLAN Port
VLAN Port Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→Ethernet Port → ETH Bridge Port →IGMP Control Channel
On VLAN Port
(2 of 2)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M End-to-end resource path
USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Right-click the object and choose Show→E2E Resource Path.
Result: The End to End Resource Path window opens and lists all of the physical and logical
resources involved in establishing the service.
• Select an object in the list and click Go To to navigate to the physical resource.
• Select an object in the list and click Show Details to open the Object Details view window
for the physical resource.
• To save the end-to-end resource path information on your workstation as a .cvs file, click
Save as CVS.
• To save the end-to-end resource path information on your workstation as a .txt file, click
Save as txt.
• To save the end-to-end resource path information on your workstation as a .xml file, click
Save as XML.
• Click OK to close the End to End Resource Path window.
98.3 Troubleshooting an end-to-end resource path

The End to End Resource Path view is a central troubleshooting location for the user.
Users are able to launch various troubleshooting activities from this view instead of
going to other views or objects to launch these activities.
You can perform all of the troubleshooting operations on an item in the end-to-end
resource path that you can perform on the object in the Network Tree.
In addition, most objects will support PM-related commands, such as enable and
disable PM, create and delete TCAs, or clearing counters.
Procedure 1173 To troubleshoot an end-to-end resource path
1 View an end-to-end resource path, as described in Procedure 1172.
2 Right click a physical resource in the End to End Resource Path window to open the
contextual menu for the object.

End-to-end resource path 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Choose a menu item.
4 Click OK to close the End to End Resource Path window when troubleshooting is complete.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Troubleshooting
USING THE 5520 AMS
99 Troubleshooting
99.1 Overview
99.2 Viewing error logs
99.3 Configuring TCAs for NT and LT units
99.4 Managing the alarm default severity
99.5 Viewing the compact flash usage
99.6 Monitoring CPU and memory usage
99.7 Creating MAC filter counters
99.8 Viewing thermal sensor data
99.9 Configuring MTA
99.1 Overview
This chapter describes how to:
• View error logs
• Configure TCAs for NT and LT units
• Manage the alarm default severity
• Monitor CPU and memory usage
• View thermal sensor data
• Configure thermal data
Table 265 lists the tasks for troubleshooting.

Table 265 Troubleshooting
Task See
View error logs Procedure 1174
Configure TCA for NT and LT units Procedure 1175
Configure TCA for Ethernet LT ports Procedure 1176
Manage the alarm default severity Procedure 1177
Start or stop CPU load monitoring Procedure 1179
(1 of 2)

Troubleshooting 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Task See
Monitor CPU and memory usage Procedure 1180
Create MAC filter counters Procedure 1181
View thermal sensor data Procedure 1182

Manually clear thermal sensor alarms Procedure 1183
Configure MTA Procedure 1184
View SFP diagnostics and inventory on a Procedure 1210

slot
View SFP link status Procedure 1211
(2 of 2)
99.2 Viewing error logs

This section describes procedure to view error logs.
The error logs report information on critical system errors, such as database
inconsistencies. The error logs can only be cleared when you perform a system reset
and then restart the system.
Procedure 1174 To view error logs

Perform the following procedure to view error logs.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Troubleshooting→Troubleshooting System

Parameters.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the number of error log records on the
NE.
2 Choose Infrastructure→Troubleshooting→Error Logs.
Result: If there are any error logs recorded for the NE, the error logs are displayed under the
Error Logs object.
3 When an error log exists, choose the error log.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the error log details.

USING THE 5520 AMS
99.3 Configuring TCAs for NT and LT units

This section describes configuration of TCAs for NT and LT units.
You can configure TCAs for LT and NT units that are installed in the NE. When TCA
is configured, alarm indications are sent to the alarm reporting and logging filters
when an alarm threshold is exceeded.
TCAs related to traffic class loading are useful to identify unusually high load
conditions on the Ethernet-based LT cards and for troubleshooting QoS issues.
You can configure the following TCAs for LT and NT units:
• QoS queue statistics
• Fan out load
• Aggregation buffer overflows
• Buffer occupancy
Additionally, you can configure Ethernet TCAs for individual Ethernet ports on the
Ethernet-based LT cards. The following Ethernet TCAs are supported:
• LOS errors
• FCS errors
Procedure 1175 To configure TCA for NT and LT units

Perform the following procedure to configure TCA for NT and LT units.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT or Slot NT.
2 Click the QoS TCA tab.
Procedure 1176 To configure TCA for Ethernet LT ports

Perform the following procedure to configure TCA for Ethernet LT ports.

cards)→Ethernet LT Port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
2 Click the TCA tab.
To enable TCAs on the Ethernet LT port, choose Enabled from the TCA State drop-down
menu.
99.4 Managing the alarm default severity

This section describes the management of the alarm default severity for Ethernet
CSMA-CD, voice FXS, SHDSL, and xDSL lines.
Procedure 1177 To manage the alarm default severity

Perform the following procedure to manage the alarm default severity.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Alarms→Default Severity.
Result: The alarm reporting severity parameters appear in the Object Details view.
99.5 Viewing the compact flash usage

This section describes procedure to view compact flash usage in order to identify the
utilization in terms of life expectancy.
Procedure 1178 To view compact flash usage

• Active NT Slot only

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to view compact flash usage.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot NT.
2 Click the CF Usage tab
Result: The Object Details view displays information about the compact flash usage.
99.6 Monitoring CPU and memory usage

This section describes monitoring of the CPU load and memory usage on the active
NT unit or POTS unit. You can also view the system CPU and memory real-time
usage and load status.
Procedure 1179 To start or stop CPU load monitoring

cards, IHub-based NT cards, EPON-based LT cards and GPON-based
LT cards.
Note — The Object Details view must be refreshed to display changes

in the monitoring status and data. The view prompts you to refresh the
data when data has changed. You can refresh the view manually by
clicking the Refresh icon ( ) or automatically by enabling Auto-Refresh.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to start or stop CPU load monitoring.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot NT→CPU/Memory Usage.
• Start CPU load monitoring.

• Right-click CPU/Memory Usage and choose Actions→Start Monitoring.
• Click Yes to start the CPU load monitoring.
• Stop CPU load monitoring.

• Right-click CPU/Memory Usage and choose Actions→Stop Monitoring.
• Click Yes to stop the CPU load monitoring.
Procedure 1180 To monitor CPU and memory usage

Perform the following procedure to monitor CPU and memory usage.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot NT→CPU/Memory Usage.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the CPU memory usage in the following
format:
• Graph
• Table
2 The monitoring status indicates when CPU load monitoring is started (proceeding) or
stopped (idle). When monitoring is in progress, you can refresh the CPU Load and Load
History parameters to view partial results. When monitoring is started or stopped, you must
refresh the Object Details view to view the updated status and data.

USING THE 5520 AMS
99.7 Creating MAC filter counters
• NEs with SHub-based NT cards.

• R3.7/FGN 3.8 or later.
This section describes creation of MAC filter, with associated counters, to assist in
debugging.
Procedure 1181 To create MAC filter counters

Perform the following procedure to create MAC filter counters.
1 Navigate to the NE in the Network Tree and choose Infrastructure→Layer 2→L2 Filters.
2 Right-click L2 Filters and choose Create→L2 Filter.
Result: The Create L2 Filter window opens.
3 Enter a number in the Filter parameter and click Next.
4 Configure the parameters. To enable MAC filter counters, choose Allow from the Filter Action
drop-down menu.
5 Click Finish.
99.8 Viewing thermal sensor data

This section describes procedure to view thermal sensor data.
Units on the NE are equipped with thermal sensors. The number of sensors varies
depending on the unit type. The NE is configured with two sets of threshold
temperatures:
• Upper and lower thresholds beyond which a temperature alarm is triggered
• Upper and lower thresholds beyond which the board shuts down

USING THE 5520 AMS
For each thermal sensor, you can view the following data, all expressed in degrees
Celsius:
• Current temperature
• Low threshold temperature for alarm trigger
• High threshold temperature for alarm trigger
• Low threshold temperature for shutdown
• High threshold temperature for shutdown
You cannot change these values, they are read-only.

Thermal sensors data is available only for plugged-in boards.
Procedure 1182 To view thermal sensor data

Perform the following procedure to view thermal sensor data.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose NE→Rack→Subrack→Slot→Thermal Sensors.
Result: Individual sensors are listed beneath the Thermal Sensors object.
2 Click a sensor in the Network Tree.
Result: The Object Details view opens, and displays the sensor parameters.
Procedure 1183 To manually clear thermal sensor alarms
You can clear thermal sensor alarms only for NTA slots on NEs with IHub-based NT cards.
Perform the following procedure to manually clear thermal sensor alarms.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot (NTA)→Thermal Sensors→IHUB

System.
2 Right-click IHUB System and choose Actions→Clear Alarm.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Click Finish.
99.9 Configuring MTA

This section describes configuration of the MTA test head type. To run the test, see
Procedure 1184 To configure MTA

Perform the following procedure to configure MTA.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Equipment→MTA Test Configuration.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Test overview
USING THE 5520 AMS
100 Test overview

100.1 Overview
100.2 Line test operations
100.1 Overview
This chapter describes various tests available on the NE.
Table 266 lists the tests available on the NE.

Test overview 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 266 NE tests
Applies to Test See
All releases F4/F5 loopback test Section Performing an

F4/F5 loopback test
All releases Integrated narrowband test Section 101.3
R4.3 or later Longitudinal current test Section Performing

longitudinal current test
NEs with an GPON-based LT Loop diagnostics test on ONT VDSL2 Section Performing a
cards ports loop diagnostics test on
an ONT VDSL2 port
All releases Loop diagnostics test on XDSL ports Section Performing a

loop diagnostics test on
an xDSL port
R4.1 or later Metallic ended line test Section Performing

metallic ended line test
All releases MTA test configuration Section 99.9
All releases Narrowband line test Section Performing

narrowband line test
NEs with IHub-based NT cards Ping test on IHub 5520 AMS User Guide
NEs with SHub-based NT cards Ping test on SHub 5520 AMS User Guide
All releases POTS line test Section Performing a

POTS line test
NEs with an GPON-based LT POTS MLT Section POTS metallic

cards line test
All releases Reachability test 5520 AMS User Guide
All releases Sealing current test Chapter 1196
All releases Search tone test Section Performing

search tone test
NEs with an GPON-based LT SIP dial tone test Section SIP dial tone
cards test
NEs with IHub-based NT cards Traceroute test on IHub 5520 AMS User Guide
NEs with SHub-based NT cards Traceroute test on SHub 5520 AMS User Guide
Note — If an output value returned by the NE for any of the

voice line tests such as, MELT,NBLT, Collective test, is
enclosed within brackets, then the measurement was not taken
or the result is not reliable.
100.2 Line test operations

Table 267 lists the supported tests for each technology.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 267 Line test operations
Line test on Test command in Included line test types

LCT/AMS
H.248 POTS Narrowband Line • Foreign AC voltage of user line (Tip-Ring)

(Voice-based LT Test • Foreign AC voltage of user line (Tip-Ground)
cards)
• Foreign AC voltage of user line (Ring-Ground)
• ForeignDCvoltage of user line (Tip-Ring)
• ForeignDCvoltage of user line (Tip-Ground)
• ForeignDCvoltage of user line (Ring-Ground)
• Insulating resistance of user line (Tip-Ring)
• Insulating resistance of user line (Ring-Tip)
• Insulating resistance of user line (Tip-Ground)
• Insulating resistance of user line (Ring-Ground)
• Capacitance of user line (Tip-Ring)
• Capacitance of user line (Tip-Ground)
• Capacitance of user line (Ring-Ground)
Cable Pair Search • Cable Pair Identification Test

Test
Inward Test • Feeding AC Voltage

• Feeding DC Voltage
• Feeding Current
• Dial Tone Delay
SIP POTS Narrowband Line • Foreign AC voltage of user line (Tip-Ring)

cards) • Group Test • Foreign AC voltage of user line (Ring-Ground)

Test

• Feeding Current
• Dial Tone Delay
(1 of 4)

USING THE 5520 AMS

LCT/AMS
SIP POTS Narrowband Line • Foreign AC voltage of user line (Tip-Ring)

cards) • Collective • Foreign AC voltage of user line (Ring-Ground)
Test • ForeignDCvoltage of user line (Tip-Ring)
• Capacitance of ETSI signature or Electronic ringer
• Resistance of ETSI signature or Electronic ringer
• Conductance of user line (Tip-Ring)

• Conductance of user line (Tip-Ground)
• Conductance of user line (Ring-Ground)
• Susceptance of user line (Tip-Ring)
• Susceptance of user line (Tip-Ground)
• Susceptance of user line (Tip-Ground)
• Susceptance of user line (Ring-Ground)
• Voltage detected hazardous to person
• End device capacitance > 50 nF detected
• PPA variant testing
• Receiver off-hook detected testing
• Electronic ringer detected testing
• Electronic Zener Resistance testing
• Electronic Zener Voltage testing

Test
Longitudinal • Measurement of the difference between the currents

Current Test on the a-lead and the b-lead (longitudinal current)

• Feeding Current
• Dial Tone Delay
(2 of 4)

USING THE 5520 AMS

LCT/AMS
H.248 ISDN Loopback • ISDN Loop Back test

(ISDN-based
cards)
Group Test • Foreign AC voltage of user line (Tip-Ring)
• Foreign AC voltage of user line (Tip-Ground)
DSL (DSL-based Group Test + ETSI • Foreign AC voltage of user line (Tip-Ring)
cards, Signature • Foreign AC voltage of user line (Tip-Ground)
VDSL-based LT
cards)

Test
(3 of 4)

USING THE 5520 AMS

LCT/AMS
Collective Test • Foreign AC voltage of user line (Tip-Ring)

• Foreign AC voltage of user line (Tip-Ground)
• Zener Resistance
• Zener Voltage
Additional test • 58 Conductance of user line (Tip-Ring)

types • 59 Conductance of user line (Tip-Ground)
• 60 Conductance of user line (Ring-Ground)
• 61 Susceptance of user line (Tip-Ring)
• 62 Susceptance of user line (Tip-Ground)
• 63 Susceptance of user line (Ring-Ground)
• 65 Galvanic signature detected (TO BE
EXCLUDED WHEN ON SHDSL LT)
• 66 End device capacitance > 50 nF detected
• 67 PPA variant testing
• 68 Receiver off-hook detected testing (TO BE
EXCLUDED WHEN ON SHDSL LT)
• 64 Voltage detected hazardous to person
(4 of 4)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M DSL related tests
USING THE 5520 AMS
101 DSL related tests

101.1 Overview
101.2 Configuring DSL related tests
101.3 Configuring integrated tests
101.1 Overview
This chapter describes various DSL related tests and their configuration.
101.1.1 Performing tests on unconfigured ports

The operation on an unconfigured port can be performed only on SIP Voice Port (Slot
LT). The actions that are invoked from an unconfigured port must be on Slot object.
You can perform the following tests on an unconfigured port:
• Narrowband Line Test (See Section 101.2.2)
• Search Tone Test (See Section 101.2.6)
• Inward Test (See Section 107.2.1)
101.2 Configuring DSL related tests
101.2.1 Performing an F4/F5 loopback test

Applies to — This section applies to NEs with ATM-based DSL
lines.
This section describes procedure to perform an F4/F5 loopback test.

The F4/F5 loopback test is executed on a VCL on an xDSL port or SHDSL span, and
measures round-trip delay on an end-to-end test on the NE.

DSL related tests 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1185 To perform an F4/F5 loopback test

Perform the following procedure to perform an F4/F5 loopback test.

• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span→VCL
2 Right-click VCL and choose Actions→F4/F5 Loopback Test.
Result: The F4/F5 Loopback Test window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The F4/F5 loopback test starts and the F4/F5 Loopback Test window opens to
indicate that the test is in progress.
When the test is finished, the F4/F5 Loopback Test window displays the test results.
4 If required, save the test results by clicking Save as CSV.
101.2.2 Performing narrowband line test

Applies to — This section applies to Release 4.1 or later.
A narrowband line test can be performed on a:

• Voice-based NT cards unit configured for SIP
• SIP voice port
Perform a narrowband line test to test AC/DC, resistance, capacitance, and PPA.
For R4.3 or later, the narrowband line test includes e-ringer (group test).

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1186 To perform a narrowband line test

For R4.2 or earlier, the NE supports eight simultaneous narrowband line test sessions on the NE,
but only one test session at a time on each LT.
For R4.3 or later, the NE supports 16 simultaneous narrowband line test sessions on the NE, but
only one test session at a time on each LT.
Before you proceed:
• For R4.2 or earlier, voice-based NT cards must be installed in the NE.

• For R4.3 or later, voice-based NT cards must be planned in the NE. See Procedure 138
• The voice-based NT cards must be configured with a SIP capability profile. See
“Capability profiles” for more information.
• A SIP server, SIP dial plan, SIP user agent, SIP user agent access point, and SIP voice
port must be created, have an operational state of up, and be unlocked. See Chapter 55
• A telephone set must not be connected to the subscriber line.
Perform the following procedure to perform a narrowband line test.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot (unit), where unit is voice-based NT cards.

• Rack→Subrack→Slot (unit)→SIP Voice Port, where unit is voice-based NT cards.
2 Right-click Slot or SIP Voice Port and choose Actions→Narrowband Line Test and choose
one of the following:
• Group Test
• Collective Test
Result: The Narrowband Line Test window opens.
Result: The test starts and the Narrowband Line Test window shows the progress of the test.
4 When the test is complete, a result page window opens and displays the test results in table
format. You can save the results to a .csv file or copy the results to a clipboard.

USING THE 5520 AMS
101.2.3 Performing metallic ended line test

A metallic ended line test can be performed on the object listed in Table 268.
Table 268 Metallic ended line test objects
Applies to Test object
All releases Slot—the test is performed on all the ports of the selected card
All releases xDSL port on an ADSL or VDSL-based LT card
R4.2.02 or later xDSL port on a VDSL-based card
All releases SHDSL span on an SHDSL-based LT card
Perform a metallic ended line test to test AC/DC, resistance, capacitance, PPA,
signature, and e-ringer (group test).
From R4.4.03 or later, the metallic ended line test includes the following tests:
• Collective test
• Hazardous voltage test

USING THE 5520 AMS
101.2.4 Group test

When you perform a narrowband line test or metallic ended line test, the 5520 AMS
initiates the following tests:
• Foreign AC voltage of user line • Insulating resistance of user line

(tip-ring) (ring-tip)
(tip-ground) (tip-ground)
(ring-ground) (ring-ground)
• Foreign DC voltage of user line • Capacitance of user line
(tip-ring) (tip-ring)
(tip-ground) (tip-ground)
(ring-ground) (ring-ground)
• Insulating resistance of user line • Capacitance of ETSI signature
(tip-ring) (only applies to metallic ended
line test)
• Resistance of ETSI signature
(only applies to metallic ended
line test)
• Electronic Ringer Detection (
applies to Narrow Band Line
Test and Metallic Ended Line
Test)
101.2.5 Hazardous voltage test

Applies to — This subsection applies to R4.4.03 later.
Hazardous test can be performed on an xDSL port. The test type supported in
Hazardous voltage test is:
• Voltage detected hazardous to person
Procedure 1187 To perform a metallic ended line test

For R4.2 or earlier, the NE supports eight simultaneous metallic ended line test sessions on the
NE, but only one test session at a time on each LT.

USING THE 5520 AMS
For R4.3 or later, the NE supports 16 simultaneous metallic ended line test sessions on the NE,
but only one test session at a time on each LT.
Before you proceed, LT cards supported in MELT functionality must be installed in the NE.
Perform the following procedure to perform a metallic ended line test.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot (unit), where unit is LT cards supporting MELT functionality.

• Rack→Subrack→Slot (unit)→XDSL Port, where unit is LT cards supporting MELT
functionality.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot (SHDSL-based LT card)→SHDSL Span
2 Right-click Slot or XDSL Port or SHDSL Span and choose Actions→Metallic Ended Line
Test.
Result: The Metallic Ended Line Test window opens.
3 Configure the group test parameters and click Finish.
Result: The test starts and the Metallic Ended Line Test window shows the progress of the
test.
101.2.6 Performing search tone test

A search tone test can be performed on:

• An xDSL port on a ADSL or VDSL-based cards
• An SHDSL span on an SHDSL-based card
• A SIP voice port
Perform a search tone test to initiate a cable pair identification test. You can cancel
a search tone test. See Procedure 1190 for more information.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1188 To perform a search tone test

Perform the following procedure to perform a search tone test.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot (unit)→Voice NE→Voice Board NE→Voice User Port, where unit

is NVPS-A.
functionality
2 Right-click Voice Port, XDSL Port, or SHDSL Span and choose Actions→ Search Tone
Test→Start.
Result: The Search Tone Test > Start window opens.
When the test is complete, a result page window opens and displays the test results in table
Procedure 1189 To view remaining time for search tone test
Perform the following procedure to view the remaining time for search tone test.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot (unit)→XDSL Port, where unit is an ADSL or VDSL-based LT card.

• Rack→Subrack→Slot (SHDSL-based LT card)→SHDSL Span.
2 Right-click on XDSL Port or SHDSL Span and choose Actions→ Show Search Tone Test
Remaining Time.
Result: The Show Search Tone Test Remaining Time window opens and displays the
remaining time for the search tone test to be completed.

USING THE 5520 AMS
The Search Tone test will be ended when the search tone remain time is ‘0’.
Procedure 1190 To cancel a search tone test

Perform the following procedure to cancel a search tone test.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot (unit)→SIP Voice Port, where unit is voice-based NT cards.

functionality.
2 Right-click SIP Voice Port, XDSL Port, or SHDSL Span and choose Actions→Search Tone
Test→Cancel.
Result: The Search Tone Test Cancel window opens.
101.2.7 Performing longitudinal current test

Applies to — This subsection applies to R4.3 or later.
A longitudinal current test can be performed on a SIP voice port on voice-based NT

cards.
Procedure 1191 To configure a longitudinal current test

Before you proceed:
• An voice-based NT cards must be planned in the NE. See Procedure 138 for more
information.
• The voice-based LT cards unit must be configured with a SIP capability profile. See

USING THE 5520 AMS
• A telephone set must not be connected to the subscriber line.
Perform the following procedure to configure a longitudinal current test.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot (voice-based LT cards)→SIP Voice

Port.
2 Right-click SIP Voice Port and choose Actions→Longitudinal Current Test.
Result: The Longitudinal Current Test window opens.
Result: The test starts and the Longitudinal Current Test window shows the progress of the
test.
101.2.8 Performing collective test

Applies to — This subsection applies to R4.4.03 later.
Collective test can be performed on an xDSL port. The collective test supports all the
test types of the Group test along with some additional tests.

USING THE 5520 AMS
The additional tests supported by the Collective test are as follows:
• Conductance of user line • Galvanic signature detected

(tip-ring) (this test is excluded when test is
• Conductance of user line on SHDSL LT)
(tip-ground) • End device capacitance
• Conductance of user line • PPA variant
(ring-ground) • Receiver off-hook detected (this
• Susceptance of user line test is excluded when test is on
(tip-ring) SHDSL LT)
• Susceptance of user line
(tip-ground)
• Susceptance of user line
(ring-ground)
101.2.9 Performing single ended line test

A Single Ended Line Test (SELT) can be performed on an xDSL port.
Procedure 1192 To start single ended line test

An NE supports a maximum of five single ended line test sessions per LT board.
Perform the following procedure to perform a single ended line test.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot →XDSL Port.
2 Right-click XDSL Port and choose Actions→Single Ended Line Test→Start.
Result: The Single Ended Line Test > Start window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Select one of the following modes from the SELT Select drop-down list:
• Noise Mode
• Echo Mode
Note — The SELT test in ‘Noise Mode’ can be run on an unconfigured

port if the LT board is operationally up. But the SELT test in ‘Echo Mode’
must be run on an configured port, otherwise the test fails.
Result: If you select Noise mode, go to step 4. If you select Echo mode, go to step 5.
4 Enter the quiet line noise measurement time in seconds in the Quiet Line Noise
Measurement Time field. This parameter is valid only for noise mode. Go to step 6 to
configure vectoring support, else go to step 7.
5 Configure the following parameters in the Echo Mode parameters section:
• Tx Signal Psd Type

• Uncalibrated Echo Measurement Time
• Uncalibrated Echo Response Minimal SNR Target
• AGC
These parameters are valid only for Echo mode. Go to step 6 to configure vectoring support,
else go to step 7.
6 Configure the following parameters in the Vectoring Related parameters section:
• Maximum Frequency Allowed

• Broadband Mode
Note — The ‘Maximum Frequency Allowed’ and ‘Broadband Mode’

parameter is applicable only for boards which support vectoring.
The test information is gathered and displayed in the Results page in a graphical or table
format.
• To save the information in a .csv file, click Save as CSV.


USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1193 To cancel a single ended line test

Perform the following procedure to cancel a single ended line test.
2 Right-click XDSL Port and choose Actions→Single Ended Line Test→Cancel.
3 Click Yes to cancel the single ended line test.
101.2.10 Performing a POTS line test

This section describes procedure to perform a POTS line test. The POTS line test is
executed on an xDSL port.
Procedure 1194 To perform a POTS line test

Perform the following procedure to perform a POTS line test.
2 Right-click XDSL Port and choose Actions→POTS Line Test.
Result: The POTS Line Test window opens.
3 Configure the POTS Line Test Duration parameter and click Finish.
Result: The POTS line test starts and the POTS Line Test window opens to indicate that the
test is in progress.
When the test is finished, the POTS Line Test window displays the test results.

USING THE 5520 AMS
101.2.11 Performing a loop diagnostics test on an ONT

VDSL2 port
Applies to — This procedure applies to NEs with GPON-based
LT cards.
This section describes procedure to perform a loop diagnostics test on an ONT

VDSL2 port. The loop diagnostics test is executed on an ONT VDSL2 port and
retrieves detailed carrier data measurements. The loop diagnostics test typically
takes 120 seconds.
The loop diagnostics test is only available when an ONT is equipped with VDSL2 or
VDSL2 POTS Combo card and the VDSL2 port operational state is up.
Procedure 1195 To perform a loop diagnostics test

Perform the following procedure to perform a loop diagnostics test.

(VDSL2)→VDSL2 Port
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→PON Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (VDSL2
POTS Combo)→VDSL2 Port
2 Right-click VDSL2 Port and choose Actions→Loop Diagnostics Test and click Finish.
Result: The loop diagnostics test starts and the Loop Diagnostics Test window opens to
When the test is completed, the Loop Diagnostics Test window displays the test results in the
graphical or table format. By default, it is displayed in the graphical format.
• To save the information in a .csv file, click Save as CSV.

3 Close the Loop Diagnostics Test window by clicking Close.
101.3 Configuring integrated tests

This section describes configuration of integrated tests.

USING THE 5520 AMS
ITSC is supported on a host shelf that has a GENC-F unit with an ITSC module
installed. The ITSC module is a piece of hardware mounted as the daughterboard
within the GENC and SATU cards. ITSC provides users with two different xDSL line
testing methods. You can test lines externally using a test head routed through a test
access point, or internally using the ITSC module.
You can use ITSC to conduct narrowband and sealing current tests on a system. The
narrowband test is designed to discover short circuits, open circuits, and foreign
voltages in the xDSL lines. Sealing current tests determine whether xDSL lines have
current.
Integrated tests can be run before service turn-up or non-intrusively after xDSL
service turn-up.
A test chain allows you to use the test equipment that is physically connected to a
shelf to perform tests on the lines of other local or remote shelves in the system. The
test chain is configured on the NT and can be used independently of the ITSC
module availability. It defines the connection of the test access points from one shelf
to the next in either an upstream or downstream direction.
Before you proceed, the GENC-F unit must be equipped and planned in the host
shelf. See Chapter 23 for more information.
Procedure 1196 To create a sealing current test

Using ITSC, you can apply a sealing current of a fixed amplitude in milliamperes to an xDSL port
on the NE. You can also set the length of time that the sealing current is applied to the port.
Sealing current tests are applied to the xDSL port when you create the sealing current test
instance. You cannot delete a test and you must manually stop a test. See Procedure 1198 for
more information. However, tests that are not accessible after 75 seconds expire. The 5520 AMS
only displays test results for tests that have been successfully completed.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create a sealing current test.
• Infrastructure→Transmission→Sealing Current.
• Right-click Sealing Current Tests and choose Create→Sealing Current Test.
Result: The Create Sealing Current Test window opens.
• Enter a value in the Test Nr parameter or use the default number provided. The default
number is the next available number.
number, click Auto.
• Click Next.
Result: The second Create Sealing Current Test window opens.
• XDSL Port
• Right-click XDSL Port→Actions→Sealing Current Test.
Result: The Create Sealing Current Test window opens.
Result: The new sealing current test appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 1197 To create an integrated narrowband test

You can apply integrated narrowband tests to selected xDSL ports on the NE. You can choose
either a fail or pass test, or measurement results for the following integrated narrowband tests:
• Hazardous potential
• Foreign electromotive force
• Resistive fault
• Receiver off-hook
• Ringer test
You can view test results that are displayed temporarily after the test completes. The test results
are purged after about one minute.
Narrowband tests are applied to the xDSL port when you create the narrowband test instance. To
stop the test see Procedure 1198.
Caution — Communications may be disrupted while a narrowband test

is applied to the port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to create an integrated narrowband test.
• Infrastructure→Transmission→Sealing Current→Integrated Narrow Band Tests.

• Right-click Integrated Narrow Band Tests and choose Create→Integrated Narrow Band
Test.
Result: The Create Integrated Narrow Band Test window opens.
• Enter a value in the Test Nr parameter or use the default number provided. The default
number is the next available number.
number, click Auto.
• Click Next.
Result: The second Create Narrow Band Test window opens.
• XDSL Port
• Right-click XDSL Port→Actions→Integrated Narrow Band Test.
Result: The Integrated Narrow Band Test window opens.
Result: The new integrated narrow band test appears in the Network Tree.
Procedure 1198 To stop sealing current and integrated narrowband tests

Perform the following procedure to stop all sealing current and ITSC tests on a shelf.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→Sealing Current→Stop All

Tests.
2 Click Browse for the Stop Test for Shelf parameter.
Result: The Select Stop Test for Shelf window opens and lists the NE subracks.
3 Choose the subrack for which you want to stop the sealing current and integrated
narrowband tests and click OK.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The selected subrack is displayed in the Stop Test for Shelf parameter.
4 Click the Apply icon ( ) to stop the tests.
Procedure 1199 To create a sealing current profile

You create a sealing current profile to automate how often a sealing current of a fixed amplitude
is applied to an xDSL port during a 24-h period, and how long the sealing current is applied when
activated.
After you create a sealing current profile, you can apply the profile to xDSL ports. See Procedure
To view or delete profiles, see the 5520 AMS User Guide.
Note — You can create a sealing current profile template in the

Template Tree. See the 5520 AMS User Guide for more information.
Perform the following procedure to create a sealing current profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Infrastructure→Transmission→Sealing Current→Sealing

Current Profile.
2 Right-click Sealing Current Profile and choose Create→Sealing Current Profile.
Result: The Create Sealing Current Profile window opens.
Note — If you enter a value and want to change it to the next available
number, click Auto.
4 Click Next.
Result: The second Create Sealing Current Profile window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The new profile is displayed in the Network Tree in the list of sealing current profiles.
Procedure 1200 To apply a sealing current profile

You can apply a sealing current profile to xDSL ports on all LT units installed in a shelf that is
equipped with a GENC-F unit with an ITSC module installed. You must apply the sealing current
profile to an xDSL port before you can view the sealing current line.
To apply the sealing current profile to an xDSL port, the GENC-F unit must be equipped and
planned on the shelf. See Chapter 23 for more information.
Perform the following procedure to apply a sealing current profile.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot→XDSL Port→Sealing

Current→Sealing Current Line 1.
2 Click Sealing Current Profile Select.
Result: The Select Sealing Current Profile window opens.
3 Choose the sealing current profile that you want to apply to the xDSL port and click OK.
Result: The sealing current profile you selected appears in the Sealing Current Profile
parameter.
101.3.1 Performing a loop diagnostics test on an xDSL port

This section describes procedure to perform a loop diagnostics test on an x DSL port.
The loop diagnostics test is executed on an xDSL port and retrieves detailed carrier
data measurements. The loop diagnostics test typically takes 120 seconds.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1201 To perform a loop diagnostics test on an xDSL port

Perform the following procedure to perform a loop diagnostics test on an xDSL port.
2 Right-click XDSL Port, choose Actions→Loop Diagnostics Test and click Finish.
Result: The loop diagnostics test starts and the Loop Diagnostics Test window opens to
When the test is finished, the Results window displays the Loop Diagnostics Test results in
the graphical or table format. By default, it is displayed in the graphical format.
• To save the test results to a .csv file, click Save as CSV.

• To save the test results to a clipboard, click Save All.
Procedure 1202 To start or stop BER test and loopback test on an E1 port
Applies to — This procedure is applicable from ISAM R5.6.01 or later.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to perform E1 BER test and E1 loopback test.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT→SHDSL Span → E1 Port
2 Right-click E1 port and choose one of the following options:
• Actions → E1 BER Test →Start

In the E1 BER Test > Start window, enter the parameters.
• Actions → E1 BER Test → Stop
• Actions → E1 BER Test → Abort
• Actions → E1 Loopback Test → Start
In the E1 Loopback Test > Start window, select the Loopback Type
• Actions → E1 Loopback Test → Stop
3 Click Finish.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Ethernet LT related tests
USING THE 5520 AMS
102 Ethernet LT related tests

102.1 Overview
102.2 Configuring Ethernet LT related tests
102.1 Overview
This chapter describes various Ethernet LT related tests and their configuration.
102.2 Configuring Ethernet LT related tests
Procedure 1203 To initiate loopback on an Ethernet port

Loopback protocol is used for fault verification and isolation. The functions are similar to an IP ping
to verify Ethernet connectivity between the nodes
Perform the following procedure to initiate loopback on an Ethernet port.
2 Right-click Ethernet Port and choose Actions → 802.3ah Loopback→Initiate.
Result: The 802.3ah Loopback Initiate window opens.
3 Configure the Loopback Parameters.
4 Click Finish.
Result: The loopback on the Ethernet LT port is initiated.
Procedure 1204 To release loopback on an Ethernet port

Perform the following procedure to release loopback on an Ethernet port.
2 Right-click Ethernet Port and choose Actions → 802.3ah Loopback→Release.

Ethernet LT related tests 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The loopback on the Ethernet LT port is released.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M GPON tests
USING THE 5520 AMS
103 GPON tests

103.1 Overview
103.2 Configuring GPON related tests
103.1 Overview
This chapter describes various GPON tests and their configuration.
103.2 Configuring GPON related tests
Procedure 1205 To perform a rogue test
Applies to — In ISAM Release 4.3 and prior releases only the Initiate
Test or Disable Test mode is available for the Action → Rogue Test.
Note — You can only perform a rogue test when the operational state of
the PON port is up. When the operational state is down, the Rogue Test
option is disabled in the Actions menu.
Perform the following procedure to perform a rogue test. The rogue test is performed on a PON
port and a Channel pair.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (GPON-based LT cards)→PON Port

• Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (NGPON2-based LT cards) → Channel Pair
2 Right-click PON Port or Channel Pair and choose Actions→Rogue Test.
Result: The Rogue Test window opens.

GPON tests 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Choose one of the following from the Rogue Test drop-down menu:
• Initiate ON-Off Test: This test is available only when the administrative state of port is up.
• Disable Test: This test is always available.
• Initiate Background Stuck Laser Test: This test cannot be performed when the
background stuck laser test is running.
• Disable Background Stuck Laser Test: This test is available when the background stuck
laser test is running.
4 Click Finish.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M ONT tests
USING THE 5520 AMS
104 ONT tests

104.1 Overview
104.2 Configuring ONT related tests
104.1 Overview
This chapter describes various ONT tests and their configuration.
104.2 Configuring ONT related tests
104.2.1 POTS metallic line test

This section describes the procedure for POTS MLT.
You can manually test a POTS service on an ONT by running a POTS MLT. When
the test is finished, MLT results are returned.
Use the POTS MLT as an initial test for subscriber problems with POTS service.
Procedure 1206 To troubleshoot using a POTS MLT

Perform this procedure to troubleshoot using POTS MLT.

Port→ONT (Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (card_type)→POTS Port, where card_type is
POTS, Ethernet POTS Combo, or VDSL2 POTS Combo.
2 Right-click POTS Port and choose Actions→MLT Test.
Result: The MLT Test window opens.
3 Configure the parameters and click Finish to start the MLT.
Result: When the MLT is completed, the MLT Test window displays the test results.
Note — The test results are also displayed in the MLT Test panel on the
Test tab in the POTS port Object Details view.

ONT tests 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
4 If any of the tests fails, perform an ONT self-test. See Procedure 339 for more information.
5 If the problem still exists, contact Nokia technical support. Go to

http://support.alcatel-lucent.com/. Under Product Technical Support, choose a country. The
Nokia Support Contact Numbers window opens and displays the phone and e-mail contact
information for technical assistance for the selected country.
104.2.2 SIP dial tone test

This section describes the procedure for SIP dial tone test.
A SIP dial tone test can be performed on a POTS port of an ONT or NGPON2
configured with SIP VoIP service. See the 5520 AMS Administrator Guide for more
information.
Note — After you initiate a SIP dial tone test, the test results
must appear in the Dial Tone Test window within 120 seconds
or 5520 AMS times out.
Procedure 1207 To perform a SIP dial tone test

Before you proceed, the ONT POTS port or NGPON2 POTS port must be in the operational mode.
Actions→SIP Dial Tone Test is available when the POTS port is configured with SIP VoIP service.
Perform this procedure to perform a SIP dial tone test.

(Provisioned)→ONT→ONT Card (card_type)→POTS Port, where card_type is POTS,
Ethernet POTS Combo, or VDSL2 POTS Combo.
ONT → NGPON2 ONT Card (POTS) → NGPON2 POTS Port
2 Right-click POTS Port or NGPON2 POTS Port and choose Actions→SIP Dial Tone Test.
Result: The SIP Dial Tone Test window opens.
3 Configure the parameters and click Finish to start the test.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M ONT tests
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: When the SIP dial tone test is completed, the test results and measurements are
displayed in the SIP Dial Tone Test window.
Note — The test results and measurements are also displayed on the
Test tab in the POTS port Object Details view.

ONT tests 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M EPON tests
USING THE 5520 AMS
105 EPON tests

105.1 Overview
105.2 Configuring EPON related tests
105.1 Overview
This chapter describes various EPON tests and their configuration.
105.2 Configuring EPON related tests
Procedure 1208 To perform a rogue test
Note — You can only perform a rogue test when the operational state of
the EPON port is up. When the operational state is down, the Rogue Test
option is disabled in the Actions menu.
Perform the following procedure to perform a rogue test.

Port.
2 Right-click EPON Port and choose one of the following options:
• Actions→Rogue Test→Initiate ON-Off Test

• Actions→Rogue Test→Initiate Pattern Test
• Actions→Rogue Test→Disable Test
3 Click Finish.
Procedure 1209 To enable or disable idle power monitoring

Power monitoring information is required to manage rogue ONU detection and closure of an
EPON system.

EPON tests 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to enable or disable idle power monitoring.

Port.
2 Right-click EPON Port and choose Actions→Idle Power Monitoring→Enable.
Result: The Idle Power Monitoring > Enable window opens.
3 Select the Idle Power Threshold from the Idle Power Threshold field.
4 Click Finish to enable idle power monitoring.
To disable idle power monitoring, you can right-click EPON Port and choose Actions→Idle
Power Monitoring→Disable. Click Finish in the Idle Power Monitoring > Disable window to
disable idle power monitoring.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M SFP tests
USING THE 5520 AMS
106 SFP tests

106.1 Overview
106.2 Configuring SFP related tests
106.1 Overview
This chapter describes various SFP tests and their configuration.
106.2 Configuring SFP related tests
106.2.1 SFP diagnostics, inventory and troubleshooting

This section describes the procedures to view SFP diagnostics, inventory, and
troubleshooting information.
Procedure 1210 To view SFP diagnostics and inventory on a slot

The SFP module must be physically present on the card in the slot.
Perform the following procedure to view SFP diagnostics and inventory on a slot.
1 Perform the following steps to view SFP diagnostics and inventory on a slot.
a Navigate to the NE and choose one of the following options:
• Rack→Subrack→Slot ACU/NTIO
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT
• Rack→Subrack→Slot NT
Examples of boards which support SFP Diagnostics and Inventory are: SHub-based LT
cards, IHub-based LT cards, Ethernet-based LT cards, GPON-based LT cards,
FD-REM and mico NEs.
b Right-click the slot and choose Actions→ Show SFP Diagnostics and Inventory.
c Click Finish to continue.

SFP tests 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: After the action completes, the diagnostic information is displayed in a result
page.
d Perform one of the following steps:

2 Perform the following steps to view SFP inventory on an applique NT slot.
a Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→ Subrack→ Applique Slot NT (FNIO-B)→ SFP→
SFP Diagnostics NT.
b Click on SFP Diagnostics NT.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays the SFP diagnostics details.
Procedure 1211 To view SFP link status

The SFP link status is viewed by an operator to troubleshoot the REM configuration. This
procedure enables an operator to check that the configuration and actual SFP on the Host and
Remote side are compatible.
In the case of the dual host setup, the Result screen of the Show SFP Link Status command
displays information of the host and remote SFP in a single view. You can also check the speed
of the remote SFP, where the Host 2 cannot detect the remote SFP. The attribute ‘Overall SFP
Link Status’ indicates whether the speed of all elements in the link are consistent. For information
on configuring a dual host setup, see Section 25.4.
Applies to — This procedure is not supported on micro NEs.
Perform the following procedure to view SFP Link status.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot LT.
2 Right-click the Slot LT and choose Actions→Show SFP Link Status.
Result: The Result page opens, displaying the SFP link status details.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M SFP tests
USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Perform the following steps to view SFP diagnostic and inventory of the host and remote
SFP:
a Select the host or remote SFP, in the SFP Diagnostics and Inventory table, and click
Show SFP Diagnostics and Inventory. The SFP type (host or remote SFP) can be
identified in the SFP Type column. The Result page of the selected host or remote SFP
opens, displaying diagnostic information.
Note — The host SFP is identified by the FDN ‘ntio:sfp:<slot-position>’.
The remote SFP is identified by the FDN ‘remote-sfp:<slot-position>’.
b Click Finish to close the Result page displaying SFP diagnostic and inventory
information.
4 Click Finish to close the Result page displaying SFP link status information.
Note 1 — To save the SFP link status or diagnostic and inventory details
in a .csv file, click Save as CSV in the relevant Result page.
Note 2 — To refresh the information in the Result page, click Refresh.
Note 3 — To copy the SFP link status or diagnostic and inventory details
to the clipboard, click Copy All in the relevant Result page.
Note — From ISAM R5.5.01 onwards, the following is applicable for

SFP Link Status:
• The Host SFP Id attribute is updated based on the index of the SFP
Inventory. When the SFP is defined on a LT, then the LT details is
displayed. For example:
When the SFP Inventory object is ‘R1.S1.ACU/NTIO.SFP2’, the Host
SFP Id is displayed as ‘ntio:sfp:2’
When the SFP Inventory object is ‘R1.S1.LT7.SFP4’, the Host SFP Id
is displayed as ‘lt7:sfp:4’
• The remote SFP information must retrieve the Host SFP Id and the
related SFP Inventory object can be retrieved based on the Slot and
SFP number.
• You can retrieve the Host SFP information such as Type, Remote
MAC Address, Down Link Status, Cable Mismatch from the SFP
Inventory object.

SFP tests 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1212 To disable SGMII remote loopback on the E1/DS1 port
Before you proceed:
• Rack→Subrack→Slot LT (NELT-B)→SFP→SFP Inventory→E1/DS1 Port

2 Right-click E1/DS1 Port and choose Actions→Loopback→Disable SGMII Remote Loopback.
Result: The Loopback > Disable SGMII Remote Loopback confirmation window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The SGMII remote loopback is disabled on the E1/DS1 port.
Procedure 1213 To enable SGMII remote loopback on the E1/DS1 port
Before you proceed:

2 Right-click E1/DS1 Port and choose Actions→Loopback→Enable SGMII Remote Loopback.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M SFP tests
USING THE 5520 AMS
Result: The Loopback > Enable SGMII Remote Loopback confirmation window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The SGMII remote loopback is enabled on the E1/DS1 port.
Procedure 1214 To disable SGMII local loopback on the E1/DS1 port
Before you proceed:

2 Right-click E1/DS1 Port and choose Actions→Loopback→Disable SGMII Local Loopback.
Result: The Loopback > Disable SGMII Local Loopback confirmation window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The SGMII local loopback is disabled on the E1/DS1 port.
Procedure 1215 To enable SGMII local loopback on the E1/DS1 port

SFP tests 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Before you proceed:

2 Right-click E1/DS1 Port and choose Actions→Loopback→Enable SGMII Local Loopback.
Result: The Loopback > Enable SGMII Local Loopback confirmation window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The SGMII local loopback is enabled on the E1/DS1 port.
Procedure 1216 To view SFP inventory on NT or NTIO slot

Perform the following procedure to view SFP inventory on NT or NTIO slot.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot NT→SFP→SFP Inventory.

• Rack→ Subrack→Slot NTIO→SFP→SFP Inventory.
Result: The Object Details view opens and displays information about the SFP inventory.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Voice related tests
USING THE 5520 AMS
107 Voice related tests

107.1 Overview
107.2 Configuring voice related tests
107.1 Overview
This chapter describes various voice related tests and their configuration.
107.2 Configuring voice related tests
107.2.1 Performing inward test
Procedure 1217 To perform an inward test

Before you proceed,
information.
• The voice-based LT cards unit must be configured with a SIP capability profile.
See “Capability profiles” for more information.
Perform the following procedure to perform an inward test.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack →Subrack → Slot (voice-based LT cards).
2 Right-click the Slot (voice-based LT cards) and choose Actions →Inward Test.
Result: The Inward Test window opens.
Result: The Result window opens and displays the Inward Test results.

Voice related tests 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
107.2.2 Performing ISDN electric line test

Applies to — This subsection applies to R4.4 later.
An ISDN electric line test can be performed on a SIP voice port on a voice unit.
Procedure 1218 To perform an ISDN electric line test
This procedure applies to NEs with some variants of the voice board.
Perform the following procedure to perform an ISDN electric line test.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot (unit)→Voice NE→Voice Board

NE→Voice User Port, where unit is NVPS-A.
2 Right-click on Voice User Port and choose Actions→ ISDN Electric Line Test.
Result: The ISDN Electric Line Test window opens.
Result: When the test is complete, a result page window opens and displays the test results
in table format. You can save the results to a .csv file or copy the results to a clipboard.

USING THE 5520 AMS
107.2.3 Performing a test access session
Procedure 1219 To perform a test access session

Before you proceed:
information.
• The voice-based LT cards unit must be configured with a SIP capability profile. See
Perform the following procedure to configure a longitudinal current test.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot (voice-based LT cards)→SIP Voice

Port.
• To start a test access session right-click SIP Voice Port and choose Actions→Test
Access Session →Start.
• To cancel a test access session right-click SIP Voice Port and choose Actions→Test
Access Session →Cancel.
Result: The Test Access Session window opens.
Result: The Test Access Session window shows the progress of the test.
3 When the test is complete, a result page window opens and displays the test results.
107.2.4 ISDN loop back test

Applies to — This subsection applies to R4.2 later.
An ISDN loop back test can be performed on a SIP voice port on an NBAT-B unit.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1220 To view busy ports
Perform the following procedure to view busy ports.

functionality.
• Rack→Subrack→Slot (SHDSL-based LT card)→SHDSL Span.
2 Right-click on XDSL Port or SHDSL Span and choose Actions→ Show Busy Ports.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The Table view opens and displays the information for the ports on the unit including:
• Port on which test is running

• Type of test running
Procedure 1221 To perform an ISDN loop back test
This procedure applies to NEs with some variants of the voice board.
Perform the following procedure to perform an ISDN loopback test.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack→Subrack→Slot (unit)→Voice NE→Voice

Board→Voice User Port, where unit is NVPS-A.
2 Right-click on Voice User Port and choose Actions→ ISDN Loop Back Test.
Result: The ISDN Loop BackTest window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
in table format. You can click Save as CSV to save the results to a .csv file or Copy All to
copy the results to a clipboard.
Procedure 1222 To perform E1 Loopback test

The E1 Loopback test can be performed on CAS R2 terminations.
Perform the following procedure to perform E1 Loopback test.
ISDN PRA Port
2 Right-click SIP ISDN PRA Port and choose one of the following option
• Actions → E1 Loopback → Remote Loopback → Start

• Actions → E1 Loopback → Remote Loopback → Cancel
• Actions → E1 Loopback → PayLoad Loopback → Start
• Actions → E1 Loopback → PayLoad Loopback → Cancel
• Actions → E1 Loopback → Local Loopback
• Actions → E1 Loopback → Cable Loopback
Result: A window opens.
4 Click Finish.
Result: A result page window opens and displays the test results.

USING THE 5520 AMS
107.2.5 Performing forced ringing test

Applies to — This subsection applies to ISAM R5.4.01 or later.
Procedure 1223 To perform a forced ringing test

A forced ringing test is performed by calling the subscriber and then ending the test when the call
is connected. The test can be performed on the ports which are enabled, disabled, or locked.
A forced ringing test can be performed on a SIP voice port on a voice unit.
Perform the following procedure to perform a forced ringing test.
• Rack → Subrack → Slot Lt (voice-based LT status)

• Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (voice-based LT cards) → SIP Voice Port.
2 Right-click on SIP Voice Port and choose Actions → Forced Ringing Test → Start
Result: The Forced Ringing Test > Start window opens.
When the test is complete, a result page window opens and displays the test
results in table format. You can save the results to a .csv file or copy the results to a clipboard.
Procedure 1224 To perform a force ring subscriber test
A force ring subscriber test is performed to ring the subscriber and then stop the ringing when the
device is disconnected.
A force ring subscriber test can be performed on a Voice user port.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to perform a force ring subscriber test.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot Lt (voice-based LT cards) → Voice
User Port
2 Right-click on Voice User Port and choose Actions → Force Ring Subscriber Test → Start
Result: The Force Ring Subscriber Test > Start window opens.
When the test is complete, a result page window opens and displays the test results in table
Procedure 1225 To cancel a forced ringing test

Perform the following procedure to cancel a forced ringing test.
• Rack → Subrack → Slot Lt (voice-based LT status)

• Rack → Subrack → Slot LT (voice-based LT cards) → SIP Voice Port.
2 Right-click on Slot LT or SIP Voice Port and choose Actions → Forced Ringing Test →
Cancel
Result: The Forced Ringing Test > Cancel window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The cancel forced ringing test successful message is displayed.
Procedure 1226 To cancel a force ring subscriber test

USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to cancel a force ring subscriber test.
1 Navigate to the NE and choose Rack → Subrack → Slot Lt (voice-based LT cards) → Voice
User Port
2 Right-click on Voice User Port and choose Actions → Force Ring Subscriber Test → Cancel
Result: The Force Ring Subscriber Test > Cancel window opens.
3 Click Finish.
Result: The cancel force ring subscriber test successful message is displayed.
107.2.6 Performing voice diagnosis call test

Applies to — This subsection applies to ISAM R5.8 or later.
Procedure 1227 To perform a voice diagnosis call test

A voice diagnosis call test is used to check the call termination for a voice call which is configured
end to end and is capable of establishing a basic voice call. You can perform this test to initiate an
automated voice diagnostic test call to a given destination number.
A voice diagnosis call test can be performed through a SIP voice port on a voice unit.
Perform the following procedure to perform a voice diagnosis call test.
Voice Port.
2 Right-click on SIP Voice Port and choose Actions → Voice Diagnosis Call Test
Result: The Voice Diagnosis Call Test window opens.

USING THE 5520 AMS
3 Enter the details of the following parameters:
• Destination Number
• Timeout Period
4 Click Finish.
in table format. You can save the results to a .csv file or copy the results to a clipboard.

USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M CFM tests
USING THE 5520 AMS
108 CFM tests

108.1 Overview
108.2 Configuring CFM related tests
108.1 Overview
This chapter describes various CFM tests and their configuration.
108.2 Configuring CFM related tests
Procedure 1228 To perform CFM Loopback test

CFM supports a loopback test to verify the availability of a MAC address destination. A loopback
message is generated by an MEP to its peer MEP or a MIP. The functions are similar to an IP ping
to verify Ethernet connectivity between the nodes.
Note — Administrative state of CFM Maintenance Point should be

‘Locked’.
Perform the following procedure to perform CFM loopback test

Domain→Maintenance Association→Maintenance Points→CFM Maintenance Point.
2 Right-click on CFM Maintenance Point and choose Actions→CFM Loopback Test.
Result: The CFM Loopback Test window opens.
Result: The CFM Loopback test starts and the CFM Loopback Test window opens to indicate
that the test is in progress.

CFM tests 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
When the test is finished, the CFM Loopback Test window displays the test results.
Procedure 1229 To perform link trace test
Perform the following procedure to perform link trace test.
• Infrastructure→OAM→CFM→Maintenance Domain→Maintenance Association→Bridge

Port Maintenance EndPoint.
• Infrastructure→OAM→CFM→Maintenance Domain→Maintenance Association→Slot
Maintenance EndPoint.
2 Right-click on Maintenance EndPoint and choose Actions→Link Trace Test.
Result: The Link Trace Test window opens.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M CFM tests
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1230 To perform CFM Link Trace test

CFM also supports the link trace test to retrieve information about the forwarding path to a MAC
destination. A linktrace message is originated by an MEP and targeted to a peer MEP in the same
maintenance association and within the same maintenance domain level. Its function is similar to
IP traceroute.
Note — Administrative state of CFM Maintenance Point should be

‘Locked’.
Perform the following procedure to perform CFM link trace test.

Domain→Maintenance Association→Maintenance Points→CFM Maintenance Point.
2 Right-click on CFM Maintenance Point and choose Actions→CFM Link Trace Test.
Result: The CFM Link Trace Test window opens.
Result: The CFM Link Trace test starts and the CFM Link Trace Test window opens to
When the test is finished, the CFM Link Trace test window displays the test results.
Procedure 1231 To perform unicast loopback test

CFM tests 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to perform unicast loopback test.

2 Right-click on Maintenance EndPoint and choose Actions→Unicast Loopback Message.
Result: The Unicast Loopback Test window opens.
Procedure 1232 To perform multicast loopback test

• Ethernet based LT cards (FELT-B) only
Perform the following procedure to perform multicast loopback test.

Domain→Maintenance Association→Bridge Port Maintenance End Point.
2 Right-click on Bridge Port Maintenance End Point and choose Actions→Multicast Loopback
Test.
Result: The Multicast Loopback Test window opens.
Result: The Result page window opens and displays the test results. You can save the
results to a .csv file or copy the results to a clipboard.
4 Click Close to close the Result page.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M CFM tests
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1233 To perform synthetic measurement test
Perform the following procedure to start an synthetic measurement test.
Before you proceed:
• The SLM Initiator option must be set to Enabled for both Slot Maintenance EndPoint or
Bridge Port Maintenance EndPoint, in the Object Details view.

2 Right-click on Slot Maintenance EndPoint or Bridge Port Maintenance EndPoint and choose
Actions→Synthetic Loss Measurement Test.
Result: The Synthetic Measurement Test window opens.
Procedure 1234 To perform two-way synthetic loss measurement test

Synthetic loss measurement approach is a single-ended feature that allows the you to run
on-demand and proactive tests to determine “in,” “out” loss, and “unacknowledged” packets.

CFM tests 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Perform the following procedure to start a two-way synthetic loss measurement (SLM) test.

IHUB→Maintenance Association→ Maintenance Points → CFM Maintenance End Point.
2 Right-click on CFM Maintenance End Point and choose Actions→Two-Way Synthetic Loss
Measurement Test.
Result: The Two-Way Synthetic Loss Measurement Test window opens.
Procedure 1235 To perform single-ended loss measurement test

Loss measurement is used to collect counter values applicable for ingress and egress service
frames where the counters maintain a count of transmitted and received data frames between a
pair of MEPs.
Perform the following procedure to start a single-ended loss measurement (SM) test.

IHUB→ Maintenance Association→ Maintenance Points → CFM Maintenance End Point.
2 Right-click on CFM Maintenance End Point and choose Actions→ Single-Ended Loss
Measurement Test.
Result: The Single-Ended Loss Measurement Test window opens.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M CFM tests
USING THE 5520 AMS
Procedure 1236 To perform two-way delay measurement test

Two-way delay measurement is similar to one way delay measurement except it measures the
round trip delay from the generating MEP.
Perform the following procedure to start a two-way delay measurement (DM) test.

IHUB→ Maintenance Association→ Maintenance Points → CFM Maintenance End Point.
2 Right-click on CFM Maintenance End Point and choose Actions→Two-Way Delay

Measurement Test.
Result: The Two-Way Delay Measurement Test window opens.

CFM tests 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M 5520 AMS NBI test and diagnostic
USING THE 5520 AMS
5520 AMS NBI test and diagnostic

109 Overview
110 R5.2 NBI Test and Diagnostic

5520 AMS NBI test and diagnostic 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Overview
USING THE 5520 AMS
109 Overview
109.1 NBI test and diagnostic
109.2 ERROR CODE
109.3 Test Detail Status
109.4 Test Session Status
109.1 NBI test and diagnostic

The chapters in the 5520 AMS NBI test and diagnostic volume provide the following
information about diagnostic test:
• description and behavior
• input and output parameter
The chapters for NBI test and diagnostics contain the RDN and parent RDN
information.
The parent RDN of the <meNm> element is <mdNm>AMS</mdNm> and the
<ehNm> element is <meNm>NodeName</meNm>.
Note — The RDN supported for
SHOW_SFP_DIAG_AND_INVENTORY_TEST action of the
Slot object is as follows:
• RDN:
<ehNm>/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=[ACUNTIO|NTA|NTB|LTn]</e
hNm>
• Parent RDN: <meNm>NodeName</meNm>
Note — From Release 9.5 onwards, for objects with same

identifiers new RDN formats can be used for executeAction
operation.
In the NBI test and diagnostic chapters, old RDN format is
provided as RDN 1 and new RDN format is provided as RDN 2.
For example, XDSL Port has the following RDN formats:
RDN 1: <ptpNm>/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/port=n</ptpNm>
RDN 2: <propNm>/type=XDSL
Port/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/port=n</propNm>

Overview 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Note — For R4.4 and R5.2 NBI test and diagnostic, additional
information about NBI input and output parameters are
available in Chapters 112 and 113.
109.2 ERROR CODE

Following is the list of LT Session Input ErrCode.
Table 269 LT Session Input ErrCode - status and description
Status Description
noErr(0) No error
tTestParamNumInconsistent(1) The actual input param number in ltTestParamTable is not

equal to ltTestParamNum
ltTestParamNumOutOfRange(2) The input param number is out of range, from 0 to 4 is allowed.
testTypeNeedNoParam(3) The input test param is meaningless, because those test types
not need any test param.
testParamForNonTestingType(4) The input test param for those test types which are not in
current test session.
missingltTestParamConfiguration( Missing test param configuration for those test types which
5) must have test param.
missingltTimeOutPeriod(6) Missing ltTimeOutPeriod value.
ltTimeOutPeriodNotEnough(7) The input ltTimeOutPeriod is not enough for test.
ltLineNumInconsistent(8) The actual input line number in ltLineIdTable is not equal to

ltLineNum.
ltLineNumOutOfRange(9) The input line number is out of range, from 1 to 72 isallowed.
invalidLineId(10) The input lineId is invalid.
duplicatedLineId(11) The same lineId configed twice

missingltTestType(12) Missing ltTestTypeHigh and ltTestTypeLow.
invalidTestType(13) The input ltTestTypeHigh and ltTestTypeLow is incorrect.
thresholdNumOutOfRange(14) Input too many threshold, the number of threshold from 0 to 39

is allowed.
testTypeNeedNoThreshold(15) The input threshold is meaningless, because those test types

do not need any threshold.
thresholdForNonTestingType(16) The input threshold for those test types which are not in current
test session.
testTypeMismatchTestMode(17) The input test type does not match with the test mode.
tlineNumMismatchTestModeOrTe The input line number is not match test mode and test type. All
stType(18) talking test, cable pair test, block test and continuous test only
support one line for certain test.
(1 of 2)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Overview
USING THE 5520 AMS
Status Description
wrongLineStatusForSubTest(19) The line status for subtest is not in holding or the line which has
no father test first.
oneTestItemForBlockOrContinou Block test and continuous test must be only one test type.
sTest(20)
lineIdInNonTestingStatus(21) The input lineId is not in testing status.

testModeNotSupportRepeatTest( Repeated test can only be done in continous test mode.
22)
sessionStateIncorrect(23) The command not allowed in current session state.
systemInternalError(24) Internal system error

sessionInactiveTimerOutOfRange ltSessionInactiveTimer value out of range
(25)
ltTimeOutPeriodTooLong(26) The input ltTimeOutPeriod is too long.
(2 of 2)
Table 270 ERROR CODE - status and description
Status Description
pPSuccess(1) Success
pPErrNomMeasurementFailed(2) Measurement failed
pPErrNomHookDetected(3) Off-Hook detected
pPErrNomAlreadyRunning(4) Another line test already running
pPErrNomNotImplemented(5) Line test stopped before starting measurement.

pPErrNetOffhookDETECTED(6) Off-Hook detected
pPErrNetInvalidOPMODE(7) Invalid operation mode
pPErrNetOther(8) Other
pPErrNetVinUnsupp(9) Not supported by Z interface chip set.
pPErrNetSlicUnsupp(10) Not supported by Z interface chip set.
testBeyondCDEThreshold(11) Line test result beyond CDE threshold.
testTimeout(12) Line test timed-out
testInterrupted(13) Line test interrupted
testErrOther(14) Other
testErrofVinetic(15) Error reported by Z interface chip set.
testErrLineIsOnHook(16) Line test ended by On-Hook.
testErrLineIsOffHook(17) Line test ended by Off-Hook.
testBeyondConfigedThreshold(18 Line test result beyond configured threshold.

)
pPErrVinDegradedAccuracy(19) Degraded accuracy due to low leakage resistance.
(1 of 2)

Overview 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Status Description
pPErrVinThermalFaultDetected(2 Thermal fault detected
0)
pPErrVinExcessiveAcInduction(2 Excessive AC induction detected.

1)
pPErrVinCmSaturationDetected(2 Common mode saturation detected.

2)
pPErrVinDiffSaturationDetected(2 Differential saturation detected

3)
pPErrVinExcessiveForeignVoltag Excessive foreign voltage prevented line test execution (from

e(24) being executed).
pPErrVinCapacitorOutOfRange(2 Capacitance too large to be measured

5)
pPErrVinExcessiveLowResistanc Excessive low resistance.

e(26)
pPErrVinReceiverOffHook(27) Low resistance, phone Off-Hook
pPErrVinTestNotPassed(28) tMeasured voltage not within tolerance limits.
pPErrVinGndReported(29) Tip to ring fault, Ground reported.
pPErrVinResistanceOutOfRange( Resistance too large to be measured.

30)
testErrLineStatusNotSupported(3 Wrong line status.

1)
testItemNotApplicable(32) Line test not applicable.

Passed(33) GR909 test passed
Failed(34) Gr909 test failed
(2 of 2)
109.2.1 Clarification for the Error Codes

Following table provides additional clarification for some of the error codes.
Table 271 Additional clarification for the error codes
Error Code Numbe Description

r
pPSuccess 1 Success
pPErrNomMeasurementFailed 2 The NBLT Test failed while the test was executed by the driver. It's widely
used in the error mapping - many error stati returned from driver are mapped
to this error code.
(1 of 3)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Overview
USING THE 5520 AMS

r
pPErrNomHookDetected 3 There is Hook state change detected during the execution of the NBLT test.
Following is the description in the ZL datasheet:
VPTL_MULTI_OFF_HOOK indicates that an off-hook signalling state has
been detected during the execution of the test. In other words, if this fault is
set, at the beginning of the test an on-hook state was observed, but at the
end of the test, an off-hook state was observed, indicating the line became
off-hook during execution of the test. If the 4-Element Resistance
measurement did not report a low metallic resistance, the hook state
probably changed during the test and the capacitance results are invalid.
pPErrNomAlreadyRunning 4 This line is involved in a NBLT test and therefore no new NBLT test can be
started.
NOT USED
pPErrNomNotImplemented 5 The NBLT test has been stopped before teh NBLT test was started by the
driver. Could be due to configuration input or test mode error.
This is the default error code for all the test items in low layer (wrapper with
the driver). While the test failed without known fault, this error code would be
returned.
pPErrNetOffhookDETECTED 6 There is an Off-Hook event detected during the execution of the NBLT test.
Designed for Vinetic line test. Overlapping with pPErrNomHookDetected.
pPErrNetInvalidOPMODE 7 NBLT Test operation mode is invalid. The test cannot eb executed by the
driver.
For example, when requesting the howler tone test, the system detects the
line feeding mode is different from VP_LINE_PARK.
pPErrNetOther 8 Other error under network mode.

NOT USED.
pPErrNetVinUnsupp 9 NBLT Test type is not supported by the Vinetic driver. This error code will not
be returned as only supported NBLT test types are implemented by the
integrated voice service.
pPErrNetSlicUnsupp(10) 10 NBLT Test type is not supported by the SLIC. This error code will not be
returned as only supported NBLT test types are implemented by the
integrated voice service.
testBeyondCDEThreshold 11 Test result beyond the CDE threshold. Returned by upper layer SW
application.
testTimeout 12 Test time out. Returned by upper layer SW application.
testInterrupted 13 Test is stopped by LTSL. NOT USED.
testErrOther 14 Other NBLT test error from driver. Used as default error code in SW
application layer.
This is usually returned during the initialization of the NBLT test type result
structures. The error code in row 10 is returned by the test function. Before
the NBLT test is triggered, it is initialized to this error code.
testErrofVinetic 15 Vinetic driver function failed. For example, tone cannot be played, hook state
cannot be retrieved, and so on.
testErrLineIsOnHook 16 Hook state = On-Hook, the test could not be processed. E.g.
LoopResistance test : Check hook state before the NBLT test gets started.
If hook state = On-Hook, return immediately this error. If hook state =
Off-Hook then proceed with the Loop Resistance test.
(2 of 3)

Overview 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS

r
testErrLineIsOffHook 17 Hook state = Off-Hook. E.g. Ring test : Check hook state before the NBLT
test gets started. If hook state = Off-Hook. return immediately this error. If
hook state = On-Hook then proceed with Ring test.
For example, M Socket/low capacitance phone/ring test.
testBeyondConfigedThreshold 18 Reported by upper layer SW application when the test result is beyond the
threshold configured by the operator.
pPErrVinDegradedAccuracy 19 The accuracy of the results are degraded because of low leakage
resistance. For impedance test, the resistance part of the impedance is too
low compared with the capacitance part. Repeat the test with a higher
frequency to improve the accuracy.
pPErrVinThermalFaultDetected 20 A thermal fault was detected during the test, the results of the test are
indeterminate.
pPErrVinExcessiveAcInduction 21 Excessive AC induction was detected during the test, the results of the test
are indeterminate. For impedance test, the test cannot be executed due to
an external AC fault.
pPErrVinCmSaturationDetected 22 Common mode saturation was detected during the test, the results of
capacitance measurements could not be calculated. For impedance test, the
test can be repeated with a reduced vCm value.
pPErrVinDiffSaturationDetected 23 Differential saturation was detected during the test, the results of
capacitance measurements could not be calculated. For impedance test, the
test can be repeated with a reduced vDiff value.
pPErrVinExcessiveForeignVoltag 24 A large foreign voltage prevented the respective tests from being executed.
e
pPErrVinCapacitorOutOfRange 25 The capacitor was too large to be measured.
pPErrVinExcessiveLowResistanc 26 The 3-element capacitance test could not be executed due to the presence
e of a very low fault resistance.
pPErrVinReceiverOffHook 27 The 4-Element Resistance test measured a low metallic resistance and the
ROH test recognized it as a receiver off-hook, as opposed to a metallic fault.
pPErrVinTestNotPassed 28 The NBLT test failed because the measured voltage never settled within the
tolerance limits. In this case, the vTip, vRing, and vDiff values will report the
result of the final measurement attempt.
pPErrVinGndReported 29 In the presence of a tip to ring fault, current from the tip lead may flow into
the ring side leakage resistance, and current from the ring side may flow into
the tip side leakage resistance. it is simply to assume a single resistance to
ground.
pPErrVinResistanceOutOfRange 30 The resistance was too large to be measured.
testErrLineStatusNotSupported 31 The NBLT test item can not be executed with the current line state.
testItemNotApplicable 32 _
Passed 33 _
Failed 34 _
(3 of 3)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Overview
USING THE 5520 AMS
109.3 Test Detail Status

Table 272 Test Detail Status - status and description
Status Description
testUnfinished(0) Line test not finished.
testFinished(1) Line test finished.

testStopedbyTimeOut(2) Line test stopped due to line test period timeout.
testCanceledbyOperator Line test canceled by operator.

(3)
testBreakedbyUser(5) Line test interrupted by subscriber.

testPPFailed(6) Passive Test Terminator test failed due to HW failure.
testLineBusyInTestNow( The line is busy; it may be in use by another line test or is involved in a
8) call.
testLongTimeNoNextOp Line test stopped because no subsequent operator command received

erator(9) in time.
testLineStatusError(11) Line status does not allow line test.
testOutofMemory(12) Line test failed; result buffer could not be allocated due to lack of
memory.
testTimerOperateFail(13 Timer could not be started.

)
testTypeEmpty(14) No line test type configured in line test session request.

testTypeLogicError(15) Line test type configured in line test session request not supported.
testTypeUnknown(16) Line test type configured in line test session request is unknown.
testParaLineIDError(17) The configured line id is invalid.
testParaOperateError(18 The configured line test command is invalid.

)
testParaSerialNumError( The configured session ID is invalid.

19)
testCurrentLineInTesting The line is currently in <searchtone/measurement> by session

(21) <sessionid>.
testOtherFail(22) Other line test failure.
testEndedbyOperator(23 Line test stopped by the operator.

)
testOnHookbyOperator( On-hook event caused by operator during talking test.

24)
testParaValueError(26) Insufficient amount of test parameters configured for DTMF test.
testLineLluRelayConfigE line LLURelay configuration not ok for MELT

rror(27)
ssessionTimeout(105) Session time out.

invalidPortID(106) Invalid line Id configured.
(1 of 3)

Overview 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Status Description
pOLTMessageMissing(1 Internal Line test communication error.
07)
redundancyPorts(110) The configuration of multiple line IDs in this test session is not allowed.
wrongEndTestSequence Wrong session id configured in line test session abort command.

Number(112)
portDisable(114) Admin state of Subscriber line is disabled.
pOLTFail(117) LT board has failed.
portUnknownState(118) The subscriber line is in an unknown admin state.
outOfMem(119) The NVPS board or the NT board has ran out of memory.
newTimerErr(120) Internal error : No new timer could be created.
startTimerErr(121) Internal error : Timer could not be started.

sendMsgErr(122) Internal error: Internal message transmission error.
getPortIpudpErr(123) Internal error: Subscriber line IP@/UDP port could not be retrieved.
portEnableLock(124) H248 only: subscriber line enabled and locked
portDisableUnlock(125) Subscriber line disabled and unlocked.

portDisableLock(126) Subscriber line disabled and locked.
abortTimerErr(127) Internal error: Abort of a timer failed.
emptyTestType(128) None of a high-type test type or a low-type test type or type-extend test
type has been configured.
testTypeMismatchWithM Mismatch between configured test type and configured test mode.
ode(129)
portDisableNetUnlock(1 H248 only: Subscriber line admin unlocked but operationally disabled by
30) MGC.
portDisableVaUnlockGro Subscriber line admin unlocked but operationally disabled by ground-key

undKey(131) alarm.
portDisableVaUnlockOv Subscriber line admin unlocked but operationally disabled by over
erCurrent(132) current alarm.
portDisableVaUnlockOv Subscriber line admin unlocked but operationally disabled by over

erTemperature(133) temperature alarm.
portDisableNetLock(134) H248 only: subscriber line locked and operationally disabled by MGC.
portDisableVaLockGrou Subscriber line admin locked and operationally disabled by ground-key

ndKey(135) alarm.
portDisableVaLockOver Subscriber line admin locked and operationally disabled by over current
Current(136) alarm.
portDisableVaLockOver Subscriber line admin locked and operationally disabled by over

Temperature(137) temperature alarm.
portNotSupportLineTest( Line Test is not supported for this subscriber line.
138)
portUndergoinginMTATe The subscriber line is actually involved in MTA test.

st(139)
(2 of 3)

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Overview
USING THE 5520 AMS
Status Description
testCurrentLTboardInTe Line test could not be started; concurrency problem with busy ltsession
sting(140) <sessionid>, ltsession busy, reason:
<in_searchtone/in_measurement>
testFinishedAndPassed( GR909 group test passed.

141)
testFinishedAndFailed(1 GR909 group test failed.

42)
(3 of 3)
109.4 Test Session Status

There are only three final states, as mentioned in Table 273, that happen when
launching a test session.
Table 273 Test state and description
Test state Description
TestResult Result of execute action operation.

For information about supported values, see Table 274.
Status The status of the operation.

STATUS The status of the test session.
Supported values of “TestResult” state are described in Table 274.

Table 274 TestResult values and description
Status Description
SUCCESSED This value is displayed when Test is completed successfully.
ALREADY_RUNNING This value is displayed when the Test is already in progress.
FAIL This value is displayed when Line Test fails or when a Test is Completed with
Errors. For example, “Line test canceled by operator” or “Line test interrupted
by subscriber.”
Supported values of “Status” state are described in Table 275.

Overview 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 275 Status values and description
Status Description
Success Indicates Line Test is finished successfully.
inProgress Indicates Line Test is Already Running.
Completed Indicates the test is not finished successfully; but the test execution is ended.
For example, a test may be canceled by an operator or interrupted (that is, a
Line test interrupted by subscriber).
Fail Indicates that the execution of the test failed.
PASS Indicates that the execution of the test passed.
Supported values of “STATUS” state are described in Table 276.

Table 276 STATUS values and description
Status Description
testover Indicates the session test is finished, you can get test result.

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M R5.2 NBI Test and Diagnostic
USING THE 5520 AMS

110.1 Applique SFP Inventory
110.2 Applique Slot
110.3 Bonding Group
110.4 Bridge Port Maintenance End Point
110.5 CES Port
110.6 Channel Group
110.7 Channel Pair
110.8 E1/DS1 Port
110.9 EFM OAM Configuration
110.10 EPON Port
110.11 Ethernet LT Port
110.12 Ethernet OAM Configuration
110.13 Ethernet Port
110.14 HPNA Port
110.15 IMA Group
110.16 IP Host
110.17 MoCA Port
110.18 NGPON2 Ethernet Port
110.19 NGPON2 ONT
110.20 NGPON2 ONT Card
110.21 ONT
110.22 ONT Card

R5.2 NBI Test and Diagnostic 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M
USING THE 5520 AMS
110.23 PON Port
110.24 POTS Port
110.25 SFP Inventory
110.26 SHDSL Span
110.27 SIP Voice Port
110.28 Slot
110.29 Slot Maintenance End Point
110.30 Sub Channel Group
110.31 VCL
110.32 VDSL2 Port
110.33 VEIP Port
110.34 Video Port
110.35 VLAN IP Interface
110.36 Voice User Port
110.37 VoIP Service
110.38 XDSL Port
110.1 Applique SFP Inventory

RDN: <ptpNm>/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=AP_NT/port=SFP.n</ptpNm>
Parent RDN: <meNm>NodeName</meNm>
The following NBI tests are supported on NE boards which support these tests:
• SHOW_SFP_DIAG_AND_INVENTORY_TEST

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.1.1 SHOW_SFP_DIAG_AND_INVENTORY_TEST
110.1.1.1 Action
SHOW_SFP_DIAG_AND_INVENTORY_TEST
110.1.1.2 Test description

NA
110.1.1.3 Pre-Condition
NA
110.1.1.4 Additional information

NA
110.1.1.5 NBI Workflow

NA
110.1.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.1.1.7 Output
Table 277 describes the output parameters.

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 277 SHOW_SFP_DIAG_AND_INVENTORY_TEST Output
AMS GUI name NBI attribute Type and Format Example Unit Range Description
name values
[Status] Status string NA NA NA NA NA
110.2 Applique Slot

RDN: <ehNm>/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=AP_NT</ehNm>
110.2.1.1 Action

NA
NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
110.2.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.2.1.7 Output
name values
110.3 Bonding Group

RDN: <propNm>/type=Bonding Group/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/port=n</propNm>
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK
110.3.1 PORT_LOCK
110.3.1.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.3.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.3.1.7 Output
Table 279 PORT_LOCK Output
name values

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.3.2 PORT_UNLOCK
110.3.2.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.3.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.3.2.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 280 PORT_UNLOCK Output
name values
110.4 Bridge Port Maintenance End Point

RDN:
<ctpNm>/maintenanceDomainNameId=n-maintenanceAssociationId=n-maintenanc
eEndPointId=n-eth=P0 </ctpNm>
Parent RDN: <ptpNm>/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/port=n</ptpNm>
• UC_LOOPBACK_TEST
• LINK_TRACE_TEST
• SYNTHETIC_LOSS_MEASUREMENT_TEST
110.4.1 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST
110.4.1.1 Action
UC_LOOPBACK_TEST

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.4.1.6 Input
Table 281 describes the input parameters.
Table 281 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST Input
AMS GUI name NBI attribute Type and Mandatory/o Default Example Unit Range Description
name values ptional value
LBM DataBit extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA B NA NA

Pattern(bytes) OamCtlTransmitLb
mDataBitPattern
LBM Data extendAluCfmMep long NA NA NA B [1..1488] NA

Length(bytes) OamCtlTransmitLb
mDataLen
Number of extendAluCfmMep long NA NA NA NA [1..5] NA

Messages to be OamCtlTransmitLb
Sent mMessages
LBM TLV Type extendAluCfmMep enum NA NA NA NA none, dataTlv, NA

OamCtlTransmitLb testTlv
mTlvType
VLAN Drop extendAluCfmMep enum NA NA NA NA noDrop NA

Enabled OamCtlTransmitLb
mVlanDropEnable
PCP Encoding rule extendAluCfmMep enum NA NA NA NA pcp8P0D NA

OamCtlTransmitLb
mVlanDropPcp
Destination MAC extendAluCfmMep mac address NA NA NA NA NA NA

Address OamCtlTransmitTa
rgetMacAddress
Transmit VLAN extendAluCfmMep long NA NA NA NA [0..7] NA

Priority OamCtlTransmitVl
anPriority
110.4.1.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 282 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST Output
name values
Test Status Status string NA NA NA NA NA
LBRs Bad MSDU extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

OamCtlLbrBadMsd
u
Bit Error Ratio extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

OamCtlLbrBitError
Ratio
LBR CRC Error extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

OamCtlLbrCrcErro
r
In-order LBM extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

replies received OamCtlLbrIn
Out-of-order extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

Loopback Replies OamCtlLbrInOutOf
Order
Valid Replies extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

received OamCtlValidResult
s
110.4.2 LINK_TRACE_TEST
110.4.2.1 Action
LINK_TRACE_TEST

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.4.2.6 Input
Table 283 LINK_TRACE_TEST Input
LTM TTL extendAluCfmMep long NA NA NA NA [0..255] NA

OamCtlTransmitLt
mTtl
Use FDB Only extendAluCfmMep enum NA NA NA NA true, false NA

OamCtlTransmitLt
mUseFdbOnly

rgetMacAddress

anPriority
110.4.2.7 Output
Table 284 LINK_TRACE_TEST Output
name values
Originating MEP ID extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

OamCtlTransmitLt
mEgressIdentifier
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
LTM Transaction extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

Identifier OamCtlTransmitLt
mSeqNumber
Unexpected LTRs extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

received OamCtlUnexpLtrIn
(2 of 2)
110.4.3 SYNTHETIC_LOSS_MEASUREMENT_TEST
110.4.3.1 Action
SYNTHETIC_LOSS_MEASUREMENT_TEST

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.4.3.6 Input

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 285 SYNTHETIC_LOSS_MEASUREMENT_TEST Input
Data Size extendAluCfmSlmI long NA NA NA B [0..1500] NA

nitiatorOnDemand
DataSize
Interval extendAluCfmSlmI long NA NA NA s [1..10] NA

nitiatorOnDemandI
nterval
Priority extendAluCfmSlmI long NA NA NA NA [0..7] NA

nitiatorOnDemand
Priority
Remote MEP MAC extendAluCfmSlmI mac address NA NA NA NA NA NA

Address nitiatorOnDemand
RemoteMepMacAd
dress
Send Count extendAluCfmSlmI long NA NA NA packets [1..100] NA

nitiatorOnDemand
SendCount
Timeout extendAluCfmSlmI long NA NA NA s [5..10] NA

nitiatorOnDemand
Timeout
110.4.3.7 Output
Table 286 SYNTHETIC_LOSS_MEASUREMENT_TEST Output
name values
Last Received extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

Sequence Number nitiatorOnDemand
on Local Node LastTxSeqF
Loss In Packets extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

nitiatorOnDemand
LossIn
Loss Out Packets extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

nitiatorOnDemand
LossOut
Remote MEP ID extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

nitiatorOnDemand
RemoteMepId
Packet Sent extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

nitiatorOnDemand
SlmPacketOut
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
SLR Packet extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

Received nitiatorOnDemand
SlrPacketIn
Test ID extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

nitiatorOnDemand
TestId
Test Status extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

nitiatorOnDemand
TestStatus
Unacknowledged extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

Packet nitiatorOnDemand
Unack
(2 of 2)
110.5 CES Port

RDN: <ptpNm>/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/port=n/remote_unit=n/slot=n/port=n
</ptpNm>
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK
110.5.1 PORT_LOCK
110.5.1.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.5.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.5.1.7 Output
name values
110.5.2 PORT_UNLOCK
110.5.2.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.5.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.5.2.7 Output
name values
110.6 Channel Group

RDN: <ehNm>/channelGroup=n </ehNm>
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.6.1 PORT_LOCK
110.6.1.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.6.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.6.1.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
110.6.2 PORT_UNLOCK
110.6.2.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.6.2.6 Input
[NONE]

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.6.2.7 Output
name values
110.7 Channel Pair

RDN: <ehNm>/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/pair=n </ehNm>
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK
110.7.1 PORT_LOCK
110.7.1.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.7.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.7.1.7 Output
name values
110.7.2 PORT_UNLOCK
110.7.2.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.7.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.7.2.7 Output
name values
110.8 E1/DS1 Port

</ptpNm>
• ENABLE_SGMII_LOCAL_LOOPBACK
• DISABLE_SGMII_LOCAL_LOOPBACK
• ENABLE_SGMII_REMOTE_LOOPBACK
• DISABLE_SGMII_REMOTE_LOOPBACK

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.8.1 ENABLE_SGMII_LOCAL_LOOPBACK
110.8.1.1 Action
ENABLE_SGMII_LOCAL_LOOPBACK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.8.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.8.1.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 293 ENABLE_SGMII_LOCAL_LOOPBACK Output
name values
110.8.2 DISABLE_SGMII_LOCAL_LOOPBACK
110.8.2.1 Action
DISABLE_SGMII_LOCAL_LOOPBACK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.8.2.6 Input
[NONE]

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.8.2.7 Output
Table 294 DISABLE_SGMII_LOCAL_LOOPBACK Output
name values
110.8.3 ENABLE_SGMII_REMOTE_LOOPBACK
110.8.3.1 Action
ENABLE_SGMII_REMOTE_LOOPBACK

NA
NA

NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.8.3.6 Input
[NONE]
110.8.3.7 Output
Table 295 ENABLE_SGMII_REMOTE_LOOPBACK Output
name values
110.8.4 DISABLE_SGMII_REMOTE_LOOPBACK
110.8.4.1 Action
DISABLE_SGMII_REMOTE_LOOPBACK

NA
NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
110.8.4.6 Input
[NONE]
110.8.4.7 Output
Table 296 DISABLE_SGMII_REMOTE_LOOPBACK Output
name values
110.9 EFM OAM Configuration

RDN: <propNm>/type=EFM OAM
Configuration/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/port=n</propNm>
• START_EFMOAM
• STOP_EFMOAM
110.9.1 START_EFMOAM
110.9.1.1 Action
START_EFMOAM

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.9.1.6 Input
Table 297 START_EFMOAM Input
Mode dot3OamMode enum NA active NA NA passive, active NA
Alive Timeout extenddot3OamAli long NA NA NA s [1..300] NA

veTimeout
Response Timeout extenddot3OamRe long NA NA NA s [2..10] NA

sponseTimeout
110.9.1.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 298 START_EFMOAM Output
name values
110.9.2 STOP_EFMOAM
110.9.2.1 Action
STOP_EFMOAM

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.9.2.6 Input
[NONE]

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.9.2.7 Output
Table 299 STOP_EFMOAM Output
name values
110.10 EPON Port

RDN: <ptpNm>/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/port=n</ptpNm>
• ENABLE_IDLE_PM
• DISABLE_IDLE_PM
• INITIATE_ONOFF_ROGUE_TEST
• INITIATE_PATTERN_ROGUE_TEST
• DISABLE_ROGUE_TEST
110.10.1 ENABLE_IDLE_PM
110.10.1.1 Action
ENABLE_IDLE_PM

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.10.1.6 Input
Table 300 ENABLE_IDLE_PM Input
Idle Power argEponPonIdlePw long NA NA NA dBm [-40..8.165], NA

Threshold rTCAThreshold -41000, none
110.10.1.7 Output
Table 301 ENABLE_IDLE_PM Output
name values
110.10.2 DISABLE_IDLE_PM
110.10.2.1 Action
DISABLE_IDLE_PM

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.10.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.10.2.7 Output
Table 302 DISABLE_IDLE_PM Output
name values

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.10.3 INITIATE_ONOFF_ROGUE_TEST
110.10.3.1 Action
INITIATE_ONOFF_ROGUE_TEST

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.10.3.6 Input
[NONE]
110.10.3.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 303 INITIATE_ONOFF_ROGUE_TEST Output
name values
110.10.4 INITIATE_PATTERN_ROGUE_TEST
110.10.4.1 Action
INITIATE_PATTERN_ROGUE_TEST

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.10.4.6 Input
[NONE]

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.10.4.7 Output
Table 304 INITIATE_PATTERN_ROGUE_TEST Output
name values
110.10.5 DISABLE_ROGUE_TEST
110.10.5.1 Action
DISABLE_ROGUE_TEST

NA
NA

NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.10.5.6 Input
[NONE]
110.10.5.7 Output
Table 305 DISABLE_ROGUE_TEST Output
name values
110.11 Ethernet LT Port

RDN 2: <propNm>/type=Ethernet LT
Port/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/port=n</propNm>
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK
• INITIATE_LOOPBACK
• RELEASE_LOOPBACK
110.11.1 PORT_LOCK
110.11.1.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.11.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.11.1.7 Output
name values

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.11.2 PORT_UNLOCK
110.11.2.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.11.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.11.2.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
110.11.3 INITIATE_LOOPBACK
110.11.3.1 Action
INITIATE_LOOPBACK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.11.3.6 Input

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 308 INITIATE_LOOPBACK Input
Packets extenddot3OamLo enum NA discard NA NA discard, forward NA

opbackParserDisc
ard
Timeout extenddot3OamLo long NA NA NA s [0..300], noTimeout NA

opbackTimeout
110.11.3.7 Output
Table 309 INITIATE_LOOPBACK Output
name values
110.11.4 RELEASE_LOOPBACK
110.11.4.1 Action
RELEASE_LOOPBACK

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.11.4.6 Input
[NONE]
110.11.4.7 Output
Table 310 RELEASE_LOOPBACK Output
name values
110.12 Ethernet OAM Configuration

RDN: <propNm>/type=Ethernet OAM
Configuration/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/port=n</propNm>
• START_EFMOAM
• STOP_EFMOAM

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.12.1 START_EFMOAM
110.12.1.1 Action
START_EFMOAM

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.12.1.6 Input
Table 311 START_EFMOAM Input
Mode dot3OamMode enum NA active NA NA active NA
Alive Timeout extenddot3OamAli long NA NA NA s [1..300] NA

veTimeout
Response Timeout extenddot3OamRe long NA NA NA s [2..10] NA

sponseTimeout

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.12.1.7 Output
Table 312 START_EFMOAM Output
name values
110.12.2 STOP_EFMOAM
110.12.2.1 Action
STOP_EFMOAM

NA
NA

NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.12.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.12.2.7 Output
Table 313 STOP_EFMOAM Output
name values
110.13 Ethernet Port

</ptpNm>
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK
110.13.1 PORT_LOCK
110.13.1.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.13.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.13.1.7 Output
name values
110.13.2.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.13.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.13.2.7 Output
name values
110.14 HPNA Port

• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.14.1 PORT_LOCK
110.14.1.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.14.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.14.1.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
110.14.2.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.14.2.6 Input
[NONE]

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.14.2.7 Output
name values
110.15 IMA Group

RDN: <propNm>/type=IMA Group/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/port=n</propNm>
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK
110.15.1 PORT_LOCK
110.15.1.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.15.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.15.1.7 Output
name values
110.15.2.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.15.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.15.2.7 Output
name values
110.16 IP Host
RDN: <ctpNm>/ontIpHost=n</ctpNm>
Parent RDN: <ehNm>/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/port=n/remote_unit=n </ehNm>
• IP_HOST_PING_TEST

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.16.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST
110.16.1.1 Action
IP_HOST_PING_TEST

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.16.1.6 Input
Table 320 IP_HOST_PING_TEST Input
URI Profile gponOntIpHostPin link NA NA NA NA NA NA

gTestAddressPoint
er
Number of Ping gponOntIpHostPin long NA NA NA NA [0..5] NA

Packets gTestNumberToAtt
empt
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
DNS gponOntIpHostPin string NA NA NA NA NA NA

gTestTargetDNS
IP Address gponOntIpHostPin ip address NA NA NA NA NA NA

gTestTargetIpAddr
ess
Address Type gponOntIpHostPin enum NA NA NA NA ipv4, dns NA

gTestTargetIpAddr
essType
(2 of 2)
110.16.1.7 Output
Table 321 IP_HOST_PING_TEST Output
name values
Maximum Round gponOntIpHostPin string NA NA NA NA NA

Trip Time gTestMaximumDel
ay
Minimum Round gponOntIpHostPin string NA NA NA NA NA

Trip Time gTestMinimumDel
ay
Number of gponOntIpHostPin string NA NA NA NA NA

Attempted Pings gTestNumberAtte
mpted
Number of Replies gponOntIpHostPin string NA NA NA NA NA

gTestNumberRepli
ed
Pinged IP Address gponOntIpHostPin string NA NA NA NA NA

gTestPingedIpAddr
ess
Pinged Address gponOntIpHostPin string NA NA NA NA NA

Type gTestPingedIpAddr
essType
110.17 MoCA Port

</ptpNm>

USING THE 5520 AMS
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK
110.17.1 PORT_LOCK
110.17.1.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.17.1.6 Input
[NONE]

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.17.1.7 Output
name values
110.17.2.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.17.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.17.2.7 Output
name values
110.18 NGPON2 Ethernet Port

RDN:
<ptpNm>/channelGroup=n/subChannelGroup=n/remote_unit=n/slot=n/port=n
</ptpNm>
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK
110.18.1 PORT_LOCK
110.18.1.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.18.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.18.1.7 Output
name values
110.18.2.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.18.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.18.2.7 Output
name values
110.19 NGPON2 ONT

RDN: <ehNm>/channelGroup=n/subChannelGroup=n/remote_unit=n </ehNm>

USING THE 5520 AMS
• RESET
• RESOURCE_SELF_TEST
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK
110.19.1 RESET
110.19.1.1 Action
RESET

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.19.1.6 Input
[NONE]

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.19.1.7 Output
Table 326 RESET Output
name values
110.19.2 RESOURCE_SELF_TEST
110.19.2.1 Action
RESOURCE_SELF_TEST

NA
NA

NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.19.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.19.2.7 Output
Table 327 RESOURCE_SELF_TEST Output
name values
[Status] bponOntSelfTstCm enum NA NA NA none, start, NA

d inProgress,
failedOntTim
eOut,
failedOntUna
bleToComple
te,
failedOntFail
ure, success,
notPerforme
dByOlt
110.19.3 PORT_LOCK
110.19.3.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.19.3.6 Input
[NONE]
110.19.3.7 Output
name values
110.19.4.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.19.4.6 Input
[NONE]
110.19.4.7 Output
name values
110.20 NGPON2 ONT Card

RDN: <ehNm>/channelGroup=n/subChannelGroup=n/remote_unit=n/slot=n
</ehNm>
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.20.1 PORT_LOCK
110.20.1.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.20.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.20.1.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
110.20.2.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.20.2.6 Input
[NONE]

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.20.2.7 Output
name values
110.21 ONT
RDN: <ehNm>/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/port=n/remote_unit=n </ehNm>
• RESET
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK
110.21.1.1 Action
RESOURCE_SELF_TEST

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.21.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.21.1.7 Output
name values
[Status] bponOntSelfTstCm enum NA NA NA none, start, NA

d inProgress,
failedOntTim
eOut,
failedOntUna
bleToComple
te,
failedOntFail
ure, success,
notPerforme
dByOlt
110.21.2 RESET
110.21.2.1 Action
RESET

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.21.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.21.2.7 Output
name values

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.21.3 PORT_LOCK
110.21.3.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.21.3.6 Input
[NONE]
110.21.3.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
110.21.4.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.21.4.6 Input
[NONE]

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.21.4.7 Output
name values
110.22 ONT Card

RDN: <eqNm>1</eqNm>
Parent RDN: <ehNm>/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/port=n/remote_unit=n/slot=n
</ehNm>
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK
110.22.1.1 Action
RESOURCE_SELF_TEST

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.22.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.22.1.7 Output
name values
[Status] bponOntPlanCard enum NA NA NA none, start, NA

SelfTstCmd inProgress,
failedOntTim
eOut,
failedOntUna
bleToComple
te,
failedOntFail
ure, success,
notPerforme
dByOlt
110.22.2 PORT_LOCK
110.22.2.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.22.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.22.2.7 Output
name values

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.22.3.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.22.3.6 Input
[NONE]
110.22.3.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
110.23 PON Port

• DISABLE_ROGUE_TEST
• DISABLE_BKGD_ROGUE_TEST
• INITIATE_BKGD_ROGUE_TEST
• INITIATE_ONOFF_ROGUE_TEST
• INITIATE_PATTERN_ROGUE_TEST
• INITIATE_ALIEN_TEST
• DISABLE_ALIEN_TEST
• INITIATE_BKGD_ALIEN_TEST
• DISABLE_BKGD_ALIEN_TEST
110.23.1 DISABLE_ROGUE_TEST
110.23.1.1 Action
DISABLE_ROGUE_TEST

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.23.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.23.1.7 Output
Table 339 DISABLE_ROGUE_TEST Output
name values
110.23.2 DISABLE_BKGD_ROGUE_TEST
110.23.2.1 Action
DISABLE_BKGD_ROGUE_TEST

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.23.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.23.2.7 Output
Table 340 DISABLE_BKGD_ROGUE_TEST Output
name values
110.23.3 INITIATE_BKGD_ROGUE_TEST
110.23.3.1 Action
INITIATE_BKGD_ROGUE_TEST

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.23.3.6 Input
Table 341 INITIATE_BKGD_ROGUE_TEST Input
Test Interval argPonConfigBkgd long NA NA NA min [60..1440] (+15) NA

RogueTestInterval
Stuck Laser Test argPonConfigBkgd enum NA NA NA NA enabled, disabled NA

StuckLaserTestCm
d
110.23.3.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 342 INITIATE_BKGD_ROGUE_TEST Output
name values
110.23.4 INITIATE_ONOFF_ROGUE_TEST
110.23.4.1 Action
INITIATE_ONOFF_ROGUE_TEST

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.23.4.6 Input
[NONE]

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.23.4.7 Output
Table 343 INITIATE_ONOFF_ROGUE_TEST Output
name values
110.23.5 INITIATE_PATTERN_ROGUE_TEST
110.23.5.1 Action
INITIATE_PATTERN_ROGUE_TEST

NA
NA

NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.23.5.6 Input
[NONE]
110.23.5.7 Output
Table 344 INITIATE_PATTERN_ROGUE_TEST Output
name values
110.23.6 INITIATE_ALIEN_TEST
110.23.6.1 Action
INITIATE_ALIEN_TEST

NA
NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
110.23.6.6 Input
[NONE]
110.23.6.7 Output
Table 345 INITIATE_ALIEN_TEST Output
name values
110.23.7 DISABLE_ALIEN_TEST
110.23.7.1 Action
DISABLE_ALIEN_TEST

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.23.7.6 Input
[NONE]
110.23.7.7 Output
Table 346 DISABLE_ALIEN_TEST Output
name values
110.23.8 INITIATE_BKGD_ALIEN_TEST
110.23.8.1 Action
INITIATE_BKGD_ALIEN_TEST

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.23.8.6 Input
Table 347 INITIATE_BKGD_ALIEN_TEST Input
Test Interval argPonConfigBkgd long NA NA NA min [30..240] (+30) NA

AlienTestInterval
110.23.8.7 Output
Table 348 INITIATE_BKGD_ALIEN_TEST Output
name values

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.23.9 DISABLE_BKGD_ALIEN_TEST
110.23.9.1 Action
DISABLE_BKGD_ALIEN_TEST

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.23.9.6 Input
[NONE]
110.23.9.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 349 DISABLE_BKGD_ALIEN_TEST Output
name values
110.24 POTS Port

</ptpNm>
• METALLIC_LINE_TEST
• SIP_DIAL_TONE_TEST
• H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK
110.24.1 METALLIC_LINE_TEST
110.24.1.1 Action
METALLIC_LINE_TEST

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.24.1.6 Input
Table 350 METALLIC_LINE_TEST Input
AC Foreign gponPotsMltTestF long NA NA NA V [10..50], 0, default NA

Voltage oreignACThreshol
d
DC Foreign gponPotsMltTestF long NA NA NA V [0..10], 0, default NA

Voltage oreignDCThreshol
d
AC Hazardous gponPotsMltTestH long NA NA NA V [50..150], 0, default NA

Voltage azardACThreshold
DC Hazardous gponPotsMltTestH long NA NA NA V [80..150], 0, default NA

Voltage azardDCThreshold
Mode (when Line is gponPotsMltTestM enum NA deny NA NA deny, force NA

Busy) ode
Ringer Load Max gponPotsMltTestRi long NA NA NA REN [0..7], 0, default NA

ngEquivMaxThres
hold
Ringer Load gponPotsMltTestRi long NA NA NA REN [0..7], 0, default NA

Minimum ngEquivMinThresh
old
Tip-Ground To gponPotsMltTestTi long NA NA NA kΩ [0..250], 0, default NA

Ring-Ground pGndRingGndThre
shold
Tip-Ring Threshold gponPotsMltTestTi long NA NA NA kΩ [0..250], 0, default NA

pRingThreshold
110.24.1.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 351 METALLIC_LINE_TEST Output
name values
Ring-Ground AC gponPotsMltTestA long NA NA V [0..21474836 NA

Voltage Measure cRingGroundMeas 47]
ure
Ring-Ground AC gponPotsMltTestA enum NA NA NA none, NA

Voltage Result cRingGroundResul failedWithMe
t asure,
failedWithout
Measure,
successWith
Measure,
successWith
outMeasure
Tip-Ground AC gponPotsMltTestA long NA NA V [0..21474836 NA

Voltage Measure cTipGroundMeasur 47]
e
Tip-Ground AC gponPotsMltTestA enum NA NA NA none, NA

Voltage Result cTipGroundResult failedWithMe
asure,
failedWithout
Measure,
successWith
Measure,
successWith
outMeasure
[Status] gponPotsMltTestC enum NA NA NA none, start, NA

md inProgress,
failedOntTim
eOut,
success,
notPerforme
dByOlt
Ring-Ground DC gponPotsMltTestD long NA NA V [0..21474836 NA

Voltage Measure cRingGroundMeas 47]
ure
Ring-Ground DC gponPotsMltTestD enum NA NA NA none, NA

Voltage Result cRingGroundResul failedWithMe
t asure,
failedWithout
Measure,
successWith
Measure,
successWith
outMeasure
Tip-Ground DC gponPotsMltTestD long NA NA V [0..21474836 NA

Voltage Measure cTipGroundMeasur 47]
e
Tip-Ground DC gponPotsMltTestD enum NA NA NA none, NA

Voltage Result cTipGroundResult failedWithMe
asure,
failedWithout
Measure,
successWith
Measure,
successWith
outMeasure
(1 of 3)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Ring-Ground DC gponPotsMltTestRi long NA NA kΩ [0..21474836 NA

Resistance ngGroundResistM 47]
Measure easure
Ring-Ground gponPotsMltTestRi enum NA NA NA none, NA

Resistance Result ngGroundResistRe failedWithMe
sult asure,
failedWithout
Measure,
successWith
Measure,
successWith
outMeasure
Ringer Load gponPotsMltTestRi long NA NA RENs [0..21474836 NA

Measure ngerLoadMeasure 47]
Ring Load Test gponPotsMltTestRi enum NA NA NA none, NA

Result ngerLoadResult failedWithMe
asure,
failedWithout
Measure,
successWith
Measure,
successWith
outMeasure
Foreign EMF gponPotsMltTestS string NA NA NA NA NA

ummaryResult.mlt
ForeignEmf
Hazardous gponPotsMltTestS string NA NA NA NA NA

Potential ummaryResult.mlt
HazardousPotentia
l
Receiver Off-Hook gponPotsMltTestS string NA NA NA NA NA

ummaryResult.mlt
ReceiverOffHook
Resisitive Faults gponPotsMltTestS string NA NA NA NA NA

ummaryResult.mlt
ResistiveFaults
Ringer gponPotsMltTestS string NA NA NA NA NA

ummaryResult.mlt
Ringer
Tip-Ground DC gponPotsMltTestTi long NA NA kΩ [0..21474836 NA

Resistance pGroundResistMe 47]
Measure asure
Tip-Ground gponPotsMltTestTi enum NA NA NA none, NA

Resistance Result pGroundResistRes failedWithMe
ult asure,
failedWithout
Measure,
successWith
Measure,
successWith
outMeasure
Tip-Ring DC gponPotsMltTestTi long NA NA kΩ [0..21474836 NA

Resistance pRingResistMeasu 47]
Measure re
(2 of 3)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Tip-Ring gponPotsMltTestTi enum NA NA NA none, NA

Resistance Result pRingResistResult failedWithMe
asure,
failedWithout
Measure,
successWith
Measure,
successWith
outMeasure
(3 of 3)
110.24.2 SIP_DIAL_TONE_TEST
110.24.2.1 Action
SIP_DIAL_TONE_TEST

NA
NA

NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.24.2.6 Input
Table 352 SIP_DIAL_TONE_TEST Input
Phone Number gponPotsSipDialTe string NA NA NA NA NA NA

stPhoneNumber
110.24.2.7 Output
Table 353 SIP_DIAL_TONE_TEST Output
name values
[Status] gponPotsSipDialTe enum NA NA NA none, start, NA

stCmd inProgress,
failedOntTim
eOut,
success,
notPerforme
dByOlt,
rejectedByO
nt
Post Dial Delay gponPotsSipDialTe long NA NA s [0..21474836 NA

stDelayMeasure 4.7]
Test Result gponPotsSipDialTe enum NA NA NA failed, NA

stSummaryResult success,
notPerforme
dByOntOffHo
ok,
notPerforme
dByOnt
Test Result (from gponPotsSipDialTe string NA NA NA NA NA

ONT) stText
110.24.3 H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST
110.24.3.1 Action
H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.24.3.6 Input
Table 354 H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST Input
Test Digit for Break gponPotsDialTest enum NA NA NA NA "", 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, NA

Digit 7, 8, 9, *, #
No Dial Tone Break gponPotsDialTest long NA NA NA s [1..3], 0, default NA

NoBreakThreshold
Timer
No Dial Tone gponPotsDialTest long NA NA NA s [1..10], 0, default NA

NoMakeThreshold
Timer
Dial Tone Break gponPotsDialTestS long NA NA NA s [0..3], default NA

with Delay lowBreakThreshold
Timer
Dial Tone with gponPotsDialTestS long NA NA NA s [0..6], default NA

Delay lowMakeThreshold
Timer

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.24.3.7 Output
Table 355 H248_DIAL_TONE_TEST Output
name values
Break Test Result gponPotsDialTestB enum NA NA NA notPerforme NA

reakResult dByOnt,
failedBreakDi
altone,
slowBreakDi
altone,
success,
failedBreakDi
altoneWithRe
port,
slowBreakDi
altoneWithRe
port,
successWith
Report
[Status] gponPotsDialTest enum NA NA NA none, start, NA

Cmd inProgress,
failedOntTim
eOut,
success,
notPerforme
dByOlt,
rejectedByO
nt
Make Test Result gponPotsDialTest enum NA NA NA notPerforme NA

MakeResult dByOnt,
failedDrawDi
altone,
slowDrawDia
ltone,
success,
failedDrawDi
altoneWithRe
port,
slowDrawDia
ltoneWithRep
ort,
successWith
Report
Measured Time To gponPotsDialTestT long NA NA s [0..25.5] NA

Break Dial Tone imeToBreakMeasu
re
Measured Time To gponPotsDialTestT long NA NA s [0..25.5] NA

Make Dial Tone imeToMakeMeasur
e

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.24.4 PORT_LOCK
110.24.4.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.24.4.6 Input
[NONE]
110.24.4.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
110.24.5.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.24.5.6 Input
[NONE]

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.24.5.7 Output
name values
110.25 SFP Inventory

RDN:
<ptpNm>/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=[ACUNTIO|NTA|NTB|LTn]/port=[XFP.n|SFP.n|QSFP
.n]</ptpNm>
110.25.1.1 Action

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.25.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.25.1.7 Output
name values
110.26 SHDSL Span

RDN 2: <propNm>/type=SHDSL Span/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/port=n</propNm>
• METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
• SEARCH_TONE_TEST
• CANCEL_SEARCH_TONE_TEST
• CANCEL_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
• COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
• CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK

USING THE 5520 AMS
• LINK_LOCK
• LINK_UNLOCK
• STATUS_SEARCH_TONE_TEST
• SHOW_BUSY_PORT
110.26.1 METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
110.26.1.1 Action
METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST

Metallic-Ended Line Testing (MELT) tests the DSL line from the DSL LT board. MELT
does not require the CPE to be connected to the peer side of the line. MELT can be
used as a base for fault detection and monitoring of line degradation. MELT is
performed from the DSL LT board without need for support by the CPE or for a
craftsman to be present at the customer premises. The MELT functionality is based
on the technology for the narrowband POTS subscriber lines. MELT provides a line
test tool built inside the ISAM to measure the loop characteristics between the U-C
and the U-R interface and allows for: - detection and location of metallic faults
(open/short/bad contacts) - detection of cable degradation (for example, due to cable
moisture) - detection of external voltages - line pair identification - detection of
signature topologies
This test can only be done in actual boards that supports MeltNblt and are not voice
boards

The test output for the port will be provided in a series of lines demilitarized by {} in
GroupTestResult Each proceeding lines provides information about one test. For
example: {ID_COL=101, RG-Val=0.366, STATUS-RG=pPSuccess,
STATUS-TG=pPSuccess, STATUS-TR=pPSuccess,
TEST_NAME=Capacitance-Val, TG-Val=3.037, TR-Val=0.000} The above example
line provides information regrading Capacitance-Val test. ID_COL should be
ignored.

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
110.26.1.6 Input
Table 359 METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Input
Change Line CheckBox Enum(true, O false true NA NA Indicates if the test

Number false) should be run in the
SHDSL
Span(false) or
SHDSL Pair
Line PortNumber String (FDN) O NA /rack=1/shelf NA NA The SHDSL Span

=1/slot=LT4/ where the test
port=2 needs to be done.
This attribute is
applicable when
CheckBox is set to
true. When the
Checkbox=false,
this attribute is
ignored.
Extended Result extendedResultOut Enum(true, O true true NA NA The parameter is

Output put false) used to indicate the
need to provide
extended test
results.
Default=false
110.26.1.7 Output
Table 360 METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Output
name values
Capacitance - GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 0.100 NanoF NA Capacitance of user line

Capacitance→RG/ Capacitance-Val→ (Ring-Ground)
ag RG-Val
Capacitance - GroupTestResult→ string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Capacitance→RG/ Capacitance-Val→ Refer ERRORSTATUS section
ag Status STATUS-RG for more statuses
(1 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Capacitance - GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA -0.200 NanoF NA Capacitance of user line

Capacitance→TR/ Capacitance-Val→ (Tip-Ring)
ba TR-Val

Capacitance→TR/ Capacitance-Val→ Refer ERRORSTATUS section
ba Status STATUS-TR for more statuses

Capacitance→TG/ Capacitance-Val→ (Tip-Ground
bg TG-Val

Capacitance→TG/ Capacitance-Val→ Refer ERRORSTATUS section
bg Status STATUS-TG for more statuses
Capacitance - AC GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 7.054 Volts NA AC voltage at the moment of

Voltage→ RG/ag Capacitance-Val2 measuring the user line
→RG-Val capacitance(Ring-Ground)
Capacitance - AC GroupTestResult→ String NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Voltage→ RG/ag Capacitance-Val2 Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Status →STATUS-RG for more statuses

Voltage→ TR/ba Capacitance-Val2 measuring the user line
→TR-Val capacitance(Tip-Ring)

Voltage→ TR/ba Capacitance-Val2 Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Status →STATUS-TR for more statuses

Voltage→ TG/bg Capacitance-Val2 measuring the user line
→TG-Val capacitance(Tip-Ground)

Voltage→ TG/bg Capacitance-Val2 Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Status →STATUS-TG for more statuses
Capacitance - GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 25.0 Hz NA Frequency at the moment of

Frequency→ Capacitance-Val3 measuring the user line
RG/ag →RG-Val capacitance (Ring-Ground)
Capacitance - GroupTestResult→ String NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Frequency→ Capacitance-Val3 Refer ERRORSTATUS section
RG/ag Status →STATUS-RG for more statuses

TR/ba →TR-Val capacitance (Tip-Ring)

TR/ba Status →STATUS-TR for more statuses

TG/bg →TG-Val capacitance (Tip-Ground)

TG/bg Status →STATUS-TG for more statuses
Capacitance - GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 0.100 Hz NA On-board Capacitance

On-board Capacitance-Val4 (Ring-Ground)
Capacitance→ →RG-Val
RG/ag
(2 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

On-board Capacitance-Val4 Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Capacitance→ →STATUS-RG for more statuses
RG/ag Status

On-board Capacitance-Val4 (Tip-Ring)
Capacitance→ →TR-Val
TR/ba

Capacitance→ →STATUS-TR for more statuses
TR/ba Status

On-board Capacitance-Val4 (Tip-Ground)
Capacitance→ →TG-Val
TG/bg

Capacitance→ →STATUS-TG for more statuses
TG/bg Status
Foreign DC GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA -0.171 Volts NA Foreign DC voltage of user line

Voltage - DC DcVol-Val→RG-Va (Ring-Ground)
Voltage→RG/ag l
Foreign DC GroupTestResult→ string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Voltage - DC DcVol-Val→STAT Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Voltage→RG/ag US-RG for more statuses
Status

Voltage - DC DcVol-Val→TR-Val (Tip-Ring)
Voltage→TR/ba

Voltage→TR/ba US-TR for more statuses
Status

Voltage - DC DcVol-Val→TG-Va (Tip-Ground)
Voltage-TG/bg l

Voltage-TG/bg US-TG for more statuses
Status
Resistance of ETSI GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 1.632 KOhm NA Resistance of ETSI signature

signature - Resistance-Val→V of electronic ringer
Resistance→Value ALUE
Resistance of ETSI GroupTestResult→ string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,
signature - Resistance-Val Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Resistance→Statu →ERRORSTATUS for more statuses
s
Capacitance of GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA -3.000 NanoF NA Capacitance of ETSI signature

ETSI signature - SignatureCapacita or electronic ringer
Capacitance→Valu nce-Val→VALUE
e
Capacitance of GroupTestResult→ string NA testErrOther NA NA Provides the test result status,

ETSI signature - SignatureCapacita Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Capacitance→Stat nce-Val→ERROR for more statuses
us STATUS
(3 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Foreign AC RMS GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 0.012 Volts NA Foreign AC RMS voltage of

Voltage - AC AcVoltage-Val→R user line (Ring-Ground)
Voltage→RG/ag G-Val
Foreign AC RMS GroupTestResult→ string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,
Voltage - AC AcVoltage-Val→S Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Voltage→RG/ag TATUS-RG for more statuses
Status

Voltage - AC AcVoltage-Val→T user line (Tip-Ring)
Voltage→TR/ba R-Val
Voltage→TR/ba TATUS-TR for more statuses
Status

Voltage - AC AcVoltage-Val→T user line (Tip-Ground)
Voltage→TG/bg G-Val
Voltage→TG/bg TATUS-TG for more statuses
Status
Foreign AC RMS GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 0.0 Hz NA Frequency at the moment of

Voltage - AcVoltage-Val2→ measuring the Foreign AC
Frequency→RG/a RG-Val Voltage (Ring-Ground)
g
Voltage - AcVoltage-Val2→S Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Frequency→RG/a TATUS-RG for more statuses
g Status

Voltage - AcVoltage-Val2→T measuring the Foreign AC
Frequency→TR/ba R-Val Voltage (Tip-Ring)
Frequency→TR/ba TATUS-TR for more statuses
Status

Frequency→TG/bg G-Val Voltage (Tip-Ground)
Frequency→TG/bg TATUS-TG for more statuses
Status
Insulating GroupTestResult→ Long NA 10000.000 KOhm NA Insulating resistance of user

Resistance - InsulatingResistan line (Ring-Ground)
Resistance→RG/a ce-Val→RG-Val
g
Insulating GroupTestResult→ string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Resistance - InsulatingResistan Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Resistance→RG/a ce-Val→STATUS- for more statuses
g Status RG

Resistance - InsulatingResistan line (Ring-Tip)
Resistance→RT/a ce-Val→RT-Val
b
(4 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Resistance→RT/a ce-Val→STATUS- for more statuses
b Status RT

Resistance - InsulatingResistan line (Tip-Ring)
Resistance→TR/b ce-Val→TR-Val
a

Resistance→TR/b ce-Val→STATUS- for more statuses
a Status TR

Resistance - InsulatingResistan line (Tip-Ground)
Resistance→TG/b ce-Val→TG-Val
g

Resistance→TG/b ce-Val→STATUS- for more statuses
g Status TG
Insulating GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 50.000 Volts NA DC voltage at the moment of

Resistance - DC InsulatingResistan measuring the user line
Voltage→RG/ag ce-Val2→RG-Val Insulating Resistance
(Ring-Ground)

Resistance - DC InsulatingResistan Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Voltage→RG/ag ce-Val2→STATUS for more statuses
Status -RG

Voltage→RT/ab ce-Val2→RT-Val Insulating Resistance
(Ring-Tip)

Voltage→RT/ab ce-Val2→STATUS for more statuses
Status -RT

Voltage→TR/ba ce-Val2→TR-Val Insulating Resistance
(Tip-Ring)

Voltage→TR/ba ce-Val2→STATUS for more statuses
Status -TR

Voltage→TG/bg ce-Val2→TG-Val Insulating Resistance
(Tip-Ground)

Voltage→TG/bg ce-Val2→STATUS for more statuses
Status -TG
Insulating GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 0.034 mA NA DC Current at the moment of

Current→RG/ag ce-Val3→RG-Val Insulating Resistance
(Ring-Ground)
(5 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Current→RG/ag ce-Val3→STATUS for more statuses
Status -RG

Current→RT/ab ce-Val3→RT-Val Insulating Resistance
(Ring-Tip)

Current→RT/ab ce-Val3→STATUS for more statuses
Status -RT

Current→TR/ba ce-Val3→TR-Val Insulating Resistance
(Tip-Ring)

Current→TR/ba ce-Val3→STATUS for more statuses
Status -TR

Current→TG/bg ce-Val3→TG-Val Insulating Resistance
(Tip-Ground)

Current→TG/bg ce-Val3→STATUS for more statuses
Status -TG
Port PortNr String FDN SHDSL Span NA NA The port being tested
R1.S1.LT3.P
1
Status Status Enum(intest, NA testover NA NA Provides the line status

testover, Following are the expected
rstpartlyread values : intest -- put the line in
y) the test. this is for write to put
the lineId to test. testover -- this
line is tested, and the result is
ready for polling.
rstpartlyready -- it's defined for
DP/DTMF test test, in this
state, results partly are ready
for tested rounds, network
manager shall get these results
but need re-read from first
result(ltExtRpRstIndex=1)
every time.
Complete Test TEST_COMPLET String NA Thu May 14 NA NA The date and time when the
Time Stamp E_TIME_STAMP 21:55:24 IST test was completed
2015
Exception Text EXCEPTION_TEX String NA Line test NA NA Provides the Description of the
T finished exception texts according to
the errors reported per line.
Refer EXCEPTION_TEXTS
section for possible exception
tests
(6 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
NA TestResult Enum(SUCC NA SUCCESSE NA NA Result at the overall test

ESSED, D session level: SUCCESSED;
FAIL, test successful FAIL: test failed
ALREADY_R ALREADY_RUNNING: The
UNNING) test is already running on the
port.
NA TestAdditionalInfo String NA testFinished NA NA Provides additional information

Message regarding test result status.
Status STATUS string NA NA NA NA NA
(7 of 7)
110.26.2 SEARCH_TONE_TEST
110.26.2.1 Action
SEARCH_TONE_TEST

The cable pair identification test intends to help technicians to identify a given cable
pair in a bunch of unsorted lines (e.g. in a distribution frame). Therefore, on request,
the system sends to the specified line a predefined tone (By default 800Hz, but may
be different according to the customer specification). Then, with a dedicated tool, the
technician has just to listen to all the pairs one by one to find the one he was looking
for. The test can be stopped on operator request or after a timed-out period
boards Cable pair identification test on SHDSL LT card NSLT-B: The SHDSL line
must be in admin state down, otherwise cable pair identification cannot be started

USING THE 5520 AMS

When the duration of the test is longer than the OSS default soap request timeout, it
is recommended that OSS follow one of the following procedures: Procedure 1:
Send executeAction with SEARCH_TONE_TEST Send execute Action with
STATUS_SEARCH_TONE_TEST When the response to
STATUS_SEARCH_TONE_TEST indicates the remaining time, it means that the
test has been successfully started, hence send "Cancel HTTP" to release the OSS
resource involved with executeAction(SEARCH_TONE_TEST). Send executeAction
with STATUS_SEARCH_TONE_TEST later to check if the test is finished
Procedure 2: Getting the response asynchronously: Use AMS NBI notification
feature to receive a notification with the test response. See AMS Northbound
Interface Guide for detail information on how to use notification to receive test
operation response.

NA
110.26.2.6 Input
Table 361 SEARCH_TONE_TEST Input

SHDSL
Span(false) or
SHDSL Pair

This attribute is
applicable when
CheckBox is set to
true. When the
Checkbox=false,
this attribute is
ignored.
Frequency Frequency Integer O 800 800 Hz 800, 1000 Provides the

frquency for the
test
Power Level PowerLevel Integer O -16 NA dbm [-34..-4] Provides the Power
Level for the test
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Duration Duration String O 65 70.0 Seconds [65..5400] The duration for

which search tone
test should be
generated. Default
Value 65 seconds
Session Inactive ltSessionInactiveTi String M 120 120.0 Seconds [120..65535] The parameter is
Timer mer used to set the
timer to destroy the
session when it is
inactive.
(2 of 2)
110.26.2.7 Output
Table 362 SEARCH_TONE_TEST Output
name values
Port CablePairIdentifica String FDN 135.249.41.9 NA NA The port being tested

tion→PortNr IACM:SHDS
L Span
R1.S1.LT3.P
1
Test Type CablePairIdentifica String NA eCablePairId NA NA The test that is being executed
tion→TESTTYPE entification
Result CablePairIdentifica Enum NA testFinished NA NA Provides the test result status,

tion→RESULT Refer TEST DETAIL STATUS
section for more statuses
Status CablePairIdentifica Enum NA testover NA NA Provides the line status

tion→STATUS Following are the expected
values : intest -- put the line in
the test. this is for write to put
ready for polling.
every time.
Exception Text CablePairIdentifica String NA Line test NA NA Provides the Description of the
tion→EXCEPTION finished exception texts according to
_TEXT the errors reported per line.
tests
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Search Tone Test CablePairIdentifica String NA Search tone NA NA Search Tone Test result
Result tion→ToneTestRe generated
sult successfully
for the
requested
duration
NA Status Enum(succe NA success NA NA Operation status

ss, fail,
inProgress)

port.

(2 of 2)
110.26.3 CANCEL_SEARCH_TONE_TEST
110.26.3.1 Action
CANCEL_SEARCH_TONE_TEST

NA
NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
110.26.3.6 Input
Table 363 CANCEL_SEARCH_TONE_TEST Input
Change Line CheckBox boolean NA NA NA NA NA NA

Number
Line PortNumber link NA NA NA NA NA NA
110.26.3.7 Output
Table 364 CANCEL_SEARCH_TONE_TEST Output
name values
110.26.4 CANCEL_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
110.26.4.1 Action
CANCEL_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.26.4.6 Input
Table 365 CANCEL_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Input

Number
110.26.4.7 Output
Table 366 CANCEL_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Output
name values

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.26.5 COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
110.26.5.1 Action
COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST

boards

CollectiveTestResult. Each proceeding lines provides information about one test. For
ignored.

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.26.5.6 Input
Table 367 COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Input

SHDSL
Span(false) or
SHDSL Pair

This attribute is
applicable when
CheckBox is set to
true. When the
Checkbox=false,
this attribute is
ignored.
Enable Hazardous enableHazardousV Enum(true, M false true NA NA Enable Hazardous

Voltage Test oltageTest false) Voltage Test
Enable PPA enablePPADetecti Enum(true, O true true NA NA Enable PPA

Detection onForPort false) Detection. Default
= true
110.26.5.7 Output
Table 368 COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Output
name values
Capacitance - CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 0.000 NanoF NA Capacitance of user line

Capacitance→RG/ ult→Capacitance- (Ring-Ground)
ag Val→RG-Val
Capacitance - CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Capacitance→RG/ ult→Capacitance- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
ag Status Val→STATUS-RG for more statuses
Capacitance - CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA -0.300 NanoF NA Capacitance of user line

Capacitance→TR/ ult→Capacitance- (Tip-Ring)
ba Val→TR-Val

Capacitance→TR/ ult→Capacitance- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
ba Status Val→STATUS-TR for more statuses
(1 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Capacitance→TG/ ult→Capacitance- (Tip-Ground
bg Val→TG-Val

Capacitance→TG/ ult→Capacitance- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
bg Status Val→STATUS-TG for more statuses
Capacitance - AC CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 7.055 Volts NA AC voltage at the moment of

Voltage→ RG/ag ult→Capacitance- measuring the user line
Val2→RG-Val capacitance(Ring-Ground)
Capacitance - AC CollectiveTestRes String NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Voltage→ RG/ag ult→Capacitance- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Status Val2→STATUS-R for more statuses
G

Voltage→ TR/ba ult→Capacitance- measuring the user line
Val2→TR-Val capacitance(Tip-Ring)

Voltage→ TR/ba ult→Capacitance- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Status Val2→STATUS-T for more statuses
R

Voltage→ TG/bg ult→Capacitance- measuring the user line
Val2→TG-Val capacitance(Tip-Ground)

Voltage→ TG/bg ult→Capacitance- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
G
Capacitance - CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 25 Hz NA Frequency at the moment of

Frequency→ ult→Capacitance- measuring the user line
RG/ag Val3→RG-Val capacitance (Ring-Ground)
Capacitance - CollectiveTestRes String NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Frequency→ ult→Capacitance- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
RG/ag Status Val3→STATUS-R for more statuses
G

TR/ba Val3→TR-Val capacitance (Tip-Ring)

TR/ba Status Val3→STATUS-T for more statuses
R

TG/bg Val3→TG-Val capacitance (Tip-Ground)

TG/bg Status Val3→STATUS-T for more statuses
G
Capacitance - CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 0.100 NanoF NA On-board Capacitance

On-board ult→Capacitance- (Ring-Ground)
Capacitance→ Val4→RG-Val
RG/ag
(2 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

On-board ult→Capacitance- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Capacitance→ Val4→STATUS-R for more statuses
RG/ag Status G

On-board ult→Capacitance- (Tip-Ring)
Capacitance→ Val4→TR-Val
TR/ba

Capacitance→ Val4→STATUS-T for more statuses
TR/ba Status R

On-board ult→Capacitance- (Tip-Ground)
Capacitance→ Val4→TG-Val
TG/bg

TG/bg Status G
Foreign DC CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA -0.185 Volts NA Foreign DC voltage of user line

Voltage - DC ult→DcVol-Val→R (Ring-Ground)
Foreign DC CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Voltage - DC ult→DcVol-Val→S Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Status

Voltage - DC ult→DcVol-Val→T (Tip-Ring)

Status

Voltage - DC ult→DcVol-Val→T (Tip-Ground)
Voltage-TG/bg G-Val

Voltage-TG/bg TATUS-TG for more statuses
Status
Resistance of ETSI CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 1.465 KOhm NA Resistance of ETSI signature

signature - ult→Resistance-Va of electronic ringer
Resistance→Value l→VALUE
Resistance of ETSI CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,
signature - ult→Resistance-Va Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Resistance→Statu l for more statuses
s →ERRORSTATUS
Capacitance of CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 1.800 NanoF NA Capacitance of ETSI signature

ETSI signature - ult→SignatureCap or electronic ringer
Capacitance→Valu acitance-Val→VAL
e UE
Capacitance of CollectiveTestRes string NA testErrOther NA NA Provides the test result status,

ETSI signature - ult→SignatureCap Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Capacitance→Stat acitance-Val→ER for more statuses
us RORSTATUS
(3 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Foreign AC RMS CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 0.012 Volts NA Foreign AC RMS voltage of

Voltage - AC ult→AcVoltage-Val user line (Ring-Ground)
Voltage→RG/ag →RG-Val
Foreign AC RMS CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,
Voltage - AC ult→AcVoltage-Val Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Voltage→RG/ag →STATUS-RG for more statuses
Status

Voltage - AC ult→AcVoltage-Val user line (Tip-Ring)
Voltage→TR/ba →TR-Val
Voltage→TR/ba →STATUS-TR for more statuses
Status

Voltage - AC ult→AcVoltage-Val user line (Tip-Ground)
Voltage→TG/bg →TG-Val
Voltage→TG/bg →STATUS-TG for more statuses
Status
Foreign AC RMS CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 0.0 Hz NA Frequency at the moment of

Voltage - ult→AcVoltage-Val measuring the Foreign AC
Frequency→RG/a 2→RG-Val Voltage (Ring-Ground)
g
Voltage - ult→AcVoltage-Val Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Frequency→RG/a 2→STATUS-RG for more statuses
g Status

Frequency→TR/ba 2→TR-Val Voltage (Tip-Ring)
Frequency→TR/ba 2→STATUS-TR for more statuses
Status

Frequency→TG/bg 2→TG-Val Voltage (Tip-Ground)
Frequency→TG/bg 2→STATUS-TG for more statuses
Status
Insulating CollectiveTestRes Long NA 10000.000 KOhm NA Insulating resistance of user

Resistance - ult→InsulatingResi line (Ring-Ground)
Resistance→RG/a stance-Val→RG-V
g al
Insulating CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Resistance - ult→InsulatingResi Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Resistance→RG/a stance-Val→STAT for more statuses
g Status US-RG

Resistance - ult→InsulatingResi line (Ring-Tip)
Resistance→RT/a stance-Val→RT-V
b al
(4 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Resistance→RT/a stance-Val→STAT for more statuses
b Status US-RT

Resistance - ult→InsulatingResi line (Tip-Ring)
Resistance→TR/b stance-Val→TR-V
a al

Resistance→TR/b stance-Val→STAT for more statuses
a Status US-TR

Resistance - ult→InsulatingResi line (Tip-Ground)
Resistance→TG/b stance-Val→TG-V
g al

Resistance→TG/b stance-Val→STAT for more statuses
g Status US-TG
Insulating CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 49.995 Volts NA DC voltage at the moment of

Resistance - DC ult→InsulatingResi measuring the user line
Voltage→RG/ag stance-Val2→RG- Insulating Resistance
Val (Ring-Ground)

Resistance - DC ult→InsulatingResi Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Voltage→RG/ag stance-Val2→STA for more statuses
Status TUS-RG

Voltage→RT/ab stance-Val2→RT- Insulating Resistance
Val (Ring-Tip)

Voltage→RT/ab stance-Val2→STA for more statuses
Status TUS-RT

Voltage→TR/ba stance-Val2→TR- Insulating Resistance
Val (Tip-Ring)

Voltage→TR/ba stance-Val2→STA for more statuses
Status TUS-TR

Voltage→TG/bg stance-Val2→TG- Insulating Resistance
Val (Tip-Ground)

Voltage→TG/bg stance-Val2→STA for more statuses
Status TUS-TG
Insulating CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 0.034 mA NA DC Current at the moment of

Current→RG/ag stance-Val3→RG- Insulating Resistance
Val (Ring-Ground)
(5 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Current→RG/ag stance-Val3→STA for more statuses
Status TUS-RG

Current→RT/ab stance-Val3→RT- Insulating Resistance
Val (Ring-Tip)

Current→RT/ab stance-Val3→STA for more statuses
Status TUS-RT

Current→TR/ba stance-Val3→TR- Insulating Resistance
Val (Tip-Ring)

Current→TR/ba stance-Val3→STA for more statuses
Status TUS-TR

Current→TG/bg stance-Val3→TG- Insulating Resistance
Val (Tip-Ground)

Current→TG/bg stance-Val3→STA for more statuses
Status TUS-TG
Conductance→RG CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 0.700 uS NA Conductance of user line

/ag ult→Conductance- (Ring-Ground)
Val→RG-Val
Conductance→RG CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

/ag Status ult→Conductance- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Val→STATUS-RG for more statuses
Conductance→TR/ CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 0.200 uS NA Conductance of user line

ba ult→Conductance- (Tip-Ring)
Val→TR-Val
Conductance→TR/ CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

ba Status ult→Conductance- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Val→STATUS-TR for more statuses
Conductance→TG/ CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 0.700 uS NA Conductance of user line

bg ult→Conductance- (Tip-Ground)
Val→TG-Val
Conductance→TG/ CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

bg Status ult→Conductance- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Val→STATUS-TG for more statuses
Susceptance→RG/ CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 0.000 uS NA Susceptance of user line

ag ult→Susceptance- (Ring-Ground)
Val→RG-Val
Susceptance→RG/ CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

ag Status ult→Susceptance- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Susceptance→TR/ CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 0.000 uS NA Susceptance of user line

ba ult→Susceptance- (Tip-Ring)
Val→TR-Val
(6 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Susceptance→TR/ CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

ba Status ult→Susceptance- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Susceptance→TG/ CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 0.000 uS NA Susceptance of user line

bg ult→Susceptance- (Tip-Ground)
Val→TG-Val
Susceptance→TG/ CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

bg Status ult→Susceptance- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
PPA CollectiveTestRes Enum(PPA, NA PPA Not NA NA PPA variant testing

Variant→Value ult→PpaDetection- PPA Invers, Detected
Val→VALUE PPA Not
Detected,
PPA Analysis
Not
Available)
PPA CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Variant→Status ult→PpaDetection- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Val→ERRORSTA for more statuses
TUS
Voltage hazardous CollectiveTestRes Enum(No NA No NA NA Voltage detected hazardous to

Detected→Value ult→HazardousVol Hazardous Hazardous person
tage-Val→VALUE Voltage, Voltage
Hazardous
Voltage)
Voltage hazardous CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,
Detected→Status ult→HazardousVol Refer ERRORSTATUS section
tage-Val→ERROR for more statuses
STATUS
Galvanic Signature CollectiveTestRes Enum(true, NA false NA NA Receiver off-hook detected

Detection→ Value ult→GalvanicSigna false) testing
ture-Val→VALUE
Galvanic Signature CollectiveTestRes string NA Other NA NA Provides the test result status,
Detection→Status ult→GalvanicSigna Refer ERRORSTATUS section
ture-Val→ERROR for more statuses
STATUS
Receiver off-hook CollectiveTestRes Enum(true, NA false NA NA Galvanic Signature detected

detected→Value ult→TerminationR false) testing
OHT-Val→VALUE
Receiver off-hook CollectiveTestRes string NA Other NA NA Provides the test result status,
detected→Status ult→TerminationR Refer ERRORSTATUS section
OHT-Val→ERROR for more statuses
STATUS
End device CollectiveTestRes Enum(true, NA false NA NA End device capacitance

capacitance→Valu ult→CapacitiveEnd false) greater than 50 nF detected
e DeviceDetection-V
al→VALUE
End device CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,
capacitance→Stat ult→CapacitiveEnd Refer ERRORSTATUS section
us DeviceDetection-V for more statuses
al→ERRORSTAT
US
Zener CollectiveTestRes String NA 10000.000 Kohms NA Electronic Zener Resistance

Resistance→Value ult→ZenerResistan testing
ce-Val→VALUE
(7 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Zener CollectiveTestRes string NA Other NA NA Provides the test result status,

Resistance→Statu ult→ZenerResistan Refer ERRORSTATUS section
s ce-Val→ERRORS for more statuses
TATUS
Zener CollectiveTestRes String NA -31.552 Volts NA Electronic Zener Voltage

Voltage→Value ult→ZenerVoltage- testing
Val→VALUE

Voltage→Status ult→ZenerVoltage- Refer ERRORSTATUS section
TUS
Port PortNr String FDN SHDSL Span NA NA The port being tested
R1.S1.LT3.P
1

ready for polling.
every time.
2015
tests

port.

(8 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.26.6 CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
110.26.6.1 Action
CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.26.6.6 Input
Table 369 CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Input

Number

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.26.6.7 Output
Table 370 CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Output
name values
110.26.7 PORT_LOCK
110.26.7.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.26.7.6 Input
[NONE]
110.26.7.7 Output
name values
110.26.8.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA
NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
110.26.8.6 Input
[NONE]
110.26.8.7 Output
name values
110.26.9 LINK_LOCK
110.26.9.1 Action
LINK_LOCK

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.26.9.6 Input
Table 373 LINK_LOCK Input
Link link enum NA NA NA NA link1, link2, link3, NA

link4
110.26.9.7 Output
Table 374 LINK_LOCK Output
name values
110.26.10 LINK_UNLOCK
110.26.10.1 Action
LINK_UNLOCK

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.26.10.6 Input
Table 375 LINK_UNLOCK Input
Link link enum NA NA NA NA link1, link2, link3, NA

link4
110.26.10.7 Output
Table 376 LINK_UNLOCK Output
name values

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.26.11 STATUS_SEARCH_TONE_TEST
110.26.11.1 Action
STATUS_SEARCH_TONE_TEST

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.26.11.6 Input
Table 377 STATUS_SEARCH_TONE_TEST Input

Number

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.26.11.7 Output
Table 378 STATUS_SEARCH_TONE_TEST Output
name values
110.26.12 SHOW_BUSY_PORT
110.26.12.1 Action
SHOW_BUSY_PORT

NA
NA

NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.26.12.6 Input
[NONE]
110.26.12.7 Output
Table 379 SHOW_BUSY_PORT Output
name values
110.27 SIP Voice Port

• NARROWBAND_LINE_TEST
• INWARD_TEST
• TEST_ACCESS_SESSION
• CANCEL_TEST_ACCESS_SESSION
• COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST
• CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK
• LONGITUDINAL_CURRENT_TEST
• SHOW_BUSY_PORT

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.27.1 NARROWBAND_LINE_TEST
110.27.1.1 Action

Narrowband Line Testing provides a set of tests for the narrowband on POTS
subscriber lines, to test the line from the SLIC on the Voice LT board. Narrowband
line testing support is LT board hardware and software dependent.
This test can only be done in Actual Voice Boards that supports MeltNblt

NBLTTestResult. Each proceeding lines provides information about one test. For
ignored.

NA
110.27.1.6 Input

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 380 NARROWBAND_LINE_TEST Input
Inactive Timer inactiveTimerChec Boolean(true, M false NA NA NA This parameter is

k false) used to determine if
ltSessionInactiveTi
mer is required.
When
inactiveTimerChec
k= true, then
ltSessionInactiveTi
mer must be
provided.
Session Inactive ltSessionInactiveTi String M (When NA 120.0 Seconds [120..65535] The parameter is
Timer mer inactiveTimer used to set the
Check is timer to destroy the
true) session when it is
inactive.
(1 of 3)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Busy Overwrite ltSessionBusyOver Boolean(true, O false false NA true, false The

write false) "Busy-Overwrite"
feature introduced
at NBLT session
level allows to
forcibly execute a
NBLT test.
Requesting a new
NBLT test at a
particular port with
the busy-overwrite
parameter set to
FALSE: - While
another NBLT test
is still running at the
same voice LT
board (same or
different POTS
port), this will cause
the new NBLT test
request to be
rejected. - While a
call is ongoing at
the same POTS
port, this will cause
the new POTS
NBLT test request
to be rejected if that
new POTS NBLT
test cannot
concurrently
execute with an
ongoing call at that
same port. Starting
a new NBLT test at
a particular port
with the
busy-overwrite
parameter set to
TRUE: - While
another NBLT test
same voice LT
board (same or
different POTS
the new NBLT test
request to be
rejected. - While a
call is ongoing at
the same POTS
the ongoing call to
be aborted if that
new NBLT test
cannot
concurrently
execute with an
same port before
the new NBLT test
starts executing.
(2 of 3)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Extended Result extendedResultOut Enum(true, O false true NA NA The parameter is

need to provide
extended test
results.
Default=false
(3 of 3)
110.27.1.7 Output
Table 381 NARROWBAND_LINE_TEST Output
name values
Capacitance - NBLTTestResult→ string NA null NA NA Not Applicable for this test

Capacitance→Stat Capacitance-Val→
us ERRORSTATUS
Capacitance - NBLTTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 0.366 NanoF NA Capacitance of user line

ag RG-Val
Capacitance - NBLTTestResult→ string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,


ba TR-Val


bg TG-Val

Capacitance - AC NBLTTestResult→ string NA null NA NA Not Applicable for this test

Voltage→Status Capacitance-Val2
→ERRORSTATUS
Capacitance - AC NBLTTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 15.820 Volts NA AC voltage at the moment of

Capacitance - AC NBLTTestResult→ String NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,


(1 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values




Frequency→Status Capacitance-Val3
→ERRORSTATUS
Capacitance - NBLTTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 200 Hz NA Frequency at the moment of

Capacitance - NBLTTestResult→ String NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,






On-board Capacitance-Val4
Capacitance→Stat →ERRORSTATUS
us
Capacitance - NBLTTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 6.516 Hz NA On-board Capacitance

RG/ag

RG/ag Status

TR/ba

TR/ba Status

TG/bg
(2 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

TG/bg Status
Foreign DC NBLTTestResult→ string NA null NA NA Not Applicable for this test

Voltage - DC DcVol-Val→ERRO
Voltage→Status RSTATUS
Foreign DC NBLTTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 1.382 Volts NA Foreign DC voltage of user line

Voltage→RG/ag l
Foreign DC NBLTTestResult→ string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Status

Voltage→TR/ba

Status

Voltage→TG/bg l

Voltage→TG/bg US-TG for more statuses
Status
Resistance of ETSI NBLTTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 0.000 KOhm NA Resistance of ETSI signature

Resistance of ETSI NBLTTestResult→ string NA testErrOther NA NA Provides the test result status,
s
Capacitance of NBLTTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 0.000 NanoF NA Capacitance of ETSI signature

e
Capacitance of NBLTTestResult→ string NA testErrOther NA NA Provides the test result status,

us STATUS
Foreign AC RMS NBLTTestResult→ string NA null NA NA Not Applicable for this test
Voltage - AC AcVoltage-Val→E
Voltage→Status RRORSTATUS
Foreign AC RMS NBLTTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 0.009 Volts NA Foreign AC RMS voltage of

Foreign AC RMS NBLTTestResult→ string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,
Status
(3 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Status

Status
Voltage - AcVoltage-Val2→E
Frequency→Status RRORSTATUS
Foreign AC RMS NBLTTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 0.0 Hz NA Frequency at the moment of

g
g Status

Status

Status
Voltage - InsulatingResistan
Frequency→Status ce-Val→ERRORS
TATUS
Insulating NBLTTestResult→ Long NA 10000.000 KOhm NA Insulating resistance of user

g
Insulating NBLTTestResult→ string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

g Status RG

b
(4 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

b Status RT

a

a Status TR

g

g Status TG
Frequency→Status ce-Val2→ERROR
STATUS
Insulating NBLTTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 44.836 Volts NA DC voltage at the moment of

(Ring-Ground)

Status -RG

(Ring-Tip)

Status -RT

(Tip-Ring)

Status -TR

(Tip-Ground)

Status -TG
(5 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
STATUS
Insulating NBLTTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 0.000 mA NA DC Current at the moment of

(Ring-Ground)

Status -RG

(Ring-Tip)

Status -RT

(Tip-Ring)

Status -TR

(Tip-Ground)

Status -TG
Port PortNr String FDN SIP Voice NA NA The port being tested
Port
R1.S1.LT10.
P1

port.
(6 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

ready for polling.
every time.
2015
tests
NA TestAdditionalInfo String NA NA NA NA Provides additional information

(7 of 7)
110.27.2 INWARD_TEST
110.27.2.1 Action
INWARD_TEST

This test is used to measure feeding voltage and current, or used to measure the dial
tone delay.
This test can only be done in Actual Voice Boards

USING THE 5520 AMS

InwardTestResult. Each proceeding lines provides information about one test. For
example: {ID_COL=101, TR-Val=0.000, TG-Val=0.000, RG-Val=0.000,
STATUS-RG=pPSuccess, TEST_NAME=FEAcVoltage-Val,
STATUS-TR=pPSuccess, STATUS-TG=pPSuccess} The above example line
provides information regrading FEAcVoltage-Val test. ID_COL should be ignored.

NA
110.27.2.6 Input
Table 382 INWARD_TEST Input
Inward Test Type inwardTestType Enum(feeded M feededVoltag NA NA feededVoltageAnd Type of inward test
VoltageAndC eAndCurrent Current, to be executed
urrent, DialToneDelay
DialToneDel
ay)
(1 of 3)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Busy Overwrite ltSessionBusyOver Enum(true, O false true NA true, false The

write false) "Busy-Overwrite"
feature introduced
at NBLT session
level allows to
forcibly execute a
NBLT test.
Requesting a new
NBLT test at a
the busy-overwrite
parameter set to
false: - While
another NBLT test
same voice LT
board (same or
different POTS
the new NBLT test
request to be
rejected. - While a
call is ongoing at
the same POTS
the new POTS
NBLT test request
new POTS NBLT
test cannot
concurrently
execute with an
same port. Starting
a new NBLT test at
a particular port
with the
busy-overwrite
parameter set to
true: - While
another NBLT test
same voice LT
board (same or
different POTS
the new NBLT test
request to be
rejected. - While a
call is ongoing at
the same POTS
the ongoing call to
be aborted if that
new NBLT test
cannot
concurrently
execute with an
same port before
the new NBLT test
starts executing.
(2 of 3)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Include runLongitudinalTes Enum(true,fal M false true NA NA Include

Longitudinal Test tCheck se) wheninwardT Longitudinal Test
Type estType=fee Type - Only
dedVoltageA applicable when
ndCurrent inwardTestType is
set
tofeededVoltageAn
dCurrent. This
option will be
disabled for remote
nodes even when
inwardTestType is
set
tofeededVoltageAn
dCurrent.
(3 of 3)
110.27.2.7 Output
Table 383 INWARD_TEST Output
name values
Inward Test InwardTestResults String NA NA NA NA Specifies the type of test

Results: results
Feeded AC InwardTestResult BigDecimal NA 0.000 Volts NA Feeded AC RMS voltage of

Voltage→RG/ag →FEAcVoltage-Va user line (Ring-Ground)
l→RG-Val
Feeded AC InwardTestResult String NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Voltage→RG/ag →FEAcVoltage-Va Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Status l→STATUS-RG for more statuses

Voltage→TR/ba →FEAcVoltage-Va user line (Tip-Ring)
l→TR-Val

Voltage→TR/ba →FEAcVoltage-Va Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Status l→STATUS-TR for more statuses

Voltage→TG/bg →FEAcVoltage-Va user line (Tip-Ground)
l→TG-Val

Voltage→TG/bg →FEAcVoltage-Va Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Status l→STATUS-TG for more statuses
Feeded DC InwardTestResult BigDecimal NA 0.0 Volts NA Feeded DC voltage of user line

Voltage→RG/ag →FEDcVoltage-Va (Ring-Ground)
l→RG-Val
Feeded DC InwardTestResult String NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Voltage→RG/ag →FEDcVoltage-Va Refer ERRORSTATUS section
(1 of 4)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Voltage→RT/ab →FEDcVoltage-Va (Ring-Tip)
l→RT-Val

Voltage→RT/ab →FEDcVoltage-Va Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Status l→STATUS-RT for more statuses

Voltage→TR/ba →FEDcVoltage-Va (Tip-Ring)
l→TR-Val

Voltage→TR/ba →FEDcVoltage-Va Refer ERRORSTATUS section

Voltage→TG/bg →FEDcVoltage-Va (Tip-Ground)
l→TG-Val

Voltage→TG/bg →FEDcVoltage-Va Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Feeding InwardTestResult BigDecimal NA 0.0 mA NA Feeding current (Tip-Ring)

Current→Value →FECurrent-Val→
VALUE
Feeding InwardTestResult String NA testErrLineSt NA NA Provides the test result status,

Current→Status →FECurrent-Val→ atusNotSupp Refer ERRORSTATUS section
ERRORSTATUS orted for more statuses
Longitudinal Test LongitudinalTestR String NA NA NA NA NA

Results: esults
Longitudinal InwardTestResult BigDecimal NA 0.0 NA NA Longitudinal Test Result. It is

Current→Value →eLongitudinalCur returned in the response when
rentTesting→VAL runLongitudinalTestCheck is
UE set to true in the request.

ready for polling.
every time.

port.
Complete Test TEST_COMPLET String NA Mon May 18 NA NA Time when the test was
Time Stamp E_TIME_STAMP 08:26:05 IST completed
2015
(2 of 4)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
tests
Port PortNr FDN NA SIP Voice NA NA Port on which the test was
Port executed
R1.S1.LT1.P
1

DialTone Delay - Dial Tone Delay - Integer NA 225.0 ms NA Provides Time to pull value
Time To Time To
Pull→Value Pull→Value
DialTone Delay - Dial Tone Delay - Enum NA Measuremen NA NA Provides the test result status,
Time To Time To t Failed Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Pull→Status Pull→ERRORSTA for more statuses
TUS
DialTone Delay - Dial Tone Delay - String(Dial NA No attempt NA NA Provides Break Status value
Break Break tone has was made to
Status→Value Status→Value been stop the dial
generated tone
but could not
be stopped
by dialing
digits, Dial
tone has
been stopped
upon dialing
digits, No
attempt was
made to stop
the dial tone)
DialTone Delay - Dial Tone Delay - Enum NA NA NA NA Provides the test result status,
Break Break Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Status→Status Status→ERRORS for more statuses
TATUS
DialTone Delay - Dial Tone Delay - String(Dial NA Dial Tone NA NA Provides Pull Status value
Pull Status→Value Pull Status→Value tone was could not be
generated detected
and detected,
Dial Tone
could not be
detected,
Dial Tone
already
present at the
line
Pull Status→Status Pull t Failed Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Status→ERRORS for more statuses
TATUS
(3 of 4)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

ready for polling.
every time.

port.
Complete Test TEST_COMPLET String NA Mon May 18 NA NA Time when the test was
Time Stamp E_TIME_STAMP 08:26:05 IST completed
2015
the errors reported per line
Port PortNr FDN NA SIP Voice NA NA Port on which the test was
Port executed
R1.S1.LT1.P
1

(4 of 4)
110.27.3.1 Action
SEARCH_TONE_TEST

USING THE 5520 AMS

The purpose of this test is to help technicians identify a given cable pair in a bunch
of unsorted lines (e.g. in a distribution frame). Therefore the chipset sends to the
specified line a predefined tone (By default 800Hz, but may be different according to
the customer specification). Then, with identification a dedicated tool, the technician
has just to listen to all the pairs one by one to find the one he was looking for. This
test is automatically stopped if an off-hook condition is detected on the line or after a
certain timed-out
This test can only be done in Actual Voice Boards that supports MeltNblt and has
Voice Software as SIP protocol

When the duration of the test is longer than the OSS default soap request timeout, it
is recommended that OSS follow one of the following procedures: Procedure 1:
Send executeAction with SEARCH_TONE_TEST Send execute Action with
STATUS_SEARCH_TONE_TEST When the response to
operation response.

NA
110.27.3.6 Input

USING THE 5520 AMS
Duration Duration String O 65.0 70.0 Seconds [65..5400] The duration for
which search tone
test should be
generated. Default
Value 65 seconds
Session Inactive ltSessionInactiveTi String M 120.0 120.0 Seconds [120..65535] The parameter is
session when it is
inactive.
Busy Overwrite ltSessionBusyOver Enum(true, O false false NA true, false When set to true,
write false) an ongoing line test
will NOT be
interrupted, even
NOT for a line test
request with the
ltSessionBusyOver
write object set to
true. Such new line
test request will be
rejected with an
error message.
(compared to
before ISAM
R5.2.01 → ongoing
test was aborted
when the flag was
true). In the ISAM
R5.2.01, the busy
overwrite will only
have effect on a
ongoing call (not on
ongoing test).
110.27.3.7 Output
name values
Port Result→PortNr String FDN 172.21.222.1 NA NA The port being tested

04 IACM:SIP
Voice Port
R1.S1.LT3.P
1
Result Result→Result Enum NA testFinished NA NA Provides the test result status,

Refer TEST DETAIL STATUS
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Status Result→STATUS Enum NA testover NA NA Provides the line status

Following are the expected
ready for polling.
every time.
Exception Text Result→EXCEPTI String NA Line test NA NA Provides the Description of the
ON_TEXT finished exception texts according to
tests
Search Tone Test Result→eCablePai String NA Search tone NA NA Search Tone Test result
Result rIdentification generated
successfully
for the
requested
duration

port.

ss, fail,
inProgress)

(2 of 2)
110.27.4.1 Action

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.27.4.6 Input
[NONE]
110.27.4.7 Output
name values
110.27.5 TEST_ACCESS_SESSION
110.27.5.1 Action
TEST_ACCESS_SESSION

USING THE 5520 AMS

This command turn on the TestAccessState of a sip Termination entry.
NA

The SNMP Manager can turn on the TestAccessState of a sip Termination entry by
a single SET operation. Assuming the SET Request passes the validation checks,
the SNMP Agent shall reply with a GetResponse with error-status = noError.

NA
110.27.5.6 Input
Table 387 TEST_ACCESS_SESSION Input
Access Timeout sipTermTestAcces Integer M 900.0 677.0 s [1..900] This

sTimeout sipTermTestAcces
sTimeout object
allows to configure
the maximum
elapse time that the
sipTerminationTest
AccessState object
shall remain set to
'ON (1)'. Upon the
expiry of the
sipTermTestAcces
sTimeout timer, the
system
autonomously
changes the
sipTerminationTest
AccessState value
to 'OFF (2)'.
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Access Busy sipTermTestAcces TruthValue M false Disabled NA true, false This

Overwrite sBusyOverwrite sipTermTestAcces
sBusyOverwrite
object allows to
forcibly turn on the
sipTerminationTest
AccessState of a
SIP termination by
dropping all active
calls that are
ongoing for that
SIP termination at
the moment the
configuration
command gets
received.
(2 of 2)
110.27.5.7 Output
Table 388 TEST_ACCESS_SESSION Output
name values

port.

ss, fail,
inProgress)

110.27.6 CANCEL_TEST_ACCESS_SESSION
110.27.6.1 Action
CANCEL_TEST_ACCESS_SESSION

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.27.6.6 Input
[NONE]
110.27.6.7 Output
Table 389 CANCEL_TEST_ACCESS_SESSION Output
name values

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.27.7 COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST
110.27.7.1 Action
COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST

Narrowband Line Testing provides a set of tests for the narrowband on POTS
subscriber lines, to test the line from the SLIC on the Voice LT board. Narrowband

CollectiveTestResult. Each proceeding lines provides information about one test. For
ignored.

NA
110.27.7.6 Input

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 390 COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST Input

ltSessionInactiveTi
mer is required.
When
inactiveTimerChec
k= true, then
ltSessionInactiveTi
mer must be
provided.
Session Inactive ltSessionInactiveTi String M(When NA 120.0 Seconds [120..65535] The parameter is
inactive.
(1 of 3)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Busy Overwrite ltSessionBusyOver Boolean(true, O false false NA true, false The

write false) Busy-Overwrite
feature introduced
at NBLT session
level allows to
forcibly execute a
NBLT test.
Requesting a new
NBLT test at a
the busy-overwrite
parameter set to
false: - While
another NBLT test
same voice LT
board (same or
different POTS
the new NBLT test
request to be
rejected. - While a
call is ongoing at
the same POTS
the new POTS
NBLT test request
new POTS NBLT
test cannot
concurrently
execute with an
same port. Starting
a new NBLT test at
a particular port
with the
busy-overwrite
parameter set to
true: - While
another NBLT test
same voice LT
board (same or
different POTS
the new NBLT test
request to be
rejected. - While a
call is ongoing at
the same POTS
the ongoing call to
be aborted if that
new NBLT test
cannot
concurrently
execute with an
same port before
the new NBLT test
starts executing.

(2 of 3)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Enable PPA enablePPADetecti Enum(true, O true true NA NA Enable PPA

Detection onForPort false) Detection. Default
= true
(3 of 3)
110.27.7.7 Output
Table 391 COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST Output
name values

ag Val→RG-Val


ba Val→TR-Val


Capacitance→TG/ ult→Capacitance- (Tip-Ground)
bg Val→TG-Val



G


R

(1 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

G


G


R


G
Capacitance - CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 6.516 Hz NA On-board Capacitance

RG/ag

RG/ag Status G

TR/ba

TR/ba Status R

TG/bg

TG/bg Status G
Foreign DC CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA 1.382 Volts NA Foreign DC voltage of user line


Status
(2 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values


Status

Voltage-TG/bg G-Val

Status

Resistance of ETSI CollectiveTestRes string NA testErrOther NA NA Provides the test result status,
s →ERRORSTATUS

e UE

us RORSTATUS

Status

Status

Status

g
(3 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
g Status

Status

Status

g al

g Status US-RG

b al

b Status US-RT

a al

a Status US-TR

g al

g Status US-TG

Val (Ring-Ground)
(4 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Status TUS-RG

Val (Ring-Tip)

Status TUS-RT

Val (Tip-Ring)

Status TUS-TR

Val (Tip-Ground)

Status TUS-TG

Val (Ring-Ground)

Status TUS-RG

Val (Ring-Tip)

Status TUS-RT

Val (Tip-Ring)

Status TUS-TR

Val (Tip-Ground)
(5 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Status TUS-TG

Val→RG-Val


Val→TR-Val


Val→TG-Val

Susceptance→RG/ CollectiveTestRes BigDecimal NA -0.200 uS NA Susceptance of user line

Val→RG-Val


Val→TR-Val


Val→TG-Val


Val→VALUE PPA Not
Detected,
PPA Analysis
Not
Available)

TUS
(6 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Hazardous
Voltage)
STATUS
Receiver off-hook CollectiveTestRes Enum(true, NA false NA NA Receiver off-hook detected

OHT-Val→VALUE
STATUS

e DeviceDetection-V
al→VALUE
al→ERRORSTAT
US
Electronic Ringer CollectiveTestRes Enum(true, NA false NA NA Electronic ringer detected

Detected→Value ult→TerminationEl false) testing
ecRinger-Val→VA
LUE
Electronic Ringer CollectiveTestRes string NA Other NA NA Provides the test result status,
Detected→Status ult→TerminationEl Refer ERRORSTATUS section
ecRinger-Val→ER for more statuses
RORSTATUS

ce-Val→VALUE

TATUS
Zener CollectiveTestRes String NA 0.000 Volts NA Electronic Zener Voltage

Val→VALUE

TUS
Port PortNr String FDN SIP Voice NA NA The port being tested
Port
R1.S1.LT10.
P1
(7 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

port.

ready for polling.
every time.
2015
tests

(8 of 8)
110.27.8 CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST
110.27.8.1 Action
CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.27.8.6 Input
[NONE]
110.27.8.7 Output
Table 392 CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST Output
name values
110.27.9 PORT_LOCK
110.27.9.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.27.9.6 Input
[NONE]
110.27.9.7 Output
name values

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.27.10.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.27.10.6 Input
[NONE]
110.27.10.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
110.27.11 LONGITUDINAL_CURRENT_TEST
110.27.11.1 Action
LONGITUDINAL_CURRENT_TEST

NA
This test can only be done in NPOT-A, NPOT-B and RPOT-A boards

NA

NA
110.27.11.6 Input

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 395 LONGITUDINAL_CURRENT_TEST Input
will NOT be
interrupted, even
NOT for a line test
request with the
ltSessionBusyOver
write object set to
true. Such new line
rejected with an
error message.
(compared to
before ISAM
R5.2.01 → ongoing
test was aborted
when the flag was
true). In the ISAM
R5.2.01, the busy
overwrite will only
have effect on a
ongoing test).
110.27.11.7 Output
Table 396 LONGITUDINAL_CURRENT_TEST Output
name values
Port Result→PortNr String FDN 172.21.222.1 NA NA The port being tested

04 IACM:SIP
Voice Port
R1.S1.LT3.P
1
Result Result→RESULT Enum NA testFinished NA NA Provides the test result status,

(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Status Result→STATUS Enum NA testover NA NA Provides the line status

ready for polling.
every time.
Complete Test Result→TEST_CO String NA Thu May 14 NA NA The date and time when the
Time Stamp MPLETE_TIME_S 21:55:24 IST test was completed
TAMP 2015
tests
Longitudinal Result→eLongitudi BigDecimal NA 0.0 uA NA Longitudinal Test Result

Current nalCurrentTesting

port.
NA TestAdditionalInfo String NA longitudinalT NA NA Provides the addtitional

Message est message reagarding the test
successfully! result status

ss, fail,
inProgress)
(2 of 2)
110.27.12.1 Action

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.27.12.6 Input
[NONE]
110.27.12.7 Output
name values
110.27.13.1 Action
SHOW_BUSY_PORT

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.27.13.6 Input
[NONE]
110.27.13.7 Output
name values
110.28 Slot
RDN: <ehNm>/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=[ACUNTIO|NTA|NTB|LTn]</ehNm>

USING THE 5520 AMS
• INWARD_TEST
• NARROWBAND_LINE_TEST
• COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
• CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
• METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
• CANCEL_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
• COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST
• CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST
• RESET
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK
• LONGITUDINAL_CURRENT_TEST
• SHOW_BUSY_PORT
• CANCEL_NBLT_LINE_TEST
110.28.1 INWARD_TEST
110.28.1.1 Action
INWARD_TEST

This test is used to measure feeding voltage and current, or used to measure the dial
tone delay.
This test can only be done in Actual Voice Boards

USING THE 5520 AMS

In case of Inward Test on Slot, the format of Output Parameters for the port will be
similar to output parameters for Inward Test on SIP Voice Port with the following
differences The following attributes are placed inside InwardTestResult structure and
are provided per port: PortNr, EXCEPTION_TEXT, STATUS,
TEST_COMPLETE_TIME_STAMP Format of the response The test output for each
port will be provided in lines demilitarized by {} The first four lines provides the
identification of the port and the status of the test: {ID_COL=101,
TEST_NAME=PortNr, VALUE=SIP Voice Port R1.S1.LT1.P1} {ID_COL=102,
TEST_NAME=EXCEPTION_TEXT, VALUE=Line test finished} {ID_COL=103,
TEST_NAME=TEST_COMPLETE_TIME_STAMP, VALUE=Tue Jun 28 19:28:53
IST 2016} {ID_COL=104, TEST_NAME=STATUS, VALUE=testover} Each
proceeding lines provides information about one test For example : {ID_COL=105,
TR-Val=0.000, TG-Val=0.000, RG-Val=0.000, STATUS-RG=pPSuccess,
TEST_NAME=FEAcVoltage-Val, STATUS-TR=pPSuccess,
STATUS-TG=pPSuccess} The above example provides information regrading
FEAcVoltage-Val test. ID_COL should be ignored.

NA
110.28.1.6 Input
Table 399 INWARD_TEST Input
Inward Test Type inwardTestType Enum(feeded M feededVoltag feededVoltag NA feededVoltageAnd Type of inward test
VoltageAndC eAndCurrent eAndCurrent Current, to be executed
urrent, DialToneDelay
DialToneDel
ay)
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
will NOT be
interrupted, even
NOT for a line test
request with the
ltSessionBusyOver
write object set to
true. Such new line
rejected with an
error message.
(compared to
before ISAM
R5.2.01 → ongoing
test was aborted
when the flag was
true). In the ISAM
R5.2.01, the busy
overwrite will only
have effect on a
ongoing test).
Selected Ports portSelected Enum(Specifi M SpecificPort SpecificPort NA SpecificPort The strategy on

cPort) port selection:
SpecificPort: Only
the port specified in
portNumber will be
considered.
Port Number portNumber String M NA 1.0 NA [1..72] Port Number on

which the test need
to be executed
(2 of 2)
110.28.1.7 Output
Table 400 INWARD_TEST Output
name values
Port InwardTestResult string FDN SIP Voice NA NA The port being tested
Number→Value →PortNr→VALUE Port
R1.S1.LT1.P
1
Exception InwardTestResult String NA Line test NA NA Provides the Description of the

Text→Value →EXCEPTION_T finished exception texts according to
EXT→VALUE the errors reported per line.
tests
(1 of 4)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Complete Test InwardTestResult String NA Thu May 14 NA NA The date and time when the
Time →TEST_COMPLE 21:55:24 IST test was completed
Stamp→Value TE_TIME_STAMP 2015
→VALUE
Status→Value InwardTestResult Enum(intest, NA testover NA NA Provides the line status

→STATUS testover, Following are the expected
→VALUE rstpartlyread values : intest -- put the line in
ready for polling.
every time.

Voltage→RG/ag →FEAcVoltage-Va user line (Ring-Ground)
l→RG-Val
Feeded AC InwardTestResult BigDecimal NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Voltage→RG/ag →FEAcVoltage-Va Refer ERRORSTATUS section

Voltage→TR/ba →FEAcVoltage-Va user line (Tip-Ring)
l→TR-Val

Voltage→TR/ba →FEAcVoltage-Va Refer ERRORSTATUS section

Voltage→TG/bg →FEAcVoltage-Va user line (Tip-Ground)
l→TG-Val

Voltage→TG/bg →FEAcVoltage-Va Refer ERRORSTATUS section

Voltage→RG/ag →FEDcVoltage-Va (Ring-Ground)
l→RG-Val
Feeded DC InwardTestResult BigDecimal NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,

Voltage→RG/ag →FEDcVoltage-Va Refer ERRORSTATUS section

Voltage→RT/ab →FEDcVoltage-Va (Ring-Tip)
l→RT-Val

Voltage→RT/ab →FEDcVoltage-Va Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Status l→STATUS-RT for more statuses

Voltage→TR/ba →FEDcVoltage-Va (Tip-Ring)
l→TR-Val

Voltage→TR/ba →FEDcVoltage-Va Refer ERRORSTATUS section
(2 of 4)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Voltage→TG/bg →FEDcVoltage-Va (Tip-Ground)
l→TG-Val

Voltage→TG/bg →FEDcVoltage-Va Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Feeding InwardTestResult BigDecimal NA 0.0 mA NA Feeding current (Tip-Ring)

Current→Value →FECurrent-Val→
VALUE
Feeding InwardTestResult BigDecimal NA testErrLineSt NA NA Provides the test result status,

Current→Status →FECurrent-Val→ atusNotSupp Refer ERRORSTATUS section
ERRORSTATUS orted for more statuses

ss, fail,
inProgress)

port.

Port Dial Tone string FDN SIP Voice NA NA The port being tested
Number→Value Delay→PortNr→V Port
ALUE R1.S1.LT1.P
1
Exception Dial Tone String NA Line test NA NA Provides the Description of the
Text→Value Delay→EXCEPTI finished exception texts according to
ON_TEXT→VALU the errors reported per line.
E Refer EXCEPTION_TEXTS
tests
Complete Test Dial Tone String NA Thu May 14 NA NA The date and time when the
Time Delay→TEST_CO 21:55:24 IST test was completed
Stamp→Value MPLETE_TIME_S 2015
TAMP→VALUE
Status→Value Dial Tone Enum(intest, NA testover NA NA Provides the line status

Delay→STATUS→ testover, Following are the expected
VALUE rstpartlyread values : intest -- put the line in
ready for polling.
every time.
DialTone Delay - Dial Tone Delay - Integer NA 225.0 ms NA Provides Time to pull value
Time To Time To
Pull→Value Pull→Value
(3 of 4)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Time To Time To t Failed Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Pull→Status Pull→ERRORSTA for more statuses
TUS
DialTone Delay - Dial Tone Delay - String(Dial NA No attempt NA NA Provides Break Status value
Break Break tone has was made to
Status→Value Status→Value been stop the dial
generated tone
but could not
be stopped
by dialing
digits, Dial
tone has
been stopped
upon dialing
digits, No
attempt was
made to stop
the dial tone)
DialTone Delay - Dial Tone Delay - Enum NA NA NA NA Provides the test result status,
Break Break Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Status→Status Status→ERRORS for more statuses
TATUS
DialTone Delay - Dial Tone Delay - String(Dial NA Dial Tone NA NA Provides Pull Status value
Pull Status→Value Pull Status→Value tone was could not be
generated detected
and detected,
Dial Tone
could not be
detected,
Dial Tone
already
present at the
line
Pull Status→Status Pull t Failed Refer ERRORSTATUS section
Status→ERRORS for more statuses
TATUS

ss, fail,
inProgress)

port.

(4 of 4)

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.28.2 NARROWBAND_LINE_TEST
110.28.2.1 Action

Narrowband Line Testing provides a set of tests for the narrowband on POTS/ISDN
subscriber lines, to tests the line from the SLIC on the Voice LT board. Narrowband

In case of Group NBLT test on Slot, the format of Output Parameters for all the ports
will be similar to output parameters for Group NBLT test on SIP Voice Port with the
following differences The following attributes are placed inside GroupTestResult
structure and are provided per port: PortNr, EXCEPTION_TEXT, STATUS,
TEST_COMPLETE_TIME_STAMP Format of the response The test output for each
port will be provided in a series of lines demilitarized by {}. The first four lines provides
the identification of the port and the status of the test: {ID_COL=101,
TEST_NAME=PortNr, VALUE=SIP Voice Port R1.S1.LT1.P1} {ID_COL=102,
TEST_NAME=STATUS, VALUE=testover} {ID_COL=104,
TEST_NAME=TEST_COMPLETE_TIME_STAMP, VALUE=Tue Jun 28 18:06:07
IST 2016} Each proceeding lines provides information about one test For example :
{ID_COL=105, RG-Val=0.366, STATUS-RG=pPSuccess,
provides information regrading Capacitance-Val test. ID_COL should be ignored.
The separations between the port information is done using the following line:
{ID_COL=101, TEST_NAME=PortNr, VALUE=SIP Voice Port R1.S1.LT1.P1} The
above indicates that the test results are reported for SIP Voice Port R1.S1.LT1.P1
Here we will be describing the output details for one port

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
110.28.2.6 Input
Table 401 NARROWBAND_LINE_TEST Input

ltSessionInactiveTi
mer is required.
When
inactiveTimerChec
k= true, then
ltSessionInactiveTi
mer must be
provided.
inactive.
Busy Overwrite ltSessionBusyOver Boolean(true, O false false NA true, false When set to true,
will NOT be
interrupted, even
NOT for a line test
request with the
ltSessionBusyOver
write object set to
true. Such new line
rejected with an
error message.
(compared to
before ISAM
R5.2.01 → ongoing
test was aborted
when the flag was
true). In the ISAM
R5.2.01, the busy
overwrite will only
have effect on a
ongoing test).
Extended Result extendedResultOut Enum(true, O false true NA NA The parameter is

need to provide
extended test
results.
Default=false
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Selected Ports portSelected Enum(AllPort M ConfiguredP NA NA AllPorts, The strategy on

s,Configured orts ConfiguredPorts, port selection:
Ports,Specifi SpecificPorts AllPorts: All the
cPort) configured and
unconfigured ports
are considered.
ConfiguredPorts:
Only configured
ports are
considered
SpecificPorts: Only
the ports specified
in portIds will be
considered.
Port Numbers portIds String M when NA 1.0 NA NA Port Number(s) on

portSelected which the test need
=SpecificPort to be executed
s
(2 of 2)
110.28.2.7 Output
Table 402 NARROWBAND_LINE_TEST Output
name values
Port Number→ NBLTTestResult→ string NA XDSL Port NA NA The port being tested
Value PortNr→VALUE R1.S1.LT1.P
1
Exception Text → NBLTTestResult→ String NA Line test NA NA Provides the Description of the
Value EXCEPTION_TEX finished exception texts according to
T→VALUE the errors reported per line.
tests
Complete Test NBLTTestResult→ String NA Thu May 14 NA NA The date and time when the
Time Stamp → TEST_COMPLET 21:55:24 IST test was completed
Value E_TIME_STAMP 2015
→VALUE
(1 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Status → Value NBLTTestResult→ Enum(intest, NA testover NA NA Provides the line status

STATUS→VALUE testover, Following are the expected
ready for polling.
every time.

Capacitance→Stat Capacitance-Val→
us ERRORSTATUS

ag RG-Val


ba TR-Val


bg TG-Val

Capacitance - AC NBLTTestResult→ string NA null NA NA Not Applicable for this test

Voltage→Status Capacitance-Val2
→ERRORSTATUS





(2 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values


Frequency→Status Capacitance-Val3
→ERRORSTATUS







On-board Capacitance-Val4
Capacitance→Stat →ERRORSTATUS
us
Capacitance - NBLTTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 6.516 NanoF NA On-board Capacitance

RG/ag

RG/ag Status

TR/ba

TR/ba Status

TG/bg

TG/bg Status
Foreign DC NBLTTestResult→ string NA null NA NA Not Applicable for this test

Voltage - DC DcVol-Val→ERRO
Voltage→Status RSTATUS
(3 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Voltage→RG/ag l

Status

Voltage→TR/ba

Status

Voltage→TG/bg l

Voltage→TG/bg US-TG for more statuses
Status
Resistance of ETSI NBLTTestResult→ BigDecimal NA null KOhm NA Resistance of ETSI signature

Resistance of ETSI NBLTTestResult→ string NA null NA NA Provides the test result status,
s
Capacitance of NBLTTestResult→ BigDecimal NA null NanoF NA Capacitance of ETSI signature

e
Capacitance of NBLTTestResult→ string NA null NA NA Provides the test result status,

us STATUS
Voltage - AC AcVoltage-Val→E
Voltage→Status RRORSTATUS

Status

Status
(4 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Status
Voltage - AcVoltage-Val2→E
Frequency→Status RRORSTATUS

g
g Status

Status

Status
Frequency→Status ce-Val→ERRORS
TATUS

g

g Status RG

b

b Status RT

a
(5 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

a Status TR

g

g Status TG
STATUS

(Ring-Ground)

Status -RG

(Ring-Tip)

Status -RT

(Tip-Ring)

Status -TR

(Tip-Ground)

Status -TG
Insulating NBLTTestResult→ string NA null NA NA Not Applicable for this test

Resistance - DC InsulatingResistan
Current→Status ce-Val3→ERROR
STATUS

(Ring-Ground)
(6 of 7)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Status -RG

(Ring-Tip)

Status -RT

(Tip-Ring)

Status -TR

(Tip-Ground)

Status -TG

port.

ss, fail,
inProgress)
NA TestAdditionalInfo String NA nbltLineTest NA NA Provides additional information

Message successfully! about this test
(7 of 7)
110.28.3 COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
110.28.3.1 Action
COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST

USING THE 5520 AMS

boards

In case of Collective MELT test on Slot, the format of Output Parameters for all the
ports will be similar to output parameters for Collective MELT test on XDSL Line with
the following differences The following attributes are placed inside
CollectiveTestResult structure and are provided per port: PortNr,
EXCEPTION_TEXT, TEST_COMPLETE_TIME_STAMP, STATUS The test output
for each port will be provided in a series of lines demilitarized by {}. The first four lines
provides the identification of the port and the status of the test: {ID_COL=101,
TEST_NAME=PortNr, VALUE=XDSL Port R1.S1.LT1.P1} {ID_COL=102,
TEST_NAME=EXCEPTION_TEXT, VALUE=null} {ID_COL=103,
TEST_NAME=TEST_COMPLETE_TIME_STAMP, VALUE=Thu May 14 22:50:26
IST 2015} Each proceeding lines provides information about one test. For example:
{ID_COL=101, TEST_NAME=PortNr, VALUE=XDSL Port R1.S1.LT1.P1} The above
indicates that the test results are reported for XDSL Port R1.S1.LT1.P1 Here we will
be describing the output details for one port

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.28.3.6 Input
Table 403 COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Input

Enable PPA enablePPADetecti Enum(true, M true true NA NA Enable PPA

Detection on false) Detection. Default
= true
110.28.3.7 Output
Table 404 COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Output
name values
Port → Value CollectiveTestRes string NA XDSL Port NA NA The port being tested
ult→PortNr→VALU R1.S1.LT1.P
E 1
Exception Text → CollectiveTestRes String NA Line test NA NA Provides the Description of the
Value ult→EXCEPTION_ finished exception texts according to
TEXT→VALUE the errors reported per line.
tests
Complete Test CollectiveTestRes String NA Thu May 14 NA NA The date and time when the
Time Stamp → ult→TEST_COMP 21:55:24 IST test was completed
Value LETE_TIME_STA 2015
MP→VALUE
Status → Value CollectiveTestRes Enum(intest, NA testover NA NA Provides the line status

ult→STATUS testover, Following are the expected
→VALUE rstpartlyread values : intest -- put the line in
ready for polling.
every time.

ag Val→RG-Val
(1 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values


ba Val→TR-Val


Capacitance→TG/ ult→Capacitance- (Tip-Ground
bg Val→TG-Val



G


R


G


G


R

(2 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

G

RG/ag

RG/ag Status G

TR/ba

TR/ba Status R

TG/bg

TG/bg Status G


Status


Status

Voltage-TG/bg G-Val

Status

s →ERRORSTATUS
(3 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

e UE

us RORSTATUS

Status

Status

Status

g
g Status

Status

Status

g al
(4 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

g Status US-RG

b al

b Status US-RT

a al

a Status US-TR

g al

g Status US-TG

Val (Ring-Ground)

Status TUS-RG

Val (Ring-Tip)

Status TUS-RT

Val (Tip-Ring)

Status TUS-TR

Val (Tip-Ground)
(5 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Status TUS-TG

Val (Ring-Ground)

Status TUS-RG

Val (Ring-Tip)

Status TUS-RT

Val (Tip-Ring)

Status TUS-TR

Val (Tip-Ground)

Status TUS-TG

Val→RG-Val


Val→TR-Val


Val→TG-Val

(6 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Val→RG-Val


Val→TR-Val


Val→TG-Val


Val→VALUE PPA Not
Detected,
PPA Analysis
Not
Available)

TUS

Hazardous
Voltage)
STATUS
Galvanic Signature CollectiveTestRes Enum(true, NA false NA NA Receiver off-hook detected

Detection→ Value ult→GalvanicSigna false) testing
ture-Val→VALUE
Galvanic Signature CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,
Detection→Status ult→GalvanicSigna Refer ERRORSTATUS section
ture-Val→ERROR for more statuses
STATUS
Receiver off-hook CollectiveTestRes Enum(true, NA false NA NA Galvanic Signature detected

OHT-Val→VALUE
Receiver off-hook CollectiveTestRes string NA pPSuccess NA NA Provides the test result status,
STATUS

e DeviceDetection-V
al→VALUE
(7 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
al→ERRORSTAT
US

ce-Val→VALUE
Zener CollectiveTestRes string NA testErrOther NA NA Provides the test result status,

TATUS

Val→VALUE
Zener CollectiveTestRes string NA testErrOther NA NA Provides the test result status,

TUS

port.

ss, fail,
inProgress)
NA TestAdditionalInfo String NA NA NA NA Provides the addtitional

Message message reagarding the test
result status
(8 of 8)
110.28.4 CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
110.28.4.1 Action
CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.28.4.6 Input
[NONE]
110.28.4.7 Output
Table 405 CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Output
name values
110.28.5 METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
110.28.5.1 Action
METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST

USING THE 5520 AMS

boards

In case of Group MELT test on Slot, the format of Output Parameters for all the ports
will be similar to output parameters for Group MELT test on XDSL Line with the
following differences The following attributes are placed inside GroupTestResult
structure and are provided per port: PortNr, EXCEPTION_TEXT,
TEST_COMPLETE_TIME_STAMP, STATUS The test output for each port will be
provided in a series of lines demilitarized by {}. The first four lines provides the
identification of the port and the status of the test: {ID_COL=101,
TEST_NAME=PortNr, VALUE=XDSL Port R1.S1.LT1.P1} {ID_COL=102,
TEST_NAME=TEST_COMPLETE_TIME_STAMP, VALUE=Thu May 14 22:50:26
IST 2015} Each proceeding lines provides information about one test. For example:
{ID_COL=101, TEST_NAME=PortNr, VALUE=XDSL Port R1.S1.LT1.P1} The above
indicates that the test results are reported for XDSL Port R1.S1.LT1.P1 Here we will
be describing the output details for one port

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.28.5.6 Input
Table 406 METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Input
Extended Result extendedResultOut Enum(true, O true true NA NA The parameter is

need to provide
extended test
results.
Default=false
110.28.5.7 Output
Table 407 METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Output
name values
Port→Value GroupTestResult→ string NA XDSL Port NA NA The port being tested

PortNr→VALUE R1.S1.LT1.P
1
Exception GroupTestResult→ String NA Line test NA NA Provides the Description of the

Text→Value EXCEPTION_TEX finished exception texts according to
T→VALUE the errors reported per line.
tests
Complete Test GroupTestResult→ String NA Thu May 14 NA NA The date and time when the
Time TEST_COMPLET 21:55:24 IST test was completed
Stamp→Value E_TIME_STAMP 2015
→VALUE
Status→Value GroupTestResult→ Enum(intest, NA testover NA NA Provides the line status

STATUS →VALUE testover, Following are the expected
ready for polling.
every time.

ag RG-Val
(1 of 6)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values


ba TR-Val


bg TG-Val

Capacitance - AC GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 15.820 Volts NA Ac voltage at the moment of






Capacitance - GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 200 Hz NA Frequency at the moment of






(2 of 6)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Capacitance - GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 6.516 NanoF NA On-board Capacitance

RG/ag

RG/ag Status

TR/ba

TR/ba Status

TG/bg

TG/bg Status
Foreign DC GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 1.382 Volts NA Foreign DC voltage of user line

Voltage→RG/ag l

Status

Voltage→TR/ba

Status

Voltage-TG/bg l

Voltage-TG/bg US-TG for more statuses
Status
Resistance of ETSI GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 0.000 KOhm NA Resistance of ETSI signature

Resistance of ETSI GroupTestResult→ string NA testErrOther NA NA Provides the test result status,
s
Capacitance of GroupTestResult→ BigDecimal NA 0.000 NanoF NA Capacitance of ETSI signature

e
(3 of 6)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Capacitance of GroupTestResult→ string NA testErrOther NA NA Provides the test result status,

us STATUS

Status

Status

Status

g
g Status

Status

Status

g

g Status RG
(4 of 6)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

b

b Status RT

a

a Status TR

g

g Status TG

(Ring-Ground)

Status -RG

(Ring-Tip)

Status -RT

(Tip-Ring)

Status -TR

(Tip-Ground)

Status -TG
(5 of 6)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

(Ring-Ground)

Status -RG

(Ring-Tip)

Status -RT

(Tip-Ring)

Status -TR

(Tip-Ground)

Status -TG

port.

ss, fail,
inProgress)
NA TestAdditionalInfo string NA NA NA NA Provides the addtitional

result status
(6 of 6)
110.28.6 CANCEL_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST
110.28.6.1 Action
CANCEL_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.28.6.6 Input
[NONE]
110.28.6.7 Output
Table 408 CANCEL_METALLIC_ENDED_LINE_TEST Output
name values

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.28.7 COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST
110.28.7.1 Action
COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST

Collective Narrowband Line Testing provides a set of tests for the narrowband on
POTS/ISDN subscriber lines, to tests the line from the SLIC on the Voice LT board.
Narrowband line testing support is LT board hardware and software dependent.

In case of Collective NBLT test on Slot, the format of Output Parameters for all the
ports will be similar to output parameters for Collective NBLT test on SIP Voice Port
with the following differences The following attributes are placed inside
CollectiveTestResult structure and are provided per port: PortNr,
EXCEPTION_TEXT, STATUS, TEST_COMPLETE_TIME_STAMP Format of the
response The test output for each port will be provided in a series of lines
demilitarized by {}. The first four lines provides the identification of the port and the
status of the test: {ID_COL=101, TEST_NAME=PortNr, VALUE=SIP Voice Port
R1.S1.LT1.P1} {ID_COL=102, TEST_NAME=EXCEPTION_TEXT, VALUE=Line
test finished} {ID_COL=103, TEST_NAME=STATUS, VALUE=testover}
{ID_COL=104, TEST_NAME=TEST_COMPLETE_TIME_STAMP, VALUE=Tue Jun
28 18:06:07 IST 2016} Each proceeding lines provides information about one test
For example : {ID_COL=105, RG-Val=0.000, STATUS-RG=pPSuccess,
{ID_COL=101, TEST_NAME=PortNr, VALUE=SIP Voice Port R1.S1.LT1.P1} The
above indicates that the test results are reported for SIP Voice Port R1.S1.LT1.P1
Here we will be describing the output details for one port

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
110.28.7.6 Input
Table 409 COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST Input
AMS GUI Name NBI Attribute Name Type and Mandatory-O Default Value Example Unit NA Description
Value ptional
Inactive Timer inactiveTimerChec Boolean(true, M false true NA NA This parameter is

ltSessionInactiveTi
mer is required.
When
inactiveTimerChec
k= true, then
ltSessionInactiveTi
mer must be
provided.
inactive.
Busy Overwrite ltSessionBusyOver Boolean(true, O false false NA true, false When set to true,
will NOT be
interrupted, even
NOT for a line test
request with the
ltSessionBusyOver
write object set to
true. Such new line
rejected with an
error message.
(compared to
before ISAM
R5.2.01 → ongoing
test was aborted
when the flag was
true). In the ISAM
R5.2.01, the busy
overwrite will only
have effect on a
ongoing test).

Enable PPA enablePPADetecti Enum(true, M true true NA NA Enable PPA

Detection on false) Detection. Default
= true
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Selected Ports portSelected Enum(AllPort M ConfiguredP SpecificPorts NA AllPorts, The strategy on

cPorts) configured and
unconfigured ports
are considered.
ConfiguredPorts:
Only configured
ports are
considered
SpecificPorts: Only
the ports specified
in portIds will be
considered.
Port Numbers portIds Integer M(Only when NA 1,2,3 NA NA Port Number(s) on

portSelected which the test need
is to be executed
SpecificPorts
)
(2 of 2)
110.28.7.7 Output
Table 410 COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST Output
name values
Port CollectiveTestRes String FDN SIP Voice NA NA The port being tested
Number→Value ult→PortNr→VALU Port
E R1.S1.LT1.P
1
Exception CollectiveTestRes String NA Line test NA NA Provides the Description of the

Text→Value ult→EXCEPTION_ finished exception texts according to
TEXT→VALUE the errors reported per line.
tests
Status→Value CollectiveTestRes String NA testover NA NA Provides the line status

ult→STATUS→VA Following are the expected
LUE values : intest -- put the line in
ready for polling.
every time.
(1 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Complete Test CollectiveTestRes String NA Tue Jun 28 NA NA The date and time when the
Time ult→TEST_COMP 18:06:07 IST test was completed
Stamp→Value LETE_TIME_STA 2016
MP→VALUE

ag Val→RG-Val


ba Val→TR-Val


Capacitance→TG/ ult→Capacitance- (Tip-Ground)
bg Val→TG-Val



G


R


G


G

(2 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

R


G

RG/ag

RG/ag Status G

TR/ba

TR/ba Status R

TG/bg

TG/bg Status G


Status


Status

Voltage-TG/bg G-Val

Status
(3 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

s →ERRORSTATUS

e UE

us RORSTATUS

Status

Status

Status

g al

g Status US-RG

b al

b Status US-RT

a al
(4 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

a Status US-TR

g al

g Status US-TG

Val (Ring-Ground)

Status TUS-RG

Val (Ring-Tip)

Status TUS-RT

Val (Tip-Ring)

Status TUS-TR

Val (Tip-Ground)

Status TUS-TG

Val (Ring-Ground)

Status TUS-RG

Val (Ring-Tip)
(5 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Status TUS-RT

Val (Tip-Ring)

Status TUS-TR

Val (Tip-Ground)

Status TUS-TG

Val→RG-Val


Val→TR-Val


Val→TG-Val


Val→RG-Val


Val→TR-Val


Val→TG-Val
(6 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values


Val→VALUE PPA Not
Detected,
PPA Analysis
Not
Available)

TUS

Hazardous
Voltage)
STATUS
Receiver off-hook CollectiveTestRes Enum(true, NA false NA NA Receiver off-hook detected

OHT-Val→VALUE
STATUS

e DeviceDetection-V
al→VALUE
al→ERRORSTAT
US
Electronic Ringer CollectiveTestRes Enum(true, NA false NA NA Electronic ringer detected

Detected→Value ult→TerminationEl false) testing
ecRinger-Val→VA
LUE
Electronic Ringer CollectiveTestRes string NA Other NA NA Provides the test result status,
Detected→Status ult→TerminationEl Refer ERRORSTATUS section
ecRinger-Val→ER for more statuses
RORSTATUS

ce-Val→VALUE

TATUS
(7 of 8)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

Val→VALUE

TUS

port.

ss, fail,
inProgress)
NA TestAdditionalInfo String NA nbltLineTest NA NA Provides additional information

Message successfully! regarding test result status.
(8 of 8)
110.28.8 CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST
110.28.8.1 Action
CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST

NA
NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
110.28.8.6 Input
[NONE]
110.28.8.7 Output
Table 411 CANCEL_COLLECTIVE_NBLT_TEST Output
name values
110.28.9 RESET
110.28.9.1 Action
RESET

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.28.9.6 Input
Table 412 RESET Input
Mode resetMode enum NA NA NA NA with-selftest, NA

without-selftest,
hot-restart
110.28.9.7 Output
name values
110.28.10 PORT_LOCK
110.28.10.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.28.10.6 Input
[NONE]
110.28.10.7 Output
name values

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.28.11.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.28.11.6 Input
[NONE]
110.28.11.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
110.28.12 LONGITUDINAL_CURRENT_TEST
110.28.12.1 Action
LONGITUDINAL_CURRENT_TEST

NA
This test can only be done in NPOT-A, NPOT-B and RPOT-A boards and Voice
protocol should not be 'h248'

The format of output parameters for Longitudinal Current Test on Slot is similar to
Longitudinal Current Test on SIP Voice Port with the following differences The test
output for each port will be provided in lines demilitarized by {} For example the
following line indicates the test resut are reported for SIP Voice Port 1: {PortNr=SIP
Voice Port R1.S1.LT1.P1, RESULT=testFinished, STATUS=testover,
TEST_COMPLETE_TIME_STAMP=Tue Jun 28 19:50:31 IST 2016,
EXCEPTION_TEXT=Line test finished, eLongitudinalCurrentTesting=-9} Here we
will be describing the output details for one port

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.28.12.6 Input
Table 416 LONGITUDINAL_CURRENT_TEST Input
will NOT be
interrupted, even
NOT for a line test
request with the
ltSessionBusyOver
write object set to
true. Such new line
rejected with an
error message.
(compared to
before ISAM
R5.2.01 → ongoing
test was aborted
when the flag was
true). In the ISAM
R5.2.01, the busy
overwrite will only
have effect on a
ongoing test).
Selected Ports portSelected Enum(AllPort M ConfiguredP SpecificPorts NA AllPorts, The strategy on

cPorts) configured and
unconfigured ports
are considered.
ConfiguredPorts:
Only configured
ports are
considered
SpecificPorts: Only
the ports specified
in portIds will be
considered.
Port Numbers portIds String M when NA 1.0 NA NA Port Number(s) on

Ports=Specifi which the test need
cPorts to be executed
110.28.12.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 417 LONGITUDINAL_CURRENT_TEST Output
name values
Port Result→PortNr String FDN SIP Voice NA NA The port being tested
Port
R1.S1.LT2.P
1
Result Result→RESULT Enum NA testFinished NA NA Provides the test result status,

Status Result→STATUS Enum() NA testover NA NA Provides the line status

ready for polling.
every time.
Complete Test Result→TEST_CO String NA Thu May 14 NA NA The date and time when the
Time Stamp MPLETE_TIME_S 21:55:24 IST test was completed
TAMP 2015
tests
Longitudinal Result→eLongitudi BigDecimal NA -9.0 uA NA Longitudinal Test Result

Current nalCurrentTesting

port.

result status

ss, fail,
inProgress)

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.28.13.1 Action

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.28.13.6 Input
[NONE]
110.28.13.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
110.28.14.1 Action
SEARCH_TONE_TEST

The cable pair identification test intends to help technicians to identify a given cable
pair in a bunch of unsorted lines (e.g. in a distribution frame). Therefore, on request,
the system sends to the specified line a predefined tone (By default 800Hz, but may
be different according to the customer specification). Then, with a dedicated tool, the
technician has just to 'listen' to all the pairs one by one to find the one he was looking
for. The test can be stopped on operator request or after a timed-out period
This test can only be done actual voice boards that support MeltNblt

Procedure 1: Send executeAction with SEARCH_TONE_TEST Send execute
Action with STATUS_SEARCH_TONE_TEST When the response to
operation response. The output format of Search Tone Test on Slot is same as that
of Search Tone Test on Sip Voice Port

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
110.28.14.6 Input
Port Number portNumber String M NA 1.0 NA NA Port Number(s) on

which the test need
to be executed
Duration Duration String O 65 65.0 Seconds [65..5400] The duration for

which search tone
test should be
generated. Default
Value 65 seconds
Session Inactive ltSessionInactiveTi String M 120 120.0 Seconds [120..65535] The parameter is
session when it is
inactive.
will NOT be
interrupted, even
NOT for a line test
request with the
ltSessionBusyOver
write object set to
true. Such new line
rejected with an
error message.
(compared to
before ISAM
R5.2.01 → ongoing
test was aborted
when the flag was
true). In the ISAM
R5.2.01, the busy
overwrite will only
have effect on a
ongoing test).
110.28.14.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Port Result → PortNr String FDN 135.249.41.1 NA NA The port being tested
04 IACM:SIP
Voice Port
R1.S1.LT2.P
1
Result Result → Result Enum NA testFinished NA NA Provides the test result status,
Status Result → STATUS Enum NA testover NA NA Provides the line status

ready for polling.
every time.
Exception Text Result → String NA Line test NA NA Provides the Description of the
EXCEPTION_TEX finished exception texts according to
T the errors reported per line.
tests
Search Tone Test Result String NA Search tone NA NA Search Tone Test result
Result →eCablePairIdenti generated
fication successfully
for the
requested
duration

port.

ss, fail,
inProgress)

result status

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.28.15.1 Action

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.28.15.6 Input
Table 421 CANCEL_SEARCH_TONE_TEST Input
Port Number portNum string NA NA NA NA NA NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.28.15.7 Output
name values
110.28.16.1 Action

NA
NA

NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.28.16.6 Input
Table 423 STATUS_SEARCH_TONE_TEST Input
Port Number portNum string NA NA NA NA NA NA
110.28.16.7 Output
name values
110.28.17.1 Action
SHOW_BUSY_PORT

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.28.17.6 Input
[NONE]
110.28.17.7 Output
name values
110.28.18 CANCEL_NBLT_LINE_TEST
110.28.18.1 Action
CANCEL_NBLT_LINE_TEST

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.28.18.6 Input
[NONE]
110.28.18.7 Output
Table 426 CANCEL_NBLT_LINE_TEST Output
name values
110.29 Slot Maintenance End Point

RDN:
<ctpNm>/maintenanceDomainNameId=n-maintenanceAssociationId=n-maintenanc
eEndPointId=n-eth=P0 </ctpNm>
Parent RDN: <ptpNm>/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/port=0</ptpNm>
• UC_LOOPBACK_TEST
• LINK_TRACE_TEST
• SYNTHETIC_LOSS_MEASUREMENT_TEST

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.29.1 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST
110.29.1.1 Action
UC_LOOPBACK_TEST

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.29.1.6 Input
Table 427 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST Input
LBM DataBit extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA B NA NA

Pattern OamCtlTransmitLb
mDataBitPattern
LBM Data Length extendAluCfmMep long NA NA NA B [1..1488] NA

OamCtlTransmitLb
mDataLen
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
Number of extendAluCfmMep long NA NA NA NA [1..5] NA

Messages to be OamCtlTransmitLb
Sent mMessages
LBM TLV Type extendAluCfmMep enum NA NA NA NA none, dataTlv, NA

OamCtlTransmitLb testTlv
mTlvType
VLAN Drop extendAluCfmMep enum NA NA NA NA noDrop NA

Enabled OamCtlTransmitLb
mVlanDropEnable
PCP Encoding rule extendAluCfmMep enum NA NA NA NA pcp8P0D NA

OamCtlTransmitLb
mVlanDropPcp

rgetMacAddress

anPriority
(2 of 2)
110.29.1.7 Output
Table 428 UC_LOOPBACK_TEST Output
name values
LBRs Bad MSDU extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

OamCtlLbrBadMsd
u
Bit Error Ratio extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

OamCtlLbrBitError
Ratio
LBR CRC Error extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

OamCtlLbrCrcErro
r
In-order LBM extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

replies received OamCtlLbrIn
Out-of-order extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

Loopback Replies OamCtlLbrInOutOf
Order
Valid Replies extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

received OamCtlValidResult
s

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.29.2 LINK_TRACE_TEST
110.29.2.1 Action
LINK_TRACE_TEST

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.29.2.6 Input
Table 429 LINK_TRACE_TEST Input
LTM TTL extendAluCfmMep long NA NA NA NA [0..255] NA

OamCtlTransmitLt
mTtl
Use FDB Only extendAluCfmMep enum NA NA NA NA true, false NA

OamCtlTransmitLt
mUseFdbOnly
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS

rgetMacAddress

anPriority
(2 of 2)
110.29.2.7 Output
Table 430 LINK_TRACE_TEST Output
name values
Originating MEP ID extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

OamCtlTransmitLt
mEgressIdentifier
LTM Transaction extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

Identifier OamCtlTransmitLt
mSeqNumber
Unexpected LTRs extendAluCfmMep string NA NA NA NA NA

received OamCtlUnexpLtrIn
110.29.3 SYNTHETIC_LOSS_MEASUREMENT_TEST
110.29.3.1 Action
SYNTHETIC_LOSS_MEASUREMENT_TEST

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.29.3.6 Input
Table 431 SYNTHETIC_LOSS_MEASUREMENT_TEST Input
Data Size extendAluCfmSlmI long NA NA NA B [0..1500] NA

nitiatorOnDemand
DataSize
Interval extendAluCfmSlmI long NA NA NA s [1..10] NA

nitiatorOnDemandI
nterval
Priority extendAluCfmSlmI long NA NA NA NA [0..7] NA

nitiatorOnDemand
Priority
Remote MEP MAC extendAluCfmSlmI mac address NA NA NA NA NA NA

Address nitiatorOnDemand
RemoteMepMacAd
dress
Send Count extendAluCfmSlmI long NA NA NA packets [1..100] NA

nitiatorOnDemand
SendCount
Timeout extendAluCfmSlmI long NA NA NA s [5..10] NA

nitiatorOnDemand
Timeout
110.29.3.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 432 SYNTHETIC_LOSS_MEASUREMENT_TEST Output
name values
Last Received extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

Sequence Number nitiatorOnDemand
on Local Node LastTxSeqF
Loss In Packets extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

nitiatorOnDemand
LossIn
Loss Out Packets extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

nitiatorOnDemand
LossOut
Remote MEP ID extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

nitiatorOnDemand
RemoteMepId
Packet Sent extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

nitiatorOnDemand
SlmPacketOut
SLR Packet extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

Received nitiatorOnDemand
SlrPacketIn
Test ID extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

nitiatorOnDemand
TestId
Test Status extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

nitiatorOnDemand
TestStatus
Unacknowledged extendAluCfmSlmI string NA NA NA NA NA

Packet nitiatorOnDemand
Unack
110.30 Sub Channel Group

RDN: <ehNm>/channelGroup=n/subChannelGroup=n </ehNm>
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.30.1 PORT_LOCK
110.30.1.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.30.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.30.1.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
110.30.2.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.30.2.6 Input
[NONE]

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.30.2.7 Output
name values
110.31 VCL
RDN: <ctpNm>/atmnetworkinterface=1/vpi=n/vci=n</ctpNm>
• LOOPBACK_TEST
110.31.1 LOOPBACK_TEST
110.31.1.1 Action
LOOPBACK_TEST

NA
NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
110.31.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.31.1.7 Output
Table 435 LOOPBACK_TEST Output
name values
Round Trip Delay atmF5TestCode long NA NA NA none NA

(us)
[Status] atmfM4VcTestRes enum NA NA NA none, NA

ult success,
inProgress,
notSupported
,
unAbleToRu
n, aborted,
failed
110.32 VDSL2 Port

</ptpNm>
• LOOP_DIAGNOSTICS_TEST
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.32.1 LOOP_DIAGNOSTICS_TEST
110.32.1.1 Action
LOOP_DIAGNOSTICS_TEST

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.32.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.32.1.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
Table 436 LOOP_DIAGNOSTICS_TEST Output
name values
Gain-→XTU-R-→C gxdslFarEndLineC long NA NA NA [0..8] NA

arriers per Group arrierGroupGain
Hlin-→XTU-R-→C gxdslFarEndLineC long NA NA NA [0..8] NA

arriers per Group arrierGroupHLin
Hlog-→XTU-R-→C gxdslFarEndLineC long NA NA NA [0..8] NA

arriers per Group arrierGroupHLog
Load-→XTU-R-→ gxdslFarEndLineC long NA NA NA [0..8] NA

Carriers per Group arrierGroupLoad
QLN-→XTU-R-→C gxdslFarEndLineC long NA NA NA [0..8] NA

arriers per Group arrierGroupQln
SNR-→XTU-R-→C gxdslFarEndLineC long NA NA NA [0..8] NA

arriers per Group arrierGroupSnr
Gain-→XTU-C-→C gxdslLineCarrierGr long NA NA NA [0..8] NA

arriers per Group oupGain
Hlin-→XTU-C-→C gxdslLineCarrierGr long NA NA NA [0..8] NA

arriers per Group oupHLin
Hlog-→XTU-C-→C gxdslLineCarrierGr long NA NA NA [0..8] NA

arriers per Group oupHLog
Load-→XTU-C-→ gxdslLineCarrierGr long NA NA NA [0..8] NA

Carriers per Group oupLoad
QLN-→XTU-C-→C gxdslLineCarrierGr long NA NA NA [0..8] NA

arriers per Group oupQln
SNR-→XTU-C-→C gxdslLineCarrierGr long NA NA NA [0..8] NA

arriers per Group oupSnr
[Status] gxdslLineLoopDiag enum NA NA NA loopDiagnost NA

nosticsMode icsOff,
loopDiagnost
icsInit,
loopDiagnost
icsComplete
d,
loopDiagnost
icsFailed
Gain-→XTU-R-→G xdslFarEndLineCar string NA NA NA NA NA

ain (Up) rierGainUpstream
GponPseudo
Hlin-→XTU-R-→Hli xdslFarEndLineCar string NA NA NA NA NA

n (Down) rierHlinDownstrea
mGponPseudo
Hlin-→XTU-R-→Sy xdslFarEndLineCar string NA NA NA NA NA

mbols rierHlinDownstrea
mGponPseudo.nro
fsymbols
Hlin-→XTU-R-→Sc xdslFarEndLineCar string NA NA NA NA NA

ale Factor rierHlinDownstrea
mGponPseudo.sca
lefactor
Hlog-→XTU-R-→H xdslFarEndLineCar string NA NA NA NA NA

log (Down) rierHlogDownstrea
mGponPseudo
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Hlog-→XTU-R-→S xdslFarEndLineCar string NA NA NA NA NA

ymbols rierHlogDownstrea
mGponPseudo.nro
fsymbols
Load-→XTU-R-→L xdslFarEndLineCar string NA NA NA NA NA

oad (Up) rierLoadUpstream
GponPseudo
QLN-→XTU-R-→Q xdslFarEndLineCar string NA NA NA NA NA

LN (Down) rierQlnDownstrea
mGponPseudo
QLN-→XTU-R-→S xdslFarEndLineCar string NA NA NA NA NA

ymbols rierQlnDownstrea
mGponPseudo.nro
fsymbols
SNR-→XTU-R-→S xdslFarEndLineCar string NA NA NA NA NA

NR (Down) rierSnrDownstrea
mGponPseudo
SNR-→XTU-R-→S xdslFarEndLineCar string NA NA NA NA NA

ymbols rierSnrDownstrea
mGponPseudo.nro
fsymbols
Gain-→XTU-C-→G xdslLineCarrierGai string NA NA NA NA NA

ain (Down) nDownstreamGpo
nPseudo
Hlin-→XTU-C-→Hli xdslLineCarrierHlin string NA NA NA NA NA

n (Up) UpstreamGponPse
udo
Hlin-→XTU-C-→Sy xdslLineCarrierHlin string NA NA NA NA NA

mbols UpstreamGponPse
udo.nrofsymbols
Hlin-→XTU-C-→Sc xdslLineCarrierHlin string NA NA NA NA NA

ale Factor UpstreamGponPse
udo.scalefactor
Hlog-→XTU-C-→H xdslLineCarrierHlo string NA NA NA NA NA

log (Up) gUpstreamGponPs
eudo
Hlog-→XTU-C-→S xdslLineCarrierHlo string NA NA NA NA NA

ymbols gUpstreamGponPs
eudo.nrofsymbols
Load-→XTU-C-→L xdslLineCarrierLoa string NA NA NA NA NA

oad (Down) dDownstreamGpo
nPseudo
QLN-→XTU-C-→Q xdslLineCarrierQln string NA NA NA NA NA

LN (Up) UpstreamGponPse
udo
QLN-→XTU-C-→S xdslLineCarrierQln string NA NA NA NA NA

ymbols UpstreamGponPse
udo.nrofsymbols
SNR-→XTU-C-→S xdslLineCarrierSnr string NA NA NA NA NA

NR (Up) UpstreamGponPse
udo
SNR-→XTU-C-→S xdslLineCarrierSnr string NA NA NA NA NA

ymbols UpstreamGponPse
udo.nrofsymbols
(2 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.32.2 PORT_LOCK
110.32.2.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.32.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.32.2.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
110.32.3.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.32.3.6 Input
[NONE]

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.32.3.7 Output
name values
110.33 VEIP Port

</ptpNm>
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK
110.33.1 PORT_LOCK
110.33.1.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA
NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA

NA
110.33.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.33.1.7 Output
name values
110.33.2.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

NA

NA
110.33.2.6 Input
[NONE]
110.33.2.7 Output
name values
110.34 Video Port

</ptpNm>
• PORT_LOCK
• PORT_UNLOCK

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.34.1 PORT_LOCK
110.34.1.1 Action
PORT_LOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.34.1.6 Input
[NONE]
110.34.1.7 Output

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
110.34.2.1 Action
PORT_UNLOCK

NA
NA

NA

NA
110.34.2.6 Input
[NONE]

USING THE 5520 AMS
110.34.2.7 Output
name values
110.35 VLAN IP Interface

RDN: <ctpNm>/ontVlan=n</ctpNm>
• IP_HOST_PING_TEST
110.35.1 IP_HOST_PING_TEST
110.35.1.1 Action
IP_HOST_PING_TEST

NA
NA

NA

USING THE 5520 AMS

NA
110.35.1.6 Input
Table 443 IP_HOST_PING_TEST Input
URI Profile gponOntIpHostPin link NA NA NA NA NA NA

gTestAddressPoint
er
Number of Ping gponOntIpHostPin long NA NA NA NA [0..5] NA

Packets gTestNumberToAtt
empt
DNS gponOntIpHostPin string NA NA NA NA NA NA

gTestTargetDNS
IP Address gponOntIpHostPin ip address NA NA NA NA NA NA

gTestTargetIpAddr
ess
Address Type gponOntIpHostPin enum NA NA NA NA ipv4, dns NA

gTestTargetIpAddr
essType
110.35.1.7 Output
Table 444 IP_HOST_PING_TEST Output
name values
Maximum Round gponOntIpHostPin string NA NA NA NA NA

Trip Time gTestMaximumDel
ay
Minimum Round gponOntIpHostPin string NA NA NA NA NA

Trip Time gTestMinimumDel
ay
Number of gponOntIpHostPin string NA NA NA NA NA

Attempted Pings gTestNumberAtte
mpted
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Number of Replies gponOntIpHostPin string NA NA NA NA NA

gTestNumberRepli
ed
Pinged IP Address gponOntIpHostPin string NA NA NA NA NA

gTestPingedIpAddr
ess
Pinged Address gponOntIpHostPin string NA NA NA NA NA

Type gTestPingedIpAddr
essType
(2 of 2)
110.36 Voice User Port

RDN:
<ptpNm>/rack=n/shelf=n/slot=LTn/voiceUserPort=NeName.Rn.Sn.LTn.n|NeName.
Pn </ptpNm>
• HAZARDOUS_POTENTIAL_VOLTAGE_TEST
• FOREIGN_EMF_TEST
• RESISTIVE_FAULTS_TEST
• RECEIVER_OFFHOOK_TEST
• RINGERS_TEST
• DRAW_AND_BREAK_DIALTONE_DELAY_TEST
• NARROWBAND_LINE_VOICE_TEST
• SEARCH_TONE_VOICE_TEST
• CANCEL_SEARCH_TONE_VOICE_TEST
• INWARD_VOICE_TEST
110.36.1 HAZARDOUS_POTENTIAL_VOLTAGE_TEST
110.36.1.1 Action
HAZARDOUS_POTENTIAL_VOLTAGE_TEST

USING THE 5520 AMS

The GR-909 Hazardous Potential test checks for high levels of voltage (dangerous
voltage) on the subscriber line. The voltage measurements are considered as
hazardous when one or both of the following conditions exist: - greater than 135 V
for a three-terminal DC tip-ground and/or ring-ground voltage measurement -
greater than 50 V rms for a three-terminal AC tip-ground and/or ring-ground voltage
measurement
NA

hazardousVoltageTestResult. Each proceeding lines provides information about one
test. For example: {STATUS=passed, TEST_NAME=tgACThreshold,
VALUE=0.000} The above example line provides information regrading TG AC
Threshold

NA
110.36.1.6 Input
Table 445 HAZARDOUS_POTENTIAL_VOLTAGE_TEST Input
TG AC Threshold tgACThreshold BigDecimal M NA 2147.411 Volts [-2147.483647..21 Provides the

47.483647] threshold max for
eFOACofUserLine
TestingTG test
type
RG AC Threshold rgACThreshold BigDecimal M NA 2147.411 Volts [-2147.483647..21 Provides the

eFOACofUserLine
TestingRG test
type
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
TG DC Threshold tgDCThreshold BigDecimal M NA 2147.411 Volts [-2147.483647..21 Provides the

eFODCofUserLine
TestingTG test
type
RG DC Threshold rgDCThreshold BigDecimal M NA 2147.411 Volts [-2147.483647..21 Provides the

eFODCofUserLine
TestingRG test
type
(2 of 2)
110.36.1.7 Output
Table 446 HAZARDOUS_POTENTIAL_VOLTAGE_TEST Output
name values
RG AC→Value hazardousVoltage BigDecimal NA 0.000 Volts NA Line test result value of the
TestResult→rgAC specified line and test type
Threshold→VALU
E
RG AC→Status hazardousVoltage String NA passed NA NA Provides the test result status

TestResult→rgAC of the specified line and test
Threshold→STAT type, Refer ERRORSTATUS
US section for more statuses
RG DC→Value hazardousVoltage BigDecimal NA -0.073 Volts NA Line test result value of the
TestResult→rgDC specified line and test type
Threshold→VALU
E
RG DC→Status hazardousVoltage String NA passed NA NA Provides the test result status

TestResult→rgDC of the specified line and test
TG AC→Value hazardousVoltage BigDecimal NA 0.000 Volts NA Line test result value of the
TestResult→tgAC specified line and test type
Threshold→VALU
E
TG AC→Status hazardousVoltage String NA passed NA NA Provides the test result status

TestResult→tgAC of the specified line and test
TG DC→Value hazardousVoltage BigDecimal NA -0.073 Volts NA Line test result value of the
TestResult→tgDC specified line and test type
Threshold→VALU
E
TG DC→Status hazardousVoltage String NA passed NA NA Provides the test result status

TestResult→tgDC of the specified line and test
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values

ss, fail,
inProgress)
Complete Test TEST_COMPLET String NA Tue May 17 NA NA The date and time when the
2016
Status STATUS Enum(intest, NA testover NA NA Provides the line status

ready for polling.
every time.
Exception Text EXCEPTION_TEX String NA PASS NA NA Provides the Description of the

T exception texts according to
tests
Port PortNr String FDN Voice User NA NA The port being tested
Port
R1.S1.LT2.P
1

port.

Message AndPassed regarding test result status.
(2 of 2)
110.36.2 FOREIGN_EMF_TEST
110.36.2.1 Action
FOREIGN_EMF_TEST

USING THE 5520 AMS

The GR-909 Foreign ElectroMotive Force test checks for excess voltages on the
subscriber line
NA

foreignEMFTestResult. Each proceeding lines provides information about one test.
For example: {STATUS=passed, TEST_NAME=tgACThreshold, VALUE=0.000}
The above example line provides information regrading TG AC Threshold

NA
110.36.2.6 Input
Table 447 FOREIGN_EMF_TEST Input
TG AC Threshold tgACThreshold BigDecimal M NA 2147.411 Volts [-2147.483647..21 Provides the

eFOACofUserLine
TestingTG test
type
RG AC Threshold rgACThreshold BigDecimal M NA 2147.411 Volts [-2147.483647..21 Provides the

eFOACofUserLine
TestingRG test
type
TG DC Threshold tgDCThreshold BigDecimal M NA 2147.411 Volts [-2147.483647..21 Provides the

eFODCofUserLine
TestingTG test
type
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
RG DC Threshold rgDCThreshold BigDecimal M NA 2147.411 Volts [-2147.483647..21 Provides the

eFODCofUserLine
TestingRG test
type
(2 of 2)
110.36.2.7 Output
Table 448 FOREIGN_EMF_TEST Output
name values
RG AC→Value foreignEMFTestRe BigDecimal NA 0.000 Volts NA Line test result value of the
sult→rgACThresho specified line and test type
ld→VALUE
RG AC→Status foreignEMFTestRe String NA passed NA NA Provides the test result status

sult→rgACThresho of the specified line and test
ld→STATUS type, Refer ERRORSTATUS
RG DC→Value foreignEMFTestRe BigDecimal NA -0.085 Volts NA Line test result value of the
sult→rgDCThresho specified line and test type
ld→VALUE
RG DC→Status foreignEMFTestRe String NA passed NA NA Provides the test result status

sult→rgDCThresho of the specified line and test
TG AC→Value foreignEMFTestRe BigDecimal NA 0.000 Volts NA Line test result value of the
sult→tgACThresho specified line and test type
ld→VALUE
TG AC→Status foreignEMFTestRe String NA passed NA NA Provides the test result status

sult→tgACThresho of the specified line and test
TG DC→Value foreignEMFTestRe BigDecimal NA -0.073 Volts NA Line test result value of the
sult→tgDCThresho specified line and test type
ld→VALUE
TG DC→Status foreignEMFTestRe String NA passed NA NA Provides the test result status

sult→tgDCThresho of the specified line and test

ss, fail,
inProgress)
Complete Test TEST_COMPLET String NA Tue May 17 NA NA The date and time when the
2016
(1 of 2)

USING THE 5520 AMS
name values
Status STATUS Enum(intest, NA testover NA NA Provides the line status

ready for polling.
every time.
Exception Text EXCEPTION_TEX String NA PASS NA NA Provides the Description of the

T exception texts according to
tests
Port PortNr String FDN Voice User NA NA The port being tested
Port
R1.S1.LT2.P
1

port.

Message AndPassed regarding test result status.
(2 of 2)
110.36.3 RESISTIVE_FAULTS_TEST
110.36.3.1 Action
RESISTIVE_FAULTS_TEST

The GR-909 Resistive Faults test checks for any resistance such as DC resistance
faults across Tip Ring (shorts), Tip Ground and Ring Ground (grounds).

USING THE 5520 AMS
NA

resistiveFaultsTestResult. Each proceeding lines provides information about one
test. For example: {STATUS=passed, TEST_NAME=trResistanceThreshold,
VALUE=2147483.647} The above example line provides information regrading TR
Resistance Threshold

NA
110.36.3.6 Input

5520 Access Management System, Release 9.7: 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Using The 5520 Ams

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

5520 Access Management System, Release 9.7: 7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M Using The 5520 Ams

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M USING THE 5520 AMS

5520 Access Management System,

7302/7330/7356/7360/7362/7363/7367 ISAM O&M

Nokia — Proprietary and confidential

Nokia is a registered trademark of Nokia Corporation. Other products and company

5.6 Unlock a CLI User ...................................................................................378

12.4.1 IHub Ethernet port identifiers...................................................................443

22 Configuring SSH public key of the ISAM NE............................503

28 Configure equipment profiles....................................................573

34 Clean up ports and groups ........................................................643

39.1.6 ARP .........................................................................................................711

44.4 Configuring IP host ..................................................................................775

50.2 Configuring an EPON ONT .....................................................................842

60.3 Configuring admin policy statements.....................................................1007

66.2 Configuring LDP for a base router.........................................................1082

75.3 Configuring VPRN router IP interfaces..................................................1133

Routing on an NE with SHub-based NT cards

89.1.3 OLD IDs.................................................................................................1260

90.24 Configuring software system parameters ..............................................1366

99.2 Viewing error logs..................................................................................1464

107 Voice related tests ....................................................................1515

110.8.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1567

110.10.2.4 Additional information ............................................................................1575

110.11.3.4 Additional information ............................................................................1582

110.14.1.2 Test description .....................................................................................1590

110.23.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1620

110.26.5.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1654

110.36.2.4 Additional information ............................................................................1799

110.36.8.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1816

110.38.3.4 Additional information ............................................................................1833

110.38.9.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................1848

111.8.3 ENABLE_SGMII_REMOTE_LOOPBACK .............................................1890

111.16.1.4 Additional information ............................................................................1920

111.19.2.2 Test description .....................................................................................1928

111.29.7.2 Test description .....................................................................................2074

111.38 VoIP Service..........................................................................................2150

112 R5.6 NBI Test and Diagnostic..................................................2193

112.4.2.4 Additional information ............................................................................2203

112.7.1.2 Test description .....................................................................................2211

112.8.1.2 Test description .....................................................................................2218

112.12.2 DISABLE_IDLE_PM ..............................................................................2233

112.13.3 INITIATE_LOOPBACK ..........................................................................2241

112.19.2.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2262

112.23.1.2 Test description .....................................................................................2270

112.37.11.2 Test description .....................................................................................2467

100 3JL-00120-FUAA-REZZA Issue: 02

112.44 VLAN IP Interface..................................................................................2505

Issue: 02 3JL-00120-FUAA-REZZA 101

102 3JL-00120-FUAA-REZZA Issue: 02

Issue: 02 3JL-00120-FUAA-REZZA 103

104 3JL-00120-FUAA-REZZA Issue: 02

Issue: 02 3JL-00120-FUAA-REZZA 105

106 3JL-00120-FUAA-REZZA Issue: 02

113.4.1.5 NBI Workflow.........................................................................................2593

Issue: 02 3JL-00120-FUAA-REZZA 107

113.6.1.4 Additional information ............................................................................2603

108 3JL-00120-FUAA-REZZA Issue: 02

113.7.5.4 Additional information ............................................................................2610

Issue: 02 3JL-00120-FUAA-REZZA 109

113.8.1.4 Additional information ............................................................................2617

110 3JL-00120-FUAA-REZZA Issue: 02

Issue: 02 3JL-00120-FUAA-REZZA 111

113.12.1.2 Test description .....................................................................................2633